+ All Categories
Home > Documents > JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the...

JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the...

Date post: 14-Aug-2020
Category:
Upload: others
View: 10 times
Download: 0 times
Share this document with a friend
379
John Hancock Funds II (the Trust) Supplement dated September 17, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Real Estate Securities Fund (the fund) The following information supplements and supersedes any information to the contrary relating to the fund contained in the current SAI. At its meeting held on September 15 – 17, 2020, the Trust’s Board of Trustees (Board) approved the appointment of Wellington Management Company LLP (Wellington Management) to replace DWS Investment Management Americas, Inc. (DWS) as subadvisor to the fund effective on or about the close of business on November 16, 2020 (the Effective Date). In connection with the appointment of Wellington Management as subadvisor to the fund along with other related changes, the SAI is hereby amended as of the Effective Date as follows: 1. All references to DWS are deleted and replaced with Wellington Management as the subadvisor. You should read this supplement in conjunction with the SAI and retain it for future reference. JHF2SAIS 09/17/20
Transcript
Page 1: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

 

John Hancock Funds II (the Trust) Supplement dated September 17, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Real Estate Securities Fund (the fund) The following information supplements and supersedes any information to the contrary relating to the fund contained in the current SAI.

At its meeting held on September 15 – 17, 2020, the Trust’s Board of Trustees (Board) approved the appointment of Wellington Management Company LLP (Wellington Management) to replace DWS Investment Management Americas, Inc. (DWS) as subadvisor to the fund effective on or about the close of business on November 16, 2020 (the Effective Date). In connection with the appointment of Wellington Management as subadvisor to the fund along with other related changes, the SAI is hereby amended as of the Effective Date as follows: 1. All references to DWS are deleted and replaced with Wellington Management as the subadvisor.

You should read this supplement in conjunction with the SAI and retain it for future reference.

JHF2SAIS 09/17/20

Page 2: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

JOHN HANCOCK BOND TRUST JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS III JOHN HANCOCK CALIFORNIA TAX-FREE INCOME FUND JOHN HANCOCK INVESTMENT TRUST JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK INVESTMENT TRUST II JOHN HANCOCK COLLATERAL TRUST JOHN HANCOCK MUNICIPAL SECURITIES TRUST JOHN HANCOCK CURRENT INTEREST JOHN HANCOCK SOVEREIGN BOND FUND JOHN HANCOCK EXCHANGE-TRADED FUND TRUST JOHN HANCOCK STRATEGIC SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II JOHN HANCOCK VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST

Supplement dated September 16, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information, as may be supplemented (the “SAI”) Effective September 15, 2020, the Board of Trustees of each registered investment company listed above (each a “Trust”) appointed Frances G. Rathke to serve as an Independent Trustee. Accordingly, the following modifies the disclosure under “Those Responsible for Management.” The table below presents certain information regarding Ms. Rathke, including her principal occupations, which, unless specific dates are shown, are of at least five years’ duration. In addition, the table includes information concerning other directorships held by Ms. Rathke in other registered investment companies or publicly traded companies:

Name (Birth Year)

Position(s) with

the Trust(1) Principal Occupation(s) and Other

Directorships During the Past 5 Years

Number of Funds in John Hancock Fund

Complex Overseen by

Trustee

Frances G. Rathke

(1960)

Trustee (since 2020)

Director, Northern New England Energy Corporation (since 2017); Director, Audit Committee Chair and Compensation Committee Member, Green Mountain Power Corporation (since 2016); Director, Treasurer and Finance & Audit Committee Chair, Flynn Center for Performing Arts (since 2016); Director, Audit Committee Chair and Compensation Committee Member, Planet Fitness (since 2016); Director, Citizen Cider, Inc. (high-end hard cider and hard seltzer company) (since 2016); Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, Keurig Green Mountain, Inc. (2003-retired 2015); Independent Financial Consultant, Frances Rathke Consulting (strategic and financial consulting services) (2001-2003); Chief Financial Officer and Secretary, Ben & Jerry’s Homemade, Inc. (1989-2000, including prior positions); Senior Manager, Coopers & Lybrand, LLC (independent public accounting firm) (1982-1989). Trustee of various trusts within the John Hancock Fund Complex (since 2020).

195

1 Because the Trust does not hold regular annual shareholder meetings, each Trustee holds office for an indefinite term until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until he or she dies, retires, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified. Trustees may be removed from the Trust (provided the aggregate number of Trustees after such removal shall not be less than one) with cause or without cause, by the action of two-thirds of the remaining Trustees or by action of two-thirds of the outstanding shares of the Trust.

Page 3: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

The disclosure under “Additional Information about the Trustees” is supplemented as follows: In addition to the description of Ms. Rathke’s Principal Occupation(s) and Other Directorships set forth above, the following provides further information about Ms. Rathke’s specific experience, qualifications, attributes or skills with respect to each Trust. The information in this section should not be understood to mean that the Trustee is an expert within the meaning of the federal securities laws:

Frances G. Rathke — Through her former positions in senior financial roles, as a former certified public accountant, and as a consultant on strategic and financial matters, Ms. Rathke has experience as a leader overseeing, conceiving, implementing, and analyzing strategic and financial growth plans, and financial statements. Ms. Rathke also has experience in the auditing of financial statements and related materials. In addition, she has experience as a director of various organizations, including a publicly traded company and a non-profit entity.

Also effective September 15, 2020 Ms. Rathke was appointed a member of each of the Audit, Nominating and Governance, and Investment Committees.

You should read this Supplement in conjunction with the SAI and retain it for future reference.

MTSAIS 09/16/20

Page 4: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

John Hancock Funds II U.S. High Yield Bond Fund (the fund) Supplement dated August 18, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective immediately, Niklas Nordenfelt, CFA and Philip Susser no longer serve as portfolio managers for the fund. Accordingly, all references to Mr. Nordenfelt and Mr. Susser are removed from the SAI. Also, effective immediately, Chris Lee, CFA and Mike Schueller, CFA are added as portfolio managers for the fund. Mr. Lee and Mr. Schueller are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the fund’s portfolio. Accordingly, the following supplements the information presented in Appendix B of the SAI, which provides additional information about the portfolio managers of the subadvisor, Wells Capital Management, Incorporated (WellsCap). PORTFOLIO MANAGERS AND OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED

The following table shows the portfolio managers at WellsCap who are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the stated fund’s portfolio.

Fund Portfolio Managers U.S. High Yield Bond Fund Chris Lee, CFA, and Mike Schueller, CFA

The following table reflects information regarding other accounts for which each portfolio manager to the funds listed above has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) other investment companies (and series thereof); (ii) other pooled investment vehicles; and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pays advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date. Also shown below the table is each portfolio manager’s investment in the Fund or Funds that he or she manages and similarly managed accounts.

The following table reflects information as of July 31, 2020:

Other Registered Investment Companies

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

Other Accounts

Portfolio Manager

Number of Accounts

Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts

Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts

Assets (in millions)

Chris Lee 0 $0 0 $0 0 $0 Mike Schueller 8 $3953.39 2 $358.12 2 $208.85

Of the accounts listed above, none have an advisory fee that is based on performance.

Ownership of the Fund and Similarly Managed Accounts

The following table shows the dollar range of Fund shares and shares of similarly managed accounts beneficially owned by the portfolio managers listed above as of July 31, 2020. For purposes of this table, “similarly managed accounts” include all accounts that are managed (i) by the same portfolio managers that are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund; and (ii) with an investment style, objective, policies and strategies substantially similar to those that are used to manage the Fund.

Portfolio Manager Dollar Range of Shares Owned

Chris Lee None Mike Schueller None

You should read this Supplement in conjunction with the SAI and retain it for future reference.

JHF2SAIS 08/18/20

Page 5: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

 

JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II JOHN HANCOCK INVESTMENT TRUST JOHN HANCOCK STRATEGIC SERIES Supplement dated July 31, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective after the close of business on August 31, 2020, Class R1 and R3 will be closed to new investors. Plans already offering or in the process of offering these share classes prior to August 31, 2020, may continue to offer these investment options to new participants.

You should read this supplement in conjunction with the SAI and retain it for future reference.

MTSAIS 07/31/20 

Page 6: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

 

John Hancock Funds II High Yield Fund (the fund) Supplement dated June 25, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information, as may be supplemented (the SAI) On June 25, 2020, the Board approved (i) a new subadvisory agreement between John Hancock Investment Management LLC and Western Asset Management Company, LLC (“WAMCO”) and (ii) a new sub-subadvisory agreement between WAMCO and Western Asset Management Company Limited (“WAMCL”) with respect to the fund (together, the “Agreements”). The Agreements were approved in connection with the acquisition (the “Acquisition”) by Franklin Resources, Inc. of Legg Mason, Inc., the parent company of WAMCO and WAMCL, the current subadvisor and sub-subadvisor to the fund. The Agreements will become effective on the closing date of the Acquisition, which is expected to be on or about August 1, 2020. Following the Acquisition, no changes are anticipated in the personnel managing the fund or in the level of services provided to the fund.

You should read this supplement in conjunction with the SAI and retain it for future reference.

JHF2SAIS 06/25/20

  

Page 7: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

 

John Hancock Bond Trust John Hancock Investment Trust John Hancock California Tax-Free Income Fund John Hancock Investment Trust II John Hancock Capital Series John Hancock Municipal Securities Trust John Hancock Current Interest John Hancock Sovereign Bond Fund John Hancock Funds II John Hancock Strategic Series (collectively, the “Trusts”) John Hancock Funds III

Supplement dated June 25, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the “SAI”), as may be supplemented On June 25, 2020, the Board of Trustees of the Trusts approved the redesignations (the “Redesignations”) of the following share classes offered by the series of the Trusts:

(i) Class I2 shares as Class I shares; (ii) Class ADV shares as Class A shares; (iii) Class B shares as Class A shares; (iv) Class R1 shares as Class R2 shares; and (v) Class R3 shares as Class R2 shares.

As a result of the Redesignations, the existing Class I2, ADV, B, R1, and R3 shares will be terminated, and shareholders currently in these classes will become shareholders of the respective classes identified above, in each case with the same or lower net total expenses. The Redesignations of Class I2, ADV, and R3 shares as Class I, A, and R2 shares, respectively, are expected to occur on or about the close of business on October 9, 2020; the Redesignation of Class B shares as Class A shares is expected to occur on or about the close of business on October 14, 2020; and the Redesignation of Class R1 shares as Class R2 shares is expected to occur on or about the close of business on October 23, 2020 (collectively, the “Effective Date”). When business opens on the next business day following the Effective Date, the Redesignation will have occurred, and the newly redesignated share classes will be available to new accounts as well as new purchases by existing shareholders who meet the eligibility requirements as outlined in the fund's prospectus. As of the Effective Date, all references to the terminated share classes are removed from the SAI. There is no action required by shareholders to effect the Redesignations, and there will be no disruption to accounts as a result of the Redesignations.

You should read this supplement in conjunction with the SAI and retain it for future reference.

MFSAIS_2 06/25/20 

Page 8: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

John Hancock Funds II Supplement dated May 22, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented

Multi-Asset High Income Fund (the fund) The following information supplements and supersedes any information to the contrary relating to the fund contained in the current SAI, as supplemented. The changes to the fund’s Class A sales charge schedule, Rule 12b-1 fees for Class A shares, and portfolio management team in the supplement dated March 17, 2020 have been delayed and will be implemented as soon as practicable. The SAI will be further supplemented when these changes become effective. Until such time, the fund’s fees will remain the same and the fund will continue to be managed by its current portfolio management team, each as disclosed in the prospectus and SAI information dated January 1, 2020, as supplemented.

You should read this Supplement in conjunction with the SAI and retain it for future reference.

JHF2SAIS 05/22/20

Page 9: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

JOHN HANCOCK BOND TRUST JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS III JOHN HANCOCK CALIFORNIA TAX-FREE INCOME FUND JOHN HANCOCK INVESTMENT TRUST JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK INVESTMENT TRUST II JOHN HANCOCK COLLATERAL TRUST JOHN HANCOCK MUNICIPAL SECURITIES TRUST JOHN HANCOCK CURRENT INTEREST JOHN HANCOCK SOVEREIGN BOND FUND JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II JOHN HANCOCK STRATEGIC SERIES

Supplement dated May 15, 2020 to the current statements of additional information of each series of the investment companies listed above, as applicable, as may be supplemented (collectively, the SAI) Effective June 1, 2020, the mailing address for John Hancock Signature Services, Inc. will change to P.O. Box 219909, Kansas City, MO 64121-9909. Accordingly, all references to P.O. Box 55913, Boston, MA 02205-5913 in the SAI will be replaced with the new address. You should read this Supplement in conjunction with the SAI and retain it for future reference.

MTSAIS 05/15/20

Page 10: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

John Hancock Funds II International Strategic Equity Allocation Fund Strategic Equity Allocation Fund U.S. Sector Rotation Fund (collectively, the funds)

Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented

Effective Immediately, Matthew Murphy is added as a portfolio manager of the funds. Matthew Murphy and Nathan Thooft are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of each fund’s portfolio. Accordingly, the information presented in Appendix B of the SAI, which provides additional information about the portfolio managers of the subadvisor, Manulife Investment Management (US) LLC (Manulife IM (US)), is revised and restated as follows for the funds.

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS AND OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED The following table shows the portfolio managers at Manulife IM (US) who are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the stated funds’ portfolios (or portion thereof).

Fund Portfolio Managers International Strategic Equity Allocation Fund, Strategic Equity Allocation Fund, and U.S. Sector Rotation Fund

Nathan Thooft, CFA and Matthew Murphy, CFA

The following table reflects information regarding other accounts for which each portfolio manager listed above has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) other investment companies (and series thereof); (ii) other pooled investment vehicles; and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pay advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date. Also shown below the table is each portfolio manager’s investment in the Fund or Funds that he manages and similarly managed accounts.

The following table reflects information as of March 31, 2020:

Other Registered Investment Companies

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Accounts

Portfolio Manager Number of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts

Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts

Assets (in millions)

Matthew Murphy, CFA 0 $0 0 $0 0 $0 Nathan W. Thooft, CFA 57 $62,743 20 $8,605 5 $132

The portfolio managers listed above do not manage accounts that pay fees based upon performance.

Ownership of the Fund and Similarly Managed Accounts The following table shows the dollar range of fund shares and shares of similarly managed accounts beneficially owned by the portfolio managers listed above as of March 31, 2020. For purposes of this table, “similarly managed accounts” include all accounts that are managed (i) by the same portfolio managers that are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the fund; and (ii) with an investment style, objective, policies and strategies substantially similar to those that are used to manage the fund.

Only those portfolio managers that owned shares of a Fund and/or shares of similarly manager accounts are shown.

Portfolio Manager Dollar Range of Shares Owned1 Matthew Murphy, CFA None Nathan W. Thooft, CFA None

1 As of March 31, 2020, neither Mr. Murphy nor Mr. Thooft beneficially owned shares of the funds.

You should read this supplement in conjunction with the SAI and retain it for future reference.

JHF2SAIS 04/27/20

Page 11: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

 

 

JOHN HANCOCK BOND TRUST (except Short Duration Bond Fund)

JOHN HANCOCK INVESTMENT TRUST

JOHN HANCOCK CALIFORNIA TAX-FREE INCOME FUND JOHN HANCOCK INVESTMENT TRUST II JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK MUNICIPAL SECURITIES TRUST JOHN HANCOCK CURRENT INTEREST JOHN HANCOCK SOVEREIGN BOND FUND JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II JOHN HANCOCK STRATEGIC SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS III

Supplement dated April 17, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information, as may be supplemented (the “SAI”) The following information supplements and supersedes any information to the contrary contained in the SAI. Effective May 1, 2020, the “Waiver of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge” section under the heading “DEFERRED SALES CHARGE ON CLASS A, CLASS B, AND CLASS C SHARES” is amended and restated as follows: Waiver of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge. The CDSC will be waived on redemptions of Class A, Class B, and Class C shares, unless stated otherwise, in the circumstances defined below: For all account types:

Redemptions of Class A shares made after one year from the inception date of a retirement plan at John Hancock.

Redemptions of Class A shares by retirement plans that invested through the PruSolutionsSM program. Redemptions made pursuant to a Fund’s right to liquidate an account if the investor owns shares worth less

than the stated account minimum in the section “Small accounts” in the Prospectus. Redemptions made under certain liquidation, merger or acquisition transactions involving other investment

companies or personal holding companies. Redemptions due to death or disability. (Does not apply to trust accounts unless trust is being dissolved.) Redemptions made under the Reinstatement Privilege, as described in “Sales Charge Reductions and

Waivers” in the Prospectus. Redemption of Class B and C shares made under a systematic withdrawal plan or redemptions for fees

charged by planners or advisors for advisory services, as long as the shareholder’s annual redemptions do not exceed 12% of the account value, including reinvested dividends, at the time the systematic withdrawal plan was established and 12% of the value of subsequent investments (less redemptions) in that account at the time Signature Services is notified. (Please note that this waiver does not apply to systematic withdrawal plan redemptions of Class A shares that are subject to CDSC).

Rollovers, contract exchanges or transfers of John Hancock custodial 403(b)(7) account assets required by Signature Services as a result of its decision to discontinue maintaining and administering 403(b)(7) accounts.

For Retirement Accounts (such as traditional, Roth IRAs and Coverdell ESAs, SIMPLE IRAs, SIMPLE 401(k), Rollover IRA, TSA, 457, 403(b), 401(k), Money Purchase Pension Plan, Profit-Sharing Plan and other plans as described in the Code) unless otherwise noted.

Redemptions made to effect mandatory or life expectancy distributions under the Code. (Waiver based on required minimum distribution calculations for John Hancock mutual fund IRA assets only.)

Returns of excess contributions made to these plans. Redemptions made to effect certain distributions, as outlined in the following table, to participants or

beneficiaries from employer sponsored retirement plans under sections 401(a) (such as Money Purchase Pension Plans and Profit-Sharing Plan/401(k) Plans), 403(b), 457 and 408 (SEPs and SIMPLE IRAs) of the Code.

Please see the following table for some examples.

Type of Distribution

401(a) Plan (401(k), MPP, PSP) & 457

403(b) Roth IRA & Coverdell ESA

IRA, SEP IRA & Simple IRA

Non-retirement

Death or Disability

Waived Waived Waived Waived Waived

Page 12: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

 

 

Over 701/2 (or 72, in the case of individuals for whom the minimum distribution requirements begin at age 72)

Waived Waived Waived* Waived* 12% of account value annually in periodic payments

Between 59½ and 70½ (or 72, in the case of individuals for whom the minimum distribution requirements begin at age 72)

Waived Waived 12% of account value annually in periodic payments.

Waived for Life Expectancy or 12% of account value annually in periodic payments.

12% of account value annually in periodic payments.

Under 59½ (Class B and Class C only)

Waived for annuity payments (72t**) or 12% of account value annually in periodic payments.

Waived for annuity payments (72t) or 12% of account value annually in periodic payments.

12% of account value annually in periodic payments.

Waived for annuity payments (72t) or 12% of account value annually in periodic payments.

12% of account value annually in periodic payments.

Termination of Plan

Not Waived Waived N/A N/A N/A

Hardships Waived Waived N/A N/A N/A

Qualified Domestic Relations Orders

Waived Waived N/A N/A N/A

Termination of Employment Before Normal Retirement Age

Waived Waived N/A N/A N/A

Return of Excess Waived Waived Waived Waived N/A

* External direct rollovers and transfer of assets are excluded. ** Refers to withdrawals from retirement accounts under Section 72(t) of the Code.

You should read this Supplement in conjunction with the SAI and retain it for future reference.

MTSAIS 04/17/20

Page 13: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

JOHN HANCOCK BOND TRUST JOHN HANCOCK CALIFORNIA TAX-FREE INCOME FUND JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK COLLATERAL TRUST JOHN HANCOCK CURRENT INTEREST JOHN HANCOCK EXCHANGE-TRADED FUND TRUST JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS III JOHN HANCOCK INVESTMENT TRUST

JOHN HANCOCK INVESTMENT TRUST II JOHN HANCOCK INVESTORS TRUST JOHN HANCOCK MUNICIPAL SECURITIES TRUST JOHN HANCOCK SOVEREIGN BOND FUND JOHN HANCOCK STRATEGIC SERIES JOHN HANCOCK TAX-ADVANTAGED GLOBAL

SHAREHOLDER YIELD FUND JOHN HANCOCK VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST

Supplement dated March 18, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information, as may be supplemented (the SAI) Effective immediately, the following disclosure is added to, or replaces similar disclosure in, Market Events risk. A widespread health crisis such as a global pandemic could cause substantial market volatility, exchange trading suspensions and closures, impact the ability to complete redemptions, and affect fund performance. For example, the novel coronavirus disease (COVID-19) has resulted in significant disruptions to global business activity. The impact of a health crisis and other epidemics and pandemics that may arise in the future, could affect the global economy in ways that cannot necessarily be foreseen at the present time. A health crisis may exacerbate other pre-existing political, social and economic risks. Any such impact could adversely affect the fund’s performance, resulting in losses to your investment.

You should read this Supplement in conjunction with the SAI and retain it for your future reference.

MTSAIS_03/18/20 

Page 14: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

John Hancock Funds II Supplement dated March 17, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented

Income Allocation Fund (the fund) The following information supplements and supersedes any information to the contrary relating to the fund contained in the current SAI.

At an in-person meeting held on March 16-17, 2020, the Trust’s Board of Trustees (the Board) approved changes to the fund’s name, Class A sales charge schedule and Rule 12b-1 fees for Class A shares. These changes will take effect on or about the close of business on May 18, 2020 with the exception of the name change which will take effect on or about the close of business on April 17, 2020 (collectively, the Effective Dates). In connection with the Board actions described above, the prospectus is hereby amended as of the Effective Dates as follows: 1. The fund’s name is changed to Multi-Asset High Income Fund, and all references to Income Allocation Fund are changed to reflect

the fund’s new name.

2. John F. Addeo, CFA, Geoffrey Kelley, CFA and Caryn E. Rothman, CFA will be added as portfolio managers of the fund and, together with Nathan Thooft, CFA and Christopher Walsh, CFA, will be jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the fund’s portfolio.

3. The Class A Sales Charge information under the section “Sales Compensation” is revised to reflect the following information with respect to the fund:

Your investment ($) As a % of offering price As a % of your investmentLess than 50,000 4.50 4.1750,000–99,999 3.50 3.63100,000–249,999 3.00 2.56250,000 and over See below 2.04

4. The Class A distribution and service (Rule 12b-1) fees information under the section “Distribution Plans” is revised to reflect a

reduction from 0.30% to 0.25% with respect to the fund.

You should read this Supplement in conjunction with the Statement of Additional Information and retain it for future reference.

JHF2SAIS_03/17/20

Page 15: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

John Hancock Funds II Supplement dated February 28, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented

Opportunistic Fixed Income Fund (the fund) (formerly Global Bond Fund)

Effective February 28, 2020, the disclosure presented in Appendix B of the SAI, which provides additional information about the portfolio managers of the subadvisor, Wellington Management Company LLP (Wellington Management), is amended and restated as follows:

WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLP (“Wellington Management”)

OPPORTUNISTIC FIXED INCOME FUND (formerly Global Bond Fund)

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS AND OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED

The following table shows the portfolio managers at Wellington Management who are primarily responsible, or jointly and primarily responsible, for the day-to-day management of the stated fund’s portfolio.

Fund Portfolio Managers Opportunistic Fixed Income Fund Brian M. Garvey and Brij S. Khurana

The following table reflects information regarding other accounts for which each portfolio manager to the fund listed above has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) other investment companies (and series thereof); (ii) other pooled investment vehicles; and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pays advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date. Also shown below the table is each portfolio manager’s investment in the Fund or Funds that he or she manages and similarly managed accounts. The following table reflects information as of January 31, 2020:

Other Registered Other Pooled Investment Companies Investment Vehicles Other Accounts Number of Assets Number of Assets Number of Assets Portfolio Manager Accounts (in millions) Accounts (in millions) Accounts (in millions) Brian M. Garvey 3 $196.9 23 $5,147.5 4 $126.7 Brij S. Khurana 0 $0 3 $41.4 2 $195.5

Other Accounts Managed — Of total listed above, those for which advisory fee is based on performance

Other Registered Other Pooled Investment Companies Investment Vehicles Other Accounts Number of Assets Number of Assets Number of Assets Portfolio Manager Accounts (in millions) Accounts (in millions) Accounts (in millions) Brian M. Garvey 0 $0 5 $1,930.0 2 $90.4 Brij S. Khurana 0 $0 1 $2.7 1 $84.0

Ownership of fund shares. As of January 31, 2020, the portfolio managers listed above did not beneficially own any shares of the fund. POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST Individual investment professionals at Wellington Management manage multiple accounts for multiple clients. These accounts may include mutual funds, separate accounts (assets managed on behalf of institutions such as pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, or separately managed account programs sponsored by financial intermediaries), bank common trust accounts, and hedge funds. The fund’s managers listed in the prospectus who are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the fund (“Investment Professionals”) generally manage accounts in several different investment styles. These accounts may have investment objectives, strategies, time horizons, tax considerations and risk

Page 16: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

profiles that differ from those of the relevant fund. The Investment Professionals make investment decisions for each account, including the relevant fund, based on the investment objectives, policies, practices, benchmarks, cash flows, tax and other relevant investment considerations applicable to that account. Consequently, the Investment Professionals may purchase or sell securities, including IPOs, for one account and not another account, and the performance of securities purchased for one account may vary from the performance of securities purchased for other accounts. Alternatively, these accounts may be managed in a similar fashion to the relevant fund and thus the accounts may have similar, and in some cases nearly identical, objectives, strategies and/or holdings to that of the relevant fund. An Investment Professional or other investment professionals at Wellington Management may place transactions on behalf of other accounts that are directly or indirectly contrary to investment decisions made on behalf of the relevant fund, or make investment decisions that are similar to those made for the relevant fund, both of which have the potential to adversely impact the relevant fund depending on market conditions. For example, an investment professional may purchase a security in one account while appropriately selling that same security in another account. Similarly, an Investment Professional may purchase the same security for the relevant fund and one or more other accounts at or about the same time. In those instances, the other accounts will have access to their respective holdings prior to the public disclosure of the relevant fund’s holdings. In addition, some of these accounts have fee structures, including performance fees, which are or have the potential to be higher, in some cases significantly higher, than the fees Wellington Management receives for managing the relevant fund. Messrs. Garvey and Khurana also manage accounts that pay performance allocations to Wellington Management or its affiliates. Because incentive payments paid by Wellington Management to the Investment Professional are tied to revenues earned by Wellington Management and, where noted, to the performance achieved by the manager in each account, the incentives associated with any given account may be significantly higher or lower than those associated with other accounts managed by a given Investment Professional. Therefore, portfolio managers and other investment team members have an incentive to favor accounts that have the potential to provide higher incentive compensation for them as individuals. Wellington Management manages the conflict created by these incentive arrangements through our policies on the allocation of investment opportunities, including the allocation of equity IPOs, as well as after-the-fact monitoring and review of client accounts to assess dispersion among accounts with similar mandates. Finally, the Investment Professionals may hold shares or investments in the other pooled investment vehicles and/or other accounts identified above. Wellington Management’s goal is to meet its fiduciary obligation to treat all clients fairly and provide high quality investment services to all of its clients. Wellington Management has adopted and implemented policies and procedures, including brokerage and trade allocation policies and procedures, which it believes address the conflicts associated with managing multiple accounts for multiple clients. In addition, Wellington Management monitors a variety of areas, including compliance with primary account guidelines, the allocation of IPOs, and compliance with the firm’s Code of Ethics, and places additional investment restrictions on investment professionals who manage hedge funds and certain other accounts. Furthermore, senior investment and business personnel at Wellington Management periodically review the performance of Wellington Management’s investment professionals. Although Wellington Management does not track the time an investment professional spends on a single account, Wellington Management does periodically assess whether an investment professional has adequate time and resources to effectively manage the investment professional’s various client mandates. COMPENSATION Wellington Management receives a fee based on the assets under management of the fund as set forth in an Investment Subadvisory Agreement between Wellington Management and the Advisor with respect to the fund. Wellington Management pays its investment professionals out of its total revenues, including the advisory fees earned with respect to the fund. The following information relates to the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019. Wellington Management’s compensation structure is designed to attract and retain high-caliber investment professionals necessary to deliver high quality investment management services to its clients. Wellington Management’s compensation of the fund’s Investment Professionals includes a base salary and incentive components. The base salary for each Investment Professional who is a partner (a “Partner”) of Wellington Management Group LLP, the ultimate holding company of Wellington Management, is generally a fixed amount that is determined by the managing partners of Wellington Management Group LLP. The base salary for the other Investment Professional is determined by the Investment Professional’s experience and performance in his role as an Investment Professional. Base salaries for Wellington Management’s employees are reviewed annually and may be adjusted based on the recommendation of an Investment Professional’s manager, using guidelines established by Wellington Management’s Compensation Committee, which has final oversight responsibility for base salaries of employees of the firm. Each Investment Professional is eligible to receive an incentive payment based on the revenues earned by Wellington Management from the fund managed by the Investment Professional and generally each other account managed by such Investment Professional. Each Investment Professional’s incentive payment relating to the relevant fund, is linked to the gross pre-tax performance of the portion of the fund managed by the Investment Professional compared to the benchmark index and/or peer group identified below over one, three, and five year periods, with an emphasis on five year results. Wellington Management applies similar incentive compensation structures (although the benchmarks or peer groups, time periods and rates may differ) to other accounts managed by these

Page 17: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Investment Professionals, including accounts with performance fees. Portfolio-based incentives across all accounts managed by an investment professional can, and typically do, represent a significant portion of an investment professional’s overall compensation; incentive compensation varies significantly by individual and can vary significantly from year to year. The Investment Professionals may also be eligible for bonus payments based on their overall contribution to Wellington Management’s business operations. The revenues derived from clients served by the manager or team is another factor; therefore, client or asset losses may have a negative impact on remuneration. Senior management at Wellington Management may reward individuals as it deems appropriate based on other factors. Each Partner is eligible to participate in a Partner-funded tax qualified retirement plan, the contributions to which are made pursuant to an actuarial formula. Mr. Garvey is a Partner.

Fund Incentive Benchmark/Peer Group Opportunistic Fixed Income Fund Bloomberg Barclays Global Aggregate Bond Index (USD

Hedged)

You should read this supplement in conjunction with the SAI and retain it for future reference.

JHF2SAIS_02/28/20

Page 18: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

John Hancock Funds II International Value Fund (the fund)

Supplement dated February 12, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented

Effective on or about February 12, 2020, the disclosure presented in Appendix B of the SAI, which provides additional information about the portfolio managers of the subadvisor, Boston Partners Global Investors, Inc. (Boston Partners), is amended and restated as follows:

BOSTON PARTNERS GLOBAL INVESTORS, INC.

(Boston Partners)

International Value Fund

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS AND OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED

Joseph F. Feeney, Jr., CFA, Christopher K. Hart, CFA, Joshua M. Jones, CFA, and Joshua White, CFA are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of this Fund’s portfolio. The following table reflects information regarding other accounts for which each portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) other investment companies (and series thereof); (ii) other pooled investment vehicles; and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pays advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date. Also shown below the table is each portfolio manager’s investment in the Fund and similarly managed accounts.

The following table reflects information as of December 31, 2019.

Other Registered Other Pooled Investment Companies Investment Vehicles Other Accounts Number of Assets Number of Assets Number of Assets Portfolio Manager Accounts (in millions) Accounts (in millions) Accounts (in millions) Joseph F. Feeney, Jr. 3 $4,892 2 $145 6 $49 Christopher K. Hart 4 $3,405 9 $3,225 36 $2,854 Joshua M. Jones 4 $3,405 9 $3,225 36 $2,854 Joshua White 4 $3,405 9 $3,225 36 $2,854

There are no accounts that pay fees based upon performance.

Ownership of the Fund and Similarly Managed Accounts

The following table shows the dollar range of Fund shares and shares of similarly managed accounts beneficially owned by the portfolio manager listed above as of December 31, 2019. For purposes of this table, “similarly managed accounts” include all accounts that are managed (i) by the same portfolio managers that are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund; and (ii) with an investment style, objective, policies and strategies substantially similar to those that are used to manage the Fund. Each portfolio manager’s ownership of Fund shares is stated in the footnote that follows the table.

Portfolio Manager Dollar Range of Shares Owned1

Joseph F. Feeney, Jr. None

Christopher K. Hart $100,001 - $500,000

Joshua M. Jones $100,001 - $500,000

Page 19: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Portfolio Manager Dollar Range of Shares Owned1

Joshua White $10,000 - $50,000

1 As of December 31, 2019, Mr. Feeney, Mr. Hart, Mr. Jones, and Mr. White beneficially owned none, $100,001 - $500,000, $100,001 - $500,000, and $10,000 - $50,000, respectively, of the Fund.

POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST Compensation is determined based on several factors including performance, productivity, firm results and teamwork. Portfolio managers benefit from Boston Partners’ revenues and profitability, but no portfolio managers are compensated based directly on fee revenue earned by Boston Partners on particular accounts in a way that would create a material conflict of interest in favoring particular accounts over other accounts. Execution and research services provided by brokers may not always be utilized in connection with the Fund or other client accounts that may have provided the commission or a portion of the commission paid to the broker providing the services. Boston Partners allocates brokerage commissions for these services in a manner that it believes is fair and equitable and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to each of its clients. Boston Partners views all assets under management in a particular investment strategy as one portfolio. When the firm decides that a given security warrants a 1% position in client portfolios, it buys 1% in all portfolios unless individual client guidelines prohibit the firm from purchasing the security for such portfolio. Boston Partners generally aggregates the target share amount for each account into one large order and distributes the shares on a prorated basis across the accounts. If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for more than one fund or other client account, the Fund may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity. To mitigate this conflict of interest, Boston Partners aggregates orders of the funds it advises with orders from each of its other client accounts in order to ensure that all clients are treated fairly and equitably over time and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to each of its clients. Accounts are generally precluded from simultaneously holding a security long and short. There are certain circumstances that would permit a long/short portfolio to take a short position in a security that is held long in another strategy. This happens very infrequently, and the contra position is generally not related to the fundamental views of the security (i.e. - initiating a long position in a security at year-end to take advantage of tax-loss selling as a short-term investment, or initiating a position based solely on its relative weight in the benchmark). However, in certain situations, the investment constraints of a strategy, including but not limited to country, region, industry, or benchmark, may result in a different investment thesis for the same security. Each situation is fully vetted and approved by the firm’s Chief Investment Officer or his designee. COMPENSATION All investment professionals receive a variable compensation package comprised of an industry competitive base salary and a discretionary bonus and long-term incentives. Through Boston Partners’ bonus program, key investment professionals are rewarded primarily for strong investment performance. Typically, bonuses are based upon a combination of one or more of the following four criteria: 1. Individual Contribution: a subjective evaluation of the professional’s individual contribution based on the expectations

established at the beginning of each year; 2. Product Investment Performance: performance of the investment product(s) with which the individual is involved

versus the pre-designed index, based on the excess return; 3. Investment Team Performance: the financial results of the investment group with our client’s assets; and 4. Firm-wide Performance: the overall financial performance of Boston Partners. The compensation program focuses on long term performance with an emphasis on 3- and 5-year results. The timing of receiving deferred compensation reinforces this emphasis. Roughly 50% of compensation is based on qualitative measures and roughly 50% is based on quantitative measures. These compensation percentages can vary based on an individual’s role in the firm. Total revenues generated by any particular product affect the total available bonus pool for the analysts and portfolio

Page 20: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

managers associated with that product. The discretionary bonus assessment is conducted annually. Returns are evaluated on a pre-tax basis. Firm. Boston Partners maintains a long-term incentive program which effectively confers a 20-30% ownership stake in Boston Partners and is funded by the profitability and growth of the business. All investment professionals participate in this plan which serves as a long-term wealth building tool that aligns the interests of our clients with the people responsible for managing their portfolios. Direct Investments: BP offers or sub-advises several mutual fund vehicles that allow portfolio managers and other employees to invest directly alongside our clients. In fact, it is common for senior portfolio managers to invest $1 million or more in the strategy or strategies that they manage. Direct investments are also facilitated through Boston Partners’ 401(k) plan as Boston Partners managed mutual funds are widely available, investments are entirely voluntary, and are significantly used within the plan. Deferred Compensation: An important aspect of Boston Partners’ incentive program is deferred compensation. Annual incentive compensation as well as long-term incentive compensation is deferred in part or in total for typically 3 to 5 years. Deferred compensation promotes organizational stability and also facilitates significant re-investment in Boston Partners strategies. Deferred compensation is invested in established Boston Partners strategies. In addition, Boston Partners utilizes deferred compensation to fund seed investments in new investment offerings. This allows for the establishment of a portfolio, the building of a track record and ultimately bring a new investment strategy to the marketplace.

You should read this supplement in conjunction with the SAI and retain it for future reference.

JHF2SAIS 02/12/20

Page 21: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

 

 

JOHN HANCOCK BOND TRUST JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS III JOHN HANCOCK CALIFORNIA TAX-FREE INCOME FUND JOHN HANCOCK INVESTMENT TRUST JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK INVESTMENT TRUST II JOHN HANCOCK COLLATERAL TRUST JOHN HANCOCK MUNICIPAL SECURITIES TRUST JOHN HANCOCK CURRENT INTEREST JOHN HANCOCK SOVEREIGN BOND FUND JOHN HANCOCK EXCHANGE-TRADED FUND TRUST JOHN HANCOCK STRATEGIC SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II JOHN HANCOCK VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST Supplement dated February 6, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information, as may be supplemented (the “SAI”) Effective immediately, in consideration of the United Kingdom (UK) formally leaving the European Union (EU) on January 31, 2020, the following risk disclosure pertaining to European risk is amended and restated as follows: Uncertainties regarding the viability of the EU have impacted and may continue to impact markets in the United States and around the world. If one or more countries leave the EU or the EU dissolves, securities markets would likely be significantly disrupted. On January 31, 2020, the UK left the EU, commonly referred to as “Brexit,” and there commenced a transition period during which the EU and UK will negotiate and agree on the nature of their future relationship. There is significant market uncertainty regarding Brexit’s ramifications, and the range and potential implications of possible political, regulatory, economic, and market outcomes are difficult to predict. This uncertainty may affect other countries in the EU and elsewhere, and may cause volatility within the EU, triggering prolonged economic downturns in certain countries within the EU. It is also possible that various countries within the UK, such as Scotland or Northern Ireland, could seek to separate and remain a part of the EU.

The UK has one of the largest economies in Europe and is a major trading partner with the other EU countries and the United States. Brexit might negatively affect The City of London’s economy, which is heavily dominated by financial services, as banks might be forced to move staff and comply with two separate sets of rules or lose business to banks in Continental Europe. In addition, Brexit may create additional and substantial economic stresses for the UK, including a contraction of the UK economy and price volatility in UK stocks, decreased trade, capital outflows, devaluation of the British pound, wider corporate bond spreads due to uncertainty and declines in business and consumer spending as well as foreign direct investment. Further, the UK’s departure from the EU would potentially cause volatility within the EU, which could trigger prolonged economic downturns in certain European countries or spark additional member states to contemplate departing the EU (thereby exacerbating political instability in the region). Brexit may also adversely affect UK-based financial firms that have counterparties in the EU or participate in market infrastructure (trading venues, clearing houses, settlement facilities) based in the EU. These events and the resulting market volatility may have an adverse effect on the performance of the fund.

In conjunction with the above, the following risk disclosure pertaining to Market events risk is amended and restated as follows:

Uncertainties surrounding the sovereign debt of a number of EU countries and the viability of the EU have disrupted and may in the future disrupt markets in the United States and around the world. If one or more countries leave the EU or the EU dissolves, the world’s securities markets likely will be significantly disrupted. On January 31, 2020, the UK left the EU, commonly referred to as “Brexit,” and there commenced a transition period during which the EU and UK will negotiate and agree on the nature of their future relationship. There is significant market uncertainty regarding Brexit’s ramifications, and the range and potential implications of possible political, regulatory, economic, and market outcomes are difficult to predict. This uncertainty may affect other countries in the EU and elsewhere, and may cause volatility within the EU, triggering prolonged economic downturns in certain countries within the EU. In addition, Brexit may create additional and substantial economic stresses for the UK, including a contraction of the UK economy and price volatility in UK stocks, decreased trade, capital outflows, devaluation of the British pound, wider corporate bond spreads due to uncertainty and declines in business and consumer spending as well as foreign direct investment. Brexit may also adversely affect UK-based financial firms that have counterparties in the EU or participate in market infrastructure (trading venues, clearing houses, settlement facilities) based in the EU. These events and the resulting market volatility may have an adverse effect on the performance of the fund.

You should read this Supplement in conjunction with the SAI and retain it for future reference.

MTSAIS_02/06/20

Page 22: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

John Hancock Funds II Disciplined Alternative Yield Fund (the fund) Supplement dated January 10, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented At its in-person meeting held on December 10 – 12, 2019, the Board of Trustees of John Hancock Funds II (the Board) approved the closing and liquidation of the fund pursuant to a Plan of Liquidation approved by the Board. The Board determined that continuation of the fund is not in the best interests of the fund or its shareholders as a result of factors or events adversely affecting the fund’s ability to conduct its business and operations in an economically viable manner. The fund generally will not accept orders to purchase shares of the fund beginning on or about January 13, 2020, except at the fund’s sole discretion, certain accounts affiliated with the fund’s advisor may continue to purchase shares of the fund after that date. On or about February 12, 2020, the fund will distribute pro rata all of its assets to its shareholders, and all outstanding shares will be redeemed and cancelled. For more information, please call John Hancock Investment Management at 800-225-5291. You should read this Supplement in conjunction with the SAI and retain it for your future reference.

JHF2SAIS_1 01/10/20 

Page 23: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

 

John Hancock Funds II (the Trust) Global Bond Fund (the fund) Supplement dated January 10, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented The following information supplements and supersedes any information to the contrary relating to the fund contained in the current SAI.

At an in-person meeting held on December 10–12, 2019, the Trust’s Board of Trustees (the Board) approved the appointment of Wellington Management Company LLP (Wellington Management) to replace Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (PIMCO) as subadvisor to the fund effective on or about the close of business on February 28, 2020 (the Effective Date). In addition, the Board approved a change in the fund’s name effective as of the Effective Date. In connection with the appointment of Wellington Management as subadvisor to the fund along with other related changes, the SAI is hereby amended as of the Effective Date as follows: 1. All references to PIMCO are deleted and replaced with Wellington Management as the subadvisor. 2. The fund’s name is changed to Opportunistic Fixed Income Fund, and all references to Global Bond Fund are

changed to reflect the fund’s new name.

You should read this supplement in conjunction with the SAI and retain it for future reference.

JHF2SAIS_2 01/10/20

Page 24: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

 

John Hancock Funds II (the Trust) International Value Fund (the fund) Supplement dated January 10, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented The following information supplements and supersedes any information to the contrary relating to the fund contained in the current SAI.

At an in-person meeting held on December 10-12, 2019, the Trust’s Board of Trustees approved the appointment of Boston Partners Global Investors, Inc. (Boston Partners), to replace Templeton Investment Counsel, LLC (Templeton) as subadvisor to the fund, which is expected to be effective on or about February 12, 2020 (the Effective Date). In connection with the appointment of Wellington Management as subadvisor to the fund along with other related changes, the SAI is hereby amended as of the Effective Date as follows: 1. All references to Templeton are deleted and replaced with Boston Partners as the subadvisor.

You should read this supplement in conjunction with the SAI and retain it for future reference.

JHF2SAIS_3 01/10/20

Page 25: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

John Hancock Funds IIStatement of Additional Information

January 1, 2020

A B C I R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 NAV 1

Alternative Asset Allocation Fund JAAAX N/A JAACX JAAIX N/A JAAPX N/A JAASX N/A JAARX N/A N/A

Asia Pacific Total Return Bond Fund — N/A N/A — N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A — N/A

Blue Chip Growth Fund JBGAX N/A JBGCX — N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A JHBCDX JIBCX

Capital Appreciation Fund N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A JHCPX JICPX

Capital Appreciation Value Fund N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A — N/A

Core Bond Fund N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A JHCDX JICDX

Disciplined Alternative Yield Fund JTRAX N/A JTRCX JTRIX N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A JTRRX — N/A

Emerging Markets Fund JEVAX N/A JEVCX JEVIX N/A N/A N/A — — JEVRX JEVNX N/A

Emerging Markets Debt Fund JMKAX N/A JMKCX JMKIX N/A JHEMX N/A — N/A JEMIX — N/A

Equity Income Fund JHEIX N/A JHERX — N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A — JIEMX

Floating Rate Income Fund JFIAX JFIBX JFIGX JFIIX N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A JFIRX — JFIHX

Fundamental Global Franchise Fund JFGAX N/A N/A JFGIX N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A JFGFX — N/A

Global Bond Fund N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A — JIGDX

Global Equity Fund JHGEX N/A JGECX JGEFX N/A JGERX N/A JGETX N/A JGEMX — N/A

Health Sciences Fund N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A — N/A

High Yield Fund N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A — JIHDX

Income Allocation Fund JIAFX N/A JIAGX JIAIX N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A JIASX N/A N/A

International Small Company Fund JISAX N/A JISDX JSCIX N/A — N/A — — JHSMX — N/A

International Strategic Equity Allocation Fund N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A — N/A

International Value Fund N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A JHVIX JIVIX

Mid Cap Stock Fund N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A NHMSX JIMSX

Mid Value Fund N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A — N/A

Multi-Index Lifestyle Aggressive Portfolio — N/A N/A — N/A — N/A — — JIIRX N/A JIIOX

Multi-Index Lifestyle Balanced Portfolio — N/A N/A — N/A — N/A — — JIBRX N/A JIBOX

Multi-Index Lifestyle Conservative Portfolio — N/A N/A — N/A — N/A — — JLCSX N/A JLCGX

Multi-Index Lifestyle Growth Portfolio — N/A N/A — N/A — N/A — — JLGSX N/A JLGOX

Multi-Index Lifestyle Moderate Portfolio — N/A N/A — N/A — N/A — — JLMRX N/A JLMOX

Multi-Index 2060 Lifetime Portfolio N/A N/A N/A — N/A N/A N/A JHIKX — JIEHX N/A JRODX

Multi-Index 2055 Lifetime Portfolio N/A N/A N/A — N/A N/A N/A JLKWX — JLKYX N/A JLKZX

Multi-Index 2050 Lifetime Portfolio N/A N/A N/A — N/A N/A N/A JRTYX — JRLZX N/A JRLWX

Multi-Index 2045 Lifetime Portfolio N/A N/A N/A — N/A N/A N/A JRLUX — JRLVX N/A JRLQX

Multi-Index 2040 Lifetime Portfolio N/A N/A N/A — N/A N/A N/A JRTVX — JRTWX N/A JRTTX

Multi-Index 2035 Lifetime Portfolio N/A N/A N/A — N/A N/A N/A JRTMX — JRTNX N/A JRTKX

Multi-Index 2030 Lifetime Portfolio N/A N/A N/A — N/A N/A N/A JRTIX — JRTJX N/A JRTGX

Multi-Index 2025 Lifetime Portfolio N/A N/A N/A — N/A N/A N/A JRTDX — JRTFX N/A JRTBX

Multi-Index 2020 Lifetime Portfolio N/A N/A N/A — N/A N/A N/A JRLPX — JRTAX N/A JRLOX

Multi-Index 2015 Lifetime Portfolio N/A N/A N/A — N/A N/A N/A JRLKX — JRLLX N/A JRLIX

Multi-Index 2010 Lifetime Portfolio N/A N/A N/A — N/A N/A N/A JRLFX — JRLHX N/A JRLDX

Multi-Index 2060 Preservation Portfolio N/A N/A N/A N/A JKIMX JSATX N/A JPORX — JTFOX N/A JCHOX

Multi-Index 2055 Preservation Portfolio N/A N/A N/A N/A JRITX JRIUX N/A JRIVX — JRIWX N/A JRIYX

Multi-Index 2050 Preservation Portfolio N/A N/A N/A N/A JRIQX JRINX N/A JRIPX — JRISX N/A JRIOX

Multi-Index 2045 Preservation Portfolio N/A N/A N/A N/A JRVQX JRVRX N/A JRVPX — JRVSX N/A JRVOX

Multi-Index 2040 Preservation Portfolio N/A N/A N/A N/A JRRQX JRRRX N/A JRRPX — JRRSX N/A JRROX

Multi-Index 2035 Preservation Portfolio N/A N/A N/A N/A JRYQX JRYRX N/A JRYPX — JRYSX N/A JRYOX

Page 26: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

A B C I R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 NAV 1

Multi-Index 2030 Preservation Portfolio N/A N/A N/A N/A JRHQX JRHRX N/A JRHPX — JRHSX N/A JRHOX

Multi-Index 2025 Preservation Portfolio N/A N/A N/A N/A JREQX JRERX N/A JREPX — JRESX N/A JREOX

Multi-Index 2020 Preservation Portfolio N/A N/A N/A N/A JRWQX JRWRX N/A JRWPX — JRWSX N/A JRWOX

Multi-Index Income Preservation Portfolio N/A N/A N/A N/A JRFQX JRFNX N/A JRFPX — JRFSX N/A JRFOX

Multimanager 2060 Lifetime Portfolio JJERX N/A N/A JMENX JTLOX JVIMX JGTHX JROUX JGHTX JESRX N/A JRETX

Multimanager 2055 Lifetime Portfolio JLKLX N/A N/A JHRTX JLKMX JLKNX JLKPX JLKQX JLKSX JLKTX N/A JLKUX

Multimanager 2050 Lifetime Portfolio JLKAX N/A N/A JHRPX JLKDX JLKEX JLKFX JLKGX JLKHX JLKRX N/A JLKOX

Multimanager 2045 Lifetime Portfolio JLJAX N/A N/A JHROX JLJDX JLJEX JLJFX JLJGX JLJHX JLJIX N/A JLJOX

Multimanager 2040 Lifetime Portfolio JLIAX N/A N/A JHRDX JLIDX JLIEX JLIFX JLIGX JLIHX JLIIX N/A JLIOX

Multimanager 2035 Lifetime Portfolio JLHAX N/A N/A JHRMX JLHDX JLHEX JLHFX JLHGX JLHHX JLHIX N/A JLHOX

Multimanager 2030 Lifetime Portfolio JLFAX N/A N/A JHRGX JLFDX JLFEX JLFFX JLFGX JLFHX JLFIX N/A JLFOX

Multimanager 2025 Lifetime Portfolio JLEAX N/A N/A JHRNX JLEDX JLEEX JLEFX JLEGX JLEHX JLEIX N/A JLEOX

Multimanager 2020 Lifetime Portfolio JLDAX N/A N/A JHRVX JLDDX JLDEX JLDFX JLDGX JLDHX JLDIX N/A JLDOX

Multimanager 2015 Lifetime Portfolio JLBAX N/A N/A JHREX JLBDX JLBKX JLBFX JLBGX JLBHX JLBJX N/A JLBOX

Multimanager 2010 Lifetime Portfolio JLAAX N/A N/A JHRLX JLADX JLAEX JLAFX JLAGX JLAHX JLAIX N/A JLAOX

New Opportunities Fund JASOX N/A JBSOX JHSOX JRSOX JSSOX JTSOX JUSOX — JWSOX — JISOX

Real Estate Securities Fund N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A — JIREX

Science & Technology Fund N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A — N/A

Small Cap Growth Fund JSJAX N/A JSJCX JSJIX N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A JISRX — N/A

Small Cap Value Fund JSCAX N/A N/A JSCBX N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A JSCCX — N/A

Strategic Equity Allocation Fund N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A — N/A

Strategic Income Opportunities Fund JIPAX N/A JIPCX JIPIX N/A JIPPX N/A N/A N/A JIPRX — N/A

U.S. High Yield Bond Fund N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A JHHLX JIHLX

U.S. Sector Rotation Fund (formerly U.S. Strategic Equity Allocation Fund)

N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A — N/A

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) provides information about the series of John Hancock Funds II (“JHF II” or the “Trust”) listed above. JHF II consists of various stand-alone series (each a fund and collectively, the funds) and various funds of funds (each referred to as a fund of funds). Each fund of funds invests in a number of funds and also may invest in other funds for which JHF II’s investment advisor or any of its affiliates serves as investment advisor. The information in this SAI is in addition to the information that is contained in the fund of funds’ and funds’ prospectuses dated January 1, 2020, as amended and supplemented from time to time (collectively, the “Prospectus”). Each of the fund of funds and funds is a separate series of JHF II and each is referred to herein as a “fund” or “Fund” and collectively, as the “funds” or “Funds,” unless otherwise identified.

This SAI is not a prospectus. It should be read in conjunction with the Prospectus. This SAI incorporates by reference the financial statements of each fund for the period ended August 31, 2019, as well as the related opinion of the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm, as included in the fund’s most recent annual report to shareholders (each an “annual report”). Copies of a Prospectus or an Annual Report can be obtained free of charge by contacting:

John Hancock Signature Services, Inc.P.O. Box 55913

Boston, Massachusetts 02205-5913800-225-5291

jhinvestments.com

Page 27: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOSSARY

ORGANIZATION OF THE TRUST

ADDITIONAL INVESTMENT POLICIES AND OTHER INSTRUMENTS

RISK FACTORS

REGULATION OF COMMODITY INTERESTS

HEDGING AND OTHER STRATEGIC TRANSACTIONS

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

THOSE RESPONSIBLE FOR MANAGEMENT

SHAREHOLDERS OF THE FUNDS

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS AND OTHER SERVICES

DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENTS

SALES COMPENSATION

NET ASSET VALUE

POLICY REGARDING DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

SALES CHARGES ON CLASS A, CLASS B, AND CLASS C SHARES

DEFERRED SALES CHARGE ON CLASS A, CLASS B, AND CLASS C SHARES

SPECIAL REDEMPTIONS

ADDITIONAL SERVICES AND PROGRAMS

PURCHASES AND REDEMPTIONS THROUGH THIRD PARTIES

DESCRIPTION OF FUND SHARES

SAMPLE CALCULATION OF MAXIMUM OFFERING PRICE

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONCERNING TAXES

PORTFOLIO BROKERAGE

TRANSFER AGENT SERVICES

LEGAL AND REGULATORY MATTERS

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CUSTODY OF PORTFOLIO SECURITIES

CODES OF ETHICS

APPENDIX A – DESCRIPTION OF BOND RATINGS

APPENDIX B – PORTFOLIO MANAGER INFORMATION

APPENDIX C – PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

1

1

3

5

34

53

53

66

68

69

78

136

147

154

158

159

162

165

167

168

170

171

172

175

184

191

192

192

192

192

193

194

201

252

Page 28: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

GLOSSARYTerm Definition

“1933 Act” the Securities Act of 1933, as amended

“1940 Act” the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended

“Advisers Act” the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended

“Advisor” John Hancock Investment Management LLC (formerly, John Hancock Advisers, LLC), 200 Berkeley Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116

“Advisory Agreement” an investment advisory agreement or investment management contract between the Trust and the Advisor

“Affiliated Subadvisors” Manulife Investment Management (North America) Limited and Manulife Investment Management (US) LLC, as applicable

“affiliated underlying funds” Funds advised by John Hancock’s investment advisor or its affiliates

“BDCs” business development companies

“Board” Board of Trustees of the Trust

“Bond Connect” Mutual Bond Market Access between Mainland China and Hong Kong

“Brown Brothers Harriman” Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.

“CATS” Certificates of Accrual on Treasury Securities

“CBOs” Collateralized Bond Obligations

“CCO” Chief Compliance Officer

“CDSC” Contingent Deferred Sales Charge

“CEA” the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended

“China A-Shares” Chinese stock exchanges

“CIBM” China interbank bond market

“CLOs” Collateralized Loan Obligations

“CMOs” Collateralized Mortgage Obligations

“Code” the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended

“COFI floaters” Cost of Funds Index

“CPI” Consumer Price Index

“CPI-U” Consumer Price Index for Urban Consumers

“CPO” Commodity Pool Operator

“CFTC” Commodity Futures Trading Commission

“Citibank” Citibank, N.A., 388 Greenwich Street, New York, NY 10013

“Distributor” John Hancock Investment Management Distributors LLC (formerly, John Hancock Funds, LLC), 200 Berkeley Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116

“EMU” Economic and Monetary Union

“ETFs” Exchange-Traded Funds

“ETNs” Exchange-Traded Notes

“EU” European Union

“Fannie Mae” Federal National Mortgage Association

“FHFA” Federal Housing Finance Agency

“FHLBs” Federal Home Loan Banks

“FICBs” Federal Intermediate Credit Banks

“Fitch” Fitch Ratings

“Freddie Mac” Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation

“funds” or “series” The John Hancock funds within this SAI as noted on the front cover and as the context may require

“GNMA” Government National Mortgage Association

“HKSCC” Hong Kong Securities Clearing Company

“IOs” Interest-Only

“IRA” Individual Retirement Account

“IRS” Internal Revenue Service

“JHCT” John Hancock Collateral Trust

. 1

Page 29: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

“JH Distributors” John Hancock Distributors, LLC

“JHLICO New York” John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York

“JHLICO U.S.A.” John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

“LOI” Letter of Intention

“LIBOR” London Interbank Offered Rate

“MAAP” Monthly Automatic Accumulation Program

“Manulife Financial” or “MFC” Manulife Financial, a publicly traded company based in Toronto, Canada

“Manulife IM (NA)” Manulife Investment Management (North America) Limited (formerly, John Hancock Asset Management a Division of Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited)

“Manulife IM (US)” Manulife Investment Management (US) LLC (formerly, John Hancock Asset Management a Division of Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC)

“MiFID II” Markets in Financial Instruments Directive

“Moody’s” Moody’s Investors Service, Inc

“NAV” Net Asset Value

“NRSRO” Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization

“NYSE” New York Stock Exchange

“OID” Original Issue Discount

“OTC” Over-The-Counter

“PAC” Planned Amortization Class

“PFS” Personal Financial Services

“POs” Principal-Only

“PRC” People’s Republic of China

“PROMESA” Puerto Rico Oversight, Management and Economic Stability Act

“REITs” Real Estate Investment Trusts

“RIC” Regulated Investment Company

“RPS” John Hancock Retirement Plan Services

“SARSEP” Salary Reduction Simplified Employee Pension Plan

“SEC” Securities and Exchange Commission

“SEP” Simplified Employee Pension

“SIMPLE” Savings Incentive Match Plan for Employees

“S&P” Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services

“SLMA” Student Loan Marketing Association

“State Street” State Street Bank and Trust Company, State Street Financial Center, One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111

“Stock Connect” Hong Kong Stock Connect Program

“subadvisor” The subadvisors employed by John Hancock within this SAI as noted in Appendix B and as the context may require

“TAC” Target Amortization Class

“TIGRs” Treasury Receipts, Treasury Investors Growth Receipts

“Trust” John Hancock Bond TrustJohn Hancock California Tax-Free Income FundJohn Hancock Capital SeriesJohn Hancock Current InterestJohn Hancock Exchange-Traded Fund TrustJohn Hancock Funds IIJohn Hancock Funds IIIJohn Hancock Investment TrustJohn Hancock Investment Trust IIJohn Hancock Municipal Securities TrustJohn Hancock Sovereign Bond FundJohn Hancock Strategic SeriesJohn Hancock Variable Insurance Trust

“TSA” Tax-Sheltered Annuity

“unaffiliated underlying funds” Funds advised by an entity other than John Hancock’s investment advisor or its affiliates

“underlying funds” Funds in which the Funds of Funds invest

. 2

Page 30: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

ORGANIZATION OF THE TRUSTThe Trust is organized as a Massachusetts business trust under the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and is an open-end management investment company registered under the 1940 Act. Each of Asia Pacific Total Return Bond Fund, Emerging Markets Debt Fund, Fundamental Global Franchise Fund, Global Bond Fund, and Real Estate Securities Fund is a non-diversified series of the Trust and each other fund is a diversified series of the Trust, as those terms are used in the 1940 Act, and as interpreted or modified by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time. The funds of funds may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated underlying funds. The following table sets forth the date the Trust was organized:

Trust Date of Organization

John Hancock Funds II June 28, 2005

The Advisor is a Delaware limited liability company whose principal offices are located at 200 Berkeley Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116. The Advisor is registered as an investment advisor under the Advisers Act. The Advisor is an indirect principally owned subsidiary of JHLICO U.S.A. JHLICO U.S.A. and its subsidiaries today offer a broad range of financial products, including life insurance, annuities, 401(k) plans, long-term care insurance, college savings, and other forms of business insurance. Additional information about John Hancock may be found on the Internet at johnhancock.com. The ultimate controlling parent of the Advisor is MFC, a publicly traded company based in Toronto, Canada. MFC is the holding company of The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company and its subsidiaries, collectively known as Manulife Financial.

The Advisor has retained for each fund a subadvisor that is responsible for providing investment advice to the fund subject to the review of the Board and the overall supervision of the Advisor.

Manulife Financial is a leading international financial services group with principal operations in Asia, Canada, and the United States. Operating primarily as John Hancock in the United States and Manulife elsewhere, it provides financial protection products and advice, insurance, as well as wealth and asset management services through its extensive network of solutions for individuals, groups, and institutions. As of September 30, 2019, it had $881 billion in assets under management and administration. Its global headquarters are in Toronto, Canada, and it trades as ‘MFC’ on the Toronto Stock Exchange, NYSE, and the Philippine Stock Exchange, and under ‘945’ in Hong Kong. Manulife Financial can be found on the Internet at manulife.com.

The following table sets forth each fund’s inception date:

Fund Commencement of Operations

Alternative Asset Allocation Fund January 2, 2009

Asia Pacific Total Return Bond Fund January 16, 2013

Blue Chip Growth Fund October 15, 2005

Capital Appreciation Fund October 17, 2005

Capital Appreciation Value Fund January 6, 2011

Core Bond Fund October 17, 2005

Disciplined Alternative Yield Fund September 29, 2011

Emerging Markets Fund May 1, 2007

Emerging Markets Debt Fund January 4, 2010

Equity Income Fund October 15, 2005

Floating Rate Income Fund January 2, 2008

Fundamental Global Franchise Fund June 29, 2012

Global Bond Fund October 17, 2005

Global Equity Fund May 16, 2013

Health Sciences Fund September 30, 2011

High Yield Fund October 15, 2005

Income Allocation Fund November 14, 2014

International Small Company Fund April 28, 2006

International Strategic Equity Allocation Fund October 17, 2016

International Value Fund October 17, 2005

Mid Cap Stock Fund October 17, 2005

Mid Value Fund January 2, 2009

. 3

Page 31: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Fund Commencement of Operations

Multi-Index Lifestyle Aggressive Portfolio December 30, 2013

Multi-Index Lifestyle Balanced Portfolio December 30, 2013

Multi-Index Lifestyle Conservative Portfolio December 30, 2013

Multi-Index Lifestyle Growth Portfolio December 30, 2013

Multi-Index Lifestyle Moderate Portfolio December 30, 2013

Multi-Index 2060 Lifetime Portfolio March 30, 2016

Multi-Index 2055 Lifetime Portfolio March 26, 2014

Multi-Index 2050 Lifetime Portfolio November 7, 2013

Multi-Index 2045 Lifetime Portfolio November 7, 2013

Multi-Index 2040 Lifetime Portfolio November 7, 2013

Multi-Index 2035 Lifetime Portfolio November 7, 2013

Multi-Index 2030 Lifetime Portfolio November 7, 2013

Multi-Index 2025 Lifetime Portfolio November 7, 2013

Multi-Index 2020 Lifetime Portfolio November 7, 2013

Multi-Index 2015 Lifetime Portfolio November 7, 2013

Multi-Index 2010 Lifetime Portfolio November 7, 2013

Multi-Index 2060 Preservation Portfolio March 30, 2016

Multi-Index 2055 Preservation Portfolio March 26, 2014

Multi-Index 2050 Preservation Portfolio April 29, 2011

Multi-Index 2045 Preservation Portfolio April 30, 2010

Multi-Index 2040 Preservation Portfolio April 30, 2010

Multi-Index 2035 Preservation Portfolio April 30, 2010

Multi-Index 2030 Preservation Portfolio April 30, 2010

Multi-Index 2025 Preservation Portfolio April 30, 2010

Multi-Index 2020 Preservation Portfolio April 30, 2010

Multi-Index Income Preservation Portfolio April 30, 2010

Multimanager 2060 Lifetime Portfolio March 30, 2016

Multimanager 2055 Lifetime Portfolio March 26, 2014

Multimanager 2050 Lifetime Portfolio April 29, 2011

Multimanager 2045 Lifetime Portfolio October 30, 2006

Multimanager 2040 Lifetime Portfolio October 30, 2006

Multimanager 2035 Lifetime Portfolio October 30, 2006

Multimanager 2030 Lifetime Portfolio October 30, 2006

Multimanager 2025 Lifetime Portfolio October 30, 2006

Multimanager 2020 Lifetime Portfolio October 30, 2006

Multimanager 2015 Lifetime Portfolio October 30, 2006

Multimanager 2010 Lifetime Portfolio October 30, 2006

New Opportunities Fund October 17, 2005

Real Estate Securities Fund October 15, 2005

Science & Technology Fund February 14, 2013

Small Cap Growth Fund October 31, 2005

Small Cap Value Fund December 16, 2008

Strategic Equity Allocation Fund April 16, 2012

Strategic Income Opportunities Fund April 28, 2006

U.S. High Yield Bond Fund October 17, 2005

U.S. Sector Rotation Fund September 26, 2016

If a fund or share class has been in operation for a period that is shorter than the three-year fiscal period covered in this SAI, information is provided for the period the fund or share class, as applicable, was in operation.

. 4

Page 32: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

ADDITIONAL INVESTMENT POLICIES AND OTHER INSTRUMENTSThe principal strategies and risks of investing in each fund are described in the applicable Prospectus. Unless otherwise stated in the applicable Prospectus or this SAI, the investment objective and policies of the fund may be changed without shareholder approval. The instruments and investment policies below apply to each fund, but only if and to the extent that such policies are consistent with and permitted by a fund’s investment objective and policies. Each fund may also have indirect exposure to the instruments described below through derivative contracts, if applicable. By owning shares of the underlying funds, each fund of funds indirectly invests in the securities and instruments held by the underlying funds and bears the same risks of such underlying funds.

Asset-Backed SecuritiesThe securitization techniques used to develop mortgage securities also are being applied to a broad range of other assets. Through the use of trusts and special purpose corporations, automobile and credit card receivables are being securitized in pass-through structures similar to mortgage pass-through structures or in a pay-through structure similar to the CMO structure.

Generally, the issuers of asset-backed bonds, notes or pass-through certificates are special purpose entities and do not have any significant assets other than the receivables securing such obligations. In general, the collateral supporting asset-backed securities is of a shorter maturity than that of mortgage loans. As a result, investment in these securities should be subject to less volatility than mortgage securities. Instruments backed by pools of receivables are similar to mortgage-backed securities in that they are subject to unscheduled prepayments of principal prior to maturity. When the obligations are prepaid, a fund must reinvest the prepaid amounts in securities with the prevailing interest rates at the time. Therefore, a fund’s ability to maintain an investment including high-yielding asset-backed securities will be affected adversely to the extent that prepayments of principal must be reinvested in securities that have lower yields than the prepaid obligations. Moreover, prepayments of securities purchased at a premium could result in a realized loss. Unless otherwise stated in its Prospectus, a fund will only invest in asset-backed securities rated, at the time of purchase, “AA” or better by S&P or Fitch or “Aa” or better by Moody’s.

As with mortgage securities, asset-backed securities are often backed by a pool of assets representing the obligation of a number of different parties and use similar credit enhancement techniques. For a description of the types of credit enhancement that may accompany asset-backed securities, see “Types of Credit Support” below. When a fund invests in asset-backed securities, it will not limit its investments in asset-backed securities to those with credit enhancements. Although asset-backed securities are not generally traded on a national securities exchange, such securities are widely traded by brokers and dealers, and will not be considered illiquid securities for the purposes of the investment restriction on illiquid securities under “Additional Investment Policies.”

Types of Credit Support. To lessen the impact of an obligor’s failure to make payments on underlying assets, mortgage securities and asset-backed securities may contain elements of credit support. Such credit support falls into two categories: liquidity protection; and default protection.

Liquidity protection refers to the provision of advances, generally by the entity administering the pool of assets, to ensure that the pass-through of payments due on the underlying pool of assets occurs in a timely fashion. Default protection provides protection against losses resulting from ultimate default and enhances the likelihood of ultimate payment of the obligations on at least a portion of the assets in the pool. This protection may be provided through guarantees, insurance policies or letters of credit obtained by the issuer or sponsor from third parties, through various means of structuring the transaction or through a combination of such approaches. A fund will not pay any additional fees for such credit support, although the existence of credit support may increase the price of a security.

Some examples of credit support include: “senior-subordinated securities” (multiple class securities with one or more classes subordinate to other classes as

to the payment of principal thereof and interest thereon, with the result that defaults on the underlying assets are borne first by the holders of the subordinated class); creation of “reserve funds” (where cash or investments, sometimes funded from a portion of the payments on the

underlying assets, are held in reserve against future losses); and “over-collateralization” (where the scheduled payments on, or the principal amount of, the underlying assets

exceed those required to make payment on the securities and pay any servicing or other fees).

The ratings of mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities for which third-party credit enhancement provides liquidity protection or default protection are generally dependent upon the continued creditworthiness of the provider of

. 5

Page 33: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

the credit enhancement. The ratings of these securities could be reduced in the event of deterioration in the creditworthiness of the credit enhancement provider even in cases where the delinquency and loss experienced on the underlying pool of assets is better than expected.

The degree of credit support provided for each issue is generally based on historical information concerning the level of credit risk associated with the underlying assets. Delinquency or loss greater than anticipated could adversely affect the return on an investment in mortgage securities or asset-backed securities.

Collateralized Debt Obligations. CBOs, CLOs, other collateralized debt obligations, and other similarly structured securities (collectively, “CDOs”) are types of asset-backed securities. A CBO is a trust that is often backed by a diversified pool of high risk, below investment grade fixed-income securities. The collateral can be from many different types of fixed-income securities such as high yield debt, residential privately issued mortgage-related securities, commercial privately issued mortgage-related securities, trust preferred securities and emerging market debt. A CLO is a trust typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and foreign senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans, and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans. Other CDOs are trusts backed by other types of assets representing obligations of various parties. CDOs may charge management fees and administrative expenses.

In a CDO structure, the cash flows from the trust are split into two or more portions, called tranches, varying in risk and yield. The riskiest portion is the “equity” tranche which bears the bulk of defaults from the bonds or loans in the trust and serves to protect the other, more senior tranches from default in all but the most severe circumstances. Since it is partially protected from defaults, a senior tranche from a CDO trust typically has a higher rating and lower yield than its underlying securities, and can be rated investment grade. Despite the protection from the equity tranche, CDO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default and disappearance of protecting tranches, market anticipation of defaults, as well as aversion to CDO securities as a class. In the case of all CDO tranches, the market prices of and yields on tranches with longer terms to maturity tend to be more volatile than those of tranches with shorter terms to maturity due to the greater volatility and uncertainty of cash flows.

The risks of an investment in a CDO depend largely on the type of the collateral securities and the class of the CDO in which a fund invests. Normally, CDOs are privately offered and sold, and thus, are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in CDOs may be characterized by a fund as illiquid; however an active dealer market may exist for CDOs allowing a CDO to qualify for treatment as liquid under Rule 144A under the 1933 Act. In addition to the normal risks associated with fixed-income securities discussed elsewhere in the SAI and the Prospectus (e.g., interest rate risk and default risk), CDOs carry additional risks including, but not limited to the possibility that: (i) distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) the funds may invest in CDOs that are subordinate to other classes; and (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results.

Brady BondsBrady Bonds are debt securities issued under the framework of the “Brady Plan,” an initiative announced by former U.S. Treasury Secretary Nicholas F. Brady in 1989 as a mechanism for debtor nations to restructure their outstanding external commercial bank indebtedness. The Brady Plan framework, as it has developed, involves the exchange of external commercial bank debt for newly issued bonds (“Brady Bonds”). Brady Bonds also may be issued in respect of new money being advanced by existing lenders in connection with the debt restructuring. Brady Bonds issued to date generally have maturities between 15 and 30 years from the date of issuance and have traded at a deep discount from their face value. In addition to Brady Bonds, investments in emerging market governmental obligations issued as a result of debt restructuring agreements outside of the scope of the Brady Plan are available.

Agreements implemented under the Brady Plan to date are designed to achieve debt and debt-service reduction through specific options negotiated by a debtor nation with its creditors. As a result, the financial packages offered by each country differ. The types of options have included: the exchange of outstanding commercial bank debt for bonds issued at 100% of face value that carry a below-

market stated rate of interest (generally known as par bonds); bonds issued at a discount from face value (generally known as discount bonds); bonds bearing an interest rate which increases over time; and bonds issued in exchange for the advancement of new money by existing lenders.

Discount bonds issued to date under the framework of the Brady Plan have generally borne interest computed semiannually at a rate equal to 13/16th of one percent above current six-month LIBOR. Regardless of the stated face

. 6

Page 34: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

amount and interest rate of the various types of Brady Bonds, when investing in Brady Bonds, a fund will purchase Brady Bonds in secondary markets in which the price and yield to the investor reflect market conditions at the time of purchase.

Certain sovereign bonds are entitled to “value recovery payments” in certain circumstances, which in effect constitute supplemental interest payments but generally are not collateralized. Certain Brady Bonds have been collateralized as to principal due at maturity (typically 15 to 30 years from the date of issuance) by U.S. Treasury zero coupon bonds with a maturity equal to the final maturity of such Brady Bonds, although the collateral is not available to investors until the final maturity of the Brady Bonds. Collateral purchases are financed by the International Monetary Fund (the “IMF”), the World Bank and the debtor nations’ reserves. In addition, interest payments on certain types of Brady Bonds may be collateralized by cash or high-grade securities in amounts that typically represent between 12 and 18 months of interest accruals on these instruments, with the balance of the interest accruals being uncollateralized.

A fund may purchase Brady Bonds with no or limited collateralization, and must rely for payment of interest and (except in the case of principal collateralized Brady Bonds) principal primarily on the willingness and ability of the foreign government to make payment in accordance with the terms of the Brady Bonds.

Brady Bonds issued to date are purchased and sold in secondary markets through U.S. securities dealers and other financial institutions and are generally maintained through European transactional securities depositories. A substantial portion of the Brady Bonds and other sovereign debt securities in which a fund invests are likely to be acquired at a discount.

Canadian and Provincial Government and Crown Agency ObligationsCanadian Government Obligations. Canadian government obligations are debt securities issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by the government of Canada pursuant to authority granted by the Parliament of Canada and approved by the Governor in Council, where necessary. These securities include treasury bills, notes, bonds, debentures and marketable government of Canada loans.

Canadian Crown Obligations. Canadian Crown agency obligations are debt securities issued or guaranteed by a Crown corporation, company or agency (“Crown Agencies”) pursuant to authority granted by the Parliament of Canada and approved by the Governor in Council, where necessary. Certain Crown Agencies are by statute agents of Her Majesty in right of Canada, and their obligations, when properly authorized, constitute direct obligations of the government of Canada. These obligations include, but are not limited to, those issued or guaranteed by the: Export Development Corporation; Farm Credit Corporation; Federal Business Development Bank; and Canada Post Corporation.

In addition, certain Crown Agencies that are not, by law, agents of Her Majesty may issue obligations that, by statute, the Governor in Council may authorize the Minister of Finance to guarantee on behalf of the government of Canada. Other Crown Agencies that are not, by law, agents of Her Majesty may issue or guarantee obligations not entitled to be guaranteed by the government of Canada. No assurance can be given that the government of Canada will support the obligations of Crown Agencies that are not agents of Her Majesty, which it has not guaranteed, since it is not obligated to do so by law.

Provincial Government Obligations. Provincial Government obligations are debt securities issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by the government of any province of Canada pursuant to authority granted by the provincial Legislature and approved by the Lieutenant Governor in Council of such province, where necessary. These securities include treasury bills, notes, bonds and debentures.

Provincial Crown Agency Obligations. Provincial Crown Agency obligations are debt securities issued or guaranteed by a provincial Crown corporation, company or agency (“Provincial Crown Agencies”) pursuant to authority granted by the provincial Legislature and approved by the Lieutenant Governor in Council of such province, where necessary. Certain Provincial Crown Agencies are by statute agents of Her Majesty in right of a particular province of Canada, and their obligations, when properly authorized, constitute direct obligations of such province. Other Provincial Crown Agencies that are not, by law, agents of Her Majesty in right of a particular province of Canada may issue obligations that, by statute, the Lieutenant Governor in Council of such province may guarantee, or may authorize the Treasurer thereof to guarantee, on behalf of the government of such province. Finally, other Provincial Crown Agencies that are not, by law, agencies of Her Majesty may issue or guarantee obligations not entitled to be guaranteed by a provincial government. No assurance can be given that the government of any province of Canada will support the obligations of Provincial Crown Agencies that are not agents of Her Majesty and that it has not guaranteed, as it is not obligated to do

. 7

Page 35: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

so by law. Provincial Crown Agency obligations described above include, but are not limited to, those issued or guaranteed by a: provincial railway corporation; provincial hydroelectric or power commission or authority; provincial municipal financing corporation or agency; and provincial telephone commission or authority.

Certificates of Deposit, Time Deposits and Bankers’ AcceptancesCertificates of Deposit. Certificates of deposit are certificates issued against funds deposited in a bank or a savings and loan. They are issued for a definite period of time and earn a specified rate of return.

Time Deposits. Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained in banking institutions for specified periods of time at stated interest rates.

Bankers’ Acceptances. Bankers’ acceptances are short-term credit instruments evidencing the obligation of a bank to pay a draft which has been drawn on it by a customer. These instruments reflect the obligations both of the bank and of the drawer to pay the face amount of the instrument upon maturity. They are primarily used to finance the import, export, transfer or storage of goods. They are “accepted” when a bank guarantees their payment at maturity.

These obligations are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

Commercial PaperCommercial paper consists of unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations to finance short-term credit needs. Commercial paper is issued in bearer form with maturities generally not exceeding nine months.

Variable Amount Master Demand Notes. Commercial paper obligations may include variable amount master demand notes. Variable amount master demand notes are obligations that permit the investment of fluctuating amounts at varying rates of interest pursuant to direct arrangements between a fund, as lender, and the borrower. These notes permit daily changes in the amounts borrowed. The investing (i.e., “lending”) fund has the right to increase the amount under the note at any time up to the full amount provided by the note agreement, or to decrease the amount, and the borrower may prepay up to the full amount of the note without penalty. Because variable amount master demand notes are direct lending arrangements between the lender and borrower, it is not generally contemplated that such instruments will be traded. There is no secondary market for these notes, although they are redeemable (and thus immediately repayable by the borrower) at face value, plus accrued interest, at any time.

Except in the case of Global Bond Fund, an affiliated underlying fund, a subadvisor will only invest in variable amount master demand notes issued by companies that, at the date of investment, have an outstanding debt issue rated “Aaa” or “Aa” by Moody’s or “AAA” or “AA” by S&P or Fitch, and that the subadvisor has determined present minimal risk of loss. A subadvisor will look generally at the financial strength of the issuing company as “backing” for the note and not to any security interest or supplemental source, such as a bank letter of credit. A variable amount master demand note will be valued on each day a NAV is determined. The NAV generally will be equal to the face value of the note plus accrued interest unless the financial position of the issuer is such that its ability to repay the note when due is in question.

Conversion of Debt SecuritiesIn the event debt securities held by a fund are converted to or exchanged for equity securities, the fund may continue to hold such equity securities, but only if and to the extent consistent with and permitted by its investment objective and policies.

Convertible SecuritiesConvertible securities may include corporate notes or preferred securities. Investments in convertible securities are not subject to the rating criteria with respect to non-convertible debt obligations. As with all debt securities, the market value of convertible securities tends to decline as interest rates increase and, conversely, to increase as interest rates decline. The market value of convertible securities can also be heavily dependent upon the changing value of the equity securities into which such securities are convertible, depending on whether the market price of the underlying security exceeds the conversion price. Convertible securities generally rank senior to common stocks in an issuer’s capital structure and consequently entail less risk than the issuer’s common stock. However, the extent to which such risk is reduced depends upon the degree to which the convertible security sells above its value as a fixed-income security.

. 8

Page 36: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Corporate ObligationsCorporate obligations are bonds and notes issued by corporations to finance long-term credit needs.

Depositary ReceiptsSecurities of foreign issuers may include American Depositary Receipts, European Depositary Receipts, Global Depositary Receipts, International Depositary Receipts, and Non-Voting Depositary Receipts (“ADRs,” “EDRs,” “GDRs,” “IDRs,” and “NVDRs,” respectively, and collectively, “Depositary Receipts”). Depositary Receipts are certificates typically issued by a bank or trust company that give their holders the right to receive securities issued by a foreign or domestic corporation.

ADRs are U.S. dollar-denominated securities backed by foreign securities deposited in a U.S. securities depository. ADRs are created for trading in the U.S. markets. The value of an ADR will fluctuate with the value of the underlying security and will reflect any changes in exchange rates. An investment in ADRs involves risks associated with investing in foreign securities. Issuers of unsponsored ADRs are not contractually obligated to disclose material information in the United States, and, therefore, there may not be a correlation between that information and the market value of an unsponsored ADR.

EDRs, GDRs, IDRs, and NVDRs are receipts evidencing an arrangement with a foreign bank or exchange affiliate similar to that for ADRs and are designed for use in foreign securities markets. EDRs, GDRs, IDRs, and NVDRs are not necessarily quoted in the same currency as the underlying security. NVDRs do not have voting rights.

Exchange-Traded FundsAn ETF is a type of investment company shares of which are bought and sold on a securities exchange. An ETF generally represents a fixed portfolio of securities designed to track a particular market index or basket of securities. A fund could purchase shares of an ETF to temporarily gain exposure to a portion of the U.S. or a foreign market while awaiting purchase of underlying securities. The risks of owning an ETF include the risks of owning the underlying securities it is designed to track. In addition, the lack of liquidity in an ETF could result in it being more volatile than the underlying securities and ETFs have management fees that increase their costs. Also, there is a risk that an ETF may fail to closely track the index or basket of securities that it is designed to replicate.

Exchange-Traded NotesETNs are senior, unsecured, unsubordinated debt securities the returns of which are linked to the performance of a particular market benchmark or strategy, minus applicable fees. ETNs are traded on an exchange (e.g., the NYSE) during normal trading hours; however, investors also can hold ETNs until they mature. At maturity, the issuer pays to the investor a cash amount equal to the principal amount, subject to the day’s market benchmark or strategy factor. ETNs do not make periodic coupon payments or provide principal protection. ETNs are subject to credit risk, including the credit risk of the issuer, and the value of the ETN may drop due to a downgrade in the issuer’s credit rating, despite the underlying market benchmark or strategy remaining unchanged. The value of an ETN also may be influenced by time to maturity, level of supply and demand for the ETN, volatility and lack of liquidity in underlying assets, changes in the applicable interest rates, changes in the issuer’s credit rating, and economic, legal, political, or geographic events that affect the referenced underlying asset. When a fund invests in ETNs, it will bear its proportionate share of any fees and expenses borne by the ETN. A decision by a fund to sell ETN holdings may be limited by the availability of a secondary market. In addition, although an ETN may be listed on an exchange, the issuer may not be required to maintain the listing, and there can be no assurance that a secondary market will exist for an ETN.

ETNs also are subject to tax risk. No assurance can be given that the IRS will accept, or a court will uphold, how a fund characterizes and treats ETNs for tax purposes.

An ETN that is tied to a specific market benchmark or strategy may not be able to replicate and maintain exactly the composition and relative weighting of securities, commodities or other components in the applicable market benchmark or strategy. Some ETNs that use leverage can, at times, be relatively illiquid, and thus they may be difficult to purchase or sell at a fair price. Leveraged ETNs are subject to the same risk as other instruments that use leverage in any form. The market value of ETNs may differ from their market benchmark or strategy. This difference in price may be due to the fact that the supply and demand in the market for ETNs at any point in time is not always identical to the supply and demand in the market for the securities, commodities or other components underlying the market benchmark or strategy that the ETN seeks to track. As a result, there may be times when an ETN trades at a premium or discount to its market benchmark or strategy.

Fixed-Income SecuritiesInvestment grade bonds are rated at the time of purchase in the four highest rating categories by a NRSRO, such as those rated “Aaa,” “Aa,” “A” and “Baa” by Moody’s, or “AAA,” “AA,” “A” and “BBB” by S&P or Fitch. Obligations

. 9

Page 37: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

rated in the lowest of the top four rating categories (such as “Baa” by Moody’s or “BBB” by S&P or Fitch) may have speculative characteristics and changes in economic conditions or other circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to make principal and interest payments, including a greater possibility of default or bankruptcy of the issuer, than is the case with higher grade bonds. Subsequent to its purchase by a fund, an issue of securities may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum required for purchase by a fund. In addition, it is possible that Moody’s, S&P, Fitch and other NRSROs might not timely change their ratings of a particular issue to reflect subsequent events. None of these events will require the sale of the securities by a fund, although a subadvisor will consider these events in determining whether it should continue to hold the securities.

In general, the ratings of Moody’s, S&P, and Fitch represent the opinions of these agencies as to the quality of the securities that they rate. It should be emphasized however, that ratings are relative and subjective and are not absolute standards of quality. These ratings will be used by a fund as initial criteria for the selection of portfolio securities. Among the factors that will be considered are the long-term ability of the issuer to pay principal and interest and general economic trends. Appendix A contains further information concerning the ratings of Moody’s, S&P, and Fitch and their significance.

Funds of Funds InvestmentsA fund may serve as an underlying investment for one or more John Hancock funds of funds that seek to achieve their investment objectives by investing in, among other things, other John Hancock funds. The funds of funds periodically re-allocate their investments among underlying investments. In an effort to be fully invested at all times and also to avoid temporary periods of under-investment, a fund may buy securities and other instruments in anticipation of or with knowledge of future purchases of fund shares resulting from a re-allocation of assets by the fund of funds to an underlying fund. Until such purchases of fund shares by a fund of funds settle (normally between one and two days), a fund may have investment exposure in excess of its net assets. Shareholders who transact with a fund during the period beginning when a fund first starts buying securities in anticipation of a purchase order from a fund of funds until such purchase order settles may incur more loss or realize more gain than they otherwise might have in the absence of the excess investment exposure. The funds of funds may purchase and redeem shares of underlying funds each business day through the use of an algorithm that operates pursuant to standing instructions to allocate purchase and redemption orders among underlying funds. Each day, pursuant to the algorithm, a fund of funds will purchase or redeem shares of an underlying fund at the NAV for the underlying fund calculated that day. This algorithm is used solely for rebalancing a fund of funds’ investments in an effort to maintain previously determined allocation percentages.

High Yield (High Risk) Domestic Corporate Debt SecuritiesHigh yield corporate debt securities (also known as “junk bonds”) include bonds, debentures, notes, bank loans, credit-linked notes and commercial paper. Most of these debt securities will bear interest at fixed rates, except bank loans, which usually have floating rates. Bonds also may have variable rates of interest, and debt securities may involve equity features, such as equity warrants or convertible outright and participation features (i.e., interest or other payments, often in addition to a fixed rate of return, that are based on the borrower’s attainment of specified levels of revenues, sales or profits and thus enable the holder of the security to share in the potential success of the venture). Today, much high yield debt is used for general corporate purposes, such as financing capital needs or consolidating and paying down bank lines of credit.

The secondary market for high yield U.S. corporate debt securities is concentrated in relatively few market makers and is dominated by institutional investors, including funds, insurance companies and other financial institutions. Accordingly, the secondary market for such securities is not as liquid as, and is more volatile than, the secondary market for higher-rated securities. In addition, market trading volume for high yield U.S. corporate debt securities is generally lower and the secondary market for such securities could shrink or disappear suddenly and without warning as a result of adverse market or economic conditions, independent of any specific adverse changes in the condition of a particular issuer. The lack of sufficient market liquidity may cause a fund to incur losses because it will be required to effect sales at a disadvantageous time and then only at a substantial drop in price. These factors may have an adverse effect on the market price and a fund’s ability to dispose of particular portfolio investments. A less liquid secondary market also may make it more difficult for a fund to obtain precise valuations of the high yield securities in its portfolio.

A fund is not obligated to dispose of securities whose issuers subsequently are in default or that are downgraded below the rating requirements that the fund imposes at the time of purchase.

Hybrid InstrumentsHybrid instruments (a type of potentially high-risk derivative) combine the elements of futures contracts or options with those of debt, preferred equity or a depository instrument.

. 10

Page 38: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Characteristics of Hybrid Instruments. Generally, a hybrid instrument is a debt security, preferred stock, depository share, trust certificate, certificate of deposit or other evidence of indebtedness on which a portion of or all interest payments, and/or the principal or stated amount payable at maturity, redemption or retirement, is determined by reference to the following: prices, changes in prices, or differences between prices of securities, currencies, intangibles, goods, articles or

commodities (collectively, “underlying assets”); or an objective index, economic factor or other measure, such as interest rates, currency exchange rates, commodity

indices, and securities indices (collectively, “benchmarks”).

Hybrid instruments may take a variety of forms, including, but not limited to: debt instruments with interest or principal payments or redemption terms determined by reference to the value of a

currency or commodity or securities index at a future point in time; preferred stock with dividend rates determined by reference to the value of a currency; or convertible securities with the conversion terms related to a particular commodity.

Uses of Hybrid Instruments. Hybrid instruments provide an efficient means of creating exposure to a particular market, or segment of a market, with the objective of enhancing total return. For example, a fund may wish to take advantage of expected declines in interest rates in several European countries, but avoid the transaction costs associated with buying and currency-hedging the foreign bond positions.

One approach is to purchase a U.S. dollar-denominated hybrid instrument whose redemption price is linked to the average three-year interest rate in a designated group of countries. The redemption price formula would provide for payoffs of greater than par if the average interest rate was lower than a specified level, and payoffs of less than par if rates were above the specified level. Furthermore, the investing fund could limit the downside risk of the security by establishing a minimum redemption price so that the principal paid at maturity could not be below a predetermined minimum level if interest rates were to rise significantly.

The purpose of this type of arrangement, known as a structured security with an embedded put option, is to give a fund the desired European bond exposure while avoiding currency risk, limiting downside market risk, and lowering transactions costs. Of course, there is no guarantee that such a strategy will be successful and the value of a fund may decline if, for example, interest rates do not move as anticipated or credit problems develop with the issuer of the hybrid instrument.

Structured Notes. Structured notes include investments in an entity, such as a trust, organized and operated solely for the purpose of restructuring the investment characteristics of various securities. This type of restructuring involves the deposit or purchase of specified instruments and the issuance of one or more classes of securities backed by, or representing interests, in the underlying instruments. The cash flow on the underlying instruments may be apportioned among the newly issued structured notes to create securities with different investment characteristics, such as varying maturities, payment priorities or interest rate provisions. The extent of the income paid by the structured notes is dependent on the cash flow of the underlying instruments.

Illiquid Securities No fund may invest more than 15% of its net assets in securities that cannot be sold or disposed of in seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment (“illiquid securities”). Investment in illiquid securities involves the risk that, because of the lack of consistent market demand for such securities, a fund may be forced to sell them at a discount from the last offer price. To the extent that an investment is deemed to be an illiquid investment or a less liquid investment, a fund can expect to be exposed to greater liquidity risk.

Illiquid securities may include, but are not limited to: (a) securities (except for Section 4(a)(2) Commercial Paper, discussed below) that are not eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act; (b) repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days (except for those that can be terminated after a notice period of seven days or less); (c) IOs and POs of non-governmental issuers; (d) time deposits maturing in more than seven days; (e) federal fund loans maturing in more than seven days; (f) bank loan participation interests; (g) foreign government loan participations; (h) municipal leases and participations therein; and (i) any other securities or other investments for which a liquid secondary market does not exist.

The Trust has implemented a written liquidity risk management program (the “LRM Program”) and related procedures to manage the liquidity risk of a fund in accordance with Rule 22e-4 under the 1940 Act (“Rule 22e-4”). Rule 22e-4 defines “liquidity risk” as the risk that a fund could not meet requests to redeem shares issued by the fund without significant dilution of the remaining investors’ interests in the fund. The Board has designated the Advisor to serve as the

. 11

Page 39: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

administrator of the LRM Program and the related procedures. As a part of the LRM Program, the Advisor is responsible to identify illiquid investments and categorize the relative liquidity of a fund’s investments in accordance with Rule 22e-4. Under the LRM Program, the Advisor assesses, manages, and periodically reviews a fund’s liquidity risk, and is responsible to make periodic reports to the Board and the SEC regarding the liquidity of a fund’s investments, and to notify the Board and the SEC of certain liquidity events specified in Rule 22e-4. The liquidity of a fund’s portfolio investments is determined based on relevant market, trading and investment-specific considerations under the LRM Program.

Commercial paper issued in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the 1933 Act (“Section 4(a)(2) Commercial Paper”) is restricted as to its disposition under federal securities law, and generally is sold to institutional investors, such as the fund, who agree that they are purchasing the paper for investment purposes and not with a view to public distribution. Any resale by the purchaser must be made in an exempt transaction. Section 4(a)(2) Commercial Paper normally is resold to other institutional investors, like the fund, through or with the assistance of the issuer or investment dealers who make a market in Section 4(a)(2) Commercial Paper, thus providing liquidity.

If the Advisor determines, pursuant to the LRM Program and related procedures, that specific Section 4(a)(2) Commercial Paper or securities that are restricted as to resale but for which a ready market is available pursuant to an exemption provided by Rule 144A under the 1933 Act or other exemptions from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act are liquid, they will not be subject to a fund’s limitation on investments in illiquid securities. Investing in Section 4(a)(2) Commercial Paper could have the effect of increasing the level of illiquidity in a fund if qualified institutional buyers become for a time uninterested in purchasing these restricted securities.

Index-Related Securities (“Equity Equivalents”)A fund may invest in certain types of securities that enable investors to purchase or sell shares in a basket of securities that seeks to track the performance of an underlying index or a portion of an index. Such Equity Equivalents include, among others DIAMONDS (interests in a basket of securities that seeks to track the performance of the Dow Jones Industrial Average), SPDRs or S&P Depositary Receipts (an exchange-traded fund that tracks the S&P 500 Index). Such securities are similar to index mutual funds, but they are traded on various stock exchanges or secondary markets. The value of these securities is dependent upon the performance of the underlying index on which they are based. Thus, these securities are subject to the same risks as their underlying indices as well as the securities that make up those indices. For example, if the securities comprising an index that an index-related security seeks to track perform poorly, the index-related security will lose value.

Equity Equivalents may be used for several purposes, including to simulate full investment in the underlying index while retaining a cash balance for portfolio management purposes, to facilitate trading, to reduce transaction costs or to seek higher investment returns where an Equity Equivalent is priced more attractively than securities in the underlying index. Because the expense associated with an investment in Equity Equivalents may be substantially lower than the expense of small investments directly in the securities comprising the indices they seek to track, investments in Equity Equivalents may provide a cost-effective means of diversifying a fund’s assets across a broad range of securities.

To the extent a fund invests in securities of other investment companies, including Equity Equivalents, fund shareholders would indirectly pay a portion of the operating costs of such companies in addition to the expenses of its own operations. These costs include management, brokerage, shareholder servicing and other operational expenses. Indirectly, if a fund invests in Equity Equivalents, shareholders may pay higher operational costs than if they owned the underlying investment companies directly. Additionally, a fund’s investments in such investment companies are subject to limitations under the 1940 Act and market availability.

The prices of Equity Equivalents are derived and based upon the securities held by the particular investment company. Accordingly, the level of risk involved in the purchase or sale of an Equity Equivalent is similar to the risk involved in the purchase or sale of traditional common stock, with the exception that the pricing mechanism for such instruments is based on a basket of stocks. The market prices of Equity Equivalents are expected to fluctuate in accordance with both changes in the NAVs of their underlying indices and the supply and demand for the instruments on the exchanges on which they are traded. Substantial market or other disruptions affecting Equity Equivalents could adversely affect the liquidity and value of the shares of a fund.

Indexed SecuritiesIndexed securities are instruments whose prices are indexed to the prices of other securities, securities indices, currencies, or other financial indicators. Indexed securities typically, but not always, are debt securities or deposits whose value at maturity or coupon rate is determined by reference to a specific instrument or statistic.

. 12

Page 40: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Currency-indexed securities typically are short-term to intermediate-term debt securities whose maturity values or interest rates are determined by reference to the values of one or more specified foreign currencies, and may offer higher yields than U.S. dollar-denominated securities. Currency-indexed securities may be positively or negatively indexed; that is, their maturity value may increase when the specified currency value increases, resulting in a security that performs similarly to a foreign denominated instrument, or their maturity value may decline when foreign currencies increase, resulting in a security whose price characteristics are similar to a put on the underlying currency. Currency-indexed securities also may have prices that depend on the values of a number of different foreign currencies relative to each other.

The performance of indexed securities depends to a great extent on the performance of the security, currency, or other instrument to which they are indexed, and also may be influenced by interest rate changes in the United States and abroad. Indexed securities may be more volatile than the underlying instruments. Indexed securities also are subject to the credit risks associated with the issuer of the security, and their values may decline substantially if the issuer’s creditworthiness deteriorates. Issuers of indexed securities have included banks, corporations, and certain U.S. government agencies. An indexed security may be leveraged to the extent that the magnitude of any change in the interest rate or principal payable on an indexed security is a multiple of the change in the reference price.

Inflation-Indexed BondsInflation-indexed bonds are debt instruments whose principal and/or interest value are adjusted periodically according to a rate of inflation (usually a CPI). Two structures are most common. The U.S. Treasury and some other issuers use a structure that accrues inflation into the principal value of the bond. Most other issuers pay out the inflation accruals as part of a semiannual coupon.

U.S. Treasury Inflation Protected Securities (“TIPS”) currently are issued with maturities of five, ten, or thirty years, although it is possible that securities with other maturities will be issued in the future. The principal amount of TIPS adjusts for inflation, although the inflation-adjusted principal is not paid until maturity. Semiannual coupon payments are determined as a fixed percentage of the inflation-adjusted principal at the time the payment is made.

If the rate measuring inflation falls, the principal value of inflation-indexed bonds will be adjusted downward, and consequently the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced. At maturity, TIPS are redeemed at the greater of their inflation-adjusted principal or at the par amount at original issue. If an inflation-indexed bond does not provide a guarantee of principal at maturity, the adjusted principal value of the bond repaid at maturity may be less than the original principal.

The value of inflation-indexed bonds is expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Real interest rates in turn are tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. For example, if inflation were to rise at a faster rate than nominal interest rates, real interest rates would likely decline, leading to an increase in value of inflation-indexed bonds. In contrast, if nominal interest rates increase at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates would likely rise, leading to a decrease in value of inflation-indexed bonds.

While these securities, if held to maturity, are expected to be protected from long-term inflationary trends, short-term increases in inflation may lead to a decline in value. If nominal interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation (for example, due to an expansion of non-inflationary economic activity), investors in these securities may not be protected to the extent that the increase in rates is not reflected in the bond’s inflation measure.

The inflation adjustment of TIPS is tied to the CPI-U, which is calculated monthly by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. The CPI-U is a measurement of price changes in the cost of living, made up of components such as housing, food, transportation, and energy. There can be no assurance that the CPI-U will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services.

Interfund LendingPursuant to an exemptive order issued by the SEC, a fund may lend money to, and borrow money from, other funds advised by the Advisor or any other investment advisor under common control with the Advisor, subject to the fundamental restrictions on borrowing and lending applicable to the fund. Each fund is authorized to participate fully in this program.

A fund will borrow through the program only when the costs are equal to or lower than the cost of bank loans, and a fund will lend through the program only when the returns are higher than those available from an investment in overnight repurchase agreements. Interfund loans and borrowings normally extend overnight, but can have a maximum duration of seven days. Loans may be called on one day’s notice. A fund may have to borrow from a bank at a higher interest rate if an interfund loan is called or not renewed. Any delay in repayment to a lending fund or from a borrowing fund could result in a lost investment opportunity or additional borrowing costs.

. 13

Page 41: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Investments in Creditors’ ClaimsCreditors’ claims in bankruptcy (“Creditors’ Claims”) are rights to payment from a debtor under the U.S. bankruptcy laws. Creditors’ Claims may be secured or unsecured. A secured claim generally receives priority in payment over unsecured claims.

Sellers of Creditors’ Claims can either be: (i) creditors that have extended unsecured credit to the debtor company (most commonly trade suppliers of materials or services); or (ii) secured creditors (most commonly financial institutions) that have obtained collateral to secure an advance of credit to the debtor. Selling a Creditors’ Claim offers the creditor an opportunity to turn a claim that otherwise might not be satisfied for many years into liquid assets.

A Creditors’ Claim may be purchased directly from a creditor although most are purchased through brokers. A Creditors’ Claim can be sold as a single claim or as part of a package of claims from several different bankruptcy filings. Purchasers of Creditors’ Claims may take an active role in the reorganization process of the bankrupt company and, in certain situations in which a Creditors’ Claim is not paid in full, the claim may be converted into stock of the reorganized debtor.

Although Creditors’ Claims can be sold to other investors, the market for Creditors’ Claims is not liquid and, as a result, a purchaser of a Creditors’ Claim may be unable to sell the claim or may have to sell it at a drastically reduced price. There is no guarantee that any payment will be received from a Creditors’ Claim, especially in the case of unsecured claims.

Investment in Other Investment CompaniesA fund may invest in other investment companies (including closed-end investment companies, unit investment trusts, open-end investment companies, investment companies exempted from registration under the 1940 Act pursuant to the Rules thereunder and other pooled vehicles) to the extent permitted by federal securities laws (including the rules, regulations and interpretations thereunder) and to the extent permitted by exemptive relief obtained from the SEC by the custodian, the Advisor and/or a subadvisor.

Investing in other investment companies involves substantially the same risks as investing directly in the underlying instruments, but the total return on such investments at the investment company-level may be reduced by the operating expenses and fees of such other investment companies, including advisory fees. Certain types of investment companies, such as closed-end investment companies, issue a fixed number of shares that trade on a stock exchange or may involve the payment of substantial premiums above the value of such investment companies’ portfolio securities when traded OTC or at discounts to their NAVs. Others are continuously offered at NAV, but also may be traded in the secondary market.

Blue Chip Growth Fund, Capital Appreciation Value Fund, Health Sciences Fund, and Equity Income Fund also may invest in shares of certain internal T. Rowe Price funds (collectively, the “T. Rowe Funds”), consistent with each such fund’s investment objective and policies. In order to prevent these funds from paying duplicate management fees, the value of shares of the T. Rowe Funds held in a T. Rowe Price-subadvised fund’s portfolio will be excluded from the fund’s total assets in calculating the subadvisory fees payable to T. Rowe Price.

Lending of SecuritiesA fund may lend its securities so long as such loans do not represent more than 331/3% of its total assets. As collateral for the loaned securities, the borrower gives the lending portfolio collateral equal to at least 100% of the value of the loaned securities. The collateral will consist of cash (including U.S. dollars and foreign currency), cash equivalents or securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities. The borrower must also agree to increase the collateral if the value of the loaned securities increases. If the market value of the loaned securities declines, the borrower may request that some collateral be returned.

During the existence of the loan, a fund will receive from the borrower amounts equivalent to any dividends, interest or other distributions on the loaned securities, as well as interest on such amounts. If the fund receives a payment in lieu of dividends (a “substitute payment”) with respect to securities on loan pursuant to a securities lending transaction, such income will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction (the “DRD”) for corporate shareholders or for treatment as qualified dividend income for individual shareholders. The DRD and qualified dividend income are discussed more fully in this SAI under “Additional Information Concerning Taxes.”

As with other extensions of credit, there are risks that collateral could be inadequate in the event of the borrower failing financially, which could result in actual financial loss, and risks that recovery of loaned securities could be delayed, which could result in interference with portfolio management decisions or exercise of ownership rights. The collateral is managed by an affiliate of the Advisor. A fund will be responsible for the risks associated with the investment of cash

. 14

Page 42: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

collateral, including the risk that the fund may lose money on the investment or may fail to earn sufficient income to meet its obligations to the borrower. In addition, a fund may lose its right to vote its shares of the loaned securities at a shareholder meeting if the subadvisor does not recall or does not timely recall the loaned securities, or if the borrower fails to return the recalled securities in advance of the record date for the meeting.

The Trust, on behalf of certain of its funds, has entered into an agency agreement for securities lending transactions (“Securities Lending Agreement”) with Citibank and, separately, with Brown Brothers Harriman (each, a “Securities Lending Agent”). Pursuant to each Securities Lending Agreement, Citibank or Brown Brothers Harriman acts as securities lending agent for the funds and administers each fund’s securities lending program. During the fiscal year, each Securities Lending Agent performed various services for the funds, including the following: (i) lending portfolio securities, previously identified by the fund as available for loan, and held by the fund’s custodian (“Custodian”) on behalf of the fund, to borrowers identified by the fund in the Securities Lending Agreement; (ii) instructing the Custodian to receive and deliver securities, as applicable, to effect such loans; (iii) locating borrowers; (iv) monitoring daily the market value of loaned securities; (v) ensuring daily movement of collateral associated with loan transactions; (vi) marking to marketloaned securities and non-cash collateral; (vii) monitoring dividend activity with respect to loaned securities; (viii) negotiating loan terms with the borrowers; (ix) recordkeeping and account servicing related to securities lending activities; and (x) arranging for the return of loaned securities at the termination of the loan. Under each Securities Lending Agreement, Citibank or Brown Brothers Harriman, as applicable, generally will bear the risk that a borrower may default on its obligation to return loaned securities.

Securities lending involves counterparty risk, including the risk that the loaned securities may not be returned or returned in a timely manner and/or a loss of rights in the collateral if the borrower or the lending agent defaults or fails financially. This risk is increased when the fund’s loans are concentrated with a single or limited number of borrowers. There are no limits on the number of borrowers to which the fund may lend securities and the fund may lend securities to only one or a small group of borrowers. In addition, under each Securities Lending Agreement, loans may be made to affiliates of Citibank or Brown Brothers Harriman, as applicable, as identified in the applicable Securities Lending Agreement.

Cash collateral may be invested by a fund in JHCT. Investment of cash collateral offers the opportunity for a fund to profit from income earned by this collateral pool, but also the risk of loss, should the value of the fund’s shares in the collateral pool decrease below their initial value.

For each fund that engaged in securities lending activities during the fiscal period ended August 31, 2019, the following tables detail the amounts of income and fees/compensation related to such activities during the period.

Fund NameJHF II ALTERNATIVE ASSET ALLOC

JHF II BLUE CHIP GROWTH FUND

JHF II CAP APPRECIATION VALUE

JHF II CAPITAL APPRECIATION JHF II CORE BOND FUND

Gross Income from securities lending activities ($) 130,580 591,976 356,757 762,904 34,056

Fees and/or compensation for securities lending activities and related services

Fees paid to securities lending agent from a revenue split ($) 7,887 27,018 36,495 16,028 1,007

Fees paid for any cash collateral management service (including fees deducted from a pooled cash collateral reinvestment vehicle) that are not included in the revenue split ($) 4,020 16,996 4,015 27,394 1,413

Administrative fees not included in revenue split*

Indemnification fee not included in revenue split

. 15

Page 43: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Fund NameJHF II ALTERNATIVE ASSET ALLOC

JHF II BLUE CHIP GROWTH FUND

JHF II CAP APPRECIATION VALUE

JHF II CAPITAL APPRECIATION JHF II CORE BOND FUND

Rebate (paid to borrower) ($) 60,195 392,091 56,405 601,399 27,448

Other fees not included in revenue split (specify)

Aggregate fees/compensation for securities lending activities ($) 72,102 436,106 96,915 644,821 29,868

Net Income from securities lending activities ($) 58,478 155,870 259,842 118,083 4,189

* Administrative fees equal Collateral Trust Fund Expense Ratio

Fund NameJHF II EQUITY INCOME FUND

JHF II FLOATING RATE INCOME FD

JHF II GLOBAL BOND FUND

JHF II HIGH YIELD FUND

JHF II INCOME ALLOCATION FUND

Gross Income from securities lending activities ($) 372,795 162,106 #N/A 235,024 3,300

Fees and/or compensation for securities lending activities and related services

Fees paid to securities lending agent from a revenue split ($) 8,085 11,644 #N/A 15,509 145

Fees paid for any cash collateral management service (including fees deducted from a pooled cash collateral reinvestment vehicle) that are not included in the revenue split ($) 12,359 4,375 #N/A 6,373 114

Administrative fees not included in revenue split*

Indemnification fee not included in revenue split

Rebate (paid to borrower) ($) 287,992 48,799 #N/A 101,002 1,979

Other fees not included in revenue split (specify)

Aggregate fees/compensation for securities lending activities ($) 308,436 64,818 #N/A 122,884 2,237

Net Income from securities lending activities ($) 64,360 97,288 – 112,139 1,063

* Administrative fees equal Collateral Trust Fund Expense Ratio

Fund NameJHF II MID CAP STOCK FUND

JHF II MID VALUE FUND

JHF II MULTIIDX 2010 LIFETIME

JHF II MULTIIDX 2015 LIFETIME

JHF II MULTIIDX 2020 LIFETIME

Gross Income from securities lending activities ($) 1,414,989 697,795 32,213 47,911 201,771

. 16

Page 44: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Fund NameJHF II MID CAP STOCK FUND

JHF II MID VALUE FUND

JHF II MULTIIDX 2010 LIFETIME

JHF II MULTIIDX 2015 LIFETIME

JHF II MULTIIDX 2020 LIFETIME

Fees and/or compensation for securities lending activities and related services

Fees paid to securities lending agent from a revenue split ($) 16,882 17,033 1,986 2,864 10,777

Fees paid for any cash collateral management service (including fees deducted from a pooled cash collateral reinvestment vehicle) that are not included in the revenue split ($) 47,958 23,096 1,125 1,666 6,723

Administrative fees not included in revenue split*

Indemnification fee not included in revenue split

Rebate (paid to borrower) ($) 1,185,467 520,999 14,827 23,086 101,662

Other fees not included in revenue split (specify)

Aggregate fees/compensation for securities lending activities ($) 1,250,307 561,128 17,938 27,617 119,163

Net Income from securities lending activities ($) 164,682 136,667 14,275 20,294 82,608

* Administrative fees equal Collateral Trust Fund Expense Ratio

Fund NameJHF II MULTI-IDX 2020 PRESERV

JHF II MULTIIDX 2025 LIFETIME

JHF II MULTI-IDX 2025 PRESERV

JHF II MULTIIDX 2030 LIFETIME

JHF II MULTI-IDX 2030 PRESERV

Gross Income from securities lending activities ($) 759,122 234,121 1,469,821 171,373 1,622,666

Fees and/or compensation for securities lending activities and related services

Fees paid to securities lending agent from a revenue split ($) 33,226 13,748 67,925 8,901 76,904

Fees paid for any cash collateral management service (including fees deducted from a pooled cash collateral reinvestment vehicle) that are not included in the revenue split ($) 26,358 8,293 51,539 5,942 55,974

Administrative fees not included in revenue split*

. 17

Page 45: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Fund NameJHF II MULTI-IDX 2020 PRESERV

JHF II MULTIIDX 2025 LIFETIME

JHF II MULTI-IDX 2025 PRESERV

JHF II MULTIIDX 2030 LIFETIME

JHF II MULTI-IDX 2030 PRESERV

Indemnification fee not included in revenue split

Rebate (paid to borrower) ($) 455,524 115,688 843,919 91,677 906,462

Other fees not included in revenue split (specify)

Aggregate fees/compensation for securities lending activities ($) 515,108 137,729 963,384 106,520 1,039,339

Net Income from securities lending activities ($) 244,015 96,392 506,438 64,853 583,327

* Administrative fees equal Collateral Trust Fund Expense Ratio

Fund NameJHF II MULTIIDX 2035 LIFETIME

JHF II MULTI-IDX 2035 PRESERV

JHF II MULTIIDX 2040 LIFETIME

JHF II MULTI-IDX 2040 PRESERV

JHF II MULTIIDX 2045 LIFETIME

Gross Income from securities lending activities ($) 116,577 1,332,772 59,804 972,522 71,918

Fees and/or compensation for securities lending activities and related services

Fees paid to securities lending agent from a revenue split ($) 5,249 66,289 2,260 53,428 1,872

Fees paid for any cash collateral management service (including fees deducted from a pooled cash collateral reinvestment vehicle) that are not included in the revenue split ($) 4,133 46,302 2,052 33,667 2,539

Administrative fees not included in revenue split*

Indemnification fee not included in revenue split

Rebate (paid to borrower) ($) 68,195 730,808 36,463 496,495 53,204

Other fees not included in revenue split (specify)

Aggregate fees/compensation for securities lending activities ($) 77,578 843,400 40,775 583,591 57,615

Net Income from securities lending activities ($) 38,999 489,373 19,028 388,931 14,303

* Administrative fees equal Collateral Trust Fund Expense Ratio

Fund NameJHF II MULTI-IDX 2045 PRESERV

JHF II MULTIIDX 2050 LIFETIME

JHF II MULTI-IDX 2050 PRESERV

JHF II MULTIIDX 2055 LIFETIME

JHF II MULTI-IDX 2055 PRESERV

Gross Income from securities lending activities ($) 788,749 47,041 605,813 24,972 239,872

. 18

Page 46: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Fund NameJHF II MULTI-IDX 2045 PRESERV

JHF II MULTIIDX 2050 LIFETIME

JHF II MULTI-IDX 2050 PRESERV

JHF II MULTIIDX 2055 LIFETIME

JHF II MULTI-IDX 2055 PRESERV

Fees and/or compensation for securities lending activities and related services

Fees paid to securities lending agent from a revenue split ($) 44,343 1,292 31,847 824 12,955

Fees paid for any cash collateral management service (including fees deducted from a pooled cash collateral reinvestment vehicle) that are not included in the revenue split ($) 27,030 1,722 21,119 857 8,319

Administrative fees not included in revenue split*

Indemnification fee not included in revenue split

Rebate (paid to borrower) ($) 389,343 34,278 318,650 17,325 124,063

Other fees not included in revenue split (specify)

Aggregate fees/compensation for securities lending activities ($) 460,716 37,292 371,615 19,006 145,338

Net Income from securities lending activities ($) 328,033 9,749 234,198 5,966 94,535

* Administrative fees equal Collateral Trust Fund Expense Ratio

Fund NameJHF II MULTI-IDX 2060 LIFETIME

JHF II MULTI-IDX 2060 PRESERV

JHF II MULTI-IDX LIFESTYLE AGG

JHF II MULTI-IDX LIFESTYLE BAL

JHF II MULTIIDX LIFESTYLE CNSV

Gross Income from securities lending activities ($) 9,586 56,013 50,965 1,187,822 303,376

Fees and/or compensation for securities lending activities and related services

Fees paid to securities lending agent from a revenue split ($) 299 3,253 1,218 61,251 18,423

Fees paid for any cash collateral management service (including fees deducted from a pooled cash collateral reinvestment vehicle) that are not included in the revenue split ($) 377 1,904 1,928 41,006 10,608

Administrative fees not included in revenue split*

. 19

Page 47: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Fund NameJHF II MULTI-IDX 2060 LIFETIME

JHF II MULTI-IDX 2060 PRESERV

JHF II MULTI-IDX LIFESTYLE AGG

JHF II MULTI-IDX LIFESTYLE BAL

JHF II MULTIIDX LIFESTYLE CNSV

Indemnification fee not included in revenue split

Rebate (paid to borrower) ($) 7,022 27,337 40,237 642,137 140,910

Other fees not included in revenue split (specify)

Aggregate fees/compensation for securities lending activities ($) 7,697 32,494 43,383 744,394 169,941

Net Income from securities lending activities ($) 1,888 23,520 7,582 443,428 133,435

* Administrative fees equal Collateral Trust Fund Expense Ratio

Fund NameJHF II MULTIIDX LIFESTYLE GRTH

JHF II MULTI-IDX LIFESTYLE MOD

JHF II MULTI-INDEX INC PRESERV

JHF II NEW OPPORTUNITIES FUND

JHF II REAL ESTATE SECURITIES

Gross Income from securities lending activities ($) 560,844 428,827 384,233 507,524 -

Fees and/or compensation for securities lending activities and related services

Fees paid to securities lending agent from a revenue split ($) 27,767 22,687 17,329 27,400 -

Fees paid for any cash collateral management service (including fees deducted from a pooled cash collateral reinvestment vehicle) that are not included in the revenue split ($) 19,868 14,497 13,154 15,346 -

Administrative fees not included in revenue split*

Indemnification fee not included in revenue split

Rebate (paid to borrower) ($) 308,340 221,836 220,418 193,646 -

Other fees not included in revenue split (specify)

Aggregate fees/compensation for securities lending activities ($) 355,975 259,020 250,901 236,392 -

Net Income from securities lending activities ($) 204,869 169,807 133,332 271,132 -

* Administrative fees equal Collateral Trust Fund Expense Ratio

. 20

Page 48: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Fund NameJHF II REAL RETURN BOND FUND

JHF II SCIENCE & TECH FUND

JHF II SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND

JHF II SMALL CAP STOCK FUND

JHF II SMALL CAP VALUE FUND

Gross Income from securities lending activities ($) #N/A 209,434 370,145 170,598 135,674

Fees and/or compensation for securities lending activities and related services

Fees paid to securities lending agent from a revenue split ($) #N/A 7,301 5,208 3,674 12,190

Fees paid for any cash collateral management service (including fees deducted from a pooled cash collateral reinvestment vehicle) that are not included in the revenue split ($) #N/A 6,574 14,098 5,395 3,087

Administrative fees not included in revenue split*

Indemnification fee not included in revenue split

Rebate (paid to borrower) ($) #N/A 134,093 316,736 128,228 29,253

Other fees not included in revenue split (specify)

Aggregate fees/compensation for securities lending activities ($) #N/A 147,969 336,043 137,297 44,530

Net Income from securities lending activities – 61,465 34,102 33,301 91,143

* Administrative fees equal Collateral Trust Fund Expense Ratio

Fund NameJHF II SMALL CO VALUE FUND

JHF II STRATEGIC EQ ALLOC FUND

JHF II STRATEGIC INC OPP FUND

JHF II U.S. GROWTH FUND

Gross Income from securities lending activities 153,460 2,915,635 2,031,642 8,831

Fees and/or compensation for securities lending activities and related services

Fees paid to securities lending agent from a revenue split 9,995 186,380 45,689 65

Fees paid for any cash collateral management service (including fees deducted from a pooled cash collateral reinvestment vehicle) that are not included in the revenue split 4,720 72,977 66,375 297

Administrative fees not included in revenue split*

Indemnification fee not included in revenue split

Rebate (paid to borrower) 41,305 1,422,637 1,260,801 7,862

Other fees not included in revenue split (specify)

Aggregate fees/compensation for securities lending activities 56,020 1,681,994 1,372,865 8,224

Net Income from securities lending activities 97,440 1,233,641 658,777 607

* Administrative fees equal Collateral Trust Fund Expense Ratio

. 21

Page 49: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Fund NameJHF II U.S. SECTOR ROTATION FD

JHF II US HIGH YIELD BOND FUND

JHF II GLOBAL EQUITY

JHF II EMERGING MARKETS

JHF II INTL SMALL COMPANY

Gross Income from securities lending activities 250,252 218,030 86,567 773,787 1,446,701

Fees and/or compensation for securities lending activities and related services

Fees paid to securities lending agent from a revenue split 15,396 11,151 3,615 93,411 144,329

Fees paid for any cash collateral management service (including fees deducted from a pooled cash collateral reinvestment vehicle) that are not included in the revenue split 6,838 7,501 2,594 12,052 26,553

Administrative fees not included in revenue split*

Indemnification fee not included in revenue split

Rebate (paid to borrower) 141,159 87,460 43,730 23,811 240,846

Other fees not included in revenue split (specify)

Aggregate fees/compensation for securities lending activities 163,393 106,113 49,939 127,229 411,727

Net Income from securities lending activities 86,860 111,918 36,629 646,559 1,034,974

* Administrative fees equal Collateral Trust Fund Expense Ratio

Fund NameJHF II INTL SMALL CAP

JHF II INTL VALUE FUND

JHF II INTL STRA EQ ALLOC

Gross Income from securities lending activities 839,946 276,268 1,066,767

Fees and/or compensation for securities lending activities and related services

Fees paid to securities lending agent from a revenue split 79,676 19,142 59,022

Fees paid for any cash collateral management service (including fees deducted from a pooled cash collateral reinvestment vehicle) that are not included in the revenue split 15,864 7,043 36,273

Administrative fees not included in revenue split*

Indemnification fee not included in revenue split

Rebate (paid to borrower) 179,635 120,713 380,264

Other fees not included in revenue split (specify)

Aggregate fees/compensation for securities lending activities 275,174 146,898 475,559

Net Income from securities lending activities 564,772 129,370 591,208

* Administrative fees equal Collateral Trust Fund Expense Ratio

Loans and Other Direct Debt InstrumentsA fund may invest in loans and other direct debt instruments to the extent authorized by its investment policies. Direct debt instruments are interests in amounts owed by a corporate, governmental, or other borrower to lenders or lending

. 22

Page 50: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

syndicates (loans and loan participations), to suppliers of goods or services (trade claims or other receivables), or to other parties. Direct debt instruments involve a risk of loss in case of default or insolvency of the borrower and may offer less legal protection to the purchaser in the event of fraud or misrepresentation, or there may be a requirement that a fund supply additional cash to a borrower on demand. U.S. federal securities laws afford certain protections against fraud and misrepresentation in connection with the offering or sale of a security, as well as against manipulation of trading markets for securities. It is unclear whether these protections are available to investments in loans and other forms of direct indebtedness under certain circumstances, in which case such risks may be increased.

A fund also may be in possession of material non-public information about a borrower as a result of owning a floating rate instrument issued by such borrower. Because of prohibitions on trading in securities of issuers while in possession of such information, a fund might be unable to enter into a transaction in a publicly traded security issued by that borrower when it would otherwise be advantageous to do so.

Loan Participations and Assignments; Term LoansLoan participations are loans or other direct debt instruments that are interests in amounts owned by a corporate, governmental or other borrower to another party. They may represent amounts owed to lenders or lending syndicates to suppliers of goods or services, or to other parties. A fund will have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the lender selling the participation and only upon receipt by the lender of the payments from the borrower. In connection with purchasing participations, a fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the term of the loan agreement relating to loan, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower, and a fund may not directly benefit from any collateral supporting the loan in which it has purchased the participation. As a result, the fund will assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender that is selling the participation. In the event of the insolvency of the lender selling a participation, a fund may be treated as a general creditor of the lender and may not benefit from any set-off between the lender and the borrower.

When a fund purchases assignments from lenders it will acquire direct rights against the borrower on the loan. However, because assignments are arranged through private negotiations between potential assignees and potential assignors, the rights and obligation acquired by a fund as the purchaser of an assignment may differ from, and be more limited than, those held by the assigning lender. Investments in loan participations and assignments present the possibility that a fund could be held liable as a co-lender under emerging legal theories of lender liability. In addition, if the loan is foreclosed, a fund could be part owner of any collateral and could bear the costs and liabilities of owning and disposing of the collateral. It is anticipated that such securities could be sold only to a limited number of institutional investors. In addition, some loan participations and assignments may not be rated by major rating agencies and may not be protected by the securities laws.

A term loan is typically a loan in a fixed amount that borrowers repay in a scheduled series of repayments or a lump-sum payment at maturity. A delayed draw loan is a special feature in a term loan that permits the borrower to withdraw predetermined portions of the total amount borrowed at certain times. If a fund enters into a commitment with a borrower regarding a delayed draw term loan or bridge loan, the fund will be obligated on one or more dates in the future to lend the borrower monies (up to an aggregate stated amount) if called upon to do so by the borrower. Once repaid, a term loan cannot be drawn upon again.

Investments in loans and loan participations will subject a fund to liquidity risk. Loans and loan participations may be transferable among financial institutions, but may not have the liquidity of conventional debt securities and are often subject to restrictions on resale, thereby making them potentially illiquid. For example, the purchase or sale of loans requires, in many cases, the consent of either a third party (such as the lead or agent bank for the loan) or of the borrower, and although such consent is, in practice, infrequently withheld, the consent requirement can delay a purchase or hinder a fund’s ability to dispose of its investments in loans in a timely fashion. In addition, in some cases, negotiations involved in disposing of indebtedness may require weeks to complete. Consequently, some indebtedness may be difficult or impossible to dispose of readily at what a subadvisor believes to be a fair price.

Corporate loans that a fund may acquire or in which a fund may purchase a loan participation are made generally to finance internal growth, mergers, acquisitions, stock repurchases, leveraged buy-outs, leverage recapitalizations and other corporate activities. The highly leveraged capital structure of the borrowers in certain of these transactions may make such loans especially vulnerable to adverse changes in economic or market conditions and greater credit risk than other investments.

Certain of the loan participations or assignments acquired by a fund may involve unfunded commitments of the lenders or revolving credit facilities under which a borrower may from time to time borrow and repay amounts up to the maximum amount of the facility. In such cases, a fund would have an obligation to advance its portion of such additional borrowings upon the terms specified in the loan documentation. Such an obligation may have the effect of

. 23

Page 51: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

requiring a fund to increase its investment in a company at a time when it might not be desirable to do so (including at a time when the company’s financial condition makes it unlikely that such amounts will be repaid).

The borrower of a loan in which a fund holds an interest (including through a loan participation) may, either at its own election or pursuant to the terms of the loan documentation, prepay amounts of the loan from time to time. The degree to which borrowers prepay loans, whether as a contractual requirement or at their election, may be affected by general business conditions, the financial condition of the borrower and competitive conditions among lenders, among other things. As such, prepayments cannot be predicted with accuracy. Upon a prepayment, either in part or in full, the actual outstanding debt on which a fund derives interest income will be reduced. The effect of prepayments on a fund’s performance may be mitigated by the receipt of prepayment fees, and the fund’s ability to reinvest prepayments in other loans that have similar or identical yields. However, there is no assurance that a fund will be able to reinvest the proceeds of any loan prepayment at the same interest rate or on the same terms as those of the prepaid loan.

A fund may invest in loans that pay interest at fixed rates and loans that pay interest at rates that float or reset periodically at a margin above a generally recognized base lending rate, such as the Prime Rate (the interest rate that banks charge their most creditworthy customers), LIBOR, or another generally recognized base lending rate. Most floating rate loans are senior in rank in the event of bankruptcy to most other securities of the borrower such as common stock or public bonds. In addition, floating rate loans also are normally secured by specific collateral or assets of the borrower so that the holders of the loans will have a priority claim on those assets in the event of default or bankruptcy of the issuer. While the seniority in rank and the security interest are helpful in reducing credit risk, such risk is not eliminated. Securities with floating interest rates can be less sensitive to interest rate changes, but may decline in value if their interest rates do not rise as much as interest rates in general, or if interest rates decline. While, because of this interest rate reset feature, loans with resetting interest rates provide a considerable degree of protection against rising interest rates, there is still potential for interest rates on such loans to lag changes in interest rates in general for some period of time. In addition, changes in interest rates will affect the amount of interest income paid to a fund as the floating rate instruments adjust to the new levels of interest rates. In a rising base rate environment, income generation generally will increase. Conversely, during periods when the base rate is declining, the income generating ability of the loan instruments will be adversely affected.

Investments in many loans have additional risks that result from the use of agents and other interposed financial institutions. Many loans are structured and administered by a financial institution (e.g., a commercial bank) that acts as the agent of the lending syndicate. The agent typically administers and enforces the loan on behalf of the other lenders in the lending syndicate. In addition, an institution, typically but not always the agent, holds the collateral, if any, on behalf of the lenders. A financial institution’s employment as an agent might be terminated in the event that it fails to observe a requisite standard of care or becomes insolvent. A successor agent would generally be appointed to replace the terminated agent, and assets held by the agent under the loan agreement would likely remain available to holders of such indebtedness. However, if assets held by the agent for the benefit of a fund were determined to be subject to the claims of the agent’s general creditors, the fund might incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment on a loan or loan participation and could suffer a loss of principal and/or interest. In situations involving other interposed financial institutions (e.g., an insurance company or government agency) similar risks may arise.

Market Capitalization Weighted ApproachA fund’s structure may involve market capitalization weighting in determining individual security weights and, where applicable, country or region weights. Market capitalization weighting means each security is generally purchased based on the issuer’s relative market capitalization. Market capitalization weighting will be adjusted by a subadvisor, for a variety of factors. A fund may deviate from market capitalization weighting to limit or fix the exposure to a particular country or issuer to a maximum portion of the assets of the fund. Additionally, a subadvisor may consider such factors as free float, momentum, trading strategies, liquidity, profitability, investment characteristics and other factors determined to be appropriate by a subadvisor given market conditions. In assessing profitability, a subadvisor may consider different ratios, such as that of earnings or profits from operations relative to book value or assets. A subadvisor may exclude the eligible security of a company that meets applicable market capitalization criterion if it determines that the purchase of such security is inappropriate in light of other conditions. These adjustments will result in a deviation from traditional market capitalization weighting.

Adjustment for free float adjusts market capitalization weighting to exclude the share capital of a company that is not freely available for trading in the public equity markets by international investors. For example, the following types of shares may be excluded: (i) those held by strategic investors (such as governments, controlling shareholders and management); (ii) treasury shares; or (iii) shares subject to foreign ownership restrictions.

Deviation from market capitalization weighting also will occur because a subadvisor generally intends to purchase in round lots. Furthermore, a subadvisor may reduce the relative amount of any security held in order to retain sufficient . 24

Page 52: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

portfolio liquidity. A portion, but generally not in excess of 20% of a fund’s assets, may be invested in interest-bearing obligations, such as money market instruments, thereby causing further deviation from market capitalization weighting.

Block purchases of eligible securities may be made at opportune prices, even though such purchases exceed the number of shares that, at the time of purchase, would be purchased under a market capitalization weighted approach. Changes in the composition and relative ranking (in terms of market capitalization) of the stocks that are eligible for purchase take place with every trade when the securities markets are open for trading due, primarily, to price fluctuations of such securities. On at least a semiannual basis, a subadvisor will prepare a list of companies whose stock is eligible for investment by the fund. Additional investments generally will not be made in securities that have changed in value sufficiently to be excluded from a subadvisor’s then-current market capitalization requirement for eligible portfolio securities. This may result in further deviation from market capitalization weighting. This deviation could be substantial if a significant amount of holdings of a fund change in value sufficiently to be excluded from the requirement for eligible securities but not by a sufficient amount to warrant their sale.

Country weights may be based on the total market capitalization of companies within each country. The calculation of country market capitalization may take into consideration the free float of companies within a country or whether these companies are eligible to be purchased for the particular strategy. In addition, to maintain a satisfactory level of diversification, a subadvisor may limit or adjust the exposure to a particular country or region to a maximum proportion of the assets of that vehicle. Country weights also may vary due to general day-to-day trading patterns and price movements. The weighting of countries will likely vary from their weighting in published international indices.

Money Market InstrumentsMoney market instruments (and other securities as noted under each fund description) may be purchased for temporary defensive purposes or for short-term investment purposes. General overnight cash held in a fund’s portfolio may also be invested in JHCT, a privately offered registered investment company subadvised by Manulife IM (US) LLC, an affiliate of the Advisor, that is part of the same group of investment companies as the fund and that is offered exclusively to funds in the same group of investment companies.

Mortgage Dollar RollsUnder a mortgage dollar roll, a fund sells mortgage-backed securities for delivery in the future (generally within 30 days) and simultaneously contracts to repurchase substantially similar securities (of the same type, coupon and maturity) on a specified future date. During the roll period, a fund forgoes principal and interest paid on the mortgage-backed securities. A fund is compensated by the difference between the current sale price and the lower forward price for the future purchase (often referred to as the “drop”), as well as by the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the initial sale. A fund also may be compensated by receipt of a commitment fee. A fund may only enter into “covered rolls.” A covered roll is a specific type of dollar roll for which there is an offsetting cash or cash equivalent security position that matures on or before the forward settlement date of the dollar roll transaction or for which a fund maintains on its records liquid assets having an aggregate value at least equal to the amount of such commitment to repurchase. Dollar roll transactions involve the risk that the market value of the securities sold by a fund may decline below the repurchase price of those securities. A mortgage dollar roll may be considered a form of leveraging, and may, therefore, increase fluctuations in a fund’s NAV per share. Covered rolls are not treated as a borrowing or other senior security and will be excluded from the calculation of a fund’s borrowing and other senior securities. For financial reporting and tax purposes, the funds treat mortgage dollar rolls as two separate transactions; one involving the purchase of a security and a separate transaction involving a sale.

Mortgage SecuritiesPrepayment of Mortgages. Mortgage securities differ from conventional bonds in that principal is paid over the life of the securities rather than at maturity. As a result, when a fund invests in mortgage securities, it receives monthly scheduled payments of principal and interest, and may receive unscheduled principal payments representing prepayments on the underlying mortgages. When a fund reinvests the payments and any unscheduled prepayments of principal it receives, it may receive a rate of interest that is higher or lower than the rate on the existing mortgage securities. For this reason, mortgage securities may be less effective than other types of debt securities as a means of locking in long term interest rates.

In addition, because the underlying mortgage loans and assets may be prepaid at any time, if a fund purchases mortgage securities at a premium, a prepayment rate that is faster than expected will reduce yield to maturity, while a prepayment rate that is slower than expected will increase yield to maturity. Conversely, if a fund purchases these securities at a discount, faster than expected prepayments will increase yield to maturity, while slower than expected payments will reduce yield to maturity.

. 25

Page 53: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Adjustable Rate Mortgage Securities. Adjustable rate mortgage securities are similar to the fixed rate mortgage securities discussed above, except that, unlike fixed rate mortgage securities, adjustable rate mortgage securities are collateralized by or represent interests in mortgage loans with variable rates of interest. These variable rates of interest reset periodically to align themselves with market rates. Most adjustable rate mortgage securities provide for an initial mortgage rate that is in effect for a fixed period, typically ranging from three to twelve months. Thereafter, the mortgage interest rate will reset periodically in accordance with movements in a specified published interest rate index. The amount of interest due to an adjustable rate mortgage holder is determined in accordance with movements in a specified published interest rate index by adding a pre-determined increment or “margin” to the specified interest rate index. Many adjustable rate mortgage securities reset their interest rates based on changes in: one-year, three-year and five-year constant maturity Treasury Bill rates; three-month or six-month Treasury Bill rates; 11th District Federal Home Loan Bank Cost of Funds; National Median Cost of Funds; or one-month, three-month, six-month or one-year LIBOR and other market rates.

During periods of increasing rates, a fund will not benefit from such increase to the extent that interest rates rise to the point where they cause the current coupon of adjustable rate mortgages held as investments to exceed any maximum allowable annual or lifetime reset limits or “cap rates” for a particular mortgage. In this event, the value of the mortgage securities held by a fund would likely decrease. During periods of declining interest rates, income to a fund derived from adjustable rate mortgages that remain in a mortgage pool may decrease in contrast to the income on fixed rate mortgages, which will remain constant. Adjustable rate mortgages also have less potential for appreciation in value as interest rates decline than do fixed rate investments. Also, a fund’s NAV could vary to the extent that current yields on adjustable rate mortgage securities held as investments are different than market yields during interim periods between coupon reset dates.

Privately Issued Mortgage Securities. Privately issued mortgage securities provide for the monthly principal and interest payments made by individual borrowers to pass through to investors on a corporate basis, and in privately issued collateralized mortgage obligations, as further described below. Privately issued mortgage securities are issued by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including: mortgage bankers; commercial banks; investment banks; savings and loan associations; and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing.

Since privately issued mortgage certificates are not guaranteed by an entity having the credit status of GNMA or Freddie Mac, such securities generally are structured with one or more types of credit enhancement. For a description of the types of credit enhancements that may accompany privately issued mortgage securities, see “Types of Credit Support” below. To the extent that a fund invests in mortgage securities, it will not limit its investments in mortgage securities to those with credit enhancements.

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”). CMOs generally are bonds or certificates issued in multiple classes that are collateralized by or represent an interest in mortgages. CMOs may be issued by single-purpose, stand-alone finance subsidiaries or trusts of financial institutions, government agencies, investment banks or other similar institutions. Each class of CMOs, often referred to as a “tranche,” may be issued with a specific fixed coupon rate (which may be zero) or a floating coupon rate. Each class of CMOs also has a stated maturity or final distribution date. Principal prepayments on the underlying mortgages may cause the CMOs to be retired substantially earlier than their stated maturities or final distribution dates. Interest is paid or accrued on CMOs on a monthly, quarterly or semiannual basis.

The principal of and interest on the underlying mortgages may be allocated among the several classes of a series of a CMO in many ways. The general goal sought to be achieved in allocating cash flows on the underlying mortgages to the various classes of a series of CMOs is to create tranches on which the expected cash flows have a higher degree of predictability than the underlying mortgages. In creating such tranches, other tranches may be subordinated to the interests of these tranches and receive payments only after the obligations of the more senior tranches have been satisfied. As a general matter, the more predictable the cash flow is on a CMO tranche, the lower the anticipated yield will be on that tranche at the time of issuance. As part of the process of creating more predictable cash flows on most of the tranches in a series of CMOs, one or more tranches generally must be created that absorb most of the volatility in the cash flows on the underlying mortgages. The yields on these tranches are relatively higher than on tranches with more predictable cash flows. Because of the uncertainty of the cash flows on these tranches, and the sensitivity of these

. 26

Page 54: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

transactions to changes in prepayment rates on the underlying mortgages, the market prices of and yields on these tranches tend to be highly volatile. The market prices of and yields on tranches with longer terms to maturity also tend to be more volatile than tranches with shorter terms to maturity due to these same factors. To the extent the mortgages underlying a series of a CMO are so-called “subprime mortgages” (mortgages granted to borrowers whose credit history is not sufficient to obtain a conventional mortgage), the risk of default is higher, which increases the risk that one or more tranches of a CMO will not receive its predicted cash flows.

CMOs purchased by a fund may be:1. collateralized by pools of mortgages in which each mortgage is guaranteed as to payment of principal and interest

by an agency or instrumentality of the U.S. government;2. collateralized by pools of mortgages in which payment of principal and interest is guaranteed by the issuer and the

guarantee is collateralized by U.S. government securities; or3. securities for which the proceeds of the issuance are invested in mortgage securities and payment of the principal

and interest is supported by the credit of an agency or instrumentality of the U.S. government.

Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal of Securities. Separately traded interest components of securities may be issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury. The interest components of selected securities are traded independently under the Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal of Securities program. Under the Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal of Securities program, the interest components are individually numbered and separately issued by the U.S. Treasury at the request of depository financial institutions, which then trade the component parts independently.

Stripped Mortgage Securities. Stripped mortgage securities are derivative multi-class mortgage securities. Stripped mortgage securities may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government, or by private issuers, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. Stripped mortgage securities have greater volatility than other types of mortgage securities in which a fund invests. Although stripped mortgage securities are purchased and sold by institutional investors through several investment banking firms acting as brokers or dealers, the market for such securities has not yet been fully developed. Accordingly, stripped mortgage securities may be illiquid and, together with any other illiquid investments, will not exceed a fund’s limitation on investments in illiquid securities.

Stripped mortgage securities are usually structured with two classes that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of stripped mortgage security will have one class receiving some of the interest and most of the principal from the mortgage assets, while the other class will receive most of the interest and the remainder of the principal. In the most extreme case, one class will receive all of the interest (the interest only or “IO” class), while the other class will receive all of the principal (the principal only or “PO” class). The yield to maturity on an IO class is extremely sensitive to changes in prevailing interest rates and the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets. A rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on an investing fund’s yield to maturity. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the fund may fail to fully recoup its initial investment in these securities even if the securities are rated highly.

As interest rates rise and fall, the value of IOs tends to move in the same direction as interest rates. The value of the other mortgage securities described in the Prospectus and this SAI, like other debt instruments, will tend to move in the opposite direction to interest rates. Accordingly, investing in IOs, in conjunction with the other mortgage securities described in the Prospectus and this SAI, is expected to contribute to the relative stability of a fund’s NAV.

In addition to the stripped mortgage securities described above, each of two affiliated underlying funds, High Yield Fund and Value Fund, may invest in similar securities such as Super Principal Only (“SPO”) and Levered Interest Only (“LIO”) are more volatile than POs and IOs. Risks associated with instruments such as SPOs are similar in nature to those risks related to investments in POs. Risks associated with LIOs and IOettes (a.k.a. “high coupon bonds”) are similar in nature to those associated with IOs. Other similar instruments may develop in the future.

Under the Code, POs may generate taxable income from the current accrual of original issue discount, without a corresponding distribution of cash to a fund.

Inverse Floaters. Inverse floaters may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government, or by private issuers, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. Inverse floaters have greater volatility than other types of mortgage securities in which a fund invests (with the exception of stripped mortgage securities and there is a risk that the market value will vary from the amortized cost). Although inverse floaters are purchased and sold by institutional investors through several investment banking firms acting as brokers or dealers, the market for such securities has not yet been fully developed.

. 27

Page 55: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Accordingly, inverse floaters may be illiquid. Any illiquid inverse floaters, together with any other illiquid investments, will not exceed a fund’s limitation on investments in illiquid securities.

Inverse floaters are derivative mortgage securities that are structured as a class of security that receives distributions on a pool of mortgage assets. Yields on inverse floaters move in the opposite direction of short-term interest rates and at an accelerated rate.

Types of Credit Support. Mortgage securities are often backed by a pool of assets representing the obligations of a number of different parties. To lessen the impact of an obligor’s failure to make payments on underlying assets, mortgage securities may contain elements of credit support. A discussion of credit support is included in “Asset-Backed Securities.”

Municipal ObligationsThe two principal classifications of municipal obligations are general obligations and revenue obligations. General obligations are secured by the issuer’s pledge of its full faith, credit and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. Revenue obligations are payable only from the revenues derived from a particular facility or class of facilities or in some cases from the proceeds of a special excise or other tax. For example, industrial development and pollution control bonds are in most cases revenue obligations since payment of principal and interest is dependent solely on the ability of the user of the facilities financed or the guarantor to meet its financial obligations, and in certain cases, the pledge of real and personal property as security for payment.

Issuers of municipal obligations are subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, such as the Federal Bankruptcy Act, and laws, if any, that may be enacted by Congress or state legislatures extending the time for payment of principal or interest or both, or imposing other constraints upon enforcement of such obligations. There also is the possibility that as a result of litigation or other conditions, the power or ability of any one or more issuers to pay when due the principal of and interest on their municipal obligations may be affected.

Municipal Bonds. Municipal bonds are issued to obtain funding for various public purposes, including the construction of a wide range of public facilities such as airports, highways, bridges, schools, hospitals, housing, mass transportation, streets and water and sewer works. Other public purposes for which municipal bonds may be issued include refunding outstanding obligations, obtaining funds for general operating expenses and obtaining funds to lend to other public institutions and facilities. In addition, certain types of industrial development bonds are issued by or on behalf of public authorities to obtain funds for many types of local, privately operated facilities. Such debt instruments are considered municipal obligations if the interest paid on them is exempt from federal income tax. The payment of principal and interest by issuers of certain obligations purchased may be guaranteed by a letter of credit, note repurchase agreement, insurance or other credit facility agreement offered by a bank or other financial institution. Such guarantees and the creditworthiness of guarantors will be considered by a subadvisor in determining whether a municipal obligation meets investment quality requirements. No assurance can be given that a municipality or guarantor will be able to satisfy the payment of principal or interest on a municipal obligation.

The yields or returns of municipal bonds depend on a variety of factors, including general market conditions, effective marginal tax rates, the financial condition of the issuer, general conditions of the municipal bond market, the size of a particular offering, the maturity of the obligation, and the rating (if any) of the issue. The ratings of S&P, Moody’s and Fitch represent their opinions as to the quality of various municipal bonds that they undertake to rate. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are not absolute standards of quality. For example, depending on market conditions, municipal bonds with the same maturity and stated interest rate, but with different ratings, may nevertheless have the same yield. See Appendix A for a description of ratings. Many issuers of securities choose not to have their obligations rated. Although unrated securities eligible for purchase must be determined to be comparable in quality to securities having certain specified ratings, the market for unrated securities may not be as broad as for rated securities since many investors rely on rating organizations for credit appraisal. Yield disparities may occur for reasons not directly related to the investment quality of particular issues or the general movement of interest rates, due to such factors as changes in the overall demand or supply of various types of municipal bonds.

Municipal Bonds Issued by the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico. Municipal obligations issued by the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and its agencies, or other U.S. territories, generally are tax-exempt.

Adverse economic, market, political, or other conditions within Puerto Rico may negatively affect the value of a fund’s holdings in municipal obligations issued by the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and its agencies. The Puerto Rican economy is reliant on manufacturing, services, and tourism, and its economy and financial operations generally parallel the economic cycles of those in the United States. As a result, economic difficulties in the United States are likely to have

. 28

Page 56: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

an adverse impact on the overall economy of Puerto Rico. Moreover, like many other U.S. states and municipalities, Puerto Rico experienced a significant downturn during the most recent recession.

Puerto Rico continues to face significant fiscal challenges, including persistent government budget deficits, underfunded public pension benefit obligations, underfunded government retirement systems, sizable debt service obligations and a high unemployment rate. Several rating organizations have downgraded a number of securities issued in Puerto Rico to below investment-grade or placed them on “negative watch.” Any further downgrades could place additional strain on the Puerto Rican economy. On June 30, 2016, President Obama signed PROMESA, a law creating a federal oversight board that would negotiate the restructuring of Puerto Rico’s debt. Shortly after PROMESA took effect, Puerto Rico’s then-governor issued an executive order suspending payments on its general obligation debt. In May 2017, Puerto Rico began seeking the protection of the U.S. federal courts to commence a debt restructuring process under Title III of PROMESA, which is analogous to a traditional municipal bankruptcy proceeding under Chapter 9 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. However, Puerto Rico’s case is the first ever heard under PROMESA and there is no existing case precedent to guide the proceedings. Accordingly, Puerto Rico’s debt restructuring process could take significantly longer than traditional municipal bankruptcy proceedings. Further, it is not clear whether a debt restructuring process will ultimately be approved or, if so, the extent to which it will apply to Puerto Rico municipal securities sold by an issuer other than the territory. A debt restructuring could reduce the principal amount due, the interest rate, the maturity, and other terms of Puerto Rico municipal securities, which could adversely affect the value of Puerto Rican municipal securities. Further legislation by the U.S. Congress, or actions by the oversight board established by PROMESA, or court approval of a debt restructuring deal could have a negative impact on the marketability, liquidity, or value of certain investments held by a fund and could reduce a fund’s performance.

In addition, Puerto Rico has faced significant out-migration relating to its economic difficulties, eroding Puerto Rico’s population, economic base and ultimate ability to support its current debt burden, creating further long-term uncertainty. Future defaults may occur in the event that Puerto Rico does not have the ability to meet its upcoming obligations. Puerto Rican financial difficulties potentially could lead to less liquidity, wider yield spreads over benchmark U.S. government securities, and greater risk of default for Puerto Rican municipal securities, and consequently may increase the volatility of a fund’s share price, and adversely affect the value of a fund’s investments and its investment performance.

The Puerto Rican constitution prioritizes general obligation bonds over revenue bonds, so that all tax revenues, even those pledged to revenue bondholders, can be applied first to general obligation bonds and other Commonwealth-guaranteed debt if other revenues are insufficient to satisfy such obligations.

Municipal Notes. Municipal notes are short-term obligations of municipalities, generally with a maturity ranging from six months to three years. The principal types of such notes include tax, bond and revenue anticipation notes, project notes and construction loan notes.

Municipal Commercial Paper. Municipal commercial paper is a short-term obligation of a municipality, generally issued at a discount with a maturity of less than one year. Such paper is likely to be issued to meet seasonal working capital needs of a municipality or interim construction financing. Municipal commercial paper is backed in many cases by letters of credit, lending agreements, note repurchase agreements or other credit facility agreements offered by banks and other institutions.

Preferred StocksPreferred stock generally has a preference to dividends and, upon liquidation, over an issuer’s common stock but ranks junior to debt securities in an issuer’s capital structure. Preferred stock generally pays dividends in cash (or additional shares of preferred stock) at a defined rate but, unlike interest payments on debt securities, preferred stock dividends are payable only if declared by the issuer’s board of directors. Dividends on preferred stock may be cumulative, meaning that, in the event the issuer fails to make one or more dividend payments on the preferred stock, no dividends may be paid on the issuer’s common stock until all unpaid preferred stock dividends have been paid. Preferred stock also may be subject to optional or mandatory redemption provisions.

Repurchase Agreements, Reverse Repurchase Agreements, and Sale-BuybacksRepurchase agreements are arrangements involving the purchase of an obligation and the simultaneous agreement to resell the same obligation on demand or at a specified future date and at an agreed-upon price. A repurchase agreement can be viewed as a loan made by a fund to the seller of the obligation with such obligation serving as collateral for the seller’s agreement to repay the amount borrowed with interest. Repurchase agreements provide the opportunity to earn a return on cash that is only temporarily available. Repurchase agreements may be entered with banks, brokers, or dealers. However, a repurchase agreement will only be entered with a broker or dealer if the broker

. 29

Page 57: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

or dealer agrees to deposit additional collateral should the value of the obligation purchased decrease below the resale price.

Generally, repurchase agreements are of a short duration, often less than one week but on occasion for longer periods. Securities subject to repurchase agreements will be valued every business day and additional collateral will be requested if necessary so that the value of the collateral is at least equal to the value of the repurchase obligation, including the interest accrued thereon.

A subadvisor shall engage in a repurchase agreement transaction only with those banks or broker dealers who meet the subadvisor’s quantitative and qualitative criteria regarding creditworthiness, asset size and collateralization requirements. The Advisor also may engage in repurchase agreement transactions on behalf of the fund. The counterparties to a repurchase agreement transaction are limited to a: Federal Reserve System member bank; primary government securities dealer reporting to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s Market Reports Division;

or broker dealer that reports U.S. government securities positions to the Federal Reserve Board.

A fund also may participate in repurchase agreement transactions utilizing the settlement services of clearing firms that meet the subadvisors’ creditworthiness requirements.

The Advisor and the subadvisors will continuously monitor repurchase agreement transactions to ensure that the collateral held with respect to a repurchase agreement equals or exceeds the amount of the obligation.

The risk of a repurchase agreement transaction is limited to the ability of the seller to pay the agreed-upon sum on the delivery date. In the event of bankruptcy or other default by the seller, the instrument purchased may decline in value, interest payable on the instrument may be lost and there may be possible difficulties and delays in obtaining collateral and delays and expense in liquidating the instrument. If an issuer of a repurchase agreement fails to repurchase the underlying obligation, the loss, if any, would be the difference between the repurchase price and the underlying obligation’s market value. A fund also might incur certain costs in liquidating the underlying obligation. Moreover, if bankruptcy or other insolvency proceedings are commenced with respect to the seller, realization upon the underlying obligation might be delayed or limited.

Foreign Repurchase Agreements. Foreign repurchase agreements involve an agreement to purchase a foreign security and to sell that security back to the original seller at an agreed-upon price in either U.S. dollars or foreign currency. Unlike typical U.S. repurchase agreements, foreign repurchase agreements may not be fully collateralized at all times. The value of a security purchased may be more or less than the price at which the counterparty has agreed to repurchase the security. In the event of default by the counterparty, a fund may suffer a loss if the value of the security purchased is less than the agreed-upon repurchase price, or if it is unable to successfully assert a claim to the collateral under foreign laws. As a result, foreign repurchase agreements may involve higher credit risks than repurchase agreements in U.S. markets, as well as risks associated with currency fluctuations. In addition, as with other emerging market investments, repurchase agreements with counterparties located in emerging markets, or relating to emerging markets, may involve issuers or counterparties with lower credit ratings than typical U.S. repurchase agreements.

Under a reverse repurchase agreement, a fund sells a debt security and agrees to repurchase it at an agreed-upon time and at an agreed-upon price. The fund retains record ownership of the security and the right to receive interest and principal payments thereon. At an agreed-upon future date, the fund repurchases the security by remitting the proceeds previously received, plus interest. The difference between the amount the fund receives for the security and the amount it pays on repurchase is payment of interest. In certain types of agreements, there is no agreed-upon repurchase date and interest payments are calculated daily, often based on the prevailing overnight repurchase rate. A reverse repurchase agreement may be considered a form of leveraging and may, therefore, increase fluctuations in a fund’s NAV per share. A fund will cover its repurchase agreement transactions by maintaining in a segregated custodial account cash, Treasury bills, other U.S. government securities, or other liquid assets having an aggregate value at least equal to the amount of such commitment to repurchase including accrued interest, until payment is made.

A fund may effect simultaneous purchase and sale transactions that are known as “sale-buybacks.” A sale-buyback is similar to a reverse repurchase agreement, except that in a sale-buyback, the counterparty that purchases the security is entitled to receive any principal or interest payments made on the underlying security pending settlement of the fund’s repurchase of the underlying security. A fund’s obligations under a sale-buyback typically would be offset by liquid assets equal in value to the amount of the fund’s forward commitment to repurchase the subject security.

. 30

Page 58: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Restricted SecuritiesA fund may invest in “restricted securities,” which generally are securities that may be resold to the public only pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act or an exemption from registration. Regulation S under the 1933 Act is an exemption from registration that permits, under certain circumstances, the resale of restricted securities in offshore transactions, subject to certain conditions, and Rule 144A under the 1933 Act is an exemption that permits the resale of certain restricted securities to qualified institutional buyers.

Since its adoption by the SEC in 1990, Rule 144A has facilitated trading of restricted securities among qualified institutional investors. To the extent restricted securities held by a fund qualify under Rule 144A and an institutional market develops for those securities, the fund expects that it will be able to dispose of the securities without registering the resale of such securities under the 1933 Act. However, to the extent that a robust market for such 144A securities does not develop, or a market develops but experiences periods of illiquidity, investments in Rule 144A securities could increase the level of a fund’s illiquidity. A fund might have to register restricted securities in order to dispose of them, resulting in additional expense and delay. Adverse market conditions could impede such a public offering of securities.

There is a large institutional market for certain securities that are not registered under the 1933 Act, which may include markets for repurchase agreements, commercial paper, foreign securities, municipal securities, loans and corporate bonds and notes. Institutional investors depend on an efficient institutional market in which the unregistered security can be readily resold or on an issuer’s ability to honor a demand for repayment. The fact that there are contractual or legal restrictions on resale to the general public or to certain institutions may not be indicative of the liquidity of such investments.

Short SalesA fund may sell a security it does not own in anticipation of a decline in the market value of that security (a “short sale”). A fund may make short sales of securities or maintain a short position, provided that at all times when a short position is open, a fund owns an equal amount of such securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable, without payment of any further consideration, for an equal amount of the securities of the same issuer as the securities sold short (often referred to as a short sale “against-the-box”).

To complete such a transaction, a fund must borrow the security to make delivery to the buyer. The fund is then obligated to replace the security borrowed by purchasing it at market price at the time of replacement. The price at such time may be more or less than the price at which the security was sold by the fund. Until the security is replaced, the fund is required to pay the lender any dividends or interest which accrues during the period of the loan. To borrow the security, the fund also may be required to pay a premium, which would increase the cost of the security sold. The proceeds of the short sale are typically retained by the broker to meet margin requirements until the short position is closed out. Until a fund replaces a borrowed security, it will segregate with its custodian cash or other liquid assets at such a level that the amount segregated plus the amount deposited with the broker as collateral (generally not including proceeds from the short sales) will equal the current value of the security sold short. Except for short sales against-the-box, the amount of a fund’s net assets that may be committed to short sales is limited and the securities in which short sales are made must be listed on a national securities exchange.

A fund will incur a loss as a result of the short sale if the price of the security increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the fund replaced the borrowed security and theoretically the fund’s loss could be unlimited. A fund will realize a gain if the security declines in price between those dates. This result is the opposite of what one would expect from a cash purchase of a long position in a security. The amount of any gain will be decreased, and the amount of any loss increased, by the amount of any premium, dividends or interest the fund may be required to pay in connection with a short sale. Short selling may amplify changes in a fund’s NAV. Short selling also may produce higher than normal portfolio turnover, which may result in increased transaction costs to a fund.

Short-Term TradingShort-term trading means the purchase and subsequent sale of a security after it has been held for a relatively brief period of time. If and to the extent consistent with and permitted by its investment objective and policies, a fund may engage in short-term trading in response to stock market conditions, changes in interest rates or other economic trends and developments, or to take advantage of yield disparities between various fixed-income securities in order to realize capital gains or improve income. Short-term trading may have the effect of increasing portfolio turnover rate. A high rate of portfolio turnover (100% or greater) involves correspondingly greater brokerage transaction expenses and may make it more difficult for a fund to qualify as a RIC for federal income tax purposes (for additional information about qualification as a RIC under the Code, see “Additional Information Concerning Taxes” in this SAI). See “Portfolio Turnover.”

. 31

Page 59: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Sovereign Debt ObligationsSovereign debt obligations are issued or guaranteed by foreign governments or their agencies. Sovereign debt may be in the form of conventional securities or other types of debt instruments such as loan or loan participations. Typically, sovereign debt of developing countries may involve a high degree of risk and may be in default or present the risk of default, however, sovereign debt of developed countries also may involve a high degree of risk and may be in default or present the risk of default. Governments rely on taxes and other revenue sources to pay interest and principal on their debt obligations, and governmental entities responsible for repayment of the debt may be unable or unwilling to repay principal and pay interest when due and may require renegotiation or rescheduling of debt payments. The payment of principal and interest on these obligations may be adversely affected by a variety of factors, including economic results, changes in interest and exchange rates, changes in debt ratings, a limited tax base or limited revenue sources, natural disasters, or other economic or credit problems. In addition, prospects for repayment and payment of interest may depend on political as well as economic factors. Defaults in sovereign debt obligations, or the perceived risk of default, also may impair the market for other securities and debt instruments, including securities issued by banks and other entities holding such sovereign debt, and negatively impact the funds.

U.S. Government and Government Agency ObligationsU.S. Government Obligations. U.S. government obligations are debt securities issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by the U.S. Treasury. These securities include treasury bills, notes and bonds.

GNMA Obligations. GNMA obligations are mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by the GNMA, which guarantee is supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

U.S. Agency Obligations. U.S. government agency obligations are debt securities issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by an agency or instrumentality of the U.S. government pursuant to authority granted by Congress. U.S. government agency obligations include, but are not limited to: SLMA; FHLBs; FICBs; and Fannie Mae.

U.S. Instrumentality Obligations. U.S. instrumentality obligations include, but are not limited to, those issued by the Export-Import Bank and Farmers Home Administration.

Some obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury or the Federal Reserve Banks, such as those issued by FICBs. Others, such as those issued by Fannie Mae, FHLBs and Freddie Mac, are supported by discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase certain obligations of the agency or instrumentality. In addition, other obligations, such as those issued by the SLMA, are supported only by the credit of the agency or instrumentality. There also are separately traded interest components of securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury.

No assurance can be given that the U.S. government will provide financial support for the obligations of such U.S. government-sponsored agencies or instrumentalities in the future, since it is not obligated to do so by law. In this SAI, “U.S. government securities” refers not only to securities issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by the U.S. Treasury but also to securities that are backed only by their own credit and not the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

It is possible that the availability and the marketability (liquidity) of the securities discussed in this section could be adversely affected by actions of the U.S. government to tighten the availability of its credit. In 2008, FHFA, an agency of the U.S. government, placed Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac into conservatorship, a statutory process with the objective of returning the entities to normal business operations. The FHFA will act as the conservator to operate Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac until they are stabilized. It is unclear what effect this conservatorship will have on the securities issued or guaranteed by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac.

Variable and Floating Rate ObligationsInvestments in floating or variable rate securities normally will involve industrial development or revenue bonds, which provide that the rate of interest is set as a specific percentage of a designated base rate, such as rates of Treasury Bonds or Bills or the prime rate at a major commercial bank. In addition, a bondholder can demand payment of the obligations on behalf of the investing fund on short notice at par plus accrued interest, which amount may be more or less than the amount the bondholder paid for them. The maturity of floating or variable rate obligations (including participation interests therein) is deemed to be the longer of: (i) the notice period required before a fund is entitled to receive

. 32

Page 60: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

payment of the obligation upon demand; or (ii) the period remaining until the obligation’s next interest rate adjustment. If not redeemed by the investor through the demand feature, the obligations mature on a specified date, which may range up to thirty years from the date of issuance.

WarrantsWarrants may trade independently of the underlying securities. Warrants are rights to purchase securities at specific prices and are valid for a specific period of time. Warrant prices do not necessarily move parallel to the prices of the underlying securities, and warrant holders receive no dividends and have no voting rights or rights with respect to the assets of an issuer. The price of a warrant may be more volatile than the price of its underlying security, and a warrant may offer greater potential for capital appreciation as well as capital loss. Warrants cease to have value if not exercised prior to the expiration date. These factors can make warrants more speculative than other types of investments.

When-Issued/Delayed Delivery/Forward Commitment SecuritiesWhen-issued, delayed-delivery or forward-commitment transactions involve a commitment to purchase or sell securities at a predetermined price or yield in which payment and delivery take place after the customary settlement for such securities (which is typically one month or more after trade date). When purchasing securities in one of these types of transactions, payment for the securities is not required until the delivery date, however, the purchaser assumes the rights and risks of ownership, including the risks of price and yield fluctuations and the risk that the security will not be delivered. When a fund has sold securities pursuant to one of these transactions, it will not participate in further gains or losses with respect to that security. At the time of delivery, the value of when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward commitment securities may be more or less than the transaction price, and the yields then available in the market may be higher or lower than those obtained in the transaction.

Under normal circumstances, when a fund purchases securities on a when-issued or forward commitment basis, it will take delivery of the securities, but a fund may, if deemed advisable, sell the securities before the settlement date. Forward contracts may settle in cash between the counterparty and the fund or by physical settlement of the underlying securities, and a fund may renegotiate or roll over a forward commitment transaction. In general, a fund does not pay for the securities, or start earning interest on them, or deliver or take possession of securities until the obligations are scheduled to be settled. In such transactions, no cash changes hands on the trade date, however, if the transaction is collateralized, the exchange of margin may take place between the fund and the counterparty according to an agreed-upon schedule. A fund does, however, record the transaction and reflect the value each day of the securities in determining its NAV.

While awaiting settlement of the obligations purchased or sold on such basis, a fund will maintain on its records liquid assets consisting of cash, liquid high quality debt obligations or other assets equal to the amount of the commitments to purchase or sell when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward commitment securities. The availability of liquid assets for this purpose and the effect of asset segregation on a fund’s ability to meet its current obligations, to honor requests for redemption, and to otherwise manage its investment portfolio will limit the extent to which the fund may purchase when-issued or forward commitment securities.

Yield Curve NotesInverse floating rate securities include, but are not limited to, an inverse floating rate class of a government agency-issued yield curve note. A yield curve note is a fixed-income security that bears interest at a floating rate that is reset periodically based on an interest rate benchmark. The interest rate resets on a yield curve note in the opposite direction from the interest rate benchmark.

Zero Coupon Securities, Deferred Interest Bonds and Pay-In-Kind BondsZero coupon securities, deferred interest bonds and pay-in-kind bonds involve special risk considerations. Zero coupon securities and deferred interest bonds are debt securities that pay no cash income but are sold at substantial discounts from their value at maturity. While zero coupon bonds do not require the periodic payment of interest, deferred interest bonds provide for a period of delay before the regular payment of interest begins. When a zero coupon security or a deferred interest bond is held to maturity, its entire return, which consists of the amortization of discount, comes from the difference between its purchase price and its maturity value. This difference is known at the time of purchase, so that investors holding these securities until maturity know at the time of their investment what the return on their investment will be. Pay-in-kind bonds are bonds that pay all or a portion of their interest in the form of debt or equity securities.

Zero coupon securities, deferred interest bonds and pay-in-kind bonds are subject to greater price fluctuations in response to changes in interest rates than ordinary interest-paying debt securities with similar maturities. The value of

. 33

Page 61: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

zero coupon securities and deferred interest bonds usually appreciates during periods of declining interest rates and usually depreciates during periods of rising interest rates.

Issuers of Zero Coupon Securities and Pay-In-Kind Bonds. Zero coupon securities and pay-in-kind bonds may be issued by a wide variety of corporate and governmental issuers. Although zero coupon securities and pay-in-kind bonds are generally not traded on a national securities exchange, these securities are widely traded by brokers and dealers and, to the extent they are widely traded, will not be considered illiquid for the purposes of the investment restriction under “Additional Investment Policies.”

Tax Considerations. Current federal income tax law requires the holder of a zero coupon security or certain pay-in-kind bonds to accrue income with respect to these securities prior to the receipt of cash payments. To maintain its qualification as a RIC under the Code and avoid liability for federal income and excise taxes, a fund may be required to distribute income accrued with respect to these securities and may have to dispose of portfolio securities under disadvantageous circumstances in order to generate cash to satisfy these distribution requirements.

RISK FACTORSThe risks of investing in certain types of securities are described below. Risks are only applicable to a fund if and to the extent that corresponding investments, or indirect exposures to such investments through derivative contracts, are consistent with and permitted by the fund’s investment objectives and policies. The value of an individual security or a particular type of security can be more volatile than the market as a whole and can perform differently than the value of the market as a whole. By owning shares of the underlying funds, each fund of funds indirectly invests in the securities and instruments held by the underlying funds and bears the same risks of such underlying funds.

Cash Holdings RiskA fund may be subject to delays in making investments when significant purchases or redemptions of fund shares cause the fund to have an unusually large cash position. When the fund has a higher than normal cash position, it may incur “cash drag,” which is the opportunity cost of holding a significant cash position. This significant cash position might cause the fund to miss investment opportunities it otherwise would have benefited from if fully invested, or might cause the fund to pay more for investments in a rising market, potentially reducing fund performance.

Collateralized Debt ObligationsThe risks of an investment in a CDO depend largely on the quality of the collateral securities and the class of the instrument in which a fund invests. Normally, CDOs are privately offered and sold, and thus, are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in CDOs may be characterized by a fund as illiquid, however an active dealer market may exist for CDOs allowing them to qualify for treatment as liquid under Rule 144A transactions. In addition to the normal risks associated with fixed-income securities discussed elsewhere in this SAI and the Prospectus (e.g., interest rate risk and default risk), CDOs carry risks including, but are not limited to the possibility that: (i) distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) a fund may invest in CDO classes that are subordinate to other classes of the CDO; and (iv) the complex structure of the CDO may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results.

Cybersecurity and Operational RiskCybersecurity breaches are either intentional or unintentional events that allow an unauthorized party to gain access to fund assets, customer data, or proprietary information, or cause a fund or fund service provider to suffer data corruption or lose operational functionality. Intentional cybersecurity incidents include: unauthorized access to systems, networks, or devices (such as through “hacking” activity); infection from computer viruses or other malicious software code; and attacks that shut down, disable, slow, or otherwise disrupt operations, business processes, or website access or functionality. In addition, unintentional incidents can occur, such as the inadvertent release of confidential information.

A cybersecurity breach could result in the loss or theft of customer data or funds, the inability to access electronic systems (“denial of services”), loss or theft of proprietary information or corporate data, physical damage to a computer or network system, or costs associated with system repairs, any of which could have a substantial impact on a fund. For example, in a denial of service, fund shareholders could lose access to their electronic accounts indefinitely, and employees of the Advisor, each subadvisor, or the funds’ other service providers may not be able to access electronic systems to perform critical duties for the fund, such as trading, NAV calculation, shareholder accounting, or fulfillment of fund share purchases and redemptions. Cybersecurity incidents could cause a fund, the Advisor, each subadvisor, or other service provider to incur regulatory penalties, reputational damage, compliance costs associated with corrective

. 34

Page 62: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

measures, litigation costs, or financial loss. They may also result in violations of applicable privacy and other laws. In addition, such incidents could affect issuers in which a fund invests, thereby causing the fund’s investments to lose value.

Cyber-events have the potential to affect materially the fund and the advisor’s relationships with accounts, shareholders, clients, customers, employees, products, and service providers. The fund have established risk management systems reasonably designed to seek to reduce the risks associated with cyber-events. There is no guarantee that the funds will be able to prevent or mitigate the impact of any or all cyber-events.

The funds are exposed to operational risk arising from a number of factors, including, but not limited to, human error, processing and communication errors, errors of the funds’ service providers, counterparties, or other third parties, failed or inadequate processes, and technology or system failures.

The Advisor, each subadvisor, and their affiliates have established risk management systems that seek to reduce cybersecurity and operational risks, and business continuity plans in the event of a cybersecurity breach or operational failure. However, there are inherent limitations in such plans, including that certain risks have not been identified, and there is no guarantee that such efforts will succeed, especially since none of the Advisor, each subadvisor, or their affiliates controls the cybersecurity or operations systems of the funds’ third-party service providers (including the funds’ custodian), or those of the issuers of securities in which the fund invest.

Equity SecuritiesEquity securities include common, preferred and convertible preferred stocks and securities the values of which are tied to the price of stocks, such as rights, warrants and convertible debt securities. Common and preferred stocks represent equity ownership in a company. Stock markets are volatile. The price of equity securities will fluctuate and can decline and reduce the value of a fund’s investment in equities. The price of equity securities fluctuates based on changes in a company’s financial condition and overall market and economic conditions. The value of equity securities purchased by a fund could decline if the financial condition of the issuers of these securities declines or if overall market and economic conditions deteriorate. Even funds that invest in high quality or “blue chip” equity securities or securities of established companies with large market capitalizations (which generally have strong financial characteristics) can be negatively impacted by poor overall market and economic conditions. Companies with large market capitalizations also may have less growth potential than smaller companies and may be able to react less quickly to change in the marketplace.

European RiskCountries in Europe may be significantly affected by fiscal and monetary controls implemented by the EU and EMU, which require member countries to comply with restrictions on inflation rates, deficits, interest rates, debt levels and fiscal and monetary controls. Decreasing imports or exports, changes in governmental or other regulations on trade, changes in the exchange rate of the Euro, the default or threat of default by one or more EU member countries on its sovereign debt, and/or an economic recession in one or more EU member countries may have a significant adverse effect on the economies of other EU member countries and major trading partners outside Europe.

In recent years, the European financial markets have experienced volatility and adverse trends due to concerns about economic downturns, rising government debt levels and the possible default of government debt in several European countries, including Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain. Several countries, including Greece and Italy, have agreed to multi-year bailout loans from the European Central Bank, the IMF, and other institutions. A default or debt restructuring by any European country, such as the restructuring of Greece’s outstanding sovereign debt, can adversely impact holders of that country’s debt and sellers of credit default swaps linked to that country’s creditworthiness, which may be located in countries other than those listed above, and can affect exposures to other EU countries and their financial companies as well. The manner in which the EU and EMU responded to the global recession and sovereign debt issues raised questions about their ability to react quickly to rising borrowing costs and the potential default by Greece and other countries of their sovereign debt and revealed a lack of cohesion in dealing with the fiscal problems of member states. To address budget deficits and public debt concerns, a number of European countries have imposed strict austerity measures and comprehensive financial and labor market reforms, which could increase political or social instability. Many European countries continue to suffer from high unemployment rates.

Uncertainties regarding the viability of the EU have impacted and may continue to impact markets in the United States and around the world. If one or more countries leave the EU or the EU dissolves, securities markets would likely be significantly disrupted. In June 2016, the United Kingdom (the “UK”) approved a referendum to leave the EU, commonly referred to as “Brexit,” which sparked depreciation in the value of the British pound and heightened risk of continued worldwide economic volatility. Pursuant to Article 50 of the Treaty of Lisbon, the UK gave notice in March 2017 of its withdrawal from the EU and commenced negotiations on the terms of withdrawal. The negotiation period could last for two years or more from the notice date, and during that period there might be considerable uncertainty as to the

. 35

Page 63: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

arrangements that might apply to the UK’s relationships with the EU and other countries following its anticipated withdrawal. This long-term uncertainty might affect other countries in the EU and elsewhere. It is also possible that the UK could initiate another referendum on the issue of Brexit, or that various countries within the UK, such as Scotland, could seek to separate and remain a part of the EU.

The UK has one of the largest economies in Europe and is a major trading partner with the other EU countries and the United States. If implemented, Brexit might negatively affect The City of London’s economy, which is heavily dominated by financial services, as banks might be forced to move staff and comply with two separate sets of rules or lose business to banks in Continental Europe. In addition, Brexit would likely create additional economic stresses for the UK, including the potential for decreased trade, capital outflows, devaluation of the British pound, wider corporate bond spreads due to uncertainty, and declines in business and consumer spending as well as foreign direct investment. Further, the UK’s departure from the EU would potentially cause volatility within the EU, which could trigger prolonged economic downturns in certain European countries or spark additional member states to contemplate departing the EU (thereby exacerbating political instability in the region).

Investing in the securities of Eastern European issuers is highly speculative and involves risks not usually associated with investing in the more developed markets of Western Europe. Securities markets of Eastern European countries typically are less efficient and have lower trading volume, lower liquidity, and higher volatility than more developed markets. Eastern European economies also may be particularly susceptible to disruption in the international credit market due to their reliance on bank related inflows of capital.

To the extent that a fund invests in European securities, it may be exposed to these risks through its direct investments in such securities, including sovereign debt, or indirectly through investments in money market funds and financial institutions with significant investments in such securities.

Fixed-Income SecuritiesFixed-income securities generally are subject to two principal types of risks: (a) interest rate risk; and (b) credit quality risk. Fixed-income securities are also subject to liquidity risk.

Interest Rate Risk. Fixed-income securities are affected by changes in interest rates. When interest rates decline, the market value of the fixed-income securities generally can be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the market value of fixed-income securities generally can be expected to decline. Recent and potential future changes in government monetary policy may affect the level of interest rates.

The longer a fixed-income security’s duration, the more sensitive it will be to changes in interest rates. Similarly, a fund with a longer average portfolio duration will be more sensitive to changes in interest rates than a fund with a shorter average portfolio duration. Duration is a measure used to determine the sensitivity of a security’s price to changes in interest rates that incorporates a security’s yield, coupon, final maturity, and call features, among other characteristics. All other things remaining equal, for each one percentage point increase in interest rates, the value of a portfolio of fixed-income investments would generally be expected to decline by one percent for every year of the portfolio’s average duration above zero. For example, the price of a bond fund with an average duration of eight years would be expected to fall approximately 8% if interest rates rose by one percentage point. The maturity of a security, another commonly used measure of price sensitivity, measures only the time until final payment is due, whereas duration takes into account the pattern of all payments of interest and principal on a security over time, including how these payments are affected by prepayments and by changes in interest rates, as well as the time until an interest rate is reset (in the case of variable-rate securities).

Credit Quality Risk. Fixed-income securities are subject to the risk that the issuer of the security will not repay all or a portion of the principal borrowed and will not make all interest payments. If the credit quality of a fixed-income security deteriorates after a fund has purchased the security, the market value of the security may decrease and lead to a decrease in the value of the fund’s investments. Funds that may invest in lower rated fixed-income securities are riskier than funds that may invest in higher rated fixed-income securities.

Liquidity Risk. Liquidity risk may result from the lack of an active market, the reduced number of traditional market participants, or the reduced capacity of traditional market participants to make a market in fixed-income securities. The capacity of traditional dealers to engage in fixed-income trading has not kept pace with the bond market’s growth. As a result, dealer inventories of corporate bonds, which indicate the ability to “make markets,” i.e., buy or sell a security at the quoted bid and ask price, respectively, are at or near historic lows relative to market size. Because market makers provide stability to fixed-income markets, the significant reduction in dealer inventories could lead to decreased liquidity and increased volatility, which may become exacerbated during periods of economic or political stress. In addition, liquidity risk may be magnified in a rising interest rate environment in which investor redemptions from fixed-income funds may be higher than normal; the selling of fixed-income securities to satisfy shareholder redemptions may result in

. 36

Page 64: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

an increased supply of such securities during periods of reduced investor demand due to a lack of buyers, thereby impairing the fund’s ability to sell such securities. The secondary market for certain tax-exempt securities tends to be less well-developed or liquid than many other securities markets, which may adversely affect a fund’s ability to sell such securities at attractive prices.

Floating rate loans riskFloating rate loans are generally rated below investment-grade, or if unrated, determined by the manager to be of comparable quality. They are generally considered speculative because they present a greater risk of loss, including default, than higher quality debt instruments. Such investments may, under certain circumstances, be particularly susceptible to liquidity and valuation risks. Although certain floating rate loans are collateralized, there is no guarantee that the value of the collateral will be sufficient or available to satisfy the borrower’s obligation. In times of unusual or adverse market, economic or political conditions, floating rate loans may experience higher than normal default rates. In the event of a serious credit event the value of the fund’s investments in floating rate loans are more likely to decline. The secondary market for floating rate loans is limited and, therefore, the fund’s ability to sell or realize the full value of its investment in these loans to reinvest sale proceeds or to meet redemption obligations may be impaired. In addition, floating rate loans generally are subject to extended settlement periods that may be longer than seven days. As a result, the fund may be adversely affected by selling other investments at an unfavorable time and/or under unfavorable conditions to meet redemption requests or pursue other investment opportunities. In addition, certain floating rate loans may be “covenant lite” loans that may contain fewer or less restrictive covenants on the borrower or may contain other borrower-friendly characteristics. The fund may experience relatively greater difficulty or delays in enforcing its rights on its holdings of certain covenant lite loans and debt securities than its holdings of loans or securities with the usual covenants.

In certain circumstances, floating rate loans may not be deemed to be securities. As a result, the Fund may not have the protection of the anti-fraud provisions of the federal securities laws. In such cases, the Fund generally must rely on the contractual provisions in the loan agreement and common-law fraud protections under applicable state law.

Foreign SecuritiesCurrency Fluctuations. Investments in foreign securities may cause a fund to lose money when converting investments from foreign currencies into U.S. dollars. A fund may attempt to lock in an exchange rate by purchasing a foreign currency exchange contract prior to the settlement of an investment in a foreign security. However, the fund may not always be successful in doing so, and it could still lose money.

Political and Economic Conditions. Investments in foreign securities subject a fund to the political or economic conditions of the foreign country. These conditions could cause a fund’s investments to lose value if these conditions deteriorate for any reason. This risk increases in the case of emerging market countries which are more likely to be politically unstable. Political instability could cause the value of any investment in the securities of an issuer based in a foreign country to decrease or could prevent or delay a fund from selling its investment and taking the money out of the country.

Removal of Proceeds of Investments from a Foreign Country. Foreign countries, especially emerging market countries, often have currency controls or restrictions that may prevent or delay a fund from taking money out of the country or may impose additional taxes on money removed from the country. Therefore, a fund could lose money if it is not permitted to remove capital from the country or if there is a delay in taking the assets out of the country, since the value of the assets could decline during this period, or the exchange rate to convert the assets into U.S. dollars could worsen.

Nationalization of Assets. Investments in foreign securities subject a fund to the risk that the company issuing the security may be nationalized. If the company is nationalized, the value of the company’s securities could decrease in value or even become worthless.

Settlement of Sales. Foreign countries, especially emerging market countries, also may have problems associated with settlement of sales. Such problems could cause a fund to suffer a loss if a security to be sold declines in value while settlement of the sale is delayed.

Investor Protection Standards. Foreign countries, especially emerging market countries, may have less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards than the U.S. Therefore, when making a decision to purchase a security for a fund, a subadvisor may not be aware of problems associated with the company issuing the security and may not enjoy the same legal rights as those provided in the U.S.

. 37

Page 65: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Gaming-Tribal Authority InvestmentsThe value of a fund’s investments in securities issued by gaming companies, including gaming facilities operated by Indian (Native American) tribal authorities, is subject to legislative or regulatory changes, adverse market conditions, and/or increased competition affecting the gaming sector. Securities of gaming companies may be considered speculative, and generally exhibit greater volatility than the overall market. The market value of gaming company securities may fluctuate widely due to unpredictable earnings, due in part to changing consumer tastes and intense competition, strong reaction to technological developments, and the threat of increased government regulation.

Securities issued by Indian tribal authorities are subject to particular risks. Indian tribes enjoy sovereign immunity, which is the legal privilege by which the United States federal, state, and tribal governments cannot be sued without their consent. In order to sue an Indian tribe (or an agency or instrumentality thereof), the tribe must have effectively waived its sovereign immunity with respect to the matter in dispute. Certain Indian tribal authorities have agreed to waive their sovereign immunity in connection with their outstanding debt obligations. Generally, waivers of sovereign immunity have been held to be enforceable against Indian tribes. Nevertheless, if a waiver of sovereign immunity is held to be ineffective, claimants, including investors in Indian tribal authority securities (such as a fund), could be precluded from judicially enforcing their rights and remedies.

Further, in most commercial disputes with Indian tribes, it may be difficult or impossible to obtain federal court jurisdiction. A commercial dispute may not present a federal question, and an Indian tribe may not be considered a citizen of any state for purposes of establishing diversity jurisdiction. The U.S. Supreme Court has held that jurisdiction in a tribal court must be exhausted before any dispute can be heard in an appropriate federal court. In cases where the jurisdiction of the tribal forum is disputed, the tribal court first must rule as to the limits of its own jurisdiction. Such jurisdictional issues, as well as the general view that Indian tribes are not considered to be subject to ordinary bankruptcy proceedings, may be disadvantageous to holders of obligations issued by Indian tribal authorities, including a fund.

Greater China Region RiskInvestments in the Greater China region are subject to special risks, such as less developed or less efficient trading markets, restrictions on monetary repatriation and possible seizure, nationalization or expropriation of assets. Investments in Taiwan could be adversely affected by its political and economic relationship with China. In addition, the willingness of the government of the PRC to support the Chinese and Hong Kong economies and markets is uncertain, and changes in government policy could significantly affect the markets in both Hong Kong and China. For example, a government may restrict investment in companies or industries considered important to national interests, or intervene in the financial markets, such as by imposing trading restrictions, or banning or curtailing short selling. The PRC also maintains strict currency controls and imposes repatriation restrictions in order to achieve economic, trade and political objectives and regularly intervenes in the currency market. The imposition of currency controls and repatriation restrictions may negatively impact the performance and liquidity of a fund as capital may become trapped in the PRC. Chinese yuan currency exchange rates can be very volatile and can change quickly and unpredictably. A small number of companies and industries may represent a relatively large portion of the Greater China market. Consequently, a fund may experience greater price volatility and significantly lower liquidity than a portfolio invested solely in equity securities of U.S. issuers. These companies and industries also may be subject to greater sensitivity to adverse political, economic or regulatory developments generally affecting the market (see – Risk Factors – Foreign Securities).

High Yield (High Risk) SecuritiesGeneral. A fund may invest in high yield (high risk) securities, consistent with its investment objectives and policies. High yield (high risk) securities (also known as “junk bonds”) are those rated below investment grade and comparable unrated securities. These securities offer yields that fluctuate over time, but generally are superior to the yields offered by higher-rated securities. However, securities rated below investment grade also have greater risks than higher-rated securities as described below.

Interest Rate Risk. To the extent that a fund invests in fixed-income securities, the NAV of the fund’s shares can be expected to change as general levels of interest rates fluctuate. However, the market values of securities rated below investment grade (and comparable unrated securities) tend to react less to fluctuations in interest rate levels than do those of higher-rated securities. Except to the extent that values are affected independently by other factors (such as developments relating to a specific issuer) when interest rates decline, the value of a fixed-income fund generally rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a fixed-income fund will decline.

Liquidity. The secondary markets for high yield corporate and sovereign debt securities are not as liquid as the secondary markets for investment grade securities. The secondary markets for high yield debt securities are concentrated in relatively few market makers and participants are mostly institutional investors. In addition, the trading volume for high yield debt securities is generally lower than for investment grade securities. Furthermore, the secondary markets

. 38

Page 66: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

could contract under adverse market or economic conditions independent of any specific adverse changes in the condition of a particular issuer.

These factors may have an adverse effect on the ability of funds investing in high yield securities to dispose of particular portfolio investments. These factors also may limit funds that invest in high yield securities from obtaining accurate market quotations to value securities and calculate NAV. If a fund investing in high yield debt securities is not able to obtain precise or accurate market quotations for a particular security, it will be more difficult for the subadvisor to value the fund’s investments.

Less liquid secondary markets also may affect a fund’s ability to sell securities at their fair value. Each fund may invest in illiquid securities, subject to certain restrictions (see “Additional Investment Policies – Illiquid Securities”). These securities may be more difficult to value and to sell at fair value. If the secondary markets for high yield debt securities are affected by adverse economic conditions, the proportion of a fund’s assets invested in illiquid securities may increase.

Below-Investment Grade Corporate Debt Securities. While the market values of securities rated below investment grade (and comparable unrated securities) tend to react less to fluctuations in interest rate levels than do those of higher-rated securities, the market values of below-investment grade corporate debt securities tend to be more sensitive to individual corporate developments and changes in economic conditions than higher-rated securities.

In addition, these securities generally present a higher degree of credit risk. Issuers of these securities are often highly leveraged and may not have more traditional methods of financing available to them. Therefore, their ability to service their debt obligations during an economic downturn or during sustained periods of rising interest rates may be impaired. The risk of loss due to default by such issuers is significantly greater than with investment grade securities because such securities generally are unsecured and frequently are subordinated to the prior payment of senior indebtedness.

Below-Investment Grade Foreign Sovereign Debt Securities. Investing in below-investment grade foreign sovereign debt securities will expose a fund to the consequences of political, social or economic changes in the developing and emerging market countries that issue the securities. The ability and willingness of sovereign obligors in these countries to pay principal and interest on such debt when due may depend on general economic and political conditions within the relevant country. Developing and emerging market countries have historically experienced (and may continue to experience) high inflation and interest rates, exchange rate trade difficulties, extreme poverty and unemployment. Many of these countries also are characterized by political uncertainty or instability.

The ability of a foreign sovereign obligor to make timely payments on its external debt obligations also will be strongly influenced by: the obligor’s balance of payments, including export performance; the obligor’s access to international credits and investments; fluctuations in interest rates; and the extent of the obligor’s foreign reserves.

Obligor’s Balance of Payments. A country whose exports are concentrated in a few commodities or whose economy depends on certain strategic imports could be vulnerable to fluctuations in international prices of these commodities or imports. To the extent that a country receives payment for its exports in currencies other than dollars, its ability to make debt payments denominated in dollars could be adversely affected.

Obligor’s Access to International Credits and Investments. If a foreign sovereign obligor cannot generate sufficient earnings from foreign trade to service its external debt, it may need to depend on continuing loans and aid from foreign governments, commercial banks, and multilateral organizations, and inflows of foreign investment. The commitment on the part of these entities to make such disbursements may be conditioned on the government’s implementation of economic reforms and/or economic performance and the timely service of its obligations. Failure in any of these efforts may result in the cancellation of these third parties’ lending commitments, thereby further impairing the obligor’s ability or willingness to service its debts on time.

Obligor’s Fluctuations in Interest Rates. The cost of servicing external debt is generally adversely affected by rising international interest rates since many external debt obligations bear interest at rates that are adjusted based upon international interest rates.

Obligor’s Foreign Reserves. The ability to service external debt also will depend on the level of the relevant government’s international currency reserves and its access to foreign exchange. Currency devaluations may affect the ability of a sovereign obligor to obtain sufficient foreign exchange to service its external debt.

The Consequences of a Default. As a result of the previously listed factors, a governmental obligor may default on its obligations. If a default occurs, a fund holding foreign sovereign debt securities may have limited legal recourse against

. 39

Page 67: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

the issuer and/or guarantor. Remedies must, in some cases, be pursued in the courts of the defaulting party itself, and the ability of the holder of the foreign sovereign debt securities to obtain recourse may be subject to the political climate in the relevant country. In addition, no assurance can be given that the holders of commercial bank debt will not contest payments to the holders of other foreign sovereign debt obligations in the event of default under their commercial bank loan agreements.

Sovereign obligors in developing and emerging countries are among the world’s largest debtors to commercial banks, other governments, international financial organizations and other financial institutions. These obligors have in the past experienced substantial difficulties in servicing their external debt obligations. This difficulty has led to defaults on certain obligations and the restructuring of certain indebtedness. Restructuring arrangements have included, among other things: reducing and rescheduling interest and principal payments by negotiating new or amended credit agreements or

converting outstanding principal and unpaid interest to Brady Bonds; and obtaining new credit to finance interest payments.

Holders of certain foreign sovereign debt securities may be requested to participate in the restructuring of such obligations and to extend further loans to their issuers. There can be no assurance that the Brady Bonds and other foreign sovereign debt securities in which a fund may invest will not be subject to similar restructuring arrangements or to requests for new credit that may adversely affect the fund’s holdings. Furthermore, certain participants in the secondary market for such debt may be directly involved in negotiating the terms of these arrangements and may therefore have access to information not available to other market participants.

Securities in the Lowest Rating Categories. Certain debt securities in which a fund may invest may have (or be considered comparable to securities having) the lowest ratings for non-subordinated debt instruments (e.g., securities rated “Caa” or lower by Moody’s, “CCC” or lower by S&P or Fitch). These securities are considered to have the following characteristics: extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing; current identifiable vulnerability to default; unlikely to have the capacity to pay interest and repay principal when due in the event of adverse business, financial

or economic conditions; are speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms

of the obligations; and/or are in default or not current in the payment of interest or principal.

Accordingly, it is possible that these types of characteristics could, in certain instances, reduce the value of securities held by a fund with a commensurate effect on the value of the fund’s shares.

Hong Kong Stock Connect Program and Bond Connect Program RiskA fund may invest in eligible renminbi-denominated class A shares of equity securities that are listed and traded on certain Chinese stock exchanges (“China A-Shares”) through Stock Connect, a mutual market access program designed to, among others, enable foreign investment in the PRC; and in renminbi-denominated bonds issued in the PRC by Chinese credit, government and quasi-governmental issuers (“RMB Bonds”), which are available on the CIBM to eligible foreign investors through, among others, the “Mutual Bond Market Access between Mainland China and Hong Kong” (“Bond Connect”) program.

Trading in China A-Shares through Stock Connect and bonds through Bond Connect is subject to certain restrictions and risks. A fund’s investment in China A-Shares may only be traded through Stock Connect and is not otherwise transferable. The list of securities eligible to be traded on either program may change from time to time. Securities listed on either program may lose purchase eligibility, which could adversely affect a fund’s performance.

While Stock Connect is not subject to individual investment quotas, daily and aggregate investment quotas apply to all Stock Connect participants, which may restrict or preclude a fund’s ability to invest in China A-Shares. For example, these quota limitations require that buy orders for China A-Shares be rejected once the remaining balance of the relevant quota drops to zero or the daily quota is exceeded (although a fund will be permitted to sell China A-Shares regardless of the quota balance). These limitations may restrict a fund from investing in China A-Shares on a timely basis, which could affect a fund’s ability to effectively pursue its investment strategy. Investment quotas are also subject to change. Bond Connect is not subject to investment quotas.

Chinese regulations prohibit over-selling of China A-Shares. If a fund intends to sell China A-shares it holds, it must transfer those securities to the accounts of a fund’s participant broker before the market opens. As a result, a fund may not be able to dispose of its holdings of China A-Shares in a timely manner. . 40

Page 68: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Stock Connect also is generally available only on business days when both the exchange on which China A-Shares are offered and the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong are open and when banks in both markets are open on the corresponding settlement days. Therefore, an investment in China A-Shares through Stock Connect may subject a fund to a risk of price fluctuations on days where Chinese stock markets are open, but Stock Connect is not operating. Similarly, Bond Connect is only available on days when markets in both China and Hong Kong are open, which may limit a fund’s ability to trade when it would be otherwise attractive to do so.

Stock Connect launched in November 2014 and Bond Connect launched in July 2017. Therefore, trading through Stock Connect and Bond Connect is subject to trading, clearance, and settlement procedures that may continue to develop as the programs mature, which could pose risks to a fund. Bond Connect is relatively new and its effects on the CIBM are uncertain. In addition, the trading, settlement and information technology systems required for non-Chinese investors in Bond Connect are relatively new. In the event of systems malfunctions or extreme market conditions, trading via Bond Connect could be disrupted. In addition, the rules governing the operation of Stock Connect and Bond Connect may be subject to further interpretation and guidance. There can be no assurance as to the programs’ continued existence or whether future developments regarding the programs may restrict or adversely affect a fund’s investments or returns. Additionally, the withholding tax treatment of dividends, interest, and capital gains payable to overseas investors may be subject to change. Furthermore, there is currently no specific formal guidance by the PRC tax authorities on the treatment of income tax and other tax categories payable in respect of trading in CIBM by eligible foreign institutional investors via Bond Connect. Any changes in PRC tax law, future clarifications thereof, and/or subsequent retroactive enforcement by the PRC tax authorities of any tax may result in a material loss to a fund.

Stock Connect and Bond Connect regulations provide that investors, such as a fund, enjoy the rights and benefits of equities purchased through Stock Connect and bonds purchased through Bond Connect. However, the nominee structure under Stock Connect requires that China A-Shares be held through the HKSCC as nominee on behalf of investors. For investments via Bond Connect, the relevant filings, registration with People’s Bank of China, and account opening have to be carried out via an onshore settlement agent, offshore custody agent, registration agent, or other third parties (as the case may be). As such, a fund is subject to the risks of default or errors on the part of such third parties.

While a fund’s ownership of China A-Shares will be reflected on the books of the custodian’s records, a fund will only have beneficial rights in such A-Shares. The precise nature and rights of a fund as the beneficial owner of the equities through the HKSCC as nominee is not well defined under the law of the PRC. Although the China Securities Regulatory Commission has issued guidance indicating that participants in Stock Connect will be able to exercise rights of beneficial owners in the PRC, the exact nature and methods of enforcement of the rights and interests of a fund under PRC law is uncertain. In particular, the courts may consider that the nominee or custodian as registered holder of China A-Shares, has full ownership over the securities rather than a fund as the underlying beneficial owner. The HKSCC, as nominee holder, does not guarantee the title to China A-Shares held through it and is under no obligation to enforce title or other rights associated with ownership on behalf of beneficial owners. Consequently, title to these securities, or the rights associated with them, such as participation in corporate actions or shareholder meetings, cannot be assured.

While certain aspects of the Stock Connect trading process are subject to Hong Kong law, PRC rules applicable to share ownership will apply. In addition, transactions using Stock Connect are not subject to the Hong Kong investor compensation fund, which means that a fund will be unable to make monetary claims on the investor compensation fund that it might otherwise be entitled to with respect to investments in Hong Kong securities. Other risks associated with investments in PRC securities apply fully to China A-Shares purchased through Stock Connect.

Similarly, in China, the Hong Kong Monetary Authority Central Money Markets Unit holds Bond Connect securities on behalf of ultimate investors (such as a fund) in accounts maintained with a China-based custodian (either the China Central Depository & Clearing Co. or the Shanghai Clearing House). This recordkeeping system subjects a fund to various risks, including the risk that a fund may have a limited ability to enforce rights as a bondholder and the risks of settlement delays and counterparty default of the Hong Kong sub-custodian. In addition, enforcing the ownership rights of a beneficial holder of Bond Connect securities is untested and courts in China have limited experience in applying the concept of beneficial ownership.

China A-Shares traded via Stock Connect and bonds trading through Bond Connect are subject to various risks associated with the legal and technical framework of Stock Connect and Bond Connect, respectively. In the event that the relevant systems fail to function properly, trading through Stock Connect or Bond Connect could be disrupted. In the event of high trade volume or unexpected market conditions, Stock Connect and Bond Connect may be available only on a limited basis, if at all. Both the PRC and Hong Kong regulators are permitted, independently of each other, to suspend Stock Connect in response to certain market conditions. Similarly, in the event that the relevant Mainland Chinese authorities suspend account opening or trading on the CIBM via Bond Connect, a fund’s ability to invest in . 41

Page 69: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Chinese bonds will be adversely affected and limited. In such event, a fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective will be negatively affected and, after exhausting other trading alternatives, a fund may suffer substantial losses as a result.

Hybrid InstrumentsThe risks of investing in hybrid instruments are a combination of the risks of investing in securities, options, futures, swaps, and currencies. Therefore, an investment in a hybrid instrument may include significant risks not associated with a similar investment in a traditional debt instrument with a fixed principal amount, is denominated in U.S. dollars, or that bears interest either at a fixed rate or a floating rate determined by reference to a common, nationally published benchmark. The risks of a particular hybrid instrument will depend upon the terms of the instrument, but may include, without limitation, the possibility of significant changes in the benchmarks or the prices of underlying assets to which the instrument is linked. These risks generally depend upon factors unrelated to the operations or credit quality of the issuer of the hybrid instrument and that may not be readily foreseen by the purchaser. Such factors include economic and political events, the supply and demand for the underlying assets, and interest rate movements. In recent years, various benchmarks and prices for underlying assets have been highly volatile, and such volatility may be expected in the future. See “Hedging and Other Strategic Transactions” for a description of certain risks associated with investments in futures, options, and forward contracts. The principal risks of investing in hybrid instruments are as follows:

Volatility. Hybrid instruments are potentially more volatile and carry greater market risks than traditional debt instruments. Depending on the structure of the particular hybrid instrument, changes in a benchmark may be magnified by the terms of the hybrid instrument and have an even more dramatic and substantial effect upon the value of the hybrid instrument. Also, the prices of the hybrid instrument and the benchmark or underlying asset may not move in the same direction or at the same time.

Leverage Risk. Hybrid instruments may bear interest or pay preferred dividends at below market (or even relatively nominal) rates. Alternatively, hybrid instruments may bear interest at above market rates, but bear an increased risk of principal loss (or gain). For example, an increased risk of principal loss (or gain) may result if “leverage” is used to structure a hybrid instrument. Leverage risk occurs when the hybrid instrument is structured so that a change in a benchmark or underlying asset is multiplied to produce a greater value change in the hybrid instrument, thereby magnifying the risk of loss, as well as the potential for gain.

Liquidity Risk. Hybrid instruments also may carry liquidity risk since the instruments are often “customized” to meet the needs of a particular investor. Therefore, the number of investors that would be willing and able to buy such instruments in the secondary market may be smaller than for more traditional debt securities. In addition, because the purchase and sale of hybrid instruments could take place in an OTC market without the guarantee of a central clearing organization or in a transaction between a fund and the issuer of the hybrid instrument, the creditworthiness of the counterparty or issuer of the hybrid instrument would be an additional risk factor, which the fund would have to consider and monitor.

Lack of U.S. Regulation. Hybrid instruments may not be subject to regulation of the CFTC, which generally regulates the trading of swaps and commodity futures by U.S. persons, the SEC, which regulates the offer and sale of securities by and to U.S. persons, or any other governmental regulatory authority.

Credit and Counterparty Risk. The issuer or guarantor of a hybrid instrument may be unable or unwilling to make timely principal, interest or settlement payments, or otherwise honor its obligations. Funds that invest in hybrid instruments are subject to varying degrees of risk that the issuers of the securities will have their credit rating downgraded or will default, potentially reducing a fund’s share price and income level.

The various risks discussed above with respect to hybrid instruments particularly the market risk of such instruments, may cause significant fluctuations in the NAV of a fund that invests in such instruments.

Industry or Sector InvestingWhen a fund invests a substantial portion of its assets in a particular industry or sector of the economy, the fund’s investments are not as varied as the investments of most funds and are far less varied than the broad securities markets. As a result, the fund’s performance tends to be more volatile than other funds, and the values of the fund’s investments tend to go up and down more rapidly. In addition, to the extent that a fund invests significantly in a particular industry or sector, it is particularly susceptible to the impact of market, economic, regulatory and other factors affecting that industry or sector. The principal risks of investing in certain sectors are described below.

Consumer Discretionary. The consumer discretionary sector may be affected by fluctuations in supply and demand and may also be adversely affected by changes in consumer spending as a result of world events, political

. 42

Page 70: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

and economic conditions, commodity price volatility, changes in exchange rates, imposition of import controls, increased competition, depletion of resources and labor relations.Consumer Staples. Companies in the consumer staples sector may be affected by general economic conditions, commodity production and pricing, consumer confidence and spending, consumer preferences, interest rates, product cycles, marketing, competition, and government regulation. Other risks include changes in global economic, environmental and political events, and the depletion of resources. Companies in the consumer staples sector may also be negatively impacted by government regulations affecting their products. For example, government regulations may affect the permissibility of using various food additives and production methods of companies that make food products, which could affect company profitability. Tobacco companies, in particular, may be adversely affected by new laws, regulations and litigation. Companies in the consumer staples sector may also be subject to risks relating to the supply of, demand for, and prices of raw materials. The prices of raw materials fluctuate in response to a number of factors, including, changes in exchange rates, import and export controls, changes in international agricultural and trading policies, and seasonal and weather conditions, among others. In addition, the success of food, beverage, household and personal product companies, in particular, may be strongly affected by unpredictable factors, such as, demographics, consumer spending, and product trends.Energy. Companies in the energy sector may be affected by energy prices, supply and demand fluctuations including in energy fuels, energy conservation, liabilities arising from government or civil actions, environmental and other government regulations, and geopolitical events including political instability and war. The market value of companies in the local energy sector is heavily impacted by the levels and stability of global energy prices, energy conservation efforts, the success of exploration projects, exchange rates, interest rates, economic conditions, tax and other government regulations, increased competition and technological advances, as well as other factors. Companies in this sector may be subject to extensive government regulation and contractual fixed pricing, which may increase the cost of doing business and limit these companies’ profits. A large part of the returns of these companies depends on few customers, including governmental entities and utilities. As a result, governmental budget constraints may have a significant negative effect on the stock prices of energy sector companies. Energy companies may also operate in, or engage in, transactions involving countries with less developed regulatory regimes or a history of expropriation, nationalization or other adverse policies. As a result, securities of companies in the energy field are subject to quick price and supply fluctuations caused by events relating to international politics. Other risks include liability from accidents resulting in injury or loss of life or property, pollution or other environmental problems, equipment malfunctions or mishandling of materials and a risk of loss from terrorism, political strife and natural disasters. Energy companies can also be heavily affected by the supply of, and demand for, their specific product or service and for energy products in general, and government subsidization. Energy companies may have high levels of debt and may be more likely to restructure their businesses if there are downturns in energy markets or the economy as a whole.Financial Services. To the extent that a fund invests principally in securities of financial services companies, it is particularly vulnerable to events affecting that industry. Financial services companies may include, but are not limited to, commercial and industrial banks, savings and loan associations and their holding companies, consumer and industrial finance companies, diversified financial services companies, investment banking, securities brokerage and investment advisory companies, leasing companies and insurance companies. The types of companies that compose the financial services sector may change over time. These companies are all subject to extensive regulation, rapid business changes, volatile performance dependent upon the availability and cost of capital, prevailing interest rates and significant competition. General economic conditions significantly affect these companies. Credit and other losses resulting from the financial difficulty of borrowers or other third parties have a potentially adverse effect on companies in this sector. Investment banking, securities brokerage and investment advisory companies are particularly subject to government regulation and the risks inherent in securities trading and underwriting activities. In addition, all financial services companies face shrinking profit margins due to new competitors, the cost of new technology, and the pressure to compete globally.§§

Banking. Commercial banks (including “money center” regional and community banks), savings and loan associations and holding companies of the foregoing are especially subject to adverse effects of volatile interest rates, concentrations of loans in particular industries (such as real estate or energy) and significant competition. The profitability of these businesses is to a significant degree dependent upon the availability and cost of capital funds. Economic conditions in the real estate market may have a particularly strong effect on certain banks and savings associations. Commercial banks and savings associations are subject to extensive federal and, in many instances, state regulation. Neither such extensive regulation nor the federal insurance of deposits ensures the solvency or profitability of companies in this industry, and there is no assurance against losses in securities issued by such companies.§

. 43

Page 71: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

§

Insurance. Insurance companies are particularly subject to government regulation and rate setting, potential anti-trust and tax law changes, and industry-wide pricing and competition cycles. Property and casualty insurance companies also may be affected by weather and other catastrophes. Life and health insurance companies may be affected by mortality and morbidity rates, including the effects of epidemics. Individual insurance companies may be exposed to reserve inadequacies, problems in investment portfolios (for example, due to real estate or “junk” bond holdings) and failures of reinsurance carriers.Health Sciences. Companies in this sector are subject to the additional risks of increased competition within the health care industry, changes in legislation or government regulations, reductions in government funding, product liability or other litigation and the obsolescence of popular products. The prices of the securities of health sciences companies may fluctuate widely due to government regulation and approval of their products and services, which may have a significant effect on their price and availability. In addition, the types of products or services produced or provided by these companies may quickly become obsolete. Moreover, liability for products that are later alleged to be harmful or unsafe may be substantial and may have a significant impact on a company’s market value or share price.Industrials. Companies in the industrials sector may be affected by general economic conditions, commodity production and pricing, supply and demand fluctuations, environmental and other government regulations, geopolitical events, interest rates, insurance costs, technological developments, liabilities arising from governmental or civil actions, labor relations, import controls and government spending. The value of securities issued by companies in the industrials sector may also be adversely affected by supply and demand related to their specific products or services and industrials sector products in general, as well as liability for environmental damage and product liability claims and government regulations. For example, the products of manufacturing companies may face obsolescence due to rapid technological developments and frequent new product introduction. Certain companies within this sector, particularly aerospace and defense companies, may be heavily affected by government spending policies because companies involved in this industry rely, to a significant extent, on government demand for their products and services, and, therefore, the financial condition of, and investor interest in, these companies are significantly influenced by governmental defense spending policies, which are typically under pressure from efforts to control the U.S. (and other) government budgets. In addition, securities of industrials companies in transportation may be cyclical and have occasional sharp price movements which may result from economic changes, fuel prices, labor relations and insurance costs, and transportation companies in certain countries may also be subject to significant government regulation and oversight, which may adversely affect their businesses.Internet-Related Investments. The value of companies engaged in Internet-related activities, which is a developing industry, is particularly vulnerable to: (a) rapidly changing technology; (b) extensive government regulation; and (c) relatively high risk of obsolescence caused by scientific and technological advances. In addition, companies engaged in Internet-related activities are difficult to value and many have high share prices relative to their earnings which they may not be able to maintain over the long-term. Moreover, many Internet companies are not yet profitable and will need additional financing to continue their operations. There is no guarantee that such financing will be available when needed. Since many Internet companies are start-up companies, the risks associated with investing in small companies are heightened for these companies. A fund that invests a significant portion of its assets in Internet-related companies should be considered extremely risky even as compared to other funds that invest primarily in small company securities.Materials. Companies in the materials sector may be affected by general economic conditions, commodity production and prices, consumer preferences, interest rates, exchange rates, product cycles, marketing, competition, resource depletion, and environmental, import/export and other government regulations. Other risks may include liabilities for environmental damage and general civil liabilities, and mandated expenditures for safety and pollution control. The materials sector may also be affected by economic cycles, technological progress, and labor relations. At times, worldwide production of industrial materials has been greater than demand as a result of over-building or economic downturns, leading to poor investment returns or losses. These risks are heightened for companies in the materials sector located in foreign markets.Natural Resources. A fund’s investments in natural resources companies are especially affected by variations in the commodities markets (which may be due to market events, regulatory developments or other factors that such fund cannot control) and these companies may lack the resources and the broad business lines to weather hard times. Natural resources companies can be significantly affected by events relating to international political developments, energy conservation, the success of exploration projects, commodity prices, and tax and government regulations.

. 44

Page 72: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Technology. Technology companies rely heavily on technological advances and face intense competition, both domestically and internationally, which may have an adverse effect on profit margins. Shortening of product cycle and manufacturing capacity increases may subject technology companies to aggressive pricing. Technology companies may have limited product lines, markets, financial resources or personnel. The products of technology companies may face product obsolescence due to rapid technological developments and frequent new product introduction, unpredictable changes in growth rates and competition for the services of qualified personnel. Technology companies may not successfully introduce new products, develop and maintain a loyal customer base or achieve general market acceptance for their products.

Stocks of technology companies, especially those of smaller, less-seasoned companies, tend to be more volatile than the overall market. Companies in the technology sector are also heavily dependent on patent and intellectual property rights, the loss or impairment of which may adversely affect the profitability of these companies. Technology companies engaged in manufacturing, such as semiconductor companies, often operate internationally which could expose them to risks associated with instability and changes in economic and political conditions, foreign currency fluctuations, changes in foreign regulations, competition from subsidized foreign competitors with lower production costs and other risks inherent to international business.Telecommunications. Companies in the telecommunications sector are subject to the additional risks of rapid obsolescence due to technological advancement or development, lack of standardization or compatibility with existing technologies, an unfavorable regulatory environment, and a dependency on patent and copyright protection. The prices of the securities of companies in the telecommunications sector may fluctuate widely due to both federal and state regulations governing rates of return and services that may be offered, fierce competition for market share, and competitive challenges in the U.S. from foreign competitors engaged in strategic joint ventures with U.S. companies, and in foreign markets from both U.S. and foreign competitors. In addition, recent industry consolidation trends may lead to increased regulation of telecommunications companies in their primary markets.Utilities. Companies in the utilities sector may be affected by general economic conditions, supply and demand, financing and operating costs, rate caps, interest rates, liabilities arising from governmental or civil actions, consumer confidence and spending, competition, technological progress, energy prices, resource conservation and depletion, man-made or natural disasters, geopolitical events, and environmental and other government regulations. The value of securities issued by companies in the utilities sector may be negatively impacted by variations in exchange rates, domestic and international competition, energy conservation and governmental limitations on rates charged to customers. Although rate changes of a regulated utility usually vary in approximate correlation with financing costs, due to political and regulatory factors rate changes usually happen only after a delay after the changes in financing costs. Deregulation may subject utility companies to increased competition and can negatively affect their profitability as it permits utility companies to diversify outside of their original geographic regions and customary lines of business, causing them to engage in more uncertain ventures. Deregulation can also eliminate restrictions on the profits of certain utility companies, but can simultaneously expose these companies to an increased risk of loss. Although opportunities may permit certain utility companies to earn more than their traditional regulated rates of return, companies in the utilities industry may have difficulty obtaining an adequate return on invested capital, raising capital, or financing large construction projects during periods of inflation or unsettled capital markets. Utility companies may also be subject to increased costs because of the effects of man-made or natural disasters. Current and future regulations or legislation can make it more difficult for utility companies to operate profitably. Government regulators monitor and control utility revenues and costs, and thus may restrict utility profits. There is no assurance that regulatory authorities will grant rate increases in the future, or that those increases will be adequate to permit the payment of dividends on stocks issued by a utility company. Because utility companies are faced with the same obstacles, issues and regulatory burdens, their securities may react similarly and more in unison to these or other market conditions.

Initial Public Offerings (“IPOs”)IPOs may have a magnified impact on the performance of a fund with a small asset base. The impact of IPOs on a fund’s performance likely will decrease as the fund’s asset size increases, which could reduce the fund’s returns. IPOs may not be consistently available to a fund for investment, particularly as the fund’s asset base grows. IPO shares frequently are volatile in price due to the absence of a prior public market, the small number of shares available for trading and limited information about the issuer. Therefore, a fund may hold IPO shares for a very short period of time. This may increase the turnover of a fund and may lead to increased expenses for a fund, such as commissions and transaction costs. In addition, IPO shares can experience an immediate drop in value if the demand for the securities does not continue to support the offering price.

. 45

Page 73: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Investment CompaniesThe fund may invest in shares of other investment companies, including both open- and closed-end investment companies (including single country funds, ETFs, and BDCs). When making such an investment, a fund will be indirectly exposed to all the risks of such investment companies. In general, the investing funds will bear a pro rata portion of the other investment company’s fees and expenses, which will reduce the total return in the investing funds. Certain types of investment companies, such as closed-end investment companies, issue a fixed number of shares that trade on a stock exchange and may involve the payment of substantial premiums above the value of such investment companies’ portfolio securities when traded OTC or at discounts to their NAVs. Others are continuously offered at NAV, but also may be traded in the secondary market.

In addition, the fund may invest in private investment funds, vehicles, or structures. A fund also may invest in debt-equity conversion funds, which are funds established to exchange foreign bank debt of countries whose principal repayments are in arrears into a portfolio of listed and unlisted equities, subject to certain repatriation restrictions.

Exchange-Traded Funds. An ETF is a type of investment company shares of which are bought and sold on a securities exchange. An ETF generally represents a fixed portfolio of securities designed to track a particular market index or basket of securities. A fund could purchase shares of an ETF to temporarily gain exposure to a portion of the U.S. or a foreign market while awaiting purchase of underlying securities. The risks of owning an ETF include the risks of owning the underlying securities it is designed to track. In addition, the lack of liquidity in an ETF could result in it being more volatile than the underlying securities and ETFs have management fees that increase their costs. Also, there is a risk that an ETF may fail to closely track the index or basket of securities that it is designed to replicate.

Business Development Companies. A BDC is a less-common type of closed-end investment company that more closely resembles an operating company than a typical investment company. BDCs typically invest in and lend to small- and medium-sized private and certain public companies that may not have access to public equity markets to raise capital. BDCs invest in such diverse industries as health care, chemical and manufacturing, technology and service companies. BDCs generally invest in less mature private companies, which involve greater risk than well-established, publicly traded companies. BDCs are unique in that at least 70% of their investments must be made in private and certain public U.S. businesses, and BDCs are required to make available significant managerial assistance to their portfolio companies. Generally, little public information exists for private and thinly traded companies, and there is a risk that investors may not be able to make a fully informed investment decision. With investments in debt instruments issued by such portfolio companies, there is a risk that the issuer may default on its payments or declare bankruptcy.

Investment Grade Fixed-Income Securities in the Lowest Rating CategoryInvestment grade fixed-income securities in the lowest rating category (i.e., rated “Baa” by Moody’s and “BBB” by S&P or Fitch, and comparable unrated securities) involve a higher degree of risk than fixed-income securities in the higher rating categories. While such securities are considered investment grade quality and are deemed to have adequate capacity for payment of principal and interest, such securities lack outstanding investment characteristics and have speculative characteristics as well. For example, changes in economic conditions or other circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to make principal and interest payments than is the case with higher grade securities.

LIBOR Discontinuation RiskCertain debt securities, derivatives and other financial instruments may utilize LIBOR as the reference or benchmark rate for interest rate calculations. However, following allegations of manipulation and concerns regarding liquidity, in July 2017 the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, announced that it will cease its active encouragement of banks to provide the quotations needed to sustain LIBOR after 2021. This event will likely cause LIBOR to cease to be published. Before then, it is expected that market participants will transition to the use of different reference benchmark rates. However, although regulators have suggested alternative rates, there is currently no definitive information regarding the future utilization of LIBOR or of any particular replacement rate.

There are obstacles to converting certain longer term securities and transactions to a new benchmark and the effectiveness of one alternative reference rate versus multiple alternative reference rates in new or existing financial instruments and products has not been determined. In addition, it is expected that market participants will amend financial instruments referencing LIBOR to include fallback provisions and other measures that contemplate the discontinuation of LIBOR or other similar market disruption events, but neither the effect of the transition process nor the viability of such measures is known. As market participants transition away from LIBOR, LIBOR’s usefulness may deteriorate, which could occur prior to the end of 2021. The transition process may lead to increased volatility and illiquidity in markets that currently rely on LIBOR to determine interest rates. LIBOR’s deterioration may adversely affect the liquidity and/or market value of securities that use LIBOR as a benchmark interest rate, including securities and other

. 46

Page 74: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

financial instruments held by the fund. Further, the utilization of an alternative reference rate, or the transition process to an alternative reference rate, may adversely affect the fund’s performance.

Lower Rated Fixed-Income SecuritiesLower rated fixed-income securities are defined as securities rated below-investment grade (e.g., rated “Ba” and below by Moody’s, or “BB” and below by S&P or Fitch). The principal risks of investing in these securities are as follows:

Risk to Principal and Income. Investing in lower rated fixed-income securities is considered speculative. While these securities generally provide greater income potential than investments in higher rated securities, there is a greater risk that principal and interest payments will not be made. Issuers of these securities may even go into default or become bankrupt.

Price Volatility. The price of lower rated fixed-income securities may be more volatile than securities in the higher rating categories. This volatility may increase during periods of economic uncertainty or change. The price of these securities is affected more than higher rated fixed-income securities by the market’s perception of their credit quality especially during times of adverse publicity. In the past, economic downturns or an increase in interest rates have, at times, caused more defaults by issuers of these securities and may do so in the future. Economic downturns and increases in interest rates have an even greater effect on highly leveraged issuers of these securities.

Liquidity. The market for lower rated fixed-income securities may have more limited trading than the market for investment grade fixed-income securities. Therefore, it may be more difficult to sell these securities and these securities may have to be sold at prices below their market value in order to meet redemption requests or to respond to changes in market conditions.

Dependence on Subadvisor’s Own Credit Analysis. While a subadvisor to a fund may rely on ratings by established credit rating agencies, it also will supplement such ratings with its own independent review of the credit quality of the issuer. Therefore, the assessment of the credit risk of lower rated fixed-income securities is more dependent on a subadvisor’s evaluation than the assessment of the credit risk of higher rated securities.

Additional Risks Regarding Lower Rated Corporate Fixed-Income Securities. Lower rated corporate debt securities (and comparable unrated securities) tend to be more sensitive to individual corporate developments and changes in economic conditions than higher-rated corporate fixed-income securities.

Issuers of lower rated corporate debt securities also may be highly leveraged, increasing the risk that principal and income will not be repaid.

Additional Risks Regarding Lower Rated Foreign Government Fixed-Income Securities. Lower rated foreign government fixed-income securities are subject to the risks of investing in emerging market countries described under “Risk Factors—Foreign Securities.” In addition, the ability and willingness of a foreign government to make payments on debt when due may be affected by the prevailing economic and political conditions within the country. Emerging market countries may experience high inflation, interest rates and unemployment as well as exchange rate fluctuations that adversely affect trade and political uncertainty or instability. These factors increase the risk that a foreign government will not make payments when due.

Market EventsEvents in certain sectors historically have resulted, and may in the future result, in an unusually high degree of volatility in the financial markets, both domestic and foreign. These events have included, but are not limited to: bankruptcies, corporate restructurings, and other similar events; governmental efforts to limit short selling and high frequency trading; measures to address U.S. federal and state budget deficits; social, political, and economic instability in Europe; economic stimulus by the Japanese central bank; dramatic changes in energy prices and currency exchange rates; and China’s economic slowdown. Interconnected global economies and financial markets increase the possibility that conditions in one country or region might adversely impact issuers in a different country or region. Both domestic and foreign equity markets have experienced increased volatility and turmoil, with issuers that have exposure to the real estate, mortgage, and credit markets particularly affected. Banks and financial services companies could suffer losses if interest rates rise or economic conditions deteriorate.

In addition, relatively high market volatility and reduced liquidity in credit and fixed-income markets may adversely affect many issuers worldwide. Actions taken by the U.S. Federal Reserve (the “Fed”) or foreign central banks to stimulate or stabilize economic growth, such as interventions in currency markets, could cause high volatility in the equity and fixed-income markets. Reduced liquidity may result in less money being available to purchase raw materials, goods, and services from emerging markets, which may, in turn, bring down the prices of these economic staples. It may also result

. 47

Page 75: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

in emerging-market issuers having more difficulty obtaining financing, which may, in turn, cause a decline in their securities prices.

In addition, while interest rates have been unusually low in recent years in the United States and abroad, any decision by the Fed to adjust the target Fed funds rate, among other factors, could cause markets to experience continuing high volatility. A significant increase in interest rates may cause a decline in the market for equity securities. Also, regulators have expressed concern that rate increases may contribute to price volatility. These events and the possible resulting market volatility may have an adverse effect on a fund.

Political turmoil within the United States and abroad may also impact a fund. Although the U.S. government has honored its credit obligations, it remains possible that the United States could default on its obligations. While it is impossible to predict the consequences of such an unprecedented event, it is likely that a default by the United States would be highly disruptive to the U.S. and global securities markets and could significantly impair the value of a fund’s investments. Similarly, political events within the United States at times have resulted, and may in the future result, in a shutdown of government services, which could negatively affect the U.S. economy, decrease the value of many fund investments, and increase uncertainty in or impair the operation of the U.S. or other securities markets. The U.S. is also considering significant new investments in infrastructure and national defense which, coupled with lower federal taxes, could lead to increased government borrowing and higher interest rates. While these proposed policies are going through the political process, the equity and debt markets may react strongly to expectations, which could increase volatility, especially if the market’s expectations for changes in government policies are not borne out. The U.S. is also renegotiating many of its global trade relationships and has imposed or threatened to impose significant import tariffs. These actions could lead to price volatility and overall declines in U.S. and global investment markets.

Uncertainties surrounding the sovereign debt of a number of EU countries and the viability of the EU have disrupted and may in the future disrupt markets in the United States and around the world. If one or more countries leave the EU or the EU dissolves, the world’s securities markets likely will be significantly disrupted. In June 2016, the United Kingdom approved a referendum to leave the EU, commonly referred to as “Brexit.” There is significant market uncertainty regarding Brexit’s ramifications, and the range and potential implications of possible political, regulatory, economic, and market outcomes are difficult to predict. Political and military events, including in North Korea, Venezuela, Iran, Syria, and other areas of the Middle East, and nationalist unrest in Europe and South America, also may cause market disruptions.

In addition, there is a risk that the prices of goods and services in the United States and many foreign economies may decline over time, known as deflation. Deflation may have an adverse effect on stock prices and creditworthiness and may make defaults on debt more likely. If a country’s economy slips into a deflationary pattern, it could last for a prolonged period and may be difficult to reverse.

Master Limited Partnership (MLP) RiskInvesting in MLPs involves certain risks related to investing in the underlying assets of MLPs and risks associated with pooled investment vehicles. MLPs holding credit-related investments are subject to interest-rate risk and the risk of default on payment obligations by debt securities. In addition, investments in the debt and securities of MLPs involve certain other risks, including risks related to limited control and limited rights to vote on matters affecting MLPs, risks related to potential conflicts of interest between an MLP and the MLP’s general partner, cash flow risks, dilution risks and risks related to the general partner’s right to require unit-holders to sell their common units at an undesirable time or price. A fund’s investments in MLPs may be subject to legal and other restrictions on resale or may be less liquid than publicly traded securities. Certain MLP securities may trade in lower volumes due to their smaller capitalizations, and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements and may lack sufficient market liquidity to enable the fund to effect sales at an advantageous time or without a substantial drop in price. If a fund is one of the largest investors in an MLP, it may be more difficult for the fund to buy and sell significant amounts of such investments without an unfavorable impact on prevailing market prices. Larger purchases or sales of MLP investments by a fund in a short period of time may cause abnormal movements in the market price of these investments. As a result, these investments may be difficult to dispose of at an advantageous price when a fund desires to do so. During periods of interest rate volatility, these investments may not provide attractive returns, which may adversely impact the overall performance of a fund. MLPs in which a fund may invest operate oil, natural gas, petroleum, or other facilities within the energy sector. As a result, a fund will be susceptible to adverse economic, environmental, or regulatory occurrences impacting the energy sector.

To the extent a distribution received by a fund from an MLP is treated as a return of capital, the fund’s adjusted tax basis in the interests of the MLP may be reduced, which will result in an increase in an amount of income or gain (or decrease in the amount of loss) that will be recognized by the fund for tax purposes upon the sale of any such interests or upon subsequent distributions in respect of such interests. After a fund’s tax basis in an MLP has been reduced to zero, . 48

Page 76: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

subsequent distributions from the MLP will be treated as ordinary income. Changes in the tax character of MLP distributions, as well as late or corrected tax reporting by MLPs, may result in a fund issuing corrected 1099s to its shareholders.

Mortgage-Backed and Asset-Backed SecuritiesMortgage-Backed Securities. Mortgage-backed securities represent participating interests in pools of residential mortgage loans that are guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities. However, the guarantee of these types of securities relates to the principal and interest payments and not the market value of such securities. In addition, the guarantee only relates to the mortgage-backed securities held by a fund and not the purchase of shares of the fund.

Mortgage-backed securities are issued by lenders such as mortgage bankers, commercial banks, and savings and loan associations. Such securities differ from conventional debt securities, which provide for the periodic payment of interest in fixed amounts (usually semiannually) with principal payments at maturity or on specified dates. Mortgage-backed securities provide periodic payments that are, in effect, a “pass-through” of the interest and principal payments (including any prepayments) made by the individual borrowers on the pooled mortgage loans. A mortgage-backed security will mature when all the mortgages in the pool mature or are prepaid. Therefore, mortgage-backed securities do not have a fixed maturity, and their expected maturities may vary when interest rates rise or fall.

When interest rates fall, homeowners are more likely to prepay their mortgage loans. An increased rate of prepayments on a fund’s mortgage-backed securities will result in an unforeseen loss of interest income to the fund as the fund may be required to reinvest assets at a lower interest rate. Because prepayments increase when interest rates fall, the prices of mortgage-backed securities do not increase as much as other fixed-income securities when interest rates fall.

When interest rates rise, homeowners are less likely to prepay their mortgage loans. A decreased rate of prepayments lengthens the expected maturity of a mortgage-backed security. Therefore, the prices of mortgage-backed securities may decrease more than prices of other fixed-income securities when interest rates rise.

The yield of mortgage-backed securities is based on the average life of the underlying pool of mortgage loans. The actual life of any particular pool may be shortened by unscheduled or early payments of principal and interest. Principal prepayments may result from the sale of the underlying property or the refinancing or foreclosure of underlying mortgages. The occurrence of prepayments is affected by a wide range of economic, demographic and social factors and, accordingly, it is not possible to accurately predict the average life of a particular pool. The actual prepayment experience of a pool of mortgage loans may cause the yield realized by a fund to differ from the yield calculated on the basis of the average life of the pool. In addition, if a fund purchases mortgage-backed securities at a premium, the premium may be lost in the event of early prepayment, which may result in a loss to the fund.

Prepayments tend to increase during periods of falling interest rates and decline during periods of rising interest rates. Monthly interest payments received by a fund have a compounding effect, which will increase the yield to shareholders as compared to debt obligations that pay interest semiannually. Because of the reinvestment of prepayments of principal at current rates, mortgage-backed securities may be less effective than Treasury bonds of similar maturity at maintaining yields during periods of declining interest rates. Also, although the value of debt securities may increase as interest rates decline, the value of these pass-through type of securities may not increase as much due to their prepayment feature.

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations. CMOs are mortgage-backed securities issued in separate classes with different stated maturities. As the mortgage pool experiences prepayments, the pool pays off investors in classes with shorter maturities first. By investing in CMOs, a fund may manage the prepayment risk of mortgage-backed securities. However, prepayments may cause the actual maturity of a CMO to be substantially shorter than its stated maturity.

Asset-Backed Securities. Asset-backed securities include interests in pools of debt securities, commercial or consumer loans, or other receivables. The value of these securities depends on many factors, including changes in interest rates, the availability of information concerning the pool and its structure, the credit quality of the underlying assets, the market’s perception of the servicer of the pool, and any credit enhancement provided. In addition, asset-backed securities have prepayment risks similar to mortgage-backed securities.

Multinational Companies RiskTo the extent that a fund invests in the securities of companies with foreign business operations, it may be riskier than funds that focus on companies with primarily U.S. operations. Multinational companies may face certain political and economic risks, such as foreign controls over currency exchange; restrictions on monetary repatriation; possible seizure, nationalization or expropriation of assets; and political, economic or social instability. These risks are greater for companies with significant operations in developing countries.

. 49

Page 77: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Natural Disasters and Adverse Weather ConditionsCertain areas of the world historically have been prone to major natural disasters, such as hurricanes, earthquakes, typhoons, flooding, tidal waves, tsunamis, erupting volcanoes, wildfires, or droughts, and have been economically sensitive to environmental events. Such disasters, and the resulting damage, could have a severe and negative impact on a fund’s investment portfolio and, in the longer term, could impair the ability of issuers in which a fund invests to conduct their businesses in the manner normally conducted. Adverse weather conditions also may have a particularly significant negative effect on issuers in the agricultural sector and on insurance companies that insure against the impact of natural disasters.

Negative Interest RatesCertain countries have recently experienced negative interest rates on deposits and debt instruments have traded at negative yields. A negative interest rate policy is an unconventional central bank monetary policy tool where nominal target interest rates are set with a negative value (i.e., below zero percent) intended to help create self-sustaining growth in the local economy. Negative interest rates may become more prevalent among non-U.S. issuers, and potentially within the U.S. For example, if a bank charges negative interest, instead of receiving interest on deposits, a depositor must pay the bank fees to keep money with the bank.

These market conditions may increase a fund’s exposures to interest rate risk. To the extent a fund has a bank deposit or holds a debt instrument with a negative interest rate to maturity, the fund would generate a negative return on that investment. While negative yields can be expected to reduce demand for fixed-income investments trading at a negative interest rate, investors may be willing to continue to purchase such investments for a number of reasons including, but not limited to, price insensitivity, arbitrage opportunities across fixed-income markets or rules-based investment strategies. If negative interest rates become more prevalent in the market, it is expected that investors will seek to reallocate assets to other income-producing assets such as investment grade and high-yield debt instruments, or equity investments that pay a dividend. This increased demand for higher yielding assets may cause the price of such instruments to rise while triggering a corresponding decrease in yield and the value of debt instruments over time.

Non-DiversificationA fund that is non-diversified is not limited as to the percentage of its assets that may be invested in any one issuer, or as to the percentage of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer that may be owned, except by the fund’s own investment restrictions. In contrast, a diversified fund, as to at least 75% of the value of its total assets, generally may not, except with respect to government securities and securities of other investment companies, invest more than five percent of its total assets in the securities, or own more than ten percent of the outstanding voting securities, of any one issuer. In determining the issuer of a municipal security, each state, each political subdivision, agency, and instrumentality of each state and each multi-state agency of which such state is a member is considered a separate issuer. In the event that securities are backed only by assets and revenues of a particular instrumentality, facility or subdivision, such entity is considered the issuer.

A fund that is non-diversified may invest a high percentage of its assets in the securities of a small number of issuers, may invest more of its assets in the securities of a single issuer, and may be affected more than a diversified fund by a change in the financial condition of any of these issuers or by the financial markets’ assessment of any of these issuers.

Privately Held and Newly Public CompaniesInvestments in the stocks of privately held companies and newly public companies involve greater risks than investments in stocks of companies that have traded publicly on an exchange for extended time periods. Investments in such companies are less liquid and may be difficult to value. There may be significantly less information available about these companies’ business models, quality of management, earnings growth potential, and other criteria used to evaluate their investment prospects. The extent (if at all) to which securities of privately held companies or newly public companies may be sold without negatively impacting its market value may be impaired by reduced market activity or participation, legal restrictions, or other economic and market impediments. Funds that invest in securities of privately held companies tend to have a greater exposure to liquidity risk than funds that do not invest in securities of privately held companies.

Rebalancing Risks Involving Funds of FundsAs permitted by Section 12 of the 1940 Act, the funds of funds may invest in shares of other John Hancock funds (“Underlying JH Funds”), and the funds of funds may reallocate or rebalance assets among the Underlying JH Funds (collectively, “Rebalancings”). The following discussion provides information on the risks related to Rebalancings, which risks are applicable to the Underlying JH Funds undergoing Rebalancings, as well as to those funds of funds that hold Underlying JH Funds undergoing Rebalancings.

. 50

Page 78: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

From time to time, one or more of the Underlying JH Funds may experience relatively large redemptions or investments due to Rebalancings, as effected by the funds of funds’ Affiliated Subadvisor. Shareholders should note that Rebalancings may adversely affect the Underlying JH Funds. The Underlying JH Funds subject to redemptions by a fund of funds may find it necessary to sell securities, and the Underlying JH Funds that receive additional cash from a fund of funds will find it necessary to invest the cash. The impact of Rebalancings is likely to be greater when a fund of funds owns, redeems, or invests in, a substantial portion of an Underlying JH Fund. Rebalancings could adversely affect the performance of one or more Underlying JH Funds and, therefore, the performance of one or more funds of funds.

Possible adverse effects of Rebalancings on the Underlying JH Funds include:1. The Underlying JH Funds could be required to sell securities or to invest cash, at times when they may not otherwise

desire to do so.2. Rebalancings may increase brokerage and/or other transaction costs of the Underlying JH Funds.3. When a fund of funds owns a substantial portion of an Underlying JH Fund, a large redemption by the fund of

funds could cause that Underlying JH Fund’s expenses to increase and could result in its portfolio becoming too small to be economically viable.

4. Rebalancings could accelerate the realization of taxable capital gains in Underlying JH Funds subject to large redemptions if sales of securities results in capital gains.

The Advisor, which serves as the investment advisor to both the funds of funds and the Underlying JH Funds, has delegated the day-to-day portfolio management of the funds of funds and many of the Underlying JH Funds to the Affiliated Subadvisors, affiliates of the Advisor. The Advisor monitors both the funds and the Underlying JH Funds. The Affiliated Subadvisors manage the assets of both the funds and many of the Underlying JH Funds (the “Affiliated Subadvised Funds”). The Affiliated Subadvisors may allocate up to all of a funds of funds’ assets to Affiliated Subadvised Funds and accordingly has an incentive to allocate more fund of funds assets to such Affiliated Subadvised Funds. The Advisor and the Affiliated Subadvisors monitor the impact of Rebalancings on the Underlying JH Funds and attempt to minimize any adverse effect of the Rebalancings on the underlying funds, consistent with pursuing the investment objective of the relevant Underlying JH Funds. Moreover, an Affiliated Subadvisor has a duty to allocate assets to an Affiliated Subadvised Fund only when such Subadvisor believes it is in the best interests of fund of funds shareholders. Minimizing any adverse effect of the rebalancings on the underlying funds may impact the redemption schedule in connection with a Rebalancing. As part of its oversight of the funds and the subadvisors, the Advisor will monitor to ensure that allocations are conducted in accordance with these principles. This conflict of interest is also considered by the Independent Trustees when approving or replacing affiliated subadvisors and in periodically reviewing allocations to Affiliated Subadvised Funds.

As discussed above, the funds of funds periodically reallocate their investments among underlying investments. In an effort to be fully invested at all times and also to avoid temporary periods of under-investment, an Underlying JH Fund may buy securities and other instruments in anticipation of or with knowledge of future purchases of Underlying JH Fund shares resulting from a reallocation of assets by the funds of funds to the Underlying JH Fund. Until such purchases of Underlying JH Fund shares by a fund of funds settle (normally between one and three days), the Underlying JH Fund may have investment exposure in excess of its net assets. Shareholders who transact with the Underlying JH Fund during the period beginning when the Underlying JH Fund first starts buying securities in anticipation of a purchase order from a fund until such purchase order settles may incur more loss or realize more gain than they otherwise might have in the absence of the excess investment exposure.

Russian Securities RiskThe United States and the EU have imposed economic sanctions against companies in certain sectors of the Russian economy, including, but not limited to: financial services, energy, metals and mining, engineering, and defense and defense-related materials. These sanctions could impair a fund’s ability to continue to invest in Russian issuers. For example, a fund may be prohibited from investing in securities issued by companies subject to such sanctions. In addition, retaliatory measures by the Russian government in response to such sanctions may result in a freeze of Russian assets held by the fund, thereby prohibiting the fund from selling or otherwise transacting in these investments. In such circumstances, the fund might be forced to liquidate non-restricted assets in order to satisfy shareholder redemptions. Such liquidation of fund assets might also result in the fund receiving substantially lower prices for its portfolio securities.

Small and Medium Size and Unseasoned CompaniesSurvival of Small or Unseasoned Companies. Companies that are small or unseasoned (i.e., less than three years of operating history) are more likely than larger or established companies to fail or not to accomplish their goals. As a result, the value of their securities could decline significantly. These companies are less likely to survive since they are

. 51

Page 79: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

often dependent upon a small number of products and may have limited financial resources and a small management group.

Changes in Earnings and Business Prospects. Small or unseasoned companies often have a greater degree of change in earnings and business prospects than larger or established companies, resulting in more volatility in the price of their securities.

Liquidity. The securities of small or unseasoned companies may have limited marketability. This factor could cause the value of a fund’s investments to decrease if it needs to sell such securities when there are few interested buyers.

Impact of Buying or Selling Shares. Small or unseasoned companies usually have fewer outstanding shares than larger or established companies. Therefore, it may be more difficult to buy or sell large amounts of these shares without unfavorably impacting the price of the security.

Publicly Available Information. There may be less publicly available information about small or unseasoned companies. Therefore, when making a decision to purchase a security for a fund, a subadvisor may not be aware of problems associated with the company issuing the security.

Medium Size Companies. Investments in the securities of medium sized companies present risks similar to those associated with small or unseasoned companies although to a lesser degree due to the larger size of the companies.

Stripped SecuritiesStripped securities are the separate income or principal components of a debt security. The risks associated with stripped securities are similar to those of other debt securities, although stripped securities may be more volatile, and the value of certain types of stripped securities may move in the same direction as interest rates. U.S. Treasury securities that have been stripped by a Federal Reserve Bank are obligations issued by the U.S. Treasury.

Securities Linked to the Real Estate MarketInvesting in securities of companies in the real estate industry subjects a fund to the risks associated with the direct ownership of real estate. These risks include, but are not limited to: declines in the value of real estate; risks related to general and local economic conditions; possible lack of availability of mortgage portfolios; overbuilding; extended vacancies of properties; increased competition; increases in property taxes and operating expenses; change in zoning laws; losses due to costs resulting from the clean-up of environmental problems; liability to third parties for damages resulting from environmental problems; casualty or condemnation losses; limitations on rents; changes in neighborhood values and the appeal of properties to tenants; and changes in interest rates.

Therefore, if a fund invests a substantial amount of its assets in securities of companies in the real estate industry, the value of the fund’s shares may change at different rates compared to the value of shares of a fund with investments in a mix of different industries.

Securities of companies in the real estate industry include REITs, including equity REITs and mortgage REITs. Equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by the trusts, while mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended. Further, equity and mortgage REITs are dependent upon management skills and generally may not be diversified. Equity and mortgage REITs also are subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers and self-liquidations. In addition, equity, mortgage, and hybrid REITs could possibly fail to qualify for tax free pass-through of income under the Code, or to maintain their exemptions from registration under the 1940 Act. The above factors also may adversely affect a borrower’s or a lessee’s ability to meet its obligations to a REIT. In the event of a default by a borrower or lessee, a REIT may experience delays in enforcing its rights as a mortgagee or lessor and may incur substantial costs associated with protecting its investments.

. 52

Page 80: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

In addition, even the larger REITs in the industry tend to be small to medium-sized companies in relation to the equity markets as a whole. See “Small and Medium Size and Unseasoned Companies” for a discussion of the risks associated with investments in these companies.

U.S. Government SecuritiesU.S. government securities include securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or by an agency or instrumentality of the U.S. government. Not all U.S. government securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. Some are supported only by the credit of the issuing agency or instrumentality, which depends entirely on its own resources to repay the debt. U.S. government securities that are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States include U.S. Treasuries and mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by GNMA. Securities that are only supported by the credit of the issuing agency or instrumentality include those issued by Fannie Mae, the FHLBs and Freddie Mac.

REGULATION OF COMMODITY INTERESTSThe CFTC has adopted regulations that subject registered investment companies and/or their investment advisors to regulation by the CFTC if the registered investment company invests more than a prescribed level of its NAV in commodity futures, options on commodities or commodity futures, swaps, or other financial instruments regulated under the CEA (“commodity interests”), or if the registered investment company markets itself as providing investment exposure to such commodity interests. The Advisor is registered as a CPO under the CEA and is a National Futures Association member firm; however, the Advisor does not act in the capacity of a registered CPO with respect to the fund.

Although the Advisor is a registered CPO, the Advisor has claimed an exemption from CPO registration pursuant to CFTC Rule 4.5 with respect to the fund. To remain eligible for this exemption, each fund must comply with certain limitations, including limits on trading in commodity interests, and restrictions on the manner in which the fund markets its commodity interests trading activities. These limitations may restrict a fund’s ability to pursue its investment strategy, increase the costs of implementing its strategy, increase its expenses and/or adversely affect its total return.

HEDGING AND OTHER STRATEGIC TRANSACTIONSHedging refers to protecting against possible changes in the market value of securities or other assets that a fund already owns or plans to buy or protecting unrealized gains in the fund. These strategies also may be used to gain exposure to a particular market. The hedging and other strategic transactions that may be used by a fund, but only if and to the extent that such transactions are consistent with its investment objective and policies, are described below: exchange-listed and OTC put and call options on securities, equity indices, volatility indices, financial futures

contracts, currencies, fixed-income indices and other financial instruments; financial futures contracts (including stock index futures); interest rate transactions;* currency transactions;** warrants and rights (including non-standard warrants and participatory risks); swaps (including interest rate, index, dividend, inflation, variance, equity, and volatility swaps, credit default swaps,

swap options and currency swaps); and structured notes, including hybrid or “index” securities.

* A fund’s interest rate transactions may take the form of swaps, caps, floors and collars.

** A fund’s currency transactions may take the form of currency forward contracts, currency futures contracts, currency swaps and options on currencies or currency futures contracts.

Hedging and other strategic transactions may be used for the following purposes: to attempt to protect against possible changes in the market value of securities held or to be purchased by a fund

resulting from securities markets or currency exchange rate fluctuations; to protect a fund’s unrealized gains in the value of its securities; to facilitate the sale of a fund’s securities for investment purposes; to manage the effective maturity or duration of a fund’s securities; to establish a position in the derivatives markets as a method of gaining exposure to a particular geographic region,

market, industry, issuer, or security; or

. 53

Page 81: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

to increase exposure to a foreign currency or to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one country to another.

To the extent that a fund uses hedging or another strategic transaction to gain, shift or manage exposure to a particular geographic region, market, industry, issuer, security, currency, or other asset, the fund will be exposed to the risks of investing in that asset as well as the risks inherent in the specific hedging or other strategic transaction used to gain such exposure.

For purposes of determining compliance with a fund’s investment policies, strategies and restrictions, the fund will generally consider the market value of derivative instruments, unless the nature of the derivative instrument warrants the use of the instrument’s notional value to more accurately reflect the economic exposure represented by the derivative position.

Because of the uncertainties under federal tax laws as to whether income from commodity-linked derivative instruments and certain other instruments would constitute “qualifying income” to a RIC, no fund is permitted to invest in such instruments unless a subadvisor obtains prior written approval from the Trust’s CCO. The CCO, as a member of the Advisor’s Complex Securities Committee, evaluates with the committee the appropriateness of the investment.

General Characteristics of OptionsPut options and call options typically have similar structural characteristics and operational mechanics regardless of the underlying instrument on which they are purchased or sold. Many hedging and other strategic transactions involving options require segregation of portfolio assets in special accounts, as described under “Use of Segregated and Other Special Accounts.”

Put Options. A put option gives the purchaser of the option, upon payment of a premium, the right to sell (and the writer the obligation to buy) the underlying security, commodity, index, currency or other instrument at the exercise price. A fund’s purchase of a put option on a security, for example, might be designed to protect its holdings in the underlying instrument (or, in some cases, a similar instrument) against a substantial decline in the market value of such instrument by giving a fund the right to sell the instrument at the option exercise price.

If, and to the extent authorized to do so, a fund may, for various purposes, purchase and sell put options on securities (whether or not it holds the securities in its portfolio) and on securities indices, currencies and futures contracts. A fund will not sell put options if, as a result, more than 50% of the fund’s assets would be required to be segregated to cover its potential obligations under put options other than those with respect to futures contracts.

Risk of Selling Put Options. In selling put options, a fund faces the risk that it may be required to buy the underlying security at a disadvantageous price above the market price.

Call Options. A call option, upon payment of a premium, gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy (and the seller the obligation to sell) the underlying instrument at the exercise price. A fund’s purchase of a call option on an underlying instrument might be intended to protect a fund against an increase in the price of the underlying instrument that it intends to purchase in the future by fixing the price at which it may purchase the instrument. An “American” style put or call option may be exercised at any time during the option period, whereas a “European” style put or call option may be exercised only upon expiration or during a fixed period prior to expiration. If and to the extent authorized to do so, a fund may purchase and sell call options on securities (whether or not it holds the securities).

Partial Hedge or Income to a Fund. If a fund sells a call option, the premium that it receives may serve as a partial hedge, to the extent of the option premium, against a decrease in the value of the underlying securities or instruments held by a fund or will increase a fund’s income. Similarly, the sale of put options also can provide fund gains.

Covering of Options. All call options sold by a fund must be “covered” (that is, the fund must own the securities or futures contract subject to the call or must otherwise meet the asset segregation requirements described below for so long as the call is outstanding).

Risk of Selling Call Options. Even though a fund will receive the option premium to help protect it against loss, a call option sold by a fund will expose it during the term of the option to possible loss of the opportunity to sell the underlying security or instrument with a gain.

Exchange-listed Options. Exchange-listed options are issued by a regulated intermediary such as the Options Clearing Corporation (the “OCC”), which guarantees the performance of the obligations of the parties to the options. The discussion below uses the OCC as an example, but also is applicable to other similar financial intermediaries.

OCC-issued and exchange-listed options, with certain exceptions, generally settle by physical delivery of the underlying security or currency, although in the future, cash settlement may become available. Index options and Eurodollar instruments (which are described below under “Eurodollar Instruments”) are cash settled for the net amount, if any, by

. 54

Page 82: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

which the option is “in-the-money” at the time the option is exercised. “In-the-money” means the amount by which the value of the underlying instrument exceeds, in the case of a call option, or is less than, in the case of a put option, the exercise price of the option. Frequently, rather than taking or making delivery of the underlying instrument through the process of exercising the option, listed options are closed by entering into offsetting purchase or sale transactions that do not result in ownership of the new option.

A fund’s ability to close out its position as a purchaser or seller of an OCC-issued or exchange-listed put or call option is dependent, in part, upon the liquidity of the particular option market. Among the possible reasons for the absence of a liquid option market on an exchange are: insufficient trading interest in certain options; restrictions on transactions imposed by an exchange; trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options or

underlying securities, including reaching daily price limits; interruption of the normal operations of the OCC or an exchange; inadequacy of the facilities of an exchange or the OCC to handle current trading volume; or a decision by one or more exchanges to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options),

in which event the relevant market for that option on that exchange would cease to exist, although any such outstanding options on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

The hours of trading for listed options may not coincide with the hours during which the underlying financial instruments are traded. To the extent that the option markets close before the markets for the underlying financial instruments, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that would not be reflected in the corresponding option markets.

OTC Options. OTC options are purchased from or sold to counterparties such as securities dealers or financial institutions through direct bilateral agreement with the counterparty. In contrast to exchange-listed options, which generally have standardized terms and performance mechanics, all of the terms of an OTC option, including such terms as method of settlement, term, exercise price, premium, guaranties and security, are determined by negotiation of the parties. It is anticipated that a fund authorized to use OTC options generally will only enter into OTC options that have cash settlement provisions, although it will not be required to do so.

Unless the parties provide for it, no central clearing or guaranty function is involved in an OTC option. As a result, if a counterparty fails to make or take delivery of the security, currency or other instrument underlying an OTC option it has entered into with a fund or fails to make a cash settlement payment due in accordance with the terms of that option, the fund will lose any premium it paid for the option as well as any anticipated benefit of the transaction. Thus, a subadvisor must assess the creditworthiness of each such counterparty or any guarantor or credit enhancement of the counterparty’s credit to determine the likelihood that the terms of the OTC option will be met. A fund will enter into OTC option transactions only with U.S. government securities dealers recognized by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as “primary dealers,” or broker dealers, domestic or foreign banks, or other financial institutions that are deemed creditworthy by a subadvisor. In the absence of a change in the current position of the SEC’s staff, OTC options purchased by a fund and the amount of the fund’s obligation pursuant to an OTC option sold by the fund (the cost of the sell-back plus the in-the-money amount, if any) or the value of the assets held to cover such options will be deemed illiquid.

Types of Options That May Be Purchased. A fund may purchase and sell call options on securities indices, currencies, and futures contracts, as well as on Eurodollar instruments that are traded on U.S. and foreign securities exchanges and in the OTC markets.

General Characteristics of Futures Contracts and Options on Futures ContractsA fund may trade financial futures contracts (including stock index futures contracts, which are described below) or purchase or sell put and call options on those contracts for the following purposes: as a hedge against anticipated interest rate, currency or market changes; for duration management; for risk management purposes; and to gain exposure to a securities market.

Futures contracts are generally bought and sold on the commodities exchanges where they are listed with payment of initial and variation margin as described below. The sale of a futures contract creates a firm obligation by a fund, as seller, to deliver to the buyer the specific type of financial instrument called for in the contract at a specific future time

. 55

Page 83: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

for a specified price (or, with respect to certain instruments, the net cash amount). Options on futures contracts are similar to options on securities except that an option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in a futures contract and obligates the seller to deliver that position.

With respect to futures contracts that are not legally required to “cash settle,” a fund may cover the open position by setting aside or earmarking liquid assets in an amount equal to the market value of the futures contract. With respect to futures that are required to “cash settle,” such as Eurodollar, UK 90 day and Euribor futures; however, a fund is permitted to set aside or earmark liquid assets in an amount equal to the fund’s daily marked to market (net) obligation, if any, (in other words, the fund’s daily net liability, if any) rather than the market value of the futures contract. By setting aside assets equal to only its net obligation under cash-settled futures contracts, a fund will have the ability to employ such futures contracts to a greater extent than if the fund were required to segregate assets equal to the full market value of the futures contract.

A fund will engage in transactions in futures contracts and related options only to the extent such transactions are consistent with the requirements of the Code in order to maintain its qualification as a RIC for federal income tax purposes.

Margin. Maintaining a futures contract or selling an option on a futures contract will typically require a fund to deposit with a financial intermediary, as security for its obligations, an amount of cash or other specified assets (“initial margin”) that initially is from 1% to 10% of the face amount of the contract (but may be higher in some circumstances). Additional cash or assets (“variation margin”) may be required to be deposited thereafter daily as the mark-to-market value of the futures contract fluctuates. The purchase of an option on a financial futures contract involves payment of a premium for the option without any further obligation on the part of a fund. If a fund exercises an option on a futures contract it will be obligated to post initial margin (and potentially variation margin) for the resulting futures position just as it would for any futures position.

Settlement. Futures contracts and options thereon are generally settled by entering into an offsetting transaction, but no assurance can be given that a position can be offset prior to settlement or that delivery will occur.

Value of Futures Contracts Sold by a Fund. The value of all futures contracts sold by a fund (adjusted for the historical volatility relationship between such fund and the contracts) will not exceed the total market value of the fund’s assets.

Stock Index FuturesDefinition. A stock index futures contract (an “Index Future”) is a contract to buy a certain number of units of the relevant index at a specified future date at a price agreed upon when the contract is made. A unit is the value at a given time of the relevant index.

Uses of Index Futures. Below are some examples of how a fund may use Index Futures: In connection with a fund’s investment in equity securities, a fund may invest in Index Futures while a subadvisor

seeks favorable terms from brokers to effect transactions in equity securities selected for purchase. A fund also may invest in Index Futures when a subadvisor believes that there are not enough attractive equity

securities available to maintain the standards of diversity and liquidity set for the fund’s pending investment in such equity securities when they do become available.

Through the use of Index Futures, a fund may maintain a pool of assets with diversified risk without incurring the substantial brokerage costs that may be associated with investment in multiple issuers. This may permit a fund to avoid potential market and liquidity problems (e.g., driving up or forcing down the price by quickly purchasing or selling shares of a portfolio security) that may result from increases or decreases in positions already held by a fund.

A fund also may invest in Index Futures in order to hedge its equity positions.

Hedging and other strategic transactions involving futures contracts, options on futures contracts and swaps will be purchased, sold or entered into primarily for bona fide hedging, risk management (including duration management) or appropriate portfolio management purposes, including gaining exposure to a particular securities market.

Options on Securities Indices and Other Financial IndicesA fund may purchase and sell call and put options on securities indices and other financial indices (“Options on Financial Indices”). In so doing, a fund may achieve many of the same objectives it would achieve through the sale or purchase of options on individual securities or other instruments.

Description of Options on Financial Indices. Options on Financial Indices are similar to options on a security or other instrument except that, rather than settling by physical delivery of the underlying instrument, Options on Financial Indices settle by cash settlement. Cash settlement means that the holder has the right to receive, upon exercise of the

. 56

Page 84: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

option, an amount of cash if the closing level of the index upon which the option is based exceeds, in the case of a call (or is less than, in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option. This amount of cash is equal to the excess of the closing price of the index over the exercise price of the option, which also may be multiplied by a formula value. The seller of the option is obligated to make delivery of this amount. The gain or loss on an option on an index depends on price movements in the instruments comprising the market or other composite on which the underlying index is based, rather than price movements in individual securities, as is the case for options on securities. In the case of an OTC option, physical delivery may be used instead of cash settlement. By purchasing or selling Options on Financial Indices, a fund may achieve many of the same objectives it would achieve through the sale or purchase of options on individual securities or other instruments.

Yield Curve OptionsA fund also may enter into options on the “spread,” or yield differential, between two fixed-income securities, in transactions referred to as “yield curve” options. In contrast to other types of options, a yield curve option is based on the difference between the yields of designated securities, rather than the prices of the individual securities, and is settled through cash payments. Accordingly, a yield curve option is profitable to the holder if this differential widens (in the case of a call) or narrows (in the case of a put), regardless of whether the yields of the underlying securities increase or decrease.

Yield curve options may be used for the same purposes as other options on securities. Specifically, a fund may purchase or write such options for hedging purposes. For example, a fund may purchase a call option on the yield spread between two securities, if it owns one of the securities and anticipates purchasing the other security and wants to hedge against an adverse change in the yield spread between the two securities. A fund also may purchase or write yield curve options for other than hedging purposes (i.e., in an effort to increase its current income) if, in the judgment of a subadvisor, the fund will be able to profit from movements in the spread between the yields of the underlying securities. The trading of yield curve options is subject to all of the risks associated with the trading of other types of options. In addition, however, such options present risk of loss even if the yield of one of the underlying securities remains constant, if the spread moves in a direction or to an extent which was not anticipated. Yield curve options written by a fund will be “covered.” A call (or put) option is covered if a fund holds another call (or put) option on the spread between the same two securities and owns liquid and unencumbered assets sufficient to cover the fund’s net liability under the two options. Therefore, a fund’s liability for such a covered option is generally limited to the difference between the amounts of the fund’s liability under the option written by the fund less the value of the option held by it. Yield curve options also may be covered in such other manner as may be in accordance with the requirements of the counterparty with which the option is traded and applicable laws and regulations. Yield curve options are traded OTC.

Currency TransactionsA fund may be authorized to engage in currency transactions with counterparties to hedge the value of portfolio securities denominated in particular currencies against fluctuations in relative value, to gain exposure to a currency without purchasing securities denominated in that currency, to facilitate the settlement of equity trades or to exchange one currency for another. If a fund enters into a currency hedging transaction, the fund will comply with the asset segregation requirements described below under “Use of Segregated and Other Special Accounts.” Currency transactions may include: forward currency contracts; exchange-listed currency futures contracts and options thereon; exchange-listed and OTC options on currencies; currency swaps; and spot transactions (i.e., transactions on a cash basis based on prevailing market rates).

A forward currency contract involves a privately negotiated obligation to purchase or sell (with delivery generally required) a specific currency at a future date at a price set at the time of the contract. A currency swap is an agreement to exchange cash flows based on the notional difference among two or more currencies and operates similarly to an interest rate swap, which is described under “Swap Agreements and Options on Swap Agreements.” A fund may enter into currency transactions only with counterparties that are deemed creditworthy by a subadvisor. Nevertheless, engaging in currency transactions will expose a fund to counterparty risk.

A fund’s dealings in forward currency contracts and other currency transactions such as futures contracts, options, options on futures contracts and swaps may be used for hedging and similar purposes, possibly including transaction hedging, position hedging, cross hedging and proxy hedging. A fund also may use foreign currency options and foreign currency forward contracts to increase exposure to a foreign currency, to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuation

. 57

Page 85: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

from one country to another or to facilitate the settlement of equity trades. A fund may elect to hedge less than all of its foreign portfolio positions as deemed appropriate by a subadvisor.

A fund also may engage in non-deliverable forward transactions to manage currency risk or to gain exposure to a currency without purchasing securities denominated in that currency. A non-deliverable forward is a transaction that represents an agreement between a fund and a counterparty (usually a commercial bank) to buy or sell a specified (notional) amount of a particular currency at an agreed-upon foreign exchange rate on an agreed-upon future date. Unlike other currency transactions, there is no physical delivery of the currency on the settlement of a non-deliverable forward transaction. Rather, the fund and the counterparty agree to net the settlement by making a payment in U.S. dollars or another fully convertible currency that represents any differential between the foreign exchange rate agreed upon at the inception of the non-deliverable forward agreement and the actual exchange rate on the agreed-upon future date. Thus, the actual gain or loss of a given non-deliverable forward transaction is calculated by multiplying the transaction’s notional amount by the difference between the agreed-upon forward exchange rate and the actual exchange rate when the transaction is completed.

When a fund enters into a non-deliverable forward transaction, the fund will segregate liquid assets in an amount not less than the value of the fund’s net exposure to such non-deliverable forward transactions. If the additional segregated assets decline in value or the amount of the fund’s commitment increases because of changes in currency rates, additional cash or securities will be segregated on a daily basis so that the value of the account will equal the amount of the fund’s commitments under the non-deliverable forward agreement.

Since a fund generally may only close out a non-deliverable forward with the particular counterparty, there is a risk that the counterparty will default on its obligation to pay under the agreement. If the counterparty defaults, the fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreement related to the transaction, but there is no assurance that contract counterparties will be able to meet their obligations pursuant to such agreements or that, in the event of a default, the fund will succeed in pursuing contractual remedies. The fund thus assumes the risk that it may be delayed or prevented from obtaining payments owed to it pursuant to non-deliverable forward transactions.

In addition, where the currency exchange rates that are the subject of a given non-deliverable forward transaction do not move in the direction or to the extent anticipated, a fund could sustain losses on the non-deliverable forward transaction. A fund’s investment in a particular non-deliverable forward transaction will be affected favorably or unfavorably by factors that affect the subject currencies, including economic, political and legal developments that impact the applicable countries, as well as exchange control regulations of the applicable countries. These risks are heightened when a non-deliverable forward transaction involves currencies of emerging market countries because such currencies can be volatile and there is a greater risk that such currencies will be devalued against the U.S. dollar or other currencies.

Transaction Hedging. Transaction hedging involves entering into a currency transaction with respect to specific assets or liabilities of a fund, which generally will arise in connection with the purchase or sale of the portfolio securities or the receipt of income from them.

Position Hedging. Position hedging involves entering into a currency transaction with respect to portfolio securities positions denominated or generally quoted in that currency.

Cross Hedging. A fund may be authorized to cross-hedge currencies by entering into transactions to purchase or sell one or more currencies that are expected to increase or decline in value relative to other currencies to which the fund has or in which the fund expects to have exposure.

Proxy Hedging. To reduce the effect of currency fluctuations on the value of existing or anticipated holdings of its securities, a fund also may be authorized to engage in proxy hedging. Proxy hedging is often used when the currency to which a fund’s holdings are exposed is generally difficult to hedge or specifically difficult to hedge against the dollar. Proxy hedging entails entering into a forward contract to sell a currency, the changes in the value of which are generally considered to be linked to a currency or currencies in which some or all of a fund’s securities are or are expected to be denominated, and to buy dollars. The amount of the contract would not exceed the market value of the fund’s securities denominated in linked currencies.

Combined TransactionsA fund may be authorized to enter into multiple transactions, including multiple options transactions, multiple futures transactions, multiple currency transactions (including forward currency contracts), multiple interest rate transactions and any combination of futures, options, currency and interest rate transactions. A combined transaction usually will contain elements of risk that are present in each of its component transactions. Although a fund normally will enter into

. 58

Page 86: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

combined transactions to reduce risk or otherwise more effectively achieve the desired portfolio management goal, it is possible that the combination will instead increase the risks or hinder achievement of the fund’s investment objective.

Swap Agreements and Options on Swap AgreementsAmong the hedging and other strategic transactions into which a fund may be authorized to enter are swap transactions, including, but not limited to, swap agreements on interest rates, security or commodity indexes, specific securities and commodities, currency exchange rates, and credit and event-linked swaps. To the extent that a fund may invest in foreign currency-denominated securities, it also may invest in currency exchange rate swap agreements.

A fund may enter into swap transactions for any legal purpose consistent with its investment objective and policies, such as to attempt to obtain or preserve a particular return or spread at a lower cost than obtaining a return or spread through purchases and/or sales of instruments in other markets, to protect against currency fluctuations, as a duration management technique, to protect against any increase in the price of securities the fund anticipates purchasing at a later date, or to gain exposure to certain markets in the most economical way possible.

OTC swap agreements are two-party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from a few weeks to one or more years. In a standard “swap” transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments, which may be adjusted for an interest factor. The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are generally calculated with respect to a “notional amount,” i.e., the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate, in a particular foreign currency, or in a “basket” of securities or commodities representing a particular index. A “quanto” or “differential” swap combines both an interest rate and a currency transaction. Other forms of swap agreements include interest rate caps, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates exceed a specified rate, or “cap”; interest rate floors, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates fall below a specified rate, or “floor”; and interest rate collars, under which a party sells a cap and purchases a floor or vice versa in an attempt to protect itself against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels. Consistent with a fund’s investment objectives and general investment policies, a fund may be authorized to invest in commodity swap agreements. For example, an investment in a commodity swap agreement may involve the exchange of floating-rate interest payments for the total return on a commodity index. In a total return commodity swap, a fund will receive the price appreciation of a commodity index, a portion of the index, or a single commodity in exchange for paying an agreed-upon fee. If the commodity swap is for one period, a fund may pay a fixed fee, established at the outset of the swap. However, if the term of the commodity swap is more than one period, with interim swap payments, a fund may pay an adjustable or floating fee. With a “floating” rate, the fee may be pegged to a base rate, such as LIBOR, and is adjusted each period. Therefore, if interest rates increase over the term of the swap contract, a fund may be required to pay a higher fee at each swap reset date.

A fund may be authorized to enter into options on swap agreements (“Swap Options”). A Swap Option is a contract that gives a counterparty the right (but not the obligation) in return for payment of a premium, to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel or otherwise modify an existing swap agreement, at some designated future time on specified terms. A fund also may be authorized to write (sell) and purchase put and call Swap Options.

Depending on the terms of the particular agreement, a fund generally will incur a greater degree of risk when it writes a Swap Option than it will incur when it purchases a Swap Option. When a fund purchases a swap option, it risks losing only the amount of the premium it has paid should it decide to let the option expire unexercised. However, when the fund writes a Swap Option, upon exercise of the option the fund will become obligated according to the terms of the underlying agreement. Most other types of swap agreements entered into by a fund would calculate the obligations of the parties to the agreement on a “net basis.” Consequently, a fund’s current obligations (or rights) under a swap agreement generally will be equal only to the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement (the “net amount”). A fund’s current obligations under a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owed to the fund) and any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed to a swap counterparty will be covered by the segregation or “earmarking” of liquid assets, to avoid any potential leveraging of a fund’s investments. Obligations under swap agreements so covered will not be construed to be “senior securities” for purposes of a fund’s investment restriction concerning senior securities.

Whether a fund’s use of swap agreements or Swap Options will be successful in furthering its investment objective will depend on a subadvisor’s ability to predict correctly whether certain types of investments are likely to produce greater returns than other investments. Because OTC swaps are two-party contracts and because they may have terms of greater than seven days, they may be considered to be illiquid. Moreover, a fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty. A fund will enter into swap agreements only with counterparties that meet certain standards of . 59

Page 87: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

creditworthiness. Certain restrictions imposed on a fund by the Code may limit its ability to use swap agreements. Current regulatory initiatives, described below, and potential future regulation could adversely affect a fund’s ability to terminate existing swap agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements. A fund will not enter into a swap agreement with any single party if the net amount owed to the fund under existing contracts with that party would exceed 5% of the fund’s total assets.

Swaps are highly specialized instruments that require investment techniques, risk analyses, and tax planning different from those associated with traditional investments. The use of a swap requires an understanding not only of the referenced asset, rate, or index but also of the swap itself, without the benefit of observing the performance of the swap under all possible market conditions. Swap agreements may be subject to liquidity risk, which exists when a particular swap is difficult to purchase or sell. If a swap transaction is particularly large or if the relevant market is illiquid (as is the case with many OTC swaps), it may not be possible to initiate a transaction or liquidate a position at an advantageous time or price, which may result in significant losses. In addition, a swap transaction may be subject to a fund’s limitation on investments in illiquid securities.

Like most other investments, swap agreements are subject to the risk that the market value of the instrument will change in a way detrimental to a fund’s interest. A fund bears the risk that a subadvisor will not accurately forecast future market trends or the values of assets, reference rates, indexes, or other economic factors in establishing swap positions for it. If a subadvisor attempts to use a swap as a hedge against, or as a substitute for, an investment, the fund will be exposed to the risk that the swap will have or will develop imperfect or no correlation with the investment. This could cause substantial losses for the fund. While hedging strategies involving swap instruments can reduce the risk of loss, they also can reduce the opportunity for gain or even result in losses by offsetting favorable price movements in other investments.

The swaps market was largely unregulated prior to the enactment of federal legislation known as the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), which was enacted in 2010 in response to turmoil in the financial markets and other market events. Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act sets forth a new regulatory framework for certain OTC derivatives, such as swaps, in which the fund may be authorized to invest. The Dodd-Frank Act requires many swap transactions to be executed on registered exchanges or through swap execution facilities, cleared through a regulated clearinghouse, and publicly reported. In addition, many market participants are now regulated as swap dealers or major swap participants, and are, or will be, subject to certain minimum capital and margin requirements and business conduct standards. The statutory requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act are being implemented primarily through rules and regulations adopted by the SEC and/or the CFTC. There is a prescribed phase-in period during which most of the mandated rulemaking and regulations are being implemented, and temporary exemptions from certain rules and regulations have been granted so that current trading practices will not be unduly disrupted during the transition period.

As of the date of this SAI, central clearing is required only for certain market participants trading certain instruments, although central clearing for additional instruments is expected to be implemented by the CFTC until the majority of the swaps market is ultimately subject to central clearing. In addition, as described below, uncleared OTC swaps may be subject to regulatory collateral requirements that could adversely affect a fund’s ability to enter into swaps in the OTC market. These developments could cause a fund to terminate new or existing swap agreements, realize amounts to be received under such instruments at an inopportune time, or increase the costs associated with trading derivatives. Until the mandated rulemaking and regulations are implemented completely, it will not be possible to determine the complete impact of the Dodd-Frank Act and related regulations on the funds. Swap dealers, major market participants, and swap counterparties may also experience other new and/or additional regulations, requirements, compliance burdens, and associated costs. The Dodd-Frank Act and rules promulgated thereunder may exert a negative effect on a fund’s ability to meet its investment objective. The swap market could be disrupted or limited as a result of the legislation, and the new requirements may increase the cost of a fund’s investments and of doing business, which could adversely affect the fund’s ability to buy or sell OTC derivatives. The prudential regulators issued final rules that will require banks subject to their supervision to exchange variation and initial margin in respect of their obligations arising under uncleared swap agreements. The CFTC adopted similar rules that apply to CFTC-registered swap dealers and major swap participants that are not banks. Such rules generally require the funds to segregate additional assets in order to meet the new variation and initial margin requirements when they enter into uncleared swap agreements. The variation margin requirements became effective in 2017 and the initial margin requirements are being phased-in based on average daily aggregate notional amount of covered swaps between swap dealers, swap entities and major swap participants.

In addition, regulations adopted by the prudential regulators that took effect with regards to most funds in 2019 require certain banks to include in a range of financial contracts, including derivative and short-term funding transactions terms delaying or restricting a counterparty’s default, termination and other rights in the event that the bank and/or its

. 60

Page 88: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

affiliates become subject to certain types of resolution or insolvency proceedings. The regulations could limit a fund’s ability to exercise a range of cross-default rights if its counterparty, or an affiliate of the counterparty, is subject to bankruptcy or similar proceedings. Such regulations could further negatively impact the funds’ use of derivatives.

Additional information about certain swap agreements that the funds may utilize is provided below.

Credit default swap agreements (“CDS”). CDS may have as reference obligations one or more securities that are not currently held by a fund. The protection “buyer” in a CDS is generally obligated to pay the protection “seller” an upfront or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the CDS provided that no credit event, such as a default, on a reference obligation has occurred. If a credit event occurs, the seller generally must pay the buyer the “par value” (full notional value) of the CDS in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity described in the CDS, or the seller may be required to deliver the related net cash amount, if the CDS is cash settled. A fund may be either the buyer or seller in the transaction. If a fund is a buyer and no credit event occurs, the fund may recover nothing if the CDS is held through its termination date. However, if a credit event occurs, the buyer generally may elect to receive the full notional value of the CDS in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity whose value may have significantly decreased. As a seller, a fund generally receives an upfront payment or a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the CDS, provided that there is no credit event. As the seller, a fund would effectively add leverage to the fund because, in addition to its total net assets, the fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the CDS. If a fund enters into a CDS, the fund may be required to report the CDS as a “listed transaction” for tax shelter reporting purposes on the fund’s federal income tax return. If the IRS were to determine that the CDS is a tax shelter, a fund could be subject to penalties under the Code.

A fund also may be authorized to enter into credit default swaps on index tranches. CDS on index tranches give the fund, as a seller of credit protection, the opportunity to take on exposures to specific segments of the CDS index default loss distribution. Each tranche has a different sensitivity to credit risk correlations among entities in the index. One of the main benefits of index tranches is higher liquidity. This has been achieved mainly through standardization, yet it is also due to the liquidity in the single-name CDS and CDS index markets. In contrast, possibly owing to the limited liquidity in the corporate bond market, securities referencing corporate bond indexes have not been traded actively.

CDS involve greater risks than if a fund had invested in the reference obligation directly since, in addition to general market risks, CDS are subject to illiquidity risk, counterparty risk and credit risk. A fund will enter into CDS only with counterparties that meet certain standards of creditworthiness. A buyer generally also will lose its investment and recover nothing should no credit event occur and the CDS is held to its termination date. If a credit event were to occur, the value of any deliverable obligation received by the seller, coupled with the upfront or periodic payments previously received, may be less than the full notional value it pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the seller. A fund’s obligations under a CDS will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owing to the fund). In connection with CDS in which a fund is the buyer, the fund will segregate or “earmark” cash or liquid assets, or enter into certain offsetting positions, with a value at least equal to the fund’s exposure (any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed by the fund to any counterparty), on a mark-to-market basis. In connection with CDS in which a fund is the seller, the fund will segregate or “earmark” cash or liquid assets, or enter into offsetting positions, with a value at least equal to the full notional amount of the CDS. Such segregation or “earmarking” will ensure that the fund has assets available to satisfy its obligations with respect to the transaction and will limit any potential leveraging of the fund’s investments. Such segregation or “earmarking” will not limit the fund’s exposure to loss.

Dividend swap agreements. A dividend swap agreement is a financial instrument where two parties contract to exchange a set of future cash flows at set dates in the future. One party agrees to pay the other the future dividend flow on a stock or basket of stocks in an index, in return for which the other party gives the first call options. Dividend swaps generally are traded OTC rather than on an exchange.

Inflation swap agreements. An inflation swap agreement is a contract in which one party agrees to pay the cumulative percentage increase in a price index (e.g., the CPI with respect to CPI swaps) over the term of the swap (with some lag on the inflation index), and the other pays a compounded fixed rate. Inflation swap agreements may be used to protect a fund’s NAV against an unexpected change in the rate of inflation measured by an inflation index since the value of these agreements is expected to increase if unexpected inflation increases.

Interest rate swap agreements. An interest rate swap agreement involves the exchange of cash flows based on interest rate specifications and a specified principal amount, often a fixed payment for a floating payment that is linked to an interest rate. An interest rate lock specifies a future interest rate to be paid. In an interest rate cap, one party receives payments at the end of each period in which a specified interest rate on a specified principal amount exceeds an agreed-upon rate; conversely, in an interest rate floor, one party may receive payments if a specified interest rate on a specified principal amount falls below an agreed-upon rate. Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options.

. 61

Page 89: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Interest rate collars involve selling a cap and purchasing a floor, or vice versa, to protect a fund against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels.

Total return swap agreements. A total return swap agreement is a contract whereby one party agrees to make a series of payments to another party based on the change in the market value of the assets underlying such contract (which can include a security, commodity, index or baskets thereof) during the specified period. In exchange, the other party to the contract agrees to make a series of payments calculated by reference to an interest rate and/or some other agreed-upon amount (including the change in market value of other underlying assets). A fund may use total return swaps to gain exposure to an asset without owning it or taking physical custody of it. For example, by investing in total return commodity swaps, a fund will receive the price appreciation of a commodity, commodity index or portion thereof in exchange for payment of an agreed-upon fee.

Variance swap agreements. Variance swap agreements involve an agreement by two parties to exchange cash flows based on the measured variance (or square of volatility) of a specified underlying asset. One party agrees to exchange a “fixed rate” or strike price payment for the “floating rate” or realized price variance on the underlying asset with respect to the notional amount. At inception, the strike price chosen is generally fixed at a level such that the fair value of the swap is zero. As a result, no money changes hands at the initiation of the contract. At the expiration date, the amount paid by one party to the other is the difference between the realized price variance of the underlying asset and the strike price multiplied by the notional amount. A receiver of the realized price variance would receive a payment when the realized price variance of the underlying asset is greater than the strike price and would make a payment when that variance is less than the strike price. A payer of the realized price variance would make a payment when the realized price variance of the underlying asset is greater than the strike price and would receive a payment when that variance is less than the strike price. This type of agreement is essentially a forward contract on the future realized price variance of the underlying asset.

Eurodollar InstrumentsA fund may be authorized to invest in Eurodollar instruments which typically are dollar-denominated futures contracts or options on those contracts that are linked to LIBOR. In addition, foreign currency-denominated instruments are available from time to time. Eurodollar futures contracts enable purchasers to obtain a fixed rate for the lending of funds and sellers to obtain a fixed rate for borrowings. A fund might use Eurodollar futures contracts and options thereon to hedge against changes in LIBOR, to which many interest rate swaps and fixed income instruments are linked.

Warrants and RightsWarrants and rights generally give the holder the right to receive, upon exercise and prior to the expiration date, a security of the issuer at a stated price. Funds typically use warrants and rights in a manner similar to their use of options on securities, as described in “General Characteristics of Options” above and elsewhere in this SAI. Risks associated with the use of warrants and rights are generally similar to risks associated with the use of options. Unlike most options, however, warrants and rights are issued in specific amounts, and warrants generally have longer terms than options. Warrants and rights are not likely to be as liquid as exchange-traded options backed by a recognized clearing agency. In addition, the terms of warrants or rights may limit a fund’s ability to exercise the warrants or rights at such time, or in such quantities, as the fund would otherwise wish.

Non-Standard Warrants and Participatory Notes. From time to time, a fund may use non-standard warrants, including low exercise price warrants or low exercise price options (“LEPOs”), and participatory notes (“P-Notes”) to gain exposure to issuers in certain countries. LEPOs are different from standard warrants in that they do not give their holders the right to receive a security of the issuer upon exercise. Rather, LEPOs pay the holder the difference in price of the underlying security between the date the LEPO was purchased and the date it is sold. P-Notes are a type of equity-linked derivative that generally are traded OTC and constitute general unsecured contractual obligations of the banks, broker dealers or other financial institutions that issue them. Generally, banks and broker dealers associated with non-U.S.-based brokerage firms buy securities listed on certain foreign exchanges and then issue P-Notes that are designed to replicate the performance of certain issuers and markets. The performance results of P-Notes will not replicate exactly the performance of the issuers or markets that the notes seek to replicate due to transaction costs and other expenses. The return on a P-Note that is linked to a particular underlying security generally is increased to the extent of any dividends paid in connection with the underlying security. However, the holder of a P-Note typically does not receive voting or other rights as it would if it directly owned the underlying security, and P-Notes present similar risks to investing directly in the underlying security. Additionally, LEPOs and P-Notes entail the same risks as other over-the-counter derivatives. These include the risk that the counterparty or issuer of the LEPO or P-Note may not be able to fulfill its obligations, that the holder and counterparty or issuer may disagree as to the meaning or application of contractual terms, or that the instrument may not perform as expected. See “Principal risks—Counterparty risk” in the Prospectus, as applicable, and “Risk of Hedging and Other Strategic Transactions” below. Additionally, while LEPOs or P-Notes may . 62

Page 90: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

be listed on an exchange, there is no guarantee that a liquid market will exist or that the counterparty or issuer of a LEPO or P-Note will be willing to repurchase such instrument when a fund wishes to sell it.

Risk Associated with Specific Types of Derivative Debt Securities. Different types of derivative debt securities are subject to different combinations of prepayment, extension and/or interest rate risk. Conventional mortgage passthrough securities and sequential pay CMOs are subject to all of these risks, but typically are not leveraged. Thus, the magnitude of exposure may be less than for more leveraged mortgage-backed securities.

The risk of early prepayments is the primary risk associated with IOs, super floaters, other leveraged floating rate instruments and mortgage-backed securities purchased at a premium to their par value. In some instances, early prepayments may result in a complete loss of investment in certain of these securities. The primary risks associated with certain other derivative debt securities are the potential extension of average life and/or depreciation due to rising interest rates.

Derivative debt securities include floating rate securities based on the COFI floaters, other “lagging rate” floating rate securities, capped floaters, mortgage-backed securities purchased at a discount, leveraged inverse floating rate securities, POs, certain residual or support tranches of CMOs and index amortizing notes. Index amortizing notes are not mortgage-backed securities, but are subject to extension risk resulting from the issuer’s failure to exercise its option to call or redeem the notes before their stated maturity date. Leveraged inverse IOs combine several elements of the mortgage-backed securities described above and present an especially intense combination of prepayment, extension and interest rate risks.

PAC and TAC CMO bonds involve less exposure to prepayment, extension and interest rate risk than other mortgage-backed securities, provided that prepayment rates remain within expected prepayment ranges or “collars.” To the extent that prepayment rates remain within these prepayment ranges, the residual or support tranches of PAC and TAC CMOs assume the extra prepayment, extension and interest rate risk associated with the underlying mortgage assets.

Other types of floating rate derivative debt securities present more complex types of interest rate risks. For example, range floaters are subject to the risk that the coupon will be reduced to below market rates if a designated interest rate floats outside of a specified interest rate band or collar. Dual index or yield curve floaters are subject to depreciation in the event of an unfavorable change in the spread between two designated interest rates. X-reset floaters have a coupon that remains fixed for more than one accrual period. Thus, the type of risk involved in these securities depends on the terms of each individual X-reset floater.

Risk of Hedging and Other Strategic TransactionsHedging and other strategic transactions are subject to special risks, including: possible default by the counterparty to the transaction; markets for the securities used in these transactions could be illiquid; and to the extent a subadvisor’s assessment of market movements is incorrect, the risk that the use of the hedging and

other strategic transactions could result in losses to the fund.

Losses resulting from the use of hedging and other strategic transactions will reduce a fund’s NAV, and possibly income. Losses can be greater than if hedging and other strategic transactions had not been used.

Options and Futures Transactions. Options transactions are subject to the following additional risks: option transactions could force the sale or purchase of portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices higher

than current market values (in the case of put options) or lower than current market values (in the case of call options), or could cause a fund to hold a security it might otherwise sell (in the case of a call option);

calls written on securities that a fund does not own are riskier than calls written on securities owned by the fund because there is no underlying security held by the fund that can act as a partial hedge, and there also is a risk, especially with less liquid securities, that the securities may not be available for purchase; and options markets could become illiquid in some circumstances and certain OTC options could have no markets. As a

result, in certain markets, a fund might not be able to close out a transaction without incurring substantial losses.

Futures transactions are subject to the following additional risks: the degree of correlation between price movements of futures contracts and price movements in the related

securities position of a fund could create the possibility that losses on the hedging instrument are greater than gains in the value of the fund’s position. futures markets could become illiquid. As a result, in certain markets, a fund might not be able to close out a

transaction without incurring substantial losses.

. 63

Page 91: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Although a fund’s use of futures and options for hedging should tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged position, at the same time, it will tend to limit the potential gain that might result from an increase in value.

Currency Hedging. In addition to the general risks of hedging and other strategic transactions described above, currency hedging transactions have the following risks: currency hedging can result in losses to a fund if the currency being hedged fluctuates in value to a degree or

direction that is not anticipated; proxy hedging involves determining the correlation between various currencies. If a subadvisor’s determination of

this correlation is incorrect, a fund’s losses could be greater than if the proxy hedging were not used; and foreign government exchange controls and restrictions on repatriation of currency can negatively affect currency

transactions. These forms of governmental actions can result in losses to a fund if it is unable to deliver or receive currency or monies to settle obligations. Such governmental actions also could cause hedges it has entered into to be rendered useless, resulting in full currency exposure as well as incurring transaction costs.

Currency Futures Contracts and Options on Currency Futures Contracts. Currency futures contracts are subject to the same risks that apply to the use of futures contracts generally. In addition, settlement of a currency futures contract for the purchase of most currencies must occur at a bank based in the issuing nation. Trading options on currency futures contracts is relatively new, and the ability to establish and close out positions on these options is subject to the maintenance of a liquid market that may not always be available.

Risk of Hedging and Other Strategic Transactions Outside the United StatesWhen conducted outside the United States, hedging and other strategic transactions will not only be subject to the risks described above, but also could be adversely affected by: foreign governmental actions affecting foreign securities, currencies or other instruments; less stringent regulation of these transactions in many countries as compared to the United States; the lack of clearing mechanisms and related guarantees in some countries for these transactions; more limited availability of data on which to make trading decisions than in the United States; delays in a fund’s ability to act upon economic events occurring in foreign markets during non-business hours in the

United States; the imposition of different exercise and settlement terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the

United States; and lower trading volume and liquidity.

Use of Segregated and Other Special AccountsUse of extensive hedging and other strategic transactions by a fund will require, among other things, that the fund post collateral with counterparties or clearinghouses, and/or segregate cash or other liquid assets with its custodian, or a designated subcustodian, to the extent that the fund’s obligations are not otherwise “covered” through ownership of the underlying security, financial instrument or currency.

In general, either the full amount of any obligation by a fund to pay or deliver securities or assets under a transaction or series of transactions must be covered at all times by: (a) holding the securities, instruments or currency required to meet the fund’s obligations under such transactions or series of transactions; or (b) subject to any regulatory restrictions, segregating an amount of cash or other liquid assets at least equal to the current amount of the obligation. The segregated assets cannot be sold or transferred unless equivalent assets are substituted in their place or it is no longer necessary to segregate them. Some examples of cover requirements are set forth below.

Call Options. A call option on securities written by a fund will require the fund to hold the securities subject to the call (or securities convertible into the needed securities without additional consideration) or to segregate cash or other liquid assets sufficient to purchase and deliver the securities if the call is exercised. A call option sold by a fund on an index will require the fund to own portfolio securities that correlate with the index or to segregate cash or other liquid assets equal to its obligations under the option.

Put Options. A put option on securities written by a fund will require the fund to segregate cash or other liquid assets equal to the exercise price.

OTC Options. OTC options entered into by a fund, including those on securities, currency, financial instruments or indices, and OTC-issued and exchange-listed index options generally will provide for cash settlement, although a fund will not be required to do so. As a result, when a fund sells these instruments it will segregate an amount of cash or other liquid assets equal to its obligations under the options. OTC-issued and exchange-listed options sold by a fund

. 64

Page 92: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

other than those described above generally settle with physical delivery, and the fund will segregate an amount of cash or liquid high grade debt securities equal to the full value of the option. OTC options settling with physical delivery or with an election of either physical delivery or cash settlement will be treated the same as other options settling with physical delivery.

Currency Contracts. Except when a fund enters into a forward contract in connection with the purchase or sale of a security denominated in a foreign currency or for other non-speculative purposes, which requires no segregation, a currency contract that obligates the fund to buy or sell a foreign currency generally will require the fund to hold an amount of that currency or liquid securities denominated in that currency equal to a fund’s obligations or to segregate cash or other liquid assets equal to the amount of the fund’s obligations.

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts. In the case of a futures contract or an option on a futures contract, a fund must deposit initial margin and, in some instances, daily variation margin, in addition to segregating assets sufficient to meet its obligations under the contract. These assets may consist of cash, cash equivalents, liquid debt, equity securities or other acceptable assets.

Swaps. A fund will calculate the net amount, if any, of its obligations relating to swaps on a daily basis and will segregate an amount of cash or other liquid assets having an aggregate value at least equal to this net amount.

Caps, Floors and Collars. Caps, floors and collars require segregation of assets with a value equal to a fund’s net obligation, if any.

Hedging and other strategic transactions may be covered by means other than those described above when consistent with applicable regulatory policies. A fund also may enter into offsetting transactions so that its combined position, coupled with any segregated assets, equals its net outstanding obligation. A fund could purchase a put option, for example, if the exercise price of that option is the same or higher than the exercise price of a put option sold by the fund. In addition, if it holds a futures contracts or forward contract, a fund could, instead of segregating assets, purchase a put option on the same futures contract or forward contract with an exercise price as high as or higher than the price of the contract held. Other hedging and strategic transactions also may be offset in combinations. If the offsetting transaction terminates on or after the time the primary transaction terminates, no segregation is required, but if it terminates prior to that time, assets equal to any remaining obligation would need to be segregated.

Risk of Additional Government Regulation of DerivativesIt is possible that additional government regulation of various types of derivative instruments, including futures, options on futures and swap agreements, may limit or prevent a fund from using such instruments as part of its investment strategy, which could negatively impact the fund. While many provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act have yet to be fully implemented and any regulatory or legislative activity may not necessarily have a direct, immediate effect upon a fund, it is possible that, upon implementation of these measures or any future measures, they could potentially limit or completely restrict the ability of a fund to use these instruments as a part of its investment strategy, increase the costs of using these instruments or make them less effective. In particular, new position limits imposed on a fund or its counterparty may impact the fund’s ability to invest in futures, options, and swaps in a manner that efficiently meets its investment objective.

Other LimitationsA fund will not maintain open short positions in futures contracts, call options written on futures contracts, and call options written on securities indices if, in the aggregate, the current market value of the open positions exceeds the current market value of that portion of its securities being hedged by those futures and options, plus or minus the unrealized gain or loss on those open positions. The gain or loss on these open positions will be adjusted for the historical volatility relationship between that portion of the fund and the contracts (e.g., the Beta volatility factor). In the alternative, however, a fund could maintain sufficient liquid assets in a segregated account equal at all times to the current market value of the open short position in futures contracts, call options written on futures contracts and call options written on securities indices, subject to any other applicable investment restrictions.

For purposes of this limitation, to the extent that a fund has written call options on specific securities in that portion of its portfolio, the value of those securities will be deducted from the current market value of that portion of the securities portfolio. If this limitation should be exceeded at any time, the fund will take prompt action to close out the appropriate number of open short positions to bring its open futures and options positions within this limitation.

. 65

Page 93: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONSThere are two classes of investment restrictions to which a fund is subject in implementing its investment policies: (a) fundamental; and (b) non-fundamental. Fundamental restrictions may be changed only by a vote of the lesser of: (i) 67% or more of the shares represented at a meeting at which more than 50% of the outstanding shares are represented; or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares. Non-fundamental restrictions are subject to change by the Board without shareholder approval.

When submitting an investment restriction change to the holders of a fund’s outstanding voting securities, the matter shall be deemed to have been effectively acted upon with respect to the fund if a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund votes for the approval of the matter, notwithstanding: (1) that the matter has not been approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of any other series of the Trust affected by the matter; and (2) that the matter has not been approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust as a whole.

Fundamental Investment Restrictions

Unless a fund is specifically excepted by the terms of a restriction:

(1) Concentration. A fund may not concentrate its investments in a particular industry, as that term is used in the 1940 Act, as amended, and as interpreted or modified by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time. Real Estate Securities Fund is not subject to this restriction.

(2) Diversification. Each fund has elected to be treated as a diversified investment company, as that term is used in the 1940 Act, as amended, and as interpreted or modified by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time. Each fund is subject to this restriction except as otherwise stated in a fund’s Prospectus.

(3) Borrowing. A fund may not borrow money, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as amended, and as interpreted or modified by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.

(4) Underwriting. A fund may not engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by others, except to the extent that the fund may be deemed to be an underwriter in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities.

(5) Real Estate. A fund may not purchase or sell real estate, which term does not include securities of companies which deal in real estate or mortgages or investments secured by real estate or interests therein, except that each fund reserves freedom of action to hold and to sell real estate acquired as a result of the fund’s ownership of securities.

(6) Commodities. A fund may not purchase or sell commodities, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as amended, and as interpreted or modified by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.

(7) Loans. A fund may not make loans except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as amended, and as interpreted or modified by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.

(8) Senior Securities. A fund may not issue senior securities, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as amended, and as interpreted or modified by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.

For purposes of Fundamental Restriction No. 8, purchasing securities on a when-issued, forward commitment or delayed delivery basis and engaging in hedging and other strategic transactions will not be deemed to constitute the issuance of a senior security.

Additional Information Regarding Fundamental RestrictionsConcentration. While the 1940 Act does not define what constitutes “concentration” in an industry, the staff of the SEC takes the position that any fund that invests more than 25% of its total assets in a particular industry (excluding the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities) is deemed to be “concentrated” in that industry. With respect to a fund’s investment in loan participations, if any, the fund treats both the borrower and the financial intermediary under a loan participation as issuers for purposes of determining whether the fund has concentrated in a particular industry. For purposes of each fund’s fundamental restriction regarding concentration, the fund will take into account the concentration policies of the Underlying funds in which the fund invests.

Diversification. A diversified fund, as to at least 75% of the value of its total assets, generally may not, except with respect to government securities and securities of other investment companies, invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities, or own more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities, of any one issuer. In determining the issuer of a municipal security, each state, each political subdivision, agency, and instrumentality of each state and each multi-state agency of which such state is a member is considered a separate issuer. In the event that securities are backed only by assets and revenues of a particular instrumentality, facility or subdivision, such entity is considered the issuer.

. 66

Page 94: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Borrowing. The 1940 Act permits a fund to borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of its total assets, at the time of borrowing, from banks for any purpose (a fund’s total assets include the amounts being borrowed). To limit the risks attendant to borrowing, the 1940 Act requires a fund to maintain at all times an “asset coverage” of at least 300% of the amount of its borrowings, not including borrowings for temporary purposes in an amount not exceeding 5% of the value of its total assets. “Asset coverage” means the ratio that the value of a fund’s total assets (including amounts borrowed), minus liabilities other than borrowings, bears to the aggregate amount of all borrowings.

Commodities. Under the federal securities and commodities laws, certain financial instruments such as futures contracts and options thereon, including currency futures, stock index futures or interest rate futures, and certain swaps, including currency swaps, interest rate swaps, swaps on broad-based securities indices, and certain credit default swaps, may, under certain circumstances, also be considered to be commodities. Nevertheless, the 1940 Act does not prohibit investments in physical commodities or contracts related to physical commodities. Funds typically invest in futures contracts and related options on these and other types of commodity contracts for hedging purposes, to implement tax or cash management strategies, or to enhance returns.

Loans. Although the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from making loans, SEC staff interpretations currently prohibit funds from lending more than one-third of their total assets, except through the purchase of debt obligations or the use of repurchase agreements. A repurchase agreement is an agreement to purchase a security, coupled with an agreement to sell that security back to the original seller on an agreed-upon date at a price that reflects current interest rates. The SEC frequently treats repurchase agreements as loans.

Senior Securities. “Senior securities” are defined as fund obligations that have a priority over a fund’s shares with respect to the payment of dividends or the distribution of fund assets. The 1940 Act prohibits a fund from issuing any class of senior securities or selling any senior securities of which it is the issuer, except that a fund is permitted to borrow from a bank so long as, immediately after such borrowings, there is an asset coverage of at least 300% for all borrowings of a fund (not including borrowings for temporary purposes in an amount not exceeding 5% of the value of a fund’s total assets). In the event that such asset coverage falls below this percentage, a fund must reduce the amount of its borrowings within three days (not including Sundays and holidays) so that the asset coverage is restored to at least 300%. The fundamental investment restriction regarding senior securities will be interpreted so as to permit collateral arrangements with respect to swaps, options, forward or futures contracts or other derivatives, or the posting of initial or variation margin.

Non-Fundamental Investment Restrictions

Unless a fund is specifically excepted by the terms of a restriction, each fund will not:

(9) Knowingly invest more than 15% of the value of its net assets in securities or other investments, including repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days but excluding master demand notes, which are not readily marketable.

(10) Make short sales of securities or maintain a short position, if, when added together, more than 25% of the value of the fund’s net assets would be: (i) deposited as collateral for the obligation to replace securities borrowed to effect short sales; and (ii) allocated to segregated accounts in connection with short sales, except that it may obtain such short-term credits as may be required to clear transactions. For purposes of this restriction, collateral arrangements with respect to hedging and other strategic transactions will not be deemed to involve the use of margin. Short sales “against-the-box” are not subject to this limitation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Global Bond Fund will engage in short selling to the extent permitted by federal securities laws and rules and interpretations thereunder.

(11) Pledge, hypothecate, mortgage or transfer (except as provided in restriction (8)) as security for indebtedness any securities held by the fund, except in an amount of not more than 10%* of the value of the fund’s total assets and then only to secure borrowings permitted by restrictions (3) and (10). For purposes of this restriction, collateral arrangements with respect to hedging and other strategic transactions will not be deemed to involve a pledge of assets.

*33¹/3% in the case of Blue Chip Growth, Core Bond, Equity Income, International Value, Mid Cap Stock, New Opportunities, Science & Technology, Small Cap Value, Small Cap Growth, Strategic Income Opportunities, and U.S. High Yield Bond.

For purposes of restriction (11), “other strategic transactions” can include short sales and derivative transactions intended for non-hedging purposes.

Except with respect to the fundamental investment restriction on borrowing, if a percentage restriction is adhered to at the time of an investment, a later increase or decrease in the investment’s percentage of the value of a fund’s total assets resulting from a change in such values or assets will not constitute a violation of the percentage restriction. Any subsequent change in a rating assigned by any rating service to a security (or, if unrated, any change in a subadvisor’s assessment of the security), or change in the percentage of fund assets invested in certain securities or other

. 67

Page 95: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

instruments, or change in the average duration of a fund’s investment portfolio, resulting from market fluctuations or other changes in a fund’s total assets will not require the fund to dispose of an investment until a subadvisor determines that it is practicable to sell or close out the investment without undue market or tax consequences to the fund. In the event that rating services assign different ratings to the same security, a subadvisor will determine which rating it believes best reflects the security’s quality and risk at that time, which may be the highest of the several assigned ratings.

Investment Policy that May Be Changed Only on 60 Days’ Notice to Shareholders or with Shareholder ApprovalIn order to comply with Rule 35d-1 under the 1940 Act, the 80% investment policy for each of Asia Pacific Total Return Bond Fund, Blue Chip Growth Fund, Core Bond Fund, Emerging Markets Fund, Emerging Markets Debt Fund, Equity Income Fund, Floating Rate Income Fund, Fundamental Global Franchise Fund, Global Bond Fund, Global Equity Fund, Health Sciences Fund, High Yield Fund, International Small Company Fund, International Strategic Equity Allocation Fund, Mid Cap Stock Fund, Real Estate Securities Fund, Science & Technology Fund, Small Cap Value Fund, Small Cap Growth Fund, Strategic Income Opportunities Fund, U.S. High Yield Bond Fund, and U.S. Sector Rotation Fund is subject to change only upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders. Refer to the applicable Prospectus for each fund’s “Principal investment strategies.”

PORTFOLIO TURNOVERThe annual rate of portfolio turnover will normally differ for each fund and may vary from year to year as well as within a year. A high rate of portfolio turnover (100% or more) generally involves correspondingly greater brokerage commission expenses, which must be borne directly by the fund. Portfolio turnover is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities during the fiscal period by the monthly average of the value of the fund’s portfolio securities. (Excluded from the computation are all securities, including options, with maturities at the time of acquisition of one year or less). Portfolio turnover rates can change from year to year due to various factors, including among others, portfolio adjustments made in response to market conditions. The portfolio turnover rates for the fund for the fiscal periods ended August 31, 2019 and August 31, 2018 were as follows:

Fund2019

%2018

%

Alternative Asset Allocation Fund 39 18

Asia Pacific Total Return Bond Fund 60 70

Blue Chip Growth Fund 38 25

Capital Appreciation Fund 50 39

Capital Appreciation Value Fund 63 78

Core Bond Fund 447 277

Disciplined Alternative Yield Fund 81 73

Emerging Markets Fund 13 11

Emerging Markets Debt Fund 7 23

Equity Income Fund 26 19

Floating Rate Income Fund 120 71

Fundamental Global Franchise Fund 26 40

Global Bond Fund 53 31

Global Equity Fund 18 43

Health Sciences Fund 42 46

High Yield Fund 51 60

Income Allocation Fund 29 50

International Small Company Fund 15 19

International Strategic Equity Allocation Fund 57 94

International Value Fund 36 29

Mid Cap Stock Fund 61 67

Mid Value Fund 42 39

Multi-Index Lifestyle Aggressive Portfolio 14 15

Multi-Index Lifestyle Balanced Portfolio 21 17

. 68

Page 96: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Fund2019

%2018

%

Multi-Index Lifestyle Conservative Portfolio 21 24

Multi-Index Lifestyle Growth Portfolio 13 16

Multi-Index Lifestyle Moderate Portfolio 21 20

Multi-Index 2010 Lifetime Portfolio 35 49

Multi-Index 2015 Lifetime Portfolio 27 28

Multi-Index 2020 Lifetime Portfolio 24 30

Multi-Index 2025 Lifetime Portfolio 25 23

Multi-Index 2030 Lifetime Portfolio 24 19

Multi-Index 2035 Lifetime Portfolio 19 15

Multi-Index 2040 Lifetime Portfolio 18 15

Multi-Index 2045 Lifetime Portfolio 19 12

Multi-Index 2050 Lifetime Portfolio 19 14

Multi-Index 2055 Lifetime Portfolio 18 17

Multi-Index 2060 Lifetime Portfolio 13 24

Multi-Index Income Preservation Portfolio 11 7

Multi-Index 2020 Preservation Portfolio 12 11

Multi-Index 2025 Preservation Portfolio 17 14

Multi-Index 2030 Preservation Portfolio 22 18

Multi-Index 2035 Preservation Portfolio 19 17

Multi-Index 2040 Preservation Portfolio 18 16

Multi-Index 2045 Preservation Portfolio 16 12

Multi-Index 2050 Preservation Portfolio 16 13

Multi-Index 2055 Preservation Portfolio 13 10

Multi-Index 2060 Preservation Portfolio 11 10

Multimanager 2010 Lifetime Portfolio 48 20

Multimanager 2015 Lifetime Portfolio 41 17

Multimanager 2020 Lifetime Portfolio 40 19

Multimanager 2025 Lifetime Portfolio 39 21

Multimanager 2030 Lifetime Portfolio 40 20

Multimanager 2035 Lifetime Portfolio 34 19

Multimanager 2040 Lifetime Portfolio 33 19

Multimanager 2045 Lifetime Portfolio 33 19

Multimanager 2050 Lifetime Portfolio 31 18

Multimanager 2055 Lifetime Portfolio 29 14

Multimanager 2060 Lifetime Portfolio 27 21

New Opportunities Fund 73 52

Real Estate Securities Fund 132 158

Science & Technology Fund 110 108

Small Cap Growth Fund 101 165

Small Cap Value Fund 29 25

Strategic Equity Allocation Fund 80 115

Strategic Income Opportunities Fund 84 63

U.S. High Yield Bond Fund 41 51

U.S. Sector Rotation Fund 92 128

THOSE RESPONSIBLE FOR MANAGEMENTThe business of the Trust an open-end management investment company, is managed by the Board, including certain Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the fund or the Trust (the “Independent

. 69

Page 97: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Trustees”). The Trustees elect officers who are responsible for the day-to-day operations of the fund or the Trust and who execute policies formulated by the Trustees. Several of the Trustees and officers of the Trust also are officers or directors of the Advisor or the Distributor. Each Trustee oversees all of the funds and other funds in the John Hancock Fund Complex (as defined below).

The tables below present certain information regarding the Trustees and officers of the Trust, including their principal occupations which, unless specific dates are shown, are of at least five years’ duration. In addition, the table includes information concerning other directorships held by each Trustee in other registered investment companies or publicly traded companies. Information is listed separately for each Trustee who is an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust (each a “Non-Independent Trustee”) and the Independent Trustees. As of August 31, 2019, the “John Hancock Fund Complex” consisted of 214 funds (including separate series of series mutual funds). Each Trustee, other than Andrew G. Arnott, James R. Boyle, and Marianne Harrison, was most recently elected to serve on the Board at a shareholder meeting held on November 15, 2012. The Board appointed Mr. Arnott and Ms. Harrison to serve as Non-Independent Trustees on June 20, 2017 and June 19, 2018, respectively. In addition, although James R. Boyle initially was designated a Non-Independent Trustee when the Board appointed him to serve as a Trustee as of March 22, 2018, he is considered an Independent Trustee. The address of each Trustee and officer of the Trust is 200 Berkeley Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.

Name(Birth Year)

Position(s) with the Trust1

Principal Occupation(s) and Other DirectorshipsDuring the Past 5 Years

Number of Funds in John Hancock Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee

Non-Independent Trustees

Andrew G. Arnott2

(1971)Trustee (since 2017); President (since 2014); Executive Vice President (2007–2014, including prior positions)

Head of Wealth and Asset Management, United States and Europe, for John Hancock and Manulife (since 2018); Executive Vice President, John Hancock Financial Services (since 2009, including prior positions); Director and Executive Vice President, John Hancock Investment Management LLC (since 2005, including prior positions); Director and Executive Vice President, John Hancock Variable Trust Advisers LLC (since 2006, including prior positions); President, John Hancock Investment Management Distributors LLC (since 2004, including prior positions); President of various trusts within the John Hancock Fund Complex (since 2007, including prior positions).

Trustee of various trusts within the John Hancock Fund Complex (since 2017).

214

Marianne Harrison2

(1963)Trustee (since 2018) President and CEO, John Hancock (since 2017); President and CEO,

Manulife Canadian Division (2013–2017); Member, Board of Directors, CAE Inc. (since 2019); Member, Board of Directors, MA Competitive Partnership Board (since 2018); Member, Board of Directors, American Council of Life Insurers (ACLI) (since 2018); Member, Board of Directors, Communitech, an industry-led innovation center that fosters technology companies in Canada (2017–2019); Member, Board of Directors, Manulife Assurance Canada (2015–2017); Board Member, St. Mary’s General Hospital Foundation (2014–2017); Member, Board of Directors, Manulife Bank of Canada (2013–2017); Member, Standing Committee of the Canadian Life & Health Assurance Association (2013–2017); Member, Board of Directors, John Hancock USA, John Hancock Life & Health, John Hancock New York (2012–2013).

Trustee of various trusts within the John Hancock Fund Complex (since 2018).

214

Independent Trustees

Charles L. Bardelis(1941)

Trustee (since 2005) Director, Island Commuter Corp. (marine transport).

Trustee of various trusts within the John Hancock Fund Complex (since 1988).

214

. 70

Page 98: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Name(Birth Year)

Position(s) with the Trust1

Principal Occupation(s) and Other DirectorshipsDuring the Past 5 Years

Number of Funds in John Hancock Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee

James R. Boyle(1959)

Trustee (since 2015) Chief Executive Officer, Foresters Financial (since 2018); Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Zillion Group, Inc. (formerly HealthFleet, Inc.) (healthcare) (2014-2018); Executive Vice President and Chief Executive Officer, U.S. Life Insurance Division of Genworth Financial, Inc. (insurance) (January 2014–July 2014); Senior Executive Vice President, Manulife Financial, President and Chief Executive Officer, John Hancock (1999-2012); Chairman and Director, John Hancock Investment Management LLC, John Hancock Investment Management Distributors LLC, and John Hancock Variable Trust Advisers (2005–2010).

Trustee of various trusts within the John Hancock Fund Complex (2005–2014 and since 2015).

214

Peter S. Burgess(1942)

Trustee (since 2005) Consultant (financial, accounting, and auditing matters) (since 1999); Certified Public Accountant; Partner, Arthur Andersen (independent public accounting firm) (prior to 1999); Director, Lincoln Educational Services Corporation (since 2004); Director, Symetra Financial Corporation (2010–2016); Director, PMA Capital Corporation (2004–2010).

Trustee of various trusts within the John Hancock Fund Complex (since 2005).

214

William H. Cunningham(1944)

Trustee (2005–2006 and since 2012)

Professor, University of Texas, Austin, Texas (since 1971); former Chancellor, University of Texas System and former President of the University of Texas, Austin, Texas; Chairman (since 2009) and Director (since 2006), Lincoln National Corporation (insurance); Director, Southwest Airlines (since 2000); former Director, LIN Television (2009-2014).

Trustee of various trusts within the John Hancock Fund Complex (since 1986).

214

Grace K. Fey(1946)

Trustee (since 2008) Chief Executive Officer, Grace Fey Advisors (since 2007); Director and Executive Vice President, Frontier Capital Management Company (1988–2007); Director, Fiduciary Trust (since 2009).

Trustee of various trusts within the John Hancock Fund Complex (since 2008).

214

Deborah C. Jackson(1952)

Trustee (since 2012) President, Cambridge College, Cambridge, Massachusetts (since 2011); Board of Directors, Massachusetts Women’s Forum (since 2018); Board of Directors, National Association of Corporate Directors/New England (since 2015); Board of Directors, Association of Independent Colleges and Universities of Massachusetts (2014-2017); Chief Executive Officer, American Red Cross of Massachusetts Bay (2002–2011); Board of Directors of Eastern Bank Corporation (since 2001); Board of Directors of Eastern Bank Charitable Foundation (since 2001); Board of Directors of American Student Assistance Corporation (1996–2009); Board of Directors of Boston Stock Exchange (2002–2008); Board of Directors of Harvard Pilgrim Healthcare (health benefits company) (2007–2011).

Trustee of various trusts within the John Hancock Fund Complex (since 2008).

214

Hassell H. McClellan(1945)

Trustee (since 2005) and Chairperson of the Board (since 2017)

Director/Trustee, Virtus Funds (since 2008); Director, The Barnes Group (since 2010); Associate Professor, The Wallace E. Carroll School of Management, Boston College (retired 2013).

Trustee (since 2005) and Chairperson of the Board (since 2017) of various trusts within the John Hancock Fund Complex.

214

James M. Oates(1946)

Trustee (since 2005) Managing Director, Wydown Group (financial consulting firm) (since 1994); Chairman and Director, Emerson Investment Management, Inc. (2000–2015); Independent Chairman, Hudson Castle Group, Inc. (formerly IBEX Capital Markets, Inc.) (financial services company) (1997–2011); Director, Stifel Financial (since 1996); Director, Investor Financial Services Corporation (1995–2007); Director, Connecticut River Bancorp (1998–2014); Director/Trustee, Virtus Funds (since 1988).

Trustee (since 2004) and Chairperson of the Board (2005–2016) of various trusts within the John Hancock Fund Complex.

214

. 71

Page 99: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Name(Birth Year)

Position(s) with the Trust1

Principal Occupation(s) and Other DirectorshipsDuring the Past 5 Years

Number of Funds in John Hancock Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee

Steven R. Pruchansky(1944)

Trustee and Vice Chairperson of the Board (since 2012)

Managing Director, Pru Realty (since 2017); Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Greenscapes of Southwest Florida, Inc. (since 2014); Director and President, Greenscapes of Southwest Florida, Inc. (until 2000); Member, Board of Advisors, First American Bank (until 2010); Managing Director, Jon James, LLC (real estate) (since 2000); Partner, Right Funding, LLC (2014-2017); Director, First Signature Bank & Trust Company (until 1991); Director, Mast Realty Trust (until 1994); President, Maxwell Building Corp. (until 1991).

Trustee (since 1992), Chairperson of the Board (2011–2012), and Vice Chairperson of the Board (since 2012) of various trusts within the John Hancock Fund Complex.

214

Gregory A. Russo(1949)

Trustee (since 2012) Director and Audit Committee Chairman (since 2012), and Member, Audit Committee and Finance Committee (since 2011), NCH Healthcare System, Inc. (holding company for multi-entity healthcare system); Director and Member (2012-2018), and Finance Committee Chairman (2014-2018), The Moorings, Inc. (nonprofit continuing care community); Vice Chairman, Risk & Regulatory Matters, KPMG LLP (KPMG) (2002–2006); Vice Chairman, Industrial Markets, KPMG (1998–2002); Chairman and Treasurer, Westchester County, New York, Chamber of Commerce (1986–1992); Director, Treasurer and Chairman of Audit and Finance Committees, Putnam Hospital Center (1989–1995); Director and Chairman of Fundraising Campaign, United Way of Westchester and Putnam Counties, New York (1990–1995).

Trustee of various trusts within the John Hancock Fund Complex (since 2008).

214

1 Because the Trust does not hold regular annual shareholder meetings, each Trustee holds office for an indefinite term until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until he or she dies, retires, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified. Trustees may be removed from the Trust (provided the aggregate number of Trustees after such removal shall not be less than one) with cause or without cause, by the action of two-thirds of the remaining Trustees or by action of two-thirds of the outstanding shares of the Trust.

2 The Trustee is a Non-Independent Trustee due to current or former positions with the Advisor and certain of its affiliates.

Principal Officers who are not TrusteesThe following table presents information regarding the current principal officers of the Trust who are not Trustees, including their principal occupations which, unless specific dates are shown, are of at least five years’ duration. Each of the officers is an affiliated person of the Advisor. All of the officers listed are officers or employees of the Advisor or its affiliates. All of the officers also are officers of all of the other funds for which the Advisor serves as investment advisor.

Name, (Birth Year) Position(s) with the Trust1 Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years

Francis V. Knox, Jr.(1947)

Chief Compliance Officer (since 2005) Vice President, John Hancock Financial Services (since 2005); Chief Compliance Officer, various trusts within the John Hancock Fund Complex, John Hancock Investment Management LLC, and John Hancock Variable Trust Advisers LLC (since 2005).

Charles A. Rizzo(1957)

Chief Financial Officer (since 2007) Vice President, John Hancock Financial Services (since 2008); Senior Vice President, John Hancock Investment Management LLC and John Hancock Variable Trust Advisers LLC (since 2008); Chief Financial Officer of various trusts within the John Hancock Fund Complex (since 2007).

Salvatore Schiavone(1965)

Treasurer (2007–2009 and since 2010, including prior positions)

Assistant Vice President, John Hancock Financial Services (since 2007); Vice President, John Hancock Investment Management LLC and John Hancock Variable Trust Advisers LLC (since 2007); Treasurer of various trusts within the John Hancock Fund Complex (since 2007, including prior positions).

. 72

Page 100: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Name, (Birth Year) Position(s) with the Trust1 Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years

Christopher (Kit) Sechler(1973)

Secretary and Chief Legal Officer (since 2018); Assistant Secretary (2009–2018)

Vice President and Deputy Chief Counsel, John Hancock Investment Management (since 2015); Assistant Vice President and Senior Counsel (2009–2015), John Hancock Variable Trust Advisers LLC; Chief Legal Officer and Secretary of various trusts within the John Hancock Fund Complex (since 2018); Assistant Secretary of John Hancock Investment Management LLC and John Hancock Variable Trust Advisers LLC (since 2009).

1 Each officer holds office for an indefinite term until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until he or she dies, retires, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified.

Additional Information about the TrusteesIn addition to the description of each Trustee’s Principal Occupation(s) and Other Directorships set forth above, the following provides further information about each Trustee’s specific experience, qualifications, attributes or skills with respect to the Trust. The information in this section should not be understood to mean that any of the Trustees is an “expert” within the meaning of the federal securities laws.

There are no specific required qualifications for Board membership. The Board believes that the different perspectives, viewpoints, professional experience, education, and individual qualities of each Trustee represent a diversity of experiences and a variety of complementary skills. Each Trustee has experience as a Trustee of the Trust as well as experience as a Trustee of other John Hancock funds. It is the Trustees’ belief that this allows the Board, as a whole, to oversee the business of the fund and the other funds in the John Hancock Fund Complex in a manner consistent with the best interests of the funds’ shareholders. When considering potential nominees to fill vacancies on the Board, and as part of its annual self-evaluation, the Board reviews the mix of skills and other relevant experiences of the Trustees.

Independent Trustees

Charles L. Bardelis – As a director and former chief executive of an operating company, Mr. Bardelis has experience with a variety of financial, staffing, regulatory and operational issues. He also has experience as a director of publicly traded companies.

James R. Boyle – Through his former positions as chairman and director of the Advisor, position as a senior executive of MFC, the Advisor’s parent company, and positions with other affiliates of the Advisor, Mr. Boyle has experience in the development and management of registered investment companies, variable annuities and retirement products, enabling him to provide management input to the Board. He also has experience as a senior executive of healthcare and insurance companies.

Peter S. Burgess – As a financial consultant, certified public accountant, and former partner in a major international public accounting firm, Mr. Burgess has experience in the auditing of financial services companies and mutual funds. He also has experience as a director of publicly traded operating companies.

William H. Cunningham – Mr. Cunningham has management and operational oversight experience as a former Chancellor and President of a major university. Mr. Cunningham regularly teaches a graduate course in corporate governance at the law school and at the Red McCombs School of Business at The University of Texas at Austin. He also has oversight and corporate governance experience as a current and former director of a number of operating companies, including an insurance company.

Grace K. Fey – As a consultant to nonprofit and corporate boards, and as a former director and executive of an investment management firm, Ms. Fey has experience in the investment management industry. She also has experience as a director of an operating company.

Deborah C. Jackson – Ms. Jackson has management and operational oversight experience as the president of a college and as the former chief executive officer of a major charitable organization. She also has oversight and corporate governance experience as a current and former director of various corporate organizations, including a bank, an insurance company, a regional stock exchange, and nonprofit entities.

Hassell H. McClellan – As a former professor of finance and policy in the graduate management department of a major university, a current director of a public company, and as a former director of several privately held companies, Mr. McClellan has experience in corporate and financial matters. He also has experience as a director of other investment companies not affiliated with the Trust.

James M. Oates – As a senior officer and director of investment management companies, Mr. Oates has experience in investment management. Mr. Oates previously served as chief executive officer of one bank and president and chief

. 73

Page 101: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

operating officer of another bank. He also has experience as a director of publicly traded companies and investment companies not affiliated with the Trust.

Steven R. Pruchansky – Mr. Pruchansky has entrepreneurial, executive and financial experience as a chief executive officer of an operating services company and a current and former director of real estate and banking companies.

Gregory A. Russo – As a retired certified public accountant and former partner in a major independent registered public accounting firm, Mr. Russo has accounting and executive experience. He also has experience as a current and former director of various operating entities.

Non-Independent Trustees

Andrew G. Arnott – Through his positions as Executive Vice President of John Hancock Financial Services; Director and Executive Vice President of the Advisor and an affiliated investment advisor, John Hancock Variable Trust Advisers LLC; President of John Hancock Investment Management Distributors LLC; and President of the John Hancock Fund Complex, Mr. Arnott has experience in the management of investments, registered investment companies, variable annuities and retirement products, enabling him to provide management input to the Board.

Marianne Harrison – Through her position as President and CEO, John Hancock, and previous experience as President and CEO, Manulife Canadian Division, President and General Manager for John Hancock Long-Term Care Insurance, and Executive Vice President and Controller for Manulife, Ms. Harrison has experience as a strategic business builder expanding product offerings and distribution, enabling her to provide management input to the Board.

Duties of Trustees; Committee StructureThe Trust is organized as a Massachusetts business trust. Under the Declaration of Trust, the Trustees are responsible for managing the affairs of the Trust, including the appointment of advisors and subadvisors. Each Trustee has the experience, skills, attributes or qualifications described above (see “Principal Occupation(s) and Other Directorships” and “Additional Information about the Trustees” above). The Board appoints officers who assist in managing the day-to-day affairs of the Trust. The Board met seven times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019.

The Board has appointed an Independent Trustee as Chairperson. The Chairperson presides at meetings of the Trustees and may call meetings of the Board and any Board committee whenever he deems it necessary. The Chairperson participates in the preparation of the agenda for meetings of the Board and the identification of information to be presented to the Board with respect to matters to be acted upon by the Board. The Chairperson also acts as a liaison with the funds’ management, officers, attorneys, and other Trustees generally between meetings. The Chairperson may perform such other functions as may be requested by the Board from time to time. The Board also has designated a Vice Chairperson to serve in the absence of the Chairperson. Except for any duties specified in this SAI or pursuant to the Trust’s Declaration of Trust or By-laws, or as assigned by the Board, the designation of a Trustee as Chairperson or Vice Chairperson does not impose on that Trustee any duties, obligations or liability that are greater than the duties, obligations or liability imposed on any other Trustee, generally. The Board has designated a number of standing committees as further described below, each of which has a Chairperson. The Board also may designate working groups or ad hoc committees as it deems appropriate.

The Board believes that this leadership structure is appropriate because it allows the Board to exercise informed and independent judgment over matters under its purview, and it allocates areas of responsibility among committees or working groups of Trustees and the full Board in a manner that enhances effective oversight. The Board considers leadership by an Independent Trustee as Chairperson to be integral to promoting effective independent oversight of the funds’ operations and meaningful representation of the shareholders’ interests, given the specific characteristics and circumstances of the fund. The Board also believes that having a super-majority of Independent Trustees is appropriate and in the best interest of the funds’ shareholders. Nevertheless, the Board also believes that having interested persons serve on the Board brings corporate and financial viewpoints that are, in the Board’s view, helpful elements in its decision-making process. In addition, the Board believes that Ms. Harrison and Messrs. Arnott and Boyle, as current or former senior executives of the Advisor and the Distributor (or of their parent company, MFC), and of other affiliates of the Advisor and the Distributor, provide the Board with the perspective of the Advisor and the Distributor in managing and sponsoring all of the Trust’s series. The leadership structure of the Board may be changed, at any time and in the discretion of the Board, including in response to changes in circumstances or the characteristics of the Trust.

Board Committees§

The Board has established an Audit Committee; Compliance Committee; Contracts, Legal & Risk Committee; Nominating and Governance Committee; and Investment Committee. The current membership of each committee is set forth below.

. 74

Page 102: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Audit Committee. The Board has a standing Audit Committee composed solely of Independent Trustees (Messrs. Bardelis, Burgess, and Oates). Mr. Burgess serves as Chairperson of this Committee. This Committee reviews the internal and external accounting and auditing procedures of the Trust and, among other things, considers the selection of an independent registered public accounting firm for the Trust, approves all significant services proposed to be performed by its independent registered public accounting firm and considers the possible effect of such services on its independence. This Committee met four times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019.

Compliance Committee. The Board also has a standing Compliance Committee (Mses. Fey and Jackson and Mr. Cunningham). Ms. Fey serves as Chairperson of this Committee. This Committee reviews and makes recommendations to the full Board regarding certain compliance matters relating to the Trust. This Committee met four times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019.

Contracts, Legal & Risk Committee. The Board also has a standing Contracts, Legal & Risk Committee (Messrs. Boyle, Pruchansky, and Russo). Mr. Russo serves as Chairperson of this Committee. This Committee oversees the initiation, operation, and renewal of the various contracts between the Trust and other entities. These contracts include advisory and subadvisory agreements, custodial and transfer agency agreements and arrangements with other service providers. The Committee also reviews the significant legal affairs of the fund, as well as any significant regulatory and legislative actions or proposals affecting or relating to the fund or their service providers. The Committee also assists the Board in its oversight role with respect to the processes pursuant to which the Advisor and the subadvisors identify, manage and report the various risks that affect or could affect the fund. This Committee met four times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019.

Nominating and Governance Committee. The Board also has a Nominating and Governance Committee composed of all of the Independent Trustees. This Committee will consider nominees recommended by Trust shareholders. Nominations should be forwarded to the attention of the Secretary of the Trust at 200 Berkeley Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116. Any shareholder nomination must be submitted in compliance with all of the pertinent provisions of Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), in order to be considered by this Committee. This Committee met four times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019.

Investment Committee. The Board also has an Investment Committee composed of all of the Trustees. The Investment Committee has five subcommittees with the Trustees divided among the five subcommittees (each an “Investment Sub-Committee”). Ms. Jackson and Messrs. Bardelis, Boyle, Cunningham, and Oates serve as Chairpersons of the Investment Sub-Committees. Each Investment Sub-Committee reviews investment matters relating to a particular group of funds in the John Hancock Fund Complex and coordinates with the full Board regarding investment matters. The Investment Committee met five times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019.

Annually, the Board evaluates its performance and that of its Committees, including the effectiveness of the Board’s Committee structure.

Risk Oversight

As registered investment companies, the fund are subject to a variety of risks, including investment risks (such as, among others, market risk, credit risk and interest rate risk), financial risks (such as, among others, settlement risk, liquidity risk and valuation risk), compliance risks, and operational risks. As a part of its overall activities, the Board oversees the funds’ risk management activities that are implemented by the Advisor, the funds’ CCO and other service providers to the fund. The Advisor has primary responsibility for the funds’ risk management on a day-to-day basis as a part of its overall responsibilities. Each fund’s subadvisor, subject to oversight of the Advisor, is primarily responsible for managing investment and financial risks as a part of its day-to-day investment responsibilities, as well as operational and compliance risks at its firm. The Advisor and the CCO also assist the Board in overseeing compliance with investment policies of the fund and regulatory requirements and monitor the implementation of the various compliance policies and procedures approved by the Board as a part of its oversight responsibilities.

The Advisor identifies to the Board the risks that it believes may affect the fund and develops processes and controls regarding such risks. However, risk management is a complex and dynamic undertaking and it is not always possible to comprehensively identify and/or mitigate all such risks at all times since risks are at times impacted by external events. In discharging its oversight responsibilities, the Board considers risk management issues throughout the year with the assistance of its various Committees as described below. Each Committee meets at least quarterly and presents reports to the Board, which may prompt further discussion of issues concerning the oversight of the funds’ risk management. The Board as a whole also reviews written reports or presentations on a variety of risk issues as needed and may discuss particular risks that are not addressed in the Committee process.

The Board has established an Investment Committee, which consists of five Investment Sub-Committees. Each Investment Sub-Committee assists the Board in overseeing the significant investment policies of the relevant fund and

. 75

Page 103: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

the performance of their subadvisors. The Advisor monitors these policies and subadvisor activities and may recommend changes in connection with the fund to each relevant Investment Sub-Committee in response to subadvisor requests or other circumstances. On at least a quarterly basis, each Investment Sub-Committee reviews reports from the Advisor regarding the relevant funds’ investment performance, which include information about investment and financial risks and how they are managed, and from the CCO or his/her designee regarding subadvisor compliance matters. In addition, each Investment Sub-Committee meets periodically with the portfolio managers of the funds’ subadvisors to receive reports regarding management of the fund, including with respect to risk management processes.

The Audit Committee assists the Board in reviewing with the independent auditors, at various times throughout the year, matters relating to the funds’ financial reporting. In addition, this Committee oversees the process of each fund’s valuation of its portfolio securities, assisted by the funds’ Pricing Committee (composed of officers of the Trust), which calculates fair value determinations pursuant to procedures adopted by the Board.

The Compliance Committee assists the Board in overseeing the activities of the Trust’s CCO with respect to the compliance programs of the fund, the Advisor, the subadvisors, and certain of the funds’ other service providers (the Distributor and transfer agent). This Committee and the Board receive and consider periodic reports from the CCO throughout the year, including the CCO’s annual written report, which, among other things, summarizes material compliance issues that arose during the previous year and any remedial action taken to address these issues, as well as any material changes to the compliance programs.

The Contracts, Legal & Risk Committee assists the Board in its oversight role with respect to the processes pursuant to which the Advisor and the subadvisors identify, assess, manage and report the various risks that affect or could affect the fund. This Committee reviews reports from the funds’ Advisor on a periodic basis regarding the risks facing the fund, and makes recommendations to the Board concerning risks and risk oversight matters as the Committee deems appropriate. This Committee also coordinates with the other Board Committees regarding risks relevant to the other Committees, as appropriate.

In addressing issues regarding the funds’ risk management between meetings, appropriate representatives of the Advisor communicate with the Chairperson of the Board, the relevant Committee Chair, or the Trust’s CCO, who is directly accountable to the Board. As appropriate, the Chairperson of the Board, the Committee Chairs and the Trustees confer among themselves, with the Trust’s CCO, the Advisor, other service providers, external fund counsel, and counsel to the Independent Trustees, to identify and review risk management issues that may be placed on the full Board’s agenda and/or that of an appropriate Committee for review and discussion.

In addition, in its annual review of the funds’ advisory, subadvisory and distribution agreements, the Board reviews information provided by the Advisor, the subadvisors and the Distributor relating to their operational capabilities, financial condition, risk management processes and resources.

The Board may, at any time and in its discretion, change the manner in which it conducts its risk oversight role.

The Advisor also has its own, independent interest in risk management. In this regard, the Advisor has appointed a Risk and Investment Operations Committee, consisting of senior personnel from each of the Advisor’s functional departments. This Committee reports periodically to the Board and the Contracts, Legal & Risk Committee on risk management matters. The Advisor’s risk management program is part of the overall risk management program of John Hancock, the Advisor’s parent company. John Hancock’s Chief Risk Officer supports the Advisor’s risk management program, and at the Board’s request will report on risk management matters.

Compensation of Trustees and OfficersTrustees are reimbursed for travel and other out-of-pocket expenses. Each Independent Trustee receives in the aggregate from the Trust and the other open-end funds in the John Hancock Fund Complex an annual retainer of $240,000, a fee of $22,000 for each regular meeting of the Trustees that he or she attends in person and a fee of $5,000 for each special meeting of the Trustees that he or she attends in person. The Chairperson of the Board receives an additional retainer of $160,000. The Vice Chairperson of the Board receives an additional retainer of $20,000. The Chairperson of each of the Audit Committee, Compliance Committee, and Contracts, Legal & Risk Committee receives an additional $40,000 retainer. The Chairperson of each Investment Sub-Committee receives an additional $20,000 retainer.

The following table provides information regarding the compensation paid by the Trust and the other investment companies in the John Hancock Fund Complex to the Independent Trustees for their services during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019.

. 76

Page 104: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Compensation Table1

Name of Trustee Total Compensation from JHF II ($)Total Compensation from JHF II and the John Hancock Fund Complex2 ($)

Independent Trustees

Charles L. Bardelis 133,991 400,000

James R. Boyle 130,118 390,000

Peter S. Burgess 141,505 420,000

William H. Cunningham 133,991 400,000

Grace K. Fey 141,505 420,000

Theron S. Hoffman3 94,279 276,333

Deborah C. Jackson 133,991 400,000

Hassell H. McClellan 186,589 540,000

James M. Oates 133,991 400,000

Steven R. Pruchansky 132,189 395,000

Gregory A. Russo 139,703 415,000

Non-Independent Trustees

Andrew G. Arnott 0 0

Marianne Harrison 0 0

Warren A. Thomson4 0 0

1 The Trust does not have a pension or retirement plan for any of its Trustees or officers.2 There were approximately 214 series in the John Hancock Fund Complex as of August 31, 2019.3 Retired from the Board effective as of August 31, 2019.4 Retired from the Board effective as of December 31, 2018.

Trustee Ownership of Shares of the FundThe table below sets forth the dollar range of the value of the shares of each fund (only funds in which the Trustees owned shares is listed), and the dollar range of the aggregate value of the shares of all funds in the John Hancock Fund Complex overseen by a Trustee, owned beneficially by the Trustees as of December 31, 2018. For purposes of this table, beneficial ownership is defined to mean a direct or indirect pecuniary interest. Trustees may own shares beneficially through group annuity contracts. Exact dollar amounts of securities held are not listed in the table. Rather, dollar ranges are identified.

Name of TrusteesBlue Chip Growth Fund Global Equity Fund

International Small Company Fund

Multimanager Lifestyle Aggressive Portfolio

Multimanager Lifestyle Balanced Portfolio

Independent Trustees

Charles L. Bardelis None None None None None

James R. Boyle None None None None None

Peter S. Burgess None None None None None

William H. Cunningham

None None None $10,001 - $50,000 None

Grace K. Fey None None None None None

Thomas S. Hoffman None None None None None

Deborah C. Jackson None $10,001 - $50,000 None None None

Hassell H. McClellan None None None None None

James M. Oates $50,001 - $100,000 None $10,001 - $50,000 None None

Steven R. Pruchansky $10,001 - $50,000 $1 - $10,000 None None None

Gregory A. Russo None $10,001 - $50,000 None None None

Non-Independent Trustees

Andrew G. Arnott None None None None $8,315.46

Marianne Harrison None None None None None

. 77

Page 105: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Name of Trustees

Multimanager Lifestyle Growth Portfolio

New Opportunities Fund

Strategic Income Opportunities Fund

Total Compensation from Trust and the John Hancock Fund Complex

Independent Trustees

Charles L. Bardelis None None None Over $100,000

James R. Boyle None None None Over $100,000

Peter S. Burgess None None None Over $100,000

William H. Cunningham $10,001 - $50,000 None None Over $100,000

Grace K. Fey None None None Over $100,000

Thomas S. Hoffman None None None Over $100,000

Deborah C. Jackson None None $10,001 - $50,000 Over $100,000

Hassell H. McClellan None None None Over $100,000

James M. Oates None None None Over $100,000

Steven R. Pruchansky None $10,001 - $50,000 None Over $100,000

Gregory A. Russo None None None Over $100,000

Non-Independent Trustees

Andrew G. Arnott None None None Over $100,000

Marianne Harrison Over $100,000 None None Over $100,000

SHAREHOLDERS OF THE FUNDSAs of December 1, 2019, all the Class 1 shares of the fund were held by JHLICO U.S.A. and JHLICO New York on behalf of certain of their separate accounts that are used to fund group annuity contracts issued to qualified retirement plans and that are not registered under the 1940 Act in reliance on the exception provided by Section 3(c)(11) of that Act.

JHLICO U.S.A. is a stock life insurance company originally organized under the laws of Pennsylvania and redomesticated under the laws of Michigan. Its principal address is 201 Townsend Street, Suite 900, Lansing, Michigan 48933. JHLICO New York is a stock life insurance company organized under the laws of New York. Its principal address is 100 Summit Lake Drive, Second Floor, Valhalla, New York 10595. Each of JHLICO U.S.A. and JHLICO New York is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company, a Canadian stock life insurance company. MFC is the holding company of The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company and its subsidiaries. The principal offices of MFC are located at 200 Bloor Street East, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M4W 1E5.

Class NAV shares are held principally by the funds of funds and interests in the John Hancock Freedom 529 Plan, including the Education Trust of Alaska.

To the best knowledge of the Trust, as of December 1, 2019, the Trustees and officers of the Trust, in the aggregate, beneficially owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of each class of shares of each fund.

To the best knowledge of the Trust, as of December 1, 2019, the following shareholders (principal holders) owned beneficially or of record 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the funds and classes stated below. A shareholder who owns beneficially more than 25% of any class of a fund is deemed to control that class and therefore could determine the outcome of a shareholder meeting with respect to a proposal directly affecting that share class.

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

ALTERNATIVE ASSET ALLOCATION FUND

A CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INCSPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT FOREXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERSATTN MUTUAL FUNDS101 MONTGOMERY STSAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151

14.56% RECORD

. 78

Page 106: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

ALTERNATIVE ASSET ALLOCATION FUND

A NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLCFEBO CUSTOMERSMUTUAL FUNDS200 LIBERTY ST # 1WFCNEW YORK NY 10281-1003

13.41% RECORD

ALTERNATIVE ASSET ALLOCATION FUND

A EDWARD D JONES & COFOR THE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS12555 MANCHESTER ROADSAINT LOUIS MO 63131-3710

10.65% RECORD

ALTERNATIVE ASSET ALLOCATION FUND

A PERSHING LLC1 PERSHING PLZJERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001

9.35% RECORD

ALTERNATIVE ASSET ALLOCATION FUND

A AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SVC707 2ND AVE SMINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-2405

8.70% RECORD

ALTERNATIVE ASSET ALLOCATION FUND

A WELLS FARGO CLEARING SERVICES, LLCSPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FOR THEEXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMER2801 MARKET STSAINT LOUIS MO 63103-2523

7.87% RECORD

ALTERNATIVE ASSET ALLOCATION FUND

C AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SVC707 2ND AVE SMINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-2405

19.96% RECORD

ALTERNATIVE ASSET ALLOCATION FUND

C LPL FINANCIALOMNIBUS CUSTOMER ACCOUNTATTN: MUTUAL FUND TRADING4707 EXECUTIVE DRIVESAN DIEGO CA 92121-3091

13.73% RECORD

ALTERNATIVE ASSET ALLOCATION FUND

C NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLCFEBO CUSTOMERSMUTUAL FUNDS200 LIBERTY ST # 1WFCNEW YORK NY 10281-1003

12.89% RECORD

ALTERNATIVE ASSET ALLOCATION FUND

C PERSHING LLC1 PERSHING PLZJERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001

10.50% RECORD

ALTERNATIVE ASSET ALLOCATION FUND

C WELLS FARGO CLEARING SERVICES, LLCSPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FOR THEEXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMER2801 MARKET STSAINT LOUIS MO 63103-2523

8.79% RECORD

ALTERNATIVE ASSET ALLOCATION FUND

C EDWARD D JONES & COFOR THE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS12555 MANCHESTER ROADSAINT LOUIS MO 63131-3710

5.18% RECORD

ALTERNATIVE ASSET ALLOCATION FUND

I AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SVC707 2ND AVE SMINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-2405

31.93% RECORD

ALTERNATIVE ASSET ALLOCATION FUND

I NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLCFEBO CUSTOMERSMUTUAL FUNDS200 LIBERTY ST # 1WFCNEW YORK NY 10281-1003

16.82% RECORD

ALTERNATIVE ASSET ALLOCATION FUND

I PERSHING LLC1 PERSHING PLZJERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001

9.07% RECORD

ALTERNATIVE ASSET ALLOCATION FUND

I RAYMOND JAMESOMNIBUS FOR MUTUAL FUNDSHOUSE ACCT FIRM880 CARILLON PKWYST PETERSBURG FL 33716-1100

7.76% RECORD

. 79

Page 107: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

ALTERNATIVE ASSET ALLOCATION FUND

I ANB 400 & CO.PO BOX 1AMARILLO TX 79105-0001

7.02% RECORD

ALTERNATIVE ASSET ALLOCATION FUND

I CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INCMUTUAL FUNDS DEPT101 MONTGOMERY STSAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151

5.31% RECORD

ALTERNATIVE ASSET ALLOCATION FUND

R2 RELIANCE TRUST CO TTEEADP ACCESS LARGE MARKET 401K1100 ABERNATHY RDATLANTA GA 30328-5620

32.97% RECORD

ALTERNATIVE ASSET ALLOCATION FUND

R2 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBORITRON INC 401(K) PSP IIPO BOX 10577FARGO ND 58106-0577

9.37% BENEFICIAL

ALTERNATIVE ASSET ALLOCATION FUND

R2 CAPITAL BANK & TRUST CO TTEE FBONICKLE ELECTRICAL COMPANIES 401KC/O FASCORE LLC8515 E ORCHARD RD # 2T2GREENWOOD VLG CO 80111-5002

8.56% BENEFICIAL

ALTERNATIVE ASSET ALLOCATION FUND

R2 MLPF&S FOR THESOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERSATTN: FUND ADMINISTRATION4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 2ND FLJACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

7.47% RECORD

ALTERNATIVE ASSET ALLOCATION FUND

R2 LPL FINANCIALOMNIBUS CUSTOMER ACCOUNTATTN: MUTUAL FUND TRADING4707 EXECUTIVE DRSAN DIEGO CA 92121-3091

7.18% RECORD

ALTERNATIVE ASSET ALLOCATION FUND

R2 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT GROWTH 401(K)1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

6.23% BENEFICIAL

ALTERNATIVE ASSET ALLOCATION FUND

R4 MATRIX TRUST COMPANY CUST FBOLOWELL AREA SCHOOLS 403(B) PLAN717 17TH ST STE 1300DENVER CO 80202-3304

58.55% BENEFICIAL

ALTERNATIVE ASSET ALLOCATION FUND

R4 NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC499 WASHINGTON BLVDJERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995

41.45% RECORD

ALTERNATIVE ASSET ALLOCATION FUND

R6 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCECOMPANY (USA)ATTN: JHRPS TRADING OPS ST6200 BERKELEY STBOSTON MA 02116-5030

28.02% BENEFICIAL

ALTERNATIVE ASSET ALLOCATION FUND

R6 MAC & COFBO: PB&TATTN MUTUAL FUND OPS500 GRANT STREETROOM 151-1010PITTSBURGH PA 15219-2502

14.30% RECORD

ALTERNATIVE ASSET ALLOCATION FUND

R6 DCGT AS TTEE AND/OR CUSTFBO PLIC VARIOUS RETIREMENT PLANSOMNIBUSATTN NPIO TRADE DESK711 HIGH STDES MOINES IA 50392-0001

9.10% RECORD

. 80

Page 108: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

ALTERNATIVE ASSET ALLOCATION FUND

R6 CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INCSPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT FOREXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERSATTN MUTUAL FUNDS101 MONTGOMERY STSAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151

6.74% RECORD

ALTERNATIVE ASSET ALLOCATION FUND

R6 GREAT-WEST TRUST COMPANY LLC FBOEMPLOYEE BENEFITS CLIENTS 401K8515 E ORCHARD RD 2T2GREENWOOD VILLAGE CO 80111-5002

5.84% RECORD

ALTERNATIVE ASSET ALLOCATION FUND

R6 PIMS/PRUDENTIAL RETIREMENTAS NOMINEE FOR THE TTEE/CUST PLSCHWABE WILLIAMSON & WYATT P C1211 SW 5TH AVE STE 1700PORTLAND OR 97204-3717

5.17% RECORD

ALTERNATIVE ASSET ALLOCATION FUND

R6 ING LIFE INSURANCE & ANNUITY COLISA GILARDE1 ORANGE WAYWINDSOR CT 06095-4773

5.14% BENEFICIAL

ASIA PACIFIC TOTAL RETURN BOND FUND

NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE BALANCED PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

30.23% BENEFICIAL

ASIA PACIFIC TOTAL RETURN BOND FUND

NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE GROWTH PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

21.63% BENEFICIAL

ASIA PACIFIC TOTAL RETURN BOND FUND

NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE MODERATE PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

18.99% BENEFICIAL

ASIA PACIFIC TOTAL RETURN BOND FUND

NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE CONSERVATIVE PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

15.71% BENEFICIAL

BLUE CHIP GROWTH FUND 1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

94.59% BENEFICIAL

BLUE CHIP GROWTH FUND 1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK100 SUMMIT LAKE DRIVE, SECOND FLOORVALHALLA NY 10595

5.41% BENEFICIAL

BLUE CHIP GROWTH FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE GROWTH PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

36.88% BENEFICIAL

BLUE CHIP GROWTH FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE BALANCED PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

26.64% BENEFICIAL

BLUE CHIP GROWTH FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE AGGRESSIVE PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

15.51% BENEFICIAL

CAPITAL APPRECIATION FUND 1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

92.89% BENEFICIAL

CAPITAL APPRECIATION FUND 1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK100 SUMMIT LAKE DRIVE, SECOND FLOORVALHALLA NY 10595

7.11% BENEFICIAL

. 81

Page 109: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

CAPITAL APPRECIATION FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE GROWTH PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

28.40% BENEFICIAL

CAPITAL APPRECIATION FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE BALANCED PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

20.33% BENEFICIAL

CAPITAL APPRECIATION FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE AGGRESSIVE PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

14.99% BENEFICIAL

CAPITAL APPRECIATION VALUE FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE BALANCED PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

29.15% BENEFICIAL

CAPITAL APPRECIATION VALUE FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE GROWTH PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

28.26% BENEFICIAL

CAPITAL APPRECIATION VALUE FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE AGGRESSIVE PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

9.18% BENEFICIAL

CAPITAL APPRECIATION VALUE FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE MODERATE PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

8.46% BENEFICIAL

CORE BOND FUND 1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

95.96% BENEFICIAL

CORE BOND FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE BALANCED PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

25.33% BENEFICIAL

CORE BOND FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE CONSERVATIVE PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

16.63% BENEFICIAL

CORE BOND FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE MODERATE PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

14.98% BENEFICIAL

CORE BOND FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE GROWTH PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

12.34% BENEFICIAL

DISCIPLINED ALTERNATIVE YIELD FUND

A NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLCFEBO CUSTOMERSMUTUAL FUNDS200 LIBERTY ST # 1WFCNEW YORK NY 10281-1003

39.32% RECORD

DISCIPLINED ALTERNATIVE YIELD FUND

A JOHN HANCOCK LIFE & HEALTH INS COCUSTODIAN FOR THE IRA OFKAREN MIGLIORINI106 ELWOOD RDN CAPE MAY NJ 08204-2924

13.12% BENEFICIAL

DISCIPLINED ALTERNATIVE YIELD FUND

A JOHN HANCOCK LIFE & HEALTH INS COCUSTODIAN FOR THE IRA OFDONALD E HALES8419 BAROCCI STLAS VEGAS NV 89131-5927

12.99% BENEFICIAL

. 82

Page 110: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

DISCIPLINED ALTERNATIVE YIELD FUND

A JOHN HANCOCK LIFE & HEALTH INS COCUSTODIAN FOR THE IRA OFCARRIE J PARKER15 LONGVIEW CTSAN FRANCISCO CA 94131-1236

9.77% BENEFICIAL

DISCIPLINED ALTERNATIVE YIELD FUND

I WELLS FARGO CLEARING SERVICES, LLCSPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FOR THEEXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMER2801 MARKET STSAINT LOUIS MO 63103-2523

77.03% RECORD

DISCIPLINED ALTERNATIVE YIELD FUND

I NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLCFEBO CUSTOMERSMUTUAL FUNDS200 LIBERTY ST # 1WFCNEW YORK NY 10281-1003

19.67% RECORD

DISCIPLINED ALTERNATIVE YIELD FUND

NAV JHF II ASSET ALLOCATION FUND200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

100.00% BENEFICIAL

DISCIPLINED ALTERNATIVE YIELD FUND

R6 BENEFIT TRUST COMPANY AS TRUSTEEFOR THE CITY OF CARTERSVILLEDEFINED BENEFIT PENSION PLANPO BOX 12765OVERLAND PARK KS 66282-2765

57.84% BENEFICIAL

DISCIPLINED ALTERNATIVE YIELD FUND

R6 BENEFIT TRUST COMPANY AS CUSTODIANFOR THE CITY OF PEACHTREE DEFINEDBENEFIT PENSION PLANPO BOX 12765OVERLAND PARK KS 66282-2765

25.75% BENEFICIAL

DISCIPLINED ALTERNATIVE YIELD FUND

R6 BENEFIT TRUST COMPANY AS TRUSTEEFOR THE SEACAMP DEFINED BENEFITPENSION PLANPO BOX 12765OVERLAND PARK KS 66282-2765

10.30% BENEFICIAL

EMERGING MARKETS DEBT FUND A LPL FINANCIALOMNIBUS CUSTOMER ACCOUNTATTN: MUTUAL FUND TRADING4707 EXECUTIVE DRIVESAN DIEGO CA 92121-3091

15.50% RECORD

EMERGING MARKETS DEBT FUND A NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLCFEBO CUSTOMERSMUTUAL FUNDS200 LIBERTY ST # 1WFCNEW YORK NY 10281-1003

13.95% RECORD

EMERGING MARKETS DEBT FUND A CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INCSPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FBO CUSTOMERSATTN MUTUAL FUNDS101 MONTGOMERY STSAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151

8.53% RECORD

EMERGING MARKETS DEBT FUND A PERSHING LLC1 PERSHING PLZJERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001

7.20% RECORD

EMERGING MARKETS DEBT FUND C PERSHING LLC1 PERSHING PLZJERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001

37.45% RECORD

EMERGING MARKETS DEBT FUND C JOHN HANCOCK LIFE & HEALTH INS CODUNE VIEW GARDENS INC SIMPLE IRAFBO TERI A HURLEY334 FLYING POINT RDWATER MILL NY 11976-3406

12.93% BENEFICIAL

. 83

Page 111: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

EMERGING MARKETS DEBT FUND C NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLCFEBO CUSTOMERSMUTUAL FUNDS200 LIBERTY ST # 1WFCNEW YORK NY 10281-1003

10.75% RECORD

EMERGING MARKETS DEBT FUND C MORGAN STANLEY SMITH BARNEY LLCFOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS1 NEW YORK PLAZA FL. 12NEW YORK NY 10004-1901

8.84% RECORD

EMERGING MARKETS DEBT FUND C AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SVC707 2ND AVE SMINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-2405

6.86% RECORD

EMERGING MARKETS DEBT FUND C LPL FINANCIALOMNIBUS CUSTOMER ACCOUNTATTN: MUTUAL FUND TRADING4707 EXECUTIVE DRIVESAN DIEGO CA 92121-3091

5.57% RECORD

EMERGING MARKETS DEBT FUND I NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLCFEBO CUSTOMERSMUTUAL FUNDS200 LIBERTY ST # 1WFCNEW YORK NY 10281-1003

77.75% RECORD

EMERGING MARKETS DEBT FUND I LPL FINANCIALOMNIBUS CUSTOMER ACCOUNTATTN: MUTUAL FUND TRADING4707 EXECUTIVE DRIVESAN DIEGO CA 92121-3091

14.95% RECORD

EMERGING MARKETS DEBT FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE BALANCED PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

37.60% BENEFICIAL

EMERGING MARKETS DEBT FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE GROWTH PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

20.96% BENEFICIAL

EMERGING MARKETS DEBT FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE MODERATE PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

14.30% BENEFICIAL

EMERGING MARKETS DEBT FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE CONSERVATIVE PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

12.51% BENEFICIAL

EMERGING MARKETS DEBT FUND R2 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOCONTROL TECHNOLOGY INC 401(K) PLANPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

42.86% BENEFICIAL

EMERGING MARKETS DEBT FUND R2 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE CO USA200 BERKELEY STBOSTON MA 02116-5023

32.24% BENEFICIAL

EMERGING MARKETS DEBT FUND R2 LPL FINANCIALOMNIBUS CUSTOMER ACCOUNTATTN: MUTUAL FUND TRADING4707 EXECUTIVE DRIVESAN DIEGO CA 92121-3091

14.70% RECORD

EMERGING MARKETS DEBT FUND R2 MLPF&S FOR THESOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERSATTN: FUND ADMINISTRATION4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 2ND FLJACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

10.19% RECORD

. 84

Page 112: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

EMERGING MARKETS DEBT FUND R6 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCECOMPANY (USA)ATTN: JHRPS TRADING OPS ST6200 BERKELEY STBOSTON MA 02116-5030

55.86% BENEFICIAL

EMERGING MARKETS DEBT FUND R6 MANULIFE ASSET MANAGEMENT (US) LLC2018-2019 MAM US DEF INCENTIVE PLAN197 CLARENDON STBOSTON MA 02116-5010

24.50% RECORD

EMERGING MARKETS DEBT FUND R6 MANULIFE ASSET MANAGEMENT2016 - 17 MAM US DEF INCENTIVE PLAN197 CLARENDON STBOSTON MA 02116-5010

10.46% RECORD

EMERGING MARKETS DEBT FUND R6 MANULIFE ASSET MANAGEMENT (US) LLC2017/2018 MAM US DEF INCENTIVE PLAN197 CLARENDON STBOSTON MA 02116-5010

8.76% RECORD

EMERGING MARKETS FUND A EDWARD D JONES & COFOR THE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS12555 MANCHESTER ROADSAINT LOUIS MO 63131-3710

75.36% RECORD

EMERGING MARKETS FUND C AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SVC707 2ND AVE SMINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-2405

35.49% RECORD

EMERGING MARKETS FUND C EDWARD D JONES & COFOR THE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS12555 MANCHESTER ROADSAINT LOUIS MO 63131-3710

21.07% RECORD

EMERGING MARKETS FUND C LPL FINANCIALOMNIBUS CUSTOMER ACCOUNTATTN: MUTUAL FUND TRADING4707 EXECUTIVE DRIVESAN DIEGO CA 92121-3091

7.26% RECORD

EMERGING MARKETS FUND C NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLCFEBO CUSTOMERSMUTUAL FUNDS200 LIBERTY ST # 1WFCNEW YORK NY 10281-1003

5.48% RECORD

EMERGING MARKETS FUND I AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SVC707 2ND AVE SMINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-2405

86.56% RECORD

EMERGING MARKETS FUND I NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLCFEBO CUSTOMERSMUTUAL FUNDS200 LIBERTY ST # 1WFCNEW YORK NY 10281-1003

7.06% RECORD

EMERGING MARKETS FUND NAV T ROWE PRICE SERVICES INC FBOALASKA COLLEGE SAVINGS TRUST100 E PRATT ST FL 7BALTIMORE MD 21202-1013

80.69% BENEFICIAL

EMERGING MARKETS FUND NAV JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

19.31% BENEFICIAL

EMERGING MARKETS FUND R6 EDWARD D JONES & COFOR THE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS12555 MANCHESTER ROADSAINT LOUIS MO 63131-3710

99.26% RECORD

. 85

Page 113: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

EQUITY-INCOME FUND 1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

94.23% BENEFICIAL

EQUITY-INCOME FUND 1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK100 SUMMIT LAKE DRIVE, SECOND FLOORVALHALLA NY 10595

5.77% BENEFICIAL

EQUITY-INCOME FUND A EDWARD D JONES & COFOR THE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS12555 MANCHESTER ROADSAINT LOUIS MO 63131-3710

73.61% RECORD

EQUITY-INCOME FUND C EDWARD D JONES & COFOR THE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS12555 MANCHESTER ROADSAINT LOUIS MO 63131-3710

56.52% RECORD

EQUITY-INCOME FUND C PERSHING LLC1 PERSHING PLZJERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001

13.18% RECORD

EQUITY-INCOME FUND C AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SVC707 2ND AVE SMINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-2405

8.01% RECORD

EQUITY-INCOME FUND C NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLCFEBO CUSTOMERSMUTUAL FUNDS200 LIBERTY ST # 1WFCNEW YORK NY 10281-1003

5.04% RECORD

EQUITY-INCOME FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE GROWTH PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

36.73% BENEFICIAL

EQUITY-INCOME FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE BALANCED PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

26.69% BENEFICIAL

EQUITY-INCOME FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE AGGRESSIVE PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

15.17% BENEFICIAL

EQUITY-INCOME FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE MODERATE PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

5.12% BENEFICIAL

FLOATING RATE INCOME FUND 1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

98.12% BENEFICIAL

FLOATING RATE INCOME FUND A EDWARD D JONES & COFOR THE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS12555 MANCHESTER ROADSAINT LOUIS MO 63131-3710

24.12% RECORD

FLOATING RATE INCOME FUND A NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLCFEBO CUSTOMERSMUTUAL FUNDS,200 LIBERTY ST # 1WFCNEW YORK NY 10281-1003

10.43% RECORD

FLOATING RATE INCOME FUND A PERSHING LLC1 PERSHING PLZJERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001

7.73% RECORD

. 86

Page 114: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

FLOATING RATE INCOME FUND A RAYMOND JAMESOMNIBUS FOR MUTUAL FUNDSHOUSE ACCT FIRM880 CARILLON PKWYST PETERSBURG FL 33716-1100

5.33% RECORD

FLOATING RATE INCOME FUND A WELLS FARGO CLEARING SERVICES, LLCSPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FOR THEEXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMER2801 MARKET STSAINT LOUIS MO 63103-2523

5.22% RECORD

FLOATING RATE INCOME FUND B NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLCFEBO CUSTOMERSMUTUAL FUNDS200 LIBERTY ST # 1WFCNEW YORK NY 10281-1003

20.86% RECORD

FLOATING RATE INCOME FUND B WELLS FARGO CLEARING SERVICES, LLCSPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FOR THEEXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMER2801 MARKET STSAINT LOUIS MO 63103-2523

17.74% RECORD

FLOATING RATE INCOME FUND B LPL FINANCIAL OMNIBUS CUSTOMER ACCOUNTATTN: MUTUAL FUND TRADING4707 EXECUTIVE DRIVESAN DIEGO CA 92121-3091

13.88% RECORD

FLOATING RATE INCOME FUND B SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT FOR THEEXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS OFUBS FINANCIAL SERVICES INC1000 HARBOR BLVDWEEHAWKEN NJ 07086-6761

10.05% RECORD

FLOATING RATE INCOME FUND B PERSHING LLC1 PERSHING PLZJERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001

8.89% RECORD

FLOATING RATE INCOME FUND B MLPF&S FOR THESOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERSATTN: FUND ADMINISTRATION4800 DEERLAKE DRIVE EAST 2ND FLJACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

8.74% RECORD

FLOATING RATE INCOME FUND C WELLS FARGO CLEARING SERVICES, LLCSPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FOR THEEXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMER2801 MARKET STSAINT LOUIS MO 63103-2523

16.89% RECORD

FLOATING RATE INCOME FUND C LPL FINANCIALOMNIBUS CUSTOMER ACCOUNTATTN: MUTUAL FUND TRADING4707 EXECUTIVE DRIVESAN DIEGO CA 92121-3091

11.26% RECORD

FLOATING RATE INCOME FUND C NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLCFEBO CUSTOMERSMUTUAL FUNDS200 LIBERTY ST # 1WFCNEW YORK NY 10281-1003

9.49% RECORD

FLOATING RATE INCOME FUND C AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SVC707 2ND AVE SMINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-2405

8.78% RECORD

FLOATING RATE INCOME FUND C PERSHING LLC1 PERSHING PLZJERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001

8.62% RECORD

FLOATING RATE INCOME FUND C RAYMOND JAMESOMNIBUS FOR MUTUAL FUNDSHOUSE ACCT FIRM880 CARILLON PKWYST PETERSBURG FL 33716-1100

8.34% RECORD

. 87

Page 115: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

FLOATING RATE INCOME FUND C SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT FOR THEEXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS OFUBS FINANCIAL SERVICES INC1000 HARBOR BLVDWEEHAWKEN NJ 07086-6761

6.61% RECORD

FLOATING RATE INCOME FUND C MLPF&S FOR THESOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERSATTN: FUND ADMINISTRATION4800 DEERLAKE DRIVE EAST 2ND FLJACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

5.74% RECORD

FLOATING RATE INCOME FUND C EDWARD D JONES & COFOR THE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS12555 MANCHESTER ROADSAINT LOUIS MO 63131-3710

5.57% RECORD

FLOATING RATE INCOME FUND I NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLCFEBO CUSTOMERSMUTUAL FUNDS200 LIBERTY ST # 1WFCNEW YORK NY 10281-1003

27.91% RECORD

FLOATING RATE INCOME FUND I WELLS FARGO CLEARING SERVICES, LLCSPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FOR THEEXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMER2801 MARKET STSAINT LOUIS MO 63103-2523

13.15% RECORD

FLOATING RATE INCOME FUND I CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INCMUTUAL FUNDS DEPT101 MONTGOMERY STSAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151

13.08% RECORD

FLOATING RATE INCOME FUND I LPL FINANCIALOMNIBUS CUSTOMER ACCOUNTATTN: MUTUAL FUND TRADING4707 EXECUTIVE DRIVESAN DIEGO CA 92121-3091

9.59% RECORD

FLOATING RATE INCOME FUND I RAYMOND JAMESOMNIBUS FOR MUTUAL FUNDSHOUSE ACCT FIRM880 CARILLON PKWYST PETERSBURG FL 33716-1100

7.73% RECORD

FLOATING RATE INCOME FUND I TD AMERITRADE INC FOR THEEXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF OUR CLIENTSPO BOX 2226OMAHA NE 68103-2226

5.28% RECORD

FLOATING RATE INCOME FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE BALANCED PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

35.62% BENEFICIAL

FLOATING RATE INCOME FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE GROWTH PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

18.16% BENEFICIAL

FLOATING RATE INCOME FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE CONSERVATIVE PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

16.26% BENEFICIAL

FLOATING RATE INCOME FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE MODERATE PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

15.80% BENEFICIAL

FLOATING RATE INCOME FUND R6 EDWARD D JONES & COFOR THE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS12555 MANCHESTER ROADSAINT LOUIS MO 63131-3710

95.05% RECORD

. 88

Page 116: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

FUNDAMENTAL GLOBAL FRANCHISE FUND

A PERSHING LLC1 PERSHING PLZJERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001

5.93% RECORD

FUNDAMENTAL GLOBAL FRANCHISE FUND

I RAYMOND JAMESOMNIBUS FOR MUTUAL FUNDSHOUSE ACCT FIRM880 CARILLON PKWYST PETERSBURG FL 33716-1100

87.61% RECORD

FUNDAMENTAL GLOBAL FRANCHISE FUND

I MANULIFE ASSET MANAGEMENT2016 - 17 MAM US DEF INCENTIVE PLAN197 CLARENDON STBOSTON MA 02116-5010

6.83% RECORD

FUNDAMENTAL GLOBAL FRANCHISE FUND

NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE BALANCED PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

31.03% BENEFICIAL

FUNDAMENTAL GLOBAL FRANCHISE FUND

NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE GROWTH PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

26.13% BENEFICIAL

FUNDAMENTAL GLOBAL FRANCHISE FUND

NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE MODERATE PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

8.74% BENEFICIAL

FUNDAMENTAL GLOBAL FRANCHISE FUND

NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE AGGRESSIVE PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

6.74% BENEFICIAL

FUNDAMENTAL GLOBAL FRANCHISE FUND

R6 MANULIFE ASSET MANAGEMENT (US) LLC2017/2018 MAM US DEF INCENTIVE PLAN197 CLARENDON STBOSTON MA 02116-5010

36.68% RECORD

FUNDAMENTAL GLOBAL FRANCHISE FUND

R6 MANULIFE ASSET MANAGEMENT (US) LLC2018-2019 MAM US DEF INCENTIVE PLAN197 CLARENDON STBOSTON MA 02116-5010

32.02% RECORD

FUNDAMENTAL GLOBAL FRANCHISE FUND

R6 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCECOMPANY (USA)ATTN: JHRPS TRADING OPS ST6200 BERKELEY STBOSTON MA 02116-5030

22.78% BENEFICIAL

GLOBAL BOND FUND 1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

89.31% BENEFICIAL

GLOBAL BOND FUND 1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK100 SUMMIT LAKE DRIVE, SECOND FLOORVALHALLA NY 10595

10.69% BENEFICIAL

GLOBAL EQUITY FUND A NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLCFEBO CUSTOMERSMUTUAL FUNDS200 LIBERTY ST # 1WFCNEW YORK NY 10281-1003

10.44% RECORD

GLOBAL EQUITY FUND A EDWARD D JONES & COFOR THE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS12555 MANCHESTER ROADSAINT LOUIS MO 63131-3710

8.25% RECORD

GLOBAL EQUITY FUND A AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SVC707 2ND AVE SMINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-2405

7.55% RECORD

. 89

Page 117: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

GLOBAL EQUITY FUND A PERSHING LLC1 PERSHING PLZJERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001

7.49% RECORD

GLOBAL EQUITY FUND A WELLS FARGO CLEARING SERVICES, LLCSPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FOR THEEXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMER2801 MARKET STSAINT LOUIS MO 63103-2523

5.35% RECORD

GLOBAL EQUITY FUND C PERSHING LLC1 PERSHING PLZJERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001

14.56% RECORD

GLOBAL EQUITY FUND C AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SVC707 2ND AVE SMINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-2405

13.78% RECORD

GLOBAL EQUITY FUND C NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLCFEBO CUSTOMERSMUTUAL FUNDS200 LIBERTY ST # 1WFCNEW YORK NY 10281-1003

12.51% RECORD

GLOBAL EQUITY FUND C WELLS FARGO CLEARING SERVICES, LLCSPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FOR THEEXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMER2801 MARKET STSAINT LOUIS MO 63103-2523

6.83% RECORD

GLOBAL EQUITY FUND C MLPF&S FOR THESOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERSATTN: FUND ADMINISTRATION4800 DEERLAKE DRIVE EAST 2ND FJACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

6.78% RECORD

GLOBAL EQUITY FUND C LPL FINANCIALOMNIBUS CUSTOMER ACCOUNTATTN: MUTUAL FUND TRADING4707 EXECUTIVE DRIVESAN DIEGO CA 92121-3091

6.13% RECORD

GLOBAL EQUITY FUND I AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SVC707 2ND AVE SMINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-2405

25.15% RECORD

GLOBAL EQUITY FUND I NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLCFEBO CUSTOMERSMUTUAL FUNDS200 LIBERTY ST # 1WFCNEW YORK NY 10281-1003

16.72% RECORD

GLOBAL EQUITY FUND I SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT FOR THEEXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS OFUBS FINANCIAL SERVICES INC1000 HARBOR BLVDWEEHAWKEN NJ 07086-6761

14.57% RECORD

GLOBAL EQUITY FUND I WELLS FARGO CLEARING SERVICES, LLCSPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FOR THEEXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMER2801 MARKET STSAINT LOUIS MO 63103-2523

14.24% RECORD

GLOBAL EQUITY FUND I RAYMOND JAMESOMNIBUS FOR MUTUAL FUNDSHOUSE ACCT FIRM880 CARILLON PKWYST PETERSBURG FL 33716-1100

6.72% RECORD

GLOBAL EQUITY FUND I PERSHING LLC1 PERSHING PLZJERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001

6.47% RECORD

. 90

Page 118: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

GLOBAL EQUITY FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE GROWTH PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

28.86% BENEFICIAL

GLOBAL EQUITY FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE BALANCED PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

27.21% BENEFICIAL

GLOBAL EQUITY FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE AGGRESSIVE PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

9.56% BENEFICIAL

GLOBAL EQUITY FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE MODERATE PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

8.35% BENEFICIAL

GLOBAL EQUITY FUND R2 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOKALE WINES 401(K) PLANPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

34.66% BENEFICIAL

GLOBAL EQUITY FUND R2 CBNA AS CUSTODIAN FBOJAWONIO INC 403 B THRIFT PLAN6 RHOADS DR STE 7UTICA NY 13502-6317

28.23% RECORD

GLOBAL EQUITY FUND R2 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOHANS J MANSETH CFP - 401K P/S PLANPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

22.81% BENEFICIAL

GLOBAL EQUITY FUND R2 FIIOC FBOBARKLEY BUICK GMC CADILLAC INC.401(K) PLAN100 MAGELLAN WAY (KW1C)COVINGTON KY 41015-1987

10.33% BENEFICIAL

GLOBAL EQUITY FUND R4 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE CO USA200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

89.39% BENEFICIAL

GLOBAL EQUITY FUND R4 MATRIX TRUST COMPANY CUST FBOBARBERS HILL ISD (TX) 403(B) PLAN717 17TH ST STE 1300DENVER CO 80202-3304

10.61% BENEFICIAL

GLOBAL EQUITY FUND R6 WELLS FARGO BANK NA FBOSANTA FE HC - MUTUAL FUND POOLPO BOX 1533MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

48.19% RECORD

GLOBAL EQUITY FUND R6 MANULIFE ASSET MANAGEMENT2016 - 17 MAM US DEF INCENTIVE PLAN197 CLARENDON STBOSTON MA 02116-5010

16.41% RECORD

GLOBAL EQUITY FUND R6 MANULIFE ASSET MANAGEMENT (US) LLC2017/2018 MAM US DEF INCENTIVE PLAN197 CLARENDON STBOSTON MA 02116-5010

14.37% RECORD

GLOBAL EQUITY FUND R6 MANULIFE ASSET MANAGEMENT (US) LLC2018-2019 MAM US DEF INCENTIVE PLAN197 CLARENDON STBOSTON MA 02116-5010

10.14% RECORD

GLOBAL EQUITY FUND R6 PAUL G BOYNE165 WINDING RIVER RDWELLESLEY MA 02482-7319

5.19% BENEFICIAL

. 91

Page 119: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

HEALTH SCIENCES FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE GROWTH PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

35.01% BENEFICIAL

HEALTH SCIENCES FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE BALANCED PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

24.86% BENEFICIAL

HEALTH SCIENCES FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE AGGRESSIVE PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

17.49% BENEFICIAL

HIGH YIELD FUND 1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

94.99% BENEFICIAL

HIGH YIELD FUND 1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK100 SUMMIT LAKE DRIVE, SECOND FLOORVALHALLA NY 10595

5.01% BENEFICIAL

INCOME ALLOCATION FUND A JOHN HANCOCK LIFE & HEALTH INS COCUSTODIAN FOR THE IRA OFLILIYA FRIDMAN80 LINWOOD AVESTATEN ISLAND NY 10305-4446

7.87% BENEFICIAL

INCOME ALLOCATION FUND A NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLCFEBO CUSTOMERSMUTUAL FUNDS200 LIBERTY ST # 1WFCNEW YORK NY 10281-1003

6.14% RECORD

INCOME ALLOCATION FUND C LPL FINANCIALOMNIBUS CUSTOMER ACCOUNTATTN: MUTUAL FUND TRADING4707 EXECUTIVE DRIVESAN DIEGO CA 92121-3091

33.91% RECORD

INCOME ALLOCATION FUND C JOHN HANCOCK LIFE & HEALTH INS COCUSTODIAN FOR THE IRA OFROSEMARY B FINAN633 OLMSTEAD AVEAPT 5GBRONX NY 10473-1709

10.08% BENEFICIAL

INCOME ALLOCATION FUND C NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLCFEBO CUSTOMERSMUTUAL FUNDS200 LIBERTY ST # 1WFCNEW YORK NY 10281-1003

7.46% RECORD

INCOME ALLOCATION FUND C MICHAEL R MOFFATT TTEEMICHAEL R MOFFATT LIVING TRUST14414 N MCPHEE DRSUN CITY AZ 85351-2343

6.22% BENEFICIAL

INCOME ALLOCATION FUND C JOHN HANCOCK LIFE & HEALTH INS COOPENING DOORS SIMPLE IRAFBO COZETTE OBERHOFFER1972 GRANT STDUBUQUE IA 52002-3747

5.60% BENEFICIAL

INCOME ALLOCATION FUND C PERSHING LLC1 PERSHING PLZJERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001

5.05% RECORD

INCOME ALLOCATION FUND I PERSHING LLC1 PERSHING PLZJERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001

79.44% RECORD

. 92

Page 120: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

INCOME ALLOCATION FUND I LPL FINANCIALOMNIBUS CUSTOMER ACCOUNTATTN: MUTUAL FUND TRADING4707 EXECUTIVE DRIVESAN DIEGO CA 92121-3091

9.19% RECORD

INCOME ALLOCATION FUND I NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLCFEBO CUSTOMERSMUTUAL FUNDS200 LIBERTY ST # 1WFCNEW YORK NY 10281-1003

7.75% RECORD

INCOME ALLOCATION FUND R6 MANULIFE ASSET MANAGEMENT (US) LLC2018-2019 MAM US DEF INCENTIVE PLAN197 CLARENDON STBOSTON MA 02116-5010

39.63% RECORD

INCOME ALLOCATION FUND R6 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE CO USA200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

24.07% BENEFICIAL

INCOME ALLOCATION FUND R6 MANULIFE ASSET MANAGEMENT2016 - 17 MAM US DEF INCENTIVE PLAN197 CLARENDON STBOSTON MA 02116-5010

21.44% RECORD

INCOME ALLOCATION FUND R6 MANULIFE ASSET MANAGEMENT (US) LLC2017/2018 MAM US DEF INCENTIVE PLAN197 CLARENDON STBOSTON MA 02116-5010

14.43% RECORD

INTERNATIONAL SMALL COMPANY FUND

A EDWARD D JONES & COFOR THE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS12555 MANCHESTER ROADSAINT LOUIS MO 63131-3710

94.66% RECORD

INTERNATIONAL SMALL COMPANY FUND

C EDWARD D JONES & COFOR THE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS12555 MANCHESTER ROADSAINT LOUIS MO 63131-3710

64.74% RECORD

INTERNATIONAL SMALL COMPANY FUND

I NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLCFEBO CUSTOMERSMUTUAL FUNDS200 LIBERTY ST # 1WFCNEW YORK NY 10281-1003

67.06% RECORD

INTERNATIONAL SMALL COMPANY FUND

I LPL FINANCIALOMNIBUS CUSTOMER ACCOUNTATTN: MUTUAL FUND TRADING4707 EXECUTIVE DRIVESAN DIEGO CA 92121-3091

14.62% RECORD

INTERNATIONAL SMALL COMPANY FUND

I PERSHING LLC1 PERSHING PLZJERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001

12.81% RECORD

INTERNATIONAL SMALL COMPANY FUND

NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE GROWTH PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

36.28% BENEFICIAL

INTERNATIONAL SMALL COMPANY FUND

NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE BALANCED PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

20.76% BENEFICIAL

INTERNATIONAL SMALL COMPANY FUND

NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE AGGRESSIVE PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

16.71% BENEFICIAL

INTERNATIONAL SMALL COMPANY FUND

R6 EDWARD D JONES & COFOR THE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS12555 MANCHESTER ROADSAINT LOUIS MO 63131-3710

99.68% RECORD

. 93

Page 121: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

INTERNATIONAL STRATEGIC EQUITY ALLOCATION FUND

NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE GROWTH PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

43.73% BENEFICIAL

INTERNATIONAL STRATEGIC EQUITY ALLOCATION FUND

NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE BALANCED PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

29.02% BENEFICIAL

INTERNATIONAL STRATEGIC EQUITY ALLOCATION FUND

NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE AGGRESSIVE PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

16.67% BENEFICIAL

INTERNATIONAL STRATEGIC EQUITY ALLOCATION FUND

NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE MODERATE PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

6.68% BENEFICIAL

INTERNATIONAL VALUE FUND 1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

92.02% BENEFICIAL

INTERNATIONAL VALUE FUND 1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK100 SUMMIT LAKE DRIVE, SECOND FLOORVALHALLA NY 10595

7.98% BENEFICIAL

INTERNATIONAL VALUE FUND NAV T ROWE PRICE SERVICES INC FBOALASKA COLLEGE SAVINGS TRUST100 E PRATT ST FL 7BALTIMORE MD 21202-1013

100% BENEFICIAL

MID CAP STOCK FUND 1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

94.19% BENEFICIAL

MID CAP STOCK FUND 1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK100 SUMMIT LAKE DRIVE, SECOND FLOORVALHALLA NY 10595

5.81% BENEFICIAL

MID CAP STOCK FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE GROWTH PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

36.63% BENEFICIAL

MID CAP STOCK FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE BALANCED PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

23.42% BENEFICIAL

MID CAP STOCK FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE AGGRESSIVE PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

14.99% BENEFICIAL

MID VALUE FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE GROWTH PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

36.01% BENEFICIAL

MID VALUE FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE BALANCED PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

23.27% BENEFICIAL

MID VALUE FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE AGGRESSIVE PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

14.99% BENEFICIAL

. 94

Page 122: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

MULTI-INDEX 2010 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

97.53% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2010 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R4 JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

82.92% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2010 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R4 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE CO USA200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

17.08% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2010 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

37.83% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2010 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 GREAT-WEST TRUST COMPANY LLC TTEE FRECORDKEEPING FOR LARGE BENEFIT PL8525 E ORCHARD RDGREENWOOD VLG CO 80111-5002

32.76% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2010 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 GREAT-WEST TRUST COMPANY LLC FBOEMPLOYEE BENEFITS CLIENTS 401K8515 E ORCHARD RD 2T2GREENWOOD VILLAGE CO 80111-5002

18.19% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2010 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOPHASEX CORPORATION 401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

5.38% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2015 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

96.71% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2015 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R4 JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

100.00% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2015 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 GREAT-WEST TRUST COMPANY LLC TTEE FRECORDKEEPING FOR LARGE BENEFIT PL8525 E ORCHARD RDGREENWOOD VLG CO 80111-5002

66.52% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2015 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 GREAT-WEST TRUST COMPANY LLC FBOEMPLOYEE BENEFITS CLIENTS 401K8515 E ORCHARD RD 2T2GREENWOOD VILLAGE CO 80111-5002

15.89% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2015 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

8.49% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2020 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

97.24% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2020 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R4 JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

98.48% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2020 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 GREAT-WEST TRUST COMPANY LLC TTEE FRECORDKEEPING FOR LARGE BENEFIT PL8525 E ORCHARD RDGREENWOOD VLG CO 80111-5002

60.47% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2020 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 GREAT-WEST TRUST COMPANY LLC FBOEMPLOYEE BENEFITS CLIENTS 401K8515 E ORCHARD RD 2T2GREENWOOD VILLAGE CO 80111-5002

15.98% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2020 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

9.99% RECORD

. 95

Page 123: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

MULTI-INDEX 2020 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

91.28% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2020 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK100 SUMMIT LAKE DRIVE, SECOND FLOORVALHALLA NY 10595

8.72% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2020 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R1 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOPIVOTAL RETAIL GROUP LLC 401(K)1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

66.57% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2020 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R1 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOATC LIGHTING & PLASTICS INC 401(K)1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

30.16% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2020 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R2 STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST ASTRUSTEE AND OR CUSTODIAN FBO ADPACCESS PRODUCT1 LINCOLN STBOSTON MA 02111-2901

75.73% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2020 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R2 MLPF&S FOR THESOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERSATTN: FUND ADMINISTRATION4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 2ND FLJACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

24.27% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2020 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R4 HAND BENEFITS & TRUST CO TTEEFNB ALBANY/BRECKENRIDGE 401K SAVING820 GESSNER RD STE 1250HOUSTON TX 77024-4543

36.62% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2020 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R4 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE CO USA200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

34.84% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2020 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R4 HAND BENEFITS & TRUST CO TRUSTEE FCROWELL STATE BANK 401(K) EE SVGS820 GESSNER RD STE 1250HOUSTON TX 77024-4543

17.27% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2020 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R4 HI-TECH ELECTRIC INC SAVINGS PLANHAND BENEFITS & TRUST CO TTEE820 GESSNER RD STE 1250HOUSTON TX 77024-4543

11.26% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2025 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

95.92% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2025 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R4 JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

99.80% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2025 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 GREAT-WEST TRUST COMPANY LLC TTEE FRECORDKEEPING FOR LARGE BENEFIT PL8525 E ORCHARD RDGREENWOOD VLG CO 80111-5002

36.46% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2025 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 GREAT-WEST TRUST COMPANY LLC FBOEMPLOYEE BENEFITS CLIENTS 401K8515 E ORCHARD RD 2T2GREENWOOD VILLAGE CO 80111-5002

20.71% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2025 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

19.61% RECORD

. 96

Page 124: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

MULTI-INDEX 2025 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INCMUTUAL FUNDS DEPT101 MONTGOMERY STSAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151

8.37% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2025 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

91.37% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2025 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK100 SUMMIT LAKE DRIVE, SECOND FLOORVALHALLA NY 10595

8.63% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2025 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R1 MLPF&S FOR THESOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERSATTN: FUND ADMINISTRATION4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 2ND FLJACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

57.76% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2025 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R1 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOATC LIGHTING & PLASTICS INC 401(K)1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

38.13% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2025 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R2 STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST ASTRUSTEE AND OR CUSTODIAN FBO ADPACCESS PRODUCT1 LINCOLN STBOSTON MA 02111-2901

94.59% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2025 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R4 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE CO USA200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

69.35% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2025 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R4 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOD H AUTO GROUP INC 401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

30.04% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2030 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

96.06% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2030 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R4 JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

99.76% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2030 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 GREAT-WEST TRUST COMPANY LLC TTEE FRECORDKEEPING FOR LARGE BENEFIT PL8525 E ORCHARD RDGREENWOOD VLG CO 80111-5002

37.14% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2030 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

18.25% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2030 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 GREAT-WEST TRUST COMPANY LLC FBOEMPLOYEE BENEFITS CLIENTS 401K8515 E ORCHARD RD 2T2GREENWOOD VILLAGE CO 80111-5002

15.25% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2030 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INCMUTUAL FUNDS DEPT101 MONTGOMERY STSAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151

10.52% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2030 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

92.23% BENEFICIAL

. 97

Page 125: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

MULTI-INDEX 2030 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK100 SUMMIT LAKE DRIVE, SECOND FLOORVALHALLA NY 10595

7.77% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2030 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R1 MLPF&S FOR THESOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERSATTN: FUND ADMINISTRATION4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 2ND FLJACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

34.17% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2030 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R1 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOBUSHWACKERS INC 401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

29.03% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2030 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R1 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOGIRE INC 401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLANPLAN & TRUST1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

27.29% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2030 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R2 STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST ASTRUSTEE AND OR CUSTODIAN FBO ADPACCESS PRODUCT1 LINCOLN STBOSTON MA 02111-2901

44.58% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2030 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R2 MLPF&S FOR THESOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERSATTN: FUND ADMINISTRATION4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 2ND FLJACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

27.56% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2030 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R2 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOZGLOBAL INC 401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

18.16% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2030 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R2 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOCASSIDY CORP 401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

5.04% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2030 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R4 HI-TECH ELECTRIC INC SAVINGS PLANHAND BENEFITS & TRUST CO TTEE820 GESSNER RD STE 1250HOUSTON TX 77024-4543

47.08% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2030 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R4 HAND BENEFITS & TRUST CO TRUSTEE FCROWELL STATE BANK 401(K) EE SVGS820 GESSNER RD STE 1250HOUSTON TX 77024-4543

37.37% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2030 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R4 HAND BENEFITS & TRUST CO TTEEFNB ALBANY/BRECKENRIDGE 401K SAVING820 GESSNER RD STE 1250HOUSTON TX 77024-4543

15.22% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2030 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R6 HAND BENEFITS AND TRUST CO TRSTMAREK BROTHERS FAMILY OF CO PSP820 GESSNER RD STE 1250HOUSTON TX 77024-4543

9.57% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2035 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

96.57% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2035 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R4 JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

98.03% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2035 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INCMUTUAL FUNDS DEPT101 MONTGOMERY STSAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151

41.65% RECORD

. 98

Page 126: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

MULTI-INDEX 2035 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

20.11% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2035 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 GREAT-WEST TRUST COMPANY LLC FBOEMPLOYEE BENEFITS CLIENTS 401K8515 E ORCHARD RD 2T2GREENWOOD VILLAGE CO 80111-5002

12.41% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2035 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 GREAT-WEST TRUST COMPANY LLC TTEE FRECORDKEEPING FOR LARGE BENEFIT PL8525 E ORCHARD RDGREENWOOD VLG CO 80111-5002

10.05% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2035 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST ASTRUSTEE AND OR CUSTODIAN FBO ADPACCESS PRODUCT1 LINCOLN STBOSTON MA 02111-2901

5.26% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2035 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

92.15% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2035 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK100 SUMMIT LAKE DRIVE, SECOND FLOORVALHALLA NY 10595

7.85% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2035 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R1 RAYMOND JAMESOMNIBUS FOR MUTUAL FUNDSHOUSE ACCT FIRM880 CARILLON PKWYST PETERSBURG FL 33716-1102

78.08% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2035 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R1 MLPF&S FOR THESOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERSATTN: FUND ADMINISTRATION4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 2ND FLJACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

12.34% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2035 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R2 STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST ASTRUSTEE AND OR CUSTODIAN FBO ADPACCESS PRODUCT1 LINCOLN STBOSTON MA 02111-2901

55.62% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2035 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R2 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOZGLOBAL INC 401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

24.02% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2035 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R2 MLPF&S FOR THESOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERSATTN: FUND ADMINISTRATION4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 2ND FLJACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

13.57% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2035 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R4 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE CO USA200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

76.01% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2035 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R4 HAND BENEFITS & TRUST CO TTEEFNB ALBANY/BRECKENRIDGE 401K SAVING820 GESSNER RD STE 1250HOUSTON TX 77024-4543

15.01% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2035 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R4 STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST ASTRUSTEE AND OR CUSTODIAN FBO ADPACCESS PRODUCT1 LINCOLN STBOSTON MA 02111-2901

8.98% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2035 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R6 JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

6.27% RECORD

. 99

Page 127: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

MULTI-INDEX 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

95.42% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R4 JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

64.27% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R4 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE CO USA200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

32.53% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INCMUTUAL FUNDS DEPT101 MONTGOMERY STSAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151

59.70% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

13.39% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 GREAT-WEST TRUST COMPANY LLC FBOEMPLOYEE BENEFITS CLIENTS 401K8515 E ORCHARD RD 2T2GREENWOOD VILLAGE CO 80111-5002

8.98% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 GREAT-WEST TRUST COMPANY LLC TTEE FRECORDKEEPING FOR LARGE BENEFIT PL8525 E ORCHARD RDGREENWOOD VLG CO 80111-5002

6.74% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2040 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

91.57% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2040 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK100 SUMMIT LAKE DRIVE, SECOND FLOORVALHALLA NY 10595

8.43% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2040 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R1 MLPF&S FOR THESOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERSATTN: FUND ADMINISTRATION4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 2ND FLJACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

48.08% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2040 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R1 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOPIVOTAL RETAIL GROUP LLC 401(K)1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

42.51% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2040 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R1 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOPOWERHOUSE ANIMATION INC 401(K)1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

5.41% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2040 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R2 STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST ASTRUSTEE AND OR CUSTODIAN FBO ADPACCESS PRODUCT1 LINCOLN STBOSTON MA 02111-2901

70.68% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2040 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R2 MLPF&S FOR THESOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERSATTN: FUND ADMINISTRATION4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 2ND FLJACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

22.57% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2040 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R4 HI-TECH ELECTRIC INC SAVINGS PLANHAND BENEFITS & TRUST CO TTEE820 GESSNER RD STE 1250HOUSTON TX 77024-4543

42.64% RECORD

. 100

Page 128: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

MULTI-INDEX 2040 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R4 HAND BENEFITS & TRUST CO TTEEFNB ALBANY/BRECKENRIDGE 401K SAVING820 GESSNER RD STE 1250HOUSTON TX 77024-4543

26.96% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2040 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R4 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE CO USA200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

25.14% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2040 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R6 JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

6.15% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2045 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

96.80% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2045 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R4 JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

99.99% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2045 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INCMUTUAL FUNDS DEPT101 MONTGOMERY STSAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151

70.10% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2045 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

9.95% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2045 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 GREAT-WEST TRUST COMPANY LLC TTEE FRECORDKEEPING FOR LARGE BENEFIT PLAN8525 E ORCHARD RDGREENWOOD VLG CO 80111-5002

6.08% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2045 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 GREAT-WEST TRUST COMPANY LLC FBOEMPLOYEE BENEFITS CLIENTS 401K8515 E ORCHARD RD 2T2GREENWOOD VILLAGE CO 80111-5002

5.19% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2045 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

92.59% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2045 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK100 SUMMIT LAKE DRIVE, SECOND FLOORVALHALLA NY 10595

7.41% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2045 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R1 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOSEAL AND CYLINDER SOURCE INC401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN & TRUST1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

62.95% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2045 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R1 MLPF&S FOR THESOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERSATTN: FUND ADMINISTRATION4800 DEERLAKE DRIVE EAST 2ND FLJACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

20.98% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2045 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R1 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOPIVOTAL RETAIL GROUP LLC 401(K)1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

6.93% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2045 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R1 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOPOWERHOUSE ANIMATION INC 401(K)1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

5.21% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2045 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R2 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOZGLOBAL INC 401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

25.08% BENEFICIAL

. 101

Page 129: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

MULTI-INDEX 2045 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R2 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOCASSIDY CORP 401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

24.02% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2045 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R2 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOMARC R MIYASAKI MD INC SAFE HARPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

23.92% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2045 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R2 STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST ASTRUSTEE AND OR CUSTODIAN FBO ADPACCESS PRODUCT1 LINCOLN STBOSTON MA 02111-2901

11.01% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2045 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R2 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOSALON RIZA LIMITED 401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

6.78% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2045 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R2 MLPF&S FOR THESOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERSATTN: FUND ADMINISTRATION4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 2ND FLJACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

5.40% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2045 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R4 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE CO USA200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

93.81% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2050 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

95.85% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2050 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R4 JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

53.36% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2050 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R4 GREAT-WEST TRUST COMPANY LLC TTEE FEMPLOYEE BENEFITS CLIENTS 401K8515 E ORCHARD RD # 2T2GREENWOOD VLG CO 80111-5002

46.64% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2050 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INCMUTUAL FUNDS DEPT101 MONTGOMERY STSAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151

78.86% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2050 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

5.67% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2050 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

92.34% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2050 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK100 SUMMIT LAKE DRIVE, SECOND FLOORVALHALLA NY 10595

7.66% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2050 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R1 MLPF&S FOR THESOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERSATTN: FUND ADMINISTRATION4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 2ND FLJACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

23.92% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2050 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R1 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOPOWERHOUSE ANIMATION INC 401(K)1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

20.52% BENEFICIAL

. 102

Page 130: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

MULTI-INDEX 2050 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R1 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBONAOMI PRAWER KADAR FOUNDATION401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN & TRUST1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

18.64% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2050 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R1 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOSEBASTIAN MILLER LAW 401 K PLANPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

15.68% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2050 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R1 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOPIVOTAL RETAIL GROUP LLC 401(K)1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

7.85% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2050 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R2 STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST ASTRUSTEE AND OR CUSTODIAN FBO ADPACCESS PRODUCT1 LINCOLN STBOSTON MA 02111-2901

55.05% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2050 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R2 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOZGLOBAL INC 401(K) PROFIT SHARING1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

14.48% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2050 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R2 MLPF&S FOR THESOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERSATTN: FUND ADMINISTRATION4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 2ND FLJACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

9.66% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2050 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R2 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOCASSIDY CORP 401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

9.53% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2050 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R2 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOCHUCKTOWN BOUND TRUCKING LLC 401(K)1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

6.39% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2050 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R4 HI-TECH ELECTRIC INC SAVINGS PLANHAND BENEFITS & TRUST CO TTEE820 GESSNER RD STE 1250HOUSTON TX 77024-4543

69.19% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2050 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R4 HAND BENEFITS & TRUST CO TTEEFNB ALBANY/BRECKENRIDGE 401K SAVING820 GESSNER RD STE 1250HOUSTON TX 77024-4543

25.35% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2050 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R6 HAND BENEFITS AND TRUST CO TRSTMAREK BROTHERS FAMILY OF CO PSP820 GESSNER RD STE 1250HOUSTON TX 77024-4543

8.30% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2055 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

96.66% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2055 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R4 JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

54.38% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2055 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R4 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE CO USA200 BERKELEY STBOSTON MA 02116-5023

43.76% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2055 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INCMUTUAL FUNDS DEPT101 MONTGOMERY STSAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151

70.23% RECORD

. 103

Page 131: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

MULTI-INDEX 2055 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

8.25% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2055 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

92.54% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2055 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK100 SUMMIT LAKE DRIVE, SECOND FLOORVALHALLA NY 10595

7.46% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2055 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE CO USA200 BERKELEY STBOSTON MA 02116-5023

100.00% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2055 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R2 STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST ASTRUSTEE AND OR CUSTODIAN FBO ADPACCESS PRODUCT1 LINCOLN STBOSTON MA 02111-2901

76.12% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2055 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R2 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE CO USA200 BERKELEY STBOSTON MA 02116-5023

23.88% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2055 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R4 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE CO USA200 BERKELEY STBOSTON MA 02116-5023

98.13% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2055 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R6 JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

24.23% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2055 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R6 HAND BENEFITS AND TRUST CO TRSTMAREK BROTHERS FAMILY OF CO PSP820 GESSNER RD STE 1250HOUSTON TX 77024-4543

19.44% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2055 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R6 GREAT-WEST TRUST COMPANY LLC TTEE FEMPLOYEE BENEFITS CLIENTS 401K8515 E ORCHARD RD # 2T2GREENWOOD VLG CO 80111-5002

17.73% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2055 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R6 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOPHOBIO LLC 401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

16.56% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2055 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R6 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOMID SOUTH ORTHOPEDICS INC 401(K)1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

6.57% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2060 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

94.31% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2060 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK100 SUMMIT LAKE DRIVE, SECOND FLOORVALHALLA NY 10595

5.69% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2060 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R4 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE CO USA200 BERKELEY STBOSTON MA 02116-5023

54.90% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2060 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R4 JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

45.10% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2060 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INCMUTUAL FUNDS DEPT101 MONTGOMERY STSAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151

68.28% RECORD

. 104

Page 132: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

MULTI-INDEX 2060 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOTAMR INC 401(K) PLAN1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

8.55% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2060 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

6.99% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2060 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

93.58% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2060 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK100 SUMMIT LAKE DRIVE, SECOND FLOORVALHALLA NY 10595

6.42% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2060 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE CO USA200 BERKELEY STBOSTON MA 02116-5023

50.27% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2060 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R1 STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST ASTRUSTEE AND OR CUSTODIAN FBO ADPACCESS PRODUCT1 LINCOLN STBOSTON MA 02111-2901

42.11% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2060 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R1 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOKRUEGER ADVISORS LLC 401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

7.62% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2060 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R2 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOBIGGER DESIGN 401KPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

41.02% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2060 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R2 STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST ASTRUSTEE AND OR CUSTODIAN FBO ADPACCESS PRODUCT1 LINCOLN STBOSTON MA 02111-2901

30.32% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX 2060 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R2 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE CO USA200 BERKELEY STBOSTON MA 02116-5023

28.66% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2060 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R4 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE CO USA200 BERKELEY STBOSTON MA 02116-5023

42.32% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2060 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R4 TD AMERITRADE FBOFRANK RAFTER ROLLOVER IRA TDAMERITRADE CLEARING, CUSTODIAN39 IRENE STLINDENHURST NY 11757-1204

22.09% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX 2060 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R4 TD AMERITRADE FBOANUP HUNDIWAL ROTH IRATD AMERITRADE CLEARING CUSTODIAN1729 N CLYBOURN AVE APT ECHICAGO IL 60614-6504

8.64% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX INCOME PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

91.59% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX INCOME PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK100 SUMMIT LAKE DRIVE, SECOND FLOORVALHALLA NY 10595

8.41% BENEFICIAL

. 105

Page 133: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

MULTI-INDEX INCOME PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R1 MLPF&S FOR THESOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERSATTN: FUND ADMINISTRATION4800 DEERLAKE DRIVE EAST 2ND FLJACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

28.06% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX INCOME PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE CO USA200 BERKELEY STBOSTON MA 02116-5023

26.95% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX INCOME PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R1 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOSEAL AND CYLINDER SOURCE INC401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN & TRUST1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

26.83% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX INCOME PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R1 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOPIVOTAL RETAIL GROUP LLC 401(K) PRO1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

12.25% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX INCOME PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R2 STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST ASTRUSTEE AND OR CUSTODIAN FBO ADPACCESS PRODUCT1 LINCOLN STBOSTON MA 02111-2901

56.44% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX INCOME PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R2 MLPF&S FOR THESOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERSATTN: FUND ADMINISTRATION4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 2ND FLJACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

21.78% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX INCOME PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R2 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBODEDICATED HOME HEALTH CARE 401(K) PLAN1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

8.45% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX INCOME PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R2 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOZGLOBAL INC 401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

7.26% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX INCOME PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R2 FIIOC CUSTFBO VISION III ARCHITECTS 401KRETIREMENT PLAN100 MAGELLAN WAY (KW1C)COVINGTON KY 41015-1999

6.07% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX INCOME PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R4 HI-TECH ELECTRIC INC SAVINGS PLANHAND BENEFITS & TRUST CO TTEE820 GESSNER RD STE 1250HOUSTON TX 77024-4543

67.00% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX INCOME PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R4 HAND BENEFITS & TRUST CO TTEEFNB ALBANY/BRECKENRIDGE 401K SAVING820 GESSNER RD STE 1250HOUSTON TX 77024-4543

13.26% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX INCOME PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R4 HAND BENEFITS & TRUST CO TRUSTEE FCROWELL STATE BANK 401(K) EE SVGS820 GESSNER RD STE 1250HOUSTON TX 77024-4543

11.28% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX INCOME PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R4 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE CO USA200 BERKELEY STBOSTON MA 02116-5023

7.78% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX INCOME PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R6 HAND BENEFITS AND TRUST CO TRSTMAREK BROTHERS FAMILY OF CO PSP820 GESSNER RD STE 1250HOUSTON TX 77024-4543

15.28% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX INCOME PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R6 JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

10.32% RECORD

. 106

Page 134: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

MULTI-INDEX INCOME PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

R6 NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC499 WASHINGTON BLVDJERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995

5.38% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX LIFESTYLE AGGRESSIVE PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

95.58% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX LIFESTYLE AGGRESSIVE PORTFOLIO

R6 JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

88.52% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX LIFESTYLE BALANCED PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

94.76% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX LIFESTYLE BALANCED PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK100 SUMMIT LAKE DRIVE, SECOND FLOORVALHALLA NY 10595

5.24% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX LIFESTYLE BALANCED PORTFOLIO

R6 JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

89.09% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX LIFESTYLE BALANCED PORTFOLIO

R6 NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC499 WASHINGTON BLVDJERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995

10.59% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX LIFESTYLE CONSERVATIVE PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

93.97% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX LIFESTYLE CONSERVATIVE PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK100 SUMMIT LAKE DRIVE, SECOND FLOORVALHALLA NY 10595

6.03% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX LIFESTYLE CONSERVATIVE PORTFOLIO

R6 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOREGENCE HEALTH NETWORK 401(K) PLANPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

78.29% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX LIFESTYLE CONSERVATIVE PORTFOLIO

R6 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE CO USA200 BERKELEY STBOSTON MA 02116-5023

21.71% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX LIFESTYLE GROWTH PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

95.39% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX LIFESTYLE GROWTH PORTFOLIO

R6 JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

91.87% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX LIFESTYLE MODERATE PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

93.48% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX LIFESTYLE MODERATE PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK100 SUMMIT LAKE DRIVE, SECOND FLOORVALHALLA NY 10595

6.52% BENEFICIAL

MULTI-INDEX LIFESTYLE MODERATE PORTFOLIO

R6 JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

80.18% RECORD

MULTI-INDEX LIFESTYLE MODERATE PORTFOLIO

R6 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOKENTUCKIANA DELI PROVISIONS INC 4PO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

10.48% BENEFICIAL

. 107

Page 135: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

MULTI-INDEX LIFESTYLE MODERATE PORTFOLIO

R6 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOREGENCE HEALTH NETWORK 401(K) PLANPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

9.35% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2010 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

92.79% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2010 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK100 SUMMIT LAKE DRIVE, SECOND FLOORVALHALLA NY 10595

7.21% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2010 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

I JANNEY MONTGOMERY SCOTT LLCGABRIEL GOLDSTEIN (IRA)1717 ARCH STPHILADELPHIA PA 19103-2713

61.97% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2010 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

I MORGAN STANLEY SMITH BARNEY LLCFOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS1 NEW YORK PLAZA FL. 12NEW YORK NY 10004-1901

30.24% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2010 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

I RAYMOND JAMESOMNIBUS FOR MUTUAL FUNDSHOUSE ACCT FIRM880 CARILLON PKWYST PETERSBURG FL 33716-1100

7.79% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2010 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 PERSHING LLC1 PERSHING PLZJERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001

88.67% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2010 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 MATRIX TRUST COMPANY CUST FBOMARIA C ATIENZA MD PSC EMPLOYEES717 17TH ST STE 1300DENVER CO 80202-3304

56.34% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2010 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 MATRIX TRUST COMPANY CUST FBOKENTUCKY INSTITUTE FOR EYE HEALTH717 17TH ST STE 1300DENVER CO 80202-3304

32.54% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2010 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 MATRIX TRUST COMPANY CUST FBOUNIVANCE RETIREMENT & SAVINGS PLAN717 17TH ST STE 1300DENVER CO 80202-3304

7.10% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2010 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 MATRIX TRUST COMPANY CUST FBOFAIRFIELD S CADILLAC BUICK GMC717 17TH ST STE 1300DENVER CO 80202-3304

45.84% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2010 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOMOUNTAIN STATE AUTO AUCTION IN 401(K)1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

24.81% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2010 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 ALERUS FINANCIAL FBOALERUS FINANCIAL FBO SMT LLC 401K PLANPO BOX 64535SAINT PAUL MN 55164-0535

20.18% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2010 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOAMS PAVING INC 401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

5.36% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2010 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R4 GREAT-WEST TRUST COMPANY LLC TTEE FEMPLOYEE BENEFITS CLIENTS 401K8515 E ORCHARD RD 2T2GREENWOOD VILLAGE CO 80111-5002

100.00% RECORD

. 108

Page 136: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

MULTIMANAGER 2010 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R5 NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC499 WASHINGTON BLVDJERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995

99.32% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2010 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC499 WASHINGTON BLVDJERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995

27.03% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2010 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 GREAT-WEST TRUST COMPANY LLC TTEE FZOVIO INC 401KC/O FASCORE LLC8515 E ORCHARD RD 2T2GREENWOOD VILLAGE CO 80111-5002

14.72% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2010 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC499 WASHINGTON BLVDJERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995

12.83% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2010 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 MATRIX TRUST COMPANY CUST FBOSEI HEAT TREAT 401(K) PLAN717 17TH ST STE 1300DENVER CO 80202-3304

12.77% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2010 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOHMC CORPORATION 401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

9.30% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2010 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

7.08% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2015 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

94.04% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2015 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK100 SUMMIT LAKE DRIVE, SECOND FLOORVALHALLA NY 10595

5.96% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2015 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

I PERSHING LLC1 PERSHING PLZJERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001

87.50% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2015 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

I AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SVC707 2ND AVE SMINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-2405

12.50% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2015 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOSLCE ARCHITECTS LLP 401K PROFITSHARING PLAN & TRUST1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

55.69% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2015 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOANGELO & NEWTON 401KPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

23.08% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2015 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 MLPF&S FOR THESOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERSATTN: FUND ADMINISTRATION4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 2ND FLJACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

6.47% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2015 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST ASTRUSTEE AND OR CUSTODIAN FBO ADPACCESS PRODUCT1 LINCOLN STBOSTON MA 02111-2901

51.85% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2015 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 MG TRUST COMPANY CUST FBOWEST TEXAS COSMETIC SURGICAL ASSOC717 17TH ST STE 1300DENVER CO 80202-3304

37.03% BENEFICIAL

. 109

Page 137: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

MULTIMANAGER 2015 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 MLPF&S FOR THESOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERSATTN: FUND ADMINISTRATION4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 2ND FLJACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

5.35% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2015 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 MG TRUSTCO CUST FBOCELEBRIE VETERINARY HOSPITAL717 17TH ST STE 1300DENVER CO 80202-3304

55.43% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2015 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 COUNSEL TRUST DBA MATC FBOSPRINGFIELD HOUSING AUTHORITYRETIREMENT PLAN1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

11.95% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2015 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 MATRIX TRUST COMPANY CUST FBOAUTOMALL, INC 401(K) PLAN717 17TH ST STE 1300DENVER CO 80202-3304

11.45% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2015 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 ALERUS FINANCIAL FBORED WING HOUSING AND REDEVELOPMENTAUTHORITY 401KPO BOX 64535SAINT PAUL MN 55164-0535

8.68% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2015 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 MG TRUSTCO CUST FBORENAISSANCE ELECTRONICS CORP717 17TH ST STE 1300DENVER CO 80202-3304

5.37% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2015 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R4 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOSKAIFE ENTERPRISES 401KPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

100.00% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2015 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R5 NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC499 WASHINGTON BLVDJERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995

78.22% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2015 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R5 MID ATLANTIC TRUSTCO FBOLIBERTY GROUP HOLDINGS 401K PSP& TRUST1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

14.57% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2015 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R5 STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST ASTRUSTEE AND OR CUSTODIAN FBO ADPACCESS PRODUCT1 LINCOLN STBOSTON MA 02111-2901

6.41% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2015 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC499 WASHINGTON BLVDJERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995

22.80% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2015 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOHMC CORPORATION 401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

12.02% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2015 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

11.39% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2015 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 GREAT-WEST TRUST COMPANY LLC TTEEFZOVIO INC 401KC/O FASCORE LLC8515 E ORCHARD RD 2T2GREENWOOD VILLAGE CO 80111-5002

9.82% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2015 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOWESTON DENTAL SPECIALISTS GROUP 401(K)1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

9.19% BENEFICIAL

. 110

Page 138: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

MULTIMANAGER 2020 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

95.14% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2020 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

I AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SVC707 2ND AVE SMINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-2405

41.96% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2020 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

I EQUITY TRUST CO CUSTODIAN FBOGISELA PUPILLOPO BOX 451249CLEVELAND OH 44145-0632

24.08% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2020 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

I LPL FINANCIALOMNIBUS CUSTOMER ACCOUNTATTN: MUTUAL FUND TRADING4707 EXECUTIVE DRIVESAN DIEGO CA 92121-3091

16.93% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2020 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

I RBC CAPITAL MARKETS LLCMUTUAL FUND OMNIBUS PROCESSINGATTN MUTUAL FUND OPS MANAGER510 MARQUETTE AVE SMINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1110

10.28% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2020 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

I PERSHING LLC1 PERSHING PLZJERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001

5.03% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2020 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 PAI TRUST COMPANY INCSOFTWARE SCIENCES GROUP, INC 401(K)1300 ENTERPRISE DRDE PERE WI 54115-4934

17.96% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2020 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOSHIFFLET BROTHERS ENTERPRISES 401(K)1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

16.04% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2020 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 MG TRUSTCO CUST FBODOUBLE D BOLT 401K PS717 17TH ST STE 1300DENVER CO 80202-3304

15.02% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2020 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBODPLIVE401KPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

11.34% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2020 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOABRASIVES & TOOLS OF NH INC 401(K)1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

10.34% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2020 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 PERSHING LLC1 PERSHING PLZJERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001

8.62% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2020 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOSAFEGUARD WEB & GRAPHICS LLC 401(K)1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

8.26% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2020 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

26.34% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2020 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOMILPOWER SOURCE 401(K) PLANPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

18.52% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2020 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOMARK T BRIGGS SOLO 401-KPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

13.30% BENEFICIAL

. 111

Page 139: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

MULTIMANAGER 2020 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 MATRIX TRUST COMPANY CUST FBOWOODHOLME COUNTRY CLUB717 17TH ST STE 1300DENVER CO 80202-3304

12.99% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2020 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOROSARY HILL HOME 401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

10.04% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2020 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST ASTRUSTEE AND OR CUSTODIAN FBO ADPACCESS PRODUCT1 LINCOLN STBOSTON MA 02111-2901

8.54% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2020 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOARNOLD READY MIX 401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

37.64% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2020 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 GREAT-WEST TRUST COFBO EMPLOYEE BENEFITS CLIENTS8515 E ORCHARD RD 2T2GREENWOOD VILLAGE CO 80111-5002

18.77% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2020 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOMAMMUT SPORT GROUP INC 401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

14.27% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2020 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 MG TRUSTCO CUST FBOPRINCETON SCHOOL DISTRICT 403B PLAN717 17TH ST STE 1300DENVER CO 80202-3304

5.84% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2020 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R4 MG TRUSTCO CUST FBOSTILLWATER ISD 403 B PLAN717 17TH ST STE 1300DENVER CO 80202-3304

58.37% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2020 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R4 GREAT-WEST TRUST COMPANY LLC TTEE FEMPLOYEE BENEFITS CLIENTS 401K8515 E ORCHARD RD 2T2GREENWOOD VILLAGE CO 80111-5002

40.33% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2020 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R5 NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC499 WASHINGTON BLVDJERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995

92.47% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2020 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

17.25% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2020 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC499 WASHINGTON BLVDJERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995

9.28% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2020 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 MANULIFE ASSET MANAGEMENT2016 - 17 MAM US DEF INCENTIVE PLAN197 CLARENDON STBOSTON MA 02116-5010

8.52% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2020 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 MANULIFE ASSET MANAGEMENT (US) LLC2017/2018 MAM US DEF INCENTIVE PLAN197 CLARENDON STBOSTON MA 02116-5010

8.14% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2020 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 GREAT-WEST TRUST COMPANY LLC TTEE FZOVIO INC 401KC/O FASCORE LLC8515 E ORCHARD RD 2T2GREENWOOD VILLAGE CO 80111-5002

7.89% BENEFICIAL

. 112

Page 140: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

MULTIMANAGER 2020 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBORHEUMATOLOGY ASSOCIATES PC PS PLANPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

5.10% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2020 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC499 WASHINGTON BLVDJERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995

5.03% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2025 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

94.36% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2025 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK100 SUMMIT LAKE DRIVE, SECOND FLOORVALHALLA NY 10595

5.64% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2025 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

I JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

85.82% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2025 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

I AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SVC707 2ND AVE SMINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-2405

5.22% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2025 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 MLPF&S FOR THESOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERSATTN: FUND ADMINISTRATION4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 2ND FLJACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

28.89% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2025 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOSAN JOSE SPORT MEDICINE & ORTHOPEDPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

14.37% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2025 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOSLCE ARCHITECTS LLP 401K PROFITSHARING PLAN & TRUST1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

13.71% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2025 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOAUBURN MANUFACTURING INC RETIREMENTPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

10.72% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2025 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOSHIFFLET BROTHERS ENTERPRISES 401(K)1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

5.61% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2025 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 FIIOC CUSTFBO VISION III ARCHITECTS 401KRETIREMENT PLAN100 MAGELLAN WAY (KW1C)COVINGTON KY 41015-1999

40.86% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2025 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 MATRIX TRUST COMPANY CUST FBOKENTUCKY INSTITUTE FOR EYE HEALTH717 17TH ST STE 1300DENVER CO 80202-3304

12.24% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2025 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOLOGO MASTERS SOLO 401KPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

11.60% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2025 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST ASTRUSTEE AND OR CUSTODIAN FBO ADPACCESS PRODUCT1 LINCOLN STBOSTON MA 02111-2901

8.63% RECORD

. 113

Page 141: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

MULTIMANAGER 2025 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 MATRIX TRUST COMPANY CUST FBOTESTPROS INC 401(K) PLAN717 17TH ST STE 1300DENVER CO 80202-3304

5.55% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2025 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 MG TRUSTCO CUST FBORENAISSANCE ELECTRONICS CORP717 17TH ST STE 1300DENVER CO 80202-3304

32.80% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2025 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOMANNING SERVICES, INC 401(K) PROFIT1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

10.97% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2025 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 MID ATLANTIC TRUSTCO FBOTRADITIONAL MORTGAGE INC 401K PSP& TRUST1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

9.32% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2025 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 COUNSEL TRUST DBA MATC FBOSPRINGFIELD HOUSING AUTHORITYRETIREMENT PLAN1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

7.98% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2025 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 MATRIX TRUST COMPANY CUST FBOFAIRFIELD S CADILLAC BUICK GMC717 17TH ST STE 1300DENVER CO 80202-3304

5.36% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2025 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOST LOUIS MEDICAL CENTER 401(K) PROF1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

5.11% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2025 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R4 TD AMERITRADE TRUST COMPANYPO BOX 17748DENVER CO 80217-0748

40.58% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2025 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R4 COUNSEL TRUST DBA MATC FBOPRESTONCREST CHURCH OF CHRIST403 B PLAN1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

27.79% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2025 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R4 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOMUSE ARCHITECTS P C 401 K PS PLANPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

21.94% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2025 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R4 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOSKAIFE ENTERPRISES 401KPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

6.62% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2025 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R5 NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC499 WASHINGTON BLVDJERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995

91.53% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2025 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

24.49% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2025 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC499 WASHINGTON BLVDJERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995

10.56% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2025 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC499 WASHINGTON BLVDJERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995

10.14% RECORD

. 114

Page 142: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

MULTIMANAGER 2025 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 MLPF&S FOR THESOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERSATTN: FUND ADMINISTRATION4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 2ND FLJACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

7.90% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2025 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 GREAT-WEST TRUST COMPANY LLC TTEE FZOVIO INC 401KC/O FASCORE LLC8515 E ORCHARD RD 2T2GREENWOOD VILLAGE CO 80111-5002

7.84% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2025 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST ASTRUSTEE AND OR CUSTODIAN FBO ADPACCESS PRODUCT1 LINCOLN STBOSTON MA 02111-2901

7.67% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2030 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

94.72% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2030 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK100 SUMMIT LAKE DRIVE, SECOND FLOORVALHALLA NY 10595

5.28% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2030 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

I RAYMOND JAMESOMNIBUS FOR MUTUAL FUNDSHOUSE ACCT FIRM880 CARILLON PKWYST PETERSBURG FL 33716-1100

59.71% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2030 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

I AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SVC707 2ND AVE SMINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-2405

25.85% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2030 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

I LPL FINANCIALOMNIBUS CUSTOMER ACCOUNTATTN: MUTUAL FUND TRADING4707 EXECUTIVE DRIVESAN DIEGO CA 92121-3091

6.08% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2030 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 PAI TRUST COMPANY INCSOFTWARE SCIENCES GROUP, INC 401(K)1300 ENTERPRISE DRDE PERE WI 54115-4934

12.42% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2030 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC499 WASHINGTON BLVDJERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995

10.33% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2030 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOPIVOTAL RETAIL GROUP LLC 401(K) PRO1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

9.09% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2030 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBODEB VANROY INDIVIDUAL 401(K)PO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

6.28% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2030 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOABRASIVES & TOOLS OF NH INC 401(K)1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

6.10% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2030 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 COUNSEL TRUST DBA MATC FBOWOODWORKER’S SHOP INC EMPLOYEE401 K PROFIT SHARING PLAN1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

6.07% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2030 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOFRANKS PHONE INC DBA THE PHONE GUYPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

6.00% BENEFICIAL

. 115

Page 143: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

MULTIMANAGER 2030 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOSOFTTOUCH INC 401K RETIREMENT PLANPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

5.22% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2030 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOYOLANDA MUCKLE LLC 401KPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

5.16% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2030 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 FIIOC CUSTFBO VISION III ARCHITECTS 401KRETIREMENT PLAN100 MAGELLAN WAY (KW1C)COVINGTON KY 41015-1999

46.78% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2030 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOMILPOWER SOURCE 401(K) PLANPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

21.25% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2030 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOGRP ENGINEERING, INC 401(K) PLANPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

9.20% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2030 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST ASTRUSTEE AND OR CUSTODIAN FBO ADPACCESS PRODUCT1 LINCOLN STBOSTON MA 02111-2901

7.68% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2030 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBONATIONAL GRAPHIC SUPPLY 401 KPROFIT SHARING PLAN & TRUST1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

11.42% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2030 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 MATRIX TRUST COMPANY CUST FBOAUTOMALL, INC 401(K) PLAN717 17TH ST STE 1300DENVER CO 80202-3304

11.41% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2030 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOMOUNTAIN STATE AUTO AUCTION IN 401(K)1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

10.75% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2030 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOGRACE HOUSE OF WINDHAM LLC 401(K)1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

10.70% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2030 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOPHYSICIANS SURGERY CTR LG 401(K) PLASCENSUS TRUST COMPANYPO BOX 10577FARGO ND 58106-0577

7.00% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2030 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 ALERUS FINANCIAL FBOALERUS FINANCIAL FBO SMT LLC 401K PLANPO BOX 64535SAINT PAUL MN 55164-0535

6.37% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2030 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOMAMMUT SPORT GROUP INC 401(K) PROF1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

5.25% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2030 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R4 GREAT-WEST TRUST COMPANY LLC TTEE FEMPLOYEE BENEFITS CLIENTS 401K8515 E ORCHARD RD 2T2GREENWOOD VILLAGE CO 80111-5002

82.09% RECORD

. 116

Page 144: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

MULTIMANAGER 2030 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R4 MG TRUSTCO CUST FBOSTILLWATER ISD 403 B PLAN717 17TH ST STE 1300DENVER CO 80202-3304

7.57% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2030 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R4 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOTHE IFA GROUP INC 401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

6.89% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2030 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R5 NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC499 WASHINGTON BLVDJERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995

70.87% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2030 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R5 STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST ASTRUSTEE AND OR CUSTODIAN FBO ADPACCESS PRODUCT1 LINCOLN STBOSTON MA 02111-2901

14.45% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2030 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R5 MCLAIN HILL RUGG &ASSOCIATES INC395 LINCOLN PARK DRIVENEW LEXINGTON OH 43764-1080

11.50% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2030 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

20.64% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2030 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 GREAT-WEST TRUST COMPANY LLC TTEE FZOVIO INC 401KC/O FASCORE LLC8515 E ORCHARD RD 2T2GREENWOOD VILLAGE CO 80111-5002

16.59% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2030 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC499 WASHINGTON BLVDJERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995

13.91% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2030 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INCMUTUAL FUNDS DEPT101 MONTGOMERY STSAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151

8.15% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2030 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC499 WASHINGTON BLVDJERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995

7.58% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2035 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

94.32% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2035 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK100 SUMMIT LAKE DRIVE, SECOND FLOORVALHALLA NY 10595

5.68% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2035 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

I LPL FINANCIALOMNIBUS CUSTOMER ACCOUNTATTN: MUTUAL FUND TRADING4707 EXECUTIVE DRIVESAN DIEGO CA 92121-3091

100.00% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2035 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 MG TRUSTCO CUST FBODOUBLE D BOLT 401K PS717 17TH ST STE 1300DENVER CO 80202-3304

17.20% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2035 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOREED TYLER LLC RETIREMENT PLANPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

12.19% BENEFICIAL

. 117

Page 145: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

MULTIMANAGER 2035 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOSLCE ARCHITECTS LLP 401K PROFITSHARING PLAN & TRUST1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

11.05% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2035 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC499 WASHINGTON BLVDJERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995

8.84% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2035 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 MLPF&S FOR THESOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERSATTN: FUND ADMINISTRATION4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 2ND FLJACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

6.79% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2035 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOPIVOTAL RETAIL GROUP LLC 401(K) PRO1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

5.92% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2035 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOIT SOLVE INC 401KPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

5.05% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2035 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST ASTRUSTEE AND OR CUSTODIAN FBO ADPACCESS PRODUCT1 LINCOLN STBOSTON MA 02111-2901

59.05% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2035 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOSAMSARA INCORPORATED RETIREMENT PLANPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

7.27% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2035 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 FIIOC CUSTFBO VISION III ARCHITECTS 401KRETIREMENT PLAN100 MAGELLAN WAY (KW1C)COVINGTON KY 41015-1999

5.95% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2035 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC499 WASHINGTON BLVDJERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995

5.47% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2035 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 MG TRUST COMPANY CUST FBOENGLANDS STOVE WORKS INC717 17TH ST STE 1300DENVER CO 80202-3304

17.93% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2035 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 GREAT-WEST TRUST COMPANY LLC FBOEMPLOYEE BENEFITS CLIENTS 401K8515 E ORCHARD RD 2T2GREENWOOD VILLAGE CO 80111-5002

14.11% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2035 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 COUNSEL TRUST DBA MATC FBOSPRINGFIELD HOUSING AUTHORITYRETIREMENT PLAN1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

11.43% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2035 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOMOUNTAIN STATE AUTO AUCTION IN 401(K)1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

9.69% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2035 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOPHYSICIANS SURGERY CTR LG 401(K) PLANASCENSUS TRUST COMPANYPO BOX 10577FARGO ND 58106-0577

8.57% BENEFICIAL

. 118

Page 146: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

MULTIMANAGER 2035 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOMAMMUT SPORT GROUP INC 401(K) PROF1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

8.15% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2035 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 MATRIX TRUST COMPANY CUST FBOFAIRFIELD S CADILLAC BUICK GMC717 17TH ST STE 1300DENVER CO 80202-3304

7.56% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2035 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R4 COUNSEL TRUST DBA MATC FBOPRESTONCREST CHURCH OF CHRIST403 B PLAN1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

41.12% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2035 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R4 CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INCSPECIAL CUSTODY A/C FBO CUSTOMERSATTN MUTUAL FUNDS101 MONTGOMERY STSAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151

32.06% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2035 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R4 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOTHE IFA GROUP INC 401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

26.58% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2035 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R5 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOUKROP’S DRESS EXPRESS INC SVNGS & IPO BOX 10577FARGO ND 58106-0577

33.20% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2035 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R5 MCLAIN HILL RUGG & ASSOCIATES INC395 LINCOLN PARK DRIVENEW LEXINGTON OH 43764-1080

28.10% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2035 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R5 NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC499 WASHINGTON BLVDJERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995

24.52% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2035 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R5 STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST ASTRUSTEE AND OR CUSTODIAN FBO ADPACCESS PRODUCT1 LINCOLN STBOSTON MA 02111-2901

8.35% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2035 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 GREAT-WEST TRUST COMPANY LLC TTEE FZOVIO INC 401KC/O FASCORE LLC8515 E ORCHARD RD 2T2GREENWOOD VILLAGE CO 80111-5002

19.38% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2035 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

16.59% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2035 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC499 WASHINGTON BLVDJERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995

14.86% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2035 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC499 WASHINGTON BLVDJERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995

13.60% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

95.02% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

I JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

45.53% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

I AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SVC707 2ND AVE SMINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-2405

34.01% RECORD

. 119

Page 147: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

MULTIMANAGER 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

I NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLCFEBO CUSTOMERSMUTUAL FUNDS200 LIBERTY ST # 1WFCNEW YORK NY 10281-1003

6.38% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

I WELLS FARGO CLEARING SERVICES, LLCSPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FOR THEEXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMER2801 MARKET STSAINT LOUIS MO 63103-2523

5.92% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 MLPF&S FOR THESOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERSATTN: FUND ADMINISTRATION4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 2ND FLJACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

12.22% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC499 WASHINGTON BLVDJERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995

10.60% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOPETERSON TILING & EXCAVATING SOLO 4PO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

9.05% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 MG TRUSTCO CUST FBONEVADA ADVANCED PAIN SPECIALISTS717 17TH ST STE 1300DENVER CO 80202-3304

6.94% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOSIGMOVIR BIOSYSTEMS INC 401K PLANPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

6.90% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOSHIFFLET BROTHERS ENTERPRISES 401(K)1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

6.67% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOSLCE ARCHITECTS LLP 401K PROFITSHARING PLAN & TRUST1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

6.51% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOABRASIVES & TOOLS OF NH INC 401(K)1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

6.05% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANYACSI TRANSLATIONS RETIREMENT PLANPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

5.42% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 FIIOC CUSTFBO VISION III ARCHITECTS 401KRETIREMENT PLAN100 MAGELLAN WAY (KW1C)COVINGTON KY 41015-1999

20.27% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST ASTRUSTEE AND OR CUSTODIAN FBO ADPACCESS PRODUCT1 LINCOLN STBOSTON MA 02111-2901

19.75% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOBRIDGE DIAGNOSTICS INC 401(K) PROF1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

12.45% BENEFICIAL

. 120

Page 148: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

MULTIMANAGER 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOELITE FIRE SAFETY INC 401(K) PROFIT1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

9.97% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOVAUGHT LAW FIRM 401KPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

9.64% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOGRP ENGINEERING, INC 401(K) PLANPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

7.55% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOMILPOWER SOURCE 401(K) PLANPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

7.26% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 GREAT-WEST TRUST COFBO EMPLOYEE BENEFITS CLIENTS8515 E ORCHARD RD 2T2GREENWOOD VILLAGE CO 80111-5002

13.38% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOAPPLIED LASER TECHNOLOGIES 401 KPROFIT SHARING PLAN & TRUST1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

12.96% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 MG TRUST COMPANY CUST FBOENGLANDS STOVE WORKS INC717 17TH ST STE 1300DENVER CO 80202-3304

10.81% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOMOUNTAIN STATE AUTO AUCTION IN 401(K)1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

7.70% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOPHYSICIANS SURGERY CTR LG 401(K) PLANASCENSUS TRUST COMPANYPO BOX 10577FARGO ND 58106-0577

7.53% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 MATRIX TRUST COMPANY CUST FBOAUTOMALL, INC 401(K) PLAN717 17TH ST STE 1300DENVER CO 80202-3304

6.92% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 MORGAN STANLEY SMITH BARNEY LLCFOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS1 NEW YORK PLAZA FL. 12NEW YORK NY 10004-1901

6.40% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 ALERUS FINANCIAL FBORED WING HOUSING AND REDEVELOPMENTAUTHORITY 401KPO BOX 64535SAINT PAUL MN 55164-0535

5.41% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R4 GREAT-WEST TRUST COMPANY LLC TTEE FEMPLOYEE BENEFITS CLIENTS 401K8515 E ORCHARD RD 2T2GREENWOOD VILLAGE CO 80111-5002

50.90% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R4 MG TRUSTCO CUST FBOSTILLWATER ISD 403 B PLAN717 17TH ST STE 1300DENVER CO 80202-3304

24.08% BENEFICIAL

. 121

Page 149: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

MULTIMANAGER 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R4 COUNSEL TRUST DBA MATC FBOPRESTONCREST CHURCH OF CHRIST403 B PLAN1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

9.48% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R4 TD AMERITRADE TRUST COMPANYPO BOX 17748DENVER CO 80217-0748

7.80% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R4 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOSKAIFE ENTERPRISES 401KPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

5.11% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R5 STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST ASTRUSTEE AND OR CUSTODIAN FBO ADPACCESS PRODUCT1 LINCOLN STBOSTON MA 02111-2901

46.46% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R5 MATRIX TRUST COMPANY AS AGENT FORNEWPORT TRUST COMPANYGRAND LODGE FRATERNAL ORDER OFPOLICE 401(K) PLAN35 IRON POINT CIRFOLSOM CA 95630-8587

20.98% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R5 MATRIX TRUST COMPANY CUST FBOCHRIS M PETERSON M D P A717 17TH ST STE 1300DENVER CO 80202-3304

14.71% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R5 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOLIBERTY GROUP HOLDINGS 401(K) PROFIT1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

8.08% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 GREAT-WEST TRUST COMPANY LLC TTEE FZOVIO INC 401KC/O FASCORE LLC8515 E ORCHARD RD 2T2GREENWOOD VILLAGE CO 80111-5002

31.35% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

15.63% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC499 WASHINGTON BLVDJERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995

13.31% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2040 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC499 WASHINGTON BLVDJERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995

10.98% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2045 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

94.52% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2045 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK100 SUMMIT LAKE DRIVE, SECOND FLOORVALHALLA NY 10595

5.48% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2045 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

I JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

66.12% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2045 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

I JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE CO USA200 BERKELEY STBOSTON MA 02116-5023

22.56% BENEFICIAL

. 122

Page 150: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

MULTIMANAGER 2045 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

I NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLCFEBO CUSTOMERSMUTUAL FUNDS200 LIBERTY ST # 1WFCNEW YORK NY 10281-1003

8.43% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2045 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 MLPF&S FOR THESOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERSATTN: FUND ADMINISTRATION4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 2ND FLJACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

20.60% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2045 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 PERSHING LLC1 PERSHING PLZJERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001

12.72% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2045 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOBUCKEYE 96 401K PLANPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

9.04% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2045 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOCOMFORT DENTAL 401(K) PLANPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

8.98% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2045 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 MG TRUSTCO CUST FBODOUBLE D BOLT 401K PS717 17TH ST STE 1300DENVER CO 80202-3304

6.91% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2045 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOPAUL CHEN ASSOCIATES INC 401(K) PLANPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

5.21% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2045 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST ASTRUSTEE AND OR CUSTODIAN FBO ADPACCESS PRODUCT1 LINCOLN STBOSTON MA 02111-2901

30.44% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2045 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOKUAR RETIREMENT PLANPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

24.92% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2045 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC499 WASHINGTON BLVDJERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995

17.03% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2045 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOMELANIE M ELLWANGER ATTORNEY AT LAWPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

6.99% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2045 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 FIIOC CUSTFBO VISION III ARCHITECTS 401KRETIREMENT PLAN100 MAGELLAN WAY (KW1C)COVINGTON KY 41015-1999

5.67% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2045 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOMOUNTAIN STATE AUTO AUCTION IN 401(K)1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

28.54% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2045 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 GREAT-WEST TRUST COFBO EMPLOYEE BENEFITS CLIENTS8515 E ORCHARD RD 2T2GREENWOOD VILLAGE CO 80111-5002

13.26% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2045 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOAPPLIED LASER TECHNOLOGIES 401 KPROFIT SHARING PLAN & TRUST1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

11.99% BENEFICIAL

. 123

Page 151: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

MULTIMANAGER 2045 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOST LOUIS MEDICAL CENTER 401(K) PROF1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

8.05% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2045 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOPHYSICIANS SURGERY CTR LG 401(K) PLANASCENSUS TRUST COMPANYPO BOX 10577FARGO ND 58106-0577

8.02% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2045 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 MG TRUST COMPANY CUST FBOENGLANDS STOVE WORKS INC717 17TH ST STE 1300DENVER CO 80202-3304

7.11% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2045 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 MG TRUSTCO CUST FBOTOMAH AREA SCHOOL DISTRICT 403 B717 17TH ST STE 1300DENVER CO 80202-3304

5.01% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2045 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R4 MG TRUSTCO CUST FBOSTILLWATER ISD 403 B PLAN717 17TH ST STE 1300DENVER CO 80202-3304

49.55% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2045 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R4 TD AMERITRADE TRUST COMPANYPO BOX 17748DENVER CO 80217-0748

24.07% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2045 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R4 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOMUSE ARCHITECTS PC 401 K PS PLANPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

22.35% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2045 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R5 NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC499 WASHINGTON BLVDJERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995

45.97% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2045 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R5 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOMATT MONTGOMERY 401KPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

28.27% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2045 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R5 MG TRUST COMPANY CUST FBOCHRIS M PETERSON M D P A717 17TH ST STE 1300DENVER CO 80202-3304

11.40% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2045 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R5 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOUKROP’S DRESS EXPRESS INC SVNGS & IPO BOX 10577FARGO ND 58106-0577

9.73% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2045 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 GREAT-WEST TRUST COMPANY LLC TTEE FZOVIO INC 401KC/O FASCORE LLC8515 E ORCHARD RD 2T2GREENWOOD VILLAGE CO 80111-5002

27.59% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2045 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

14.27% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2045 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC499 WASHINGTON BLVDJERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995

13.61% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2045 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC499 WASHINGTON BLVDJERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995

13.51% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2050 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

94.44% BENEFICIAL

. 124

Page 152: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

MULTIMANAGER 2050 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK100 SUMMIT LAKE DRIVE, SECOND FLOORVALHALLA NY 10595

5.56% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2050 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

I JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE CO USA200 BERKELEY STBOSTON MA 02116-5023

72.01% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2050 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

I EQUITY TRUST CO CUSTODIAN FBOCARRIE ORTOLANO CUSTODIAN FBO CATHEPO BOX 451249CLEVELAND OH 44145-0632

24.52% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2050 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 MLPF&S FOR THESOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERSATTN: FUND ADMINISTRATION4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 2ND FLJACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

32.64% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2050 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOPIVOTAL RETAIL GROUP LLC 401(K) PRO1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

15.58% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2050 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOTRANSPORTATION CHILDREN’S CENT 401(K)1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

14.15% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2050 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOYOUTH EDUCATIONAL SERVICES RETIREMENTPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

7.91% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2050 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOCOMMAND CAPITAL 401K RETIREMENT PLANPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

5.22% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2050 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 ASCENSUS TRUSTCO FBOASTRIDIA LLC 401KPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

5.01% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2050 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST ASTRUSTEE AND OR CUSTODIAN FBO ADPACCESS PRODUCT1 LINCOLN STBOSTON MA 02111-2901

31.24% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2050 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 FIIOC CUSTFBO VISION III ARCHITECTS 401KRETIREMENT PLAN100 MAGELLAN WAY (KW1C)COVINGTON KY 41015-1999

14.93% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2050 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBO1776 HOLDINGS RETIREMENT PLANPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

11.04% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2050 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOELITE FIRE SAFETY INC 401(K) PROFIT1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

8.36% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2050 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 MATRIX TRUST COMPANY CUST FBOKENTUCKY INSTITUTE FOR EYE HEALTH717 17TH ST STE 1300DENVER CO 80202-3304

8.24% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2050 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 MATRIX TRUST COMPANY CUST FBOUNIVANCE RETIREMENT & SAVINGS PLAN717 17TH ST STE 1300DENVER CO 80202-3304

7.93% BENEFICIAL

. 125

Page 153: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

MULTIMANAGER 2050 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOBRIDGE DIAGNOSTICS INC 401(K) PROF1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

5.19% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2050 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOPHYSICIANS SURGERY CTR LG 401(K) PLANASCENSUS TRUST COMPANYPO BOX 10577FARGO ND 58106-0577

28.83% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2050 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOST LOUIS MEDICAL CENTER 401(K) PROF1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

26.92% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2050 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 MG TRUST COMPANY CUST FBOENGLANDS STOVE WORKS INC717 17TH ST STE 1300DENVER CO 80202-3304

11.06% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2050 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOMOUNTAIN STATE AUTO AUCTION IN 401(K)1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

8.48% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2050 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 MORGAN STANLEY SMITH BARNEY LLCFOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS1 NEW YORK PLAZA FL. 12NEW YORK NY 10004-1901

7.91% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2050 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOAPPLIED LASER TECHNOLOGIES 401 KPROFIT SHARING PLAN & TRUST1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

5.88% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2050 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R4 GREAT-WEST TRUST COMPANY LLC FBOEMPLOYEE BENEFITS CLIENTS 401K8515 E ORCHARD RD 2T2GREENWOOD VILLAGE CO 80111-5002

95.38% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2050 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R5 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOSEAL AND CYLINDER SOURCE INC 401(K)1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

43.67% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2050 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R5 MATRIX TRUST COMPANY CUST FBOTYNE VALLEY GROUP 401K717 17TH ST STE 1300DENVER CO 80202-3304

33.51% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2050 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R5 STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST ASTRUSTEE AND OR CUSTODIAN FBO ADPACCESS PRODUCT1 LINCOLN STBOSTON MA 02111-2901

21.66% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2050 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC499 WASHINGTON BLVDJERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995

24.95% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2050 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC499 WASHINGTON BLVDJERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995

20.71% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2050 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

13.10% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2050 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 GREAT-WEST TRUST COMPANY LLC TTEE FZOVIO INC 401KC/O FASCORE LLC8515 E ORCHARD RD 2T2GREENWOOD VILLAGE CO 80111-5002

10.20% BENEFICIAL

. 126

Page 154: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

MULTIMANAGER 2055 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

95.03% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2055 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

I JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE CO USA200 BERKELEY STBOSTON MA 02116-5023

76.01% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2055 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

I JOHN HANCOCK LIFE & HEALTH INS COTRIPLE T CARWASH & LUBE INC SIM IRAFBO JUSTIN G FINKELMAN502 W MEYER STTHOMASBORO IL 61878-9619

9.14% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2055 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

I JOHN HANCOCK LIFE & HEALTH INS COTRIPLE T CARWASH & LUBE INC SIM IRAFBO NATHANIEL S MITCHELL927 N LINVIEW AVEURBANA IL 61801-1631

7.38% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2055 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

I JOHN HANCOCK LIFE & HEALTH INS COL H BRUBAKER INC SIMPLE IRAFBO MEGAN B GIRONDA300 DEER PATH DRRED LION PA 17356-7800

7.06% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2055 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE CO USA200 BERKELEY STBOSTON MA 02116-5023

100.00% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2055 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC499 WASHINGTON BLVDJERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995

58.99% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2055 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 FIIOC CUSTFBO VISION III ARCHITECTS 401KRETIREMENT PLAN100 MAGELLAN WAY (KW1C)COVINGTON KY 41015-1999

11.08% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2055 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST ASTRUSTEE AND OR CUSTODIAN FBO ADPACCESS PRODUCT1 LINCOLN STBOSTON MA 02111-2901

10.22% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2055 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOMILPOWER SOURCE 401(K) PLANPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

7.96% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2055 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 MATRIX TRUST COMPANY CUST FBOPERDUE ENVIRONMENTAL CONTRACTING CO717 17TH ST STE 1300DENVER CO 80202-3304

5.11% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2055 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOMOUNTAIN STATE AUTO AUCTION IN 401(K)1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

66.57% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2055 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 MATRIX TRUST COMPANY CUST FBOFAIRFIELD S CADILLAC BUICK GMC717 17TH ST STE 1300DENVER CO 80202-3304

13.63% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2055 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOMAMMUT SPORT GROUP INC 401(K) PROFIT1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

6.55% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2055 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 MATRIX TRUST COMPANY CUSTFBO AUTOMALL INC 401(K) PLAN717 17TH ST STE 1300DENVER CO 80202-3304

6.27% BENEFICIAL

. 127

Page 155: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

MULTIMANAGER 2055 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R4 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE CO USA200 BERKELEY STBOSTON MA 02116-5023

100.00% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2055 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R5 STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST ASTRUSTEE AND OR CUSTODIAN FBO ADPACCESS PRODUCT1 LINCOLN STBOSTON MA 02111-2901

68.52% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2055 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R5 NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC499 WASHINGTON BLVDJERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995

25.86% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2055 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

28.61% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2055 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC499 WASHINGTON BLVDJERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995

11.05% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2055 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOAROCAM INC 401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLANPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

7.82% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2055 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 GREAT-WEST TRUST COMPANY LLC TTEE FC/O FASCORE LLCMONROE COMMUNITY MENTAL HEALTH MPP8515 E ORCHARD RD # 2T2GREENWOOD VLG CO 80111-5002

6.21% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2055 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC499 WASHINGTON BLVDJERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995

6.12% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2055 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST ASTRUSTEE AND OR CUSTODIAN FBO ADPACCESS PRODUCT1 LINCOLN STBOSTON MA 02111-2901

5.65% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2060 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

94.92% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2060 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK100 SUMMIT LAKE DRIVE, SECOND FLOORVALHALLA NY 10595

5.08% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2060 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

I JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE CO USA200 BERKELEY STBOSTON MA 02116-5023

99.48% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2060 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE CO USA200 BERKELEY STBOSTON MA 02116-5023

100.00% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2060 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE CO USA200 BERKELEY STBOSTON MA 02116-5023

45.54% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2060 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST ASTRUSTEE AND OR CUSTODIAN FBO ADPACCESS PRODUCT1 LINCOLN STBOSTON MA 02111-2901

43.91% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2060 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R2 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOMILPOWER SOURCE 401(K) PLANPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

7.21% BENEFICIAL

. 128

Page 156: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

MULTIMANAGER 2060 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOMOUNTAIN STATE AUTO AUCTION IN 401(K)1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

73.11% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2060 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R3 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE CO USA200 BERKELEY STBOSTON MA 02116-5023

25.85% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2060 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R4 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE CO USA200 BERKELEY STBOSTON MA 02116-5023

84.12% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2060 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R5 NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC499 WASHINGTON BLVDJERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995

99.59% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2060 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

17.88% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2060 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC499 WASHINGTON BLVDJERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995

17.68% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2060 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBOHMC CORPORATION 401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

13.13% BENEFICIAL

MULTIMANAGER 2060 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC499 WASHINGTON BLVDJERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995

7.90% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2060 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC499 WASHINGTON BLVDJERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995

6.86% RECORD

MULTIMANAGER 2060 LIFETIME PORTFOLIO

R6 GREAT-WEST TRUST COMPANY LLC TTEE FC/O FASCORE LLCMONROE COMMUNITY MENTAL HEALTH MPP8515 E ORCHARD RD # 2T2GREENWOOD VLG CO 80111-5002

6.57% BENEFICIAL

NEW OPPORTUNITIES FUND 1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

95.57% BENEFICIAL

NEW OPPORTUNITIES FUND A NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLCFEBO CUSTOMERSMUTUAL FUNDS200 LIBERTY ST # 1WFCNEW YORK NY 10281-1003

6.92% RECORD

NEW OPPORTUNITIES FUND A MLPF&S FOR THESOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERSATTN: FUND ADMINISTRATION4800 DEERLAKE DRIVE EAST 2ND FLJACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

5.06% RECORD

NEW OPPORTUNITIES FUND C NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLCFEBO CUSTOMERSMUTUAL FUNDS200 LIBERTY ST # 1WFCNEW YORK NY 10281-1003

15.20% RECORD

NEW OPPORTUNITIES FUND C PERSHING LLC1 PERSHING PLZJERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001

9.34% RECORD

NEW OPPORTUNITIES FUND C EDWARD D JONES & COFOR THE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS12555 MANCHESTER ROADSAINT LOUIS MO 63131-3710

5.13% RECORD

. 129

Page 157: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

NEW OPPORTUNITIES FUND I SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT FOR THEEXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS OFUBS FINANCIAL SERVICES INC1000 HARBOR BLVDWEEHAWKEN NJ 07086-6761

25.89% RECORD

NEW OPPORTUNITIES FUND I NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLCFEBO CUSTOMERSMUTUAL FUNDS200 LIBERTY ST # 1WFCNEW YORK NY 10281-1003

18.69% RECORD

NEW OPPORTUNITIES FUND I LPL FINANCIALOMNIBUS CUSTOMER ACCOUNTATTN: MUTUAL FUND TRADING4707 EXECUTIVE DRIVESAN DIEGO CA 92121-3091

11.35% RECORD

NEW OPPORTUNITIES FUND I WELLS FARGO CLEARING SERVICES, LLCSPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FOR THEEXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMER2801 MARKET STSAINT LOUIS MO 63103-2523

9.19% RECORD

NEW OPPORTUNITIES FUND I RAYMOND JAMESOMNIBUS FOR MUTUAL FUNDSHOUSE ACCT FIRM880 CARILLON PKWYST PETERSBURG FL 33716-1100

6.10% RECORD

NEW OPPORTUNITIES FUND R1 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOJONES OF ANNAPOLIS INC 401(K) PLANPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

93.64% BENEFICIAL

NEW OPPORTUNITIES FUND R2 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE CO USA200 BERKELEY STBOSTON MA 02116-5023

75.42% BENEFICIAL

NEW OPPORTUNITIES FUND R2 LPL FINANCIALOMNIBUS CUSTOMER ACCOUNTATTN: MUTUAL FUND TRADING4707 EXECUTIVE DRIVESAN DIEGO CA 92121-3091

24.58% RECORD

NEW OPPORTUNITIES FUND R3 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE CO USA200 BERKELEY STBOSTON MA 02116-5023

50.03% BENEFICIAL

NEW OPPORTUNITIES FUND R3 MID ATLANTIC FBOFISHMAN & FISHMAN LLC 401(K) PROFITSHARING PLAN1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

41.82% BENEFICIAL

NEW OPPORTUNITIES FUND R3 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOON POINT SOLUTIONS 401(K)PO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

8.12% BENEFICIAL

NEW OPPORTUNITIES FUND R4 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE CO USA200 BERKELEY STBOSTON MA 02116-5023

73.09% BENEFICIAL

NEW OPPORTUNITIES FUND R4 TD AMERITRADE FBOHOLLY A ERICKSON ROLLOVER IRA TDAMERITRADE CLEARING CUSTODIAN4142 53RD ST SFARGO ND 58104-4206

18.57% BENEFICIAL

NEW OPPORTUNITIES FUND R6 MID ATLANTIC TRUST COMPANY FBODEUTSCHE NICKEL AMERICA INC 401(K)1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228

53.17% BENEFICIAL

. 130

Page 158: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

NEW OPPORTUNITIES FUND R6 JOHN HANCOCK TRUST COMPANY LLC690 CANTON ST STE 100WESTWOOD MA 02090-2324

18.29% RECORD

NEW OPPORTUNITIES FUND R6 GREAT-WEST TRUST COMPANY LLC FBOEMPLOYEE BENEFITS CLIENTS 401K8515 E ORCHARD RD 2T2GREENWOOD VILLAGE CO 80111-5002

7.24% RECORD

NEW OPPORTUNITIES FUND R6 DCGT AS TTEE AND/OR CUSTFBO PLIC VARIOUS RETIREMENT PLANSATTN NPIO TRADE DESKOMNIBUS711 HIGH STDES MOINES IA 50392-0001

6.29% RECORD

NEW OPPORTUNITIES FUND R6 ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBOAMY S RETIREMENTPO BOX 10758FARGO ND 58106-0758

5.19% BENEFICIAL

REAL ESTATE SECURITIES FUND 1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

93.35% BENEFICIAL

REAL ESTATE SECURITIES FUND 1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK100 SUMMIT LAKE DRIVE, SECOND FLOORVALHALLA NY 10595

6.65% BENEFICIAL

SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE GROWTH PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

35.74% BENEFICIAL

SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE BALANCED PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

24.08% BENEFICIAL

SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE AGGRESSIVE PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

16.59% BENEFICIAL

SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND A JOHN HANCOCK LIFE & HEALTH INS COCUSTODIAN FOR THE IRA OFMARCOS HEDRICK1678 MAHOGANY DRLOS BANOS CA 93635-9698

6.42% BENEFICIAL

SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND A NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLCFEBO CUSTOMERSMUTUAL FUNDS200 LIBERTY ST # 1WFCNEW YORK NY 10281-1003

5.24% RECORD

SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND C JOHN HANCOCK LIFE LINSURANC CO USA200 BERKELEY STBOSTON MA 02116-5022

25.31% BENEFICIAL

SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND C BARRY DIETZ9325 QUARRY DRNAPLES FL 34120-5222

16.08% BENEFICIAL

SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND C PERSHING LLC1 PERSHING PLZJERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001

14.38% RECORD

SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND C JOHN HANCOCK LIFE & HEALTH INS COCUSTODIAN FOR THE JHF SEP IRA OFDRS FOSTER STEELE AND STONEFBO CHARLES J FOSTER508 3RD STNEWPORT TN 37821-3707

10.99% BENEFICIAL

. 131

Page 159: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND C JOHN HANCOCK LIFE & HEALTH INS COCUSTODIAN FOR THE ROTH IRA OFLEE H HOGAN447 BOUTON DRCHATTANOOGA TN 37415-2321

6.66% BENEFICIAL

SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND C JOHN HANCOCK LIFE & HEALTH INS COCUSTODIAN FOR THE IRA OFJASON M KRESS454 1ST ST NWINTHROP IA 50682-9755

6.49% BENEFICIAL

SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND I PERSHING LLC1 PERSHING PLZJERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001

39.58% RECORD

SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND I CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INCMUTUAL FUNDS DEPT101 MONTGOMERY STSAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151

31.49% RECORD

SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND I NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLCFEBO CUSTOMERSMUTUAL FUNDS200 LIBERTY ST # 1WFCNEW YORK NY 10281-1003

27.49% RECORD

SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE GROWTH PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

24.46% BENEFICIAL

SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE BALANCED PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

18.55% BENEFICIAL

SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE AGGRESSIVE PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

12.54% BENEFICIAL

SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE GROWTH PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

10.97% BENEFICIAL

SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE BALANCED PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

6.54% BENEFICIAL

SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND R6 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE LINSURANC CO USA200 BERKELEY STBOSTON MA 02116-5022

99.63% BENEFICIAL

SMALL CAP VALUE FUND A EDWARD D JONES & COFOR THE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS12555 MANCHESTER ROADSAINT LOUIS MO 63131-3710

35.43% RECORD

SMALL CAP VALUE FUND A NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLCFEBO CUSTOMERSMUTUAL FUNDS200 LIBERTY ST # 1WFCNEW YORK NY 10281-1003

7.76% RECORD

SMALL CAP VALUE FUND A CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INCSPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FBO CUSTOMERSATTN MUTUAL FUNDS101 MONTGOMERY STSAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151

7.66% RECORD

. 132

Page 160: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

SMALL CAP VALUE FUND I NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLCFEBO CUSTOMERSMUTUAL FUNDS200 LIBERTY ST # 1WFCNEW YORK NY 10281-1003

23.53% RECORD

SMALL CAP VALUE FUND I PERSHING LLC1 PERSHING PLZJERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001

15.34% RECORD

SMALL CAP VALUE FUND I RELIANCE TRUST COMPANY FBOMASSMUTUAL REGISTERED PRODUCTPO BOX 28004ATLANTA GA 30358-0004

9.03% RECORD

SMALL CAP VALUE FUND I CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INCMUTUAL FUNDS DEPT101 MONTGOMERY STSAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151

5.37% RECORD

SMALL CAP VALUE FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE GROWTH PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

30.24% BENEFICIAL

SMALL CAP VALUE FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE BALANCED PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

23.10% BENEFICIAL

SMALL CAP VALUE FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE AGGRESSIVE PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

15.19% BENEFICIAL

SMALL CAP VALUE FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE MODERATE PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

5.48% BENEFICIAL

SMALL CAP VALUE FUND R6 EDWARD D JONES & COFOR THE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS12555 MANCHESTER ROADSAINT LOUIS MO 63131-3710

93.16% RECORD

STRATEGIC EQUITY ALLOCATION FUND

NAV JHF II MULTI-INDEX 2035 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

9.31% BENEFICIAL

STRATEGIC EQUITY ALLOCATION FUND

NAV JHF II MULTI-INDEX 2040 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

8.25% BENEFICIAL

STRATEGIC EQUITY ALLOCATION FUND

NAV JHF II MULTI-INDEX 2030 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

8.01% BENEFICIAL

STRATEGIC EQUITY ALLOCATION FUND

NAV JHF II MULTI-INDEX 2045 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

7.17% BENEFICIAL

STRATEGIC EQUITY ALLOCATION FUND

NAV JHF II MULTI-INDEX LIFESTYLE GROWTH PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

6.02% BENEFICIAL

STRATEGIC EQUITY ALLOCATION FUND

NAV JHF II MULTI-INDEX 2050 PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

5.88% BENEFICIAL

STRATEGIC INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND

A EDWARD D JONES & COFOR THE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS12555 MANCHESTER ROADSAINT LOUIS MO 63131-3710

32.28% RECORD

. 133

Page 161: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

STRATEGIC INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND

A NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLCFEBO CUSTOMERSMUTUAL FUNDS200 LIBERTY ST # 1WFCNEW YORK NY 10281-1003

11.05% RECORD

STRATEGIC INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND

A CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INCMUTUAL FUNDS DEPT101 MONTGOMERY STSAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151

7.96% RECORD

STRATEGIC INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND

A TD AMERITRADE INC FEBOOUR CUSTOMERSPO BOX 2226OMAHA NE 68103-2226

6.28% RECORD

STRATEGIC INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND

A AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SVC707 2ND AVE SMINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-2405

6.02% RECORD

STRATEGIC INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND

A PERSHING LLC1 PERSHING PLZJERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001

5.84% RECORD

STRATEGIC INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND

C AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SVC707 2ND AVE SMINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-2405

19.72% RECORD

STRATEGIC INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND

C LPL FINANCIALOMNIBUS CUSTOMER ACCOUNTATTN: MUTUAL FUND TRADING4707 EXECUTIVE DRIVESAN DIEGO CA 92121-3091

14.74% RECORD

STRATEGIC INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND

C WELLS FARGO CLEARING SERVICES, LLCSPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FOR THEEXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMER2801 MARKET STSAINT LOUIS MO 63103-2523

9.49% RECORD

STRATEGIC INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND

C NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLCFEBO CUSTOMERSMUTUAL FUNDS200 LIBERTY ST # 1WFCNEW YORK NY 10281-1003

9.11% RECORD

STRATEGIC INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND

C RAYMOND JAMESOMNIBUS FOR MUTUAL FUNDSHOUSE ACCT FIRM880 CARILLON PKWYST PETERSBURG FL 33716-1100

8.56% RECORD

STRATEGIC INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND

C MLPF&S FOR THESOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERSATTN: FUND ADMINISTRATION4800 DEERLAKE DRIVE EAST 2ND FLJACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

7.61% RECORD

STRATEGIC INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND

C PERSHING LLC1 PERSHING PLZJERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001

7.47% RECORD

STRATEGIC INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND

I AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SVC707 2ND AVE SMINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-2405

27.93% RECORD

STRATEGIC INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND

I NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLCFEBO CUSTOMERSMUTUAL FUNDS200 LIBERTY ST # 1WFCNEW YORK NY 10281-1003

25.48% RECORD

STRATEGIC INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND

I RAYMOND JAMESOMNIBUS FOR MUTUAL FUNDSHOUSE ACCT FIRM880 CARILLON PKWYST PETERSBURG FL 33716-1100

8.57% RECORD

. 134

Page 162: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

STRATEGIC INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND

I LPL FINANCIALOMNIBUS CUSTOMER ACCOUNTATTN: MUTUAL FUND TRADING4707 EXECUTIVE DRIVESAN DIEGO CA 92121-3091

7.49% RECORD

STRATEGIC INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND

NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE BALANCED PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

35.92% BENEFICIAL

STRATEGIC INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND

NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE GROWTH PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

15.75% BENEFICIAL

STRATEGIC INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND

NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE MODERATE PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

12.76% BENEFICIAL

STRATEGIC INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND

NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE CONSERVATIVE PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

11.77% BENEFICIAL

STRATEGIC INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND

R2 FIIOC CUSTFBO SMC CORPORATION OF AMERICA401K PLAN100 MAGELLAN WAY (KW1C)COVINGTON KY 41015-1987

26.41% BENEFICIAL

STRATEGIC INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND

R2 NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC499 WASHINGTON BLVDJERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995

13.14% RECORD

STRATEGIC INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND

R2 C/O MUTUAL FUND TRADINGGREAT-WEST TRUST COMPANY LLC TTEE FRECORDKEEPING FOR VARIOUS BENEFIT8525 E ORCHARD RDGREENWOOD VLG CO 80111-5002

9.57% RECORD

STRATEGIC INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND

R2 PATTERSON & CO FBOKNOX COUNTY EE RET & AAP1525 WEST WT HARRIS BLVDCHARLOTTE NC 28288-1076

8.66% BENEFICIAL

STRATEGIC INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND

R6 J P MORGAN SECURITIES LLC OMNIBUSACCOUNT FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFITOF CUSTOMERS4 CHASE METROTECH CENTER3RD FL MUTUAL FUND DEPARTMENTBROOKLYN NY 11245-0004

58.33% RECORD

STRATEGIC INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND

R6 EDWARD D JONES & COFOR THE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS12555 MANCHESTER ROADSAINT LOUIS MO 63131-3710

22.65% RECORD

U.S. HIGH YIELD BOND FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE CONSERVATIVE PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

11.91% BENEFICIAL

U.S. HIGH YIELD BOND FUND 1 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)201 TOWNSEND STREET, SUITE 900LANSING MI 48933

96.18% BENEFICIAL

U.S. HIGH YIELD BOND FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE BALANCED PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

38.83% BENEFICIAL

. 135

Page 163: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FUNDSHARECLASS NAME AND ADDRESS

PERCENTAGEOWNED

TYPE OFOWNERSHIP

U.S. HIGH YIELD BOND FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE GROWTH PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

20.19% BENEFICIAL

U.S. HIGH YIELD BOND FUND NAV JHF II MULTIMANAGER LIFESTYLE MODERATE PORTFOLIO200 BERKELEY STREETBOSTON MA 02116

14.91% BENEFICIAL

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS AND OTHER SERVICESAdvisory AgreementThe Advisor serves as investment advisor to the fund and is responsible for the supervision of the subadvisor services to the fund pursuant to the Advisory Agreement. Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement and subject to general oversight by the Board, the Advisor manages and supervises the investment operations and business affairs of the fund. The Advisor provides the fund with all necessary office facilities and equipment and any personnel necessary for the oversight and/or conduct of the investment operations of the fund. The Advisor also coordinates and oversees the services provided to the fund under other agreements, including custodial, administrative and transfer agency services. Additionally, the Advisor provides certain administrative and other non-advisory services to the fund pursuant to a separate Service Agreement, as discussed below.

The Advisor is responsible for overseeing and implementing a fund’s investment program and provides a variety of advisory oversight and investment research services, including: (i) monitoring fund portfolio compositions and risk profiles and (ii) evaluating fund investment characteristics, such as investment strategies, and recommending to the Board potential enhancements to such characteristics. The Advisor provides management and transition services associated with certain fund events (e.g., strategy, portfolio manager or subadvisor changes).

The Advisor has the responsibility to oversee the subadvisors and recommend to the Board: (i) the hiring, termination, and replacement of a subadvisor; and (ii) the allocation and reallocation of a fund’s assets among multiple subadvisors, when appropriate. In this capacity, the Advisor negotiates with potential subadvisors and, once retained, among other things: (i) monitors the compliance of the subadvisor with the investment objectives and related policies of the fund; (ii) reviews the performance of the subadvisor; and (iii) reports periodically on such performance to the Board. The Advisor utilizes the expertise of a team of investment professionals in manager research and oversight who provide these research and monitoring services.

The Advisor is not liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by a fund in connection with the matters to which the Advisory Agreement relates, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of the Advisor in the performance of its duties or from its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the Advisory Agreement.

Under the Advisory Agreement, a fund may use the name “John Hancock” or any name derived from or similar to it only for so long as the Advisory Agreement or any extension, renewal or amendment thereof remains in effect. If the Advisory Agreement is no longer in effect, the fund (to the extent that it lawfully can) will cease to use such name or any other name indicating that it is advised by or otherwise connected with the Advisor. In addition, the Advisor or JHLICO U.S.A., a subsidiary of Manulife Financial, may grant the nonexclusive right to use the name “John Hancock” or any similar name to any other corporation or entity, including but not limited to any investment company of which the JHLICO U.S.A. or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof or any successor to the business of any subsidiary or affiliate thereof shall be the investment advisor.

The continuation of the Advisory Agreement and the Distribution Agreement (discussed below) were each approved by all Trustees. The Advisory Agreement and the Distribution Agreement will continue in effect from year to year, provided that each Agreement’s continuance is approved annually both: (i) by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust or by the Trustees; and (ii) by a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to the Agreement, or “interested persons” of any such parties. Each of these Agreements may be terminated on 60 days’ written notice by any party or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund and will terminate automatically if assigned.

The Trust bears all costs of its organization and operation, including but not limited to expenses of preparing, printing and mailing all shareholders’ reports, notices, prospectuses, proxy statements and reports to regulatory agencies; expenses relating to the issuance, registration and qualification of shares; government fees; interest charges; expenses of

. 136

Page 164: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

furnishing to shareholders their account statements; taxes; expenses of redeeming shares; brokerage and other expenses connected with the execution of portfolio securities transactions; expenses pursuant to a fund’s plan of distribution; fees and expenses of custodians including those for keeping books and accounts maintaining a committed line of credit and calculating the NAV of shares; fees and expenses of transfer agents and dividend disbursing agents; legal, accounting, financial, management, tax and auditing fees and expenses of the fund (including an allocable portion of the cost of the Advisor’s employees rendering such services to the fund); the compensation and expenses of officers and Trustees (other than persons serving as President or Trustee who are otherwise affiliated with the fund the Advisor or any of their affiliates); expenses of Trustees’ and shareholders’ meetings; trade association memberships; insurance premiums; and any extraordinary expenses.

Securities held by a fund also may be held by other funds or investment advisory clients for which the Advisor, the subadvisor or their respective affiliates provide investment advice. Because of different investment objectives or other factors, a particular security may be bought for one or more funds or clients when one or more are selling the same security. If opportunities for purchase or sale of securities by the Advisor or subadvisor for a fund or for other funds or clients for which the Advisor or subadvisor renders investment advice arise for consideration at or about the same time, transactions in such securities will be made, insofar as feasible, for the respective fund, funds or clients in a manner deemed equitable to all of them. To the extent that transactions on behalf of more than one client of the Advisor or subadvisor or their respective affiliates may increase the demand for securities being purchased or the supply of securities being sold, there may be an adverse effect on price.

Advisor Compensation. As compensation for its advisory services under the Advisory Agreement, the Advisor receives a fee from the fund, computed separately for each fund. The fee for each fund is stated as an annual percentage of the current value of the “aggregate net assets” of the fund. “Aggregate net assets” of a fund include the net assets of the fund and, in many cases, the net assets of one or more other funds (or portions thereof) advised by the Advisor, but in each case only for the period during which the Advisor also serves as the advisor to the other fund(s) (or portions thereof). The fee for each fund is based on the applicable annual rate that, for each day, is equal to: (i) the sum of the amounts determined by applying the annual percentage rates for the fund to the applicable portions of aggregate net assets divided by: (ii) aggregate net assets (totaling the “Applicable Annual Fee Rate”). The fee for each fund accrues and is paid daily to the Advisor for each calendar day. The daily fee accruals are computed by multiplying the fraction of one over the number of calendar days in the year by the Applicable Annual Fee Rate, and multiplying this product by the net assets of the fund. The management fees that each fund currently is obligated to pay the Advisor are as set forth in its Prospectus.

The Advisor has contractually agreed to reduce its management fee for each fund of funds or, if necessary, make payment to a fund of funds in an amount equal to the amount by which certain expenses of the fund of funds, including those expenses attributable to investments in underlying funds (“Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses”) exceed the percentage of average daily net assets (on an annualized basis) of the fund of funds as set forth in the prospectus. For purposes of this contractual limitation on fund expenses, Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses will be calculated monthly per the formulation below, and provided to the funds’ custodian for use in determining the amount of the expense limitation. The calculation of AFFE represents the indirect expenses of a fund’s investments in underlying investment companies. Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses are determined based on the sum of the average investment in an underlying fund for the previous month during the fiscal year and by taking the product of the underlying fund’s operating expense ratio as determined from the most recent published financial statement over the fund of funds’ average monthly net assets. The formula to determine the Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses is as follows:

Latest Underlying Fund expense ratio X [Sum of Underlying Fund market value for the month / # of business days in the month]§

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------§Fund of Funds’ Monthly Average Market Value

From time to time, the Advisor may reduce its fee or make other arrangements to limit a fund’s expenses to a specified percentage of average daily net assets. The Advisor retains the right to re-impose a fee and recover any other payments to the extent that, during the fiscal year in which such expense limitation is in place, the fund’s annual expenses fall below this limit. The following table shows the advisory fees that each fund incurred and paid to the Advisor for the fiscal periods ended August 31, 2019, August 31, 2018, and August 31, 2017.

Advisory Fee Paid in Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

Funds 2019 ($) 2018 ($) 2017 ($)

Alternative Asset Allocation Fund

. 137

Page 165: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Advisory Fee Paid in Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

Funds 2019 ($) 2018 ($) 2017 ($)

Gross Fees 1,762,487 1,724,533 1,824,324

Waivers (806,628) (876,514) (932,076)

Net Fees 955,859 848,019 892,248

Asia Pacific Total Return Bond Fund

Gross Fees 2,289,545 2,653,980 2,785,130

Waivers (23,879) (31,375) (30,322)

Net Fees 2,265,666 2,622,605 2,754,808

Blue Chip Growth Fund

Gross Fees 27,909,232 21,504,128 19,580,144

Waivers (1,434,254) (1,111,778) (1,082,508)

Net Fees 26,474,978 20,392,350 18,497,636

Capital Appreciation Fund

Gross Fees 12,549,268 12,636,658 12,906,503

Waivers (132,735) (152,336) (142,936)

Net Fees 12,416,533 12,484,322 12,763,567

Capital Appreciation Value Fund

Gross Fees 13,377,060 14,998,760 16,016,885

Waivers (662,756) (764,394) (798,977)

Net Fees 12,714,304 14,234,366 15,217,908

Core Bond Fund

Gross Fees 12,628,500 10,362,654 9,203,691

Waivers (165,422) (151,111) (123,311)

Net Fees 12,463,078 10,211,543 9,080,380

Disciplined Alternative Yield Fund

Gross Fees 1,037,998 1,143,336 2,758,339

Waivers (59,654) (20,157) (19,434)

Net Fees 978,344 1,123,179 2,738,905

Emerging Markets Fund

Gross Fees 6,059,053 10,693,363 10,248,373

Waivers (49,570) (98,254) (84,776)

Net Fees 6,009,483 10,595,109 10,163,597

Emerging Markets Debt Fund

Gross Fees 6,936,458 5,829,425 4,688,659

Waivers (74,029) (70,052) (52,928)

Net Fees 6,862,429 5,759,373 4,635,731

Equity Income Fund

Gross Fees 11,079,222 12,131,859 12,589,199

Waivers (476,585) (561,708) (661,449)

Net Fees 10,602,637 11,570,151 11,927,750

Floating Rate Income Fund

Gross Fees 7,375,298 9,691,581 13,197,914

Waivers (956,637) (118,154) (280,031)

Net Fees 6,418,661 9,573,427 12,917,883

Fundamental Global Franchise Fund

Gross Fees 3,556,565 3,717,469 4,355,500

Waivers (33,308) (39,365) (42,533)

Net Fees 3,523,257 3,678,104 4,312,967

Global Bond Fund

Gross Fees 1,124,004 2,061,742 3,246,141

Waivers (64,451) (24,959) (36,075)

. 138

Page 166: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Advisory Fee Paid in Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

Funds 2019 ($) 2018 ($) 2017 ($)

Net Fees 1,059,553 2,036,783 3,210,066

Global Equity Fund

Gross Fees 5,826,347 6,593,246 6,731,847

Waivers (54,661) (69,854) (65,730)

Net Fees 5,771,686 6,523,392 6,666,117

Health Sciences Fund

Gross Fees 2,913,419 3,291,983 1,798,339

Waivers (170,158) (196,851) (106,266)

Net Fees 2,743,261 3,095,132 1,692,073

High Yield Fund

Gross Fees 2,270,867 3,105,724 3,464,725

Waivers (24,599) (38,332) (39,527)

Net Fees 2,246,268 3,067,392 3,425,198

Income Allocation Fund

Gross Fees 23,227 46,085 34,389

Waivers (23,227) (46,085) (34,389)

Net Fees 0 0 0

International Small Company Fund

Gross Fees 6,428,019 6,053,800 5,498,658

Waivers (93,392) (95,745) (64,547)

Net Fees 6,334,627 5,958,055 5,434,111

International Strategic Equity Allocation Fund

Gross Fees 10,480,873 12,313,473 9,900,709

Waivers (2,197,765) (2,554,677) (2,052,088)

Net Fees 8,283,108 9,758,796 7,848,621

International Value Fund

Gross Fees 5,123,246 9,447,884 12,086,447

Waivers (48,497) (100,100) (117,823)

Net Fees 5,074,749 9,347,784 11,968,624

Mid Cap Stock Fund

Gross Fees 13,171,323 13,359,390 12,838,752

Waivers (118,745) (136,037) (120,354)

Net Fees 13,052,578 13,223,353 12,718,398

Mid Value Fund

Gross Fees 12,377,162 13,175,108 8,607,510

Waivers (684,505) (748,624) (480,909)

Net Fees 11,692,657 12,426,484 8,126,601

Multi-Index Lifestyle Aggressive Portfolio

Gross Fees 624,592 564,843 320,183

Waivers 0 (5,266) (30,171)

Net Fees 624,592 559,577 290,012

Multi-Index Lifestyle Balanced Portfolio

Gross Fees 2,738,465 2,578,403 1,594,829

Waivers 0 0 0

Net Fees 2,738,465 2,578,403 1,594,829

Multi-Index Lifestyle Conservative Portfolio

Gross Fees 720,668 654,262 420,754

Waivers (19,778) (49,634) (49,009)

Net Fees 700,890 604,628 371,745

Multi-Index Lifestyle Growth Portfolio

. 139

Page 167: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Advisory Fee Paid in Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

Funds 2019 ($) 2018 ($) 2017 ($)

Gross Fees 1,973,084 1,808,437 1,079,687

Waivers 0 0 0

Net Fees 1,973,084 1,808,437 1,079,687

Multi-Index Lifestyle Moderate Portfolio

Gross Fees 917,984 853,435 511,732

Waivers 0 (27,323) (39,288)

Net Fees 917,984 826,112 472,444

Multi-Index 2060 Preservation Portfolio

Gross Fees 137,542 80,385 25,754

Waivers (137,542) (80,385) (25,754)

Net Fees 0 0 0

Multi-Index 2055 Preservation Portfolio

Gross Fees 466,150 438,794 335,905

Waivers (466,150) (438,794) (335,905)

Net Fees 0 0 0

Multi-Index 2050 Preservation Portfolio

Gross Fees 1,089,267 1,127,199 1,008,913

Waivers (1,089,267) (1,127,199) (1,008,913)

Net Fees 0 0 0

Multi-Index 2045 Preservation Portfolio

Gross Fees 1,435,405 1,503,963 1,319,659

Waivers (1,435,405) (1,503,963) (1,319,659)

Net Fees 0 0 0

Multi-Index 2040 Preservation Portfolio

Gross Fees 1,930,617 2,036,835 1,834,971

Waivers (1,930,617) (2,036,835) (1,834,971)

Net Fees 0 0 0

Multi-Index 2035 Preservation Portfolio

Gross Fees 2,810,655 2,898,264 2,666,019

Waivers (2,810,655) (2,898,264) (2,666,019)

Net Fees 0 0 0

Multi-Index 2030 Preservation Portfolio

Gross Fees 4,034,330 4,156,401 3,874,826

Waivers (3,934,035) (4,156,401) (3,804,659)

Net Fees 100,295 0 70,167

Multi-Index 2025 Preservation Portfolio

Gross Fees 4,703,468 4,997,258 5,069,433

Waivers (3,702,152) (4,098,678) (3,920,232)

Net Fees 1,001,316 898,580 1,149,201

Multi-Index 2020 Preservation Portfolio

Gross Fees 2,973,001 3,477,096 3,884,358

Waivers (2,090,005) (2,487,452) (2,624,175)

Net Fees 882,996 989,644 1,260,183

Multi-Index Income Preservation Portfolio

Gross Fees 1,795,968 2,145,705 2,663,954

Waivers (1,214,530) (1,482,805) (1,684,346)

Net Fees 581,438 662,900 979,608

Multimanager 2060 Lifetime Portfolio

Gross Fees 87,469 40,843 12,310

Waivers (87,469) (40,843) (12,310)

. 140

Page 168: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Advisory Fee Paid in Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

Funds 2019 ($) 2018 ($) 2017 ($)

Net Fees 0 0 0

Multimanager 2055 Lifetime Portfolio

Gross Fees 244,632 171,082 110,843

Waivers (244,632) (171,082) (110,843)

Net Fees 0 0 0

Multimanager 2050 Lifetime Portfolio

Gross Fees 507,245 402,049 311,847

Waivers (507,245) (402,049) (311,847)

Net Fees 0 0 0

Multimanager 2045 Lifetime Portfolio

Gross Fees 954,905 817,065 688,875

Waivers (954,905) (817,065) (688,875)

Net Fees 0 0 0

Multimanager 2040 Lifetime Portfolio

Gross Fees 1,075,140 901,177 740,856

Waivers (1,075,140) (901,177) (740,856)

Net Fees 0 0 0

Multimanager 2035 Lifetime Portfolio

Gross Fees 1,373,752 1,152,089 944,035

Waivers (1,373,752) (1,152,089) (944,035)

Net Fees 0 0 0

Multimanager 2030 Lifetime Portfolio

Gross Fees 1,708,015 1,433,732 1,146,400

Waivers (1,708,015) (1,433,732) (1,146,400)

Net Fees 0 0 0

Multimanager 2025 Lifetime Portfolio

Gross Fees 1,828,646 1,562,051 1,237,981

Waivers (1,828,646) (1,562,051) (1,237,981)

Net Fees 0 0 0

Multimanager 2020 Lifetime Portfolio

Gross Fees 1,298,458 1,146,111 944,389

Waivers (1,298,458) (1,146,111) (944,389)

Net Fees 0 0 0

Multimanager 2015 Lifetime Portfolio

Gross Fees 489,353 462,154 405,888

Waivers (489,353) (462,154) (405,888)

Net Fees 0 0 0

Multimanager 2010 Lifetime Portfolio

Gross Fees 310,843 266,646 228,029

Waivers (310,843) (266,646) (228,029)

Net Fees 0 0 0

Multi-Index 2060 Lifetime Portfolio

Gross Fees 49,214 25,195 8,625

Waivers (49,214) (25,195) (8,625)

Net Fees 0 0 0

Multi-Index 2055 Lifetime Portfolio

Gross Fees 172,404 148,185 101,288

Waivers (172,404) (148,185) (101,288)

Net Fees 0 0 0

Multi-Index 2050 Lifetime Portfolio

. 141

Page 169: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Advisory Fee Paid in Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

Funds 2019 ($) 2018 ($) 2017 ($)

Gross Fees 253,154 217,135 138,915

Waivers (253,154) (217,135) (138,915)

Net Fees 0 0 0

Multi-Index 2045 Lifetime Portfolio

Gross Fees 358,962 320,883 210,913

Waivers (358,962) (320,883) (210,913)

Net Fees 0 0 0

Multi-Index 2040 Lifetime Portfolio

Gross Fees 432,501 397,351 267,971

Waivers (432,501) (397,351) (267,971)

Net Fees 0 0 0

Multi-Index 2035 Lifetime Portfolio

Gross Fees 556,963 521,350 369,412

Waivers (556,963) (521,350) (369,412)

Net Fees 0 0 0

Multi-Index 2030 Lifetime Portfolio

Gross Fees 671,660 654,113 497,650

Waivers (671,660) (654,113) (497,650)

Net Fees 0 0 0

Multi-Index 2025 Lifetime Portfolio

Gross Fees 677,724 679,493 550,234

Waivers (659,760) (679,493) (528,084)

Net Fees 17,964 0 22,150

Multi-Index 2020 Lifetime Portfolio

Gross Fees 489,182 513,609 454,821

Waivers (489,182) (513,609) (444,380)

Net Fees 0 0 10,441

Multi-Index 2015 Lifetime Portfolio

Gross Fees 158,184 169,350 176,992

Waivers (158,184) (169,350) (176,992)

Net Fees 0 0 0

Multi-Index 2010 Lifetime Portfolio

Gross Fees 103,872 117,433 112,303

Waivers (103,872) (117,433) (112,303)

Net Fees 0 0 0

New Opportunities Fund

Gross Fees 3,967,604 5,282,164 4,818,813

Waivers (971,708) (1,181,081) (1,129,104)

Net Fees 2,995,896 4,101,083 3,689,709

Real Estate Securities Fund

Gross Fees 2,816,302 3,064,089 3,950,468

Waivers (30,159) (37,079) (43,936)

Net Fees 2,786,143 3,027,010 3,906,532

Science & Technology Fund

Gross Fees 2,570,829 2,821,612 6,314,188

Waivers (114,584) (130,656) (278,141)

Net Fees 2,456,245 2,690,956 6,036,047

Small Cap Growth Fund

Gross Fees 3,766,504 2,788,039 1,975,892

Waivers (32,346) (26,123) (15,426)

. 142

Page 170: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Advisory Fee Paid in Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

Funds 2019 ($) 2018 ($) 2017 ($)

Net Fees 3,734,158 2,761,916 1,960,466

Small Cap Value Fund

Gross Fees 5,333,441 5,266,176 4,472,233

Waivers (40,605) (43,669) (33,828)

Net Fees 5,292,836 5,222,507 4,438,405

Strategic Equity Allocation Fund

Gross Fees 45,404,569 47,638,156 45,121,598

Waivers (9,520,908) (9,884,702) (9,414,873)

Net Fees 35,883,661 37,753,454 35,706,725

Strategic Income Opportunities Fund

Gross Fees 38,226,208 48,143,086 41,013,394

Waivers (1,669,349) (2,200,914) (1,819,448)

Net Fees 36,556,859 45,942,172 39,193,946

U.S. High Yield Bond Fund

Gross Fees 1,897,323 2,121,083 2,366,915

Waivers (19,142) (24,258) (24,943)

Net Fees 1,878,181 2,096,825 2,341,972

U.S. Sector Rotation Fund

Gross Fees 9,672,770 11,636,580 9,715,757

Waivers (2,028,237) (2,414,197) (2,015,675)

Net Fees 7,644,533 9,222,383 7,700,082

Service AgreementPursuant to a Service Agreement, the Advisor is responsible for providing, at the expense of the Trust, certain financial, accounting and administrative services such as legal services, tax, accounting, valuation, financial reporting and performance, compliance and service oversight. Pursuant to the Service Agreement, the Advisor shall determine, subject to Board approval, the expenses to be reimbursed by each fund, including an overhead allocation. The payments under the Service Agreement are not intended to provide a profit to the Advisor. Instead, the Advisor provides the services under the Service Agreement because it also provides advisory services under the Advisory Agreement. The reimbursement shall be calculated and paid monthly in arrears.

The Advisor is not liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by a fund in connection with the matters to which the Service Agreement relates, except losses resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence by the Advisor in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by the Advisor of its obligations under the Agreement.

The Service Agreement had an initial term of two years, and continues thereafter so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a majority of the Board and a majority of the Independent Trustees. The Trust, on behalf of any or all of the funds, or the Advisor may terminate the Agreement at any time without penalty on 60 days’ written notice to the other party. The Agreement may be amended by mutual written agreement of the parties, without obtaining shareholder approval.

The following table shows the fees that each fund incurred and paid to the Advisor for non-advisory services pursuant to the Service Agreement for the fiscal periods ended August 31, 2019, August 31, 2018, and August 31, 2017.

Service Fee Paid in Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

Fund 2019 ($) 2018 ($) 2017 ($)

Alternative Asset Allocation Fund 108,784 103,370 117,091

Asia Pacific Total Return Bond Fund 56,712 53,254 58,734

Blue Chip Growth Fund 673,486 419,732 387,684

Capital Appreciation Fund 315,347 259,511 277,226

Capital Appreciation Value Fund 292,868 266,266 299,124

Core Bond Fund 398,054 256,393 239,072

Disciplined Alternative Yield Fund 15,568 13,968 37,850

. 143

Page 171: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Service Fee Paid in Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

Fund 2019 ($) 2018 ($) 2017 ($)

Emerging Markets Debt Fund 179,343 120,560 101,485

Emerging Markets Fund 116,439 169,047 166,057

Equity Income Fund 284,846 244,583 263,927

Floating Rate Income Fund 195,004 204,066 294,779

Fundamental Global Franchise Fund 80,034 67,127 82,625

Global Bond Fund 27,993 42,217 70,338

Global Equity Fund 131,480 120,560 129,088

Health Sciences Fund 50,178 45,919 25,922

High Yield Fund 58,014 65,236 76,796

Income Allocation Fund 1,095 1,741 1,455

International Small Company Fund 122,662 92,954 89,073

International Strategic Equity Allocation Fund 303,792 285,912 245,490

International Value Fund 111,830 170,066 227,389

Mid Cap Stock Fund 281,317 232,651 234,289

Mid Value Fund 233,199 200,086 136,855

Multi-Index Lifestyle Aggressive Portfolio 58,840 43,260 25,992

Multi-Index Lifestyle Balanced Portfolio 157,903 119,573 78,429

Multi-Index Lifestyle Conservative Portfolio 29,942 21,778 14,876

Multi-Index Lifestyle Growth Portfolio 140,779 103,792 65,869

Multi-Index Lifestyle Moderate Portfolio 44,420 33,098 21,143

Multi-Index 2060 Preservation Portfolio 13,421 6,109 2,119

Multi-Index 2055 Preservation Portfolio 45,446 33,863 28,332

Multi-Index 2050 Preservation Portfolio 106,134 87,264 85,148

Multi-Index 2045 Preservation Portfolio 135,972 113,805 109,900

Multi-Index 2040 Preservation Portfolio 168,093 144,433 144,076

Multi-Index 2035 Preservation Portfolio 213,148 183,354 187,280

Multi-Index 2030 Preservation Portfolio 244,695 213,606 224,617

Multi-Index 2025 Preservation Portfolio 228,569 206,420 231,994

Multi-Index 2020 Preservation Portfolio 119,414 117,168 144,789

Multi-Index Income Preservation Portfolio 67,618 66,264 87,104

Multimanager 2060 Lifetime Portfolio 12,155 5,648 1,946

Multimanager 2055 Lifetime Portfolio 34,336 24,384 18,836

Multimanager 2050 Lifetime Portfolio 71,083 57,475 53,237

Multimanager 2045 Lifetime Portfolio 133,711 117,163 117,740

Multimanager 2040 Lifetime Portfolio 148,095 127,276 126,085

Multimanager 2035 Lifetime Portfolio 184,204 160,070 160,273

Multimanager 2030 Lifetime Portfolio 219,079 190,177 193,442

Multimanager 2025 Lifetime Portfolio 225,711 198,325 206,963

Multimanager 2020 Lifetime Portfolio 153,955 142,662 157,033

Multimanager 2015 Lifetime Portfolio 57,572 58,146 69,707

Multimanager 2010 Lifetime Portfolio 35,326 33,431 39,817

Multi-Index 2060 Lifetime Portfolio 3,868 1,550 562

Multi-Index 2055 Lifetime Portfolio 13,531 9,264 6,814

Multi-Index 2050 Lifetime Portfolio 19,870 13,597 9,338

Multi-Index 2045 Lifetime Portfolio 28,159 20,078 14,172

Multi-Index 2040 Lifetime Portfolio 32,816 24,135 17,898

Multi-Index 2035 Lifetime Portfolio 38,801 29,275 22,942

Multi-Index 2030 Lifetime Portfolio 42,161 33,005 28,001

Multi-Index 2025 Lifetime Portfolio 38,149 30,880 27,670

. 144

Page 172: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Service Fee Paid in Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

Fund 2019 ($) 2018 ($) 2017 ($)

Multi-Index 2020 Lifetime Portfolio 24,849 21,119 20,441

Multi-Index 2015 Lifetime Portfolio 7,528 6,508 7,262

Multi-Index 2010 Lifetime Portfolio 4,692 4,273 4,411

New Opportunities Fund 78,999 86,308 88,642

Real Estate Securities Fund 71,917 63,376 85,250

Science & Technology Fund 44,270 39,620 93,390

Small Cap Growth Fund 77,674 44,365 30,010

Small Cap Value Fund 98,552 75,425 66,673

Strategic Equity Allocation Fund 1,312,785 1,107,286 1,097,655

Strategic Income Opportunities Fund 1,097,039 1,125,736 1,006,751

U.S. High Yield Bond Fund 45,493 41,240 48,434

U.S. Sector Rotation Fund 276,886 270,753 241,273

The Subadvisory AgreementsDuties of the Subadvisors. Under the terms of each of the current subadvisory agreements, including multiple sub-subadvisory arrangements (each a “Subadvisory Agreement” and collectively, the “Subadvisory Agreements”), the subadvisors manage the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the fund, subject to the supervision of the Board and the Advisor. In addition, for a fund with a sub-subadvisory arrangement as indicated in its Prospectus, the activities of the sub-subadvisor are subject to the supervision of that fund’s subadvisor. Each subadvisor formulates a continuous investment program for each such fund consistent with its investment objectives and policies outlined in the Prospectus. Each subadvisor implements such programs by purchases and sales of securities and regularly reports to the Advisor and the Board with respect to the implementation of such programs. Each subadvisor, at its expense, furnishes all necessary investment and management facilities, including salaries of personnel required for it to execute its duties, as well as administrative facilities, including bookkeeping, clerical personnel, and equipment necessary for the conduct of the investment affairs of the assigned fund. Additional information about the funds’ portfolio managers, including other accounts managed, ownership of fund shares, and compensation structure, can be found at Appendix B to this SAI.

The Advisor has delegated to the subadvisors the responsibility to vote all proxies relating to the securities held by the fund. See “Other Services — Proxy Voting,below, for additional information.

Subadvisory Fees. As compensation for their services, each subadvisor receives fees from the Advisor computed separately for each fund. In respect of a sub-subadvisory agreement, the fees are paid by the subadvisor to the entity providing the sub-subadvisory services described below.

Subadvisory Arrangement for Emerging Markets Debt Fund. In rendering investment advisory services to Emerging Markets Debt Fund, Manulife IM (US), the subadvisor to the fund, may use the portfolio management, research and other resources of Manulife Investment Management (Hong Kong) Limited (“Manulife IM (HK)”), an affiliate of Manulife IM (US). Manulife IM (HK) is not registered with the SEC as an investment advisor under the Advisers Act. Manulife IM (US) has entered into a memorandum of understanding and supervisory agreement (collectively, the “Participating Affiliate Agreement”) with Manulife IM (HK) pursuant to which Manulife IM (HK) is considered a participating affiliate of the subadvisor as that term is used in relief granted by the staff of the SEC allowing U.S. registered investment advisors to use portfolio management or research resources of advisory affiliates subject to the supervision of a registered advisor. Investment professionals from Manulife IM (HK) may render portfolio management, research and other services to Emerging Markets Debt Fund under the Participating Affiliate Agreement and are subject to supervision by Manulife IM (US).

Sub-Subadvisory Arrangements. Under a sub-subadvisory arrangement, the sub-subadvisor provides certain investment advisory services to the fund’s subadvisor for the benefit of the fund. In each case, the subadvisor pays the sub-subadvisor, as full compensation for all services provided under the sub-subadvisory arrangement, a portion of its subadvisory fee. The Trust does not incur any expenses in connection with any sub-subadvisor’s services other than the advisory fee.

Fund Subadvisor Sub-subadvisor

High Yield Fund Western Asset Management Company Western Asset Management Company Limited

International Value Fund Templeton Investment Counsel, LLC Templeton Global Advisors Limited

Real Estate Securities Fund DWS Investment Management Americas, Inc. RREEF America L.L.C.

. 145

Page 173: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Affiliated Subadvisors. The Advisor and the Affiliated Subadvisors are controlled by Manulife Financial.

Advisory arrangements involving Affiliated Subadvisors and investment in affiliated underlying funds present certain conflicts of interest. For each fund of JHF II subadvised by an Affiliated Subadvisor, the Affiliated Subadvisor will benefit from increased subadvisory fees. In addition, MFC will benefit, not only from the net advisory fee retained by the Advisor but also from the subadvisory fee paid by the Advisor to the Affiliated Subadvisor. Consequently, the Affiliated Subadvisors and MFC may be viewed as benefiting financially from: (i) the appointment of or continued service of Affiliated Subadvisors to manage the funds; and (ii) the allocation of the assets of the funds to the funds having Affiliated Subadvisors. Similarly, the Advisor may be viewed as having a conflict of interest in the allocation of the assets of the funds to affiliated underlying funds as opposed to unaffiliated underlying funds. However, both the Advisor, in recommending to the Board the appointment or continued service of Affiliated Subadvisors, and such Subadvisors, in allocating the assets of the funds, have a fiduciary duty to act in the best interests of the funds and their shareholders. The Advisor has a duty to recommend that Affiliated Subadvisors be selected, retained, or replaced only when the Advisor believes it is in the best interests of shareholders. In addition, under JHF II’s “Manager of Managers” exemptive order received from the SEC, JHF II is required to obtain shareholder approval of any subadvisory agreement appointing an Affiliated Subadvisor as the subadvisor except as otherwise permitted by applicable SEC No-Action Letter to a fund (in the case of a new fund, the initial sole shareholder of the fund, an affiliate of the Advisor and MFC, may provide this approval). Similarly, each Affiliated Subadvisor has a duty to allocate assets to Affiliated Subadvised funds, and affiliated underlying funds more broadly, only when it believes this is in shareholders’ best interests and without regard for the financial incentives inherent in making such allocations. The Independent Trustees are aware of and monitor these conflicts of interest.

Additional Information Applicable to Subadvisory AgreementsTerm of each Subadvisory Agreement. Each Subadvisory Agreement will initially continue in effect as to a fund for a period no more than two years from the date of its execution (or the execution of an amendment making the agreement applicable to that fund) and thereafter if such continuance is specifically approved at least annually either: (a) by the Trustees; or (b) by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of that fund. In either event, such continuance also shall be approved by the vote of the majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons of any party to the Subadvisory Agreements.

Any required shareholder approval of any continuance of any of the Subadvisory Agreements shall be effective with respect to any fund if a majority of the outstanding voting securities of that fund votes to approve such continuance, even if such continuance may not have been approved by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of: (a) any other series of the Trust affected by the Subadvisory Agreement; or (b) all of the series of the Trust.

Failure of Shareholders to Approve Continuance of any Subadvisory Agreement. If the outstanding voting securities of any fund fail to approve any continuance of any Subadvisory Agreement, the party may continue to act as investment subadvisor with respect to such fund pending the required approval of the continuance of the Subadvisory Agreement or a new agreement with either that party or a different subadvisor, or other definitive action.

Termination of a Subadvisory Agreement. A Subadvisory Agreement may be terminated at any time without the payment of any penalty on 60 days’ written notice to the other party or parties to the Agreement, and also to the relevant fund. The following parties may terminate a Subadvisory Agreement: the Board; with respect to any fund, a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such fund; the Advisor; and the applicable subadvisor.

A Subadvisory Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment or upon termination of the Advisory Agreement.

Amendments to the Subadvisory Agreements. A Subadvisory Agreement may be amended by the parties to the agreement, provided that the amendment is approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the relevant fund (except as noted below) and by the vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees. The required shareholder approval of any amendment to a Subadvisory Agreement shall be effective with respect to any fund if a majority of the outstanding voting securities of that fund votes to approve the amendment, even if the amendment may not have been approved by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of: (a) any other series of the Trust affected by the amendment; or (b) all the series of the Trust.

As noted under “Who’s who — Investment advisor” in the Prospectus, an SEC order permits the Advisor, subject to approval by the Board and a majority of the Independent Trustees, to appoint a subadvisor (other than an Affiliated

. 146

Page 174: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Subadvisor), or change a subadvisory fee or otherwise amend a subadvisory agreement (other than with an Affiliated Subadvisor) pursuant to an agreement that is not approved by shareholders.

Other ServicesProxy Voting. Based on the terms of the current Subadvisory Agreements, the Trust’s proxy voting policies and procedures (the “Trust Procedures”) delegate to the subadvisors of each of its funds the responsibility to vote all proxies relating to securities held by that fund in accordance with the subadvisor’s proxy voting policies and procedures. A subadvisor has a duty to vote or not vote such proxies in the best interests of the fund it subadvises and its shareholders, and to avoid the influence of conflicts of interest. In the event that the Advisor assumes day-to-day management responsibilities for the fund, the Trust’s Procedures delegate proxy voting responsibilities to the Advisor. Complete descriptions of the Trust Procedures and the proxy voting procedures of the Advisor and the subadvisors are set forth in Appendix C to this SAI.

It is possible that conflicts of interest could arise for a subadvisor when voting proxies. Such conflicts could arise, for example, when a subadvisor or its affiliate has an existing business relationship with the issuer of the security being voted or with a third party that has an interest in the vote. A conflict of interest also could arise when a fund, its Advisor or principal underwriter or any of their affiliates has an interest in the vote.

In the event a subadvisor becomes aware of a material conflict of interest, the Trust Procedures generally require the subadvisor to follow any conflicts procedures that may be included in the subadvisor’s proxy voting procedures. Although conflicts procedures will vary among subadvisors, they generally include one or more of the following:

(a) voting pursuant to the recommendation of a third party voting service;§(b) voting pursuant to pre-determined voting guidelines; or§(c) referring voting to a special compliance or oversight committee.

The specific conflicts procedures of each subadvisor are set forth in its proxy voting procedures included in Appendix C. While these conflicts procedures may reduce the influence of conflicts of interest on proxy voting, such influence will not necessarily be eliminated.

Although a subadvisor may have a duty to vote all proxies on behalf of the fund that it subadvises, it is possible that the subadvisor may not be able to vote proxies under certain circumstances. For example, it may be impracticable to translate in a timely manner voting materials that are written in a foreign language or to travel to a foreign country when voting in person rather than by proxy is required. In addition, if the voting of proxies for shares of a security prohibits a subadvisor from trading the shares in the marketplace for a period of time, the subadvisor may determine that it is not in the best interests of the fund to vote the proxies. In addition, consistent with its duty to vote proxies in the best interests of a fund’s shareholders, the subadvisor may refrain from voting one or more of the fund’s proxies if the subadvisor believes that the costs of voting such proxies may outweigh the potential benefits. For example, the subadvisor may choose not to recall securities where the subadvisor believes the costs of voting may outweigh the potential benefit of voting. A subadvisor also may choose not to recall securities that have been loaned in order to vote proxies for shares of the security since the fund would lose security lending income if the securities were recalled.

Information regarding how a fund voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30th is available: (1) without charge, on www.jhinvestments.com and (2) on the SEC’s website at sec.gov.

DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENTSThe Trust has a Distribution Agreement with John Hancock Investment Management Distributors LLC, an affiliate of the Advisor, located at 200 Berkeley Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116. Under the Distribution Agreement, the Distributor is obligated to use its best efforts to sell shares of each class of the fund. Shares of the fund also are sold by selected broker-dealers, banks and registered investment advisors (“Selling Firms”) that have entered into selling agreements with the Distributor. These Selling Firms are authorized to designate other intermediaries to receive purchase and redemption orders on behalf of the fund. The Distributor accepts orders for the purchase of the shares of the funds that are continually offered at the NAV next determined, plus any applicable sales charge. Class 1, Class I, Class NAV, Class R1, Class R2, Class R3, Class R4, Class R5, and Class R6 shares of the fund are offered without a front-end sales load or CDSC. In connection with the sale of Class A shares, the Distributor and Selling Firms receive compensation from a sales charge imposed at the time of sale. In the case of Class B and Class C shares, the Selling Firms receive compensation immediately, but the Distributor is compensated on a deferred basis. In the case of Class R1, Class R2, Class R3, Class R4, and Class R5 shares, the Selling Firms receive compensation monthly. Neither the Distributor nor Selling Firms receive any compensation with respect to the sale of Class R6 shares of the fund.

. 147

Page 175: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

With respect to share classes other than Class R6, the Distributor may make, either from Rule 12b-1 distribution fees, if applicable, or out of its own resources, additional payments to financial intermediaries (firms), such as broker-dealers, banks, registered investment advisors, independent financial planners, and retirement plan administrators. These payments are sometimes referred to as “revenue sharing.” No such payments are made with respect to the funds’ Class R6 shares.

The funds do not issue share certificates. Shares are electronically recorded. The Board reserves the right to change or waive a fund’s minimum investment requirements and to reject any order to purchase shares (including purchase by exchange) when, in the judgment of the Advisor or the relevant subadvisor, such rejection is in the fund’s best interest.

Underwriting Commissions. The following table shows the underwriting commissions that the Distributor charged with respect to transactions in Class A, Class B, and Class C shares of the fund for the fiscal periods ended August 31, 2019, August 31, 2018, and August 31, 2017.

Fiscal Period Ended August 31,

Fund Share Class2019($)

2018($)

2017($)

Alternative Asset Allocation Fund Class A 37,224.60 65,440.55 72,559.00

Class C 2,472.94 2,248.64 3,220.15

Blue Chip Growth Fund Class A 1,687,360.04

Class C 10,770.17

Disciplined Alternative Yield Fund Class A 0.00 380.73 3,106.00

Class C 0.00 N/A 2.54

Emerging Markets Fund Class A 135,175.60 214,790.73 187,877.00

Class C 761.06 731.00 721.42

Emerging Markets Debt Fund Class A 2,733.57 10,865.04 7,110.00

Class C 199.88 205.08 N/A

Equity Income Fund Class A 151,670.37

Class C 172.19

Floating Rate Income Fund Class A 76,509.84 71,245.37 121,999.00

Class B 818.18 11,350.66 23,627.32

Class C 2,373.13 10,492.34 6,603.04

Fundamental Global Franchise Fund Class A 11,315.84

Income Allocation Fund Class A 2,592.96 9,655.31 2,820.00

Class C 79.82 711.35 102.32

International Small Company Fund Class A 173,602.61 311,013.47 281,601.00

Class C 465.58 526.28 1,272.88

Multimanager 2055 Lifetime Portfolio Class A 6,653.69 5,864.65 5,181.00

Multimanager 2050 Lifetime Portfolio Class A 17,723.16 15,629.05 13,388.00

Multimanager 2045 Lifetime Portfolio Class A 18,246.42 22,370.70 23,847.00

Multimanager 2040 Lifetime Portfolio Class A 31,302.53 21,366.31 30,073.00

Multimanager 2035 Lifetime Portfolio Class A 19,679.79 35,028.09 24,721.00

Multimanager 2030 Lifetime Portfolio Class A 22,608.10 38,834.93 25,925.00

Multimanager 2025 Lifetime Portfolio Class A 18,941.78 27,407.65 33,929.00

Multimanager 2020 Lifetime Portfolio Class A 10,278.62 28,557.26 24,285.00

Multimanager 2015 Lifetime Portfolio Class A 6,819.40 7,941.70 12,301.00

Multimanager 2010 Lifetime Portfolio Class A 1,682.06 3,582.91 5,665.00

New Opportunities Fund Class A 61,000.65

Class C 70.22

Small Cap Growth Fund Class A 9,611.44

Small Cap Value Fund Class A 37,073.78 92,971.73 196,898.00

Strategic Income Opportunities Fund Class A 232,685.92 495,716.24 739,417.00

Class C 13,918.91 26,351.53 44,962.52

Distribution Plans. The Board has adopted distribution plans with respect to Class A, Class B, Class C, Class R1, Class R2, Class R3, Class R4, Class R5, and Class 1 shares pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (the “Rule 12b-1

. 148

Page 176: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Plans”). Under the Rule 12b-1 Plans, a fund may pay distribution and service fees based on average daily net assets attributable to those classes, at the maximum aggregate annual rates shown in the following table. However, the service portion of the Rule 12b-1 fees borne by a class of shares of a fund will not exceed 0.25% of average daily net assets attributable to such class of shares.

Share Class Rule 12b-1 Fee (%)

Class A (Each fund other than Floating Rate Income Fund, New Opportunities Fund and Small Cap Growth Fund) 0.30

Class A (Floating Rate Income Fund, New Opportunities Fund and Small Cap Growth Fund) 0.25

Class B 1.00

Class C 1.00

Class R1 0.50

Class R2 0.25

Class R3 0.50

Class R41 0.25

Class R5 0.00

Class 1 0.05

1 The Distributor has contractually agreed to limit the Rule 12b-1 distribution and service fees for Class R4 shares of the fund to 0.15% until December 31, 2020.

The distribution portion of the fees payable pursuant to the Rule 12b-1 Plans may be spent on any activities or expenses primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of the particular class, including but not limited to: (i) compensation to Selling Firms and others (including affiliates of the Distributor) that are engaged in or support the sale of fund shares; and (ii) marketing, promotional and overhead expenses incurred in connection with the distribution of fund shares. The service portion of the fees payable pursuant to the Rule 12b-1 Plans may be used to compensate Selling Firms and others for providing personal and account maintenance services to shareholders. The fees paid under the Class 1 shares’ Rule 12b-1 Plans also may be used for certain shareholder and administrative services.

The Rule 12b-1 Plans and all amendments were approved by the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees, by votes cast in person at meetings called for the purpose of voting on the Rule 12b-1 Plans. Pursuant to the Rule 12b-1 Plans, at least quarterly, the Distributor provides the Board with a written report of the amounts expended under the Rule 12b-1 Plans and the purpose for which these expenditures were made. The Board reviews these reports on a quarterly basis to determine the continued appropriateness of such expenditures.

Each Rule 12b-1 Plan provides that it will continue in effect only so long as its continuance is approved at least annually by a majority of both the Board and the Independent Trustees. Each Rule 12b-1 Plan provides that it may be terminated without penalty: (a) by a vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees; and (b) by a vote of a majority of the fund’s outstanding shares of the applicable class, in each case upon 60 days’ written notice to the Distributor. Each Rule 12b-1 Plan further provides that it may not be amended to increase materially the maximum amount of the fees for the services described therein without the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class of the relevant class that has voting rights with respect to the Rule 12b-1 Plan. The Rule 12b-1 Plans provide that no material amendment to the Rule 12b-1 Plans will be effective unless it is approved by a majority vote of the Board and the Independent Trustees of the Trust. The holders of Class A, Class B, Class C, Class R1, Class R2, Class R3, Class R4, Class R5, and Class 1 shares have exclusive voting rights with respect to the Rule 12b-1 Plans applicable to their class of shares. In adopting the Rule 12b-1 Plans, the Board, including the Independent Trustees, concluded that, in their judgment, there is a reasonable likelihood that the Rule 12b-1 Plans will benefit the holders of the applicable classes of shares of each fund.

Class I, Class NAV, and Class R6 shares of the fund are not subject to any Rule 12b-1 Plan. Expenses associated with the obligation of the Distributor to use its best efforts to sell Class I, Class NAV, and Class R6 shares will be paid by the Advisor or by the Distributor and will not be paid from the fees paid under the Rule 12b-1 Plan for any other class of shares. In addition, expenses associated with the obligation of the Distributor to use its best efforts to sell Class R5 shares will be paid by the Advisor or by the Distributor and will not be paid by the fund.

Amounts paid to the Distributor by any class of shares of a fund will not be used to pay the expenses incurred with respect to any other class of shares of that fund; provided, however, that expenses attributable to the fund as a whole will be allocated, to the extent permitted by law, according to a formula based upon gross sales dollars and/or average daily net assets of each such class, as may be approved from time to time by vote of a majority of the Trustees. From time to time, a fund may participate in joint distribution activities with other funds and the costs of those activities will be borne by the fund in proportion to the relative NAVs of the fund and the other funds.

. 149

Page 177: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Each Rule 12b-1 Plan recognizes that the Advisor may use its management fee revenue under the Advisory Agreement with a fund as well as its past profits or other resources from any source to make payments with respect to expenses incurred in connection with the distribution of shares of the fund. To the extent that the payment of management fees by a fund to the Advisor should be deemed to be the indirect financing of any activity primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of a class within the meaning of Rule 12b-1, such payments are deemed to be authorized by the Rule 12b-1 Plan.

During the fiscal period ended August 31, 2019, the following amounts were paid to the Distributor pursuant to each fund’s Rule 12b-1 Plans.

Fund Share Class Rule 12b-1 Service Fee Payments ($)Rule 12b-1 Distribution Fee Payments ($)

Alternative Asset Allocation Fund Class A 204,152 40,831

Class C 119,879 359,635

Class R2 6,061 0

Class R4 376 0

Blue Chip Growth Fund Class 1 856,994 0

Class A 1,292,373 258,475

Class C 172,295 516,885

Capital Appreciation Fund Class 1 305,608 0

Core Bond Fund Class 1 79,898 0

Disciplined Alternative Yield Fund Class A 999 200

Class C 171 513

Emerging Markets Fund Class A 133,964 26,793

Class C 7,060 21,180

Emerging Markets Debt Fund Class A 5,574 1,115

Class C 1,512 4,538

Class R2 176 0

Class R4 69 0

Equity Income Fund Class 1 104,076 0

Class A 114,349 22,870

Class C 6,707 20,121

Floating Rate Income Fund Class 1 14,818 0

Class A 284,687 0

Class B 17,064 51,192

Class C 217,273 651,818

Fundamental Global Franchise Fund Class A 8,682 1,736

Global Bond Fund Class 1 23,974 0

Global Equity Fund Class A 105,108 21,022

Class C 27,918 83,754

Class R2 343 0

Class R4 74 0

High Yield Fund Class 1 128,647 0

Income Allocation Fund Class A 11,652 2,330

Class C 2,001 6,004

International Small Company Fund Class A 134,071 26,814

Class C 4,282 12,845

International Value Fund Class 1 73,248 0

Mid Cap Stock Fund Class 1 212,145 0

Multi-Index Lifestyle Aggressive Portfolio Class 1 160,842 0

Multi-Index Lifestyle Balanced Portfolio Class 1 433,482 0

Multi-Index Lifestyle Conservative Portfolio Class 1 82,345 0

. 150

Page 178: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Fund Share Class Rule 12b-1 Service Fee Payments ($)Rule 12b-1 Distribution Fee Payments ($)

Multi-Index Lifestyle Growth Portfolio Class 1 386,072 0

Multi-Index Lifestyle Moderate Portfolio Class 1 121,982 0

Multi-Index 2060 Preservation Portfolio Class 1 35,912 0

Class R1 123 122

Class R2 308 0

Class R4 144 0

Multi-Index 2055 Preservation Portfolio Class 1 125,177 0

Class R1 110 111

Class R2 335 0

Class R4 66 0

Multi-Index 2050 Preservation Portfolio Class 1 270,201 0

Class R1 808 809

Class R2 2,807 0

Class R4 224 0

Multi-Index 2045 Preservation Portfolio Class 1 354,023 0

Class R1 1,124 1,123

Class R2 1,948 0

Class R4 66 0

Multi-Index 2040 Preservation Portfolio Class 1 438,741 0

Class R1 640 640

Class R2 1,426 0

Class R4 96 0

Multi-Index 2035 Preservation Portfolio Class 1 558,961 0

Class R1 2,324 2,325

Class R2 4,029 0

Class R4 69 0

Multi-Index 2030 Preservation Portfolio Class 1 645,581 0

Class R1 2,254 2,254

Class R2 3,033 0

Class R4 437 0

Multi-Index 2025 Preservation Portfolio Class 1 607,846 0

Class R1 863 863

Class R2 3,873 0

Class R4 89 0

Multi-Index 2020 Preservation Portfolio Class 1 316,053 0

Class R1 459 458

Class R2 2,954 0

Class R4 101 0

Multi-Index Income Preservation Portfolio Class 1 179,791 0

Class R1 419 419

Class R2 1,571 0

Class R4 147 0

. 151

Page 179: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Fund Share Class Rule 12b-1 Service Fee Payments ($)Rule 12b-1 Distribution Fee Payments ($)

Multimanager 2060 Lifetime Portfolio Class 1 31,602 0

Class A 4,134 827

Class R1 116 117

Class R2 192 0

Class R3 207 207

Class R4 79 0

Multimanager 2055 Lifetime Portfolio Class 1 85,941 0

Class A 29,668 5,933

Class R1 112 112

Class R2 1,220 0

Class R3 286 272

Class R4 68 0

Multimanager 2050 Lifetime Portfolio Class 1 160,979 0

Class A 129,429 25,886

Class R1 3,509 3,509

Class R2 2,741 0

Class R3 2,594 2,593

Class R4 1,131 0

Multimanager 2045 Lifetime Portfolio Class 1 302,852 0

Class A 255,751 51,150

Class R1 4,601 4,602

Class R2 6,011 0

Class R3 2,474 2,473

Class R4 244 0

Multimanager 2040 Lifetime Portfolio Class 1 331,784 0

Class A 308,499 61,699

Class R1 6,033 6,033

Class R2 2,115 0

Class R3 4,446 4,446

Class R4 318 0

Multimanager 2035 Lifetime Portfolio Class 1 417,591 0

Class A 362,248 72,450

Class R1 13,655 13,655

Class R2 4,928 0

Class R3 5,422 5,422

Class R4 586 0

Multimanager 2030 Lifetime Portfolio Class 1 494,205 0

Class A 446,338 89,267

Class R1 9,337 9,337

Class R2 5,016 0

Class R3 3,720 3,720

Class R4 676 0

Multimanager 2025 Lifetime Portfolio Class 1 514,700 0

Class A 432,210 86,442

Class R1 10,346 10,346

. 152

Page 180: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Fund Share Class Rule 12b-1 Service Fee Payments ($)Rule 12b-1 Distribution Fee Payments ($)

Class R2 7,776 0

Class R3 6,762 6,763

Class R4 1,070 0

Multimanager 2020 Lifetime Portfolio Class 1 324,228 0

Class A 417,149 83,430

Class R1 11,241 11,242

Class R2 3,402 0

Class R3 4,671 4,672

Class R4 318 0

Multimanager 2015 Lifetime Portfolio Class 1 106,372 0

Class A 225,472 45,094

Class R1 3,687 3,687

Class R2 110 0

Class R3 5,573 5,573

Class R4 94 0

Multimanager 2010 Lifetime Portfolio Class 1 71,308 0

Class A 111,666 22,333

Class R1 929 930

Class R2 1,154 0

Class R3 308 308

Class R4 120 0

Multi-Index 2060 Lifetime Portfolio Class 1 9,774 0

Multi-Index 2055 Lifetime Portfolio Class 1 33,758 0

Multi-Index 2050 Lifetime Portfolio Class 1 43,830 0

Multi-Index 2045 Lifetime Portfolio Class 1 58,483 0

Multi-Index 2040 Lifetime Portfolio Class 1 74,403 0

Multi-Index 2035 Lifetime Portfolio Class 1 91,395 0

Multi-Index 2030 Lifetime Portfolio Class 1 108,507 0

Multi-Index 2025 Lifetime Portfolio Class 1 99,931 0

Multi-Index 2020 Lifetime Portfolio Class 1 65,084 0

Multi-Index 2015 Lifetime Portfolio Class 1 19,582 0

Multi-Index 2010 Lifetime Portfolio Class 1 12,154 0

Multi-Index 2060 Lifetime Portfolio Class R4 79 0

Multi-Index 2055 Lifetime Portfolio Class R4 77 0

Multi-Index 2050 Lifetime Portfolio Class R4 285 0

Multi-Index 2045 Lifetime Portfolio Class R4 92 0

Multi-Index 2040 Lifetime Portfolio Class R4 78 0

Multi-Index 2035 Lifetime Portfolio Class R4 89 0

Multi-Index 2030 Lifetime Portfolio Class R4 80 0

Multi-Index 2025 Lifetime Portfolio Class R4 77 0

Multi-Index 2020 Lifetime Portfolio Class R4 119 0

Multi-Index 2015 Lifetime Portfolio Class R4 74 0

Multi-Index 2010 Lifetime Portfolio Class R4 73 0

New Opportunities Fund Class 1 24,125 0

Class A 727,303 121,937

Class C 17,650 52,951

Class R1 944 945

Class R2 131 0

Class R3 195 196

. 153

Page 181: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Fund Share Class Rule 12b-1 Service Fee Payments ($)Rule 12b-1 Distribution Fee Payments ($)

Class R4 68 0

Real Estate Securities Fund Class 1 201,164 0

Small Cap Value Fund Class A 88,848 17,770

Small Cap Growth Fund Class A 4,619 1

Class C 497 1,492

Strategic Income Opportunities Fund Class A 895,173 179,034

Class C 576,418 1,729,253

Class R2 36,710 0

U.S. High Yield Bond Fund Class 1 37,464 0

Class R Service Plans. The Trust has adopted a separate service plan with respect to Class R1, Class R2, Class R3, Class R4, and Class R5 shares of the applicable funds (the “Class R Service Plans”). The Class R Service Plans authorize a fund to pay securities dealers, plan administrators or other service organizations who agree to provide certain services to retirement plans, or plan participants holding shares of the fund a service fee of up to a specified percentage of the fund’s average daily net assets attributable to the applicable class of shares held by such plan participants. The percentages are 0.25% for Class R1 shares, 0.25% for Class R2 shares, 0.15% for Class R3 shares, 0.10% for Class R4 shares, and 0.05% for Class R5 shares. The services may include (a) acting, directly or through an agent, as the shareholder and nominee for all plan participants; (b) maintaining account records for each plan participant that beneficially owns the applicable class of shares; (c) processing orders to purchase, redeem and exchange the applicable class of shares on behalf of plan participants, and handling the transmission of funds representing the purchase price or redemption proceeds; (d) addressing plan participant questions regarding their accounts and the funds; and (e) other services related to servicing such retirement plans.

SALES COMPENSATIONAs part of their business strategy, the funds, along with the Distributor, pay compensation to Selling Firms that sell the shares of the funds. These firms typically pass along a portion of this compensation to the shareholder’s broker or financial representative.

The primary sources of Selling Firm compensation payments for sales of shares of the funds are: (1) the Rule 12b-1 fees that are applicable to the class of shares being sold and that are paid out of a fund’s assets; and (2) in the case of Class A, Class B, and Class C shares, sales charges paid by investors. The sales charges and Rule 12b-1 fees are detailed in the relevant Prospectus and under “Distribution Agreements,” “Sales Charges on Class A, Class B, and Class C Shares,” and “Deferred Sales Charge on Class A, Class B, and Class C Shares” in this SAI. For Class I, Class NAV, Class R5, and Class R6 shares, the Distributor may make a one-time payment at the time of initial purchase out of its own resources to a Selling Firm that sells shares of the funds. This payment may not exceed 0.15% of the amount invested.

Initial Compensation. Whenever an investor purchases Class A, Class B, or Class C shares of a fund, the Selling Firm receives a reallowance/payment/commission as described in the section “First Year Broker or Other Selling Firm Compensation.”

Annual Compensation. Except as provided below, for Class A share purchases of a fund, beginning with the first year an investment is made, the Selling Firm receives an annual Rule 12b-1 fee of 0.25% of its average daily net assets. This Rule 12b-1 fee is paid monthly in arrears.

For Class A investments of $1 million ($250,000 for Floating Rate Income Fund) or more and investments by certain retirement plans, Class B and Class C shares of the funds, beginning in the second year after an investment is made, the Selling Firm receives an annual Rule 12b-1 service fee of 0.25% of its average daily net (aged) assets. The term “(aged) assets” used in this context refers to investments of $1 million ($250,000 for Floating Rate Income Fund) or more in Class A shares that are held for more than one year and therefore would not be subject to the relevant CDSC upon redemption. In addition, beginning in the second year after an investment is made in Class C shares of a fund, the Distributor will pay the Selling Firm a distribution fee in an amount not to exceed 0.75% of the average daily net (aged) assets. These service and distribution fees are paid monthly in arrears.

For Class R1 and Class R3 shares of a fund, beginning with the first year an investment is made, the Selling Firm receives an annual Rule 12b-1 distribution fee of 0.50% of its average daily net assets. For Class R2 shares of a fund, beginning in the first year after an investment is made, the Selling Firm receives an annual Rule 12b-1 service fee of 0.25% of its average daily net (aged) assets, except that the annual Rule 12b-1 distribution fee payable to Selling Firms for Class R4

. 154

Page 182: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

shares of certain funds is limited to 0.15% of the average daily net assets of Class R4 shares for each such fund until December 31, 2020, as described in each such fund’s Class R4 Prospectus. For more information, see the table below under the column captioned “Selling Firm receives Rule 12b-1 service fees.” These service and distribution fees are paid monthly in arrears.

The Distributor may pay all or part of the Rule 12b-1 fees applicable to Class 1 shares of a fund to one or more affiliated and unaffiliated insurance companies that have issued group annuity contracts for which the fund serves as an investment vehicle as compensation for providing some or all of the types of services contemplated by the Class 1 Rule 12b-1 Plan. In addition, as further compensation for providing these services, the Advisor, but not any of the funds, pays each Affiliated Insurance Company an administrative fee equal to 0.25% of the total average daily net assets of the funds attributable to variable contracts issued by the Affiliated Insurance Company.

Additional Payments to Financial Intermediaries. Shares of the funds are primarily sold through financial intermediaries (firms), such as broker-dealers, banks, registered investment advisors, independent financial planners, and retirement plan administrators. In addition to sales charges, which are payable by shareholders, or Rule 12b-1 distribution fees, which are paid by the funds, the Distributor may make, either from Rule 12b-1 distribution fees or out of its own resources, additional payments to firms. These payments are sometimes referred to as “revenue sharing.” Many firms that sell shares of the funds receive one or more types of these cash payments. The categories of payments that the Distributor provides to firms are described below. These categories are not mutually exclusive and the Distributor may make additional types of revenue sharing payments in the future. The same firms may receive payments under more than one or all categories. These payments assist in the Distributor’s efforts to promote the sale of the funds’ shares. The Distributor agrees with the firm on the methods for calculating any additional compensation, which may include the level of sales or assets attributable to the firm. Not all firms receive additional compensation and the amount of compensation varies. These payments could be significant to a firm. The Distributor determines which firms to support and the extent of the payments it is willing to make. The Distributor generally chooses to compensate firms that have a strong capability to distribute shares of the fund and that are willing to cooperate with the Distributor’s promotional efforts. The Distributor does not make an independent assessment of the cost of providing such services.

As of August 31, 2019, the following member firms of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) have arrangements in effect with the Distributor pursuant to which the firm is entitled to a revenue sharing payment at an annual rate of up to 0.25% of the value of the fund shares sold or serviced by the firm:

Business Partner Firms Business Partner Firms

1st Global Capital Corp. GWFS Equities, Inc.

Advisor Group-FSC Securities Corporation H.D. Vest Investment Services, Inc.

Advisor Group-Royal Alliance Associates, Inc. Independent Financial Group

Advisor Group-Sagepoint Financial, Inc. Infinex Investments Inc.

Advisor Group-Woodbury Financial Services Janney Montgomery Scott, LLC

Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc. J.J.B. Hilliard. W.L. Lyons, Inc.

AXA Advisors, LLC J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

Banc of America/Merrill Lynch Kestra Investment Services, LLC

BOK Financial Securities, Inc. Key Investment Services

Centaurus Financial, Inc. Ladenberg Thalman Financial Services

Cetera - Advisor Network LLC Leumi Investment Services, Inc.

Cetera - Advisors LLC Lincoln Financial Network

Cetera - Financial Institutions LPL Financial LLC

Cetera - Financial Specialists, Inc. MML Investor Services, Inc.

Cetera - First Allied Securities, Inc. Money Concepts Capital Corp.

Cetera - Summit Brokerage Services, Inc. Morgan Stanley Wealth Management, LLC

Charles Schwab Northwestern Mutual Investment Services, LLC

Commonwealth Financial Network ProEquities, Inc.

Crown Capital Securities L.P. Raymond James and Associates, Inc.

DA Davidson & Co Inc. Raymond James Financial Services, Inc.

E*TRADE Securities, LLC RBC Capital Markets Corporation

Edward D. Jones & Co. LP Robert W. Baird & Co.

Fidelity - Fidelity Brokerage Services LLC Stifel, Nicolaus, & Co, Inc.

Fidelity - Fidelity Investments Institutional Operations Company, Inc. The Investment Center, Inc.

. 155

Page 183: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Business Partner Firms Business Partner Firms

Fidelity - National Financial Services LLC TD Ameritrade

First Command Financial Planning Transamerica Financial Advisors, Inc.

First Tennessee Brokerage, Inc. UBS Financial Services, Inc.

Fifth Third Securities, Inc. Unionbanc Investment Services

Geneos Wealth Management Wells Fargo Advisors

The Distributor also has arrangements with intermediaries that are not members of FINRA.

Sales and Asset Based Payments. The Distributor makes revenue sharing payments as incentives to certain firms to promote and sell shares of the funds. The Distributor hopes to benefit from revenue sharing by increasing the funds’ net assets, which, as well as benefiting the funds, would result in additional management and other fees for the Advisor and its affiliates. In consideration for revenue sharing, a firm may feature certain funds in its sales system or give the Distributor additional access to members of its sales force or management. In addition, a firm may agree to participate in the marketing efforts of the Distributor by allowing it to participate in conferences, seminars or other programs attended by the intermediary’s sales force. Although an intermediary may seek revenue sharing payments to offset costs incurred by the firm in servicing its clients that have invested in the funds, the intermediary may earn a profit on these payments. Revenue sharing payments may provide a firm with an incentive to favor the funds.

The revenue sharing payments the Distributor makes may be calculated on sales of shares of the funds (“Sales-Based Payments”). Such payments also may be calculated on the average daily net assets of the applicable funds attributable to that particular financial intermediary or on another subset of assets of funds in the John Hancock Fund Complex (“Asset-Based Payments”). Sales-Based Payments primarily create incentives to make new sales of shares of the funds and Asset-Based Payments primarily create incentives to retain previously sold shares of the funds in investor accounts. The Distributor may pay a firm either or both Sales-Based Payments and Asset-Based Payments.

Administrative and Processing Support Payments. The Distributor also may make payments to certain firms that sell shares of the funds for certain administrative services, including recordkeeping and sub-accounting shareholder accounts, to the extent that the funds do not pay for these costs directly. The Distributor also may make payments to certain firms that sell shares of the funds in connection with client account maintenance support, statement preparation and transaction processing. The types of payments that the Distributor may make under this category include, among others, payment of ticket charges per purchase or exchange order placed by a financial intermediary, payment of networking fees in connection with certain fund trading systems, or one-time payments for ancillary services such as setting up funds on a firm’s fund trading system.

Other Cash Payments. From time to time, the Distributor may provide, either from Rule 12b-1 distribution fees or out of its own resources, additional compensation to firms that sell or arrange for the sale of shares of the funds. Such compensation provided by the Distributor may include payments for the receipt of analytical data in relation to sales of fund shares, financial assistance to firms that enable the Distributor to participate in and/or present at conferences or seminars, sales or training programs for invited registered representatives and other employees, client entertainment, client and investor events, and other firm-sponsored events, and travel expenses, including lodging incurred by registered representatives and other employees in connection with client prospecting, retention and due diligence trips. Other compensation may be offered to the extent not prohibited by federal or state laws or any self-regulatory agency, such as FINRA. The Distributor makes payments for entertainment events it deems appropriate, subject to the Distributor’s guidelines and applicable law. These payments may vary depending upon the nature of the event or the relationship.

The Distributor and its affiliates may have other relationships with firms relating to the provisions of services to the funds, such as providing omnibus account services or transaction processing services, or effecting portfolio transactions for the funds. If a firm provides these services, the Advisor or the funds may compensate the firm for these services. In addition, a firm may have other compensated or uncompensated relationships with the Advisor or its affiliates that are not related to the funds.

. 156

Page 184: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

First Year Broker or Other Selling Firm Compensation

Investor pays sales charge (% of offering price)1

Selling Firm receives commission2

Selling Firm Receives Rule 12b-1 service fee

Total Selling Firm compensation3,4

Class A investments (Equity Funds)5

Up to $49,999 5.00% 4.26% 0.25% 4.50%

$50,000 - $99,999 4.50% 3.76% 0.25% 4.00%

$100,000 - $249,999 3.50% 2.86% 0.25% 3.10%

$250,000 - $499,999 2.50% 2.11% 0.25% 2.35%

$500,000 - $999,999 2.00% 1.61% 0.25% 1.85%

Class A investments (Asia Pacific Total Return Bond Fund, Emerging Markets Debt Fund, Income Allocation Fund, and Strategic Income Opportunities Fund)5

Less than $100,000 4.00% 3.50% 0.25% 3.75%

$100,000 - $249,999 3.50% 3.00% 0.25% 3.25%

$250,000 - $499,999 2.50% 2.05% 0.25% 2.30%

$500,000 - $999,999 2.00% 1.76% 0.25% 2.00%

Class A investments (Floating Rate Income Fund)5

Less than $100,000 2.50% 2.00% 0.25% 2.25%

$100,000 - $249,999 2.00% 1.50% 0.25% 1.75%

$250,000 - $9,999,9996 -- 0.25% 0.25% 0.50%

$10 million and over6 -- -- 0.25% 0.25%

Class A investments of $1 million or more6

First $1M-$4,999,999 -- 0.75% 0.25% 1.00%

Next $1-$5M above that -- 0.25% 0.25% 0.50%

Next $1 or more above that -- 0.00% 0.25% 0.25%

Class B investments7

All amounts -- 3.75% 0.25% 4.00%

Class C investments7

All amounts -- 0.75% 0.25% 1.00%

Class R1 investments5

All amounts 0.00% 0.00% 0.50% 0.50%

Class R2 investments5

All amounts 0.00% 0.00% 0.25% 0.25%

Class R3 investments5

All amounts 0.00% 0.00% 0.50% 0.50%

Class R4 investments5

All amounts 0.00% 0.00% 0.15% 0.15%

Class R5 investments

All amounts 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%

Class 1 investments

All amounts 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%

Class I Investments8

All amounts 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%

Class R6 investments

All amounts 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%

1 See “Sales Charges on Class A, Class B, and Class C Shares” for discussion on how to qualify for a reduced sales charge. The Distributor may take recent redemptions into account in determining if an investment qualifies as a new investment.

2 For Class A investments under $1 million (or $250,000 with respect to investments in Class A shares of Floating Rate Income Fund), a portion of the Selling Firm’s commission is paid out of the front-end sales charge.

3 Selling Firm commission, Rule 12b-1 service fee, and any underwriter fee percentages are calculated from different amounts, and therefore may not equal the total Selling Firm compensation percentages due to rounding, when combined using simple addition.

4 The Distributor retains the balance.

. 157

Page 185: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

5 For purchases of Class A, Class R1, Class R2, Class R3, and Class R4 shares, beginning with the first year an investment is made, the Selling Firm receives an annual Rule 12b-1 service fee paid monthly in arrears. See “Distribution Agreements” for a description of Class A, Class R1, Class R2, Class R3, and Class R4 Rule 12b-1 Plan charges and payments.

6 Certain retirement platforms may invest in Class A shares without being subject to sales charges. Purchases via these platforms may pay a commission from the first dollar invested. Additionally, commissions (up to 1.00% 0.50% for Floating Rate Income) are paid to dealers who initiate and are responsible for certain Class A share purchases not subject to sales charges. In both cases, the Selling Firm receives Rule 12b-1 fees in the first year as a percentage of the amount invested. After the first year, the Selling Firm receives Rule 12b-1 fees as a percentage of average daily net eligible assets paid monthly in arrears.

7 For Class B and Class C shares, the Selling Firm receives Rule 12b-1 fees in the first year as a percentage of the amount invested. After the first year, the Selling Firm receives Rule 12b-1 fees as a percentage of average daily net eligible assets paid monthly in arrears.

8 The Distributor may make a one-time payment at time of initial purchase out of its own resources to a Selling Firm that sells Class I shares of the funds. This payment may be up to 0.15% of the amount invested.

CDSC revenues collected by the Distributor may be used to pay Selling Firm commissions when there is no initial sales charge.

NET ASSET VALUEThe NAV for each class of shares of each fund is normally determined once daily as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE (typically 4:00 p.m. Eastern time, on each business day that the NYSE is open).

In case of emergency or other disruption resulting in the NYSE not opening for trading or the NYSE closing at a time other than the regularly scheduled close, the NAV may be determined as of the regularly scheduled close of the NYSE pursuant to the funds’ Valuation Policies and Procedures. The time at which shares and transactions are priced and until which orders are accepted may vary to the extent permitted by the SEC and applicable regulations. On holidays or other days when the NYSE is closed, the NAV is not calculated and the fund does not transact purchase or redemption requests. Trading of securities that are primarily listed on foreign exchanges may take place on weekends and U.S. business holidays on which the fund’s NAV is not calculated. Consequently, the fund’s portfolio securities may trade and the NAV of the fund’s shares may be significantly affected on days when a shareholder will not be able to purchase or redeem shares of the fund.

Portfolio securities are valued by various methods that are generally described below. Portfolio securities also may be fair valued by the funds’ Pricing Committee in certain instances pursuant to procedures established by the Trustees. Equity securities are generally valued at the last sale price or, for certain markets, the official closing price as of the close of the relevant exchange. Securities not traded on a particular day are valued using last available bid prices. A security that is listed or traded on more than one exchange is typically valued at the price on the exchange where the security was acquired or most likely will be sold. In certain instances, the Pricing Committee may determine to value equity securities using prices obtained from another exchange or market if trading on the exchange or market on which prices are typically obtained did not open for trading as scheduled, or if trading closed earlier than scheduled, and trading occurred as normal on another exchange or market. Equity securities traded principally in foreign markets are typically valued using the last sale price or official closing price in the relevant exchange or market, as adjusted by an independent pricing vendor to reflect fair value. On any day a foreign market is closed and the NYSE is open, any foreign securities will typically be valued using the last price or official closing price obtained from the relevant exchange on the prior business day adjusted based on information provided by an independent pricing vendor to reflect fair value. Debt obligations are typically valued based on evaluated prices provided by an independent pricing vendor. The value of securities denominated in foreign currencies is converted into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate supplied by an independent pricing vendor. Forward foreign currency contracts are valued at the prevailing forward rates which are based on foreign currency exchange spot rates and forward points supplied by an independent pricing vendor. Exchange-traded options are valued at the mid-price of the last quoted bid and ask prices. Futures contracts are typically valued at the last traded price on the exchange on which they trade. Foreign equity index futures that trade in the electronic trading market subsequent to the close of regular trading may be valued at the last traded price in the electronic trading market as of 4:00 P.M. Eastern time, or may be fair valued based on fair value adjustment factors provided by an independent pricing vendor in order to adjust for events that may occur between the close of foreign exchanges or markets and the close of the NYSE. Swaps and unlisted options are generally valued using evaluated prices obtained from an independent pricing vendor. Shares of other open-end investment companies that are not ETFs (underlying funds) are valued based on the NAVs of such underlying funds.

Pricing vendors may use matrix pricing or valuation models that utilize certain inputs and assumptions to derive values, including transaction data, broker-dealer quotations, credit quality information, general market conditions, news, and other factors and assumptions. Special valuation considerations may apply with respect to a fund’s “odd- lot” positions, as the fund may receive different prices when it sells such positions than it would receive for sales of institutional round

. 158

Page 186: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

lot positions. Pricing vendors generally value securities assuming orderly transactions of institutional round lot sizes, but a fund may hold or transact in such securities in smaller, odd lot sizes.

The Pricing Committee engages in oversight activities with respect to the funds’ pricing vendors, which includes, among other things, monitoring significant or unusual price fluctuations above predetermined tolerance levels from the prior day, back-testing of pricing vendor prices against actual trades, conducting periodic due diligence meetings and reviews, and periodically reviewing the inputs, assumptions and methodologies used by these vendors. Nevertheless, market quotations, official closing prices, or information furnished by a pricing vendor could be inaccurate, which would lead to a security being valued incorrectly.

If market quotations, official closing prices, or information furnished by a pricing vendor are not readily available or are otherwise deemed unreliable or not representative of the fair value of such security because of market- or issuer-specific events, a security will be valued at its fair value as determined in good faith by the Trustees. The Trustees are assisted in their responsibility to fair value securities by the funds’ Pricing Committee, and the actual calculation of a security’s fair value may be made by the Pricing Committee acting pursuant to the procedures established by the Trustees. In certain instances, therefore, the Pricing Committee may determine that a reported valuation does not reflect fair value, based on additional information available or other factors, and may accordingly determine in good faith the fair value of the assets, which may differ from the reported valuation.

Fair value pricing of securities is intended to help ensure that a fund’s NAV reflects the fair market value of the fund’s portfolio securities as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE (as opposed to a value that no longer reflects market value as of such close), thus limiting the opportunity for aggressive traders or market timers to purchase shares of the fund at deflated prices reflecting stale security valuations and promptly sell such shares at a gain, thereby diluting the interests of long term shareholders. However, a security’s valuation may differ depending on the method used for determining value, and no assurance can be given that fair value pricing of securities will successfully eliminate all potential opportunities for such trading gains.

The use of fair value pricing has the effect of valuing a security based upon the price a fund might reasonably expect to receive if it sold that security in an orderly transaction between market participants, but does not guarantee that the security can be sold at the fair value price. Further, because of the inherent uncertainty and subjective nature of fair valuation, a fair valuation price may differ significantly from the value that would have been used had a readily available market price for the investment existed and these differences could be material.

Regarding a fund’s investment in an underlying fund that is not an ETF, which (as noted above) is valued at such underlying fund’s NAV, the prospectus for such underlying fund explains the circumstances and effects of fair value pricing for that underlying fund.

POLICY REGARDING DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGSThe Board has adopted a Policy Regarding Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings, to protect the interests of the shareholders of the fund and to address potential conflicts of interest that could arise between the interests of shareholders and the interests of the Advisor, or the interests of the funds’ subadvisors, principal underwriter or affiliated persons of the Advisor, subadvisors or principal underwriter. The Trust’s general policy with respect to the release of a fund’s portfolio holdings to unaffiliated persons is to do so only in limited circumstances and only to provide nonpublic information regarding portfolio holdings to any person, including affiliated persons, on a “need to know” basis and, when released, to release such information only as consistent with applicable legal requirements and the fiduciary duties owed to shareholders. The Trust applies its policy uniformly to all potential recipients of such information, including individual and institutional investors, intermediaries, affiliated persons of a fund, and all third party service providers and rating agencies.

The Trust posts to its website at jhinvestments.com complete portfolio holdings a number of days after each calendar month end as described in the Prospectus. Each fund also discloses its complete portfolio holdings information as of the end of the third month of every fiscal quarter on Form N-PORT within 60 days of the end of the fiscal quarter and on Form N-CSR within 70 days after the second and fourth quarter ends of the Trust’s fiscal year. The portfolio holdings information in Form N-PORT is not required to be delivered to shareholders, but is made public through the SEC electronic filings. Shareholders receive either complete portfolio holdings information or summaries of a fund’s portfolio holdings with their annual and semiannual reports.

Portfolio holdings information for a fund that is not publicly available will be released only pursuant to the exceptions described in the Policy Regarding Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings. A fund’s material nonpublic holdings information may be provided to the following unaffiliated persons as part of the investment activities of the fund: entities that, by explicit agreement, are required to maintain the confidentiality of the information disclosed; rating organizations, such as

. 159

Page 187: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Moody’s, S&P, Fitch, Morningstar and Lipper, Vestek (Thomson Financial) or other entities for the purpose of compiling reports and preparing data; proxy voting services for the purpose of voting proxies; entities providing computer software; courts (including bankruptcy courts) or regulators with jurisdiction over the Trust and its affiliates; and institutional traders to assist in research and trade execution. Exceptions to the portfolio holdings release policy can be approved only by the Trust’s CCO or the CCO’s duly authorized delegate after considering: (a) the purpose of providing such information; (b) the procedures that will be used to ensure that such information remains confidential and is not traded upon; and (c) whether such disclosure is in the best interest of the shareholders.

As of August 31, 2019, the entities that may receive information described in the preceding paragraph, and the purpose for which such information is disclosed, are as presented in the table below. Portfolio holdings information is provided as frequently as daily with a one-day lag.

Entity Receiving Portfolio Information Disclosure Purpose

Abel/Noser Corp Trade Execution Analysis

Advent Cash & Securities Recon

Barclays Capital Analytics

Bloomberg Compliance, Pricing, Reporting Agency, Research Reports, Trade Order Management

BNP Paribas Leverage Provider, Pledging

BNY Mellon Fund Administration, Back Office Functions, Middle Office Functions

Broadridge Financial Solutions Proxy Voting, Software Vendor

Brown Brothers Harriman Data Standardization, Back Office Functions, Securities Lending

Capital Institutional Services (CAPIS) Broker Dealer, Rebalancing Strategy, Transition Services

Charles River Systems Compliance

Citibank Securities Lending

Citicorp Global Transactions Services Middle Office Functions

Clearwater Analysis & Reporting Services

Confluence Technologies Consulting

Cortland Capital Market Services LLC Senior Loan Servicing

DG3 Financial Reporting, Type Setting

Donnelley Financial Solutions Financial Reporting, Printing

Eagle Investment Systems Performance, Portfolio Accounting

EDM Americas Data Storage

Electra Information Systems Reconciliation

Ernst & Young Tax Reporting

FactSet Data Gathering , Analytics, Performance, Research Reports

Failstation Matched/Unmatched Trades Reporting

Fidelity Corporate Action Data Matching Engine Services

Foley Hoag Foreign Currency Trade Review

FX Transparency FX Trade Execution Analysis

Glass Lewis Proxy Voting

IDS GmbH Analysis & Reporting Services

Institutional Shareholder Services (ISS) Class Actions, Proxy Voting

Interactive Data Pricing

Investment Technology Group, Inc. Analytics, Trade Execution Analysts

KPMG Tax Reporting

Law Firm of Davis and Harman Development of Revenue Ruling

Linedata NAV Oversight

Lipper Ratings / Survey Service

Markit Back Office Functions

Moody’s Investment Guideline Monitoring, coding, Analytics

Morningstar Ratings/Surveys

MSCI Inc. Liquidity Metrics, Performance

Northern Trust Back Office Functions

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP Audit

. 160

Page 188: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Entity Receiving Portfolio Information Disclosure Purpose

Risk Metrics Liquidity Risk Management

RSM US LLP Consulting

Russell Implementation Services Transition Services

Salesforce-Chatter Research Database

SimCorp Dimension Portfolio Accounting

SS&C Technologies Accounting, Reconciliation, Trade Settlement

Star Compliance Personal trading and insider trading monitoring

State Street Bank Investment Book of Record (“IBOR”)

State Street Investment Management Solutions Back Office Functions

SunGard Accounting, Insider Trading Monitoring, Securities Lending Analytics

SWIFT Accounting & Custody Messaging

TCS of America Systems Support

Thomson Reuters Analytics

Trade Informatics (f.k.a. SJ Levinson) Trade Execution Analysis

Traiana Harmony Trade Matching

TriResolve Trade reconciliation

Wolters Kluwer Audit, Tax Reporting

The CCO is required to pre-approve the disclosure of nonpublic information regarding a fund’s portfolio holdings to any affiliated persons of the Trust. The CCO will use the same three considerations stated above before approving disclosure of a fund’s nonpublic information to affiliated persons.

The CCO shall report to the Board whenever additional disclosures of a fund’s portfolio holdings are approved. The CCO’s report shall be at the Board meeting following such approval.

When the CCO believes that the disclosure of a fund’s nonpublic information to an unaffiliated person presents a potential conflict of interest between the interest of the shareholders and the interest of affiliated persons of the Trust, the CCO shall refer the potential conflict to the Board. The Board shall then permit such disclosure of a fund’s nonpublic information only if in its reasonable business judgment it concludes that such disclosure will be in the best interests of the Trust’s shareholders.

The receipt of compensation by a fund, the Advisor, a subadvisor or an affiliate as consideration for disclosing a fund’s nonpublic portfolio holdings information is not deemed a legitimate business purpose and is strictly forbidden.

Registered investment companies and separate accounts that are advised or subadvised by the funds’ subadvisors may have investment objectives and strategies and, therefore, portfolio holdings, that potentially are similar to those of a fund. Neither such registered investment companies and separate accounts nor the funds’ subadvisors are subject to the Trust’s Policy Regarding Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings, and may be subject to different portfolio holdings disclosure policies. The funds’ subadvisors may not, and the Trust’s Board cannot, exercise control over policies applicable to separate subadvised funds and accounts.

In addition, the Advisor or the funds’ subadvisors may receive compensation for furnishing to separate account clients (including sponsors of wrap accounts) model portfolios, the composition of which may be similar to those of a particular fund. Such clients have access to their portfolio holdings and are not subject to the Trust’s Policy Regarding Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings. In general, the provision of portfolio management services and/or model portfolio information to wrap program sponsors is subject to contractual confidentiality provisions that the sponsor will only use such information in connection with the program, although there can be no assurance that this would be the case in an agreement between any particular fund subadvisor that is not affiliated with the Advisor and a wrap account sponsor. Finally, the Advisor or the funds’ subadvisors may distribute to investment advisory clients analytical information concerning a model portfolio, which information may correspond substantially to the characteristics of a particular fund’s portfolio, provided that the applicable fund is not identified in any manner as being the model portfolio.

The potential provision of information in the various ways discussed in the preceding paragraph is not subject to the Trust’s Policy Regarding Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings, as discussed above, and is not deemed to be the disclosure of a fund’s nonpublic portfolio holdings information. As a result of the funds’ inability to control the disclosure of information as noted above, there can be no guarantee that this information would not be used in a way that adversely impacts a fund. Nonetheless, each fund has oversight processes in place to attempt to minimize this risk.

. 161

Page 189: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

SALES CHARGES ON CLASS A, CLASS B, AND CLASS C SHARESClass A, Class B, and Class C shares of the fund, as applicable, are offered at a price equal to their NAV plus a sales charge that, in the case of Class A shares, is imposed at the time of purchase (the “initial sales charge”), or, in the case of Class B and Class C shares, on a contingent deferred basis (the “contingent deferred sales charge” or “CDSC”). The Trustees reserve the right to change or waive a fund’s minimum investment requirements and to reject any order to purchase shares (including purchase by exchange) when in the judgment of the Advisor such rejection is in the fund’s best interest.

The availability of certain sales charge waivers and discounts will depend on whether you purchase your shares directly from the fund or through a financial intermediary. Intermediaries may have different policies and procedures regarding the availability of front-end sales charge waivers or CDSC waivers (See Appendix 1 to the Prospectus, “Intermediary sales charge waivers,” which includes information about specific sales charge waivers applicable to the intermediaries identified therein).

The sales charges applicable to purchases of Class A shares of a fund are described in the Prospectus. Please note, these waivers are distinct from those described in Appendix 1 to the Prospectus, and are not intended to describe the sales load cost structure of, or be exclusive to, any particular intermediary. Methods of obtaining reduced sales charges referred to generally in the Prospectus are described in detail below. In calculating the sales charge applicable to current purchases of Class A shares of a fund, the investor is entitled to accumulate current purchases with the current offering price of the Class A, Class B, Class C, Class I, Class I2, Class R6, Class ADV, or all Class R shares of the John Hancock funds owned by the investor (see “Combination and Accumulation Privileges” below).

In order to receive the reduced sales charge, the investor must notify his or her financial advisor and/or the financial advisor must notify the funds’ transfer agent, John Hancock Signature Services, Inc. (“Signature Services”) at the time of purchase of the Class A shares, about any other John Hancock funds owned by the investor, the investor’s spouse and their children under the age 21 (see “Combination and Accumulation Privileges” below). This includes investments held in an IRA, including those held at a broker or financial advisor other than the one handling the investor’s current purchase. Additionally, individual purchases by a trustee(s) or other fiduciary(ies) also may be aggregated if the investments are for a single trust estate or for a group retirement plan. Assets held within a group retirement plan may not be combined with any assets held by those same participants outside of the plan.

John Hancock will credit the combined value, at the current offering price, of all eligible accounts to determine whether an investor qualifies for a reduced sales charge on the current purchase. Signature Services will automatically link certain accounts registered in the same client name, with the same taxpayer identification number, for the purpose of qualifying an investor for lower initial sales charge rates. An investor must notify Signature Services and his or her broker-dealer (financial advisor) at the time of purchase of any eligible accounts held by the investor’s spouse or children under 21 in order to ensure these assets are linked to the investor’s accounts. Also, see Appendix 1 to the Prospectus, “Intermediary sales charge waivers,” for more information regarding the availability of sales charge waivers through particular intermediaries.

Without Sales Charges. Class A shares may be offered without a front-end sales charge or CDSC to various individuals and institutions as follows: A Trustee or officer of the Trust; a director or officer of the Advisor and its affiliates, subadvisors or Selling Firms;

employees or sales representatives of any of the foregoing; retired officers, employees or directors of any of the foregoing; a member of the immediate family (spouse, child, grandparent, grandchild, parent, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, daughter-in-law, son-in-law, brother-in-law, sister-in-law, niece, nephew and same sex domestic partner; “Immediate Family”) of any of the foregoing; or any fund, pension, profit sharing or other benefit plan for the individuals described above.

A broker, dealer, financial planner, consultant or registered investment advisor that uses fund shares in certain eligible retirement platforms, fee-based investment products or services made available to their clients. Financial intermediaries who offer shares to self-directed investment brokerage accounts that may or may not be

charged a transaction fee. Also, see Appendix 1 to the Prospectus, “Intermediary sales charge waivers,” for more information regarding the availability of sales charge waivers through particular intermediaries. Individuals transferring assets held in a SIMPLE IRA, SEP, or SARSEP invested in John Hancock funds directly to an

IRA. Individuals converting assets held in an IRA, SIMPLE IRA, SEP, or SARSEP invested in John Hancock funds directly to

a Roth IRA.

. 162

Page 190: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Individuals recharacterizing assets from an IRA, Roth IRA, SEP, SARSEP or SIMPLE IRA invested in John Hancock funds back to the original account type from which it was converted. Terminating participants in a pension, profit sharing or other plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code, or

described in Section 457(b) of the Code, (i) that is funded by certain John Hancock group annuity contracts, (ii) for which John Hancock Trust Company serves as trustee or custodian, or (iii) the trustee or custodian of which has retained RPS as a service provider, rolling over assets (directly or within 60 days after distribution) from such a plan (or from a John Hancock Managed IRA into which such assets have already been rolled over) to a John Hancock custodial IRA or John Hancock custodial Roth IRA that invests in John Hancock funds, or the subsequent establishment of or any rollover into a new John Hancock fund account by such terminating participants and/or their Immediate Family (as defined above), including subsequent investments into such accounts and which are held directly at John Hancock funds or at the PFS Financial Center.

Participants in a terminating pension, profit sharing or other plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code, or described in Section 457(b) of the Code (the assets of which, immediately prior to such plan’s termination, were (a) held in certain John Hancock group annuity contracts, (b) in trust or custody by John Hancock Trust Company, or (c) by a trustee or custodian which has retained John Hancock RPS as a service provider, but have been transferred from such contracts or trust funds and are held either: (i) in trust by a distribution processing organization; or (ii) in a custodial IRA or custodial Roth IRA sponsored by an authorized third party trust company and made available through John Hancock), rolling over assets (directly or within 60 days after distribution) from such a plan to a John Hancock custodial IRA or John Hancock custodial Roth IRA that invests in John Hancock funds, or the subsequent establishment of or any rollover into a new John Hancock fund account by such participants and/or their Immediate Family (as defined above), including subsequent investments into such accounts and which are held directly at John Hancock funds or at the PFS Financial Center.

Participants actively enrolled in a John Hancock RPS plan account rolling over or transferring assets into a new John Hancock custodial IRA or John Hancock custodial Roth IRA that invests in John Hancock funds through John Hancock PFS (to the extent such assets are otherwise prohibited from rolling over or transferring into the John Hancock RPS plan account), including subsequent investments into such accounts and which are held directly at John Hancock funds or at the John Hancock PFS Financial Center.

Individuals rolling over assets held in a John Hancock custodial 403(b)(7) account into a John Hancock custodial IRA account. Individuals exchanging shares held in an eligible fee-based program for Class A Shares, provided however,

subsequent purchases in Class A Shares will be subject to applicable sales charges. Former employees/associates of John Hancock, its affiliates or agencies rolling over (directly or indirectly within 60

days after distribution) to a new John Hancock custodial IRA or John Hancock custodial Roth IRA from the John Hancock Employee Investment-Incentive Plan (TIP), John Hancock Savings Investment Plan (SIP) or the John Hancock Pension Plan and such participants and their Immediate Family (as defined above) subsequently establishing or rolling over assets into a new John Hancock account through John Hancock PFS, including subsequent investments into such accounts and which are held directly at John Hancock funds or at the John Hancock PFS Financial Center. Participants in certain group retirement plans that are eligible and permitted to purchase Class A shares. This waiver

is contingent upon the group retirement plan being in a recordkeeping arrangement and does not apply to group retirement plans transacting business with a fund through a brokerage relationship in which sales charges are customarily imposed. In addition, this waiver does not apply to a group retirement plan that leaves its current recordkeeping arrangement and subsequently transacts business with the fund through a brokerage relationship in which sales charges are customarily imposed. Whether a sales charge waiver is available to your group retirement plan through its record keeper depends upon the policies and procedures of your intermediary. Please consult your financial advisor for further information.

NOTE: Rollover investments to Class A shares from assets withdrawn from SIMPLE 401(k), TSA, 457, 403(b), 401(k), Money Purchase Pension Plan, Profit-Sharing Plan, and any other qualified plans as described in Code Sections 401(a), 403(b), or 457 and not specified above as waiver-eligible, will be subject to applicable sales charges. A member of a class action lawsuit against insurance companies who is investing settlement proceeds. Retirement plans investing through the PruSolutionSM program.

In-Kind Re-Registrations. A shareholder who has previously paid a sales charge, withdraws funds via a tax-reportable transaction from one John Hancock fund account and reregisters those assets directly to another John Hancock fund account, without the assets ever leaving the John Hancock Fund Complex, may do so without paying a sales charge. The beneficial owner must remain the same, i.e., in-kind.

. 163

Page 191: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

NOTE: Rollover investments to Class A shares from assets withdrawn from SIMPLE 401(k), TSA, 457, 403(b), 401(k), Money Purchase Pension Plan, Profit-Sharing Plan, and any other qualified plans as described in Sections 401(a), 403(b), or 457 of the Code are not eligible for this provision, and will be subject to applicable sales charges.

Class A shares also may be purchased without an initial sales charge in connection with certain liquidation, merger or acquisition transactions involving other investment companies or personal holding companies.

Reducing Class A Sales ChargesCombination and Accumulation Privileges. In calculating the sales charge applicable to purchases of Class A shares made at one time, the purchases will be combined to reduce sales charges if made by an individual, his or her spouse, and their children under the age 21 when purchasing securities in the following: his or her own individual or their joint account; his or her trust account of which one of the above persons is the grantor or the beneficial owner; a Uniform Gift/Transfer to Minor Account or Coverdell Education Savings Account (“ESA”) in which one of the

above persons is the custodian or beneficiary; a single participant retirement/benefit plan account, as long as it is established solely for the benefit of the

individual account owner; an IRA, including traditional IRAs, Roth IRAs, and SEP IRAs; and his or her sole proprietorship.

Group Retirement Plans, including 403(b)(7), Money Purchase Pension Plans, Profit-Sharing Plans, SARSEPs, and Simple IRAs with multiple participants may combine Class A share purchases to reduce their sales charge.

Individual qualified and non-qualified investments can be combined to take advantage of this privilege; however, assets held within a group retirement plan may not be combined with any assets held by those same participants outside of the plan.

Class A investors also may reduce their Class A sales charge by taking into account not only the amount being invested but also the current offering price of all the Class A, Class B, Class C, Class I, Class I2, Class R6, Class ADV, and all Class R shares of all funds in the John Hancock Fund Complex already held by such persons. However, Class A shares of John Hancock Money Market Fund, a series of John Hancock Current Interest (the “Money Market Fund”), will be eligible for the accumulation privilege only if the investor has previously paid a sales charge on the amount of those shares. To receive a reduced sales charge, the investor must tell his or her financial advisor or Signature Services at the time of the purchase about any other John Hancock funds held by that investor, his or her spouse, and their children under the age 21. Further information about combined purchases, including certain restrictions on combined group purchases, is available from Signature Services or a Selling Firm’s representative.

Group Investment Program. Under the Combination and Accumulation Privileges, all members of a group may combine their individual purchases of Class A shares to potentially qualify for breakpoints in the sales charge schedule. This feature is provided to any group that: (1) has been in existence for more than six months, (2) has a legitimate purpose other than the purchase of fund shares at a discount for its members, (3) utilizes salary deduction or similar group methods of payment, and (4) agrees to allow sales materials of the funds in its mailings to its members at a reduced or no cost to the Distributor.

Letter of Intention. Reduced Class A sales charges are applicable to investments made pursuant to an LOI, which should be read carefully prior to its execution by an investor. All investors have the option of making their investments over a specified period of thirteen (13) months. An individual’s non-retirement and qualified retirement plan investments can be combined to satisfy an LOI. The retirement accounts eligible for combination include traditional IRAs, Roth IRAs, Coverdell ESAs, SEPs, SARSEPs, and SIMPLE IRAs. Since some assets are held in omnibus accounts, an investor wishing to count those eligible assets towards a Class A purchase must notify Signature Services and his or her financial advisor of these holdings. The aggregate amount of such an investment must be equal to or greater than a Fund’s first breakpoint level (generally $50,000 or $100,000 depending on the specific fund) over a period of 13 months from the date of the LOI. Any shares for which no sales charge was paid will not be credited as purchases made under the LOI.

The sales charge applicable to all amounts invested after an LOI is signed is computed as if the aggregate amount intended to be invested had been invested immediately. If such aggregate amount is not actually invested, the difference in the sales charge actually paid and the sales charge that would have been paid had the LOI not been in effect is due from the investor. In such cases, the sales charge applicable will be assessed based on the amount actually invested. However, for the purchases actually made within the specified period of 13 months, the applicable sales charge will not be higher than that which would have applied (including accumulations and combinations) had the LOI been for the amount actually invested. The asset inclusion criteria stated under the Combination and Accumulation Privilege applies

. 164

Page 192: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

to accounts eligible under the LOI. If such assets exceed the LOI amount at the conclusion of the LOI period, the LOI will be considered to have been met.

The LOI authorizes Signature Services to hold in escrow sufficient Class A shares (approximately 5% of the aggregate) to make up any difference in sales charges on the amount intended to be invested and the amount actually invested, until such investment is completed within the 13-month period. At that time, the escrowed shares will be released. If the total investment specified in the LOI is not completed, the shares held in escrow may be redeemed and the proceeds used as required to pay such sales charge as may be due. By signing the LOI, the investor authorizes Signature Services to act as his or her attorney-in-fact to redeem any escrowed Class A shares and adjust the sales charge, if necessary. An LOI does not constitute a binding commitment by an investor to purchase, or by a fund to sell, any additional Class A shares, and may be terminated at any time.

DEFERRED SALES CHARGE ON CLASS A, CLASS B, AND CLASS C SHARESExcept for Class A shares of Floating Rate Income Fund, Class A shares are available with no front-end sales charge on investments of $1 million or more. Class A shares of Floating Rate Income Fund are available with no front-end sales charge on investments of $250,000 or more. Class B and Class C shares are purchased at NAV without the imposition of an initial sales charge. In each of these cases, the Funds will receive the full amount of the purchase payment. Also, see Appendix 1 to the Prospectus “Intermediary sales charge waivers,” for more information regarding the availability of sales charge waivers through particular intermediaries.

Contingent Deferred Sales Charge. Except for Class A shares of Floating Rate Income Fund, there is a CDSC on any Class A shares upon which a commission or finder’s fee was paid that are sold within one year of purchase. For Floating Rate Income Fund, there is a CDSC on any Class A shares of $250,000 upon which a commission or finder’s fee was paid that are sold within 18 months of purchase. Class B and Class C shares that are redeemed within six years or one year of purchase, respectively, will be subject to a CDSC at the rates set forth in the applicable Prospectus as a percentage of the dollar amount subject to the CDSC. The CDSC will be assessed on an amount equal to the lesser of the current market value or the original purchase cost of the Class A, Class B or Class C shares being redeemed. No CDSC will be imposed on increases in account value above the initial purchase prices or on shares derived from reinvestment of dividends or capital gains distributions.

Class B Closure. Class B shares may not be purchased or acquired by any new or existing Class B shareholder, except by exchange from Class B shares of another John Hancock fund or through dividend and/or capital gains reinvestment. Any other investment received by a John Hancock fund that is intended for Class B shares will be rejected. A shareholder owning Class B shares may continue to hold those shares until such shares automatically convert to Class A shares under the Fund’s existing conversion schedule, or until the shareholder redeems such Class B shares, subject to any applicable CDSC. Existing shareholders will continue to have exchange privileges with Class B shares of other John Hancock funds.

Class B shareholders are no longer permitted to make automatic investments in Class B shares through the MAAP. To continue automatic investments, a Class B shareholder must designate a different share class of the same fund or another John Hancock fund for any purchases, provided the shareholder meets the eligibility requirements for that share class. If the Class B shareholder does not designate a different share class, future automatic purchases of Class B shares will be rejected. No new Class B MAAPs will be established.

Class B shareholders can continue to hold Class B shares in IRA or SIMPLE IRA accounts, but additional contributions must be made to another share class. If a Class B shareholder with a MAAP for an IRA or SIMPLE IRA account did not provide alternative investment instructions by July 1, 2013, subsequent automatic purchases will be rejected.

All other Class B share features, including but not limited to distribution and service fees, CDSC, the reinstatement privilege and conversion features, remain unchanged for Class B shares held after July 1, 2013. Accumulation Privileges as described in the Prospectus will remain unchanged. Shareholders can continue to include the value of Class B shares of any John Hancock open-end fund currently owned for purposes of qualifying for a reduced Class A sales charge.

Employer-sponsored retirement plans that currently hold Class B shares and can no longer purchase Class B shares due to the Class B closure to purchases, may instead purchase Class A shares and pay the applicable Class A sales charge, provided that their record keepers can properly assess a sales charge on plan investments, or Class C shares if the plans meet Class C eligibility requirements and Class C is available on their recordkeeper’s platform. If the recordkeeper is not able to assess a front-end sales charge on Class A shares, or Class C is otherwise not an available or appropriate investment option, only then may such employer-sponsored retirement plans invest in one of the Classes of R shares.

The amount of the Class B CDSC, if any, will vary depending on the number of years from the time of purchase of Class B shares until the time of redemption of such shares. Solely for the purposes of determining the number of years from

. 165

Page 193: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

the time of purchase of both Class B and Class C shares, all purchases during a month will be aggregated and deemed to have been made on the first day of the month.

In determining whether a CDSC applies to a redemption, the calculation will be determined in a manner that results in the lowest possible rate being charged. It will be assumed that a shareholder’s redemption comes first from shares the shareholder has held beyond the six-year redemption period for Class B shares, or the one-year CDSC redemption period for Class A or Class C shares, or those the shareholder acquired through dividend and capital gain reinvestment, and, with respect to Class B shares, next from the shares held longest during the six-year period. For this purpose, the amount of any increase in a share’s value above its initial purchase price is not subject to a CDSC. Thus, when a share that has appreciated in value is redeemed during the CDSC period, a CDSC is assessed only on its initial purchase price.

When requesting a redemption for a specific dollar amount, a shareholder should state if proceeds to equal the dollar amount requested are required. If not stated, only the specified dollar amount will be redeemed from the shareholder’s account and the proceeds will be less any applicable CDSC.

Example:

You have purchased 100 Class B shares at $10 per share. The second year after your purchase, your investment’s NAV per share has increased by $2 to $12, and you have gained 10 additional shares through dividend reinvestment. If you redeem 50 shares at this time your CDSC will be calculated as follows:

Proceeds of 50 shares redeemed at $12 per share (50 x 12) $600.00

*Minus Appreciation ($12 - $10) x 100 shares (200.00)

Minus proceeds of 10 shares not subject to CDSC (dividend reinvestment) (120.00)

Amount subject to CDSC $280.00

*The appreciation is based on all 100 shares in the account and NOT just the shares being redeemed.

With respect to a CDSC imposed on a redemption of Class A shares, proceeds from the imposition of a CDSC are paid to the Distributor and are used in whole or in part by the Distributor to defray its expenses related to paying a commission or finder’s fee in connection with the purchase at NAV of Class A shares with a value of $1 million or more.

With respect to a CDSC imposed on a redemption of Class B or Class C shares, proceeds from the imposition of a CDSC are paid to the Distributor and are used in whole or in part by the Distributor to defray its expenses related to providing distribution-related services to the fund in connection with the sale of Class B or Class C shares, such as the payment of compensation to select Selling Firms for selling Class B or Class C shares. The combination of the CDSC and the distribution and service fees facilitates the ability of the fund to sell Class B or Class C shares without a sales charge being deducted at the time of the purchase.

Waiver of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge. The CDSC will be waived on redemptions of Class A, Class B, and Class C shares, unless stated otherwise, in the circumstances defined below:

For all account types: Redemptions of Class A shares made after one year from the inception date of a retirement plan at John Hancock. Redemptions of Class A shares by retirement plans that invested through the PruSolutionsSM program. Redemption of Class C shares made under a systematic withdrawal plan or redemptions for fees charged by

planners or advisors for advisory services, as long as the shareholder’s annual redemptions do not exceed 12% of account value, including reinvested dividends, at the time the systematic withdrawal plan was established and 12% of the value of subsequent investments (less redemptions) in that account at the time Signature Services is notified. (Please note that this waiver does not apply to systematic withdrawal plan redemptions of Class A shares that are subject to a CDSC).

Redemptions made pursuant to a fund’s right to liquidate an account if the shareholder owns shares worth less than the stated account minimum in the section “Small accounts” in the Prospectus. Redemptions made under certain liquidation, merger or acquisition transactions involving other investment

companies or personal holding companies. Redemptions due to death or disability. (Does not apply to trust accounts unless trust is being dissolved.) Redemptions made under the Reinstatement Privilege, as described in “Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers” of

the Prospectus. Rollovers, contract exchanges or transfers of John Hancock custodial 403(b)(7) account assets required by Signature

Services as a result of its decision to discontinue maintaining and administering 403(b)(7) accounts.

. 166

Page 194: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

For Retirement Accounts (such as traditional, Roth IRAs and Coverdell ESAs, SIMPLE IRAs, SIMPLE 401(k), Rollover IRA, TSA, 457, 403(b), 401(k), Money Purchase Pension Plan, Profit-Sharing Plan and other plans as described in the Code) unless otherwise noted: Redemptions made to effect mandatory or life expectancy distributions under the Code. (Waiver based on required,

minimum distribution calculations for John Hancock Mutual Fund IRA assets only.) Returns of excess contributions made to these plans. Redemptions made to effect certain distributions, as outlined in the following table, to participants or beneficiaries

from employer sponsored retirement plans under sections 401(a) (such as Money Purchase Pension Plans and Profit-Sharing Plan/401(k) Plans), 403(b), 457 and 408 (SEPs and SIMPLE IRAs) of the Code.

Please see the following table for some examples.

Type of Distribution

401(a) Plan (401(k), MPP, PSP) 457 & 408 (SIMPLE IRAs) 403(b) 457

IRA, IRA Rollover & SEP IRAs Non-retirement

Death or Disability Waived Waived Waived Waived Waived

Over 701/2 Waived Waived Waived Waived for required minimum distributions1 or 12% of account value annually in periodic payments.

12% of account value annually in periodic payments

Between 59½ and 70½

Waived Waived Waived Waived for Life Expectancy or 12% of account value annually in periodic payments.

12% of account value annually in periodic payments

Under 59½ (Class B and Class C only)

Waived for annuity payments (72t2) or 12% of account value annually in periodic payments.

Waived for annuity payments (72t) or 12% of account value annually in periodic payments.

Waived for annuity payments (72t) or 12% of account value annually in periodic payments.

Waived for annuity payments (72t) or 12% of account value annually in periodic payments.

12% of account value annually in periodic payments

Loans Waived Waived N/A N/A N/A

Termination of Plan Not Waived Waived Not Waived Not Waived N/A

Hardships Waived Waived Waived N/A N/A

Qualified Domestic Relations Orders

Waived Waived Waived N/A N/A

Termination of Employment Before Normal Retirement Age

Waived Waived Waived N/A N/A

Return of Excess Waived Waived Waived Waived N/A

1 Required minimum distributions based on John Hancock Mutual Fund IRA assets only.2 Refers to withdrawals from retirement accounts under Section 72(t) of the Code.

If a shareholder qualifies for a CDSC waiver under one of these situations, Signature Services must be notified at the time of redemption. The waiver will be granted once Signature Services has confirmed that the shareholder is entitled to the waiver.

SPECIAL REDEMPTIONSAlthough it would not normally do so, each fund has the right to pay the redemption price of its shares in whole or in part in portfolio securities as prescribed by the Trustees. When a shareholder sells any securities received in a redemption of fund shares, the shareholder will incur a brokerage charge. Any such securities would be valued for the purposes of fulfilling such a redemption request in the same manner as they are in computing the fund’s NAV. Each fund has, however, elected to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act. Under that rule, a fund must redeem its shares for cash except to the extent that the redemption payments to any shareholder during any 90-day period would exceed the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the fund’s NAV at the beginning of such period.

The Trust has adopted Procedures Regarding Redemptions in Kind by Affiliates (the “Procedures”) to facilitate the efficient and cost effective movement of assets of a fund and other funds managed by the Advisor or its affiliates (“affiliated funds”) in connection with certain investment and marketing strategies. It is the position of the SEC that the

. 167

Page 195: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

1940 Act prohibits an investment company, such as each fund, from satisfying a redemption request from a shareholder that is affiliated with the investment company by means of an in-kind distribution of portfolio securities. However, under a no-action letter issued by the SEC staff, a redemption in kind to an affiliated shareholder is permissible provided certain conditions are met. The Procedures, which are intended to conform to the requirements of this no-action letter, allow for in-kind redemptions by fund and affiliated fund shareholders subject to specified conditions, including that: the distribution is effected through a pro rata distribution of securities of the distributing fund or affiliated fund; the distributed securities are valued in the same manner as they are in computing the fund’s or affiliated fund’s

NAV; neither the affiliated shareholder nor any other party with the ability and the pecuniary incentive to influence the

redemption in kind may select or influence the selection of the distributed securities; and the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees, must determine on a quarterly basis that any

redemptions in kind to affiliated shareholders made during the prior quarter were effected in accordance with the Procedures, did not favor the affiliated shareholder to the detriment of any other shareholder and were in the best interests of the fund and the affiliated fund.

Potential Adverse Effects of Large Shareholder TransactionsA fund may from time to time sell to one or more investors, including other funds advised by the Advisor or third parties, a substantial amount of its shares, and may thereafter be required to satisfy redemption requests by such shareholders. Such sales and redemptions may be very substantial relative to the size of such fund. While it is not possible to predict the overall effect of such sales and redemptions over time, such transactions may adversely affect such fund’s performance to the extent that the fund is required to invest cash received in connection with a sale or to sell portfolio securities to facilitate a redemption at, in either case, a time when the fund otherwise would not invest or sell. As a result, the fund may have greater or lesser market exposure than would otherwise be the case. Such transactions also may increase a fund’s transaction costs, which would detract from fund performance.

Large shareholder redemptions may negatively impact a fund’s net asset value and liquidity. If a fund is forced to sell portfolio securities that have appreciated in value, such sales may accelerate the realization of taxable income to shareholders if such sales of investments result in gains. If a fund has difficulty selling portfolio securities in a timely manner to meet a large redemption request, the fund may have to borrow money to do so. In such an instance, the fund’s remaining shareholders would bear the costs of such borrowings, and such costs could reduce the fund’s returns. In addition, a large redemption could result in a fund’s current expenses being allocated over a smaller asset base, leading to an increase in the fund’s expense ratio and possibly resulting in the fund’s becoming too small to be economically viable.

Non-U.S. market closures and redemptions. Market closures during regular holidays in an applicable non-U.S. market that are not holidays observed in the U.S. market may prevent the fund from executing securities transactions within the normal settlement period. Unforeseeable closures of applicable non-U.S. markets may have a similar impact. During such closures, the fund may be required to rely on other methods to satisfy shareholder redemption requests, including the use of its line of credit, interfund lending facility, redemptions in kind, or such other liquidity means or facilities as the fund may have in place from time to time, or the delivery of redemption proceeds may be extended beyond the normal settlement cycle.

ADDITIONAL SERVICES AND PROGRAMSExchange Privilege. The Trust permits exchanges of shares of any class of a fund for shares of the same class of any other fund within the John Hancock Fund Complex offering that same class at the time of the exchange. Class I, Class R1, Class R2, Class R3, Class R4, Class R5, or Class R6 shareholders also may exchange their shares for Class A shares of Money Market Fund. If a shareholder exchanges into Class A shares of the Money Market Fund, any future exchanges out of Money Market Fund Class A shares must be to the same share class from which they were originally exchanged.

The registration for both accounts involved must be identical. Identical registration is determined by having the same beneficial owner on both accounts involved in the exchange.

Exchanges between funds are based on their respective NAVs. No sales charge is imposed, except on exchanges of Class A shares from Money Market Fund to another John Hancock fund, if a sales charge has not previously been paid on those shares. Shares acquired in an exchange will be subject to the CDSC rate and holding schedule of the fund in which such shares were originally purchased if and when such shares are redeemed. For Class B and Class C, this will have no impact on shareholders because the CDSC rates and holding schedules are the same for all Class B shares and the same for all Class C shares across the John Hancock Fund Complex. For Class A shares, certain funds within the John Hancock

. 168

Page 196: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Fund Complex have different CDSC rates and holding schedules and shareholders should review the Prospectus for funds with Class A shares before considering an exchange. For purposes of determining the holding period for calculating the CDSC, shares will continue to age from their original purchase date.

If a retirement plan exchanges its Class A account in its entirety from a fund to a non-John Hancock investment, the one-year CDSC applies.

Each fund reserves the right to require that previously exchanged shares (and reinvested dividends) be in the fund for 90 days before a shareholder is permitted a new exchange.

An exchange of shares is treated as a redemption of shares of one fund and the purchase of shares of another for federal income tax purposes. An exchange may result in a taxable gain or loss. See “Additional Information Concerning Taxes.”

Conversion Privilege. Provided a fund’s eligibility requirements are met, and to the extent the referenced share class is offered by the fund, an investor who purchases Class I or R6 shares of such fund pursuant to a fee-based, wrap or other investment platform program of certain firms, as determined by the fund, may be afforded an opportunity to make a conversion of (i) Class A or Class C shares of the fund also owned by the investor to Class I shares or Class R6 shares of the fund; or (ii) Class I shares of the fund also owned by the investor to Class R6 shares of the same fund. Investors that no longer participate in a fee-based, wrap, or other investment platform program of certain firms may be afforded an opportunity to make a conversion to Class A shares of the same fund. The fund may in its sole discretion permit a conversion of one share class to another share class of the same fund in certain circumstances other than those described above.

In addition, Trustees, employees of the Advisor or its affiliates, employees of the subadvisor, members of the fund’s portfolio management team and the spouses and children (under age 21) of the aforementioned, may make a conversion of Class A or Class I shares also owned by the investor in the same fund to Class R6 shares or, if Class R6 shares are unavailable, Class I shares of that fund.

The conversion of one share class to another share class of the same fund in the particular circumstances described above, should not cause the investor to realize taxable gain or loss. For further details, see “Additional Information Concerning Taxes” for information regarding the tax treatment of such conversions.

Systematic Withdrawal Plan. The Trust permits the establishment of a Systematic Withdrawal Plan. Payments under this plan represent proceeds arising from the redemption of fund shares. Since the redemption price of fund shares may be more or less than the shareholder’s cost, depending upon the market value of the securities owned by a fund at the time of redemption, the distribution of cash pursuant to this plan may result in realization of gain or loss for purposes of federal, state and local income taxes. The maintenance of a Systematic Withdrawal Plan concurrently with purchases of additional shares of a fund could be disadvantageous to a shareholder because of the initial sales charge payable on such purchases of Class A shares and the CDSC imposed on redemptions of Class B and Class C shares and because redemptions are taxable events. Therefore, a shareholder should not purchase shares at the same time that a Systematic Withdrawal Plan is in effect. Each fund reserves the right to modify or discontinue the Systematic Withdrawal Plan of any shareholder on 30 days’ prior written notice to such shareholder, or to discontinue the availability of such plan in the future. The shareholder may terminate the plan at any time by giving proper notice to Signature Services.

Monthly Automatic Accumulation Program (“MAAP”). This program is explained in a Prospectus that describes Class A, Class B or Class C shares. The program, as it relates to automatic investment checks, is subject to the following conditions: The investments will be drawn on or about the day of the month indicated; The privilege of making investments through the MAAP may be revoked by Signature Services without prior notice

if any investment is not honored by the shareholder’s bank. The bank shall be under no obligation to notify the shareholder as to the nonpayment of any checks; and

The program may be discontinued by the shareholder either by calling Signature Services or upon written notice to Signature Services that is received at least five (5) business days prior to the due date of any investment.

Reinstatement or Reinvestment Privilege. If Signature Services and the financial advisor are notified prior to reinvestment, a shareholder who has redeemed fund shares may, within 120 days after the date of redemption, reinvest, without payment of a sales charge any part of the redemption proceeds in shares back into the same share class of the same John Hancock fund and account from which it was removed, subject to the minimum investment limit of that fund. The proceeds from the redemption of Class A shares of a fund may be reinvested at NAV without paying a sales charge for Class A shares of the fund. If a CDSC was paid upon a redemption, a shareholder may reinvest the proceeds from this redemption at NAV in additional shares of the same class, fund, and account from which the redemption was

. 169

Page 197: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

made. The shareholder’s account will be credited with the amount of any CDSC charged upon the prior redemption and the new shares will continue to be subject to the CDSC. The holding period of the shares acquired through reinvestment will, for purposes of computing the CDSC payable upon a subsequent redemption, include the holding period of the redeemed shares.

Redemption proceeds that are otherwise prohibited from being reinvested in the same account or the same fund may be invested in another account for the same shareholder in the same share class of the same fund (or different John Hancock fund if the original fund is no longer available) without paying a sales charge. Any such reinvestment is subject to the minimum investment limit.

A fund may refuse any reinvestment request and may change or cancel its reinvestment policies at any time.

A redemption or exchange of fund shares is a taxable transaction for federal income tax purposes even if the reinvestment privilege is exercised, and any gain or loss realized by a shareholder on the redemption or other disposition of fund shares will be treated for tax purposes as described under the caption “Additional Information Concerning Taxes.”

Section 403(b)(7) Accounts:

Section 403(b)(7) of the Code permits public school employers and employers of certain types of tax-exempt organizations to establish for their eligible employees custodial accounts for the purpose of providing for retirement income for such employees. Treasury regulations impose certain conditions on exchanges between one custodial account intended to qualify under Section 403(b)(7) (the “exchanged account”) and another contract or custodial account intended to qualify under Section 403(b) (the “replacing account”) under the same employer plan (a “Section 403(b) Plan”). Specifically, the replacing account agreement must include distribution restrictions that are no less stringent than those imposed under the exchanged account agreement, and the employer must enter into an agreement with the custodian (or other issuer) of the replacing account under which the employer and the custodian (or other issuer) of the replacing account will from time to time in the future provide each other with certain information.

Due to Treasury regulations:1. The funds do not accept requests to establish new John Hancock custodial 403(b)(7) accounts intended to qualify

as a Section 403(b) Plan.2. The funds do not accept requests for exchanges or transfers into John Hancock custodial 403(b)(7) accounts (i.e.,

where the investor holds the replacing account).3.

A shareholder established a John Hancock custodial 403(b)(7) account with a fund prior to September 24, 2007; and A shareholder directs the fund to exchange or transfer some or all of the John Hancock custodial 403(b)(7)

account assets to another custodial 403(b) contract or account (i.e., where the exchanged account is with the fund).

The funds require certain signed disclosure documentation in the event:

4. The funds do not accept salary deferrals into custodial 403(b)(7) accounts.

In the event that a fund does not receive the required documentation, and the fund is nonetheless directed to proceed with the transfer, the transfer may be treated as a taxable transaction.

PURCHASES AND REDEMPTIONS THROUGH THIRD PARTIESShares of the funds may be purchased or redeemed through certain Selling Firms. Selling Firms may charge the investor additional fees for their services. A fund will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when an authorized Selling Firm, or if applicable, a Selling Firm’s authorized designee, receives the order. Orders may be processed at the NAV next calculated after the Selling Firm receives the order. The Selling Firm must segregate any orders it receives after the close of regular trading on the NYSE and transmit those orders to the fund for execution at the NAV next determined. Some Selling Firms that maintain network/omnibus/nominee accounts with a fund for their clients charge an annual fee on the average net assets held in such accounts for accounting, servicing, and distribution services they provide with respect to the underlying fund shares. This fee is paid by the Advisor, the fund and/or the Distributor.

Certain accounts held on a fund’s books, known as omnibus accounts, contain the investments of multiple underlying clients that are invested in shares of the funds. These underlying client accounts are maintained by entities such as financial intermediaries. Indirect investments in a John Hancock fund through a financial intermediary such as, but not limited to: a broker-dealer, a bank (including a bank trust department), an investment advisor, a record keeper or trustee of a retirement plan or qualified tuition plan or a sponsor of a fee-based program that maintains an omnibus account

. 170

Page 198: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

with a fund for trading on behalf of its customers, may be subject to guidelines, conditions, services and restrictions that are different from those discussed in a fund’s Prospectus. These differences may include, but are not limited to: (i) eligibility standards to purchase, exchange, and sell shares depending on that intermediary’s policies; (ii) availability of sales charge waivers and fees; (iii) minimum and maximum initial and subsequent purchase amounts; and (iv) unavailability of LOI privileges. With respect to the availability of sales charge waivers and fees, and LOI privileges, see Appendix 1 to the Prospectus, “Intermediary sales charge waivers.” Additional conditions may apply to an investment in a fund, and the investment professional or intermediary may charge a transaction-based, administrative or other fee for its services. These conditions and fees are in addition to those imposed by a fund and its affiliates.

DESCRIPTION OF FUND SHARESThe Trustees are responsible for the management and supervision of the Trust. The Declaration of Trust permits the Trustees to issue an unlimited number of full and fractional shares of beneficial interest of each fund or other series of the Trust without par value. Under the Declaration of Trust, the Trustees have the authority to create and classify shares of beneficial interest in separate series and classes without further action by shareholders. As of the date of this SAI, the Trustees have authorized shares of 79 series. Additional series may be added in the future. The Trustees also have authorized the issuance of twelve classes of shares of the fund, designated as Class A, Class B, Class C, Class I, Class R1, Class R2, Class R3, Class R4, Class R5, Class R6, Class NAV, and Class 1. Additional classes of shares may be authorized in the future.

Each share of each class of a fund represents an equal proportionate interest in the aggregate net assets attributable to that class of the fund. Holders of each class of shares have certain exclusive voting rights on matters relating to their respective distribution plan, if any. The different classes of a fund may bear different expenses relating to the cost of holding shareholder meetings necessitated by the exclusive voting rights of any class of shares.

Dividends paid by a fund, if any, with respect to each class of shares will be calculated in the same manner, at the same time and on the same day and will be in the same amount, except for differences resulting from the fact that: (i) the distribution and service fees, if any, relating to each class of shares will be borne exclusively by that class, and (ii) each class of shares will bear any class expenses properly allocable to that class of shares. Similarly, the NAV per share may vary depending on which class of shares is purchased. No interest will be paid on uncashed dividend or redemption checks.

In the event of liquidation, shareholders of each class are entitled to share pro rata in the net assets of a fund that are available for distribution to these shareholders. Shares entitle their holders to one vote per share (and fractional votes for fractional shares), are freely transferable and have no preemptive, subscription or conversion rights. When issued, shares are fully paid and non-assessable, except as set forth below.

Unless otherwise required by the 1940 Act or the Declaration of Trust, the Trust has no intention of holding annual meetings of shareholders. Trust shareholders may remove a Trustee by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the Trust’s outstanding shares and the Trustees shall promptly call a meeting for such purpose when requested to do so in writing by the record holders of not less than 10% of the outstanding shares of the Trust. Shareholders may, under certain circumstances, communicate with other shareholders in connection with a request for a special meeting of shareholders. However, at any time that less than a majority of the Trustees holding office were elected by the shareholders, the Trustees will call a special meeting of shareholders for the purpose of electing Trustees.

Under Massachusetts law, shareholders of a Massachusetts business trust could, under certain circumstances, be held personally liable for acts or obligations of such trust or a series thereof. However, the Declaration of Trust contains an express disclaimer of shareholder liability for acts, obligations or affairs of the Trust. The Declaration of Trust also provides for indemnification out of the Trust’s assets for all losses and expenses of any shareholder held personally liable by reason of being or having been a shareholder. The Declaration of Trust also provides that no series of the Trust shall be liable for the liabilities of any other series. Furthermore, no series of the Trust shall be liable for the liabilities of any other fund within the John Hancock Fund Complex. Liability is therefore limited to circumstances in which a fund itself would be unable to meet its obligations, and the possibility of this occurrence is remote.

The Declaration of Trust also provides that the Board may approve the merger of a Multi-Index Lifetime, Multi-Index Preservation, or Multimanager Lifetime Portfolio with another series of the Trust without shareholder approval, in accordance with the 1940 Act. This provision will permit the merger of such a fund of funds with another series of the Trust without shareholder approval in certain circumstances to avoid incurring the expense of soliciting proxies when a combination does not raise significant issues for shareholders. For example, this provision would permit the combination of such a fund of funds with another series of the Trust having the same portfolio managers, the same investment

. 171

Page 199: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

objectives and the same fee structure in order to achieve economies of scale and thereby reduce fund expenses borne by shareholders. Such a merger will still require the Board of Trustees of the Trust (including a majority of the Independent Trustees) to determine that the merger is in the best interests of the combining series and will not dilute the interest of existing shareholders. The Trustees would evaluate any and all information reasonably necessary to make their determination and consider and give appropriate weight to all pertinent factors in fulfilling their duty of care to shareholders.

Shareholders of a Multi-Index Lifetime, Multi-Index Preservation, or Multimanager Lifetime Portfolio will still be required to approve a combination that would result in a change in a fundamental investment policy, a material change to the terms of an advisory agreement, the institution of or an increase in Rule 12b-1 fees, or when the board of the surviving fund does not have a majority of independent trustees who were elected by its shareholders. Under Massachusetts law, shareholder approval is not required for fund mergers, consolidation, or sales of assets. Shareholder approval nevertheless will be obtained for combinations of affiliated funds when required by the 1940 Act.

Each fund reserves the right to reject any application that conflicts with the fund’s internal policies or the policies of any regulatory authority. The Distributor does not accept starter, credit card, or third party checks. All checks returned by the post office as undeliverable will be reinvested at NAV in the fund or funds from which a redemption was made or dividend paid. Information provided on the account application may be used by the fund to verify the accuracy of the information or for background or financial history purposes. A joint account will be administered as a joint tenancy with right of survivorship, unless the joint owners notify Signature Services of a different intent. A shareholder’s account is governed by the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts. For telephone transactions, the transfer agent will take measures to verify the identity of the caller, such as asking for name, account number, Social Security, or other taxpayer ID number and other relevant information. If appropriate measures are taken, the transfer agent is not responsible for any losses that may occur to any account due to an unauthorized telephone call. Also, for shareholders’ protection, telephone redemptions are not permitted on accounts whose names or addresses have changed within the past 30 days. Proceeds from telephone transactions can be mailed only to the address of record.

Except as otherwise provided, shares of a fund generally may be sold only to U.S. citizens, U.S. residents, and U.S. domestic corporations, partnerships, trusts or estates. For purposes of this policy, U.S. citizens and U.S. residents must reside in the U.S. and U.S. domestic corporations, partnerships, trusts, and estates must have a U.S. address of record.

Effective January 22, 2016, the Board amended and restated in its entirety the Declaration of Trust. The amendments to the Declaration of Trust include, among other changes, provisions that: (i) clarify certain duties, responsibilities, and powers of the Trustees; (ii) clarify that, other than as provided under federal securities laws, the shareholders may only bring actions involving a fund derivatively; (iii) provide that any action brought by a shareholder related to a fund will be brought in Massachusetts state or federal court, and that, if a claim is brought in a different jurisdiction and subsequently changed to a Massachusetts venue, the shareholder will be required to reimburse the fund for such expenses; and (iv) clarify that shareholders are not intended to be third-party beneficiaries of fund contracts. The foregoing description of the Declaration of Trust is qualified in its entirety by the full text of the Declaration of Trust, effective as of January 22, 2016, which is available by writing to the Secretary of the Trust at 200 Berkeley Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116, and also on the SEC’s and Secretary of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts’ websites.

SAMPLE CALCULATION OF MAXIMUM OFFERING PRICEClass A shares are sold with a maximum initial sales charge of 5.00%, 4.00%, or 2.50%. Class B and Class C shares are sold at NAV without any initial sales charges and with a 5.00% and 1.00% CDSC, respectively, on shares redeemed within 12 months of purchase. Class 1, Class I, Class NAV, Class R1, Class R2, Class R3, Class R4, Class R5, and Class R6 shares of each fund, as applicable, are sold at NAV without any initial sales charges or CDSCs. The following tables show the maximum offering price per share of each class of each fund using the fund’s relevant NAV as of August 31, 2019.

FundNAV and Redemption Price per Class A Share ($)

Maximum Sales Charge (5.00% of offering price, unless otherwise noted) ($)

Maximum Offering Price to Public ($)

Alternative Asset Allocation Fund 14.66 0.77 15.43

Blue Chip Growth Fund 40.48 2.13 42.61

Disciplined Alternative Yield Fund 10.92 0.57 11.49

Emerging Markets Debt Fund 9.33 0.391 9.72

Emerging Markets Fund 10.10 0.53 10.63

Equity Income Fund 18.31 0.96 19.27

. 172

Page 200: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

FundNAV and Redemption Price per Class A Share ($)

Maximum Sales Charge (5.00% of offering price, unless otherwise noted) ($)

Maximum Offering Price to Public ($)

Floating Rate Income Fund 8.28 0.212 8.49

Fundamental Global Franchise Fund 11.91 0.63 12.54

Global Equity Fund 11.47 0.60 12.07

Income Allocation Fund 9.88 0.41 10.29

International Small Company Fund 10.08 0.53 10.61

Multimanager 2060 Lifetime Portfolio 11.88 0.63 12.51

Multimanager 2055 Lifetime Portfolio 10.83 0.57 11.40

Multimanager 2050 Lifetime Portfolio 11.65 0.61 12.26

Multimanager 2045 Lifetime Portfolio 10.71 0.56 11.27

Multimanager 2040 Lifetime Portfolio 10.91 0.58 11.48

Multimanager 2035 Lifetime Portfolio 10.89 0.57 11.46

Multimanager 2030 Lifetime Portfolio 10.64 0.56 11.20

Multimanager 2025 Lifetime Portfolio 10.44 0.55 10.99

Multimanager 2020 Lifetime Portfolio 9.89 0.52 10.41

Multimanager 2015 Lifetime Portfolio 9.12 0.48 9.60

Multimanager 2010 Lifetime Portfolio 8.86 0.47 9.33

New Opportunities Fund 22.20 1.17 23.37

Small Cap Growth Fund 16.62 0.87 17.49

Small Cap Value Fund 19.54 1.03 20.57

Strategic Income Opportunities Fund 10.67 0.441 11.11

1 Maximum sales charge is 4.00% of offering price.2 Maximum sales charge is 2.50% of offering price.

NAV, Shares Offering Price, and Redemption Price per Share

Fund Class B ($) Class C ($)

Alternative Asset Allocation Fund N/A 14.67

Blue Chip Growth Fund N/A 38.86

Disciplined Alternative Yield Fund N/A 10.58

Emerging Markets Debt Fund N/A 9.32

Emerging Markets Fund N/A 10.11

Equity Income Fund N/A 18.34

Floating Rate Income Fund 8.29 8.32

Global Equity Fund N/A 11.44

Income Allocation Fund N/A 9.85

International Small Company Fund N/A 10.09

New Opportunities Fund N/A 21.45

Small Cap Growth Fund N/A $16.44

Small Cap Value Fund N/A N/A

Strategic Income Opportunities Fund N/A 10.67

NAV, Shares Offering Price, and Redemption Price per Share

Share Class

Fund R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 I NAV 1

Alternative Asset Allocation Fund N/A 14.64 N/A 14.69 N/A 14.69 14.68 N/A N/A

Asia Pacific Total Return Bond Fund N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 9.86 N/A

Blue Chip Growth Fund N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 41.22 41.13

Capital Appreciation Fund N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 15.71 15.66

Capital Appreciation Value Fund N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 11.75 N/A

Core Bond Fund N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 13.47 13.50

. 173

Page 201: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

NAV, Shares Offering Price, and Redemption Price per Share

Share Class

Fund R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 I NAV 1

Disciplined Alternative Yield Fund N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 11.17 11.08 11.17 N/A

Emerging Markets Debt Fund N/A 9.32 N/A 9.32 N/A 9.33 9.34 9.33 N/A

Emerging Markets Fund N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 10.09 10.10 10.10 N/A

Equity Income Fund N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 18.31 18.33

Floating Rate Income Fund N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 8.29 8.28 8.29 8.28

Fundamental Global Franchise Fund N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 11.98 11.97 11.98 N/A

Global Bond Fund N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 13.27

Global Equity Fund N/A 11.49 N/A 11.48 N/A 11.48 11.48 11.48 N/A

Health Sciences Fund N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 4.53 N/A

High Yield Fund N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 8.04

Income Allocation Fund N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 9.89 9.89 N/A N/A

International Small Company Fund N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 10.08 10.08 10.08 N/A

International Strategic Equity Allocation Fund N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 9.01 N/A

International Value Fund N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 13.99 14.03

Mid Cap Stock Fund N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 22.52 22.24

Mid Value Fund N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 14.27 N/A

Multi-Index Lifestyle Aggressive Portfolio N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 11.57 N/A N/A 11.56

Multi-Index Lifestyle Balanced Portfolio N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 11.26 N/A N/A 11.26

Multi-Index Lifestyle Conservative Portfolio N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 10.84 N/A N/A 10.83

Multi-Index Lifestyle Growth Portfolio N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 11.56 N/A N/A 11.54

Multi-Index Lifestyle Moderate Portfolio N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 11.08 N/A N/A 11.08

Multi-Index 2060 Lifetime Portfolio N/A N/A N/A 12.06 N/A 12.06 N/A N/A 12.06

Multi-Index 2055 Lifetime Portfolio N/A N/A N/A 11.48 N/A 11.48 N/A N/A 11.49

Multi-Index 2050 Lifetime Portfolio N/A N/A N/A 11.61 N/A 11.62 N/A N/A 11.62

Multi-Index 2045 Lifetime Portfolio N/A N/A N/A 11.49 N/A 11.51 N/A N/A 11.50

Multi-Index 2040 Lifetime Portfolio N/A N/A N/A 11.50 N/A 11.50 N/A N/A 11.50

Multi-Index 2035 Lifetime Portfolio N/A N/A N/A 11.40 N/A 11.40 N/A N/A 11.40

Multi-Index 2030 Lifetime Portfolio N/A N/A N/A 11.31 N/A 11.32 N/A N/A 11.31

Multi-Index 2025 Lifetime Portfolio N/A N/A N/A 11.15 N/A 11.15 N/A N/A 11.14

Multi-Index 2020 Lifetime Portfolio N/A N/A N/A 11.01 N/A 11.02 N/A N/A 11.01

Multi-Index 2015 Lifetime Portfolio N/A N/A N/A 10.82 N/A 10.82 N/A N/A 10.82

Multi-Index 2010 Lifetime Portfolio N/A N/A N/A 10.53 N/A 10.55 N/A N/A 10.54

Multi-Index 2060 Preservation Portfolio 11.73 11.74 N/A 11.76 N/A 11.78 N/A N/A 11.77

. 174

Page 202: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

NAV, Shares Offering Price, and Redemption Price per Share

Share Class

Fund R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 I NAV 1

Multi-Index 2055 Preservation Portfolio 10.85 10.86 N/A 10.88 N/A 10.89 N/A N/A 10.88

Multi-Index 2050 Preservation Portfolio 12.15 12.16 N/A 12.19 N/A 12.15 N/A N/A 12.15

Multi-Index 2045 Preservation Portfolio 13.68 13.69 N/A 13.76 N/A 13.69 N/A N/A 13.69

Multi-Index 2040 Preservation Portfolio 13.56 13.57 N/A 13.64 N/A 13.55 N/A N/A 13.57

Multi-Index 2035 Preservation Portfolio 13.45 13.41 N/A 13.49 N/A 13.43 N/A N/A 13.41

Multi-Index 2030 Preservation Portfolio 13.18 13.16 N/A 13.25 N/A 13.17 N/A N/A 13.17

Multi-Index 2025 Preservation Portfolio 12.64 12.65 N/A 12.69 N/A 12.64 N/A N/A 12.64

Multi-Index 2020 Preservation Portfolio 11.72 11.73 N/A 11.75 N/A 11.72 N/A N/A 11.71

Multi-Index Income Preservation Portfolio 11.47 11.46 N/A 11.46 N/A 11.45 N/A N/A 11.46

Multimanager 2060 Lifetime Portfolio 11.88 11.88 11.87 11.90 11.90 11.92 11.91 N/A 11.91

Multimanager 2055 Lifetime Portfolio 10.82 10.83 10.81 10.85 10.86 10.87 10.86 N/A 10.86

Multimanager 2050 Lifetime Portfolio 11.62 11.65 11.63 11.66 11.68 11.69 11.68 N/A 11.67

Multimanager 2045 Lifetime Portfolio 10.67 10.75 10.68 10.74 10.80 10.78 10.77 N/A 10.79

Multimanager 2040 Lifetime Portfolio 10.87 10.94 10.86 10.92 10.99 10.97 10.98 N/A 10.98

Multimanager 2035 Lifetime Portfolio 10.84 10.93 10.86 10.94 10.96 10.96 10.96 N/A 10.97

Multimanager 2030 Lifetime Portfolio 10.56 10.56 10.58 10.59 10.61 10.61 10.61 N/A 10.62

Multimanager 2025 Lifetime Portfolio 10.36 10.37 10.37 10.41 10.40 10.40 10.41 N/A 10.40

Multimanager 2020 Lifetime Portfolio 9.84 9.84 9.85 9.85 9.89 9.87 9.90 N/A 9.89

Multimanager 2015 Lifetime Portfolio 9.08 9.07 9.08 9.09 9.12 9.12 9.13 N/A 9.12

Multimanager 2010 Lifetime Portfolio 8.82 8.85 8.82 8.86 8.87 8.88 8.87 N/A 8.87

New Opportunities Fund 22.03 22.22 22.12 22.23 22.27 22.24 22.24 N/A 22.42

Real Estate Securities Fund N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 14.55

Science & Technology Fund N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 3.87 N/A

Small Cap Growth Fund N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A $16.70 $16.67 16.71 N/A

Small Cap Value Fund N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 19.59 19.58 19.57 N/A

Strategic Equity Allocation Fund N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 11.14 N/A

Strategic Income Opportunities Fund N/A 10.68 N/A N/A N/A 10.67 10.67 10.66 N/A

U.S. High Yield Bond Fund N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 11.18 11.20

U.S. Sector Rotation Fund N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 9.86 N/A

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONCERNING TAXESThe following discussion is a general and abbreviated summary of certain tax considerations affecting the fund and their shareholders. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all federal, state, local and foreign tax concerns,

. 175

Page 203: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

and the discussions set forth here and in the Prospectus do not constitute tax advice. Investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors with specific questions relating to federal, state, local or foreign taxes.

Each fund is treated as a separate entity for accounting and tax purposes, and intends to qualify as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code for each taxable year. In order to qualify for the special tax treatment accorded RICs and their shareholders, a fund must, among other things:

§

(a) derive at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities, and foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures, or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities, or currencies, and net income derived from interests in qualified publicly traded partnerships (as defined below);

(b) distribute with respect to each taxable year at least the sum of 90% of its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code without regard to the deduction for dividends paid-generally, taxable ordinary income and the excess, if any, of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses) and 90% of net tax-exempt interest income, for such year; and

(c) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the fund’s taxable year: (i) at least 50% of the market value of the fund’s total assets is represented by cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities limited in respect of any one issuer to a value not greater than 5% of the value of the fund’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer; and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the fund’s total assets is invested (x) in the securities (other than those of the U.S. government or other RICs) of any one issuer or of two or more issuers that the fund controls and that are engaged in the same, similar, or related trades or businesses, or (y) in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships (as defined below).

With respect to gains from the sale or other disposition of foreign currencies, the Treasury Department can, by regulation, exclude from qualifying income foreign currency gains which are not directly related to a RIC’s principal business of investing in stock (or options or futures with respect to stock or securities), but no regulations have been proposed or adopted pursuant to this grant of regulatory authority.

In general, for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement described in paragraph (a) above, income derived from a partnership will be treated as qualifying income only to the extent such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership which would be qualifying income if realized by the RIC. However, 100% of the net income derived from an interest in a “qualified publicly traded partnership” will be treated as qualifying income. A “qualified publicly traded partnership” is a publicly traded partnership that satisfies certain requirements with respect to the type of income it produces. In addition, although in general the passive loss rules of the Code do not apply to RICs, such rules do apply to a RIC with respect to items attributable to an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership. Finally, for purposes of paragraph (c) above, the term “outstanding voting securities of such issuer” will include the equity securities of a qualified publicly traded partnership. If a fund invests in publicly traded partnerships, it might be required to recognize in its taxable year income in excess of its cash distributions from such publicly traded partnerships during that year. Such income, even if not reported to a fund by the publicly traded partnerships until after the end of that year, would nevertheless be subject to the RIC income distribution requirements and would be taken into account for purposes of the 4% excise tax described below.

Each fund may use “equalization payments” in determining the portion of its net investment income and net realized capital gains that have been distributed. A fund that elects to use equalization payments will allocate a portion of its investment income and capital gains to the amounts paid in redemption of fund shares, and such income and gains will be deemed to have been distributed by the fund for purposes of the distribution requirements described above. This may have the effect of reducing the amount of income and gains that the fund is required to distribute to shareholders in order for the fund to avoid federal income tax and excise tax and also may defer the recognition of taxable income by shareholders. This process does not affect the tax treatment of redeeming shareholders and, since the amount of any undistributed income and/or gains will be reflected in the value of the fund’s shares, the total return on a shareholder’s investment will not be reduced as a result of the fund’s distribution policy. The IRS has not published any guidance concerning the methods to be used in allocating investment income and capital gain to redemptions of shares. In the event that the IRS determines that a fund is using an improper method of allocation and has under-distributed its net investment income or net realized capital gains for any taxable year, such fund may be liable for additional federal income or excise tax or may jeopardize its treatment as a RIC.

. 176

Page 204: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

A fund may invest in certain commodity investments including commodity-based ETFs. Under an IRS revenue ruling effective after September 30, 2006, income from certain commodities-linked derivatives in which certain funds invest is not considered qualifying income for purposes of the 90% qualifying income test. This ruling limits the extent to which a fund may receive income from such commodity-linked derivatives to a maximum of 10% of its annual gross income.

As a result of qualifying as a RIC, a fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on its net investment income (i.e., its investment company taxable income, as that term is defined in the Code, determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and net capital gain (i.e., the excess of its net realized long-term capital gain over its net realized short-term capital loss), if any, that it distributes to its shareholders in each taxable year, provided that it distributes to its shareholders at least the sum of 90% of its investment company taxable income and 90% of its net exempt interest income for such taxable year.

A fund will be subject to a non-deductible 4% excise tax to the extent that the fund does not distribute by the end of each calendar year: (a) at least 98% of its ordinary income for the calendar year; (b) at least 98.2% of its capital gain net income for the one-year period ending, as a general rule, on October 31 of each year; and (c) 100% of the undistributed ordinary income and capital gain net income from the preceding calendar years (if any). For this purpose, any income or gain retained by a fund that is subject to corporate tax will be considered to have been distributed by year-end. To the extent possible, each fund intends to make sufficient distributions to avoid the application of both corporate income and excise taxes. Under current law, distributions of net investment income and net capital gain are not taxed to a life insurance company to the extent applied to increase the reserves for the company’s variable annuity and life insurance contracts.

If a fund failed to meet the annual gross income test or asset diversification test or fails to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement as described above, for any taxable year, the fund would incur regular corporate income tax on its taxable income and net capital gains for that year, it would lose its deduction for dividends paid to shareholders, and it would be subject to certain gain recognition and distribution requirements upon requalification. Further distributions of income by the fund to its shareholders would be treated as dividend income, although such dividend income would constitute qualified dividend income subject to reduced federal income tax rates if the shareholder satisfies certain holding period requirements with respect to its shares in the fund. Compliance with the RIC 90% qualifying income test and with the asset diversification requirements is carefully monitored by the Advisor and the subadvisors and it is intended that each fund will comply with the requirements for qualification as a RIC.

If a fund fails to meet the annual gross income test described above, the fund will nevertheless be considered to have satisfied the test if (i) (a) such failure is due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect and (b) the fund reports the failure, and (ii) the fund pays an excise tax equal to the excess non-qualifying income. If a fund fails to meet the asset diversification test described above with respect to any quarter, the fund will nevertheless be considered to have satisfied the requirements for such quarter if the fund cures such failure within six months and either: (i) such failure is de minimis; or (ii) (a) such failure is due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect; and (b) the fund reports the failure and pays an excise tax.

A fund may make investments that produce income that is not matched by a corresponding cash distribution to the fund, such as investments in pay-in-kind bonds or in obligations such as certain Brady Bonds and zero-coupon securities having OID (i.e., an amount equal to the excess of the stated redemption price of the security at maturity over its issue price), or market discount (i.e., an amount equal to the excess of the stated redemption price at maturity of the security (appropriately adjusted if it also has OID) over its basis immediately after it was acquired) if the fund elects to accrue market discount on a current basis. In addition, income may continue to accrue for federal income tax purposes with respect to a non-performing investment. Any such income would be treated as income earned by the fund and therefore would be subject to the distribution requirements of the Code. Because such income may not be matched by a corresponding cash distribution to the fund, the fund may be required to borrow money or dispose of other securities to be able to make distributions to its investors. In addition, if an election is not made to currently accrue market discount with respect to a market discount bond, all or a portion of any deduction for any interest expense incurred to purchase or hold such bond may be deferred until such bond is sold or otherwise disposed of.

Investments in debt obligations that are at risk of or are in default present special tax issues for a fund. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when a fund may cease to accrue interest, OID, or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless securities, how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income, and whether exchanges of debt obligations in a workout context are taxable. These and other issues will be addressed by a fund that holds such obligations in order to reduce the risk of distributing insufficient income to preserve its status as a RIC and seek to avoid becoming subject to federal income or excise tax.

. 177

Page 205: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

A fund may make investments in convertible securities and exchange traded notes. Convertible debt ordinarily is treated as a “single property” consisting of a pure debt interest until conversion, after which the investment becomes an equity interest. If the security is issued at a premium (i.e., for cash in excess of the face amount payable on retirement), the creditor-holder may amortize the premium over the life of the bond. If the security is issued for cash at a price below its face amount, the creditor-holder must accrue OID in income over the life of the debt. The creditor-holder’s exercise of the conversion privilege is treated as a nontaxable event. Mandatorily convertible debt, such as an exchange traded note issued in the form of an unsecured obligation that pays a return based on the performance of a specified market index, currency or commodity, is often treated as a contract to buy or sell the reference property rather than debt. Similarly, convertible preferred stock with a mandatory conversion feature is ordinarily, but not always, treated as equity rather than debt. In general, conversion of preferred stock for common stock of the same corporation is tax-free. Conversion of preferred stock for cash is a taxable redemption. Any redemption premium for preferred stock that is redeemable by the issuing company might be required to be amortized under OID principles.

Certain funds may engage in hedging or derivatives transactions involving foreign currencies, forward contracts, options and futures contracts (including options, futures and forward contracts on foreign currencies) and short sales (see “Hedging and Other Strategic Transactions”). Such transactions will be subject to special provisions of the Code that, among other things, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by a fund (that is, may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income of a fund and defer recognition of certain of the fund’s losses. With respect to gains from the sale or other disposition of foreign currencies, the Treasury Department can, by regulation, exclude from qualifying income foreign currency gains which are not directly related to a RIC’s principal business of investing in stock (or options or futures with respect to stock or securities), but no regulations have been proposed or adopted pursuant to this grant of regulatory authority. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. The futures that are traded on a regulated exchange, such as NYSE or NASDAQ, will be treated as Code Section 1256 contracts, and the capital gain/loss will be reflected as 40% short-term capital gain/loss and 60% longterm capital gain/loss. Any futures that are not traded on a regulated exchange will follow the 365 day rule of short-term capital or long-term capital treatment. In addition, these provisions: (1) will require a fund to “mark-to-market” certain types of positions in its portfolio (that is, treat them as if they were closed out); and (2) may cause a fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to pay dividends or make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirement and avoid the 4% excise tax. Each fund intends to monitor its transactions, will make the appropriate tax elections and will make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it acquires any option, futures contract, forward contract or hedged investment in order to mitigate the effect of these rules.

Foreign exchange gains and losses realized by a fund in connection with certain transactions involving foreign currency-denominated debt securities, certain foreign currency options, foreign currency forward contracts, foreign currencies, or payables or receivables denominated in a foreign currency are subject to Section 988 of the Code, which generally causes such gains and losses to be treated as ordinary income and losses and may affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders. If the net foreign exchange loss for a year treated as ordinary loss under Section 988 were to exceed a fund’s investment company taxable income computed without regard to such loss, the resulting overall ordinary loss for such year would not be deductible by the fund or its shareholders in future years. Under such circumstances, distributions paid by the fund could be deemed return of capital.

Certain funds may be required to account for their transactions in forward rolls or swaps, caps, floors and collars in a manner that, under certain circumstances, may limit the extent of their participation in such transactions. Additionally, a fund may be required to recognize gain, but not loss, if a swap or other transaction is treated as a constructive sale of an appreciated financial position in a fund’s portfolio. Additionally, some countries restrict repatriation which may make it difficult or impossible for a fund to obtain cash corresponding to its earnings or assets in those countries. However, a fund must distribute to shareholders for each taxable year substantially all of its net income and net capital gains, including such income or gain, to qualify as a RIC and avoid liability for any federal income or excise tax. Therefore, a fund may have to dispose of its portfolio securities under disadvantageous circumstances to generate cash, or borrow cash, to satisfy these distribution requirements.

Certain funds may invest in REITs and/or MLPs. Effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 and before January 1, 2026, the Code generally allows individuals and certain non-corporate entities a deduction for 20% of “qualified publicly traded partnership income,” such as income from MLPs, and a deduction for 20% of qualified REIT dividends. Recently issued proposed regulations allow a RIC to pass the character of its qualified REIT dividends through to its shareholders provided certain holding period requirements are met. A similar pass-through by RICs of qualified publicly traded partnership income is not currently available. As a result, an investor who invests directly in MLPs will be able to receive the benefit of such deductions, while a shareholder in a fund that invests in MLPs currently will not.

. 178

Page 206: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

If a fund invests in stock (including an option to acquire stock such as is inherent in a convertible bond) in certain foreign corporations that receive at least 75% of their annual gross income from passive sources (such as interest, dividends, certain rents and royalties or capital gain) or hold at least 50% of their assets in investments producing such passive income (“passive foreign investment companies” or “PFIC”), the fund could be subject to federal income tax and additional interest charges on “excess distributions” received from such companies or gain from the sale of stock in such companies, even if all income or gain actually received by the fund is timely distributed to its shareholders. The fund would not be able to pass through to its shareholders any credit or deduction for such a tax.

If a fund were to invest in a PFIC and elected to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under the Code, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, the fund would be required to include in income each year a portion of the ordinary earnings and net capital gain of the qualified electing fund, even if not distributed to the fund. Alternatively, a fund can elect to mark-to-market at the end of each taxable year its shares in a PFIC; in this case, the fund would recognize as ordinary income any increase in the value of such shares, and as ordinary loss any decrease in such value to the extent it did not exceed prior increases included in income. Under either election, a fund might be required to recognize in a year income in excess of its distributions from PFICs and its proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock during that year, and such income would nevertheless be subject to the distribution requirements and would be taken into account for purposes of the 4% excise tax.

A fund may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign countries with respect to its investments in foreign securities. Some tax conventions between certain countries and the U.S. may reduce or eliminate such taxes. If more than 50% of the value of a fund’s total assets at the close of any taxable year consists of stock or securities of foreign corporations, the fund will be able to pass such taxes through to the shareholders or to a qualified fund of funds (as additional income) along with a corresponding entitlement to a foreign tax credit or deduction. A qualified fund of funds is a RIC that has at least 50% of the value of its total interests invested in other RICs at the end of each quarter for the taxable year. A fund will deduct the foreign taxes in determining the amount it has available to distribute to shareholders.

If this election is made, a shareholder generally subject to tax will be required to include in gross income (in addition to taxable dividends actually received) his or her pro rata share of the foreign taxes paid by the fund, and may be entitled either to deduct (as an itemized deduction) his or her pro rata share of foreign taxes in computing his or her taxable income or to use it (subject to limitations) as a foreign tax credit against his or her U.S. federal income tax liability. No deduction for foreign taxes may be claimed by a shareholder who does not itemize deductions. Each shareholder will be notified after the close of the fund’s taxable year whether the foreign taxes paid by the fund will “pass-through” for that taxable year.

For United States federal income tax purposes, distributions paid out of a fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits will, except in the case of distributions of qualified dividend income and capital gain dividends described below, be taxable as ordinary dividend income. Certain income distributions paid by a fund (whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional fund shares) to individual taxpayers are taxed at rates applicable to net long-term capital gains (currently 20%, 15%, or 0%, depending on an individual’s level of income). This tax treatment applies only if certain holding period requirements and other requirements are satisfied by the shareholder and the dividends are attributable to qualified dividend income received by the fund itself. There can be no assurance as to what portion of a fund’s dividend distributions will qualify as qualified dividend income. Dividends paid by funds that primarily invest in bonds and other debt securities generally will not qualify for the reduced tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income and will not qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction.

If a fund should have dividend income that qualifies for the reduced tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income, the maximum amount allowable will be reported by the fund. This amount will be reflected on Form 1099-DIV for the applicable calendar year.

For purposes of the dividends received deduction available to corporations, dividends received by a fund, if any, from U.S. domestic corporations in respect of the stock of such corporations held by the fund, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, for at least 46 days (91 days in the case of certain preferred stock) during a prescribed period extending before and after each such dividend and distributed and reported by the fund may be treated as qualifying dividends. Corporate shareholders must meet the holding period requirements stated above with respect to their shares of a fund for each dividend in order to qualify for the deduction and, if they have any debt that is deemed under the Code directly attributable to such shares, may be denied a portion of the dividends received deduction. Additionally, any corporate shareholder should consult its tax advisor regarding the possibility that its tax basis in its shares may be reduced, for federal income tax purposes, by reason of “extraordinary dividends” received with respect to the shares and, to the extent such basis would be reduced below zero, that current recognition of income would be required.

. 179

Page 207: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Shareholders receiving any distribution from a fund in the form of additional shares pursuant to a dividend reinvestment plan will be treated as receiving a taxable distribution in an amount equal to the fair market value of the shares received, determined as of the reinvestment date. Shareholders who have chosen automatic reinvestment of their distributions will have a federal tax basis in each share received pursuant to such a reinvestment equal to the amount of cash they would have received had they elected to receive the distribution in cash, divided by the number of shares received in the reinvestment.

For federal income tax purposes, a fund is permitted to carry forward a net capital loss incurred in any year to offset net capital gains, if any, in any subsequent year until such loss carry forwards have been fully used. Capital losses carried forward will retain their character as either short-term or long-term capital losses. A fund’s ability to utilize capital losses in a given year or in total may be limited. To the extent subsequent net capital gains are offset by such losses, they would not result in federal income tax liability to a fund and would not be distributed as such to shareholders.

Below are the capital loss carryforwards available to the fund as of August 31, 2019 to the extent provided by regulations, to offset future net realized capital gains:

Fund

Short-term Losses (subject to expiration) Expiration Date

Short-term Losses (no expiration date) ($)

Long-term Losses (no expiration date) ($) Total ($)

Alternative Asset Allocation Fund 12,132,478 32,016,353 44,148,831

Asia Pacific Total Return Bond Fund 629,592 11,148,515 11,778,107

Blue Chip Growth Fund 0 0 0

Capital Appreciation Fund 0 0 0

Capital Appreciation Value Fund 0 0 0

Core Bond Fund 0 0 0

Disciplined Alternative Yield Fund 0 0 0

Emerging Markets Fund 30,286,390 19,314,079 49,600,469

Emerging Markets Debt Fund 8,888,496 19,179,250 28,067,746

Equity Income Fund 0 0 0

Floating Rate Income Fund 34,654,273 288,129,773 322,784,046

Fundamental Global Franchise Fund 0 0 0

Global Bond Fund 1,953,537 5,393,040 7,346,578

Global Equity Fund 23,041,608 178,158,526 201,200,134

Health Sciences Fund 0 0 0

High Yield Fund 3,033,788 77,622,985 80,656,773

Income Allocation Fund 4,180,315 1,162 4,181,477

International Small Company Fund 0 0 0

International Strategic Equity Allocation Fund 40,192,222 42,140,436 82,332,658

International Value Fund 0 0 0

Mid Cap Stock Fund 0 0 0

Mid Value Fund 0 0 0

Multi-Index Lifestyle Aggressive Portfolio 0 0 0

Multi-Index Lifestyle Balanced Portfolio 0 0 0

. 180

Page 208: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Fund

Short-term Losses (subject to expiration) Expiration Date

Short-term Losses (no expiration date) ($)

Long-term Losses (no expiration date) ($) Total ($)

Multi-Index Lifestyle Conservative Portfolio 0 0 0

Multi-Index Lifestyle Growth Portfolio 0 0 0

Multi-Index Lifestyle Moderate Portfolio 0 0 0

Multi-Index 2060 Lifetime Portfolio 0 0 0

Multi-Index 2055 Lifetime Portfolio 0 0 0

Multi-Index 2050 Lifetime Portfolio 0 0 0

Multi-Index 2045 Lifetime Portfolio 0 0 0

Multi-Index 2040 Lifetime Portfolio 0 0 0

Multi-Index 2035 Lifetime Portfolio 0 0 0

Multi-Index 2030 Lifetime Portfolio 0 0 0

Multi-Index 2025 Lifetime Portfolio 0 0 0

Multi-Index 2020 Lifetime Portfolio 0 0 0

Multi-Index 2015 Lifetime Portfolio 0 0 0

Multi-Index 2010 Lifetime Portfolio 0 0 0

Multi-Index 2060 Preservation Portfolio 0 0 0

Multi-Index 2055 Preservation Portfolio 0 0 0

Multi-Index 2050 Preservation Portfolio 0 0 0

Multi-Index 2045 Preservation Portfolio 0 0 0

Multi-Index 2040 Preservation Portfolio 0 0 0

Multi-Index 2035 Preservation Portfolio 0 0 0

Multi-Index 2030 Preservation Portfolio 0 0 0

Multi-Index 2025 Preservation Portfolio 0 0 0

Multi-Index 2020 Preservation Portfolio 0 0 0

Multi-Index Income Preservation Portfolio 0 0 0

Multimanager 2060 Lifetime Portfolio 0 0 0

Multimanager 2055 Lifetime Portfolio 0 0 0

Multimanager 2050 Lifetime Portfolio 0 0 0

Multimanager 2045 Lifetime Portfolio 0 0 0

. 181

Page 209: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Fund

Short-term Losses (subject to expiration) Expiration Date

Short-term Losses (no expiration date) ($)

Long-term Losses (no expiration date) ($) Total ($)

Multimanager 2040 Lifetime Portfolio 0 0 0

Multimanager 2035 Lifetime Portfolio 0 0 0

Multimanager 2030 Lifetime Portfolio 0 0 0

Multimanager 2025 Lifetime Portfolio 0 0 0

Multimanager 2020 Lifetime Portfolio 0 0 0

Multimanager 2015 Lifetime Portfolio 0 0 0

Multimanager 2010 Lifetime Portfolio 0 0 0

New Opportunities Fund 0 0 0

Real Estate Securities Fund 0 0 0

Science & Technology Fund 0 0 0

Small Cap Growth Fund 47,052,869 0 47,052,869

Small Cap Value Fund 0 0 0

Strategic Equity Allocation Fund 0 0 0

Strategic Income Opportunities Fund 165,711,509 112,936,743 278,648,252

U.S. High Yield Bond Fund 13,692 19,242,745 19,256,437

U. S. Sector Rotation Fund 0 0 0

Distributions of net capital gain, if any, reported as capital gains dividends are taxable to a shareholder as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long the shareholder has held fund shares. A distribution of an amount in excess of a fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated by a shareholder as a return of capital which is applied against and reduces the shareholder’s basis in his or her shares. To the extent that the amount of any such distribution exceeds the shareholder’s basis in his or her shares, the excess will be treated by the shareholder as gain from a sale or exchange of the shares. Distributions of gains from the sale of investments that a fund owned for one year or less will be taxable as ordinary income.

A fund may elect to retain its net capital gain or a portion thereof for investment and be taxed at corporate rates on the amount retained. In such case, it may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders who will be treated as if each received a distribution of his pro rata share of such gain, with the result that each shareholder will: (i) be required to report his pro rata share of such gain on his tax return as long-term capital gain; (ii) receive a refundable tax credit for his pro rata share of tax paid by the fund on the gain; and (iii) increase the tax basis for his shares by an amount equal to the deemed distribution less the tax credit.

Selling shareholders generally will recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in the shares sold and the sale proceeds. Such gain or loss will be treated as capital gain or loss if the shares are capital assets in the shareholder’s hands and will be long-term or short-term, depending upon the shareholder’s tax holding period for the shares and subject to the special rules described below. The maximum tax rate applicable to net capital gains recognized by individuals and other non-corporate taxpayers is generally 20% for gains recognized on the sale of capital assets held for more than one year (as well as certain capital gain distributions) (15% or 0% for individuals at certain income levels).

A shareholder exchanging shares of one fund for shares of another fund will be treated for tax purposes as having sold the shares of the first fund, realizing tax gain or loss on such exchange. A shareholder exercising a right to convert one class of fund shares to a different class of shares of the same fund should not realize taxable gain or loss.

. 182

Page 210: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Any loss realized upon the sale or exchange of fund shares with a holding period of six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain distributions received (or amounts designated as undistributed capital gains) with respect to such shares. In addition, all or a portion of a loss realized on a sale or other disposition of fund shares may be disallowed under “wash sale” rules to the extent the shareholder acquires other shares of the same fund (whether through the reinvestment of distributions or otherwise) within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the date of disposition of the shares. Any disallowed loss will result in an adjustment to the shareholder’s tax basis in some or all of the other shares acquired.

Sales charges paid upon a purchase of shares cannot be taken into account for purposes of determining gain or loss on a sale of the shares before the 91st day after their purchase to the extent a sales charge is reduced or eliminated in a subsequent acquisition of shares of a fund, during the period beginning on the date of such sale and ending on January 31 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which such sale was made, pursuant to a reinvestment or exchange privilege. Any disregarded amounts will result in an adjustment to the shareholder’s tax basis in some or all of any other shares acquired.

The benefits of the reduced tax rates applicable to long-term capital gains and qualified dividend income may be impacted by the application of the alternative minimum tax to individual shareholders.

Certain net investment income received by an individual having adjusted gross income in excess of $200,000 (or $250,000 for married individuals filing jointly) will be subject to a tax of 3.8%. Undistributed net investment income of trusts and estates in excess of a specified amount also will be subject to this tax. Dividends and capital gains distributed by a fund, and gain realized on redemption of fund shares, will constitute investment income of the type subject to this tax.

Special tax rules apply to investments through defined contribution plans and other tax-qualified plans. Shareholders should consult their tax advisor to determine the suitability of shares of a fund as an investment through such plans.

Dividends and distributions on a fund’s shares are generally subject to federal income tax as described herein to the extent they do not exceed the fund’s realized income and gains, even though such dividends and distributions may economically represent a return of a particular shareholder’s investment. Such distributions are likely to occur in respect of shares purchased at a time when a fund’s net asset value reflects gains that are either unrealized or realized but not distributed. Such realized gains may be required to be distributed even when a fund’s net asset value also reflects unrealized losses. Such gains could be substantial, and the taxes incurred by a shareholder with respect to such distributions could have a material impact on the value of the shareholder’s investment.

Certain distributions declared in October, November or December to shareholders of record of such month and paid in the following January will be taxed to shareholders as if received on December 31 of the year in which they were declared. In addition, certain other distributions made after the close of a taxable year of a fund may be “spilled back” and treated as paid by the fund (except for purposes of the non-deductible 4% federal excise tax) during such taxable year. In such case, shareholders will be treated as having received such dividends in the taxable year in which the distributions were actually made.

A fund will inform its shareholders of the source and tax status of all distributions promptly after the close of each calendar year.

Each fund (or its administrative agent) must report to the IRS and furnish to shareholders the cost basis information and holding period for such fund’s shares purchased on or after January 1, 2012, and repurchased by the fund on or after that date. A fund will permit shareholders to elect from among several permitted cost basis methods. In the absence of an election, each fund will use an average cost as its default cost basis method. The cost basis method that a shareholder elects may not be changed with respect to a repurchase of shares after the settlement date of the repurchase. Shareholders should consult with their tax advisors to determine the best permitted cost basis method for their tax situation and to obtain more information about how the new cost basis reporting rules apply to them.

A fund generally is required to withhold and remit to the U.S. Treasury a percentage of the taxable dividends and other distributions paid to and proceeds of share sales, exchanges, or redemptions made by any individual shareholder (including foreign individuals) who fails to furnish the fund with a correct taxpayer identification number, who has under-reported dividends or interest income, or who fails to certify to the fund that he or she is a United States person and is not subject to such withholding. The backup withholding tax rate is 24%. Distributions will not be subject to backup withholding to the extent they are subject to the withholding tax on foreign persons described in the next paragraph. Any tax withheld as a result of backup withholding does not constitute an additional tax imposed on the record owner of the account and may be claimed as a credit on the record owner’s federal income tax return.

. 183

Page 211: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Non-U.S. investors not engaged in a U.S. trade or business with which their investment in a fund is effectively connected will be subject to U.S. federal income tax treatment that is different from that described above. Such non-U.S. investors may be subject to withholding tax at the rate of 30% (or a lower rate under an applicable tax treaty) on amounts treated as ordinary dividends from a fund. Capital gain distributions, if any, are not subject to the 30% withholding tax. Unless an effective IRS Form W-8BEN or other authorized withholding certificate is on file, backup withholding will apply to certain other payments from a fund. Non-U.S. investors should consult their tax advisors regarding such treatment and the application of foreign taxes to an investment in a fund.

Properly-reported dividends generally are exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax where they are (i) “interest-related dividends” paid in respect of a fund’s “qualified net interest income” (generally, a fund’s U.S. source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which the fund is at least a 10% shareholder, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income) or (ii) “short-term capital gain dividends” paid in respect of a fund’s “qualified short-term gains” (generally, the excess of a fund’s net short-term capital gain over the fund’s long-term capital loss for such taxable year). Depending on its circumstances, a fund may designate all, some or none of its potentially eligible dividends as such interest-related dividends or as short-term capital gain dividends and/or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for this exemption from withholding.

Under legislation known as FATCA, a 30% U.S. withholding tax may apply to any U.S.-source “withholdable payments” made to a non-U.S. entity unless the non-U.S. entity enters into an agreement with either the IRS or a governmental authority in its own country, as applicable, to collect and provide substantial information regarding the entity’s owners, including “specified United States persons” and “United States owned foreign entities,” or otherwise demonstrates compliance with or exemption from FATCA. The term “withholdable payment” includes any payment of interest (even if the interest is otherwise exempt from the withholding rules described above) or dividends, in each case with respect to any U.S. investment. The withholding tax regime went into effect on July 1, 2014 with respect to U.S.-source income. The IRS recently issued proposed regulations, which have immediate effect, to eliminate the withholding tax that was scheduled to begin in 2019 with respect to U.S.-source investment sale proceeds. A specified United States person is essentially any U.S. person, other than publicly traded corporations, their affiliates, tax-exempt organizations, governments, banks, real estate investment trusts, RICs, and common trust funds. A United States owned foreign entity is a foreign entity with one or more “substantial United States owners,” generally defined as United States person owning a greater than 10% interest. Non-U.S. investors should consult their own tax advisers regarding the impact of this legislation on their investment in a fund.

If a shareholder realizes a loss on disposition of a fund’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a RIC are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all RICs.

The foregoing is a general and abbreviated summary of the applicable provisions of the Code and Treasury Regulations currently in effect. It is not intended to be a complete explanation or a substitute for consultation with individual tax advisors. For the complete provisions, reference should be made to the pertinent Code sections and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. The Code and Treasury Regulations are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.

PORTFOLIO BROKERAGE Pursuant to the Subadvisory Agreements, the subadvisors are responsible for placing all orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio securities of the fund. The subadvisors have no formula for the distribution of the funds’ brokerage business; rather they place orders for the purchase and sale of securities with the primary objective of obtaining the most favorable overall results for the applicable fund. The cost of securities transactions for each fund will consist primarily of brokerage commissions or dealer or underwriter spreads. Fixed-income securities and money market instruments are generally traded on a net basis and do not normally involve either brokerage commissions or transfer taxes.

Occasionally, securities may be purchased directly from the issuer. For securities traded primarily in the OTC market, the subadvisors will, where possible, deal directly with dealers who make a market in the securities unless better prices and execution are available elsewhere. Such dealers usually act as principals for their own account.

Selection of Brokers or Dealers to Effect Trades. In selecting brokers or dealers to implement transactions, the subadvisors will give consideration to a number of factors, including: price, dealer spread or commission, if any; the reliability, integrity and financial condition of the broker dealer;

. 184

Page 212: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

size of the transaction; difficulty of execution; brokerage and research services provided (unless prohibited by applicable law); and confidentiality and anonymity.

Consideration of these factors by a subadvisor, either in terms of a particular transaction or the subadvisor’s overall responsibilities with respect to the fund and any other accounts managed by the subadvisor, could result in the applicable fund paying a commission or spread on a transaction that is in excess of the amount of commission or spread another broker dealer might have charged for executing the same transaction.

Securities of Regular Broker Dealers. The table below presents information regarding the securities of the funds’ regular broker dealers (or parents of the regular broker dealers) that were held by the fund as of August 31, 2019. A “Regular Broker Dealer” of a fund is defined by the SEC as one of the 10 brokers or dealers that during the fund’s most recent fiscal year: (a) received the greatest dollar amount of brokerage commissions by virtue of direct or indirect participation in the fund’s portfolio transactions; (b) engaged as principal in the largest dollar amount of portfolio transactions of the fund; or (c) sold the largest dollar amount of securities of the fund.

Fund Regular Broker Dealer Holdings ($000s)

Alternative Asset Allocation Fund Credit Suisse Group AG 24,056

JPMorgan Chase & Co. 45,965

State Street Corp. 44

Asia Pacific Total Return Bond Fund N/A N/A

Blue Chip Growth Fund Citigroup, Inc. 1,037

JPMorgan Chase & Co. 758

Morgan Stanley & Company, Inc. 13,532

State Street Corp. 504

The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. 2,364

Capital Appreciation Fund JPMorgan Chase & Co. 13,870

State Street Corp. 256

Capital Appreciation Value Fund JPMorgan Chase & Co. 4,163

State Street Corp. 18,325

Core Bond Fund Bank of America Corp. 32,673

Barclays Bank PLC 6,511

BNP Paribas SA 2,255

Citigroup, Inc. 18,097

Credit Suisse Group AG 22,046

JPMorgan Chase & Co. 33,764

Morgan Stanley & Company, Inc. 11,062

State Street Corp. 68,709

The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. 7,138

UBS Group AG 3,874

Disciplined Alternative Yield Fund Bank of America Corp. 2,443

Citigroup, Inc. 9,388

JPMorgan Chase & Co. 2,593

State Street Corp. 9,392

The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. 2,304

Emerging Markets Fund N/A N/A

Emerging Markets Debt Fund Barclays Bank PLC 27,677

Equity Income Fund Bank of America Corp. 592

Citigroup, Inc. 11,826

JPMorgan Chase & Co. 53,143

Morgan Stanley & Company, Inc. 29,383

State Street Corp. 21,125

Floating Rate Income Fund State Street Corp. 45,040

Fundamental Global Franchise Fund JPMorgan Chase & Co. 41,839

. 185

Page 213: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Fund Regular Broker Dealer Holdings ($000s)

Global Bond Fund Bank of America Corp. 287

Barclays Bank PLC 464

Citigroup, Inc. 639

Credit Suisse Group AG 852

JPMorgan Chase & Co. 1,184

Morgan Stanley & Company, Inc. 200

State Street Corp. 471

The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. 258

UBS Group AG 431

Global Equity Fund JPMorgan Chase & Co. 40,461

Health Sciences Fund State Street Corp. 847

High Yield Fund Bank of America Corp. 511

Barclays Bank PLC 2,784

BNP Paribas SA 389

Citigroup, Inc. 1,967

Credit Suisse Group AG 1,091

State Street Corp. 8,518

UBS Group AG 859

Income Allocation Fund State Street Corp. 75

International Small Company Fund N/A N/A

International Strategic Equity Allocation Fund Barclays Bank PLC 2,410

BNP Paribas SA 4,116

Credit Suisse Group AG 2,450

Royal Bank of Canada 10,521

UBS Group AG 3,355

International Value Fund Barclays Bank PLC 2,144

BNP Paribas SA 7,671

UBS Group AG 3,282

Mid Cap Stock Fund N/A N/A

Mid Value Fund State Street Corp. 17,396

Multi-Index Lifestyle Aggressive Portfolio State Street Corp. 1

Multi-Index Lifestyle Balanced Portfolio State Street Corp. 1

Multi-Index Lifestyle Conservative Portfolio State Street Corp. 181

Multi-Index Lifestyle Growth Portfolio State Street Corp. 1

Multi-Index Lifestyle Moderate Portfolio State Street Corp. 1

Multi-Index 2010 Lifetime Portfolio State Street Corp. 112

Multi-Index 2015 Lifetime Portfolio State Street Corp. 101

Multi-Index 2020 Lifetime Portfolio State Street Corp. 204

Multi-Index 2025 Lifetime Portfolio State Street Corp. 427

Multi-Index 2030 Lifetime Portfolio State Street Corp. 255

Multi-Index 2035 Lifetime Portfolio State Street Corp. 993

Multi-Index 2040 Lifetime Portfolio State Street Corp. 203

Multi-Index 2045 Lifetime Portfolio State Street Corp. 403

Multi-Index 2050 Lifetime Portfolio State Street Corp. 245

Multi-Index 2055 Lifetime Portfolio State Street Corp. 134

Multi-Index 2060 Lifetime Portfolio State Street Corp. 109

Multi-Index 2020 Preservation Portfolio State Street Corp. 957

Multi-Index 2025 Preservation Portfolio State Street Corp. 2,984

Multi-Index 2030 Preservation Portfolio State Street Corp. 2,432

Multi-Index 2035 Preservation Portfolio State Street Corp. 1,887

Multi-Index 2040 Preservation Portfolio State Street Corp. 2,175

Multi-Index 2045 Preservation Portfolio State Street Corp. 1,457

. 186

Page 214: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Fund Regular Broker Dealer Holdings ($000s)

Multi-Index 2050 Preservation Portfolio State Street Corp. 1,078

Multi-Index 2055 Preservation Portfolio State Street Corp. 544

Multi-Index 2060 Preservation Portfolio State Street Corp. 365

Multi-Index Income Preservation Portfolio State Street Corp. 3

Multimanager 2010 Lifetime Portfolio State Street Corp. 147

Multimanager 2015 Lifetime Portfolio State Street Corp. 202

Multimanager 2020 Lifetime Portfolio State Street Corp. 642

Multimanager 2025 Lifetime Portfolio State Street Corp. 750

Multimanager 2030 Lifetime Portfolio State Street Corp. 748

Multimanager 2035 Lifetime Portfolio State Street Corp. 587

Multimanager 2040 Lifetime Portfolio State Street Corp. 516

Multimanager 2045 Lifetime Portfolio State Street Corp. 589

Multimanager 2050 Lifetime Portfolio State Street Corp. 231

Multimanager 2055 Lifetime Portfolio State Street Corp. 158

Multimanager 2060 Lifetime Portfolio State Street Corp. 107

New Opportunities Fund State Street Corp. 9,388

Real Estate Securities Fund State Street Corp. 3,633

Science & Technology Fund State Street Corp. 12,690

Small Cap Growth Fund State Street Corp. 8,446

Small Cap Value Fund N/A N/A

Strategic Equity Allocation Fund Bank of America Corp. 29,122

Barclays Bank PLC 4,506

BNP Paribas SA 7,699

Citigroup, Inc. 17,815

Cowen, Inc. 58

Credit Suisse Group AG 4,578

Jefferies Group LLC 598

JPMorgan Chase & Co. 42,665

Morgan Stanley & Company, Inc. 6,718

Royal Bank of Canada 19,667

State Street Corp. 48,189

The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. 8,787

UBS Group AG 6,262

Strategic Income Opportunities Fund Bank of America Corp. 57,305

Barclays Bank PLC 62,688

Citigroup, Inc. 21,497

Credit Suisse Group AG 22,073

JPMorgan Chase & Co. 58,338

Morgan Stanley & Company, Inc. 17,423

Royal Bank of Canada 13,577

State Street Corp. 3,690

The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. 47,356

U.S. High Yield Bond Fund Jefferies Group LLC 743

State Street Corp. 5,047

U.S. Sector Rotation Fund Bank of America Corp. 10,213

Citigroup, Inc. 6,247

Cowen, Inc. 19

JPMorgan Chase & Co. 14,963

Morgan Stanley & Company, Inc. 2,356

State Street Corp. 862,278

The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. 3,081

. 187

Page 215: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Soft Dollar Considerations. In selecting brokers and dealers, the subadvisors will give consideration to the value and quality of any research, statistical, quotation, brokerage or valuation services provided by the broker or dealer to the subadvisor. In placing a purchase or sale order, unless prohibited by applicable law, the subadvisor may use a broker whose commission in effecting the transaction is higher than that of some other broker if the subadvisor determines in good faith that the amount of the higher commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker, viewed in terms of either the particular transaction or the subadvisor’s overall responsibilities with respect to a fund and any other accounts managed by the subadvisor. In addition to statistical, quotation, brokerage or valuation services, a subadvisor may receive from brokers or dealers products or research that are used for both research and other purposes, such as administration or marketing. In such case, the subadvisor will make a good faith determination as to the portion attributable to research. Only the portion attributable to research will be paid through portfolio brokerage. The portion not attributable to research will be paid by the subadvisor. Research products and services may be acquired or received either directly from executing brokers or indirectly through other brokers in step-out transactions. A “step-out” is an arrangement by which a subadvisor executes a trade through one broker dealer but instructs that entity to step-out all or a portion of the trade to another broker dealer. This second broker dealer will clear and settle, and receive commissions for, the stepped-out portion. The second broker dealer may or may not have a trading desk of its own.

Under MiFID II, EU investment managers, including certain subadvisors to funds in the John Hancock Fund Complex, may only pay for research from brokers and dealers directly out of their own resources or by establishing “research payment accounts” for each client, rather than through client commissions. MiFID II is expected to limit the use of soft dollars by subadvisors located in the EU, if applicable, and in certain circumstances may result in other subadvisors reducing the use of soft dollars as to certain groups of clients or as to all clients.

The subadvisors also may receive research or research credits from brokers that are generated from underwriting commissions when purchasing new issues of fixed-income securities or other assets for a fund. These services, which in some cases also may be purchased for cash, include such matters as general economic and security market reviews, industry and company reviews, evaluations of securities and recommendations as to the purchase and sale of securities. Some of these services are of value to the subadvisor in advising several of its clients (including the fund), although not all of these services are necessarily useful and of value in managing the fund. The management fee paid by a fund is not reduced because a subadvisor and its affiliates receive such services.

As noted above, a subadvisor may purchase new issues of securities for a fund in underwritten fixed price offerings. In these situations, the underwriter or selling group member may provide the subadvisor with research in addition to selling the securities (at the fixed public offering price) to the fund or other advisory clients. Because the offerings are conducted at a fixed price, the ability to obtain research from a broker dealer in this situation provides knowledge that may benefit the fund, other subadvisor clients, and the subadvisor without incurring additional costs. These arrangements may not fall within the safe harbor in Section 28(e) of the Exchange Act, because the broker dealer is considered to be acting in a principal capacity in underwritten transactions. However, FINRA has adopted rules expressly permitting broker dealers to provide bona fide research to advisors in connection with fixed price offerings under certain circumstances. As a general matter in these situations, the underwriter or selling group member will provide research credits at a rate that is higher than that which is available for secondary market transactions.

Brokerage and research services provided by brokers and dealers include advice, either directly or through publications or writings, as to: the value of securities; the advisability of purchasing or selling securities; the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; and analyses and reports concerning: (a) issuers; (b) industries; (c) securities; (d) economic, political and legal factors and

trends; and (e) portfolio strategy.

Research services are received primarily in the form of written reports, computer generated services, telephone contacts and personal meetings with security analysts. In addition, such services may be provided in the form of meetings arranged with corporate and industry spokespersons, economists, academicians and government representatives. In some cases, research services are generated by third parties but are provided to the subadvisor by or through a broker.

To the extent research services are used by the subadvisors, such services would tend to reduce such party’s expenses. However, the subadvisors do not believe that an exact dollar value can be assigned to these services. Research services received by the subadvisors from brokers or dealers executing transactions for series of the Trust, which may not be used in connection with a fund, also will be available for the benefit of other funds managed by the subadvisors.

. 188

Page 216: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Allocation of Trades by the Subadvisors. The subadvisors manage a number of accounts other than the fund. Although investment determinations for the fund will be made by a subadvisor independently from the investment determinations it makes for any other account, investments deemed appropriate for the fund by a subadvisor also may be deemed appropriate by it for other accounts. Therefore, the same security may be purchased or sold at or about the same time for both the fund and other accounts. In such circumstances, a subadvisor may determine that orders for the purchase or sale of the same security for the fund and one or more other accounts should be combined. In this event the transactions will be priced and allocated in a manner deemed by the subadvisor to be equitable and in the best interests of the fund and such other accounts. While in some instances combined orders could adversely affect the price or volume of a security, each fund believes that its participation in such transactions on balance will produce better overall results for the fund.

For purchases of equity securities, when a complete order is not filled, a partial allocation will be made to each participating account pro rata based on the order size. For high demand issues (for example, initial public offerings), shares will be allocated pro rata by account size as well as on the basis of account objective, account size (a small account’s allocation may be increased to provide it with a meaningful position), and the account’s other holdings. In addition, an account’s allocation may be increased if that account’s portfolio manager was responsible for generating the investment idea or the portfolio manager intends to buy more shares in the secondary market. For fixed-income accounts, generally securities will be allocated when appropriate among accounts based on account size, except if the accounts have different objectives or if an account is too small to receive a meaningful allocation. For new issues, when a complete order is not filled, a partial allocation will be made to each account pro rata based on the order size. However, if a partial allocation is too small to be meaningful, it may be reallocated based on such factors as account objectives, strategies, duration benchmarks and credit and sector exposure. For example, value funds will likely not participate in initial public offerings as frequently as growth funds. In some instances, this investment procedure may adversely affect the price paid or received by the fund or the size of the position obtainable for it. On the other hand, to the extent permitted by law, a subadvisor may aggregate securities to be sold or purchased for the fund with those to be sold or purchased for other clients that it manages in order to obtain best execution.

Affiliated Underwriting Transactions by a Subadvisor. The Trust has approved procedures in conformity with Rule 10f-3 under the 1940 Act whereby a fund may purchase securities that are offered in underwritings in which an affiliate of the subadvisors participates. These procedures prohibit a fund from directly or indirectly benefiting a subadvisor affiliate in connection with such underwritings. In addition, for underwritings where a subadvisor affiliate participates as a principal underwriter, certain restrictions may apply that could, among other things, limit the amount of securities that the fund could purchase.

Brokerage Commissions Paid. For the last three fiscal years, the funds paid brokerage commissions in connection with portfolio transactions. Any material differences from year to year reflect an increase or decrease in trading activity by the applicable fund. The total brokerage commissions paid by the fund for the fiscal periods ended August 31, 2019, August 31, 2018, and August 31, 2017 are set forth in the table below:

Total Commissions Paid in Fiscal Period Ended August 31

Fund 2019 ($) 2018 ($) 2017 ($)

Alternative Asset Allocation Fund 79,084 29,421 35,079

Asia Pacific Total Return Bond Fund N/A N/A 8,873

Blue Chip Growth Fund 370,515 262,081 413,184

Capital Appreciation Fund 523,792 527,349 642,810

Capital Appreciation Value Fund 267,138 353,875 373,314

Core Bond Fund N/A N/A N/A

Disciplined Alternative Yield Fund 186,260 190,878 728,015

Emerging Markets Fund 540,494 158,557 416,525

Emerging Markets Debt Fund N/A N/A 1,944

Equity Income Fund 236,596 223,028 366,322

Floating Rate Income Fund 54,468 194,940 108,327

Fundamental Global Franchise Fund 132,877 219,922 309,368

Global Bond Fund 2,142 4,463 11,828

Global Equity Fund 169,684 505,691 616,859

Health Sciences Fund 66,207 107,254 115,948

High Yield Fund 2,170 281 1,432

Income Allocation Fund 565 1,842 278

. 189

Page 217: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Total Commissions Paid in Fiscal Period Ended August 31

Fund 2019 ($) 2018 ($) 2017 ($)

International Small Company Fund 135,914 85,120 75,769

International Strategic Equity Allocation Fund 1,148,482 2,222,607 2,220,529

International Value Fund 811,833 838,810 1,754,043

Mid Cap Stock Fund 514,224 1,118,751 1,404,293

Mid Value Fund 486,968 494,038 659,281

Multi-Index Lifestyle Aggressive Portfolio 19,704 22,960 28,931

Multi-Index Lifestyle Balanced Portfolio 93,001 130,416 160,114

Multi-Index Lifestyle Conservative Portfolio 28,885 34,706 40,202

Multi-Index Lifestyle Growth Portfolio 63,026 82,802 105,924

Multi-Index Lifestyle Moderate Portfolio 32,841 45,131 52,743

Multi-Index 2010 Lifetime Portfolio 6,374 10,104 8,177

Multi-Index 2015 Lifetime Portfolio 7,253 8,647 12,155

Multi-Index 2020 Lifetime Portfolio 18,179 27,718 30,677

Multi-Index 2025 Lifetime Portfolio 25,353 31,996 35,221

Multi-Index 2030 Lifetime Portfolio 27,570 27,376 32,779

Multi-Index 2035 Lifetime Portfolio 21,227 19,808 26,660

Multi-Index 2040 Lifetime Portfolio 16,458 14,976 18,686

Multi-Index 2045 Lifetime Portfolio 15,170 12,062 15,907

Multi-Index 2050 Lifetime Portfolio 10,630 9,771 9,880

Multi-Index 2055 Lifetime Portfolio 7,524 6,597 6,260

Multi-Index 2060 Lifetime Portfolio 2,662 2,087 1,203

Multi-Index Income Preservation Portfolio 48,863 51,923 58,108

Multi-Index 2020 Preservation Portfolio 69,287 77,599 86,201

Multi-Index 2025 Preservation Portfolio 105,083 94,373 104,628

Multi-Index 2030 Preservation Portfolio 112,136 93,457 91,150

Multi-Index 2035 Preservation Portfolio 84,365 69,137 71,181

Multi-Index 2040 Preservation Portfolio 63,121 51,992 51,323

Multi-Index 2045 Preservation Portfolio 44,137 45,167 36,210

Multi-Index 2050 Preservation Portfolio 36,641 32,279 24,470

Multi-Index 2055 Preservation Portfolio 15,059 16,166 12,097

Multi-Index 2060 Preservation Portfolio 6,688 5,600 3,176

Multimanager 2010 Lifetime Portfolio N/A N/A N/A

Multimanager 2015 Lifetime Portfolio N/A N/A N/A

Multimanager 2020 Lifetime Portfolio N/A N/A N/A

Multimanager 2025 Lifetime Portfolio N/A N/A N/A

Multimanager 2030 Lifetime Portfolio N/A N/A N/A

Multimanager 2035 Lifetime Portfolio N/A N/A N/A

Multimanager 2040 Lifetime Portfolio N/A N/A N/A

Multimanager 2045 Lifetime Portfolio N/A N/A N/A

Multimanager 2050 Lifetime Portfolio N/A N/A N/A

Multimanager 2055 Lifetime Portfolio N/A N/A N/A

Multimanager 2060 Lifetime Portfolio N/A N/A N/A

New Opportunities Fund 434,923 353,955 362,060

Real Estate Securities Fund 469,460 897,554 1,806,849

Science & Technology Fund 201,739 248,557 712,956

Small Cap Growth Fund 640,287 424,933 78,906

Small Cap Value Fund 197,554 138,167 168,988

Strategic Equity Allocation Fund 2,544,102 4,387,461 2,831,881

Strategic Income Opportunities Fund 287,042 263,480 136,218

. 190

Page 218: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Total Commissions Paid in Fiscal Period Ended August 31

Fund 2019 ($) 2018 ($) 2017 ($)

U.S. High Yield Bond Fund N/A 102 2,130

U.S. Sector Rotation Fund 206,886 408,988 672,339

Affiliated Brokerage. Pursuant to procedures determined by the Trustees and consistent with the above policy of obtaining best net results, a fund may execute portfolio transactions with or through brokers affiliated with the Advisor or subadvisor (“Affiliated Brokers”). Affiliated Brokers may act as broker for the fund on exchange transactions, subject, however, to the general policy set forth above and the procedures adopted by the Trustees pursuant to the 1940 Act. Commissions paid to an Affiliated Broker must be at least as favorable as those that the Trustees believe to be contemporaneously charged by other brokers in connection with comparable transactions involving similar securities being purchased or sold. A transaction would not be placed with an Affiliated Broker if the fund would have to pay a commission rate less favorable than the Affiliated Broker’s contemporaneous charges for comparable transactions for its other most favored, but unaffiliated, customers, except for accounts for which the Affiliated Broker acts as clearing broker for another brokerage firm, and any customers of the Affiliated Broker not comparable to the fund, as determined by a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the fund, the Advisor, the subadvisor or the Affiliated Broker. Because the Advisor or subadvisor that is affiliated with the Affiliated Broker has, as an investment advisor to the fund, the obligation to provide investment management services, which includes elements of research and related investment skills such research and related skills will not be used by the Affiliated Broker as a basis for negotiating commissions at a rate higher than that determined in accordance with the above criteria.

The Advisor’s indirect parent, Manulife Financial, is the parent of a broker dealer, JH Distributors. JH Distributors is considered an Affiliated Broker.

Brokerage Commissions Paid to Affiliated Brokers. For the periods ended August 31, 2019, August 31, 2018, and August 31, 2017, no commissions were paid by any of the funds to brokers affiliated with the subadvisors.

Commission Recapture Program. The Board has approved each fund’s participation in a commission recapture program. Commission recapture is a form of institutional discount brokerage that returns commission dollars directly to a fund. It provides a way to gain control over the commission expenses incurred by a subadvisor, which can be significant over time and thereby reduces expenses, improves cash flow and conserves assets. A fund can derive commission recapture dollars from both equity trading commissions and fixed-income (commission equivalent) spreads. From time to time, the Board reviews whether participation in the recapture program is in the best interests of the fund.

TRANSFER AGENT SERVICESJohn Hancock Signature Services, Inc., P.O. Box 55913, Boston, Massachusetts 02205-5913, a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of MFC, is the transfer and dividend paying agent for the Class A, Class B, Class C, Class I, Class R1, Class R2, Class R3, Class R4, Class R5, and Class R6 shares of the fund, as applicable.

The fees paid to Signature Services are determined based on the cost to Signature Services of providing services to the fund and to all other John Hancock affiliated funds for which Signature Services serves as transfer agent (“Signature Services Cost”). Signature Services Cost includes: (i) an allocable portion of John Hancock corporate overhead; and (ii) out-of-pocket expenses, including payments made by Signature Services to intermediaries and other third-parties (“Subtransfer Agency Fees”) whose clients and/or customers invest in one or more funds for sub-transfer agency and administrative services provided to those clients/customers. Signature Services Cost is calculated monthly and allocated by Signature Services among four different categories as described below based generally on the Signature Services Cost associated with providing services to each category in the aggregate. Within each category, Signature Services Cost is allocated across all of the John Hancock affiliated funds and/or classes for which Signature Services provides transfer agent services, on the basis of relative average net assets.

Retail Share and Institutional Classes of Non-Municipal Bond Funds. An amount equal to the total Signature Services Cost associated with providing services to Class A, Class B, Class C, Class ADV, Class I, and Class I2 shares of all non-municipal series of the Trust and of all other John Hancock affiliated funds for which it serves as transfer agent is allocated pro-rata based upon assets of all Class A, Class B, Class C, Class ADV, Class I, and Class I2 shares in the aggregate, without regard to fund or class. The funds do not offer Class I2 or Class ADV shares.

Class R6 Shares. An amount equal to the total Signature Services Cost associated with providing services to Class R6 shares of the Trust and all other John Hancock affiliated funds for which it serves as transfer agent, is allocated pro-rata based upon assets of all such shares in the aggregate, without regard to fund.

. 191

Page 219: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Retirement Share Classes. An amount equal to the total Signature Services Cost associated with providing services to Class R1, Class R2, Class R3, Class R4 and Class R5 shares of the Trust and all other John Hancock affiliated funds for which it serves as transfer agent is allocated pro-rata based upon assets of all such shares in the aggregate, without regard to fund or class. In addition, payments made to intermediaries and/or record keepers under Class R Service plans will be made by each relevant fund on a fund- and class- specific basis pursuant to the applicable plan.

Municipal Bond Funds. An amount equal to the total Signature Services Cost associated with providing services to Class A, Class B, Class C, and Class I shares of all John Hancock affiliated municipal bond funds for which it serves as transfer agent, including out-of-pocket expenses for Subtransfer Agency Fees, is allocated pro-rata based upon assets of all such shares in the aggregate, without regard to fund or class. John Hancock municipal bond funds currently only offer Class A, Class B, Class C, Class I, and Class R6 shares. The allocation of Signature Services Costs for Class R6 shares of the municipal bond funds is described above. The Trust currently does not offer any municipal bond funds.

In applying the foregoing methodology, Signature Services seeks to operate its aggregate transfer agency operations on an “at cost” or “break even” basis. The allocation of aggregate transfer agency costs to categories of funds and/or classes assets seeks to ensure that shareholders of each class within each category will pay the same or a very similar level of transfer agency fees for the delivery of similar services. Under this methodology, the actual costs associated with providing particular services to a particular fund and/or share classes during a period of time, including payments to intermediaries for sub-transfer agency services to clients or customers whose assets are invested in a particular fund or share class, are not charged to and borne by that particular fund or share classes during that period. Instead, they are included in Signature Services Cost, which is then allocated to the applicable aggregate asset category described above and then allocated to all assets in that category based on relative net assets. Applying this methodology could result in some funds and/or classes having higher or lower transfer agency fees than they would have had if they bore only fund- or class-specific costs directly or indirectly attributable to them.

LEGAL AND REGULATORY MATTERSThere are no legal proceedings to which the Trust, the Advisor, or the Distributor is a party that are likely to have a material adverse effect on the fund or the ability of either the Advisor or the Distributor to perform its contract with the fund.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRMThe financial statements of each fund for the fiscal period ended August 31, 2019, including the related financial highlights that appear in the Prospectus, have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report with respect thereto, and are incorporated herein by reference in reliance upon said report given on the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has offices at 101 Seaport Boulevard, Suite 500, Boston, Massachusetts 02210.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSThe financial statements of each fund for the fiscal period ended August 31, 2019, are incorporated herein by reference from each fund’s most recent Annual Report filed with the SEC on Form N-CSR pursuant to Rule 30b2-1 under the 1940 Act.

CUSTODY OF PORTFOLIO SECURITIESExcept as noted below, State Street Bank and Trust Company, State Street Financial Center, One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111, currently acts as custodian and bookkeeping agent with respect to each fund’s assets. Citibank, N.A., 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013, currently acts as custodian and bookkeeping agent with respect to the assets of Asia Pacific Total Return Bond Fund, Emerging Markets Fund, Emerging Markets Debt Fund, Fundamental Global Franchise Fund, Global Equity Fund, International Small Company Fund, International Strategic Equity Allocation Fund, and International Value Fund. State Street and Citibank have selected various banks and trust companies in foreign countries to maintain custody of certain foreign securities. Each fund also may use special purpose custodian banks from time to time for certain assets. State Street and Citibank are authorized to use the facilities of the Depository Trust Company, the Participants Trust Company, and the book-entry system of the Federal Reserve Banks.

. 192

Page 220: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

CODES OF ETHICSThe Trust, the Advisor, the Distributor and each subadvisor to the fund have adopted Codes of Ethics that comply with Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. Each Code of Ethics permits personnel subject to the Code of Ethics to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by a fund.

. 193

Page 221: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

APPENDIX A – DESCRIPTION OF BOND RATINGSDESCRIPTION OF BOND RATINGSDESCRIPTIONS OF CREDIT RATING SYMBOLS AND DEFINITIONS

The ratings of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”), Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“S&P Global Ratings”) and Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”) represent their respective opinions as of the date they are expressed and not statements of fact as to the quality of various long-term and short-term debt instruments they undertake to rate. It should be emphasized that ratings are general and are not absolute standards of quality. Consequently, debt instruments with the same maturity, coupon and rating may have different yields while debt instruments of the same maturity and coupon with different ratings may have the same yield.

Ratings do not constitute recommendations to buy, sell, or hold any security, nor do they comment on the adequacy of market price, the suitability of any security for a particular investor, or the tax-exempt nature or taxability of any payments of any security.

IN GENERALMoody’s. Ratings assigned on Moody’s global long-term and short-term rating scales are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations issued by non-financial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles, and public sector entities.

Note that the content of this Appendix A, to the extent that it relates to the ratings determined by Moody’s, is derived directly from Moody’s electronic publication of “Ratings Symbols and Definitions” which is available at: https://www.moodys.com/researchdocumentcontentpage.aspx?docid=PBC_79004.

S&P Global Ratings. An S&P Global Ratings issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects S&P Global Ratings’ view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and this opinion may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.

Issue ratings are an assessment of default risk but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy.

Note that the content of this Appendix A, to the extent that it relates to the ratings determined by S&P Global Ratings, is derived directly from S&P Global Ratings’ electronic publication of “S&P’s Global Ratings Definitions,” which is available at: https://www.standardandpoors.com/en_US/web/guest/article/-/view/sourceId/504352.

Fitch. Fitch’s opinions are forward looking and include Fitch’s views of future performance. In many cases, these views on future performance may include forecasts, which may in turn (i) be informed by non-disclosable management projections, (ii) be based on a trend (sector or wider economic cycle) at a certain stage in the cycle, or (iii) be based on historical performance. As a result, while ratings may include cyclical considerations and attempt to assess the likelihood of repayment at “ultimate/final maturity,” material changes in economic conditions and expectations (for a particular issuer) may result in a rating change.

The terms “investment grade” and “speculative grade” have established themselves over time as shorthand to describe the categories ‘AAA’ to ‘BBB’ (investment grade) and ‘BB’ to ‘D’ (speculative grade). The terms investment grade and speculative grade are market conventions and do not imply any recommendation or endorsement of a specific security for investment purposes. Investment grade categories indicate relatively low to moderate credit risk, while ratings in the speculative categories either signal a higher level of credit risk or that a default has already occurred. For the convenience of investors, Fitch may also include issues relating to a rated issuer that are not and have not been rated on its web page. Such issues are also denoted as ‘NR’.

Note that the content of this Appendix A, to the extent that it relates to the ratings determined by Fitch, is derived directly from Fitch’s electronic publication of “Definitions of Ratings and Other Forms of Opinion” which is available at: https://www.fitchratings.com/site/dam/jcr:6b03c4cd-611d-47ec-b8f1-183c01b51b08/Rating%20Definitions%20-%20Jan%2024%202018.pdf.

. 194

Page 222: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

GENERAL PURPOSE RATINGS

LONG-TERM ISSUE RATINGSMOODY’S GLOBAL LONG-TERM RATING SCALE

Long-term ratings are assigned to issuers or obligations with an original maturity of one year or more and reflect both on the likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment.

Aaa: Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

Aa: Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A: Obligations rated A are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa: Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

Ba: Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.

B: Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa: Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca: Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C: Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note: Addition of a Modifier 1, 2 or 3: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2 and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category. Additionally, a “(hyb)” indicator is appended to all ratings of hybrid securities issued by banks, insurers, finance companies, and securities firms. By their terms, hybrid securities allow for the omission of scheduled dividends, interest, or principal payments, which can potentially result in impairment if such an omission occurs. Hybrid securities may also be subject to contractually allowable write-downs of principal that could result in impairment.

Together with the hybrid indicator, the long-term obligation rating assigned to a hybrid security is an expression of the relative credit risk associated with that security.

S&P GLOBAL RATINGS LONG-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS

AAA: An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA: An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

A: An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

BBB: An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

BB, B, CCC, CC and C: Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’ ‘CC’ and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

BB: An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

. 195

Page 223: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

B: An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

CCC: An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

CC: An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The ‘CC’ rating is used when a default has not yet occurred but S&P Global Ratings expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.

C: An obligation rated ‘C’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared to obligations that are rated higher.

D: An obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. An obligation’s rating is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.

Note: Addition of a Plus (+) or minus (-) sign: The ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

Dual Ratings – Dual ratings may be assigned to debt issues that have a put option or demand feature. The first component of the rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second component of the rating addresses only the demand feature. The first component of the rating can relate to either a short-term or long-term transaction and accordingly use either short-term or long-term rating symbols. The second component of the rating relates to the put option and is assigned a short-term rating symbol (for example, ‘AAA/A-1+‘ or ‘A-1+/A-1’). With U. S. municipal short-term demand debt, the U.S. municipal short-term note rating symbols are used for the first component of the rating (for example, ‘SP-1+/A-1+‘).

FITCH CORPORATE FINANCE OBLIGATIONS – LONG-TERM RATING SCALES

Ratings of individual securities or financial obligations of a corporate issuer address relative vulnerability to default on an ordinal scale. In addition, for financial obligations in corporate finance, a measure of recovery given default on that liability is also included in the rating assessment. This notably applies to covered bond ratings, which incorporate both an indication of the probability of default and of the recovery given a default of this debt instrument.

AAA: Highest credit quality. ‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

AA: Very high credit quality. ‘AA’ ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

A: High credit quality. ‘A’ ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

BBB: Good credit quality. ‘BBB’ ratings indicate that expectations of credit risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

BB: Speculative. ‘BB’ ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to credit risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met.

B: Highly speculative. ‘B’ ratings indicate that material credit risk is present.

CCC: Substantial credit risk. “CCC” ratings indicate that substantial credit risk is present.

CC: Very high levels of credit risk. “CC” ratings indicate very high levels of credit risk.

C: Exceptionally high levels of credit risk. “C” indicates exceptionally high levels of credit risk.

. 196

Page 224: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Corporate finance defaulted obligations typically are not assigned ‘RD’ or ‘D’ ratings, but are instead rated in the ‘CCC’ to ‘C’ rating categories, depending on their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. This approach better aligns obligations that have comparable overall expected loss but varying vulnerability to default and loss.

Note: Addition of a Plus (+) or minus (-) sign: Within rating categories, Fitch may use modifiers. The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. For example, the rating category ‘AA’ has three notch-specific rating levels (‘AA+‘; ‘AA’; ‘AA-‘; each a rating level). Such suffixes are not added to ‘AAA’ ratings and ratings below the ‘CCC’ category. For the short-term rating category of ‘F1‘, a ‘+’ may be appended. For Viability Ratings, the modifiers ‘+‘ or ‘-’ may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within categories from ‘aa’ to ‘ccc’.

CORPORATE AND TAX-EXEMPT COMMERCIAL PAPER RATINGS

SHORT-TERM ISSUE RATINGSMOODY’S GLOBAL SHORT-TERM RATING SCALE

Ratings assigned on Moody’s global long-term and short-term rating scales are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations issued by non-financial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles, and public sector entities. Short-term ratings are assigned to obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect both the likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment.

Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

P-1: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-2: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-3: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

NP: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

The following table indicates the long-term ratings consistent with different short-term ratings when such long-term ratings exist. (Note: Structured finance short-term ratings are usually based either on the short-term rating of a support provider or on an assessment of cash flows available to retire the financial obligation).

LONG-TERM RATING SHORT-TERM RATING

Aaa Aa1 Aa2 Aa3 A1 A2 A3 Baa1 Baa2 Baa3

Ba1, Ba2, Ba3 B1, B2, B3 Caa1, Caa2, Caa3 Ca, C

Prime-1

Prime-2

Prime-3

Not Prime

S&P’S SHORT-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS

S&P Global Ratings’ short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. Medium term notes are assigned long-term ratings. Ratings are graded into several categories, ranging from ‘A’ for the highest-quality obligations to ‘D’ for the lowest. These categories are as follows:

. 197

Page 225: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

A-1: A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1‘ is rated in the highest category by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on these obligations is extremely strong.

A-2: A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2‘ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is satisfactory.

A-3: A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3‘ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken an obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

B: A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.

C: A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

D: A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. An obligation’s rating is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.

Dual Ratings - Dual ratings may be assigned to debt issues that have a put option or demand feature. The first component of the rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second component of the rating addresses only the demand feature. The first component of the rating can relate to either a short-term or long-term transaction and accordingly use either short-term or long-term rating symbols. The second component of the rating relates to the put option and is assigned a short-term rating symbol (for example, ‘AAA/A-1+‘ or ‘A-1+/A-1’). With U.S. municipal short-term demand debt, the U.S. municipal short-term note rating symbols are used for the first component of the rating (for example, ‘SP-1+/A-1+‘).

FITCH’S SHORT-TERM ISSUER OR OBLIGATION RATINGS§

A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-term deposit ratings may be adjusted for loss severity. Short-term deposit ratings may be adjusted for loss severity. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short term” based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations, and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.

F1: Highest short-term credit quality.§Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added (“+”) to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

F2: Good short-term credit quality.§Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

F3: Fair short-term credit quality.§The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

B: Speculative short-term credit quality.§Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

C: High short-term default risk.§Default is a real possibility.

RD: Restricted default.§Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Typically applicable to entity ratings only.

. 198

Page 226: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

D: Default.§Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.

TAX-EXEMPT NOTE RATINGSMOODY’S U.S. MUNICIPAL SHORT-TERM DEBT RATINGS§

While the global short-term ‘prime’ rating scale is applied to US municipal tax-exempt commercial A-8 paper, these programs are typically backed by external letters of credit or liquidity facilities and their short-term prime ratings usually map to the long-term rating of the enhancing bank or financial institution and not to the municipality’s rating. Other short-term municipal obligations, which generally have different funding sources for repayment, are rated using two additional short-term rating scales (i.e., the MIG and VMIG scale discussed below).

The Municipal Investment Grade (MIG) scale is used to rate US municipal bond anticipation notes of up to five years maturity. Municipal notes rated on the MIG scale may be secured by either pledged revenues or proceeds of a take-out financing received prior to note maturity. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation, and the issuer’s long-term rating is only one consideration in assigning the MIG rating. MIG ratings are divided into three levels—MIG 1 through MIG 3—while speculative grade short-term obligations are designated SG.

MIG 1: This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

MIG 2: This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

MIG 3: This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

SG: This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

Variable Municipal Investment Grade (VMIG) ratings of demand obligations with unconditional liquidity support are mapped from the short-term debt rating (or counterparty assessment) of the support provider, or the underlying obligor in the absence of third party liquidity support, with VMIG 1 corresponding to P-1, VMIG 2 to P-2, VMIG 3 to P-3 and SG to not prime. For example, the VMIG rating for an industrial revenue bond with Company XYZ as the underlying obligor would normally have the same numerical modifier as Company XYZ’s prime rating. Transitions of VMIG ratings of demand obligations with conditional liquidity support, as shown in the diagram below, differ from transitions on the Prime scale to reflect the risk that external liquidity support will terminate if the issuer’s long-term rating drops below investment grade.

VMIG 1: This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

VMIG 2: This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

VMIG 3: This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

SG: This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

* For VRDBs supported with conditional liquidity support, short-term ratings transition down at higher long-term ratings to reflect the risk of termination of liquidity support as a result of a downgrade below investment grade.

VMIG ratings of VRDBs with unconditional liquidity support reflect the short-term debt rating (or counterparty assessment) of the liquidity support provider with VMIG 1 corresponding to P-1, VMIG 2 to P-2, VMIG 3 to P-3 and SG to not prime.

For more complete discussion of these rating transitions, please see Annex B of Moody’s Methodology titled Variable Rate Instruments Supported by Conditional Liquidity Facilities.

. 199

Page 227: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

US Municipal Short-Term Versus Long-Term Ratings

NOTES LONG-TERM RATING DEMAND OBLIGATIONS WITH

CONDITIONAL LIQUIDITY SUPPORT

MIG 1 VMIG 1

MIG 2 VMIG 2 MIG 3 VMIG 3*

SG

SG

Aaa Aa1 Aa2 Aa3 A1 A2 A3

Baa1 Baa2 Baa3

Ba1, Ba2, Ba3 B1, B2, B3

Caa1, Caa2, Caa3 Ca, C

* For SBPA-backed VRDBs, the rating transitions are higher to allow for distance to downgrade to below investmentgrade due to the presence of automatic termination events in the SBPAs.

S&P GLOBAL RATINGS’ MUNICIPAL SHORT-TERM NOTE RATINGS

MUNICIPAL SHORT-TERM NOTE RATINGS

An S&P Global Ratings municipal note rating reflects S&P Global Ratings’ opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, S&P Global Ratings’ analysis will review the following considerations: Amortization schedule – the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as

a note; and Source of payment – the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be

treated as a note.

Note rating symbols are as follows:

SP-1: Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

SP-2: Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

SP-3: Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

D: ‘D’ is assigned upon failure to pay the note when due, completion of a distressed exchange offer, or the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions.

FITCH PUBLIC FINANCE RATINGS

See FITCH SHORT-TERM ISSUER OR OBLIGATIONS RATINGS above.

. 200

Page 228: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

APPENDIX B – PORTFOLIO MANAGER INFORMATIONALLIANZ GLOBAL INVESTORS U.S. LLC(“AllianzGI U.S.”)

SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FUND

PORTFOLIO MANAGER AND OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGEDHuachen Chen, Walter C. Price and Michael A. Seidenberg are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the portion of the Fund’s portfolio subadvised by AllianzGI U.S. T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. also subadvises the Fund.

The following table reflects information regarding other accounts for which each portfolio manager listed above has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) other investment companies (and series thereof); (ii) other pooled investment vehicles; and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pays advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date. Also shown below the table is each portfolio manager’s investment in the Fund and similarly managed accounts.

The following table reflects information as of August 31, 2019:

Other Registered Investment Companies

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Accounts

Portfolio ManagerNumber of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Huachen Chen 5 $3,558 3 $2,024 0 $0

Walter C. Price 5 $3,558 3 $2,024 0 $0

Michael A. Seidenberg 5 $3,558 3 $2,024 0 $0

The following accounts pay fees based upon performance:

Portfolio ManagerNumber of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Huachen Chen 0 $0 1 $717 0 $0

Walter C. Price 0 $0 1 $717 0 $0

Michael A. Seidenberg 0 $0 1 $717 0 $0

Ownership of the Fund and Similarly Managed AccountsThe following table shows the dollar range of Fund shares and shares of similarly managed accounts beneficially owned by the portfolio managers listed above as of August 31, 2019. For purposes of this table, “similarly managed accounts” include all accounts that are managed (i) by the same portfolio managers that are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund; and (ii) with an investment style, objective, policies and strategies substantially similar to those that are used to manage the Fund.

Name Dollar Range of Shares Owned1

Huachen Chen Over $1,000,000

Walter C. Price Over $1,000,000

Michael A. Seidenberg $100,001 - $500,000

1 As of August 31, 2019, none of the portfolio managers beneficially owned shares of the Fund.

POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTERESTLike other investment professionals with multiple clients, a portfolio manager for a fund may face certain potential conflicts of interest in connection with managing both a fund and other accounts at the same time. The paragraphs below describe some of these potential conflicts, which AllianzGI U.S. believes are faced by investment professionals at most major financial firms. AllianzGI U.S. has adopted compliance policies and procedures that attempt to address certain of these potential conflicts. The management of accounts with different advisory fee rates and/or fee structures, including accounts that pay advisory fees based on account performance (“performance fee accounts”), may raise potential conflicts of interest by creating an incentive to favor higher-fee accounts.

. 201

Page 229: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

These potential conflicts may include, among others: The most attractive investments could be allocated to higher-fee accounts or performance fee accounts. The trading of higher-fee accounts could be favored as to timing and/or execution price. For example, higher fee

accounts could be permitted to sell securities earlier than other accounts when a prompt sale is desirable or to buy securities at an earlier and more opportune time.

The investment management team could focus their time and efforts primarily on higher-fee accounts due to a personal stake in compensation.

AllianzGI US has developed policies and procedures to address the potential for conflicts between fixed fee accounts and performance fee accounts as well as other potential conflicts related to managing discretionary and non-discretionary accounts. AllianzGI US monitors for preferential treatment of accounts whenever accounts subject to side-by-side conflicts are managed under the same or similar investment strategy.

When AllianzGI U.S. considers the purchase or sale of a security to be in the best interests of a fund as well as other accounts, AllianzGI U.S.‘s trading desk may, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, aggregate the securities to be sold or purchased. Aggregation of trades may create the potential for unfairness to a fund or another account if one account is favored over another in allocating the securities purchased or sold—for example, by allocating a disproportionate amount of a security that is likely to increase in value to a favored account. AllianzGI U.S. considers many factors when allocating securities among accounts, including the account’s investment style, applicable investment restrictions, availability of securities, available cash and other current holdings. AllianzGI U.S. attempts to allocate investment opportunities among accounts in a fair and equitable manner. However, accounts are not assured of participating equally or at all in particular investment allocations due to such factors as noted above.

“Cross trades,” in which one AllianzGI U.S. account sells a particular security to another account (potentially saving transaction costs for both accounts), may also pose a potential conflict of interest when cross trades are effected in a manner perceived to favor one client over another. For example, AllianzGI U.S. may cross a trade between performance fee account and a fixed fee account that results in a benefit to the performance fee account and a detriment to the fixed fee account. AllianzGI U.S. has adopted compliance procedures that provide that all cross trades are to be made at an independent current market price, as required by law.

Another potential conflict of interest may arise from the different investment objectives and strategies of a fund and other accounts. For example, another account may have a shorter-term investment horizon or different investment objectives, policies or restrictions than a Fund. Depending on another account’s objectives or other factors, a portfolio manager may give advice and make decisions that may differ from advice given, or the timing or nature of decisions made, with respect to a Fund. In addition, investment decisions are subject to suitability for the particular account involved. Thus, a particular security may not be bought or sold for certain accounts even though it was bought or sold for other accounts at the same time. More rarely, a particular security may be bought for one or more accounts managed by a portfolio manager when one or more other accounts are selling the security (including short sales). There may be circumstances when purchases or sales of portfolio securities for one or more accounts may have an adverse effect on other accounts. AllianzGI U.S. maintains trading policies designed to provide portfolio managers an opportunity to minimize the effect that short sales in one portfolio may have on holdings in other portfolios.

A portfolio manager who is responsible for managing multiple funds and/or accounts may devote unequal time and attention to the management of those funds and/or accounts. As a result, the portfolio manager may not be able to formulate as complete a strategy or identify equally attractive investment opportunities for each of those accounts as might be the case if he or she were to devote substantially more attention to the management of a single fund. The effects of this potential conflict may be more pronounced where funds and/or accounts overseen by a particular portfolio manager have different investment strategies.

A fund’s portfolio manager(s) may be able to select or influence the selection of the broker/dealers that are used to execute securities transactions for the fund. In addition to executing trades, some brokers and dealers provide AllianzGI U.S. with brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), which may result in the payment of higher brokerage fees than might have otherwise be available. These services may be more beneficial to certain funds or accounts than to others. In order to be assured of continuing to receive services considered of value to its clients, AllianzGI U.S. has adopted a brokerage allocation policy embodying the concepts of Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Although the payment of brokerage commissions is subject to the requirement that the portfolio manager determine in good faith that the commissions are reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided to the fund and the Sub-Adviser’s other clients, a portfolio manager’s decision as to the selection of brokers and dealers could yield disproportionate costs and benefits among the funds and/or accounts that he or she manages.

. 202

Page 230: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

A fund’s portfolio manager(s) may also face other potential conflicts of interest in managing a fund, and the description above is not a complete description of every conflict that could be deemed to exist in managing both the funds and other accounts. In addition, a fund’s portfolio manager may also manage other accounts (including their personal assets or the assets of family members) in their personal capacity.

AllianzGI U.S.‘s investment personnel, including each fund’s portfolio manager, are subject to restrictions on engaging in personal securities transactions pursuant to AllianzGI U.S.’s Codes of Ethics, which contain provisions and requirements designed to identify and address conflicts of interest between personal investment activities and the interests of the funds. The Code of Ethics is designed to ensure that the personal securities transactions, activities and interests of the employees of AllianzGI U.S. will not interfere with (i) making decisions in the best interest of advisory clients (including the funds) or (ii) implementing such decisions while, at the same time, allowing employees to invest for their own accounts.

COMPENSATIONAllianzGI U.S. maintains a compensation system that is designed to reward excellence, retain talent and align the individual interests of our staff with the investment results generated on behalf of our clients. Our compensation system is designed to support our corporate values and culture. While we acknowledge the importance of financial incentives and seek to pay top quartile compensation for top quartile performance, we also believe that compensation is only one of a number of critically important elements that allow the emergence of a strong, winning culture that attracts, retains and motivates talented investors and teams.

The primary components of compensation are the base salary and an annual discretionary variable compensation payment. This variable compensation component typically comprises a cash award that pays out immediately at the end of the performance year as well as a deferred component, for all members of staff whose variable compensation exceeds a certain threshold. The deferred component for most recipients would be a notional award of the Long Term Incentive Program (LTIP); for members of staff whose variable compensation exceeds an additional threshold, the deferred compensation is itself split 50%/50% between the LTIP and a Deferral into Funds program (DIF), which enables employees to invest in Allianz Global Investors’ investment strategies. Deferral rates increase in line with the amount of variable compensation and can reach up to 50% for those in the highest variable compensation bracket. Overall awards, splits, components, and deferral percentages are regularly reviewed to ensure they meet industry best practice and, where applicable, at a minimum comply with regulatory standards.

Asset growth affects investment professional compensation indirectly via our LTIP and AllianzGI U.S. overall ability to pay our staff competitively. A few investment teams, such as those running liquid alternative strategies, have their compensation linked to revenue growth in addition to investment performance and the other factors described. In these instances, compensation is subject to the same principles, such as deferral into LTIP and Deferral into Funds, as our discretionary compensation structure.

AllianzGI U.S. regularly reviews the levels and structure of compensation within all major markets in which we operate. Where such information is available, we benchmark our compensation levels with those of our competitors, using applicable benchmarking services. For all but the most senior members of staff with global job profiles, we typically benchmark against local market pay levels. The structure of our pay (base, benefits, variable compensation, deferrals into long term vehicles) reflects the industry’s best practice.

Base salary typically reflects scope, responsibilities and experience required in a particular role, be it on the investment side or any other function in our company. Base compensation is regularly reviewed against peers with the help of compensation survey data. Base compensation is typically a greater percentage of total compensation for more junior positions, while for the most senior roles it will be a comparatively small component, often capped and only adjusted every few years.

Discretionary variable compensation is primarily designed to reflect the achievements of an individual against set goals, over a certain time period. For an investment professional these goals will typically be 70% quantitative and 30% qualitative. The former will reflect a weighted average of investment performance over a three-year rolling time period (one-year (25%) and three year (75%) results). For portfolio managers, the performance metric is aligned with the benchmarks of the client portfolios they manage or, if there is no reference benchmark, with the client’s stated investment outcome objective. The latter reflects contributions to broader team goals, such as idea sharing, contributions made to client review meetings, product development or product refinement initiatives, and the way behaviors reflect our core values of excellence, passion, integrity and respect. For all investment professionals, a 360 degree feedback evaluation forms part of the qualitative input.

There exist a small number of revenue sharing arrangements that generate variable compensation for specialist investment teams, as well as commission payments for a limited number of members of staff in distribution. These

. 203

Page 231: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

payments are subject to the same deferral rules and deferred instruments as described above for the discretionary compensation scheme.

In addition to competitive compensation, the firm’s approach to retention includes providing a challenging career path for each professional, a supportive culture to ensure each employee’s progress and a full benefits package.

. 204

Page 232: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

BCSF Advisors, LP(“Bain Capital Credit”)

FLOATING RATE INCOME FUND

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS AND OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGEDAndrew Carlino, Kim Harris and Nate Whittier are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio.

The following table reflects information regarding other accounts for which Messrs. Carlino and Whittier and Ms. Harris have day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) other investment companies (and series thereof); (ii) other pooled investment vehicles; and (iii) other accounts. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date. Also shown below the table is each portfolio manager’s investment in the Fund and similarly managed accounts.

The following table reflects information as of August 31, 2019:

Other Registered Investment Companies

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Accounts

Portfolio ManagerNumber of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Andrew Carlino 2 $1,241 4 $3,016

Separate Accounts

31 $10,052

Kim Harris 2 $1,241 4 $3,016

Separate Accounts

31 $10,052

Nate Whittier 2 $1,241 4 $3,016

Separate Accounts

31 $10,052

Performance-Based Fees for Other Accounts Managed. Of the accounts in the table listed above, those for which the portfolio managers receive a fee based on investment performance are listed in the table below

Other Registered Investment Companies

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Accounts

Portfolio ManagerNumber of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Andrew Carlino 0 $0 1 $1,032

Separate Accounts

10 $3,009

Kim Harris 0 $0 1 $1,032

Separate Accounts

10 $3,009

Nate Whittier 0 $0 1 $1,032

Separate Accounts

10 $3,009

Share Ownership by Portfolio Manager. As of August 31, 2019, none of the portfolio managers owned shares of the Fund.

POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTERESTAs a result of arrangements with Bain Capital Credit, LP, the parent of the Sub-Adviser, and its management of other investment vehicles, there may be times when the Sub-Adviser or such persons have interests that differ from those of shareholders, giving rise to a conflict of interest.

Conflicts Related to Obligations of Bain Capital Credit, LP or the Portfolio Managers

Bain Capital Credit, LP employees, including the Portfolio Managers, serve, or may serve, as officers, directors, members, or principals of entities that operate in the same or a related line of business as the Fund does or of investment funds, accounts, or investment vehicles managed by Bain Capital Credit, LP and/or its affiliates. Similarly, Bain Capital Credit, LP and its affiliates may have other clients with similar, different or competing investment objectives.

In serving in these multiple capacities, they may have obligations to other clients or investors in those entities, the fulfillment of which may not be in the best interests of the Fund or our stockholders. For example, Bain Capital Credit, LP has management responsibilities for other investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles. The Sub-Adviser also

. 205

Page 233: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

provides advisory services to other investment vehicles. There is a potential that the Fund will compete with these funds, and other entities managed by Bain Capital Credit, LP and its affiliates, for capital and investment opportunities. As a result, Bain Capital Credit, LP and the Sub-Adviser, including the Portfolio Managers who are affiliated with them will face conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities among the Fund and the investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles they and their affiliates manage. Bain Capital Credit, LP, including the Sub-Adviser, intend to allocate investment opportunities among eligible investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles in a manner that is fair and equitable over time and consistent with their allocation policy. However, the Sub-Adviser can offer no assurance that such opportunities will be allocated to the Fund fairly or equitably in the short-term or over time. There can be no assurance that the Fund will be able to participate in all investment opportunities that are suitable. It is expected that not all clients of Bain Capital Credit, LP and the Sub-Advisor, including the Fund, even those sharing a similar investment strategy, will participate in, or will receive a pro rata share of, every investment opportunity.

Restricted Ability to Enter Into Transactions with Affiliates

If the Fund is prohibited by applicable law from investing alongside other investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Bain Capital Credit, LP and/or the Sub-Adviser with respect to an investment opportunity, the Fund will not participate in such investment opportunity. There can be no assurance that investment opportunities will be allocated to the Fund fairly or equitably in the short-term or over time.

In situations where co-investment with investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Bain Capital Credit, LP and its affiliates, including the Sub-Adviser, is not permitted or appropriate, subject to the limitations described in the preceding paragraph, Bain Capital Credit, LP and its affiliates, including the Sub-Adviser, will have a conflict in deciding which client will proceed with the investment.

Operation in a Highly Competitive Market for Investment Opportunities

The business of investing in assets meeting the Fund’s investment objective is highly competitive. Competition for investment opportunities includes a growing number of nontraditional participants, such as hedge funds, senior private debt funds, including business development companies, and other private investors, as well as more traditional lending institutions and competitors. Some of these competitors may have access to greater amounts of capital and to capital that may be committed for longer periods of time or may have different return thresholds than the Fund, and thus these competitors may have advantages not shared by the Fund. Furthermore, many of the Fund’s competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on the Fund. Increased competition for, or a diminishment in the available supply of, investments suitable for the Fund could result in lower returns on such investments. Moreover, the identification of attractive investment opportunities is difficult and involves a high degree of uncertainty. The Fund may incur significant expenses in connection with identifying investment opportunities and investigating other potential investments which are ultimately not consummated, including expenses relating to due diligence, transportation, legal expenses and the fees of other third party advisors.

The Fund may also compete for investment opportunities with investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Bain Capital Credit, LP and its affiliates, including the Sub-Adviser. Although opportunities will be allocated in accordance with Bain Capital Credit, LP’s policies and procedures, allocations to such investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles will reduce the amount and frequency of opportunities available to the Fund and may not be in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders. Moreover, the performance of investments will not be known at the time of allocation.

Resolution of Conflicts

Bain Capital Credit, LP has developed processes designed to ensure that all potential conflicts of interest are disclosed. All employees must disclose their personal conflicts of interest in the firm’s online compliance database. Disclosure of personal conflicts of interest must be completed by each employee upon joining Bain Captal Credit, LP and annually thereafter. The Sub-Adviser and Bain Capital Credit, LP will approach all conflicts of interest using their best judgment, but in their sole discretion. In resolving conflicts, the Sub-Adviser (and other affiliated investment advisers as applicable) will generally consider various factors, including the interests of the Fund and the funds they advise in the context of both the immediate issue at hand and the longer term course of dealing among the Fund and the funds they advise. From time to time and as required by applicable law the Sub-Adviser and other affiliated investment advisers may determine to refer certain conflicts of interest to Bain Capital Credit, LP’s Allocation Committee (the “Allocation Committee”), comprised of senior Bain Capital Credit, LP personnel, for review and resolution, particularly in situations where the Sub-Adviser and other affiliated investment advisers are unable to resolve such conflicts. Similarly, the Allocation Committee may in its sole discretion determine to review and make determinations regarding certain conflicts of interest.

. 206

Page 234: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

When conflicts arise between the Fund, on the one hand, and another fund advised by the Sub-Adviser or an affiliated investment adviser, on the other hand, the Sub-Adviser and Bain Capital Credit, LP will seek to resolve the conflict. In doing so, it will generally consider various factors, including the interests of the Fund and the other fund with respect to the immediate issue and/or with respect to the longer term course of dealing among the Fund and the other Bain Capital Credit, LP or Sub-Adviser affiliate. In the case of such conflicts involving the Fund, the determination by Bain Capital Credit, LP and the Sub-Advisor as to which factors are relevant, and the resolution of such conflicts will be made in their sole discretion except as required by the governing documents of the Fund. There can be no assurance that the Sub-Adviser or Bain Capital Credit, LP will be able to resolve any or all conflicts in a manner that is favorable to the Fund.

Because the portfolio managers manage assets for other pooled investment vehicles and/or other accounts (including institutional clients, pension plans and certain high net worth individuals) (collectively “Client Accounts”), or may be affiliated with such Client Accounts, there may be an incentive to favor one Client Account over another, resulting in conflicts of interest. For example, the Sub-Adviser, directly or indirectly, receives fees from Client Accounts that are higher than the fee it receives from the Fund, including performance-based fees. In those instances, a portfolio manager may have an incentive to not favor the Fund over the Client Accounts. The Sub-Adviser has adopted trade allocation and other policies and procedures that it believes are reasonably designed to address these and other conflicts of interest.

To avoid conflicts or unintended outcomes related to compensation, Bain Capital Credit, LP looks at individual performance over a 1, 3 and 5 year period. This highlights any issues related to market condictions or other factors that may skep an individual’s numbers either positivevely or negatively. For invidivuals managing multiple funds, Bain Capital Credit, LP looks at performance in each individual fund and aggregate to determine overall compensation. Bain Capital Credit, LP then reviews all comepensation recommendations for the entire team to ensure consistency and equity across the platform.

Allocation of Investment Opportunities Among the Fund and Other Funds Advised by Affiliated Investment Advisers

The Sub-Adviser and Bain Capital Credit, LP sponsor and manage various investment vehicles (including managed accounts), and each expects to form new investment vehicles in the future, some of which have and will have an investment strategy or objective that overlaps (in whole or in part) with those of the Fund.

Other funds advised by affiliated investment advisers, as well as investment vehicles formed in the future, will make certain investments that are appropriate for the Fund, and the Fund may receive a smaller allocation of any such investment or no allocation at all as a result. These relationships are likely to present conflicts of interest in determining how much, if any, of certain investment opportunities to offer to the Fund. Opportunities for investments will be allocated among the Fund and other funds advised by affiliated investment advisers in a manner that the Sub-Adviser and the applicable affiliated investment advisers, believe in their sole discretion to be appropriate given factors they believe to be relevant. Such factors with respect to the Fund on the one hand, and the other funds advised by the Sub-Adviser or its affiliated investment advisers on the other, will generally include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following: investment objectives and investment focus; target’s geography, nature of its business and scale; liquidity and reserves; diversification; lender covenants and other limitations; account ramp-up or liquidation status; amount of capital available for investment, as well as projected future capacity for investment; targeted rate of return; stage of development of the prospective investment and anticipated holding period of the prospective investment; portfolio composition; suitability as a follow-on investment; the availability of other suitable investments; risk considerations; cash flow considerations; asset class restrictions; industry and other allocation targets; minimum and maximum investment size requirements;

. 207

Page 235: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

tax implications; legal, contractual or regulatory constraints; and any other relevant limitations imposed by or conditions set forth in the applicable offering documents and limited

partnership agreements (or analogous organizational documents) of each fund.

Bain Capital Credit, LP, the Sub-Adviser, and affiliated investment advisers have substantial discretion in allocating investment opportunities. The foregoing methodology for allocation of investment opportunities will likely vary over time and will be on a case-by-case basis. As noted, it is expected that not all clients of Bain Capital Credit, LP and the Sub-Advisor (including the Fund) will participate in, or receive a pro rata share of, every investment opportunity.

In connection with its investment activities, the Sub-Adviser and the other affiliated investment advisers have in the past and may in the future encounter situations in which they must determine how to allocate investment opportunities among various clients and other persons, which may include, but are not limited to, the following:

1) the Fund and other funds advised by affiliated investment advisers for which this is a suitable investment;§2) any co-investment vehicles that have been formed to invest side-by-side with one or more of the Fund, or other funds advised by affiliated investment advisers in all or particular transactions entered into by such fund(s) (the investors in such co-investment vehicles may include employees, business associates, and other persons related to Bain Capital Credit, LP or its personnel; individuals and entities that are also Fund shareholders; and/or individuals and entities that are not Fund shareholders (“Third Parties”));§3) Fund shareholders and/or Third Parties that wish to make direct investments (i.e., not through an investment vehicle) side-by-side with one or more of the Fund or other funds advised by affiliated investment advisers in particular transactions entered into by the Fund or such other funds advised by affiliated investment advisers; and§

4) Fund shareholders and/or Third Parties acting as “co-sponsors” with the Fund with respect to a particular transaction.

The Sub-Adviser will devote to the Fund as much time as is necessary or appropriate, in its judgment, to manage the Fund’s investment activities. The Sub-Adviser and its affiliates, are not restricted from forming investment funds (including investment funds that follow similar investment programs), from entering into other investment advisory or subadvisory relationships, or from engaging in other business activities. The Sub-Adviser and its affiliates currently manage accounts other than the Fund that consist of a substantial amount of assets. These activities could be viewed as creating a conflict of interest in that the time and effort of the Sub-Adviser (or the portfolio managers) will not be devoted exclusively to the business of the Fund, but will be allocated between the business of the Fund and its other business activities.

Conflicts may also arise because portfolio decisions regarding the Fund may benefit other accounts managed by the Sub-Adviser or its affiliates. For example, the sale of a long position or establishment of a short position by the Fund may impair the price of the same security sold short by (and therefore benefit) one or more affiliates or their other accounts, and the purchase of a security or covering of a short position in a security by the Fund may increase the price of the same security held by (and therefore benefit) one or more affiliates or their other accounts.

The Sub-Adviser or its affiliates and their clients may pursue or enforce rights with respect to an issuer in which the Fund has invested, and those activities may have an adverse effect on the Fund. As a result, prices, availability, liquidity and terms of the Fund’s investments may be negatively impacted by the activities of the Sub-Adviser or its affiliates or their clients, and transactions for the Fund may be impaired or effected at prices or terms that may be less favorable than would otherwise have been the case.

In connection with its management of the Fund, the Sub-Adviser may have access to certain fundamental analysis and proprietary technical models developed by itself or one or more of its affiliates. The Sub-Adviser will not be under any obligation, however, to effect transactions on behalf of the Fund in accordance with these analyses and models. In addition, neither the Sub-Adviser nor its affiliates will have any obligation to make available any information regarding their proprietary activities or strategies, or the activities or strategies used for other accounts managed by them, for the benefit of the management of the Fund and it is not anticipated that the Sub-Adviser will have access to all information held by other of its affiliates for the purpose of managing the Fund. The proprietary activities or portfolio strategies of affiliates of the Sub-Adviser or the activities or strategies used for accounts managed by them or other customer accounts could conflict with the transactions and strategies employed by the Sub-Adviser in managing the Fund.

COMPENSATIONAndrew Carlino, Kim Harris and Nate Whittier of the Sub-Adviser are the Fund’s portfolio managers. They have joint and primary responsibility for management of the Fund’s investment portfolio. They each receive a salary, retirement plan benefits and performance-based bonus from the Sub-Adviser or its affiliates.

. 208

Page 236: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Investment professionals are compensated based on individual, team and Firm performance. Base salary is driven by individual performance, while bonuses are determined by firm and team performance. The individual performance component comprises approximately 30% to 40% with the balance derived from Firm performance. Additionally, there is a Firm performance based component which is intended to create long-term commitment to the Firm and is based on the percentage of profits to equity in our funds. The Firm performance compensation vests over a period of two years. For the Liquid Credit Portfolio Management team, a significant portion of compensation tied to Firm performance is related to the performance of the Liquid Credit business.

Each year Bain Capital Credit, LP makes an annual contribution on an employee’s behalf to their retirement account. All contributions are fully vested. Additionally, the contribution and earnings generated from your investments are tax deferred. To further assist employees save and plan for retirement, Bain Capital Credit, LP also offers a 401 (k) program. All eligible employees are automatically enrolled and can contribute pre-tax or Roth contributions, up to the IRS limits.

. 209

Page 237: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

BOSTON PARTNERS GLOBAL INVESTORS, INC.(“Boston Partners”)

DISCIPLINED ALTERNATIVE YIELD FUND

PORTFOLIO MANAGER AND OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGEDTodd G. Hawthorne is primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio.

The following table reflects information regarding other accounts for which the Fund’s portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) other investment companies (and series thereof); (ii) other pooled investment vehicles; and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pays advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date. Also shown below the table is the portfolio manager’s investments in the Fund and similarly managed accounts.

The following tables reflect information as of August 31, 2019:

Other Registered Investment Companies

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Accounts

Portfolio ManagerNumber of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Todd G. Hawthorne 0 $0 0 $0 0 $0

Other Accounts Managed — Of total listed above, those for which advisory fee is based on performance

Other Registered Investment Companies

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Accounts

Portfolio ManagerNumber of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Todd G. Hawthorne 0 $0 0 $0 0 $0

Ownership of the Fund and Similarly Managed AccountsThe following table shows the dollar range of Fund shares and shares of similarly managed accounts beneficially owned by the portfolio manager listed above as of August 31, 2019. For purposes of this table, “similarly managed accounts” include all accounts that are managed (i) by the same portfolio managers that are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund; and (ii) with an investment style, objective, policies and strategies substantially similar to those that are used to manage the Fund.

Name Dollar Range of Shares Owned1

Todd G. Hawthorne $500,000 - $1,000,000

1 As of August 31, 2019, Todd G. Hawthorne beneficially owned $500,000 - $1,000,000 of shares of the Fund.

POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTERESTCompensation is determined based on several factors including performance, productivity, firm results and teamwork. Portfolio managers benefit from BP revenues and profitability. But no portfolio managers are compensated based directly on fee revenue earned by BP on particular accounts in a way that would create a material conflict of interest in favoring particular accounts over other accounts.

Execution and research services provided by brokers may not always be utilized in connection with the Fund or other client accounts that may have provided the commission or a portion of the commission paid to the broker providing the services. BP allocates brokerage commissions for these services in a manner that it believes is fair and equitable and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to each of its clients.

Boston Partners views all assets under management in a particular investment strategy as one portfolio. When the firm decides that a given security warrants a 1% position in client portfolios, it buys 1% in all portfolios unless individual client guidelines prohibit the firm from purchasing the security for such portfolio. Boston Partners generally aggregates the target share amount for each account into one large order and distributes the shares on a prorated basis across the accounts.

If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for more than one fund or other client account, the Fund may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity. To mitigate this conflict of interest,

. 210

Page 238: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

BP aggregates orders of the funds it advises with orders from each of its other client accounts in order to ensure that all clients are treated fairly and equitably over time and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to each of its clients.

Accounts are generally precluded from simultaneously holding a security long and short. There are certain circumstances that would permit a long/short portfolio to take a short position in a security that is held long in another strategy. This happens very infrequently, and the contra position is generally not related to the fundamental views of the security (i.e. - initiating a long position in a security at year-end to take advantage of tax-loss selling as a short-term investment, or initiating a position based solely on its relative weight in the benchmark). However, in certain situations, the investment constraints of a strategy, including but not limit to country, region, industry, or benchmark, may result in a different investment thesis for the same security. Each situation is fully vetted and approved by the firm’s Chief Investment Officer or his designee.

COMPENSATIONAll investment professionals receive a variable compensation package comprised of an industry competitive base salary and a discretionary bonus and long-term incentives. Through Boston Partners’ bonus program, key investment professionals are rewarded primarily for strong investment performance.

Typically, bonuses are based upon a combination of one or more of the following four criteria:1. Individual Contribution: a subjective evaluation of the professional’s individual contribution based on the

expectations established at the beginning of each year;2. Product Investment Performance: performance of the investment product(s) with which the individual is involved

versus the pre-designed index, based on the excess return;3. Investment Team Performance: the financial results of the investment group with our client’s assets; and4. Firm-wide Performance: the overall financial performance of Boston Partners.

The compensation program focuses on long term performance with an emphasis on 3 and 5-year results. The timing of receiving deferred compensation reinforces this emphasis. Roughly 50% of compensation is based on qualitative measures and roughly 50% is based on quantitative measures. These compensation percentages can vary based on an individual’s role in the firm.

Total revenues generated by any particular product affect the total available bonus pool for the analysts and portfolio managers associated with that product. The discretionary bonus assessment is done annually. Returns are evaluated on a pre-tax basis.

Firm. BP maintains a long-term incentive program which effectively confers a 20-30% ownerships stake in BP and is funded by the profitability and growth of the business. All investment professionals participate in this plan which serves as a long-term wealth building tool that aligns the interests of our clients with the people responsible for managing their portfolios.

Direct Investments: BP offers or sub-advises several mutual fund vehicles that allow portfolio managers and other employees to invest directly alongside our clients. In fact, it is common for senior portfolio managers to invest $1 million or more in the strategy or strategies that they manage. Direct investments are also facilitated through BP’s 40l(k) plan as BP managed mutual funds are widely available, investments are entirely voluntary, and are significantly used within the plan.

Deferred Compensation: An important aspect of BP’s incentive program is deferred compensation. Annual incentive compensation as well as long-term incentive compensation is deferred in part or in total for typically 3 to 5 years. Deferred compensation promotes organizational stability and also facilitates significant re-investment in BP strategies. Deferred compensation is invested in established BP strategies. In addition, BP utilizes deferred compensation to fund seed investments in new investment offerings. This allows for the establishment of a portfolio, the building of a track record and ultimately bring a new investment strategy to the marketplace.

. 211

Page 239: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

DWS INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AMERICAS, INC.

REAL ESTATE SECURITIES FUND

COMPENSATION OF PORTFOLIO MANAGERSThe subadvisor, and sub-subadvisor and their affiliates are part of DWS. The brand DWS represents DWS Group GmbH & Co. KGaA (“DWS Group”) and any of its subsidiaries such as DWS Investment Management Americas, Inc. and RREEF America L.L.C. which offers advisory services. DWS seeks to offer its investment professionals competitive short-term and long-term compensation based on continuous, above average, fund performance relative to the market. This includes measurement of short and long-term performance against industry and portfolio benchmarks. As employees of DWS, portfolio managers are paid on a total compensation basis, which includes Fixed Pay (base salary) and Variable Compensation, as follows: Fixed Pay (FP) is the key and primary element of compensation for the majority of DWS employees and reflects the

value of the individual’s role and function within the organization. It rewards factors that an employee brings to the organization such as skills and experience, while reflecting regional and divisional (i.e. DWS) specifics. FP levels play a significant role in ensuring competitiveness of the subadvisor, and sub-subadvisor and their affiliates in the labor market, thus benchmarking provides a valuable input when determining FP levels.§

Variable Compensation (VC) is a discretionary compensation element that enables the subadvisor, and sub-subadvisor and their affiliates to provide additional reward to employees for their performance and behaviors, while reflecting DWS affordability and the financial situation of Deutsche Bank AG (the “Bank”) and DWS. VC aims to:

• Recognize that every employee contributes to the DWS Group’s success through the DWS Group and/or Bank component of VC (Group Component),§• Reflect individual performance, investment performance, behaviours and culture through discretionary individual VC (Individual Component), and§

• Reward outstanding contributions at the junior levels through the discretionary Recognition Award.

Employee seniority as well as divisional and regional specifics determine which VC elements are applicable for a given employee and the conditions under which they apply. Both Group and Individual Components may be awarded in shares or other share-based instruments and other deferral arrangements. VC can be delivered via cash, restricted equity awards, and/or restricted incentive awards or restricted

compensation. Restricted compensation may include: • notional fund investments§

• restricted equity, notional equity,§ • restricted cash,§ • or such other form as DWS may decide in its sole discretion

VC comprises a greater proportion of total compensation as an employee’s seniority and total compensation level increase. Proportion of VC delivered via a long-term incentive award, which is subject to performance and forfeiture provisions, will increase significantly as the amount of the VC increases. Additional forfeiture and claw back provisions, including complete forfeiture and claw back of VC may apply in

certain events if an employee is an InstVV [CRD IV EU Directive4] Material Risk Taker. For key investment professionals, in particular, a portion of any long-term incentives will be in the form of notional

investments aligned, where possible, to the funds they manage.

In general, each of the subadvisor, and sub-subadvisor and their advisory affiliates seek to offer their investment professionals competitive short-term and long-term compensation based on continuous, above average, fund performance relative to the market. This includes measurement of short and long-term performance against industry and portfolio benchmarks. To evaluate their investment professionals in light of and consistent with the compensation principles set forth above, the subadvisor, and sub-subadvisor and their affiliates review investment performance for all accounts managed in relation to the appropriate Morningstar peer group universe with respect to a fund, iMoneyNet peer group with respect to a money market fund or relevant benchmark index(es) set forth in the governing documents with respect to each other account type. The ultimate goal of this process is to evaluate the degree to which investment professionals deliver investment performance that meets or exceeds their clients’ risk and return objectives. When determining total compensation, the subadvisor, and sub-subadvisor and their affiliates consider a number of quantitative, qualitative and other factors:

- Quantitative measures (e.g. one-, three- and five-year pre-tax returns versus the appropriate Morningstar peer group universe for a fund, or versus the appropriate iMoneyNet peer group for a money market fund or relevant benchmark index(es) set forth in the governing documents with respect to each other account type, taking risk targets into account) are utilized to measure performance.§

. 212

Page 240: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

§

- Qualitative measures (e.g. adherence to, as well as contributions to, the enhancement of the investment process) are included in the performance review.§ §- Other factors (e.g. non-investment related performance, teamwork, adherence to compliance rules, risk management and “living the values” of the subadvisor, and sub-subadvisor and their affiliates) are included as part of a discretionary component of the review process, giving management the ability to consider additional markers of performance on a subjective basis.§§

- Furthermore, it is important to note that DWS Group functions within a controlled environment based upon the risk limits established by DWS Group’s Risk division, in conjunction with DWS Group management. Because risk consideration is inherent in all business activities, performance assessment factors in an employee’s ability to assess and manage risk.

Ownership of the Fund and Similarly Managed AccountsThe following table shows the dollar range of Fund shares and shares of similarly managed accounts beneficially owned by the portfolio managers listed below as of the fund’s most recent fiscal year. For purposes of this table, “similarly managed accounts” include all accounts that are managed (i) by the same portfolio managers that are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund; and (ii) with an investment style, objective, policies and strategies substantially similar to those that are used to manage the Fund.

Name of Portfolio Manager Dollar Range of Fund Shares Owned1

John W. Vojticek $500,001 - $1,000,000

David W. Zonavetch, CFA $50,001 - $100,000

Robert Thomas $50,001 - $100,000

1 As of August 31, 2019, none of the portfolio managers beneficially owned shares of the Fund.

CONFLICTS OF INTERESTIn addition to managing the assets of the Fund, the Fund’s portfolio managers may have responsibility for managing other client accounts of the subadvisor, and sub-subadvisor or their affiliates. The tables below show, for each portfolio manager, the number and asset size of (1) SEC registered investment companies (or series thereof) other than the Fund, (2) pooled investment vehicles that are not registered investment companies and (3) other accounts (e.g., accounts managed for individuals or organizations) managed by each portfolio manager. Total assets attributed to each portfolio manager in the tables below include total assets of each account managed by them, although the manager may only manage a portion of such account’s assets. The tables also show the number of performance based fee accounts, as well as the total assets of the accounts for which the advisory fee is based on the performance of the account. This information is provided as of the Fund’s most recent fiscal year end.

Name of Portfolio Manager

Number of Registered Investment Companies

Total Assets of Registered Investment Companies

Number of Investment Company Accounts with Performance Based Fee

Total Assets of Performance- Based Fee Accounts

Other SEC Registered Investment Companies Managed:

John W. Vojticek 10 $4,932,232,994 0 $0

David W. Zonavetch, CFA 6 $2,685,569,052 0 $0

Robert Thomas 6 $2,685,569,052 0 $0

Name of Portfolio Manager

Number of Pooled Investment Vehicles

Total Assets of Pooled Investment Vehicles

Number of Pooled Investment Vehicle Accounts with Performance-Based Fee

Total Assets of Performance- Based Fee Accounts

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles Managed:

John W. Vojticek 34 $7,203,348,959 2 $123,524,353

David W. Zonavetch, CFA 17 $2,652,097,555 2 $123,524,353

Robert Thomas 17 $2,652,097,555 2 $123,524,353

. 213

Page 241: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Name of Portfolio Manager

Number of Other Accounts

Total Assets of Other Accounts

Number of Other Accounts with Performance- Based Fee

Total Assets of Performance- Based Fee Accounts

Other Accounts Managed:

John W. Vojticek 42 $7,287,674,535 0 $0

David W. Zonavetch, CFA 10 $1,216,921,264 0 $0

Robert Thomas 10 $1,216,921,264 0 $0

In addition to the accounts above, an investment professional may manage accounts in a personal capacity that may include holdings that are similar to, or the same as, those of the Fund. The subadvisor and sub-subadvisor have in place a Code of Ethics that is designed to address conflicts of interest and that, among other things, imposes restrictions on the ability of portfolio managers and other “access persons” to invest in securities that may be recommended or traded in the Fund and other client accounts.

Real, potential or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has day-to-day portfolio management responsibilities with respect to more than one fund or account, including the following: Certain investments may be appropriate for the Fund and also for other clients advised by the subadvisor and sub-

subadvisor and their affiliates, including other client accounts managed by the Fund’s portfolio management team. Investment decisions for the Fund and other clients are made with a view to achieving their respective investment objectives and after consideration of such factors as their current holdings, availability of cash for investment and the size of their investments generally. A particular security may be bought or sold for only one client or in different amounts and at different times for more than one but less than all clients. Likewise, because clients of the subadvisor, and sub-subadvisor and their affiliates may have differing investment strategies, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients when one or more other clients are selling the security. The investment results achieved for the Fund may differ from the results achieved for other clients of the subadvisor, and sub-subadvisor and their affiliates. In addition, purchases or sales of the same security may be made for two or more clients on the same day. In such event, such transactions will be allocated among the clients in a manner believed by the subadvisor, and sub-subadvisor and their affiliates to be most equitable to each client, generally utilizing a pro rata allocation methodology. In some cases, the allocation procedure could potentially have an adverse effect or positive effect on the price or amount of the securities purchased or sold by the Fund. Purchase and sale orders for the Fund may be combined with those of other clients of the subadvisor, and sub-subadvisor and their affiliates in the interest of achieving the most favorable net results to the Fund and the other clients.§ To the extent that a portfolio manager has responsibilities for managing multiple client accounts, a portfolio

manager will need to divide time and attention among relevant accounts. The subadvisor, and sub-subadvisor and their affiliates attempt to minimize these conflicts by aligning their portfolio management teams by investment strategy and by employing similar investment models across multiple client accounts.§ In some cases, an apparent conflict may arise where the subadvisor and sub-subadvisor have an incentive, such as a

performance-based fee, in managing one account and not with respect to other accounts they manage. The subadvisor, and sub-subadvisor and their affiliates will not determine allocations based on whether it receives a performance-based fee from the client. Additionally, the subadvisor and sub-subadvisor have in place supervisory oversight processes to periodically monitor performance deviations for accounts with like strategies.§ The subadvisor and sub-subadvisor and their affiliates and the investment team of the Fund may manage other

mutual funds and separate accounts on a long only or a long-short basis. The simultaneous management of long and short portfolios creates potential conflicts of interest including the risk that short sale activity could adversely affect the market value of the long positions (and vice versa), the risk arising from sequential orders in long and short positions, and the risks associated with receiving opposing orders at the same time. The subadvisor and sub-subadvisor have adopted procedures that they believe are reasonably designed to mitigate these and other potential conflicts of interest. Included in these procedures are specific guidelines developed to provide fair and equitable treatment for all clients whose accounts are managed by each Fund’s portfolio management team. The subadvisor and sub-subadvisor and the portfolio management team have established monitoring procedures, a protocol for supervisory reviews, as well as compliance oversight to ensure that potential conflicts of interest relating to this type of activity are properly addressed.

The subadvisor and the sub-subadvisor and their advisory affiliates are owned by the DWS Group, a multinational global financial services firm that is a majority owned subsidiary of Deutsche Bank AG. Therefore, the subadvisor and sub-subadvisor are affiliated with a variety of entities that provide, and/or engage in commercial banking, insurance, brokerage, investment banking, financial advisory, broker-dealer activities (including sales and trading), hedge funds, real

. 214

Page 242: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

estate and private equity investing, in addition to the provision of investment management services to institutional and individual investors. Since Deutsche Bank, its affiliates, directors, officers and employees (the “Firm”) are engaged in businesses and have interests in addition to managing asset management accounts, such wide ranging activities involve real, potential or apparent conflicts of interest. These interests and activities include potential advisory, transactional and financial activities and other interests in securities and companies that may be directly or indirectly purchased or sold by the Firm for its clients’ advisory accounts. The subadvisor and sub-subadvisor may take investment positions in securities in which other clients or related persons within the Firm have different investment positions. There may be instances in which the subadvisor and sub-subadvisor and their affiliates are purchasing or selling for their client accounts, or pursuing an outcome in the context of a workout or restructuring with respect to, securities in which the Firm is undertaking the same or differing strategy in other business or other client accounts. These are considerations of which advisory clients should be aware and which will cause conflicts that could be to the disadvantage of the subadvisor and sub-subadvisor, and their affiliate’s advisory clients, including the Fund. The subadvisor and sub-subadvisor have instituted business and compliance policies, procedures and disclosures that are designed to identify, monitor and mitigate conflicts of interest and, as appropriate, to report them to the Fund’s Board.

. 215

Page 243: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

DIMENSIONAL FUND ADVISORS

EMERGING MARKETS FUNDINTERNATIONAL SMALL COMPANY FUND

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS AND OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGEDThe following table shows the portfolio managers at Dimensional who are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the stated Funds (or portion thereof).

Fund Portfolio Managers

Emerging Markets Fund Will B. Collins-Dean, CFA, Jed S. Fogdall, Mary T. Phillips, CFA, and Bhanu Singh

International Small Company Fund Jed S. Fogdall, Arun Keswani, CFA, Mary T. Phillips, CFA, and Bhanu Singh

The following table reflects information regarding other accounts for which the portfolio manager to the Fund has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) other investment companies (and series thereof); (ii) other pooled investment vehicles; and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pays advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date. Also shown below the table is the portfolio manager’s investment in the Fund and similarly managed accounts.

The following table reflects information as of August 31, 2019:

Other Registered Investment Companies

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Accounts

Portfolio ManagerNumber of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Will B. Collins-Dean, CFA 18 $85,042.05 0 $0 7 $2,627.36

Jed S. Fogdall 108 $388,114.94 24 $17,271.81 81 $27,097.55

Arun Keswani, CFA 14 $40,061.26 0 $0 12 $5,476.42

Mary T. Phillips, CFA 72 $194,280.05 2 $2,057.36 0 $0

Bhanu Singh 48 $178,549.38 1 $44.70 1 $535.83

Performance-Fee Accounts Managed – Of the accounts listed above, information for those for which advisory fee is based on performance is shown in the following table.

Other Registered Investment Companies

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Accounts

Portfolio ManagerNumber of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Will B. Collins-Dean, CFA 0 $0 0 $0 0 $0

Jed S. Fogdall 0 $0 1 $155.44 6 $3,326.90

Arun Keswani, CFA 0 $0 0 $0 3 $2,719.50

Mary T. Phillips, CFA 0 $0 0 $0 0 $0

Bhanu Singh 0 $0 0 $0 0 $0

Ownership of fund shares. As of August 31, 2019, none of the portfolio managers listed above owned shares of the Funds he or she managed.

POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTERESTActual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has the primary day-to-day responsibilities with respect to multiple accounts. In addition to the Portfolios, these accounts may include registered mutual funds, other unregistered pooled investment vehicles, and other accounts managed for organizations and individuals (“Accounts”). An Account may have similar investment objectives to a Portfolio, or may purchase, sell or hold securities that are eligible to be purchased, sold or held by a Portfolio. Actual or apparent conflicts of interest include: Time Management. The management of the Portfolios and/or Accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting

unequal time and attention to the management of the Portfolios and/or Accounts. Dimensional seeks to manage such competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by having portfolio managers focus on a particular investment discipline. Most Accounts managed by a portfolio manager are managed using the same investment approaches that are used in connection with the management of the Portfolios.

. 216

Page 244: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Investment Opportunities. It is possible that at times identical securities will be held by a Portfolio and one or more Accounts. However, positions in the same security may vary and the length of time that a Portfolio or an Account may choose to hold its investment in the same security may likewise vary. If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for a Portfolio and one or more Accounts, the Portfolio may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of filled purchase or sale orders across the Portfolio and other eligible Accounts. To deal with these situations, Dimensional has adopted procedures for allocating portfolio transactions across the Portfolios and other Accounts.

Broker Selection. With respect to securities transactions for the Portfolios, Dimensional determines which broker to use to execute each order, consistent with its duty to seek best execution of the transaction. However, with respect to certain Accounts (such as separate accounts), Dimensional may be limited by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or may be instructed to direct trades through a particular broker. In these cases, Dimensional or its affiliates may place separate, non-simultaneous, transactions for a Portfolio and another Account that may temporarily affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment of a Portfolio or an Account. Performance-Based Fees. For some Accounts, Dimensional may be compensated based on the profitability of the

Account, such as by a performance-based management fee. These incentive compensation structures may create a conflict of interest for Dimensional with regard to Accounts where Dimensional is paid based on a percentage of assets because the portfolio manager may have an incentive to allocate securities preferentially to the Accounts where Dimensional might share in investment gains. Investment in an Account. A portfolio manager or his/her relatives may invest in an Account that he or she

manages, and a conflict may arise where he or she may therefore have an incentive to treat an Account in which the portfolio manager or his/her relatives invest preferentially as compared to a Portfolio or other Accounts for which he or she have portfolio management responsibilities.

Dimensional has adopted certain compliance procedures that are reasonably designed to address these types of conflicts. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which a conflict arises.

COMPENSATIONDimensional’s portfolio managers receive a base salary and a bonus. Compensation of a portfolio manager is determined at the discretion of Dimensional and is based on a portfolio manager’s experience, responsibilities, the perception of the quality of his or her work efforts and other subjective factors. The compensation of portfolio managers is not directly based upon the performance of the Portfolios or other accounts that the portfolio managers manage. Dimensional reviews the compensation of each portfolio manager annually and may make modifications in compensation as its Compensation Committee deems necessary to reflect changes in the market. Each portfolio manager’s compensation consists of the following: Base Salary. Each portfolio manager is paid a base salary. Dimensional considers the factors described above to

determine each portfolio manager’s base salary. Semi-Annual Bonus. Each portfolio manager may receive a semi-annual bonus. The amount of the bonus paid to

each portfolio manager is based upon the factors described above.

Portfolio managers may be awarded the right to purchase restricted shares of the stock of Dimensional, as determined from time to time by the Board of Directors of Dimensional or its delegates. Portfolio managers also participate in benefit and retirement plans and other programs available generally to all Dimensional employees.

In addition, portfolio managers may be given the option of participating in Dimensional’s Long Term Incentive Plan. The level of participation for eligible employees may be dependent on overall level of compensation, among other considerations. Participation in this program is not based on or related to the performance of any individual strategies or any particular client accounts.

. 217

Page 245: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

GW&K INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC

NEW OPPORTUNITIES FUND

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS AND OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGEDJoseph C. Craigen, CFA, and Daniel L. Miller, CFA, are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the portion of the Fund’s portfolio managed by GW&K.

The following table reflects information regarding other accounts for which each portfolio manager to the portion of the Fund managed by this subadvisor has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) other investment companies (and series thereof); (ii) other pooled investment vehicles; and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pays advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date. Also shown below the table is each portfolio manager’s investment in the Fund and similarly managed accounts.

The following table reflects information as of August 31, 2019:

Other Registered Investment Companies

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Accounts

Portfolio ManagerNumber of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Joseph C. Craigen 2 $67 2 $64 176 $139

Daniel L. Miller 6 $841 8 $1,444 4,948 $4,149

Other Accounts Managed — Of the totals listed above, GW&K manages only one portfolio with $236 million in assets (as of 8/31/19) which is subject to a performance-based fee. GW&K maintains policies and procedures designed to help ensure the fair and equitable treatment of all client accounts with the goal that all portfolios within a given strategy share performance that is as similar as possible excluding client specific investment guidelines or cash flows.

Ownership of the Fund and Similarly Managed AccountsThe following table shows the dollar range of Fund shares and shares of similarly managed accounts beneficially owned by the portfolio managers listed above as of August 31, 2019. For purposes of this table, “similarly managed accounts” include all accounts that are managed (i) by the same portfolio managers that are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund; and (ii) with an investment style, objective, policies and strategies substantially similar to those that are used to manage the Fund.

Name Dollar Range of Shares Owned1

Joseph C. Craigen $100,000 - $500,000

Daniel L. Miller $1,000,000+

1 As of August 31, 2019, neither of the portfolio managers listed above owned shares of the Fund.

POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTERESTGW&K’s portfolio managers simultaneously manage multiple types of portfolios, including separate accounts, wrap fee programs and sub advised mutual funds, according to the same or a similar investment strategy as the applicable Fund. However, the portfolios managed by a portfolio manager may not have portfolio compositions identical to those of the Fund managed by the portfolio manager due, for example, to specific investment limitations or guidelines present in some portfolios or funds but not others. The portfolio managers may purchase securities for one portfolio and not another portfolio, and the performance of securities purchased for one portfolio may vary from the performance of securities purchased for other portfolios. A portfolio manager may place transactions on behalf of other accounts that are directly or indirectly contrary to investment decisions made on behalf of a Fund, or make investment decisions that are similar to those made for a Fund, both of which have the potential to adversely impact the Fund depending on market conditions. For example, a portfolio manager may purchase a security in one portfolio while appropriately selling that same security in another portfolio. In addition, some of these portfolios have fee structures that are or have the potential to be higher than the advisory fees paid by a Fund, which can cause potential conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities between the Funds and the other accounts. However, the compensation structure for portfolio managers (see “Compensation” below) generally does not provide any incentive to favor one account over another because that part of a manager’s bonus based on performance is not based on the performance of one account to the exclusion of others.

. 218

Page 246: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

While GW&K has policies and procedures to help ensure accounts are treated fairly and equitably over time not all accounts within a strategy will be managed the same at all times. Different client guidelines and/or differences within the investment strategies may lead to the use of different investment practices for accounts within the same or similar investment strategy.

COMPENSATIONPortfolio Manager compensation is a process that balances investment management results over 1, 3 and 5 year periods versus the benchmark and peer universe. Compensation is comprised of a base salary which is determined by the individual’s experience and position relative to market data, as well as a bonus that incorporates 3 components: Performance Relative to Peers Risk-Adjusted Performance Relative to Index Discretionary

Key employees are eligible to receive distributions and other benefits represented by membership interests in accordance with the terms of the LLC agreement. Incentive compensation is paid out as cash on an annualized basis and is calculated using a formula that rewards achievement of maximum performance based on security recommendations and consistent annual performance against industry benchmarks. Compensation is comprised of a base salary which is determined by the individual’s experience and position relative to market data, as well as a bonus that incorporates 2 components: Performance relative to sectors covered over 1, 3, 5 year time periods Discretionary

Deferred Compensation: Many of GW&K’s senior investment professionals have a personal investment in GW&K investment Strategies. GW&K strongly encourages personal investments in its strategies; however, it is not a requirement.

Other Compensation: GW&K offers a comprehensive benefits program, including a 401(k) plan through our institutional partner, Affiliated Managers Group, Inc. (NYSE: AMG). The plan includes a traditional 401(k) and a Roth 401(k) option.

. 219

Page 247: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

JENNISON ASSOCIATES LLC

CAPITAL APPRECIATION FUND

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS AND OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGEDBlair A. Boyer, Michael A. Del Balso, Rebecca Irwin, Natasha Kuhlkin, CFA, Kathleen A. McCarragher, and Spiros “Sig” Segalas are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund.

The following table reflects information regarding other accounts for which each portfolio manager listed above has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) other investment companies (and series thereof); (ii) other pooled investment vehicles; and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pays advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date. Also shown below the table is each portfolio manager’s investment in the Fund and similarly managed accounts.

The following tables reflect information as of August 31, 2019:

Other Registered Investment Companies

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Accounts

Portfolio ManagerNumber of Accounts

Assets (in thousands)

Number of Accounts

Assets (in thousands)

Number of Accounts

Assets (in thousands)1

Blair A. Boyer 17 $53,449,341 6 $2,654,326 34 $7,647,111

Michael A. Del Balso 9 $13,595,343 5 $902,384 2 $129,521

Rebecca Irwin 15 $15,924,280 6 $2,677,899 10 $1,277,252

Natasha Kuhlkin, CFA 16 $45,727,529 10 $3,584,625 18 $1,628,231

Kathleen A. McCarragher 21 $55,366,142 6 $2,677,899 8 $962,326

Spiros “Sig” Segalas 15 $45,808,303 2 $153,776 2 $615,046

1 Other Accounts excludes the assets and number of accounts in wrap fee programs that are managed using model portfolios.

Other Accounts Managed — Of total listed above, those for which advisory fee is based on performance

Other Registered Investment Companies

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Accounts

Portfolio ManagerNumber of Accounts

Assets (in thousands)

Number of Accounts

Assets (in thousands)

Number of Accounts

Assets (in thousands)

Blair A. Boyer 1 $6,712,940 0 $0 0 $0

Michael A. Del Balso 0 $0 0 $0 0 $0

Rebecca Irwin 0 $0 0 $0 0 $0

Natasha Kuhlkin, CFA 0 $0 0 $0 0 $0

Kathleen A. McCarragher 1 $6,712,940 0 $0 0 $0

Spiros “Sig” Segalas 0 $0 0 $0 0 $0

Ownership of the Fund and Similarly Managed AccountsThe following table shows the dollar range of Fund shares and shares of similarly managed accounts beneficially owned by the portfolio managers listed above as of August 31, 2019. For purposes of this table, “similarly managed accounts” include all accounts that are managed (i) by the same portfolio managers that are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund; and (ii) with an investment style, objective, policies and strategies substantially similar to those that are used to manage the Fund.

Capital Appreciation Fund1

Name Dollar Range of Shares Owned

Blair A. Boyer Over $1,000,000

Michael A. Del Balso Over $1,000,000

Rebecca Irwin $100,001 - $500,000

Natasha Kuhlkin, CFA $100,001 - $500,000

Kathleen A. McCarragher Over $1,000,000

Spiros “Sig” Segalas Over $1,000,000

1 As of August 31, 2019, none of the portfolio managers listed in the above tables beneficially owned any shares of the fund that he or she managed.

. 220

Page 248: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTERESTJennison manages accounts with asset-based fees alongside accounts with performance-based fees. This side-by-side management can create an incentive for Jennison and its investment professionals to favor one account over another. Specifically, Jennison has the incentive to favor accounts for which it receives performance fees, and possibly take greater investment risks in those accounts, in order to bolster performance and increase its fees.

Other types of side-by-side management of multiple accounts can also create incentives for Jennison to favor one account over another. Examples are detailed below, followed by a discussion of how Jennison addresses these conflicts. Long only accounts/long-short accounts: Jennison manages accounts in strategies that only hold long securities

positions as well as accounts in strategies that are permitted to sell securities short. Jennison may hold a long position in a security in some client accounts while selling the same security short in other client accounts. For example, Jennison permits quantitatively hedged strategies to short securities that are held long in other strategies. Additionally, Jennison permits securities that are held long in quantitatively derived strategies to be shorted by other strategies. The strategies that sell a security short held long by another strategy could lower the price for the security held long. Similarly, if a strategy is purchasing a security that is held short in other strategies, the strategies purchasing the security could increase the price of the security held short.

Large Accounts: Large accounts typically generate more revenue than do smaller accounts. As a result, a portfolio manager has an incentive when allocating scarce investment opportunities to favor accounts that pay a higher fee or generate more income for Jennison. Multiple strategies: Jennison may buy or sell, or may direct or recommend that one client buy or sell, securities of

the same kind or class that are purchased or sold for another client, at prices that may be different. Jennison may also, at any time, execute trades of securities of the same kind or class in one direction for an account and in the opposite direction for another account, due to differences in investment strategy or client direction. Different strategies effecting trading in the same securities or types of securities may appear as inconsistencies in Jennison’s management of multiple accounts side-by-side.

Investments at different levels of an issuer’s capital structure: To the extent different clients invest across multiple strategies or asset classes, Jennison may invest client assets in the same issuer, but at different levels in the capital structure. Interests in these positions could be inconsistent or in potential or actual conflict with each other. Affiliated accounts/unaffiliated accounts and seeded/nonseeded accounts and accounts receiving asset allocation

assets from affiliated investment advisers: Jennison manages accounts for its affiliates and accounts in which it has an interest alongside unaffiliated accounts. Jennison could have an incentive to favor its affiliated accounts over unaffiliated accounts. Additionally, Jennison’s affiliates may provide initial funding or otherwise invest in vehicles managed by Jennison. When an affiliate provides “seed capital” or other capital for a fund or account, it may do so with the intention of redeeming all or part of its interest at a particular future point in time or when it deems that sufficient additional capital has been invested in that fund or account. Jennison typically requests seed capital to start a track record for a new strategy or product. Managing “seeded” accounts alongside “non-seeded” accounts can create an incentive to favor the “seeded” accounts to establish a track record for a new strategy or product. Additionally, Jennison’s affiliated investment advisers could allocate their asset allocation clients’ assets to Jennison. Jennison could favor accounts used by its affiliate for their asset allocation clients to receive more assets from the affiliate.

Non-discretionary accounts or models: Jennison provides non-discretionary model portfolios to some clients and manages other portfolios on a discretionary basis. Recommendations for some non-discretionary models that are derived from discretionary portfolios are communicated after the discretionary portfolio has traded. The non-discretionary clients could be disadvantaged if Jennison delivers the model investment portfolio to them after Jennison initiates trading for the discretionary clients. Discretionary clients could be disadvantaged if the non-discretionary clients receive their model investment portfolio and start trading before Jennison has started trading for the discretionary clients.

Higher fee paying accounts or products or strategies: Jennison receives more revenues from (1) larger accounts or client relationships than smaller accounts or client relationships and from (2) managing discretionary accounts than advising nondiscretionary models and from (3) non-wrap fee accounts than from wrap fee accounts and from (4) charging higher fees for some strategies than others. The differences in revenue that Jennison receives could create an incentive for Jennison to favor the higher fee paying or higher revenue generating account or product or strategy over another.

. 221

Page 249: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Personal interests: The performance of one or more accounts managed by Jennison’s investment professionals is taken into consideration in determining their compensation. Jennison also manages accounts that are investment options in its employee benefit plans such as its defined contribution plans or deferred compensation arrangements and where its employees may have personally invested alongside other accounts where there is no personal interest. These factors could create an incentive for Jennison to favor the accounts where it has a personal interest over accounts where Jennison does not have a personal interest.

How Jennison Addresses These Conflicts of Interest

The conflicts of interest described above could create incentives for Jennison to favor one or more accounts or types of accounts over others in the allocation of investment opportunities, aggregation and timing of investments. Portfolios in a particular strategy with similar objectives are managed similarly to the extent possible. Accordingly, portfolio holdings and industry and sector exposure tend to be similar across a group of accounts in a strategy that have similar objectives, which tends to minimize the potential for conflicts of interest among accounts within a product strategy. While these accounts have many similarities, the investment performance of each account will be different primarily due to differences in guidelines, individual portfolio manager’s decisions, timing of investments, fees, expenses and cash flows.

Additionally, Jennison has developed policies and procedures that seek to address, mitigate and assess these conflicts of interest. Jennison cannot guarantee, however, that its policies and procedures will detect and prevent, or lead to the disclosure of, each and every situation in which a conflict may arise. Jennison has adopted trade aggregation and allocation procedures that seek to treat all clients (including affiliated

accounts) fairly. These policies and procedures address the allocation of limited investment opportunities, such as initial public offerings (IPOs) and new issues, the allocation of transactions across multiple accounts, and the timing of transactions between its non-wrap accounts and its wrap fee accounts and between wrap fee program sponsors. Jennison has policies that limit the ability to short securities in portfolios that primarily rely on its fundamental

research and investment processes (fundamental portfolios) if the security is held long in other fundamental portfolios. Jennison has adopted procedures to review allocations or performance dispersion between accounts with

performance fees and non-performance fee based accounts and to review overlapping long and short positions among long accounts and long-short accounts. Jennison has adopted a code of ethics and policies relating to personal trading. Jennison has adopted a conflicts of interest policy and procedures. Jennison provides disclosure of these and other potential conflicts in its Form ADV.

COMPENSATIONJennison seeks to maintain a highly competitive compensation program designed to attract and retain outstanding investment professionals, which include portfolio managers and research analysts, and to align the interests of its investment professionals with those of its clients and overall firm results. Jennison recognizes individuals for their achievements and contributions and continues to promote those who exemplify the same values and level of commitment that are hallmarks of the organization. Investment professionals are compensated with a combination of base salary and discretionary cash bonus. Overall firm profitability determines the size of the investment professional compensation pool. In general, the discretionary cash bonus represents the majority of an investment professional’s compensation.

Jennison sponsors a profit sharing retirement plan for all eligible employees. The contribution to the profit sharing retirement plan for portfolio managers is based on a percentage of the portfolio manager’s total compensation, subject to a maximum determined by applicable law. In addition to eligibility to participate in retirement and welfare plans, senior investment professionals, including portfolio managers and senior research analysts, are eligible to participate in a voluntary deferred compensation program where all or a portion of the discretionary cash bonus can be deferred. Participants in the deferred compensation plan are permitted to allocate the deferred amounts among various options that track the gross-of-fee pre-tax performance of accounts or composites of accounts managed by Jennison.

Investment professionals’ total compensation is determined through a subjective process that evaluates numerous qualitative and quantitative factors. Not all factors are applicable to every investment professional, and there is no particular weighting or formula for considering the factors.

The factors reviewed for the portfolio managers are listed below.

The quantitative factors reviewed for the portfolio managers may include: One-, three-, five-year and longer term pre-tax investment performance for groupings of accounts managed in the

same strategy (composite) relative to market conditions, pre-determined passive indices and industry peer group . 222

Page 250: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

data for the product strategy (e.g., large cap growth, large cap value). Some portfolio managers may manage or contribute ideas to more than one product strategy, and the performance of the other product strategies is also considered in determining the portfolio manager’s overall compensation. The investment professional’s contribution to client portfolio’s pre-tax one-, three-, five-year and longer-term

performance from the investment professional’s recommended stocks relative to market conditions, the strategy’s passive benchmarks, and the investment professional’s respective coverage universes.

The qualitative factors reviewed for the portfolio managers may include: The quality of the portfolio manager’s investment ideas and consistency of the portfolio manager’s judgment; Qualitative factors such as teamwork and responsiveness; Individual factors such as years of experience and responsibilities specific to the individual’s role such as being a

team leader or supervisor are also factored into the determination of an investment professional’s total compensation; and Historical and long-term business potential of the product strategies.

. 223

Page 251: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

MANULIFE INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT (US) LLC (“Manulife IM (US)”)

ALTERNATIVE ASSET ALLOCATION FUNDASIA PACIFIC TOTAL RETURN BOND FUNDEMERGING MARKETS DEBT FUNDFUNDAMENTAL GLOBAL FRANCHISE FUNDGLOBAL EQUITY FUNDINCOME ALLOCATION FUNDINTERNATIONAL STRATEGIC EQUITY ALLOCATION FUNDMULTI-INDEX LIFESTYLE PORTFOLIOSMULTI-INDEX LIFETIME PORTFOLIOSMULTI-INDEX PRESERVATION PORTFOLIOSMULTIMANAGER LIFETIME PORTFOLIOSSTRATEGIC EQUITY ALLOCATION FUNDSTRATEGIC INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUNDU.S. SECTOR ROTATION FUND

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS AND OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGEDThe following table shows the portfolio managers at Manulife IM (US) who are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the stated Funds’ portfolios (or portion thereof).

Fund Portfolio Managers

Alternative Asset Allocation Fund and Income Allocation Fund Nathan W. Thooft, CFA and Christopher Walsh, CFA

Multi-Index Lifestyle Portfolios, Multi-Index Lifetime Portfolios, Multi-Index Preservation Portfolios, and Multimanager Lifetime Portfolios

Robert Sykes, CFA and Nathan W. Thooft, CFA

International Strategic Equity Allocation Fund, Strategic Equity Allocation Fund, and U.S. Sector Rotation Fund

Nathan W. Thooft, CFA

Asia Pacific Total Return Bond Fund Neal Capecci, Endre Pedersen, and Jimond Wong, CFA, CPA

Emerging Markets Debt Fund Roberto Sanchez-Dahl, CFA and Paolo H. Valle

Fundamental Global Franchise Fund Emory W. Sanders, Jr., CFA and Jonathan T. White, CFA

Global Equity Fund Paul Boyne and Stephen Hermsdorf

Strategic Income Opportunities Fund Christopher M. Chapman, CFA, Thomas C. Goggins, Daniel S. Janis, III, and Kisoo Park

The following table reflects information regarding other accounts for which each portfolio manager listed above has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) other investment companies (and series thereof); (ii) other pooled investment vehicles; and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pays advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date. Also shown below the table is each portfolio manager’s investment in the Fund or Funds that he or she manages and similarly managed accounts.

The following table reflects information as of August 31, 2019:

Other Registered Investment Companies

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Accounts

Portfolio ManagerNumber of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Paul Boyne 0 $0 10 $4,046 5 $1,052

Neal Capecci 0 $0 1 $35 0 $0

Christopher M. Chapman, CFA 5 $2,490 41 $17,869 15 $10,706

Thomas C. Goggins 5 $2,490 40 $17,824 15 $10,706

Stephen Hermsdorf 0 $0 10 $4,046 5 $1,052

Daniel S. Janis, III 5 $2,490 43 $23,567 15 $10,706

Kisoo Park 5 $2,490 42 $17,907 15 $10,706

Endre Pedersen 1 $302 1 $35 0 $0

Roberto Sanchez-Dahl, CFA 0 $0 3 $470 1 $134

Emory W. Sanders, Jr., CFA 5 $7,413 39 $8,900 15 $2,856

. 224

Page 252: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Other Registered Investment Companies

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Accounts

Portfolio ManagerNumber of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Robert Sykes, CFA 11 $35,585 0 $0 0 $0

Nathan W. Thooft, CFA 12 $35,595 19 $9,729 0 $0

Paolo H. Valle 0 $0 3 $470 1 $134

Christopher Walsh, CFA 1 $42 0 $0 0 $0

Jonathan T. White, CFA 4 $6,778 34 $6,907 15 $2,856

Jimond Wong, CFA, CPA 0 $0 1 $35 0 $0

Performance-Based Fees for Other Accounts Managed. Of the accounts in the table listed above, those for which the Subadvisor receives a fee based on investment performance are listed in the table below:

Paul Boyne Other Registered Investment Companies: NoneOther Pooled Investment Vehicles: NoneOther Accounts: Three accounts in the amount of approximately $840 million.

Thomas C. Goggins Other Registered Investment Companies: NoneOther Pooled Investment Vehicles: NoneOther Accounts: One account in the amount of approximately $7 billion.

Stephen Hermsdorf Other Registered Investment Companies: NoneOther Pooled Investment Vehicles: NoneOther Accounts: Three accounts in the amount of approximately $840 million.

Daniel S. Janis, III Other Registered Investment Companies: NoneOther Pooled Investment Vehicles: NoneOther Accounts: One account in the amount of approximately $7 billion.

Kisoo Park Other Registered Investment Companies: NoneOther Pooled Investment Vehicles: NoneOther Accounts: One account in the amount of approximately $7 billion.

Emory W. Sanders, Jr., CFA Other Registered Investment Companies: NoneOther Pooled Investment Vehicles: NoneOther Accounts: Three accounts in the amount of approximately $600 million.

Jonathan T. White, CFA Other Registered Investment Companies: NoneOther Pooled Investment Vehicles: NoneOther Accounts: Three accounts in the amount of approximately $600 million.

Ownership of the Fund and Similarly Managed AccountsThe following table shows the dollar range of Fund shares and shares of similarly managed accounts beneficially owned by the portfolio managers listed above as of August 31, 2019. For purposes of this table, “similarly managed accounts” include all accounts that are managed (i) by the same portfolio managers that are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund; and (ii) with an investment style, objective, policies and strategies substantially similar to those that are used to manage the Fund.

Only those portfolio managers that owned shares of a Fund and/or shares of similarly manager accounts are shown.

Portfolio Manager Dollar Range of Shares Owned

Paul Boyne Global Equity Fund— $> $1,000,000

Neal Capecci Asia Pacific Total Return Bond Fund— $0

Christopher M. Chapman, CFA Strategic Income Opportunities Fund -- $10,001-$50,000

Thomas C. Goggins Strategic Income Opportunities Fund—$> $1,000,000

Stephen Hermsdorf Global Equity Fund — $500,001-$1,000,000

Daniel S. Janis, III Strategic Income Opportunities Fund— > $1,000,000

Kisoo Park Strategic Income Opportunities Fund— $> $1,000,000

Endre Pederson Asia Pacific Total Return Bond Fund— $0

Roberto Sanchez-Dahl, CFA Emerging Markets Fund— $100,001-$500,000

Emory W. Sanders, Jr., CFA Fundamental Global Franchise Fund— $> $1,000,000

. 225

Page 253: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Portfolio Manager Dollar Range of Shares Owned

Robert Sykes, CFA Multi-Index Lifestyle Portfolios —$0Multi-Index Preservation Portfolios —$0Multimanager Lifetime 2035 Fund —$100,001-$500,000Other Multi-Index Lifetime Portfolios —$0

Nathan W. Thooft, CFA Alternative Asset Allocation Fund— $50,001-$100,000Income Allocation Fund— $10,001-$50,000International Strategic Equity Allocation Fund— $0Multi-Index Lifestyle Portfolios — $0Multi-Index Preservation Portfolios—$0Multimanager Lifetime 2045 Fund— $> $1,000,000Other Multi-Index Lifetime Portfolios —$0Strategic Equity Allocation Fund— $0U.S. Sector Rotation Fund — $0

Paolo H. Valle Emerging Markets Debt Fund— $100,001-$500,000

Christopher Walsh, CFA Alternative Asset Allocation Fund— $10,001-$50,000Income Allocation Fund— $1-$10,000

Jonathan T. White, CFA Fundamental Global Franchise Fund— $> $1,000,000

Jimond Wong, CFA, CPA Asia Pacific Total Return Bond Fund— $0

POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTERESTWhen a portfolio manager is responsible for the management of more than one account, the potential arises for the portfolio manager to favor one account over another. The principal types of potential conflicts of interest that may arise are discussed below. For the reasons outlined below, the Fund does not believe that any material conflicts are likely to arise out of a portfolio manager’s responsibility for the management of the Fund as well as one or more other accounts. The Advisor and Sub-Advisor have adopted procedures that are intended to monitor compliance with the policies referred to in the following paragraphs. Generally, the risks of such conflicts of interests are increased to the extent that a portfolio manager has a financial incentive to favor one account over another. The Advisor and Sub-Advisor have structured their compensation arrangements in a manner that is intended to limit such potential for conflicts of interests. See “Compensation” below. A portfolio manager could favor one account over another in allocating new investment opportunities that have

limited supply, such as initial public offerings and private placements. If, for example, an initial public offering that was expected to appreciate in value significantly shortly after the offering was allocated to a single account, that account may be expected to have better investment performance than other accounts that did not receive an allocation on the initial public offering. The Sub-Advisor has policies that require a portfolio manager to allocate such investment opportunities in an equitable manner and generally to allocate such investments proportionately among all accounts with similar investment objectives.

A portfolio manager could favor one account over another in the order in which trades for the accounts are placed. If a portfolio manager determines to purchase a security for more than one account in an aggregate amount that may influence the market price of the security, accounts that purchased or sold the security first may receive a more favorable price than accounts that made subsequent transactions. The less liquid the market for the security or the greater the percentage that the proposed aggregate purchases or sales represent of average daily trading volume, the greater the potential for accounts that make subsequent purchases or sales to receive a less favorable price. When a portfolio manager intends to trade the same security for more than one account, the policies of the Sub-Advisor generally require that such trades be “bunched,” which means that the trades for the individual accounts are aggregated and each account receives the same price. There are some types of accounts as to which bunching may not be possible for contractual reasons (such as directed brokerage arrangements). Circumstances may also arise where the trader believes that bunching the orders may not result in the best possible price. Where those accounts or circumstances are involved, the Sub-Advisor will place the order in a manner intended to result in as favorable a price as possible for such client.

A portfolio manager could favor an account if the portfolio manager’s compensation is tied to the performance of that account rather than all accounts managed by the portfolio manager. If, for example, the portfolio manager receives a bonus based upon the performance of certain accounts relative to a benchmark while other accounts are disregarded for this purpose, the portfolio manager will have a financial incentive to seek to have the accounts that determine the portfolio manager’s bonus achieve the best possible performance to the possible detriment of other accounts. Similarly, if the Sub-Advisor receives a performance-based advisory fee, the portfolio manager may favor that account, whether or not the performance of that account directly determines the portfolio manager’s compensation. The investment performance on specific accounts is not a factor in determining the portfolio

. 226

Page 254: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

manager’s compensation. See “Compensation” below. Neither the Advisor nor the Sub-Advisor receives a performance-based fee with respect to any of the accounts managed by the portfolio managers.

A portfolio manager could favor an account if the portfolio manager has a beneficial interest in the account, in order to benefit a large client or to compensate a client that had poor returns. For example, if the portfolio manager held an interest in an investment partnership that was one of the accounts managed by the portfolio manager, the portfolio manager would have an economic incentive to favor the account in which the portfolio manager held an interest. The Sub-Advisor imposes certain trading restrictions and reporting requirements for accounts in which a portfolio manager or certain family members have a personal interest in order to confirm that such accounts are not favored over other accounts.

If the different accounts have materially and potentially conflicting investment objectives or strategies, a conflict of interest may arise. For example, if a portfolio manager purchases a security for one account and sells the same security short for another account, such trading pattern could disadvantage either the account that is long or short. In making portfolio manager assignments, the Sub-Advisor seeks to avoid such potentially conflicting situations. However, where a portfolio manager is responsible for accounts with differing investment objectives and policies, it is possible that the portfolio manager will conclude that it is in the best interest of one account to sell a portfolio security while another account continues to hold or increase the holding in such security.

COMPENSATIONThe Sub-Advisor has adopted a system of compensation for portfolio managers and others involved in the investment process that is applied systematically among investment professionals. At the Sub-Advisor, the structure of compensation of investment professionals is currently comprised of the following basic components: base salary and short- and long-term incentives. The following describes each component of the compensation package for the individuals identified as a portfolio manager for the Funds. Base salary. Base compensation is fixed and normally reevaluated on an annual basis. The Sub-Advisor seeks to set

compensation at market rates, taking into account the experience and responsibilities of the investment professional.

Incentives. Only investment professionals are eligible to participate in the short- and long-term incentive plan. Under the plan, investment professionals are eligible for an annual cash award. The plan is intended to provide a competitive level of annual bonus compensation that is tied to the investment professional achieving superior investment performance and aligns the financial incentives of the Sub-Advisor and the investment professional. Any bonus under the plan is completely discretionary, with a maximum annual bonus that may be well in excess of base salary. Payout of a portion of this bonus may be deferred for up to five years. While the amount of any bonus is discretionary, the following factors are generally used in determining bonuses under the plan:§� Investment Performance: The investment performance of all accounts managed by the investment professional

over one, three and five-year periods are considered. The pre-tax performance of each account is measured relative to an appropriate peer group benchmark identified in the table below (for example a Morningstar large cap growth peer group if the fund invests primarily in large cap stocks with a growth strategy). With respect to fixed income accounts, relative yields are also used to measure performance. This is the most heavily weighted factor.

� Financial Performance: The profitability of the Sub-Advisor and its parent company are also considered in determining bonus awards.� Non-Investment Performance: To a lesser extent, intangible contributions, including the investment professional’s

support of client service and sales activities, new fund/strategy idea generation, professional growth and development, and management, where applicable, are also evaluated when determining bonus awards.

� In addition to the above, compensation may also include a revenue component for an investment team derived from a number of factors including, but not limited to, client assets under management, investment performance, and firm metrics.

Manulife equity awards. A limited number of senior investment professionals may receive options to purchase shares of Manulife Financial stock. Generally, such option would permit the investment professional to purchase a set amount of stock at the market price on the date of grant. The option can be exercised for a set period (normally a number of years or until termination of employment) and the investment professional would exercise the option if the market value of Manulife Financial stock increases. Some investment professionals may receive restricted stock grants, where the investment professional is entitled to receive the stock at no or nominal cost, provided that the stock is forgone if the investment professional’s employment is terminated prior to a vesting date. Deferred Incentives. Investment professionals may receive deferred incentives which are fully invested in strategies

managed by the team/individual as well as other Manulife Investment Management strategies.

. 227

Page 255: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

The Sub-Advisor also permits investment professionals to participate on a voluntary basis in a deferred compensation plan, under which the investment professional may elect on an annual basis to defer receipt of a portion of their compensation until retirement. Participation in the plan is voluntary.

JHF II Fund Peer Group and/or Benchmark Index for Incentive Period

Multi-Index Lifestyle Aggressive Portfolio Morningstar US OE Large Blend

Multi-Index Lifestyle Balanced Portfolio Morningstar US OE Moderate Allocation

Multi-Index Lifestyle Conservative Portfolio Morningstar US OE Conservative Allocation

Multi-Index Lifestyle Growth Portfolio Morningstar US OE Aggressive Allocation

Multi-Index Lifestyle Moderate Portfolio Morningstar US OE Conservative Allocation

Multimanager 2010 Lifetime Portfolio Morningstar US OE Target Date 2000-2010

Multimanager 2015 Lifetime Portfolio Morningstar US OE Target Date 2011-2015

Multimanager 2020 Lifetime Portfolio Morningstar US OE Target Date 2016-2020

Multimanager 2025 Lifetime Portfolio Morningstar US OE Target Date 2021-2025

Multimanager 2030 Lifetime Portfolio Morningstar US OE Target Date 2026-2030

Multimanager 2035 Lifetime Portfolio Morningstar US OE Target Date 2031-2035

Multimanager 2040 Lifetime Portfolio Morningstar US OE Target Date 2036-2040

Multimanager 2045 Lifetime Portfolio Morningstar US OE Target Date 2041-2045

Multimanager 2050 Lifetime Portfolio Morningstar US OE Target Date 2046-2050

Multimanager 2055 Lifetime Portfolio Morningstar US OE Target Date 2051+

Multimanager 2060 Lifetime Portfolio Morningstar US OE Target Date 2051+

Multi-Index 2030 Lifetime Portfolio Morningstar US OE Target Date 2026-2030

Multi-Index 2035 Lifetime Portfolio Morningstar US OE Target Date 2031-2035

Multi-Index 2040 Lifetime Portfolio Morningstar US OE Target Date 2036-2040

Multi-Index 2045 Lifetime Portfolio Morningstar US OE Target Date 2041-2045

Multi-Index 2050 Lifetime Portfolio Morningstar US OE Target Date 2046-2050

Multi-Index 2055 Lifetime Portfolio Morningstar US OE Target Date 2051+

Multi-Index 2060 Lifetime Portfolio Morningstar US OE Target Date 2051+

Multi-Index Income Preservation Portfolio Morningstar US OE Target Date Retirement

Multi-Index 2020 Preservation Portfolio Morningstar US OE Target Date 2016-2020

Multi-Index 2025 Preservation Portfolio Morningstar US OE Target Date 2021-2025

Multi-Index 2030 Preservation Portfolio Morningstar US OE Target Date 2026-2030

Multi-Index 2035 Preservation Portfolio Morningstar US OE Target Date 2031-2035

Multi-Index 2040 Preservation Portfolio Morningstar US OE Target Date 2036-2040

Multi-Index 2045 Preservation Portfolio Morningstar US OE Target Date 2041-2045

Multi-Index 2050 Preservation Portfolio Morningstar US OE Target Date 2046-2050

Multi-Index 2055 Preservation Portfolio Morningstar US OE Target Date 2051+

Multi-Index 2055 Preservation Portfolio Morningstar US OE Target Date 2051+

Multi-Index 2060 Preservation Portfolio Morningstar US OE Target Date 2051+

Strategic Equity Allocation Fund Morningstar US OE World Stock

International Strategic Equity Allocation Fund Morningstar Foreign Large Blend

Alternative Asset Allocation Fund Morningstar US OE Multialternative

Income Allocation Fund Morningstar US OE Conservative Allocation

Strategic Income Opportunities Fund Morningstar US OE Multisector Bond

Asia Pacific Total Return Bond Fund Morningstar US OE World Bond

Fundamental Global Franchise Fund Morningstar US OE World Stock

Global Equity Fund Morningstar US OE World Stock

Emerging Markets Debt Fund Morningstar US OE Emerging Markets Bond

U.S. Sector Rotation Fund Morningstar Large Blend

. 228

Page 256: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC(“PIMCO”)

GLOBAL BOND FUND

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS AND OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGEDThe following table shows the portfolio managers at PIMCO who are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the stated Funds’ portfolios.

Fund Portfolio Managers

Global Bond Fund Andrew Balls, Sachin Gupta, and Lorenzo Pagani, Ph.D.

The following table reflects information regarding other accounts for which each portfolio manager to the funds listed above has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) other investment companies (and series thereof); (ii) other pooled investment vehicles; and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pays advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date. Also shown below the table is each portfolio manager’s investment in the Fund or Funds that he manages and similarly managed accounts.

The following table reflects information as of August 31, 2019:

Other Registered Investment Companies

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Accounts

Portfolio ManagerNumber of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Andrew Balls 14 $18,427,780,167.25 11 $18,531,360,363.06 28 $23,058,358,536.55

Sachin Gupta 15 $18,574,504,274.32 27 $13,114,956,992.17 31 $11,927,741,034.13

Lorenzo Pagani 14 $18,161,341,157.72 30 $28,688,874,811.47 43 $14,850,239,744.42

Other Accounts Managed — Of total listed above, those for which advisory fee is based on performance

Other Registered Investment Companies

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Accounts

Portfolio ManagerNumber of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Andrew Balls 0 $0 1 $139,510,826.20 5 $2,053,224,522.61

Sachin Gupta 0 $0 2 $218,505,474.19 3 $833,662,943.43

Lorenzo Pagani 0 $0 13 $18,703,352,625.92 18 $3,993,408,164.11

Ownership of the Fund and Similarly Managed AccountsThe following table shows the dollar range of Fund shares and shares of similarly managed accounts beneficially owned by the portfolio managers listed above as of August 31, 2019,respectively. For purposes of this table, “similarly managed accounts” include all accounts that are managed (i) by the same portfolio managers that are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund; and (ii) with an investment style, objective, policies and strategies substantially similar to those that are used to manage the Fund.

Global Bond Fund1 Portfolio Manager Dollar Range of Shares Owned

Andrew Balls None

Sachin Gupta None

Lorenzo Pagani None

1 As of August 31, 2019, none of the portfolio managers beneficially owned shares of the Fund.

POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTERESTFrom time to time, potential and actual conflicts of interest may arise between a portfolio manager’s management of the investments of a Fund, on the one hand, and the management of other accounts, on the other. Potential and actual conflicts of interest may also arise as a result of PIMCO’s other business activities and PIMCO’s possession of material non-public information (“MNPI”) about an issuer. Other accounts managed by a portfolio manager might have similar

. 229

Page 257: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

investment objectives or strategies as the Funds, track the same index a Fund tracks or otherwise hold, purchase, or sell securities that are eligible to be held, purchased or sold by the Funds. The other accounts might also have different investment objectives or strategies than the Funds. Potential and actual conflicts of interest may also arise as a result of PIMCO serving as investment adviser to accounts that invest in the Funds. In this case, such conflicts of interest could in theory give rise to incentives for PIMCO to, among other things, vote proxies or redeem shares of a Fund in a manner beneficial to the investing account but detrimental to the Fund. Conversely, PIMCO’s duties to the Funds, as well as regulatory or other limitations applicable to the Funds, may affect the courses of action available to PIMCO-advised accounts (including certain Funds) that invest in the Funds in a manner that is detrimental to such investing accounts.§§

Because PIMCO is affiliated with Allianz, a large multi-national financial institution, conflicts similar to those described below may occur between the Funds or other accounts managed by PIMCO and PIMCO’s affiliates or accounts managed by those affiliates. Those affiliates (or their clients), which generally operate autonomously from PIMCO, may take actions that are adverse to the Funds or other accounts managed by PIMCO. In many cases, PIMCO will not be in a position to mitigate those actions or address those conflicts, which could adversely affect the performance of the Funds or other accounts managed by PIMCO. In addition, because certain Clients (as defined below) are affiliates of PIMCO or have investors who are affiliates or employees of PIMCO, PIMCO may have incentives to resolve conflicts of interest in favor of these Clients over other Clients.

Knowledge and Timing of Fund Trades. A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio manager’s day-to-day management of a Fund. Because of their positions with the Funds, the portfolio managers know the size, timing and possible market impact of a Fund’s trades. It is theoretically possible that the portfolio managers could use this information to the advantage of other accounts they manage and to the possible detriment of a Fund.§§

Investment Opportunities. A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio manager’s management of a number of accounts with varying investment guidelines. Often, an investment opportunity may be suitable for one or more Funds or other accounts managed by PIMCO (each a “Client,” and collectively, the “Clients”), but may not be available in sufficient quantities for all accounts to participate fully. Similarly, there may be limited opportunity to sell an investment held by a Fund and another Client. PIMCO has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities on a fair and equitable basis over time.§§

Under PIMCO’s allocation procedures, investment opportunities are allocated among various investment strategies based on individual account investment guidelines and PIMCO’s investment outlook. PIMCO has also adopted additional procedures to complement the general trade allocation policy that are designed to address potential conflicts of interest due to the side-by-side management of the Funds and certain pooled investment vehicles, including investment opportunity allocation issues.§§

From time to time, PIMCO may take an investment position or action for a Client that may be different from, or inconsistent with, an action or position taken for one or more other Clients having similar or differing investment objectives. These positions and actions may adversely impact, or in some instances may benefit, one or more affected Clients, including Clients that are PIMCO affiliates, in which PIMCO has an interest, or which pays PIMCO higher fees or a performance fee. For example, a Client may buy a security and another Client may establish a short position in that same security. The subsequent short sale may result in a decrease in the price of the security that the other Client holds. Similarly, transactions or investments by one or more Clients may have the effect of diluting or otherwise disadvantaging the values, prices or investment strategies of another Client.§§

When PIMCO implements for one Client a portfolio decision or strategy ahead of, or contemporaneously with, similar portfolio decisions or strategies of another Client, market impact, liquidity constraints or other factors could result in one or more Clients receiving less favorable trading results, the costs of implementing such portfolio decisions or strategies could be increased or such Clients could otherwise be disadvantaged. On the other hand, potential conflicts may also arise because portfolio decisions regarding a Client may benefit other Clients. For example, the sale of a long position or establishment of a short position for a Client may decrease the price of the same security sold short by (and therefore benefit) other Clients, and the purchase of a security or covering of a short position in a security for a Client may increase the price of the same security held by (and therefore benefit) other Clients.§§

Under certain circumstances, a Client may invest in a transaction in which one or more other Clients are expected to participate, or already have made or will seek to make, an investment. In addition, to the extent permitted by applicable law, a Client may also engage in investment transactions that may result in other Clients being relieved of obligations, or that may cause other Clients to divest certain investments (e.g., a Client may make a loan to, or directly or indirectly

. 230

Page 258: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

acquire securities or indebtedness of, a company that uses the proceeds to refinance or reorganize its capital structure, which could result in repayment of debt held by another Client). Such Clients (or groups of Clients) may have conflicting interests and objectives in connection with such investments, including with respect to views on the operations or activities of the issuer involved, the targeted returns from the investment and the timeframe for, and method of, exiting the investment. When making such investments, PIMCO may do so in a way that favors one Client over another Client, even if both Clients are investing in the same security at the same time. Certain Clients may invest on a “parallel” basis (i.e., proportionately in all transactions at substantially the same time and on substantially the same terms and conditions). In addition, other accounts may expect to invest in many of the same types of investments as another account. However, there may be investments in which one or more of such accounts does not invest (or invests on different terms or on a non-pro rata basis) due to factors such as legal, tax, regulatory, business, contractual or other similar considerations or due to the provisions of a Client’s governing documents. Decisions as to the allocation of investment opportunities among such Clients present numerous conflicts of interest, which may not be resolved in a manner that is favorable to a Client’s interests. To the extent an investment is not allocated pro rata among such entities, a Client could incur a disproportionate amount of income or loss related to such investment relative to such other Client.§§

In addition, Clients may invest alongside one another in the same underlying investments or otherwise pursuant to a substantially similar investment strategy as one or more other Clients. In such cases, certain Clients may have preferential liquidity and information rights relative to other Clients holding the same investments, with the result that such Clients will be able to withdraw/redeem their interests in underlying investments in priority to Clients who may have more limited access to information or more restrictive withdrawal/redemption rights. Clients with more limited information rights or more restrictive liquidity may therefore be adversely affected in the event of a downturn in the markets.

Further, potential conflicts may be inherent in PIMCO’s use of multiple strategies. For example, conflicts will arise in cases where different Clients invest in different parts of an issuer’s capital structure, including circumstances in which one or more Clients may own private securities or obligations of an issuer and other Clients may own or seek to acquire private securities of the same issuer. For example, a Client may acquire a loan, loan participation or a loan assignment of a particular borrower in which one or more other Clients have an equity investment, or may invest in senior debt obligations of an issuer for one Client and junior debt obligations or equity of the same issuer for another Client.

PIMCO may also, for example, direct a Client to invest in a tranche of a structured finance vehicle, such as a CLO or CDO, where PIMCO is also, at the same or different time, directing another Client to make investments in a different tranche of the same vehicle, which tranche’s interests may be adverse to other tranches. PIMCO may also cause a Client to purchase from, or sell assets to, an entity, such as a structured finance vehicle, in which other Clients may have an interest, potentially in a manner that will have an adverse effect on the other Clients. There may also be conflicts where, for example, a Client holds certain debt or equity securities of an issuer, and that same issuer has issued other debt, equity or other instruments that are owned by other Clients or by an entity, such as a structured finance vehicle, in which other Clients have an interest.

In each of the situations described above, PIMCO may take actions with respect to the assets held by one Client that are adverse to the other Clients, for example, by foreclosing on loans, by putting an issuer into default, or by exercising rights to purchase or sell to an issuer, causing an issuer to take actions adverse to certain classes of securities, or otherwise. In negotiating the terms and conditions of any such investments, or any subsequent amendments or waivers or taking any other actions, PIMCO may find that the interests of a Client and the interests of one or more other Clients could conflict. In these situations, decisions over items such as whether to make the investment or take an action, proxy voting, corporate reorganization, how to exit an investment, or bankruptcy or similar matters (including, for example, whether to trigger an event of default or the terms of any workout) may result in conflicts of interest. Similarly, if an issuer in which a Client and one or more other Clients directly or indirectly hold different classes of securities (or other assets, instruments or obligations issued by such issuer or underlying investments of such issuer) encounters financial problems, decisions over the terms of any workout will raise conflicts of interests (including, for example, conflicts over proposed waivers and amendments to debt covenants). For example, a debt holder may be better served by a liquidation of the issuer in which it may be paid in full, whereas an equity or junior bond holder might prefer a reorganization that holds the potential to create value for the equity holders. In some cases PIMCO may refrain from taking certain actions or making certain investments on behalf of Clients in order to avoid or mitigate certain conflicts of interest or to prevent adverse regulatory or other effects on PIMCO, or may sell investments for certain Clients (in each case potentially disadvantaging the Clients on whose behalf the actions are not taken, investments not made, or investments sold). In other cases, PIMCO may not refrain from taking actions or making investments on behalf of certain Clients that have the potential to disadvantage other Clients. In addition, PIMCO may take actions or refrain from taking actions in order to mitigate legal risks to PIMCO or its affiliates or its Clients even if disadvantageous to a Client’s account. Moreover, a

. 231

Page 259: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Client may invest in a transaction in which one or more other Clients are expected to participate, or already have made or will seek to make, an investment.

Additionally, certain conflicts may exist with respect to portfolio managers who make investment decisions on behalf of several different types of Clients. Such portfolio managers may have an incentive to allocate trades, time or resources to certain Clients, including those Clients who pay higher investment management fees or that pay incentive fees or allocations, over other Clients. These conflicts may be heightened with respect to portfolio managers who are eligible to receive a performance allocation under certain circumstances as part of their compensation.

From time to time, PIMCO personnel may come into possession of MNPI which, if disclosed, might affect an investor’s decision to buy, sell or hold a security. Should a PIMCO employee come into possession of MNPI with respect to an issuer, he or she generally will be prohibited from communicating such information to, or using such information for the benefit of, Clients, which could limit the ability of Clients to buy, sell or hold certain investments, thereby limiting the investment opportunities or exit strategies available to Clients. In addition, holdings in the securities or other instruments of an issuer by PIMCO or its affiliates may affect the ability of a Client to make certain acquisitions of or enter into certain transactions with such issuer. PIMCO has no obligation or responsibility to disclose such information to, or use such information for the benefit of, any person (including Clients).

PIMCO maintains one or more restricted lists of companies whose securities are subject to certain trading prohibitions due to PIMCO’s business activities. PIMCO may restrict trading in an issuer’s securities if the issuer is on a restricted list or if PIMCO has MNPI about that issuer. In some situations, PIMCO may restrict Clients from trading in a particular issuer’s securities in order to allow PIMCO to receive MNPI on behalf of other Clients. A Client may be unable to buy or sell certain securities until the restriction is lifted, which could disadvantage the Client. PIMCO may also be restricted from making (or divesting of) investments in respect of some Clients but not others. In some cases PIMCO may not initiate or recommend certain types of transactions, or may otherwise restrict or limit its advice relating to certain securities if a security is restricted due to MNPI or if PIMCO is seeking to limit receipt of MNPI.

PIMCO may conduct litigation or engage in other legal actions on behalf of one or more Clients. In such cases, Clients may be required to bear certain fees, costs, expenses and liabilities associated with the litigation. Other Clients that are or were investors in, or otherwise involved with, the subject investments may or may not (depending on the circumstances) be parties to such litigation actions, with the result that certain Clients may participate in litigation actions in which not all Clients with similar investments may participate, and such non-participating Clients may benefit from the results of such litigation actions without bearing or otherwise being subject to the associated fees, costs, expenses and liabilities. PIMCO, for example, typically does not pursue legal claims on behalf of its separate accounts. Furthermore, in certain situations, litigation or other legal actions pursued by PIMCO on behalf of a Client may be brought against or be otherwise adverse to a portfolio company or other investment held by a Client.

The foregoing is not a complete list of conflicts to which PIMCO or Clients may be subject. PIMCO seeks to review conflicts on a case-by-case basis as they arise. Any review will take into consideration the interests of the relevant Clients, the circumstances giving rise to the conflict, applicable PIMCO policies and procedures, and applicable laws. Clients (and investors in Portfolios) should be aware that conflicts will not necessarily be resolved in favor of their interests and may in fact be resolved in a manner adverse to their interests. PIMCO will attempt to resolve such matters fairly, but even so, matters may be resolved in favor of other Clients which pay PIMCO higher fees or performance fees or in which PIMCO or its affiliates have a significant proprietary interest. There can be no assurance that any actual or potential conflicts of interest will not result in a particular Client or group of Clients receiving less favorable investment terms in or returns from certain investments than if such conflicts of interest did not exist.

Conflicts like those described above may also occur between Clients, on the one hand, and PIMCO or its affiliates, on the other. These conflicts will not always be resolved in favor of the Client. In addition, because PIMCO is affiliated with Allianz, a large multi-national financial institution, conflicts similar to those described above may occur between clients of PIMCO and PIMCO’s affiliates or accounts managed by those affiliates. Those affiliates (or their clients), which generally operate autonomously from PIMCO, may take actions that are adverse to PIMCO’s Clients. In many cases PIMCO will have limited or no ability to mitigate those actions or address those conflicts, which could adversely affect Client performance. In addition, certain regulatory restrictions may prohibit PIMCO from using certain brokers or investing in certain companies (even if such companies are not affiliated with Allianz) because of the applicability of certain laws and regulations applicable to PIMCO, Allianz SE or their affiliates. An account’s willingness to negotiate terms or take actions with respect to an investment may also be, directly or indirectly, constrained or otherwise impacted to the extent Allianz SE, PIMCO, and/or their affiliates, directors, partners, managers, members, officers or personnel are also invested therein or otherwise have a connection to the subject investment (e.g., serving as a trustee or board member thereof).

. 232

Page 260: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Performance Fees. A portfolio manager may advise certain accounts with respect to which the advisory fee is based entirely or partially on performance. Performance fee arrangements may create a conflict of interest for the portfolio manager in that the portfolio manager may have an incentive to allocate the investment opportunities that he or she believes might be the most profitable to such other accounts instead of allocating them to a Fund. PIMCO has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities between the Funds and such other accounts on a fair and equitable basis over time.

PIMCO has implemented policies and procedures relating to, among other things, portfolio management and trading practices, personal investment transactions, insider trading, gifts and entertainment, and political contributions that seek to identify, manage and/or mitigate actual or potential conflicts of interest and resolve such conflicts appropriately if they occur. PIMCO seeks to resolve any actual or potential conflicts in each client’s best interest. For more information regarding PIMCO’s actual or potential conflicts of interest, please refer to Item 10 and Item 11 in PIMCO’s Form ADV, Part 2A, attached as Exhibit B.

COMPENSATIONPIMCO’s approach to compensation seeks to provide professionals with a Total Compensation Plan and process that is driven by PIMCO’s mission and values. Key Principles on Compensation Philosophy include: PIMCO’s pay practices are designed to attract and retain high performers; PIMCO’s pay philosophy embraces a corporate culture of rewarding strong performance, a strong work ethic, and

meritocracy; PIMCO’s goal is to ensure key professionals are aligned to PIMCO’s long-term success through equity participation;

and PIMCO’s “Discern and Differentiate” discipline guides total compensation levels.

The Total Compensation Plan consists of three components. The compensation program for portfolio managers is designed to align with clients’ interests, emphasizing each portfolio manager’s ability to generate long-term investment success for PIMCO’s clients. A portfolio manager’s compensation is not based solely on the performance of any Fund or any other account managed by that portfolio manager:

Base Salary – Base salary is determined based on core job responsibilities, positions/levels and market factors. Base salary levels are reviewed annually, when there is a significant change in job responsibilities or position, or a significant change in market levels.

Performance Bonus – Performance bonuses are designed to reward risk-adjusted performance and contributions to PIMCO’s broader investment process. The compensation process is not formulaic and the following non-exhaustive list of qualitative and quantitative criteria is considered when determining the total compensation for portfolio managers: Performance measured over a variety of longer- and shorter-term periods, including 5-year, 4-year, 3-year, 2-year

and 1-year dollar-weighted and account-weighted, pre-tax total and risk-adjusted investment performance as judged against the applicable benchmarks (which may include internal investment performance-related benchmarks) for each account managed by a portfolio manager (including the Funds) and relative to applicable industry peer groups; greatest emphasis is placed on 5-year and 3-year performance, followed by 1-year performance; Consistency of investment performance across portfolios of similar mandate and guidelines, rewarding low

dispersion and consistency of outperformance; Appropriate risk positioning and risk management mindset which includes consistency with PIMCO’s investment

philosophy, the Investment Committee’s positioning guidance, absence of defaults, and appropriate alignment with client objectives; Contributions to mentoring, coaching and/or supervising members of team; Collaboration, idea generation, and contribution of investment ideas in the context of PIMCO’s investment process,

Investment Committee meetings, and day-to-day management of portfolios; With much lesser importance than the aforementioned factors: amount and nature of assets managed by the

portfolio manager, contributions to asset retention, and client satisfaction.

PIMCO’s partnership culture further rewards strong long term risk adjusted returns with promotion decisions almost entirely tied to long term contributions to the investment process. 10-year performance can also be considered, though not explicitly as part of the compensation process.

Deferred Compensation – Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) and/or M Options which is awarded to key professionals. Employees who reach a total compensation threshold are delivered their annual compensation in a mix of cash and/or

. 233

Page 261: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

deferred compensation. PIMCO incorporates a progressive allocation of deferred compensation as a percentage of total compensation, which is in line with market practices. The LTIP provides participants with deferred cash awards that appreciate or depreciate based on PIMCO’s operating

earnings over a rolling three-year period. The plan provides a link between longer term company performance and participant pay, further motivating participants to make a long term commitment to PIMCO’s success. The M Unit program provides mid-to-senior level employees with the potential to acquire an equity stake in PIMCO

over their careers and to better align employee incentives with the Firm’s long-term results. In the program, options are awarded and vest over a number of years and may convert into PIMCO equity which shares in the profit distributions of the Firm. M Units are non-voting common equity of PIMCO and provide a mechanism for individuals to build a significant equity stake in PIMCO over time.

Eligibility to participate in LTIP and the M Unit program is contingent upon continued employment at PIMCO and all other applicable eligibility requirements.

Profit Sharing Plan. Portfolio managers who are Managing Directors of PIMCO receive compensation from a non-qualified profit sharing plan consisting of a portion of PIMCO’s net profits. Portfolio managers who are Managing Directors receive an amount determined by the Compensation Committee, based upon an individual’s overall contribution to the Firm.

. 234

Page 262: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

REDWOOD INVESTMENTS, LLC(“REDWOOD”)

SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS AND OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGEDValerie Klaiman, CFA, Alexi Makkas, Michael Mufson, CFA, Ezra Samet, CFA, Jennifer Silver, CFA, and Anthony E. Sutton are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio.

The following table reflects information regarding other accounts for which the portfolio managers have day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) other investment companies (and series thereof); (ii) other pooled investment vehicles; and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pays advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date. Also shown below the table is each portfolio manager’s investment in the Fund and similarly managed accounts.

The following table reflects information as of August 31, 2019:

Other Registered Investment Companies

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Accounts

Portfolio ManagerNumber of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Valerie Klaiman, CFA 3 $619 1 $15 205 $1,563

Alexi Makkas 3 $619 1 $15 205 $1,563

Michael Mufson, CFA 3 $619 1 $15 205 $1,563

Ezra Samet, CFA 3 $619 1 $15 205 $1,563

Jennifer Silver, CFA 3 $619 1 $15 205 $1,563

Anthony E. Sutton 3 $619 1 $15 205 $1,563

Performance-Based Fees for Other Accounts Managed. Of the accounts listed in the table above, those for which Redwood Investments receives a fee based on investment performance are listed in the table below:

Other Registered Investment Companies

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Accounts

Portfolio ManagerNumber of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Valerie Klaiman, CFA 0 $0 0 $0 0 $0

Alexi Makkas 0 $0 0 $0 0 $0

Michael Mufson, CFA 0 $0 0 $0 0 $0

Ezra Samet, CFA 0 $0 0 $0 0 $0

Jennifer Silver, CFA 0 $0 0 $0 0 $0

Anthony E. Sutton 0 $0 0 $0 0 $0

Ownership of the Fund and Similarly Managed AccountsThe following table shows the dollar range of Fund shares and shares of similarly managed accounts beneficially owned by the portfolio managers listed above as of August 31, 2019. For purposes of this table, “similarly managed accounts” include all accounts that are managed (i) by the same portfolio manager that is primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund; and (ii) with an investment style, objective, policies and strategies substantially similar to those that are used to manage the Fund. Each portfolio manager’s ownership of Fund shares is stated in the footnote that follows the table.

Name Dollar Range of Shares Owned1

Valerie Klaiman, CFA 0

Alexi Makkas Over $50,000

Michael Mufson, CFA 0

Ezra Samet, CFA 0

Jennifer Silver, CFA 0

Anthony E. Sutton 0

1 As of August 31, 2019, none of the portfolio managers beneficially owned shares of the Fund.

. 235

Page 263: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTERESTRedwood Investments (also, the “Firm”) is registered as an investment adviser with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”). The Advisers Act and SEC rules impose requirements on the Firm to adopt a Code of Ethics. Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act requires every registered investment adviser to establish, maintain and enforce a Code of Ethics that at a minimum addresses personal trading by its “access persons.” Section 204A of the Advisers Act requires all registered investment advisers to have policies and procedures to detect and prevent insider trading

The Firm is a fiduciary of its Clients and owes each Client an affirmative duty of good faith and full and fair disclosure of all material facts. This duty is particularly pertinent whenever the adviser is in a situation involving a conflict or potential conflict of interest. This Code applies to all Access Persons, whose conduct must reflect the Firm’s fiduciary obligations. It is the Firm policy that all partners, officers, and Employees of the Firm are Access Persons (“Access Persons”). The Firm and all Employees must affirmatively exercise authority and responsibility for the benefit of Clients, and may not participate in any activities that may conflict with the interests of Clients except in accordance with this Code. In addition, we must avoid activities, interests and relationships that might interfere or appear to interfere with making decisions in the best interests of our Clients. Accordingly, at all times, we must conduct our business with the following precepts in mind:

1. Place the interests of Clients first. We may not cause a Client to take action, or not to take action, for our personal benefit rather than the benefit of the Client. For example, causing a Client to purchase a security owned by an Employee for the purpose of increasing the price of that security would be a violation of this Code. Similarly, an Employee investing for himself in a security of limited availability that was appropriate for a Client without first considering that investment for such Client may violate this Code.

2. Avoid taking inappropriate advantage of our position. The receipt of investment opportunities, perquisites, or gifts from persons seeking business with the Firm could call into question the exercise of our independent judgment. Accordingly, we may accept such items only in accordance with the limitations in this Code.

3. Conduct all personal securities transactions in compliance with this Code of Ethics. This includes all pre-clearance and reporting requirements and procedures regarding inside information and personal and proprietary trades. While the Firm encourages Employees and their families to develop personal investment programs, you must not take any action that could result in even the appearance of impropriety.

4. Keep information confidential. Information concerning Client transactions or holdings may be material non-public information and Employees may not use knowledge of any such information to profit from the market effect of those transactions.

5. Comply with the federal securities laws and all other laws and regulations applicable to the Firm’s business. Make it your business to know what is required of the Firm as an investment adviser and otherwise, and you as an Employee of the Firm, and integrate compliance into the performance of all duties.

6. Seek advice when in doubt about the propriety of any action or situation. Any questions concerning this Code of Ethics should be addressed to the Chief Compliance Officer, who is encouraged to consult with outside counsel, outside auditors or other professionals, as necessary.

7.Do Not Commit Unlawful Actions. It is unlawful and a violation of several Federal securities laws (Rule 204A-1 of the Investment Advisers Act, Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act) to:

a. make any untrue statement of a material fact to a client;

b. omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made to a client, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;

c. engage in any manipulative practice with respect to a client.

Redwood does not believe its compensation system creates any significant conflicts for several reasons. First, Portfolio Managers are paid competitive base salaries and benefits and incentive compensation does not comprise a disproportionate amount of overall compensation. Second, incentive compensation is based upon numerous factors that

. 236

Page 264: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

include both investment performance and non-investment performance contributions. Non-Investment performance metrics include teamwork, crossfunctional contributions like marketing and client service effectiveness. Third, the investment performance metric is more heavily weighted on intermediate performance (3-year) and less on short term (1-year performance). Also, portfolios are managed by teams which would help to prevent any undue risk.

COMPENSATIONCompensation is determined by a professional’s job performance and their assessed ability to excel in their assigned roles as well as their initiative in making cross-functional contributions which help the firm achieve its overall growth objectives. Accordingly, each professional has a set of individualized objectives, and is awarded bonuses that are based upon their success relative to those objectives.

Incentive compensation for the Investment Team is based upon their contribution to investment performance and to a lesser extent, on their contribution to marketing and client service. Investment performance is measured by performance relative to benchmark over a one year and three-year period with a heavier weighting towards the three-year period. Compensation is not pre-determined and therefore, performance will guide compensation levels. Employees can earn a bonus in excess of their base salary.

In addition, investment professionals are eligible to receive “Profit Units”, equity like shares that participate in the firm’s profitability and change of control events.

Other Compensation. Redwood provides other types of “compensation” including paying a matching contribution to 401(k) accounts, paying a portion of employees’ health and dental insurance premiums, and paying a stipend used to pay an employee’s disability insurance.

. 237

Page 265: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC.T. ROWE PRICE INTERNATIONAL LTD SERVES AS A SUB-SUBADVISOR* BLUE CHIP GROWTH FUND§

CAPITAL APPRECIATION VALUE FUND§

EQUITY INCOME FUND*§

HEALTH SCIENCES FUND§

MID VALUE FUND§

SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY FUND

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS AND OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGEDThe following table shows the portfolio manager at T. Rowe Price who is primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of each stated Fund’s portfolio (or portion thereof subadvised by T. Rowe Price).

Fund Portfolio Managers

Blue Chip Growth Fund Larry J. Puglia, CFA, CPA

Capital Appreciation Value Fund David R. Giroux, CFA, CPA

Equity Income Fund John D. Linehan, CFA

Health Sciences Fund Ziad Bakri, MD, CFA

Mid Value Fund David J. Wallack

Science & Technology Fund1 Ken Allen

1 Also subadvised by AllianzGI U.S.

The following table reflects information regarding other accounts for which each portfolio manager to the funds listed above has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) other investment companies (and series thereof); (ii) other pooled investment vehicles; and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pays advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date. Also shown below the table is each portfolio manager’s investment in the Fund that he manages and similarly managed accounts.

The following table reflects information as of August 31, 2019:

Other Registered Investment Companies*

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Accounts

Portfolio ManagerNumber of Accounts Assets

Number of Accounts Assets

Number of Accounts Assets

Ken Allen 3 $6,897,840,771 1 $7,804,073 0 $0

David Giroux, CFA, CPA 6 $53,875,592,692 1 $478,336,946 0 $0

John D. Linehan, CFA 16 $38,428,306,983 7 $12,388,715,150 6 $5,806,631,268

Larry J. Puglia*, CFA, CPA 8 $78,782,277,369 20 $17,029,737,803 17 $6,210,567,724

Ziad Bakri, MD, CFA 6 $15,032,250,716 0 $0 1 $115,765,461

David Wallack 4 $12,917,518,956 1 $3,248,400,507 1 $17,888,826

*There is one “Other Account” that is subject to performance-based advisory fees. The account’s AUM is $813 million.

There are no accounts that pay fees based upon performance.

Ownership of the Fund and Similarly Managed AccountsThe following table shows the dollar range of Fund shares and shares of similarly managed accounts beneficially owned by the portfolio managers listed above as of August 31, 2019. For purposes of this table, “similarly managed accounts” include all accounts that are managed (i) by the same portfolio managers that are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund; and (ii) with an investment style, objective, policies and strategies substantially similar to those that are used to manage the Fund.

Portfolio Manager Dollar Range of Shares Owned1

Larry J. Puglia, CFA, CPA Blue Chip Growth Fund— Over $1,000,000

David R. Giroux, CFA, CPA Capital Appreciation Value Fund— Over $1,000,000

. 238

Page 266: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Portfolio Manager Dollar Range of Shares Owned1

John D. Linehan, CFA Equity Income Fund— Over $1,000,000

Ziad Bakri, MD, CFA Health Sciences Fund— $100,001- $500,000

David J. Wallack Mid Value Fund— Over $1,000,000

Ken Allen Science & Technology Fund*— $100,001 - $500,000

* Also subadvised by AllianzGI U.S.1 As of August 31, 2019, none of the portfolio managers beneficially owned shares of the applicable Fund.

POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTERESTPortfolio managers at T. Rowe Price and its affiliates may manage multiple accounts. These accounts may include, among others, mutual funds, separate accounts (assets managed on behalf of institutions such as pension funds, colleges and universities, and foundations), offshore funds, and common trust funds. Portfolio managers make investment decisions for each portfolio based on the investment objectives, policies, practices, and other relevant investment considerations that the managers believe are applicable to that portfolio. Consequently, portfolio managers may purchase (or sell) securities for one portfolio and not another portfolio. T. Rowe Price and its affiliates have adopted brokerage and trade allocation policies and procedures that they believe are reasonably designed to address any potential conflicts associated with managing multiple accounts for multiple clients. Also, as disclosed under the “Portfolio Manager Compensation” section, the portfolio managers’ compensation is determined in the same manner with respect to all portfolios managed by the portfolio manager.

The T. Rowe Price funds may, from time to time, own shares of Morningstar, Inc. Morningstar is a provider of investment research to individual and institutional investors, and publishes ratings on mutual funds, including the T. Rowe Price funds. T. Rowe Price manages the Morningstar retirement plan and acts as subadvisor to two mutual funds offered by Morningstar. In addition, T. Rowe Price and its affiliates pay Morningstar for a variety of products and services. In addition, Morningstar may provide investment consulting and investment management services to clients of T. Rowe Price or its affiliates.

Since the T. Rowe Price funds and other accounts have different investment objectives or strategies, potential conflicts of interest may arise in executing investment decisions or trades among client accounts. For example, if T. Rowe Price purchases a security for one account and sells the same security short for another account, such a trading pattern could disadvantage either the account that is long or short. It is possible that short sale activity could adversely affect the market value of long positions in one or more T. Rowe Price Funds and other accounts (and vice versa) and create potential trading conflicts, such as when long and short positions are being executed at the same time. To mitigate these potential conflicts of interest, T. Rowe Price has implemented policies and procedures requiring trading and investment decisions to be made in accordance with T. Rowe Price’s fiduciary duties to all accounts, including the T. Rowe Price funds. Pursuant to these policies, portfolio managers are generally prohibited from managing multiple strategies where they hold the same security long in one strategy and short in another, except in certain circumstances, including where an investment oversight committee has specifically reviewed and approved the holdings or strategy. Additionally, T. Rowe Price has implemented policies and procedures that it believes are reasonably designed to ensure the fair and equitable allocation of trades, both long and short, to minimize the impact of trading activity across client accounts. T. Rowe Price monitors short sales to determine whether its procedures are working as intended and that such short sale activity is not materially impacting our trade executions and long positions for other clients.

COMPENSATIONPortfolio manager compensation consists primarily of a base salary, a cash bonus, and an equity incentive that usually comes in the form of restricted stock grants. Compensation is variable and is determined based on the following factors.

Investment performance over 1-, 3-, 5-, and 10-year periods is the most important input. The weightings for these time periods are generally balanced and are applied consistently across similar strategies. T. Rowe Price (and Price Hong Kong, Price Singapore, Price Japan, and T. Rowe Price International, as appropriate) evaluates performance in absolute, relative, and risk-adjusted terms. Relative performance and risk-adjusted performance are typically determined with reference to the broad-based index (e.g., S&P 500 Index) and the Lipper average or index (e.g., Large-Cap Growth Index) set forth in the total returns table in the fund’s prospectus, although other benchmarks may be used as well. Investment results are also measured against comparably managed funds of competitive investment management firms. The selection of comparable funds is approved by the applicable investment steering committee is the same as the selection presented to the directors of the T. Rowe Price funds in their regular review of fund performance. Performance is primarily measured on a pretax basis, although tax efficiency is considered.

. 239

Page 267: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Compensation is viewed with a long-term time horizon. The more consistent a manager’s performance over time, the higher the compensation opportunity. The increase or decrease in a fund’s assets due to the purchase or sale of fund shares is not considered a material factor. In reviewing relative performance for fixed income funds, a fund’s expense ratio is usually taken into account. Contribution to T. Rowe Price’s overall investment process is an important consideration as well. Leveraging ideas and investment insights across the global investment platform; working effectively with and mentoring others; and other contributions to our clients, the firm, or our culture are important components of T. Rowe Price’s long-term success and are generally taken into consideration.

All employees of T. Rowe Price, including portfolio managers, participate in a 401(k) plan sponsored by T. Rowe Price Group. In addition, all employees are eligible to purchase T. Rowe Price common stock through an employee stock purchase plan that features a limited corporate matching contribution. Eligibility for and participation in these plans is on the same basis for all employees. Finally, all vice presidents of T. Rowe Price Group, including all portfolio managers, receive supplemental medical/hospital reimbursement benefits and are eligible to participate in a supplemental savings plan sponsored by T. Rowe Price Group.

This compensation structure is used when evaluating the performance of all portfolios by the portfolio manager.

. 240

Page 268: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

TEMPLETON INVESTMENT COUNSEL, LLC (subadvisor)TEMPLETON GLOBAL ADVISORS LIMITED (sub-subadvisor)

INTERNATIONAL VALUE FUND

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS AND OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGEDPeter A. Nori, CFA and Christopher Peel, CFA, are jointly and primarily responsible for the day to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio.

The following table reflects information regarding other accounts for which each portfolio manager to the fund has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) other investment companies (and series thereof); (ii) other pooled investment vehicles; and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pay advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date. Also shown below the table is each portfolio manager’s investment in the Fund and similarly managed accounts.

The following table reflects information as of August 31, 2019:

Other Registered Investment Companies

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Accounts

Portfolio ManagerNumber of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Peter Nori 10 $7,225.90 4 $1,699.30 21 $3,011.90

Christopher Peel 6 $19,317.50 3 $600.30 1 $118.60

None of the portfolio managers listed above manage accounts that pay fees based upon performance.

Ownership of the Fund and Similarly Managed AccountsThe following table shows the dollar range of Fund shares and shares of similarly managed accounts beneficially owned by the portfolio managers listed above as of August 31, 2019. For purposes of this table, “similarly managed accounts” include all accounts that are managed (i) by the same portfolio managers that are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund; and (ii) with an investment style, objective, policies and strategies substantially similar to those that are used to manage the Fund.

Portfolio Manager Dollar Range of Shares Owned1

Peter Nori None

Christopher Peel None

1 As of August 31, 2019, none of the portfolio managers beneficially owned shares of the Fund.

POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTERESTThe management of multiple funds, including the Fund, and accounts may give rise to potential conflicts of interest if the funds and other accounts have different objectives, benchmarks, time horizons, and fees as the portfolio manager must allocate his or her time and investment ideas across multiple funds and accounts. Templeton seeks to manage such competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by having portfolio managers focus on a particular investment discipline. Most other accounts managed by a portfolio manager are typically managed using the same investment strategies that are used in connection with the management of the Fund. Accordingly, portfolio holdings, position sizes, and industry and sector exposures tend to be similar across similar portfolios, which may minimize the potential for conflicts of interest. As noted above, the separate management of the trade execution and valuation functions from the portfolio management process also helps to reduce potential conflicts of interest. However, securities selected for funds or accounts other than the Fund may outperform the securities selected for the Fund. Moreover, if a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for more than one fund or other account, the Fund may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of that opportunity across all eligible funds and other accounts. Templeton seeks to manage such potential conflicts by using procedures intended to provide a fair allocation of buy and sell opportunities among funds and other accounts.

The structure of a portfolio manager’s compensation may give rise to potential conflicts of interest. A portfolio manager’s base salary and bonus tend to increase with additional and more complex responsibilities that include

. 241

Page 269: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

increased assets under management. As such, there may be an indirect relationship between a portfolio manager’s marketing or sales efforts and his or her compensation.

Finally, the management of personal accounts by a portfolio manager may give rise to potential conflicts of interest. While the funds and the investment manager have adopted a code of ethics which they believe contains provisions reasonably necessary to prevent a wide range of prohibited activities by portfolio managers and others with respect to their personal trading activities, there can be no assurance that the code of ethics addresses all individual conduct that could result in conflicts of interest.

Templeton and the Fund have adopted certain compliance procedures that are designed to address these, and other, types of conflicts. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation where a conflict arises.

COMPENSATIONThe investment manager seeks to maintain a compensation program that is competitively positioned to attract, retain and motivate top-quality investment professionals. Portfolio managers receive a base salary, a cash incentive bonus opportunity, an equity compensation opportunity, and a benefit package. Portfolio manager compensation is reviewed annually and the level of compensation is based on individual performance, the salary range for a portfolio manager’s level of responsibility and Franklin Templeton guidelines. Portfolio managers are provided no financial incentive to favor one fund or account over another. Each portfolio manager’s compensation consists of the following three elements:

Base salary Each portfolio manager is paid a base salary.

Annual bonus Annual bonuses are structured to align the interests of the portfolio manager with those of the Fund’s shareholders. Each portfolio manager is eligible to receive an annual bonus. Bonuses generally are split between cash (50% to 65%) and restricted shares of Resources stock (17.5% to 25%) and mutual fund shares (17.5% to 25%). The deferred equity-based compensation is intended to build a vested interest of the portfolio manager in the financial performance of both Resources and mutual funds advised by the investment manager. The bonus plan is intended to provide a competitive level of annual bonus compensation that is tied to the portfolio manager achieving consistently strong investment performance, which aligns the financial incentives of the portfolio manager and Fund shareholders. The Chief Investment Officer of the investment manager and/or other officers of the investment manager, with responsibility for the Fund, have discretion in the granting of annual bonuses to portfolio managers in accordance with Franklin Templeton guidelines. The following factors are generally used in determining bonuses under the plan: Investment performance. Primary consideration is given to the historic investment performance over the 1, 3 and 5

preceding years of all accounts managed by the portfolio manager. The pre-tax performance of each fund managed is measured relative to a relevant peer group and/or applicable benchmark as appropriate.

Research. Where the portfolio management team also has research responsibilities, each portfolio manager is evaluated on the number and performance of recommendations over time, productivity and quality of recommendations, and peer evaluation. Non-investment performance. For senior portfolio managers, there is a qualitative evaluation based on leadership

and the mentoring of staff. Responsibilities. The characteristics and complexity of funds managed by the portfolio manager are factored in the

investment manager’s appraisal.

Additional long-term equity-based compensation Portfolio managers may also be awarded restricted shares or units of Resources stock or restricted shares or units of one or more mutual funds. Awards of such deferred equity-based compensation typically vest over time, so as to create incentives to retain key talent. Portfolio managers also participate in benefit plans and programs available generally to all employees of the investment manager.

. 242

Page 270: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLP(“Wellington Management”)

MID CAP STOCK FUNDSMALL CAP VALUE FUND

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS AND OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGEDThe following table shows the portfolio managers at Wellington Management who are primarily responsible, or jointly and primarily responsible, for the day-to-day management of the stated funds’ portfolios.

Fund Portfolio Managers

Mid Cap Stock Fund Mario E. Abularach, CFA, CMT and Stephen Mortimer

Small Cap Value Fund Timothy J. McCormack, CFA, Shaun F. Pedersen, and Edmond C. Griffin, CFA

The following table reflects information regarding other accounts for which each portfolio manager to the funds listed above has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) other investment companies (and series thereof); (ii) other pooled investment vehicles; and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pays advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date. Also shown below the table is each portfolio manager’s investment in the Fund or Funds that he or she manages and similarly managed accounts.

The following table reflects information as of August 31, 2019:

Other Registered Investment Companies

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Accounts

Portfolio ManagerNumber of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Mario E. Abularach 7 $8,127.2 0 $0 1 $21.9

Stephen Mortimer 14 $11,823.1 8 $313.8 2 $640.3

Timothy J. McCormack 5 $707.6 5 $894.2 22 $1,602.7

Shaun F. Pedersen 7 $929.4 8 $918.4 23 $1,672.5

Edmond C. Griffin 0 $0 0 $0 0 $0

Other Accounts Managed — Of total listed above, those for which advisory fee is based on performance

Other Registered Investment Companies

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Accounts

Portfolio ManagerNumber of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Mario E. Abularach 0 $0 0 $0 0 $0

Stephen Mortimer 0 $0 2 $49.2 0 $0

Timothy J. McCormack 0 $0 0 $0 0 $0

Shaun F. Pedersen 0 $0 0 $0 0 $0

Edmond C. Griffin 0 $0 0 $0 0 $0

Ownership of fund shares. As August 31, 2019, the portfolio managers listed above did not beneficially own any shares of the Funds that they managed.

POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTERESTIndividual investment professionals at Wellington Management manage multiple accounts for multiple clients. These accounts may include mutual funds, separate accounts (assets managed on behalf of institutions such as pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, or separately managed account programs sponsored by financial intermediaries), bank common trust accounts, and hedge funds. Each fund’s managers listed in the prospectus who are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the funds (“Investment Professionals”) generally manage accounts in several different investment styles. These accounts may have investment objectives, strategies, time horizons, tax considerations and risk profiles that differ from those of the relevant fund. The Investment Professionals make investment decisions for each account, including the relevant fund, based on the investment objectives, policies, practices, benchmarks, cash flows, tax and other relevant investment considerations applicable to that account. Consequently, the Investment Professionals may purchase or sell securities, including IPOs, for one account and not another account, and the performance of securities purchased for one account may vary from the performance of . 243

Page 271: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

securities purchased for other accounts. Alternatively, these accounts may be managed in a similar fashion to the relevant fund and thus the accounts may have similar, and in some cases nearly identical, objectives, strategies and/or holdings to that of the relevant fund.

An Investment Professional or other investment professionals at Wellington Management may place transactions on behalf of other accounts that are directly or indirectly contrary to investment decisions made on behalf of the relevant fund, or make investment decisions that are similar to those made for the relevant fund, both of which have the potential to adversely impact the relevant fund depending on market conditions. For example, an investment professional may purchase a security in one account while appropriately selling that same security in another account. Similarly, an Investment Professional may purchase the same security for the relevant fund and one or more other accounts at or about the same time. In those instances the other accounts will have access to their respective holdings prior to the public disclosure of the relevant fund’s holdings. In addition, some of these accounts have fee structures, including performance fees, which are or have the potential to be higher, in some cases significantly higher, than the fees Wellington Management receives for managing the relevant fund. Mr. Mortimer also manages accounts that pay performance allocations to Wellington Management or its affiliates. Because incentive payments paid by Wellington Management to the Investment Professional are tied to revenues earned by Wellington Management and, where noted, to the performance achieved by the manager in each account, the incentives associated with any given account may be significantly higher or lower than those associated with other accounts managed by a given Investment Professional. Therefore, portfolio managers and other investment team members have an incentive to favor accounts that have the potential to provide higher incentive compensation for them as individuals. Wellington Management manages the conflict created by these incentive arrangements through our policies on the allocation of investment opportunities, including the allocation of equity IPOs, as well as after-the-fact monitoring and review of client accounts to assess dispersion among accounts with similar mandates. Finally, the Investment Professionals may hold shares or investments in the other pooled investment vehicles and/or other accounts identified above.

Wellington Management’s goal is to meet its fiduciary obligation to treat all clients fairly and provide high quality investment services to all of its clients. Wellington Management has adopted and implemented policies and procedures, including brokerage and trade allocation policies and procedures, which it believes address the conflicts associated with managing multiple accounts for multiple clients. In addition, Wellington Management monitors a variety of areas, including compliance with primary account guidelines, the allocation of IPOs, and compliance with the firm’s Code of Ethics, and places additional investment restrictions on investment professionals who manage hedge funds and certain other accounts. Furthermore, senior investment and business personnel at Wellington Management periodically review the performance of Wellington Management’s investment professionals. Although Wellington Management does not track the time an investment professional spends on a single account, Wellington Management does periodically assess whether an investment professional has adequate time and resources to effectively manage the investment professional’s various client mandates.

COMPENSATIONWellington Management receives a fee based on the assets under management of the funds as set forth in an Investment Subadvisory Agreement between Wellington Management and the Advisor with respect to each fund. Wellington Management pays its investment professionals out of its total revenues, including the advisory fees earned with respect to each fund. The following information relates to the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019.

Wellington Management’s compensation structure is designed to attract and retain high-caliber investment professionals necessary to deliver high quality investment management services to its clients. Wellington Management’s compensation of each fund’s managers listed in the prospectus who are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the funds (“Investment Professionals”) includes a base salary and incentive components. The base salary for each Investment Professional who is a partner (a “Partner”) of Wellington Management Group LLP, the ultimate holding company of Wellington Management, is generally a fixed amount that is determined by the managing partners of Wellington Management Group LLP. The base salary for the other Investment Professional is determined by the Investment Professional’s experience and performance in his role as an Investment Professional. Base salaries for Wellington Management’s employees are reviewed annually and may be adjusted based on the recommendation of an Investment Professional’s manager, using guidelines established by Wellington Management’s Compensation Committee, which has final oversight responsibility for base salaries of employees of the firm. Each Investment Professional is eligible to receive an incentive payment based on the revenues earned by Wellington Management from the fund managed by the Investment Professional and generally each other account managed by such Investment Professional. Each Investment Professional’s incentive payment relating to the relevant fund, is linked to the gross pre-tax performance of the portion of the fund managed by the Investment Professional compared to the benchmark index and/or peer group identified below over one, three, and five year periods, with an emphasis on five year results. Wellington Management applies

. 244

Page 272: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

similar incentive compensation structures (although the benchmarks or peer groups, time periods and rates may differ) to other accounts managed by these Investment Professionals, including accounts with performance fees.

Portfolio-based incentives across all accounts managed by an investment professional can, and typically do, represent a significant portion of an investment professional’s overall compensation; incentive compensation varies significantly by individual and can vary significantly from year to year. The Investment Professionals may also be eligible for bonus payments based on their overall contribution to Wellington Management’s business operations. The revenues derived from clients served by the manager or team is another factor; therefore, client or asset losses may have a negative impact on remuneration. Senior management at Wellington Management may reward individuals as it deems appropriate based on other factors. Each Partner is eligible to participate in a Partner-funded tax qualified retirement plan, the contributions to which are made pursuant to an actuarial formula. Messrs. Abularach, McCormack, Mortimer, and Pedersen are Partners.

Fund Incentive Benchmark(s) / Peer Groups

Mid Cap Stock Fund Russell Mid Cap Growth (50%) and Gross Lipper Mid Cap Growth Average (50%)

Small Cap Value Fund Russell 2500 Value Index (Pedersen); Russell 2000 Value Index (McCormack)

. 245

Page 273: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

WELLS CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INCORPORATED(“WellsCap”)

CORE BOND FUNDU.S. HIGH YIELD BOND FUND

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS AND OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGEDThe following table shows the portfolio managers at WellsCap who are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the stated Funds’ portfolios.

Fund Portfolio Managers

Core Bond Fund Maulik Bhansali, CFA, Thomas O’Connor, CFA*, and Jarad Vasquez

U.S. High Yield Bond Fund Niklas Nordenfelt, CFA, and Philip Susser

*Effective December 31, 2020, Mr. O’Connor will no longer serve as portfolio manager.

The following table reflects information regarding other accounts for which each portfolio manager to the funds listed above has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) other investment companies (and series thereof); (ii) other pooled investment vehicles; and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pays advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date. Also shown below the table is each portfolio manager’s investment in the Fund or Funds that he or she manages and similarly managed accounts.

The following table reflects information as of August 31, 2019:

Other Registered Investment Companies

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Accounts

Portfolio ManagerNumber of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Maulik Bhansali 8 $17,800.58 4 $2,625.54 35 $12,512.39

Niklas Nordenfelt 8 $17,800.58 4 $2,625.54 35 $12,512.39

Thomas O’Connor 8 $17,800.58 4 $2,625.54 35 $12,512.39

Phil Susser 7 $1,325.39 4 $308.37 12 $725.71

Jarad Vasquez 6 $1,304.15 4 $308.37 12 $725.71

Other Accounts Managed — Of total listed above, those for which advisory fee is based on performance

Other Registered Investment Companies

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Accounts

Portfolio ManagerNumber of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Maulik Bhansali 0 $0 1 $50.73 2 $894.30

Niklas Nordenfelt 0 $0 1 $50.73 2 $894.30

Thomas O’Connor 0 $0 1 $50.73 2 $894.30

Phil Susser 0 $0 0 $0 0 $0

Jarad Vasquez 0 $0 0 $0 0 $0

Ownership of the Fund and Similarly Managed AccountsThe following table shows the dollar range of Fund shares and shares of similarly managed accounts beneficially owned by the portfolio managers listed above as of August 31, 2019. For purposes of this table, “similarly managed accounts” include all accounts that are managed (i) by the same portfolio managers that are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund; and (ii) with an investment style, objective, policies and strategies substantially similar to those that are used to manage the Fund.

Core Bond Fund1

U.S. High Yield Bond Fund1

Portfolio Manager Dollar Range of Shares Owned

Maulik Bhansali $10,000 - $50,000

Thomas O’Connor None

Jarad Vasquez $50,000 - $100,000

. 246

Page 274: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Core Bond Fund1

U.S. High Yield Bond Fund1

Niklas Nordenfelt None

Philip Susser None

1 As of August 31, 2019, none of the portfolio managers beneficially owned shares of the Fund.

POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTERESTWells Capital Management’s Portfolio Managers often provide investment management for separate accounts advised in the same or similar investment style as that provided to mutual funds. While management of multiple accounts could potentially lead to conflicts of interest over various issues such as trade allocation, fee disparities and research acquisition, Wells Capital Management has implemented policies and procedures for the express purpose of ensuring that clients are treated fairly and that potential conflicts of interest are minimized.

Wells Capital Management investment professionals have responsibilities for managing investments of multiple accounts with a common investment strategy, including other registered investment companies, unregistered investment vehicles, pension plans, separate accounts, collective trusts and charitable foundations. Potential conflicts of interest may arise when an investment professional has responsibilities for the investments of more than one account because, inter alia, the investment professional may be unable to devote equal time and attention to each account; other accounts may have higher fee arrangements and may also have a performance-based fee; the side-by-side management of these funds may raise potential conflicts of interest relating to cross trading, the allocation of investment opportunities and the aggregation and allocation of trades.

As an investment adviser, Wells Capital Management has fiduciary responsibilities to act in the best interests of its clients. Such duties include: reasonable and independent basis for its investment advice, seeking best price execution for clients’ securities transactions, ensuring that the investment advice is suitable to the client’s objectives, and refraining from engaging in personal securities transactions inconsistent with client interests. To minimize any potential client investment conflicts, Wells Capital Management manages its advisory services, fee structure, and investment selection process in accordance with pre-established client investment guidelines, the advisory contract with the client, and all applicable policies and procedures pursuant to Rule 206(4)-7 of the Advisers Act. Wells Capital Management has a fiduciary responsibility to manage all client accounts in a fair and equitable manner. It seeks to provide best execution of all securities transactions and aggregate and allocate securities to client accounts in a fair and timely manner. To this end, Wells Capital Management has developed policies and procedures designed to mitigate and manage the potential conflicts of interest that may arise from side-by-side management. In addition, Wells Capital Management has adopted policies limiting the circumstances under which cross-trades may be affected between the Portfolio and another client account. Wells Capital Management conducts periodic reviews of trades for consistency with these policies.

COMPENSATIONThe compensation structure for Wells Capital Management’s Portfolio Managers includes a competitive fixed base salary plus variable incentives, payable annually and over a longer term period. Wells Capital Management participates in third party investment management compensation surveys for market-based compensation information to help support individual pay decisions. In addition to surveys, Wells Capital Management also considers prior professional experience, tenure, seniority and a Portfolio Manager’s team size, scope and assets under management when determining his/her fixed base salary.

In addition, Portfolio Managers, who meet the eligibility requirements, may participate in Wells Fargo’s 401(k) plan that features a limited matching contribution. Eligibility for and participation in this plan is on the same basis for all employees. Wells Capital Management also contributes to other employee benefits such as health and disability plans and paid time off, and encourages and supports personal professional development. The compensation structure and incentive programs will continually evolve in order to provide career growth, pay increase opportunities, incentive payment plan rewards and to balance the overall needs of the organization and its employees. In addition, senior management at Wells Capital maintains an ongoing assessment of resources within each team to support portfolio management and research needs.

Wells Capital Management’s investment incentive program plays an important role in aligning the interests of our portfolio managers, investment team members, clients and shareholders. Incentive awards for portfolio managers are determined based on a review of relative investment and business/team performance. Investment performance is generally evaluated for 1, 3, and 5 year performance results, with a predominant weighting on the 3- and 5- year time periods, versus the relevant benchmarks and/or peer groups consistent with the investment style. In the case of each

. 247

Page 275: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Fund, the benchmark(s) against which the performance of the Fund’s portfolio may be compared for these purposes generally are indicated in the “Average Annual Total Returns” table in the Prospectus. Once determined, incentives are awarded to portfolio managers annually, with a portion awarded as annual cash and a portion awarded as long term incentive. The long term portion of incentives generally carry a pro-rated vesting schedule over a three year period. For many of our portfolio managers, Wells Capital Management further requires a portion of their annual long-term award be allocated directly into each strategy they manage through a deferred compensation vehicle. In addition, our investment team members who are eligible for long term awards also have the opportunity to invest up to 100% of their awards into investment strategies they support (through a deferred compensation vehicle).

. 248

Page 276: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

WESTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY(“Western Asset”)WESTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY LIMITED IS SUB-SUBADVISOR*

HIGH YIELD FUND*

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS AND OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGEDThe following table shows the portfolio managers at Western Asset who are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the stated Funds’ portfolios.

Fund Portfolio Managers

High Yield Fund Michael C. Buchanan, CFA, Walter E. Kilcullen, and S. Kenneth Leech

The following table reflects information regarding other accounts for which each portfolio manager listed above has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) other investment companies (and series thereof); (ii) other pooled investment vehicles; and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pays advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date. Also shown below the table is each portfolio manager’s investment in the Fund or Funds that he or she manages and similarly managed accounts.

The following table reflects information as of August 31, 2019:

Other Registered Investment Companies

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Accounts

Portfolio ManagerNumber of Accounts Assets

Number of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Number of Accounts Assets (in millions)

Michael C. Buchanan 32 $15,318 69 $22,272 164 $74,751

Walter E. Kilcullen 3 $793 13 $4,488 15 $2,922

S. Kenneth Leech 96 $144,383 233 $77,124 627 $228,489

Other Accounts Managed – Of Total listed above, those for which advisory fee is based on performance

Other Registered Investment Companies

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Accounts

Portfolio ManagerNumber of Accounts Assets

Number of Accounts Assets

Number of Accounts Assets

Michael C. Buchanan 0 $0 5 $902 7 $4,505

Walter E. Kilcullen 0 $0 0 $0 0 $0

S. Kenneth Leech 0 $0 11 $2,154 21 $11,730

Note: The numbers above reflect the overall number of portfolios managed by Western Asset. Mr. Leech is involved in the management of all the firm’s portfolios, but is not solely responsible for particular portfolios. Western Asset’s investment discipline emphasizes a team approach that combines the efforts of groups of specialists working in different market sectors. The individuals that have been identified are responsible for overseeing implementation of the firm’s overall investment ideas and coordinating the work of the various sector teams. This structure ensures that client portfolios benefit from a consensus that draws on the expertise of all team members.

Ownership of the Fund and Similarly Managed AccountsThe following table shows the dollar range of Fund shares and shares of similarly managed accounts beneficially owned by the portfolio managers listed above as of August 31, 2019. For purposes of this table, “similarly managed accounts” include all accounts that are managed (i) by the same portfolio managers that are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund; and (ii) with an investment style, objective, policies and strategies substantially similar to those that are used to manage the Fund.

High Yield Fund1

Portfolio Manager Dollar Range of Shares Owned

Michael C. Buchanan None

Walter E. Kilcullen None

S. Kenneth Leech None

1 As of August 31, 2019, Michael C. Buchanan, Walter E. Kilcullen, and S. Kenneth Leech beneficially owned none of the shares of the fund, respectively.

. 249

Page 277: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTERESTWestern Asset has identified several potential conflicts of interest that could directly impact client portfolios. For example, potential conflicts of interest may arise in connection with the management of multiple portfolios (including portfolios managed in a personal capacity). These could include potential conflicts of interest related to the knowledge and timing of a portfolio’s trades, investment opportunities and broker selection. Portfolio managers are privy to the size, timing, and possible market impact of a portfolio’s trades.

It is possible that an investment opportunity may be suitable for both a portfolio and other accounts managed by a portfolio manager, but may not be available in sufficient quantities for both the portfolio and the other accounts to participate fully. Similarly, there may be limited opportunity to sell an investment held by a portfolio and another account. A conflict may arise where the portfolio manager may have an incentive to treat an account preferentially as compared to a portfolio because the account pays a performance-based fee or the portfolio manager, Western Asset or an affiliate has an interest in the account. Western Asset has adopted procedures for allocation of portfolio transactions and investment opportunities across multiple client accounts on a fair and equitable basis over time. All eligible accounts that can participate in a trade share the same price on a pro-rata allocation basis to ensure that no conflict of interest occurs. Trades are allocated among similarly managed accounts to maintain consistency of portfolio strategy, taking into account cash availability, investment restrictions and guidelines, and portfolio composition versus strategy.

With regard to side-by-side management of funds in which compensation for management of some of the funds may be tied to performance, Western Asset maintains specific trade allocation procedures to avoid any conflict of interest. Western Asset’s trade allocation policies do not distinguish between accounts with standard and performance-based fees. The Legal & Compliance Department reviews the activities in accounts with performance fees and the Firm’s trade allocations to ensure Western Asset’s investment decisions are consistent with its fiduciary duties and conducted in a fair and equitable manner relative to its other accounts with similar investment objectives and mandates.

With respect to securities transactions for mutual funds, Western Asset determines which broker or dealer to use to execute each order, consistent with their duty to seek best execution of the transaction. However, with respect to certain other accounts (such as pooled investment vehicles that are not registered investment companies and other accounts managed for organizations and individuals), Western Asset may be limited by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or dealers or may be instructed to direct trades through a particular broker or dealer. In these cases, trades for a portfolio in a particular security may be placed separately from, rather than aggregated with, such other accounts. Having separate transactions with respect to a security may temporarily affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the possible detriment of a portfolio or the other account(s) involved. Additionally, the management of multiple portfolios and/or other accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of each portfolio and/or other account. Western Asset’s team approach to portfolio management and block trading works to limit this potential risk.

Western Asset also maintains a gift and entertainment policy to address the potential for a business contact to give gifts or host entertainment events that may influence the business judgment of an employee. Employees are permitted to retain gifts of only a nominal value and are required to make reimbursement for entertainment events above a certain value. All gifts (except those of a de minimis value) and entertainment events that are given or sponsored by a business contact are required to be reported in a gift and entertainment log which is reviewed on a regular basis for possible issues.

Employees of Western Asset have access to transactions and holdings information regarding client accounts and Western Asset’s overall trading activities. This information represents a potential conflict of interest because employees may take advantage of this information as they trade in their personal accounts. Accordingly, Western Asset maintains a Code of Ethics that is compliant with Rule 17j-1 and Rule 204A-1 to address personal trading. In addition, the Code of Ethics seeks to establish broader principles of good conduct and fiduciary responsibility in all aspects of Western Asset’s business. The Code of Ethics is administered by the Legal and Compliance Department and monitored through Western Asset’s compliance monitoring program.

Western Asset may also face other potential conflicts of interest with respect to managing client assets, and the description above is not a complete description of every conflict of interest that could be deemed to exist. Western Asset also maintains a compliance monitoring program and engages independent auditors to conduct a SOC 1 - ISAE 3402 audit on an annual basis. These steps help to ensure that potential conflicts of interest have been addressed.

COMPENSATIONAt Western Asset, one compensation methodology covers all products and functional areas, including portfolio managers. Western Asset’s philosophy is to reward its employees through Total Compensation. Total Compensation is

. 250

Page 278: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

reflective of the external market value for skills, experience, ability to produce results, and the performance of one’s group and Western Asset as a whole. Standard compensation includes competitive base salaries, employee benefits, incentive bonus and a retirement plan which includes an employer match.

Base Salary. A base salary and total compensation range for each position within Western Asset is derived from annual market surveys and other relevant compensation-related data that benchmark each role to their job function and peer universe. Compensation benchmarks for all employees are reviewed on an annual basis. The base salary should reflect the fair market value of the employee’s core job responsibilities and is generally without regard to job performance.

Incentive Compensation. Incentive bonuses make up the variable component of Total Compensation and is the primary focus of management decisions when determining Total Compensation, as base salaries are purely targeting to pay a competitive rate for the role. Incentive compensation awards (cash and deferred bonus) are 100% discretionary. These are structured to reward sector specialists for contributions to Western Asset as well as relative performance of their specific portfolios/product and are determined by the professional’s job function and performance as measured by a formal review process. The overall success of the Firm will determine the amount of funds available to distribute for all incentive bonuses.

For portfolio managers, the formal review process includes a thorough review of portfolios they were assigned to lead or with which they were otherwise involved, and includes not only investment performance, but maintaining a detailed knowledge of client portfolio objectives and guidelines, monitoring of risks and performance for adherence to these parameters, execution of asset allocation consistent with current Western Asset and portfolio strategy, and communication with clients. In reviewing investment performance, one, three, and five year annualized returns are measured against appropriate market peer groups and to each fund’s benchmark index.

Western Asset offers long-term incentives (in the form of deferred cash which can be allocated within a menu of funds) as part of the discretionary bonus for eligible employees.

. 251

Page 279: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

APPENDIX C – PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURESJOHN HANCOCK FUNDSPROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES(Updated December 10, 2019) General§The Majority of the Independent Board of Trustees (the “Board”) of each registered investment company of the Trusts, has adopted these proxy voting policies and procedures (the “Trust Proxy Policy”).

Each fund of the Trust or any other registered investment company (or series thereof) (each, a “fund”) is required to disclose its proxy voting policies and procedures in its registration statement and, pursuant to Rule 30b1-4 under the 1940 Act, file annually with the Securities and Exchange Commission and make available to shareholders its actual proxy voting record. In this regard, the Trust Policy is set forth below.§§

Policy§

It is the Advisers’ policy to comply with Rule 206(4)-6 of the Advisers Act and Rule 30b1-4 of the 1940 Act as described above. In general, Advisers defer proxy voting decisions to the sub-advisers managing the Funds. It is the policy of the Trusts to delegate the responsibility for voting proxies relating to portfolio securities held by a Fund to the Fund’s respective Adviser or, if the Fund’s Adviser has delegated portfolio management responsibilities to one or more investment sub-adviser(s), to the fund’s sub-adviser(s), subject to the Board’s continued oversight. The sub-adviser for each Fund shall vote all proxies relating to securities held by each Fund and in that connection, and subject to any further policies and procedures contained herein, shall use proxy voting policies and procedures adopted by each sub-adviser in conformance with Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act.§§

If an instance occurs where a conflict of interest arises between the shareholders and the designated sub-adviser, however, Advisers retain the right to influence and/or direct the conflicting proxy voting decisions in the best interest of shareholders.§§

Investment Company Act§

An investment company is required to disclose in its SAI either (a) a summary of the policies and procedures that it uses to determine how to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities or (b) a copy of its proxy voting policies.

A fund is also required by Rule 30b1-4 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 to file Form N-PX annually with the SEC, which contains a record of how the fund voted proxies relating to portfolio securities. For each matter relating to a portfolio security considered at any shareholder meeting, Form N-PX is required to include, among other information, the name of the issuer of the security, a brief identification of the matter voted on, whether and how the fund cast its vote, and whether such vote was for or against management. In addition, a fund is required to disclose in its SAI and its annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders that such voting record may be obtained by shareholders, either by calling a toll-free number or through the fund’s website, at the fund’s option.§§

Advisers Act§

Under Advisers Act Rule 206(4)-6, investment advisers are required to adopt proxy voting policies and procedures, and investment companies typically rely on the policies of their advisers or sub-advisers. §§

Delegation of Proxy Voting Responsibilities§

It is the policy of the Trust to delegate the responsibility for voting proxies relating to portfolio securities held by a fund to the fund’s investment adviser (“adviser”) or, if the fund’s adviser has delegated portfolio management responsibilities to one or more investment sub-adviser(s), to the fund’s sub-adviser(s), subject to the Board’s continued oversight. The sub-adviser for each fund shall vote all proxies relating to securities held by each fund and in that connection, and subject to any further policies and procedures contained herein, shall use proxy voting policies and procedures adopted by each sub-adviser in conformance with Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”).

Except as noted below under Material Conflicts of Interest, the Trust Proxy Policy with respect to a Fund shall incorporate that adopted by the Fund’s sub-adviser with respect to voting proxies held by its clients (the “Sub-adviser Proxy Policy”). Each Sub-adviser Policy, as it may be amended from time to time, is hereby incorporated by reference into the Trust Proxy Policy. Each sub-adviser to a Fund is directed to comply with these policies and procedures in voting proxies relating to portfolio securities held by a fund, subject to oversight by the Fund’s adviser and by the Board. Each Adviser to a Fund retains the responsibility, and is directed, to oversee each sub-adviser’s compliance with these policies and

. 252

Page 280: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

procedures, and to adopt and implement such additional policies and procedures as it deems necessary or appropriate to discharge its oversight responsibility. Additionally, the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) shall conduct such monitoring and supervisory activities as the CCO or the Board deems necessary or appropriate in order to appropriately discharge the CCO’s role in overseeing the sub-advisers’ compliance with these policies and procedures.

The delegation by the Board of the authority to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities of the funds is entirely voluntary and may be revoked by the Board, in whole or in part, at any time.§§

Voting Proxies of Underlying Funds of a Fund of Funds§

A. Where the Fund of Funds is not the Sole Shareholder of the Underlying Fund§

With respect to voting proxies relating to the shares of an underlying fund (an “Underlying Fund”) held by a Fund of the Trust operating as a fund of funds (a “Fund of Funds”) in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act where the Underlying Fund has shareholders other than the Fund of Funds which are not other Fund of Funds, the Fund of Funds will vote proxies relating to shares of the Underlying Fund in the same proportion as the vote of all other holders of such Underlying Fund shares.§§

B. Where the Fund of Funds is the Sole Shareholder of the Underlying Fund§

In the event that one or more Funds of Funds are the sole shareholders of an Underlying Fund, the Adviser to the Fund of Funds or the Trusts will vote proxies relating to the shares of the Underlying Fund as set forth below unless the Board elects to have the Fund of Funds seek voting instructions from the shareholders of the Funds of Funds in which case the Fund of Funds will vote proxies relating to shares of the Underlying Fund in the same proportion as the instructions timely received from such shareholders.§§

1. Where Both the Underlying Fund and the Fund of Funds are Voting on Substantially Identical Proposals§

§

In the event that the Underlying Fund and the Fund of Funds are voting on substantially identical proposals (the “Substantially Identical Proposal”), then the Adviser or the Fund of Funds will vote proxies relating to shares of the Underlying Fund in the same proportion as the vote of the shareholders of the Fund of Funds on the Substantially Identical Proposal.§§

2. Where the Underlying Fund is Voting on a Proposal that is Not Being Voted on by the Fund of Funds§

(a) Where there is No Material Conflict of Interest Between the Interests of the Shareholders of the Underlying Fund and the Adviser Relating to the Proposal§In the event that the Fund of Funds is voting on a proposal of the Underlying Fund and the Fund of Funds is not also voting on a substantially identical proposal and there is no material conflict of interest between the interests of the shareholders of the Underlying Fund and the Adviser relating to the Proposal, then the Adviser will vote proxies relating to the shares of the Underlying Fund pursuant to its Proxy Voting Procedures.§§

(b) Where there is a Material Conflict of Interest Between the Interests of the Shareholders of the Underlying Fund and the Adviser Relating to the Proposal§In the event that the Fund of Funds is voting on a proposal of the Underlying Fund and the Fund of Funds is not also voting on a substantially identical proposal and there is a material conflict of interest between the interests of the shareholders of the Underlying Fund and the Adviser relating to the Proposal, then the Fund of Funds will seek voting instructions from the shareholders of the Fund of Funds on the proposal and will vote proxies relating to shares of the Underlying Fund in the same proportion as the instructions timely received from such shareholders. A material conflict is generally defined as a proposal involving a matter in which the Adviser or one of its affiliates has a material economic interest.

. 253

Page 281: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Material Conflicts of Interest§

If (1) a sub-adviser to a Fund becomes aware that a vote presents a material conflict between the interests of (a) shareholders of the Fund; and (b) the Fund’s Adviser, sub-adviser, principal underwriter, or any of their affiliated persons, and (2) the sub-adviser does not propose to vote on the particular issue in the manner prescribed by its Sub-adviser Proxy Policy or the material conflict of interest procedures set forth in its Sub-adviser Proxy Policy are otherwise triggered, then the sub-adviser will follow the material conflict of interest procedures set forth in its Sub-adviser Proxy Policy when voting such proxies.

If a Sub-adviser Proxy Policy provides that in the case of a material conflict of interest between Fund shareholders and another party, the sub-adviser will ask the Board to provide voting instructions, the sub-adviser shall vote the proxies, in its discretion, as recommended by an independent third party, in the manner prescribed by its Sub-adviser Proxy Policy or abstain from voting the proxies.

Proxy Voting Committee(s)§The Advisers will from time to time, and on such temporary or longer-term basis as they deem appropriate, establish one or more Proxy Voting Committees. A Proxy Voting Committee shall include the Advisers’ CCO and may include legal counsel. The terms of reference and the procedures under which a Proxy Voting Committee will operate will be reviewed from time to time by the Legal and Compliance Department. Records of the deliberations and proxy voting recommendations of a Proxy Voting Committee will be maintained in accordance with applicable law, if any, and these Proxy Procedures. Requested shareholder proposals or other Shareholder Advocacy in the name of a Fund must be submitted for consideration pursuant to the Shareholder Advocacy Policy and Procedures.

Securities Lending Program§

Certain of the Funds participate in a securities lending program with the Trusts through an agent lender. When a Fund’s securities are out on loan, they are transferred into the borrower’s name and are voted by the borrower, in its discretion. Where a sub-adviser determines, however, that a proxy vote (or other shareholder action) is materially important to the client’s account, the sub-adviser should request that the agent recall the security prior to the record date to allow the sub-adviser to vote the securities.§§

Disclosure of Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures in the Trust’s Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”)§The Trust shall include in its SAI a summary of the Trust Proxy Policy and of the Sub-adviser Proxy Policy included therein. (In lieu of including a summary of these policies and procedures, the Trust may include each full Trust Proxy Policy and Sub-adviser Proxy Policy in the SAI.)

Disclosure of Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures in Annual and Semi-Annual Shareholder Reports§

The Trusts shall disclose in annual and semi-annual shareholder reports that a description of the Trust Proxy Policy, including the Sub-adviser Proxy Policy, and the Trusts’ proxy voting record for the most recent 12 months ended June 30 are available on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (“SEC”) website, and without charge, upon request, by calling a specified toll-free telephone number. The Trusts will send these documents within three business days of receipt of a request, by first-class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery. The Fund Administration Department is responsible for preparing appropriate disclosure regarding proxy voting for inclusion in shareholder reports and distributing reports. The Legal Department supporting the Trusts is responsible for reviewing such disclosure once it is prepared by the Fund Administration Department.

Filing of Proxy Voting Record on Form N-PX§

The Trusts will annually file their complete proxy voting record with the SEC on Form N-PX. The Form N-PX shall be filed for the twelve months ended June 30 no later than August 31 of that year. The Fund Administration department, supported by the Legal Department supporting the Trusts, is responsible for the annual filing.

. 254

Page 282: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Procedure

Review of Sub-advisers’ Proxy Voting§

The Trusts have delegated proxy voting authority with respect to Fund portfolio securities in accordance with the Trust Policy, as set forth above.§§

Consistent with this delegation, each sub-adviser is responsible for the following:

1. Implementing written policies and procedures, in compliance with Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act, reasonably designed to ensure that the sub-adviser votes portfolio securities in the best interest of shareholders of the Trusts.§2. Providing the Advisers with a copy and description of the Sub-adviser Proxy Policy prior to being approved by the Board as a sub-adviser, accompanied by a certification that represents that the Sub-adviser Proxy Policy has been adopted in conformance with Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act. Thereafter, providing the Advisers with notice of any amendment or revision to that Sub-adviser Proxy Policy or with a description thereof. The Advisers are required to report all material changes to a Sub-adviser Proxy Policy quarterly to the Board. The CCO’s annual written compliance report to the Board will contain a summary of the material changes to each Sub-adviser Proxy Policy during the period covered by the report.§3. Providing the Adviser with a quarterly certification indicating that the sub-adviser did vote proxies of the funds and that the proxy votes were executed in a manner consistent with the Sub-adviser Proxy Policy. If the sub-adviser voted any proxies in a manner inconsistent with the Sub-adviser Proxy Policy, the sub-adviser will provide the Adviser with a report detailing the exceptions.§§

Adviser Responsibilities§

The Trusts have retained a proxy voting service to coordinate, collect, and maintain all proxy-related information, and to prepare and file the Trust’s reports on Form N-PX with the SEC.§§

The Advisers, in accordance with their general oversight responsibilities, will periodically review the voting records maintained by the proxy voting service in accordance with the following procedures:

1. Receive a file with the proxy voting information directly from each sub-adviser on a quarterly basis.§2. Select a sample of proxy votes from the files submitted by the sub-advisers and compare them against the proxy voting service files for accuracy of the votes.§3. Deliver instructions to shareholders on how to access proxy voting information via the Trust’s semi-annual and annual shareholder reports.§§

The Fund Administration Department, in conjunction with the Legal Department supporting the Trusts, is responsible for the foregoing procedures.

Proxy Voting Service Responsibilities§

Proxy voting services retained by the Trusts are required to undertake the following procedures:

• Aggregation of Votes:§§

The proxy voting service’s proxy disclosure system will collect fund-specific and/or account-level voting records, including votes cast by multiple sub-advisers or third-party voting services.

• Reporting:§§

The proxy voting service’s proxy disclosure system will provide the following reporting features:

1. multiple report export options;§2. report customization by fund-account, portfolio manager, security, etc.; and§

3. account details available for vote auditing.

• Form N-PX Preparation and Filing:§§

The Advisers will be responsible for oversight and completion of the filing of the Trusts’ reports on Form N-PX with the SEC. The proxy voting service will prepare the EDGAR version of Form N-PX and will submit it to the adviser for review and approval prior to filing with the SEC. The proxy voting service will file Form N-PX for each twelve-month period ending on June 30. The filing must be submitted to the SEC on or before August 31 of each year. The Fund

. 255

Page 283: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Administration Department, in conjunction with the Legal Department supporting the Trusts, is responsible for the foregoing procedures.

The Fund Administration Department in conjunction with the CCO oversees compliance with this policy.

The Fund Administration Department maintains operating procedures affecting the administration and disclosure of the Trusts’ proxy voting records.

The Trusts’ Chief Legal Counsel is responsible for including in the Trusts’ SAI information regarding the Advisers’ and each sub-advisers proxy voting policies as required by applicable rules and form requirements.

The Fund Administration Department and The CCO’s Office is responsible for maintaining all documentation created in connection with this policy. Documents will be maintained for the period set forth in the Records Retention Schedule.

. 256

Page 284: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

JOHN HANCOCK VARIABLE TRUST ADVISERS LLCJOHN HANCOCK INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT LLCPROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURESUpdated December 1, 2019 General

The SEC adopted Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act, which requires investment advisers with voting authority to adopt and implement written policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure that the investment adviser votes client securities in the best interest of clients. The procedures must include how the investment adviser addresses material conflicts that may arise between the interests of the investment adviser and those of its clients. The Advisers are registered investment advisers under the Advisers Act and serve as the investment advisers to the Funds. The Advisers generally retain one or more sub-advisers to manage the assets of the Funds, including voting proxies with respect to a Fund’s portfolio securities. From time to time, however, the Advisers may elect to manage directly the assets of a Fund, including voting proxies with respect to such Fund’s portfolio securities, or a Fund’s Board may otherwise delegate to the Advisers authority to vote such proxies. Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act requires that a registered investment adviser adopt and implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that it votes proxies with respect to a client’s securities in the best interest of the client.§§

Firms are required by Advisers Act Rule 204-2(c)(2) to maintain records of their voting policies and procedures, a copy of each proxy statement that the investment adviser receives regarding client securities, a record of each vote cast by the investment adviser on behalf of a client, a copy of any document created by the investment adviser that was material to making a decision how to vote proxies on behalf of a client, and a copy of each written client request for information on how the adviser voted proxies on behalf of the client, as well as a copy of any written response by the investment adviser to any written or oral client request for information on how the adviser voted that client’s proxies.§§

Investment companies must disclose information about the policies and procedures used to vote proxies on the investment company’s portfolio securities and must file the fund’s proxy voting record with the SEC annually on Form N-PX.

Pursuant thereto, the Advisers have adopted and implemented these proxy voting policies and procedures (the “Proxy Procedures”).

Policy

It is the Advisers’ policy to comply with Rule 206(4)-6 and Rule 204-2(c)(2) under the Advisers Act as described above. In general, the Advisers delegate proxy voting decisions to the sub-advisers managing the funds. If an instance occurs where a conflict of interest arises between the shareholders and a particular sub-adviser, however, the Adviser retains the right to influence and/or direct the conflicting proxy voting decisions.

Procedure

Fiduciary Duty§

The Advisers have a fiduciary duty to vote proxies on behalf of a Fund in the best interest of the Fund and its shareholders.§§

Voting of Proxies - Advisers§

The Advisers will vote proxies with respect to a Fund’s portfolio securities when authorized to do so by the Fund and subject to the Fund’s proxy voting policies and procedures and any further direction or delegation of authority by the Fund’s Board. The decision on how to vote a proxy will be made by the person(s) to whom the Advisers have from time to time delegated such responsibility (the “Designated Person”). The Designated Person may include the Fund’s portfolio manager(s) or a Proxy Voting Committee, as described below.

When voting proxies with respect to a Fund’s portfolio securities, the following standards will apply:

• The Designated Person will vote based on what it believes is in the best interest of the Fund and its shareholders and in accordance with the Fund’s investment guidelines.

• Each voting decision will be made independently. To assist with the analysis of voting issues and/or to carry out the actual voting process the Designated Person may enlist the services of (1) reputable professionals (who may include persons employed by or otherwise associated with the Advisers or any of its affiliated persons) or (2) independent proxy

. 257

Page 285: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

evaluation services such as Institutional Shareholder Services. However, the ultimate decision as to how to vote a proxy will remain the responsibility of the Designated Person.

• The Advisers believe that a good management team of a company will generally act in the best interests of the company. Therefore, the Designated Person will take into consideration as a key factor in voting proxies with respect to securities of a company that are held by the Fund the quality of the company’s management. In general, the Designated Person will vote as recommended by company management except in situations where the Designated Person believes such recommended vote is not in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders.

• As a general principle, voting with respect to the same portfolio securities held by more than one Fund should be consistent among those Funds having substantially the same investment mandates.

• The Advisers will provide the Fund, from time to time in accordance with the Fund’s proxy voting policies and procedures and any applicable laws and regulations, a record of the Advisers’ voting of proxies with respect to the Fund’s portfolio securities.

§

Material Conflicts of Interest§

In carrying out its proxy voting responsibilities, the Advisers will monitor and resolve potential material conflicts (“Material Conflicts”) between the interests of (a) a Fund and (b) the Advisers or any of its affiliated persons. Affiliates of the Advisers include Manulife Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries. Material Conflicts may arise, for example, if a proxy vote relates to matters involving any of these companies or other issuers in which the Advisers or any of their affiliates has a substantial equity or other interest.

If the Advisers or a Designated Person become aware that a proxy voting issue may present a potential Material Conflict, the issue will be referred to the Advisers’ Legal Department and/or the Office of the CCO. If the Legal Department and/or the Office of the CCO, as applicable determines that a potential Material Conflict does exist, a Proxy Voting Committee will be appointed to consider and resolve the issue. The Proxy Voting Committee may make any determination that it considers reasonable and may, if it chooses, request the advice of an independent, third-party proxy service on how to vote the proxy.§§

Voting Proxies of Underlying Funds of a Fund of Funds§

The Advisers or the Designated Person will vote proxies with respect to the shares of a Fund that are held by another Fund that operates as a Fund of Funds“) in the manner provided in the proxy voting policies and procedures of the Fund of Funds (including such policies and procedures relating to material conflicts of interest) or as otherwise directed by the board of trustees or directors of the Fund of Funds.

Proxy Voting Committee(s)§The Advisers will from time to time, and on such temporary or longer-term basis as they deem appropriate, establish one or more Proxy Voting Committees. A Proxy Voting Committee shall include the Advisers’ CCO and may include legal counsel. The terms of reference and the procedures under which a Proxy Voting Committee will operate will be reviewed from time to time by the Legal and Compliance Department. Records of the deliberations and proxy voting recommendations of a Proxy Voting Committee will be maintained in accordance with applicable law, if any, and these Proxy Procedures. Requested shareholder proposals or other Shareholder Advocacy must be submitted for consideration pursuant to the Shareholder Advocacy Policy and Procedures.§§

Records Retention§

The Advisers will retain (or arrange for the retention by a third party of) such records relating to proxy voting pursuant to these Proxy Procedures as may be required from time to time by applicable law and regulations, including the following:

1. These Proxy Procedures and all amendments hereto;

2. All proxy statements received regarding Fund portfolio securities;

3. Records of all votes cast on behalf of a Fund;

4. Records of all Fund requests for proxy voting information;

5. Any documents prepared by the Designated Person or a Proxy Voting Committee that were material to or memorialized the basis for a voting decision;

6. All records relating to communications with the Funds regarding Conflicts; and

7. All minutes of meetings of Proxy Voting Committees.

. 258

Page 286: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

The Office of the CCO, and/or the Legal Department are responsible for maintaining the documents set forth above as needed and deemed appropriate. Such documents will be maintained in the Office of the CCO, and/or the Legal Department for the period set forth in the Records Retention Schedule.

Voting of Proxies - SubAdvisers§

In the case of proxies voted by a sub-adviser to a Fund pursuant to the Fund’s proxy voting procedures, the Advisers will request the sub-adviser to certify to the Advisers that the sub-adviser has voted the Fund’s proxies as required by the Fund’s proxy voting policies and procedures and that such proxy votes were executed in a manner consistent with these Proxy Procedures and to provide the Advisers with a report detailing any instances where the sub-adviser voted any proxies in a manner inconsistent with the Fund’s proxy voting policies and procedures. The COO of the Advisers will then report to the Board on a quarterly basis regarding the sub-adviser certification and report to the Board any instance where the sub-adviser voted any proxies in a manner inconsistent with the Fund’s proxy voting policies and procedures.

The Fund Administration Department maintains procedures affecting all administration functions for the mutual funds. These procedures detail the disclosure and administration of the Trust’s proxy voting records.

The Trust’s Chief Legal Counsel is responsible for including, in the SAI of each Trust, information about the proxy voting of the Advisers and each sub-adviser.

Reporting to Fund Boards§

The CCO of the Advisers will provide the Board with a copy of these Proxy Procedures, accompanied by a certification that represents that the Proxy Procedures have been adopted by the Advisers in conformance with Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act. Thereafter, the Advisers will provide the Board with notice and a copy of any amendments or revisions to the Procedures and will report quarterly to the Board all material changes to these Proxy Procedures.

The CCO’s annual written compliance report to the Board will contain a summary of material changes to the Proxy Procedures during the period covered by the report.

If the Advisers or the Designated Person vote any proxies in a manner inconsistent with either these Proxy Procedures or a Fund’s proxy voting policies and procedures, the CCO will provide the Board with a report detailing such exceptions.

. 259

Page 287: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

MANULIFE ASSET MANAGEMENTPROXY VOTING POLICIES Background

Manulife Asset Management (“MAM” or the “Firm”)* represents investment advisors registered in certain countries as appropriate to support the broader Manulife Asset Management discretionary advisory business.

Applicable rules may require an investment advisor to (i) adopt proxy policies reasonably designed to seek to ensure the advisor votes proxies in the best interests of its clients, including addressing material conflicts of interest; (ii) disclose to clients information about its proxy policies; and (iii) maintain certain records relating to proxy voting. These requirements are designed to minimize conflicts of interest and to seek to ensure greater transparency in the voting of proxies.

MAM has adopted a proxy voting policy and procedures to seek to ensure proxies are voted in the best interests of its clients and its proxy voting activities adhere to the requirements of all applicable rules and general fiduciary principles. Where MAM is granted and accepts responsibility for voting proxies for client accounts, it will take reasonable steps to seek to ensure proxies are received and voted in the best interest of the client with a view to enhance the value of the shares of equity securities held in client accounts.

MAM has contracted with Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. (“ISS) an independent third party service provider, to vote clients’ proxies. The Firm has adopted ISS proxy voting recommendations and established corresponding Firm Proxy Voting guidelines. Proxies will be voted in accordance with the voting recommendations contained in the applicable domestic or global ISS Proxy Voting Manual, as in effect from time to time. Except in instances where a MAM’s client retains voting authority, MAM will instruct custodians of client accounts to forward all proxy statements and materials received in respect of client accounts to ISS.

MAM has engaged ISS as its proxy voting agent to:1. research and make voting recommendations or, for matters for which Manulife Asset Management has so

delegated, to make the voting determinations;2. ensure proxies are voted and submitted in a timely manner;3. handle other administrative functions of proxy voting;4. maintain records of proxy statements received in connection with proxy votes and provide copies of such proxy

statements promptly upon request;5. maintain records of votes cast; and6. provide recommendations with respect to proxy voting matters in general.

§

*Refer to Appendix of Affiliated MAM entities that have adopted this policy

Policy Administration, Oversight and Governance

MAM’s Proxy Operations group is responsible for administering and implementing the Proxy Voting Policy, including the proper oversight of ISS and any other service providers hired by the Firm to assist it in the proxy voting process.

Proxy Operations are responsible for administering the proxy voting process, including:1. Implementing and updating the applicable domestic and global ISS proxy voting guidelines;2. Coordinating and overseeing the proxy voting process performed by ISS; and3. Providing periodic reports to the Brokerage Practices Committee (BPC), Operating Committee, the Chief

Compliance Officer, Advisory Clients or any other persons/committee as deemed appropriate.

Proper oversight of the vendor will include periodic due diligence of the vendor including its’ industry reputation, risk, compliance and technology infrastructure and the vendor’s ability to meet the Firm’s requirements relative to reporting and other service requirements including; assessing the adequacy and quality of the proxy advisory firm’s staffing and personnel; and assessing whether the proxy advisory firm has robust policies and procedures that enable it to make proxy voting recommendations based on current and accurate information and to identify and address conflicts of interest relating to its voting recommendations.

All proxies received on behalf of Clients are forwarded to ISS. Any MAM employee that receives a client’s proxy statement should therefore notify Proxy Voting Team and arrange for immediate delivery to ISS.

In addition to voting proxies, MAM: describes its proxy voting procedures to its clients in the relevant or required disclosure document;

. 260

Page 288: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

provides clients with a copy of the Proxy Voting Policy, upon request; discloses to its clients how they may obtain information on how MAM voted the client’s proxies; generally applies its Proxy Voting Policy consistently; documents the reason(s) for voting for all non- routine items; and keeps records of such proxy voting through ISS available for inspection by the Client or governmental agencies.

Oversight and Governance

Oversight of the proxy voting process is the responsibility of the Firm’s Brokerage Practices Committee (“BPC”) which reports up to the Firm’s Operating Committee). However the Operating Committee is responsible for reviewing and approving amendments to the Proxy Voting Policy. The BPC or its’ designee should be provided a periodic evaluation of vendor due diligence and service activity including a summary of vendor proxy voting activity on behalf the Firm’s clients. Reporting should include trends relative to non-routine items, conflict of interest situations, voting outside of Proxy guidelines and the rationale and other material matters.

On a quarterly basis, Proxy Operations should provide the BPC with summary of instances where MAM has (i) voted proxies in a manner inconsistent with the recommendation of ISS, and (ii) voted proxies in circumstances in which a material conflict of interest may exist as set forth in the Conflicts section.

Material proxy voting issues identified by the Proxy Operations group are to be escalated to the Firm’s Chief Compliance Officer. As appropriate, the BPC (or their designee) will be informed of material matters and related actions taken by the responsible parties.

The Chief Compliance Officer makes an annual risk- based assessment of the Firm’s compliance program, which may include proxy voting activities, and may conduct a review of the Procedures to determine such Procedures are reasonably designed to achieve their purpose. The Chief Compliance Officer makes periodic reports to MAM SIPC that includes a summary of issues identified in the review of activities as part of the compliance program.

General Principles

Scope

This Policy permits Clients to:1. delegate to MAM the responsibility and authority to vote proxies on their behalf according to MAM’s Proxy Voting

Policy and guidelines; or2. delegate to MAM the responsibility and authority to vote proxies on their behalf according to the particular Client’s

own proxy voting policies and guidelines, subject to acceptance by the Firm, as mutually agreed upon between the Firm and the Client.

MAM seeks to vote proxies in the best economic interests of all of its Clients for whom the Firm has proxy voting authority and responsibilities. In the ordinary course, this entails voting proxies in a manner which the Firm believes will maximize the economic value of client security holdings.

The Firm believes its Proxy Voting Policy is reasonably designed to ensure proxy matters are conducted in the best interest of Clients, and in accordance with MAM’s fiduciary duties and applicable rules.

General Standards on Voting

The following are examples of general standards the Firm has established relative to its proxy voting obligations:§MAM does not engage in the practice of “empty voting” (a term embracing a variety of factual circumstances that result in a partial or total separation of the right to vote at a shareholders meeting from beneficial ownership of the shares on the meeting date). MAM prohibits investment managers from creating large hedge positions solely to gain the vote while avoiding economic exposure to the market. MAM will not knowingly vote borrowed shares (for example, shares borrowed for short sales and hedging transactions) that the lender of the shares is also voting. MAM reviews various criteria to determine whether the costs associated with voting the proxy exceed the expected

benefit to Clients and may conduct a cost-benefit analysis in determining whether it is in the best economic interest to vote client proxies. Given the outcome of the cost-benefit analysis, the Firm may refrain from voting a proxy on behalf of the Clients’ accounts.

Except as otherwise required by law, MAM has a general policy of not disclosing to any issuer or third-party how MAM or its voting delegate voted a Client’s proxy.

MAM endeavors to show sensitivity to local market practices when voting proxies of non-domestic issuers. MAM votes in all markets where it is feasible to do so.

. 261

Page 289: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

MAM may refrain from voting a proxy due to logistical considerations that may have a detrimental effect on the Firm’s ability to vote such a proxy. These issues may include, but are not limited to:1. proxy statements and ballots being written in a foreign language;2. underlying securities have been lent out pursuant to a Client’s securities lending program;3. untimely notice of a shareholder meeting;4. requirements to vote proxies in person;5. restrictions on foreigner’s ability to exercise votes;6. restrictions on the sale of securities for a period of time in proximity to the shareholder meeting (“share

blocking and re-registration”);7. requirements to provide local agents with power of attorney to facilitate the voting instructions (such proxies

are voted on a best-efforts basis); or8. inability of a Client’s custodian to forward and process proxies electronically. From time to time, proxy votes will be solicited which involve special circumstances and require additional research

and discussion or (ii) are not directly addressed by ISS. These proxies are identified through a number of methods, including, but not limited to, notification from ISS, concerns of clients, concerns raised by the Firm’s investment professionals and questions from consultants.

In such instances of special circumstances or issues not directly addressed by ISS, a sub-committee of the BPC (“Proxy Committee”) will be consulted for a determination of the proxy vote. The Proxy Committee comprises of no fewer than three members of the BPC. Although the Firm anticipates such instances will be rare, The Proxy Committee’s first determination is whether there is a material conflict of interest between the interests of a Client and those of MAM. If the Proxy Committee determines there is a material conflict, the process detailed under “Conflicts of Interest” below is followed. If there is no material conflict, the Proxy Committee examines each of the issuer’s proposals in detail in seeking to determine what vote would be in the best interests of Clients. At this point, the Proxy Committee will make a voting decision based on maximizing the economic value of all portfolios’ holdings for the issuer in question.

There may be circumstances under which a portfolio manager or other MAM investment professional (“Manulife Asset Management Investment Professional”) believes it is in the best interest of a Client or Clients to vote proxies in a manner inconsistent with the recommendation of ISS. In such an event, as feasible, the Manulife Asset Management Investment Professional shall inform the Proxy Operations group of his or her decision to vote such proxy in a manner inconsistent with the recommendation of ISS and the rationale for such decision. Proxy Operations will report to the BPC no less than quarterly any instance where a Manulife Asset Management Investment Professional has decided to vote a proxy on behalf of a Client in such a manner.

Conflicts of Interest

From time to time, proxy voting proposals may raise conflicts between the interests of the Firm’s clients and the interests of the Firm and its affiliates or employees. For example, MAM or its affiliates may provide services to a company whose management is soliciting proxies, or to another entity which is a proponent of a particular proxy proposal. Another example could arise when MAM or its affiliates has business or other relationships with participants involved in proxy contests, such as a candidate for a corporate directorship. More specifically, if MAM is aware that one of the following conditions exists with respect to a proxy, MAM shall consider such event a potential material conflict of interest: MAM has a business relationship or potential relationship with the issuer; MAM has a business relationship with the proponent of the proxy proposal; or MAM members, employees or consultants have a personal or other business relationship with the participants in

the proxy contest, such as corporate directors or director candidates.

MAM’s goal in addressing any such potential conflict is to ensure proxy votes are cast in the advisory clients’ best interests and are not affected by MAM’s potential conflict. In those instances, there are a number of courses MAM may take. The final decision as to which course to follow shall be made by the BPC or its designee.

In the event of a potential material conflict of interest, the BPC or its designee will either (i) vote such proxy according to the specific recommendation of ISS; (ii) abstain; or (iii) request the Client vote such proxy. All such instances shall be reported to the BPC and the Chief Compliance Officer at least quarterly.

In other cases, where the matter presents a potential material conflict and is not clearly within one of the ISS’ enumerated recommendations, or is of such a nature the BPC believes more active involvement is necessary, the BPC shall make a decision as to the voting of the proxy. The basis for the voting decision, including the basis for the

. 262

Page 290: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

determination the decision is in the best interests of the Client, shall be formalized in writing as a part of the minutes of the BPC.

Recordkeeping

In accordance with applicable law, MAM shall retain the following documents for not less than five years from the end of the year in which the proxies were voted, the first two years in MAM’s office: the MAM Proxy Voting Policy and any additional procedures created pursuant to that policy; a copy of each proxy statement MAM receives regarding securities held by Clients (this requirement will be satisfied

by ISS who has agreed in writing to do so or by obtaining a copy of the proxy statement from the EDGAR database); a record of each vote cast by MAM (this requirement will be satisfied by RiskMetrics who has agreed in writing to

do so) on behalf of Clients; a copy of any document created by MAM that was material in making its voting decision or that memorializes the

basis for such decision; and a copy of each written request from a client, and response to the client, for information on how MAM clients’

proxies were voted.

Appendix of Affiliated MAM Entities§

Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC§

Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited§

Manulife Asset Management Limited+§

Manulife Asset Management (Europe) Limited§

Manulife Asset Management Trust Company LLC+Investment management business only.

Policy Edition: December 2017; prior versions September 2015, January 2015 and August 2014

. 263

Page 291: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

ALLIANZ GLOBAL INVESTORS U.S. LLCPROXY VOTING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURESJANUARY 2018 Policy Statement

Allianz Global Investors (“AllianzGI”) typically votes proxies on behalf of client accounts pursuant to its discretionary investment management authority, unless a client has not granted voting authority to AllianzGI. AllianzGI seeks to exercise its proxy voting responsibilities in accordance with its fiduciary duties, and has designed these policies and procedures to meet applicable fiduciary standards. Thus, AllianzGI seeks to vote client account proxies in a manner consistent with the best interests of its clients. These policies and procedures do not apply to any client account proxies for which such client has either (a) explicitly retained authority and discretion to vote its own proxies or (b) delegated such authority and discretion to a third party. AllianzGI assumes no responsibility for the voting of any proxies on behalf of such clients.

AllianzGI has adopted the Allianz Global Investors Global Corporate Governance Guidelines and Proxy Voting Policy (the “Proxy Guidelines”), attached hereto as Schedule A, which are reasonably designed to ensure that proxy voting is conducted in the best interest of our clients. The Proxy Guidelines provide a general framework for our proxy voting analysis and are intended to address the most significant and frequent voting issues that arise at our investee companies’ shareholder meetings. However, the Proxy Guidelines are not intended to be rigid rules, and AllianzGI’s consideration of the merits of a particular proposal may cause AllianzGI to vote in a manner that deviates from the approach set forth in the Proxy Guidelines.

Proxy Voting Procedures

AllianzGI has retained one or more unaffiliated third party proxy research and voting service providers (“Proxy Voting Service”), to assist it in researching and voting proxies. With respect to each proxy received, the Proxy Voting Service researches the ballot proposals and provides a recommendation to AllianzGI as to how to vote on each proposal based on the Proxy Voting Service’s research of the individual facts and circumstances and the Proxy Voting Service’s application of its research findings to the Proxy Guidelines.

In some cases a portfolio manager, research analyst or proxy analyst from the Global ESG team may propose to override a policy recommendation made by the Proxy Voting Service. In such cases, AllianzGI will review the proxy to determine whether there is a material conflict between the interests of AllianzGI (including the employee proposing the vote) and the interests of AllianzGI’s clients. If a material conflict does exist, AllianzGI will seek to address the conflict in good faith and in the best interests of the applicable client accounts, as described more fully below. In the absence of a material conflict, the proxy will be reviewed by a proxy analyst and the relevant portfolio managers and/or research analysts and, from time to time as may be necessary, the Head of ESG Research (or equivalent), to determine how the proxy will be voted.

Mitigating Conflicts of Interest

AllianzGI has adopted and implemented policies and procedures, including the procedures described in this document, which are reasonably designed to ensure that client account proxies are voted in the best interest of clients. Such policies and procedures are in part designed to identify and address material conflicts of interest that may arise between the interests of AllianzGI and its clients, as well as identify material conflicts of interest that portfolio managers, proxy analysts and research analysts may have, to ensure any such conflicted individuals refrain from participating in the proxy voting process or that the conflicts are otherwise mitigated. With respect to personal conflicts of interest, AllianzGI’s Code of Ethics requires all employees to conduct themselves with integrity and distinction, to put first the interests of the firm’s clients, and to take care to avoid even the appearance of impropriety. Portfolio managers, research analysts, proxy analysts, or Proxy Committee members with a personal conflict of interest regarding a particular proxy vote must recuse themselves and not participate in the voting decisions with respect to that proxy.

With respect to the voting process, as described above, most votes are based on the independent recommendation of the unaffiliated, third party Proxy Voting Service, which recommendations are in turn based on the Proxy Voting Service’s independent review and research of each proxy and its independent application of the Proxy Guidelines.

In those cases in which a proxy analyst, portfolio manager or research analyst proposes to override a policy recommendation made by the Proxy Voting Service or the Proxy Voting Service has not provided a recommendation, the proxy analyst and relevant portfolio managers and/or research analysts will review the proxy to ensure any recommendation appears based on a sound investment rationale and assess whether any business or other relationship, or any other potential conflict of interest, may be influencing the proposed vote on that company’s proxy. In the event a

. 264

Page 292: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

material conflict is identified, AllianzGI will convene the Proxy Committee to review the proxy and make a decision how to vote. Proposed votes that raise potential material conflicts of interest are promptly resolved by the Proxy Committee prior to the time AllianzGI casts its vote.

As a further safeguard, while AllianzGI includes members from different parts of the organization on the Proxy Committee, AllianzGI does not include individuals whose primary duties relate to client relationship management, marketing, or sales. Finally, any voting decision by the Proxy Committee must include a vote from a member of at least one of the Risk, Legal, or Compliance functions.

AllianzGI may vote proxies in accordance with other relevant procedures that have been approved and implemented to address specific types of conflicts. For example, when a material conflict between the interests of AllianzGI and its clients has been identified, AllianzGI may abstain from voting.

Cost-Benefit Analysis Involving Voting Proxies

AllianzGI may abstain from voting client proxies if, based on its evaluation of relevant criteria, it determines that the costs associated with voting a proxy exceed the expected benefits to affected clients. The primary aim of this cost-benefit analysis is to determine whether it is in a client’s best economic interest to vote its proxies. If the costs associated with voting a proxy outweigh the expected benefit to the client, AllianzGI may refrain from voting that proxy.

The circumstances under which AllianzGI may refrain from voting may include, but are not limited to, the following: (1) proxy statements and ballots being written in a foreign language, (2) untimely notice of a shareholder meeting, (3) requirements to vote proxies in person, (4) restrictions on a foreigner’s ability to exercise votes, and (5) requirements to provide local agents with power of attorney to execute the voting instructions. Such proxies are voted on a best-efforts basis.

Proxy voting in certain countries requires “share blocking.” To vote proxies in such countries, shareholders must deposit their shares shortly before the date of the meeting with a designated depositary and the shares are then restricted from being sold until the meeting has taken place and the shares are returned to the shareholders’ custodian banks. Absent compelling reasons, AllianzGI believes the benefit to its clients of exercising voting rights does not outweigh the effects of not being able to sell the shares. Therefore, if share blocking is required AllianzGI generally abstains from voting.

AllianzGI will be unable to vote securities on loan under securities lending arrangements into which AllianzGI’s clients have entered. However, under rare circumstances such as voting issues that may have a significant impact on the investment, if the client holds a sufficient number of shares to have a material impact on the vote, AllianzGI may request that the client recall securities that are on loan if it determines that the benefit of voting outweighs the costs and potential lost revenue to the client and the administrative burden of retrieving the securities.

. 265

Page 293: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

BCSF ADVISORS, LPPROXY VOTINGJANUARY 22, 2019A. Introduction

As a fiduciary, Bain Capital Credit has a duty to monitor corporate events and to vote proxies, as well as a duty to cast votes in the best interest of the Clients31 and not to subrogate Client interests to its own interests. To meet its fiduciary obligations, Bain Capital Credit seeks to ensure that Bain Capital Credit votes proxies in the best interest of the Clients, and addresses how Bain Capital Credit will resolve any conflict of interest that may arise when voting proxies. This policy attempts to generalize a complex subject and Bain Capital Credit may, from time to time, determine that it is in the best interests of the Clients to depart from specific policies described herein. The Industry Vice President will document the rationale for any such departure in consultation with Compliance.§§

Compliance is responsible for ensuring that the Clients are provided with (i) a description of Bain Capital Credit’s proxy voting policies and procedures and how the Clients may, upon request, obtain a copy of the proxy voting policies and procedures; and (ii) instructions about how a Client may obtain information as to how Bain Capital Credit voted the Client’s securities. Operations is responsible for responding to requests regarding the proxies voted by Bain Capital Credit. For purposes of this Proxy Voting policy, references to “Bain Capital Credit” include the controlling entities of the Investment Vehicles, which vote securities held by the Investment Vehicles.§§

In addition, any changes in the proxy voting agent require a diligence review and approval from Compliance.

B. Procedures

Operations is responsible for processing all proxy notifications received by Bain Capital Credit. All proxy voting requests received are forwarded to the Industry Vice President responsible for the issuer. The Industry Vice President communicates the proxy voting decision to Operations. The hard-copy documentation is completed by Operations and sent back to the appropriate party. Operations maintains a log of all proxy voting documentation received and the status thereof.

. 266

Page 294: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

BOSTON PARTERSWPG PARTNERSPROXY VOTING POLICYAPRIL 2019

PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURES SUMMARYThe Boston Partners Governance Committee (the “Committee”) is responsible for administering and overseeing Boston Partners’ proxy voting process. The Committee makes decisions on proxy policy, establishes formal Proxy Voting Policies (the “Policies”) and updates the Policies as necessary, but no less frequently than annually. In addition, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may delegate certain functions to internal departments and/or engage third-party vendors to assist in the proxy voting process. Finally, selected members of the Committee will be responsible for evaluating and resolving conflicts of interest relating to Boston Partners’ proxy voting process.

To assist Boston Partners in carrying out our responsibilities with respect to proxy activities, the firm has engaged Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. (“ISS”), a third-party corporate governance research service, which is registered as an investment adviser. ISS receives all proxy-related materials for securities held in client accounts and votes the proposals in accordance with Boston Partners’ Policies. While Boston Partners may consider ISS’s recommendations on proxy issues, Boston Partners bears ultimate responsibility for proxy voting decisions. ISS also provides recordkeeping and vote-reporting services.

How Boston Partners Votes

Boston Partners’ Policies were developed in conjunction with ISS and predominantly follow a combination of their standard and PVS (Taft-Hartley) guidelines. In determining how proxies should be voted, BP primarily focuses on maximizing the economic value of its clients’ investments. In the case of social and political responsibility issues that, in its view, do not primarily involve financial considerations, it is Boston Partners’ objective to support shareholder proposals that it believes promote good corporate citizenship.

Boston Partners has identified for ISS certain routine issues that enable them to vote in a consistent manner with regard to those proposals. In addition, Boston Partners has outlined certain procedures for addressing non-routine issues. ISS performs in-depth research and analysis and, where required by the Policies, performs a case-by-case evaluation prior to casting a ballot on Boston Partners’ behalf. Although BP has instructed ISS to vote in accordance with the Policies, Boston Partners retains the right to deviate from those Policies if, in its estimation, doing so would be in the best interest of clients. BP may refrain from voting proxies where it is unable or unwilling to do so because of legal or operational difficulties or because it believes the administrative burden and/or associated cost exceeds the expected benefit to a client.

Conflicts

ISS is a third-party service provider engaged to make recommendations and to vote proxies in accordance with Boston Partners predetermined Policies. Because Boston Partners votes proxies based on predetermined Policies, Boston Partners believes clients are sufficiently insulated from any actual or perceived conflicts Boston Partners may encounter between its interests and those of its clients. However, Boston Partners may deviate from the Policies in certain circumstances or its Policies may not address certain proxy voting proposals. If a member of Boston Partners’ research or portfolio management team recommends that it vote a particular proxy proposal in a manner inconsistent with the Policies or if its Policies do not address a particular proposal, BP will adhere to certain procedures designed to ensure that the decision to vote the particular proxy proposal is based on the best interest of Boston Partners’ clients. In summary, these procedures require the individual requesting a deviation from the Policies to complete a Conflicts Questionnaire (the “Questionnaire”) along with written document of the economic rationale supporting the request. The Questionnaire seeks to identify possible relationships with the parties involved in the proxy that may not be readily apparent. Based on the responses to the Questionnaire, the Committee (or a subset of the Committee) will determine whether it believes a material conflict of interest is present. If a material conflict of interest is found to exist, Boston Partners will vote in accordance with the instructions of the client, seek the recommendation of an independent third party or resolve the conflict in such other manner as Boston Partners believes is appropriate, including by making its own determination that a particular vote is, notwithstanding the conflict, in the best interest of clients.

Disclosures

A copy of Boston Partners’ Proxy Voting Procedures, as updated from time to time, as well as information regarding the voting of securities for a client account is available upon request from your Boston Partners relationship manager. For general inquires, contact (617) 832-8153.

. 267

Page 295: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

PROXY VOTING POLICY AND GUIDELINES - DWS1. Scope

DWS has adopted and implemented the following Policies and Guidelines, which it believes are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best economic interest of clients and in accordance with its fiduciary duties and local regulation. This Proxy Voting Policy and Guidelines – DWS (“Policy and Guidelines”) shall apply to all accounts managed by US domiciled advisers and to all US client accounts managed by non-US regional offices. Non-US regional offices are required to maintain procedures and to vote proxies as may be required by law on behalf of their non-US clients. In addition, DWS’s proxy policies reflect the fiduciary standards and responsibilities for ERISA accounts.

The attached guidelines represent a set of global recommendations that were determined by the Global Proxy Voting Sub-Committee (“the GPVSC”). These guidelines were developed to provide DWS with a comprehensive list of recommendations that represent how DWS will generally vote proxies for its clients. The recommendations derived from the application of these guidelines are not intended to influence the various DWS legal entities either directly or indirectly by parent or affiliated companies. In addition, the organizational structures and documents of the various DWS legal entities allows, where necessary or appropriate, the execution by individual AM subsidiaries of the proxy voting rights independently of any DB parent or affiliated company. This applies in particular to non US fund management companies. The individuals that make proxy voting decisions are also free to act independently, subject to the normal and customary supervision by the Management/Boards of these DWS legal entities.

2. DWS’s Proxy Voting Responsibilities

Proxy votes are the property of DWS’s advisory clients.1 As such, DWS’s authority and responsibility to vote such proxies depend upon its contractual relationships with its clients or other delegated authority. DWS has delegated responsibility for effecting its advisory clients’ proxy votes to Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”), an independent third-party proxy voting specialist. ISS votes DWS’s advisory clients’ proxies in accordance with DWS’s proxy guidelines or DWS’s specific instructions. Where a client has given specific instructions as to how a proxy should be voted, DWS will notify ISS to carry out those instructions. Where no specific instruction exists, DWS will follow the procedures in voting the proxies set forth in this document. Certain Taft-Hartley clients may direct DWS to have ISS vote their proxies in accordance with Taft-Hartley Voting Guidelines.

Clients may in certain instances contract with their custodial agent and notify DWS that they wish to engage in securities lending transactions. In such cases, it is the responsibility of the custodian to deduct the number of shares that are on loan so that they do not get voted twice. To the extent a security is out on loan and DWS determines that a proxy vote (or other shareholder action) is materially important to the client’s account, DWS may request, on a best efforts basis, that the agent recall the security prior to the record date to allow DWS to vote the securities.

3. Policies

3.1 Proxy Voting Activities are Conducted in the Best Economic Interest of Clients

DWS has adopted the following Policies and Guidelines to ensure that proxies are voted in accordance with the best economic interest of its clients, as determined by DWS in good faith after appropriate review.

3.2 The Global Proxy Voting Sub-Committee

The Global Proxy Voting Sub-Committee is an internal working group established by the applicable DWS’s Investment Risk Oversight Committee pursuant to a written charter. The GPVSC is responsible for overseeing DWS’s proxy voting activities, including: Adopting, monitoring and updating guidelines, attached as Attachment A (the “Guidelines”), that provide how

DWS will generally vote proxies pertaining to a comprehensive list of common proxy voting matters; Voting proxies where: (i) the issues are not covered by specific client instruction or the Guidelines; (ii) the Guidelines

specify that the issues are to be determined on a case-by-case basis; or (iii) where an exception to the Guidelines may be in the best economic interest of DWS’s clients; and Monitoring Proxy Vendor Oversight’s proxy voting activities (see below).

DWS’s Proxy Vendor Oversight, a function of DWS’s Operations Group, is responsible for coordinating with ISS to administer DWS’s proxy voting process and for voting proxies in accordance with any specific client instructions or, if there are none, the Guidelines, and overseeing ISS’ proxy responsibilities in this regard

3.3. Availability of Proxy Voting Policies and Proxy Voting Record

Copies of this Policy, as it may be updated from time to time, is made available to clients as required by law and otherwise at DWS’s discretion. Clients may also obtain information on how their proxies were voted by DWS as required

. 268

Page 296: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

by law and otherwise at DWS’s discretion. Note, however, that DWS must not selectively disclose its investment company clients’ proxy voting records. Proxy Vendor Oversight will make proxy voting reports available to advisory clients upon request. The investment companies’ proxy voting records will be disclosed to shareholders by means of publicly-available annual filings of each company’s proxy voting record for the 12-month periods ending June 30 (see Section 6 below), if so required by relevant law.

4. Procedures

The key aspects of DWS’s proxy voting process are delineated below.

4.1 The GPVSC’s Proxy Voting Guidelines

The Guidelines set forth the GPVSC’s standard voting positions on a comprehensive list of common proxy voting matters. The GPVSC has developed and continues to update the Guidelines based on consideration of current corporate governance principles, industry standards, client feedback, and the impact of the matter on issuers and the value of the investments.

The GPVSC will review the Guidelines as necessary to support the best economic interests of DWS’s clients and, in any event, at least annually. The GPVSC will make changes to the Guidelines, whether as a result of the annual review or otherwise, taking solely into account the best economic interests of clients. Before changing the Guidelines, the GPVSC will thoroughly review and evaluate the proposed change and the reasons therefore, and the GPVSC Chair will ask GPVSC members whether anyone outside of the DWS organization (but within Deutsche Bank and its affiliates) or any entity that identifies itself as an DWS advisory client has requested or attempted to influence the proposed change and whether any member has a conflict of interest with respect to the proposed change. If any such matter is reported to the GPVSC Chair, the Chair will promptly notify the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee (see Section 5.4) and will defer the approval, if possible. Lastly, the GPVSC will fully document its rationale for approving any change to the Guidelines.

The Guidelines may reflect a voting position that differs from the actual practices of the public company(ies) within the Deutsche Bank organization or of the investment companies for which DWS or an affiliate serves as investment adviser or sponsor. Investment companies, particularly closed-end investment companies, are different from traditional operating companies. These differences may call for differences in voting positions on the same matter. Further, the manner in which DWS votes investment company proxies may differ from proposals for which a DWS-advised or sponsored investment company solicits proxies from its shareholders. As reflected in the Guidelines, proxies solicited by closed-end (and open-end) investment companies are generally voted in accordance with the pre-determined guidelines of ISS.

Funds (“Underlying Funds”) in which Topiary Fund Management Fund of Funds (each, a “Fund”) invest may from time to time seek to revise their investment terms (i.e. liquidity, fees, etc.) or investment structure. In such event, the Underlying Funds may require approval/consent from its investors to effect the relevant changes. Topiary Fund Management has adopted Proxy Voting Procedures which outline the process for these approvals.

4.2 Specific Proxy Voting Decisions Made by the GPVSC

Proxy Vendor Oversight will refer to the GPVSC all proxy proposals: (i) that are not covered by specific client instructions or the Guidelines; or (ii) that, according to the Guidelines, should be evaluated and voted on a case-by-case basis.

Additionally, if Proxy Vendor Oversight, the GPVSC Chair or any member of the GPVSC, a Portfolio Manager, a Research Analyst or a sub-adviser believes that voting a particular proxy in accordance with the Guidelines may not be in the best economic interests of clients, that individual may bring the matter to the attention of the GPVSC Chair and/or Proxy Vendor Oversight.2

If Proxy Vendor Oversight refers a proxy proposal to the GPVSC or the GPVSC determines that voting a particular proxy in accordance with the Guidelines is not in the best economic interests of clients, the GPVSC will evaluate and vote the proxy, subject to the procedures below regarding conflicts.

The GPVSC endeavours to hold meetings to decide how to vote particular proxies sufficiently before the voting deadline so that the procedures below regarding conflicts can be completed before the GPVSC’s voting determination.

4.3 The GPVSC’s Proxy Voting Guidelines

In some cases, the GPVSC may determine that it is in the best economic interests of its clients not to vote certain proxies, or that it may not be feasible to vote certain proxies. If the conditions below are met with regard to a proxy proposal, DWS will abstain from voting: Neither the Guidelines nor specific client instructions cover an issue;

. 269

Page 297: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

ISS does not make a recommendation on the issue; and The GPVSC cannot convene on the proxy proposal at issue to make a determination as to what would be in the

client’s best interest. (This could happen, for example, if the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee found that there was a material conflict or if despite all best efforts being made, the GPVSC quorum requirement could not be met).

In addition, it is DWS’s policy not to vote proxies of issuers subject to laws of those jurisdictions that impose restrictions upon selling shares after proxies are voted, in order to preserve liquidity. In other cases, it may not be possible to vote certain proxies, despite good faith efforts to do so. For example, some jurisdictions do not provide adequate notice to shareholders so that proxies may be voted on a timely basis. Voting rights on securities that have been loaned to third-parties transfer to those third-parties, with loan termination often being the only way to attempt to vote proxies on the loaned securities. Lastly, the GPVSC may determine that the costs to the client(s) associated with voting a particular proxy or group of proxies outweighs the economic benefits expected from voting the proxy or group of proxies.

Proxy Vendor Oversight will coordinate with the GPVSC Chair regarding any specific proxies and any categories of proxies that will not or cannot be voted. The reasons for not voting any proxy shall be documented.

4.4 Conflict of Interest Procedures

4.4.1 Procedures to Address Conflicts of Interest and Improper Influence

Overriding Principle. In the limited circumstances where the GPVSC votes proxies,3 the GPVSC will vote those proxies in accordance with what it, in good faith, determines to be the best economic interests of DWS’s clients.4

Independence of the GPVSC. As a matter of Compliance policy, the GPVSC and Proxy Vendor Oversight are structured to be independent from other parts of Deutsche Bank. Members of the GPVSC and the employee responsible for Proxy Vendor Oversight are employees of DWS. As such, they may not be subject to the supervision or control of any employees of Deutsche Bank Corporate and Investment Banking division (“CIB”). Their compensation cannot be based upon their contribution to any business activity outside of DWS without prior approval of Legal and Compliance. They can have no contact with employees of Deutsche Bank outside of the Private Client and Asset Management division (“PCAM”) regarding specific clients, business matters, or initiatives without the prior approval of Legal and Compliance. They furthermore may not discuss proxy votes with any person outside of DWS (and within DWS only on a need to know basis).

Conflict Review Procedures. The “Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee within DWS monitors for potential material conflicts of interest in connection with proxy proposals that are to be evaluated by the GPVSC. Promptly upon a determination that a proxy vote shall be presented to the GPVSC, the GPVSC Chair shall notify the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee. The Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee shall promptly collect and review any information deemed reasonably appropriate to evaluate, in its reasonable judgment, if DWS or any person participating in the proxy voting process has, or has the appearance of, a material conflict of interest. For the purposes of this policy, a conflict of interest shall be considered ”material“ to the extent that a reasonable person could expect the conflict to influence, or appear to influence, the GPVSC’s decision on the particular vote at issue. GPVSC should provide the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee a reasonable amount of time (no less than 24 hours) to perform all necessary and appropriate reviews. To the extent that a conflicts review cannot be sufficiently completed by the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee the proxies will be voted in accordance with the standard Guidelines.

The information considered by the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee may include without limitation information regarding: (i) DWS client relationships; (ii) any relevant personal conflict known by the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee or brought to the attention of that sub-committee; and (iii) any communications with members of the GPVSC (or anyone participating or providing information to the GPVSC) and any person outside of the DWS organization (but within Deutsche Bank and its affiliates) or any entity that identifies itself as an DWS advisory client regarding the vote at issue. In the context of any determination, the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee may consult with and shall be entitled to rely upon all applicable outside experts, including legal counsel.

Upon completion of the investigation, the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee will document its findings and conclusions. If the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee determines that: (i) DWS has a material conflict of interest that would prevent it from deciding how to vote the proxies concerned without further client consent; or (ii) certain individuals should be recused from participating in the proxy vote at issue, the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee will so inform the GPVSC Chair.

If notified that DWS has a material conflict of interest as described above, the GPVSC chair will obtain instructions as to how the proxies should be voted either from: (i) if time permits, the affected clients; or (ii) in accordance with the

. 270

Page 298: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

standard Guidelines. If notified that certain individuals should be recused from the proxy vote at issue, the GPVSC Chair shall do so in accordance with the procedures set forth below.

Note: Any DWS employee who becomes aware of a potential, material conflict of interest in respect of any proxy vote to be made on behalf of clients shall notify Compliance. Compliance shall call a meeting of the Conflict Review Committee to evaluate such conflict and determine a recommended course of action.

Procedures to be followed by the GPVSC. At the beginning of any discussion regarding how to vote any proxy, the GPVSC Chair (or his or her delegate) will inquire as to whether any GPVSC member (whether voting or ex officio) or any person participating in the proxy voting process has a personal conflict of interest or has actual knowledge of an actual or apparent conflict that has not been reported to the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee.

The GPVSC Chair also will inquire of these same parties whether they have actual knowledge regarding whether any Director, officer, or employee outside of the DWS organization (but within Deutsche Bank and its affiliates) or any entity that identifies itself as an DWS advisory client, has: (i) requested that DWS, Proxy Vendor Oversight (or any member thereof), or a GPVSC member vote a particular proxy in a certain manner; (ii) attempted to influence DWS, Proxy Vendor Oversight (or any member thereof), a GPVSC member or any other person in connection with proxy voting activities; or (iii) otherwise communicated with a GPVSC member, or any other person participating or providing information to the GPVSC regarding the particular proxy vote at issue and which incident has not yet been reported to the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee.

If any such incidents are reported to the GPVSC Chair, the Chair will promptly notify the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee and, if possible, will delay the vote until the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee can complete the conflicts report. If a delay is not possible, the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee will instruct the GPVSC“ (i) whether anyone should be recused from the proxy voting process or (ii) whether DWS should vote the proxy in accordance with the standard guidelines, seek instructions as to how to vote the proxy at issue from ISS or, if time permits, the affected clients. These inquiries and discussions will be properly reflected in the GPVSC’s minutes.

Duty to Report. Any DWS employee, including any GPVSC member (whether voting or ex officio), that is aware of any actual or apparent conflict of interest relevant to, or any attempt by any person outside of the DWS organization (but within Deutsche Bank and its affiliates) or any entity that identifies itself as an DWS advisory client to influence how DWS votes its proxies has a duty to disclose the existence of the situation to the GPVSC Chair (or his or her designee) and the details of the matter to the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee. In the case of any person participating in the deliberations on a specific vote, such disclosure should be made before engaging in any activities or participating in any discussion pertaining to that vote.

Recusal of Members. The GPVSC will recuse from participating in a specific proxy vote any GPVSC members (whether voting or ex officio) and/or any other person who: (i) are personally involved in a material conflict of interest; or (ii) who, as determined by the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee, have actual knowledge of a circumstance or fact that could affect their independent judgment, in respect of such vote. The GPVSC will also exclude from consideration the views of any person (whether requested or volunteered) if the GPVSC or any member thereof knows, or if the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee has determined, that such other person has a material conflict of interest with respect to the particular proxy or has attempted to influence the vote in any manner prohibited by these policies.

If, after excluding all relevant GPVSC voting members pursuant to the paragraph above, there are three or more GPVSC voting members remaining, those remaining GPVSC members will determine how to vote the proxy in accordance with these Policies and Guidelines. If there are fewer than three GPVSC voting members remaining, the GPVSC Chair will vote the proxy in accordance with the standard Guidelines or will obtain instructions as to how to have the proxy voted from, if time permits, the affected clients and otherwise from ISS.

4.4.2 Investment Companies and Affiliated Public Companies

Investment Companies. As reflected in the Guidelines, all proxies solicited by open-end and closed-end investment companies are voted in accordance with the pre-determined guidelines of ISS, unless the investment company client directs DWS to vote differently on a specific proxy or specific categories of proxies. However, regarding investment companies for which DWS or an affiliate serves as investment adviser or principal underwriter, such proxies are voted in the same proportion as the vote of all other shareholders (i.e., “mirror” or “echo” voting). Master Fund proxies solicited from feeder Funds are voted in accordance with applicable provisions of Section 12 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“Investment Company Act”).

. 271

Page 299: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Subject to participation agreements with certain Exchange Traded Funds (“ETF”) issuers that have received exemptive orders from the US Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) allowing investing DWS Funds to exceed the limits set forth in Section 12(d)(1)(A) and (B) of the Investment Company Act, DWS will echo vote proxies for ETFs in which Deutsche Bank holds more than 25% of outstanding voting shares globally when required to do so by participation agreements and SEC orders.

Affiliated Public Companies. For proxies solicited by non-investment company issuers of or within the Deutsche Bank organization (e.g., Deutsche Bank itself), these proxies will be voted in the same proportion as the vote of other shareholders (i.e., “mirror” or “echo” voting).

Note: With respect to the DWS Central Cash Management Government Fund (registered under the Investment Company Act), the Fund is not required to engage in echo voting and the investment adviser will use these Guidelines and may determine, with respect to the DWS Central Cash Management Government Fund, to vote contrary to the positions in the Guidelines, consistent with the Fund’s best interest.

4.4.3 Other Procedures that Limit Conflicts of Interest

DWS and other entities in the Deutsche Bank organization have adopted a number of policies, procedures, and internal controls that are designed to avoid various conflicts of interest, including those that may arise in connection with proxy voting, including but not limited to: Code of Business Conduct and Ethics – DB Group; Conflicts of Interest Policy – DB Group; Information Sharing Procedures –AM, GTB & CB&S; Code of Ethics – AM US; Code of Ethics – DWS ex US Code of Professional Conduct – US.

The GPVSC expects that these policies, procedures, and internal controls will greatly reduce the chance that the GPVSC (or its members) would be involved in, aware of, or influenced by an actual or apparent conflict of interest.

All impacted business units are required to adopt, implement, and maintain procedures to ensure compliance with this Section. At a minimum, such procedures must: (i) assign roles and responsibilities for carrying out the procedures, including responsibility for periodically updating the procedures; (ii) identify clear escalation paths for identified breaches of the procedures; and (iii) contain a legend or table mapping the procedures to this Section (e.g., cross-referencing Section or page numbers).

5. Recordkeeping

At a minimum, the following records must be properly maintained and readily accessible in order to evidence compliance with this Policy. DWS will maintain a record of each proxy vote cast by DWS that includes among other things, company name,

meeting date, proposals presented, vote cast, and shares voted. Proxy Vendor Oversight maintains records for each of the proxy ballots it votes. Specifically, the records include, but

are not limited to:� The proxy statement (and any additional solicitation materials) and relevant portions of annual statements;� Any additional information considered in the voting process that may be obtained from an issuing company, its

agents, or proxy research firms;� Analyst worksheets created for stock option plan and share increase analyses; and� Proxy Edge print-screen of actual vote election. DWS will: (i) retain this Policy and the Guidelines; (ii) will maintain records of client requests for proxy voting

information; and (iii) will retain any documents Proxy Vendor Oversight or the GPVSC prepared that were material to making a voting decision or that memorialized the basis for a proxy voting decision.

The GPVSC also will create and maintain appropriate records documenting its compliance with this Policy, including records of its deliberations and decisions regarding conflicts of interest and their resolution.

With respect to DWS’s investment company clients, ISS will create and maintain records of each company’s proxy voting record for the 12-month periods ending June 30. DWS will compile the following information for each matter relating to a portfolio security considered at any shareholder meeting held during the period covered by the report (and with respect to which the company was entitled to vote):� The name of the issuer of the portfolio security;

. 272

Page 300: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

� The exchange ticker symbol of the portfolio security (if symbol is available through reasonably practicable means);� The Council on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures (“CUSIP”) number for the portfolio security (if the

number is available through reasonably practicable means);� The shareholder meeting date;� A brief identification of the matter voted on;� Whether the matter was proposed by the issuer or by a security holder;� Whether the company cast its vote on the matter;� How the company cast its vote (e.g., for or against proposal, or abstain; for or withhold regarding election of

Directors); and� Whether the company cast its vote for or against Management.

Note: This list is intended to provide guidance only in terms of the records that must be maintained in accordance with this policy. In addition, please note that records must be maintained in accordance with the Enterprise Archive Policy - Deutsche Bank Group, Records Management Policy - Deutsche Bank Group, Records Management Principles – DB Group, and applicable policies and procedures thereunder.

With respect to electronically stored records, “properly maintained” is defined as complete, authentic (unalterable), usable and backed-up. At a minimum, records should be retained for a period of not less than six years (or longer, if necessary to comply with applicable regulatory requirements), the first three years in an appropriate DWS office.

6. The GPVSC’s Oversight Role

In addition to adopting the Guidelines and making proxy voting decisions on matters referred to it as set forth above, the GPVSC monitors the proxy voting process by reviewing summary proxy information presented by ISS. The GPVSC uses this review process to determine, among other things, whether any changes should be made to the Guidelines. This review will take place at least quarterly and is documented in the GPVSC’s minutes.1For purposes of this document, “clients” refers to persons or entities: (i) for which DWS serves as investment adviser or sub-adviser; (ii) for which DWS votes proxies; and (iii) that have an economic or beneficial ownership interest in the portfolio securities of issuers soliciting such proxies.§2Proxy Vendor Oversight generally monitors upcoming proxy solicitations for heightened attention from the press or the industry and for novel or unusual proposals or circumstances, which may prompt Proxy Vendor Oversight to bring the solicitation to the attention of the GPVSC Chair. DWS Portfolio Managers, DWS Research Analysts and sub-advisers also may bring a particular proxy vote to the attention of the GPVSC Chair, as a result of their ongoing monitoring of portfolio securities held by advisory clients and/or their review of the periodic proxy voting record reports that the GPVSC Chair distributes to DWS portfolio managers and DWS research analysts.§3As mentioned above, the GPVSC votes proxies where: (i) neither a specific client instruction nor a Guideline directs how the proxy should be voted; (ii) where the Guidelines specify that an issue is to be determined on a case-by-case basis; or (iii) where voting in accordance with the Guidelines may not be in the best economic interests of clients.§4 Proxy Vendor Oversight, who serves as the non-voting secretary of the GPVSC, may receive routine calls from proxy solicitors and other parties interested in a particular proxy vote. Any contact that attempts to exert improper pressure or influence shall be reported to the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee.

. 273

Page 301: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

ATTACHMENT A – GLOBAL PROXY VOTING GUIDELINESDWSGLOBAL PROXY VOTING GUIDELINESAs Amended January, 2019

I. Board of Directors and Executives................................................................................................................ 15

A. Election of Directors ................................................................................................................................... 15

B. Classified Boards of Directors .................................................................................................................... 17

C. Board and Committee Independence......................................................................................................... 17

D. Liability and Indemnification of Directors .................................................................................................... 17

E. Qualification of Directors ............................................................................................................................ 18

F. Removal of Directors and Filling of Vacancies ........................................................................................... 18

G. Proposals to Fix the Size of the Board ....................................................................................................... 18

H. Proposals to Restrict Chief Executive Officer's Service on Multiple Boards .............................................. 18

I. Proposals to Establish Audit Committees ………………………………..................................................... 18

II. Capital Structure ............................................................................................................................................ 19

A. Authorization of Additional Shares ……………………............................................................................... 19

B. Authorization of "Blank Check" Preferred Stock ………………………....................................................... 19

C. Stock Splits / Reverse Stock Splits ............................................................................................................ 19

D. Dual Class / Supervoting Stock .................................................................................................................. 19

E. Large Block Issuance …………………………............................................................................................ 19

F. Recapitalization into a Single Class of Stock ............................................................................................. 20

G. Share Repurchases.................................................................................................................................... 20

H. Reductions in Par Value ............................................................................................................................. 21

III. Corporate Governance Issues ...................................................................................................................... 21

A. Confidential Voting ..................................................................................................................................... 21

B. Cumulative Voting ………………………….................................................................................. 21

C. Supermajority Voting Requirements............................................................................................ 21

D. Shareholder Right to Vote .......................................................................................................................... 22

E. Amendments of the Articles.......................................................................................................................... 22

F. Related Party Transactions.......................................................................................................................... 22

IV. Compensation............................................................................................................................................... 22

A. Executive Director Stock Option Plans........................................................................................................ 22

B. Employee Stock Option / Purchase Plans................................................................................................... 23

C. Golden Parachutes...................................................................................................................................... 23

D. Proposals to Limit Benefits or Executive Compensation ............................................................................ 23

E. Shareholder Proposals Concerning "Pay for Superior Performance" ....................................................... 23

F. Executive Compensation Advisory .............................................................................................................. 24

G. Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation.............................................................................................. 24

H. Frequency of Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation ......................................................................... 26

V. Anti-Takeover Related Issues....................................................................................................................... 26

A. Shareholder Rights Plans ("Poison Pills") .................................................................................................. 26

B. Reincorporation .......................................................................................................................................... 26

C. Fair-Price Proposals ................................................................................................................................... 27

D. Exemption from State Takeover Laws ....................................................................................................... 27

E. Non-Financial Effects of Takeover Bids ..................................................................................................... 27

VI. Mergers & Acquisitions ................................................................................................................................. 27

VII. Environmental, Social, and Governance Issues ........................................................................................... 28

A. Principles for Responsible Investment ........................................................................................ 28

B. ESG Issues ................................................................................................................................. 28

. 274

Page 302: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

VIII. Miscellaneous Items ..................................................................................................................................... 29

A. Ratification of Auditors ............................................................................................................................... 29

B. Limitation of Non-Audit Services Provided by Independent Auditor .......................................................... 29

C. Audit Firm Rotation..................................................................................................................................... 30

D. Transaction of Other Business ................................................................................................................... 30

E. Motions to Adjourn the Meeting.................................................................................................................. 30

F. Bundled Proposals ..................................................................................................................................... 30

G. Change of Company Name ........................................................................................................................ 30

H. Proposals Related to the Annual Meeting .................................................................................................. 31

I. Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred from Candidate Nomination ............................................................... 31

J. Investment Company Proxies .................................................................................................................... 31

IX. International Proxy Voting Guidelines With Application For Holdings Incorporated Outside theUnited States and Canada...........................................................................................................................

31

A. Election of Directors ...................................................................................................................... 31

B. Remuneration (Variable Pay) ..................................................................................................... 32

C. Long-Term Incentive Plans ........................................................................................................ 33

D. Proposals to Restrict Supervisory Board Members Service on Multiple Boards ....................................................... 33

E. Establishment of a Remuneration Committee .......................................................................... 34

F. Management Board Election and Motion.................................................................................... 34

G. Large Block Issuance ............................................................................................................. 34

H. Share Repurchases ..................................................................................................... 35

I. Use of Net Profits ............................................................................................................. 35

J. Amendments of the Articles ............................................................................................................. 35

K. Related Party Transactions ................................................................................................................. 35

L. Auditor ................................................................................................................................................ 35

X. Proxy Voting Guidelines With Application For Holdings Incorporated In Japan.............................................. 36

. 275

Page 303: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

These Guidelines may reflect a voting position that differs from the actual practices of the public company(ies) within the Deutsche Bank organization or of the investment companies for which DWS or an affiliate serves as investment adviser or sponsor.

NOTE: Because of the unique structure and regulatory scheme applicable to closed-end and open-end investment companies (except Real Estate Investment Trusts), the voting guidelines (particularly those related to governance issues) generally will be inapplicable to holdings of closed-end and open-end investment companies, especially for directors of fund-complexes

1. Board of Directors and Executives

A. Election of Directors

Routine: DWS’s Policy is to vote “For” the uncontested election of Directors. Votes for a Director in an uncontested election will be withheld in cases where a Director has shown an inability to perform his/her duties in the best interests of the shareholders, taking into account the following additional factors:

- Accountability to shareholders and transparency of governance practices

- Responsiveness to investor input and shareholder vote

- Composition of the board with Directors adding value through skills, expertise and time commitment

- Independence from management

Where it deems necessary, DWS will also take into account the following additional factors: A combined CEO/Chairman role without a lead Independent Director in place would trigger a vote “Against” the

CEO/Chairman.

It is essential that the board have a lead independent director, who should have approval over information flow to the board, meeting agendas and meeting schedules to ensure a structure that provides an appropriate balance between the powers of the CEO and those of the independent directors. Attendance at Board meetings not disclosed on an individual basis in the annual report or on the company’s

website and neither is the reported overall attendance above 90 %. An individual candidate has attended fewer than 75 % of the board and audit / risk committee meetings in a given year without a satisfactory explanation for his / her absence disclosed in a clear and comprehensible form in the relevant proxy filings. Satisfactory explanation will be understood as any health issues or family incidents. These would trigger a vote “Against” the election of the corresponding directors A former executive director who is nominated for a membership on the non-executive board when two or more

former executive directors already serve on the same board would result in a vote “Against” the former executive, as the board cannot be regarded as independent anymore.

Relevant committees in place and their majority independent. If the main committees are not majority independent, this could trigger a vote “Abstain” on the Chairman of the board and if the Chairman is not up for election, “Abstain” on the non-independent committee members. The management of Environmental Social and Governance (ESG) controversies around company will be analysed on

a case-by-case basis based on relevant internationally recognized E, S or G principles (e.g. the UN Global Compact Principles and OECD Guidelines for Multinationals). Under extraordinary circumstances, DWS will vote against the election of directors or the entire board if there were material failures of governance, stewardship, risk oversight, or fiduciary responsibilities identified as a result of the controversies around the company. When the director election lengthens the term of office, DWS will consider voting “Against” this election.*

In the absence of an annual election, we are generally supportive of staggered boards as the perpetual renewal of an appropriate proportion of the board members secures an active succession planning. In cases where the annual (re-)election is established, DWS would oppose proposals that would lengthen the term of office (i.e. from annual election to terms of two/three years or more).

*Note – This guideline does not pertain to closed-end or open-end funds.

Regarding independence: Vote against or withhold from non-independent Directors when: The board consists of 50% or less independent Directors; The non-independent Director is part of the audit, compensation or nominating committee; The company has not appointed an audit, compensation or nominating committee.

DWS will classify Directors as non-independent when:

. 276

Page 304: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

1. For executive Directors: Current employee of the company or one of its affiliates.

2. For non-executive Directors: Significant ownership (beneficial owner of more than 50% of the company’s voting power) Former CEO of the company or of an acquired company within the past five years. Former officer of the company, an affiliate or an acquired firm within the past five years. Immediate family member of a current or former officer of the company or its affiliates within the last five years Currently provides (or an immediate family member provides) professional services to the company, to an affiliate of

the company or an individual officer of the company or one of its affiliates in excess of $10,000 per year.

Proxy contest: In a proxy contest involving election of Directors, a case-by-case voting decision will be made based upon analysis of the issues involved and the merits of the incumbent and dissident slates of Directors. Where applicable, DWS will consider the recommendations of ISS along with various factors, including the following: Long-term financial performance of the company relative to its industry; Management’s track record; Background to the contested election; Nominee qualifications and any compensatory arrangements; Strategic plan of dissident slate and quality of the critique against management; Likelihood that the proposed goals and objectives can be achieved (both slates); and Stock ownership positions.

In the case of candidates nominated pursuant to proxy access, DWS’s policy is to vote case-by-case considering any applicable factors listed above, including additional factors and any recommendations of a third party proxy research vendor, currently ISS, which may be relevant, including those that are specific to the company, to the nominee(s) and/or to the nature of the election (such as whether or not there are more candidates than board seats).

Rationale: The large majority of corporate Directors fulfill their fiduciary obligation and in most cases support for Management’s nominees is warranted. As the issues relevant to a contested election differ in each instance, those cases must be addressed as they arise.

B. Classified Boards of Directors

DWS’s policy is to vote against proposals to classify the Board and for proposals to repeal classified Boards and elect Directors annually.

Rationale: Directors should be held accountable on an annual basis. By entrenching the incumbent Board, a classified Board may be used as an anti-takeover device to the detriment of the shareholders in a hostile take-over situation.

C. Board and Committee Independence

DWS’s policy is to vote:

1. “For” proposals that require that a certain percentage (majority up to 66 2/3%) of members of a Board of Directors be comprised of independent or unaffiliated Directors.

2. “For” proposals that require all members of a company’s compensation, audit, nominating, or other similar committees be comprised of independent or unaffiliated Directors.

3. “Against” shareholder proposals to require the addition of special interest, or constituency, representatives to Boards of Directors.

4. “For” separation of the Chairman and CEO positions.

5. Generally “For” proposals that require a company to appoint a Chairman who is an independent Director, taking into account the following factors:

� Whether the proposal is binding and whether it requires an immediate change.� Whether the current board has an existing executive or non-independent chair or there was a recent combination

of the CEO and chair roles.� Whether the governance structure ensures a sufficient board and committee independence, a balance of board

and CEO tenure.

. 277

Page 305: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

� Whether the company has poor governance practices (such as compensation, poor risk oversight, or any actions which harmed or have the potential to harm the interests of the shareholders).

� Whether the company is demonstrating poor performance (as per the assessment and recommendation of ISS).

Rationale: Board independence is a cornerstone of effective governance and accountability. A Board that is sufficiently independent from Management assures that shareholders’ interests are adequately represented.

No Director qualifies as “independent” unless the Board of Directors affirmatively determines that the Director has no material relationship with the listed company (either directly or as a partner, shareholder, or officer of an organization that has a relationship with the company).

Whether a Director is in fact not “independent” will depend on the laws and regulations of the primary market for the security and the exchanges, if any, on which the security trades.

D. Liability and Indemnification of Directors

DWS’s policy is to vote on a case-by-case basis on Management proposals to limit Directors’ liability and to broaden the indemnification of Directors, unless broader indemnification or limitations on Directors’ liability would affect shareholders’ interests in pending litigation, in which case, DWS would vote “Against”.

Rationale: While shareholders want Directors and officers to be responsible for their actions, it may not be in the best interests of the shareholders for them to be to risk averse. If the risk of personal liability is too great, companies may not be able to find capable Directors willing to serve. We support expanding coverage only for actions taken in good faith and not for serious violations of fiduciary obligation or negligence.

E. Qualification of Directors

DWS’s policy is to follow Management’s recommended vote on either Management or shareholder proposals that set retirement ages for Directors or require specific levels of stock ownership by Directors.

Rationale: As a general rule, the Board of Directors, and not the shareholders, is most qualified to establish qualification policies.

F. Removal of Directors and Filling of Vacancies

DWS’s policy is to vote “Against” proposals that include provisions that Directors may be removed only for cause or proposals that include provisions that only continuing Directors may fill Board vacancies.

Rationale: Differing state statutes permit removal of Directors with or without cause. Removal of Directors for cause usually requires proof of self-dealing, fraud, or misappropriation of corporate assets, limiting shareholders’ ability to remove Directors except under extreme circumstances. Removal without cause requires no such showing.

Allowing only incumbent Directors to fill vacancies can serve as an anti-takeover device, precluding shareholders from filling the Board until the next regular election.

G. Proposals to Fix the Size of the Board AM policy is to vote:

DWS’s policy is to vote:

1. “For” proposals to fix the size of the Board unless: (a) no specific reason for the proposed change is given; or (b) the proposal is part of a package of takeover defences.

2. “Against” proposals allowing Management to fix the size of the Board without shareholder approval.

Rationale: Absent danger of anti-takeover use, companies should be granted a reasonable amount of flexibility in fixing the size of its Board.

H. Proposals to Restrict Chief Executive Officer’s Service on Multiple Boards

DWS’s policy is to vote “For” proposals to restrict a Chief Executive Officer from serving on more than two outside Boards of Directors.

Rationale: Chief Executive Officer must have sufficient time to ensure that shareholders’ interests are represented adequately.

Note: A Director’s service on multiple closed-end fund Boards within a fund complex are treated as service on a single Board for the purpose of the proxy voting guidelines.

I. Proposals to Establish Audit Committees

DWS’s policy is to vote “For” proposals that require the establishment of Audit Committees.

. 278

Page 306: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Rationale: The Audit Committee should deal with accounting and risk management related questions, verifies the independence of the auditor with due regard to possible conflicts of interest. It also should determine the procedure of the audit process.

II. Capital Structure

A. Authorization of Additional Shares

DWS’s policy is to vote “For” proposals to increase the authorization of existing classes of stock that do not exceed a 3:1 ratio of shares authorized to shares outstanding for a large cap company and do not exceed a 4:1 ratio of shares authorized to shares outstanding for a small-midcap company (companies having a market capitalization under one billion US dollars).

Rationale: While companies need an adequate number of shares in order to carry on business, increases requested for general financial flexibility must be limited to protect shareholders from their potential use as an anti-takeover device. Requested increases for specifically designated, reasonable business purposes (stock split, merger, etc.) will be considered in light of those purposes and the number of shares required.

B. Authorization of “Blank Check” Preferred Stock

DWS’s policy is to vote:

1. “Against” proposals to create blank check preferred stock or to increase the number of authorized shares of blank check preferred stock unless the company expressly states that the stock will not be used for anti-takeover purposes and will not be issued without shareholder approval.

2. “For” proposals mandating shareholder approval of blank check stock placement.

Rationale: Shareholders should be permitted to monitor the issuance of classes of preferred stock in which the Board of Directors is given unfettered discretion to set voting, dividend, conversion, and other rights for the shares issued.

C. Stock Splits/Reverse Stock Splits

DWS’s policy is to vote “For” stock splits if a legitimate business purpose is set forth and the split is in the shareholders’ best interests. A vote is cast “For” a reverse stock split only if the number of shares authorized is reduced in the same proportion as the reverse split or if the effective increase in authorized shares (relative to outstanding shares) complies with the proxy guidelines for common stock increases.

Rationale: Generally, stock splits do not detrimentally affect shareholders. Reverse stock splits, however, may have the same result as an increase in authorized shares and should be analyzed accordingly.

D. Dual Class/Supervoting Stock

DWS’s policy is to vote “Against” proposals to create or authorize additional shares of super-voting stock or stock with unequal voting rights.

Rationale: The “one share, one vote” principal ensures that no shareholder maintains a voting interest exceeding their equity interest in the company.

E. Large Block Issuance

DWS’s policy is to address large block issuances of stock on a case-by-case basis based on the nature of the issuance, considering various factors including recommendation of ISS subject to review by the GPVSC as set forth in the guidelines.

For general Issuances, in general DWS’s policy is to:

i. vote for issuance authorities with pre-emptive rights to a maximum of 100 percent over currently issued capital and as long as the share issuance authorities’ periods are clearly disclosed (or implied by the application of a legal maximum duration) and in line with market-specific practices and/or recommended guidelines (e.g. issuance periods limited to 18 months for the Netherlands); and

ii. vote for issuance authorities without pre-emptive rights to a maximum of 20 percent (or a lower limit if local market best practice recommendations provide) of currently issued capital as long as the share issuance authorities’ periods are clearly disclosed (or implied by the application of a legal maximum duration) and in line with market-specific practices and/or recommended guidelines (e.g. issuance periods limited to 18 months for the Netherlands).

For French companies, DWS’s policy is to:

. 279

Page 307: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Vote for general issuance requests with pre-emptive rights, or without pre-emptive rights but with a binding “priority right,” for a maximum of 50 percent over currently issued capital.

Generally vote for general authorities to issue shares without pre-emptive rights up to a maximum of 10 percent of share capital. When companies are listed on a regulated market, the maximum discount on share issuance price proposed in the resolution must, in addition, comply with the legal discount (i.e., a maximum of 5 percent discount to the share listing price) for a vote for to be warranted.

Where it deems necessary, DWS will also consider voting “Against”, taking into account the following additional factors: The combined equity issuance of all equity instruments with pre-emptive rights exceeds 50 percent of the

outstanding share capital or the prevailing maximum threshold as stipulated by best practice rules for corporate governance in the respective country. Exceeding either of the two thresholds will be judged on a CASE-BY- CASE basis, provided that the subscription rights are actively tradable in the market. The cumulative equity issuances without subscription rights (historical and across instruments) exceed the maximum

level specified in a respective country’s best practices for corporate governance or 30 percent of the company’s nominal capital.

For specific issuances, in general DWS’s policy is to:

Vote on a case-by-case basis on all requests, with or without pre-emptive rights, incorporating where applicable the recommendation of ISS.

Additionally, DWS supports proposals requiring shareholder approval of large block issuances.

Rationale: Stock issuances must be reviewed in light of the business circumstances leading to the request and the potential impact on shareholder value.

F. Recapitalization into a Single Class of Stock

DWS’s policy is to vote “For” recapitalization plans to provide for a single class of common stock, provided the terms are fair, with no class of stock being unduly disadvantaged.

Rationale: Consolidation of multiple classes of stock is a business decision that may be left to the Board and/or Management if there is no adverse effect on shareholders.

G. Share Repurchases

DWS’s policy is to vote “For” share repurchase plans provided all shareholders are able to participate on equal terms. Where it deems necessary, DWS will also analyse on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, if the maximum offer/price premium exceeds 10 percent and if the share repurchase program exceeds a maximum of 10 percent of issued share capital.

Rationale: Buybacks are generally considered beneficial to shareholders because they tend to increase returns to the remaining shareholders. However, if the maximum offer premium exceeds 10 percent and the program itself exceeds 10 percent of issued capital, this could indicate potential risks for the shareholders in the longer term.

H. Reductions in Par Value

DWS’s policy is to vote “For” proposals to reduce par value, provided a legitimate business purpose is stated (e.g., the reduction of corporate tax responsibility.)

Rationale: Usually, adjustments to par value are a routine financial decision with no substantial impact on shareholders.

III. Corporate Governance Issues

A. Confidential Voting

DWS’s policy is to vote “For” proposals to provide for confidential voting and independent tabulation of voting results and to vote “Against” proposals to repeal such provisions.

Rationale: Confidential voting protects the privacy rights of all shareholders. This is particularly important for employee-shareholders or shareholders with business or other affiliations with the company, who may be vulnerable to coercion or retaliation when opposing Management. Confidential voting does not interfere with the ability of corporations to communicate with all shareholders, nor does it prohibit shareholders from making their views known directly to Management.

B. Cumulative Voting

DWS’s policy is to vote “Against” shareholder proposals requesting cumulative voting and “For” Management proposals to eliminate it. The protections afforded shareholders by cumulative voting are not necessary when a company has a

. 280

Page 308: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

history of good performance and does not have a concentrated ownership interest. Accordingly, a vote is cast “Against” cumulative voting and “For” proposals to eliminate it if:

a) The company has a five year return on investment greater than the relevant industry index;

b) All Directors and executive officers as a group beneficially own less than 10% of the outstanding stock; and

c) No shareholder (or voting block) beneficially owns 15% or more of the company.

Thus, failure of any one of the three criteria results in a vote for cumulative voting in accordance with the general policy.

Rationale: Cumulative voting is a tool that should be used to ensure that holders of a significant number of shares may have Board representation; however, the presence of other safeguards may make their use unnecessary.

C. Supermajority Voting Requirements

DWS’s policy is to vote “Against” Management proposals to require a supermajority vote to amend the charter or bylaws and to vote “For” shareholder proposals to modify or rescind existing supermajority requirements.

*Exception made when company holds a controlling position and seeks to lower threshold to maintain control and/or make changes to corporate by-laws.

Rationale: Supermajority voting provisions violate the democratic principle that a simple majority should carry the vote. Setting supermajority requirements may make it difficult or impossible for shareholders to remove egregious by-law or charter provisions. Occasionally, a company with a significant insider held position might attempt to lower a supermajority threshold to make it easier for Management to approve provisions that may be detrimental to shareholders. In that case, it may not be in the shareholders’ interests to lower the supermajority provision.

D. Shareholder Right to Vote

DWS’s policy is to vote “Against” proposals that restrict the right of shareholders to call special meetings, amend the bylaws, or act by written consent. DWS’s policy is to vote “For” proposals that remove such restrictions.

Rationale: Any reasonable means whereby shareholders can make their views known to Management or affect the governance process should be supported.

E. Amendments of the Articles

Where it deems necessary, DWS will consider to generally vote “Against” if the vote is an article amendment that would lengthen the term of office for directors over 3 years.

F. Related Party Transactions

DWS will analyse related party transactions on a CASE-BY-CASE basis and will additionally consider ISS recommendations.

IV. Compensation

Annual Incentive Plans or Bonus Plans are often submitted to shareholders for approval. These plans typically award cash to executives based on company performance. Deutsche Bank believes that the responsibility for executive compensation decisions rest with the Board of Directors and/or the compensation committee, and its policy is not to second-guess the Board’s award of cash compensation amounts to executives unless a particular award or series of awards is deemed excessive. If stock options are awarded as part of these bonus or incentive plans, the provisions must meet Deutsche Bank’s criteria regarding stock option plans or similar stock-based incentive compensation schemes, as set forth below.

A. Executive and Director Stock Option Plans

DWS’s policy is to vote “For” stock option plans that meet the following criteria:

1. The resulting dilution of existing shares is less than: (a) 15% of outstanding shares for large capital corporations; or (b) 20% of outstanding shares for small-mid capital companies (companies having a market capitalization under one billion US dollars).

2. The transfer of equity resulting from granting options at less than fair market value (“FMV”) is no greater than 3% of the over-all market capitalization of large capital corporations or 5% of market cap for small-mid capital companies.

3. The plan does not contain express repricing provisions and, in the absence of an express statement that options will not be repriced, the company does not have a history of repricing options.

4. The plan does not grant options on super-voting stock.

. 281

Page 309: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

DWS will support performance-based option proposals as long as: (a) they do not mandate that all options granted by the company must be performance based; and (b) only certain high-level executives are subject to receive the performance based options.

DWS will support proposals to eliminate the payment of outside Director Pensions.

Rationale: Determining the cost to the company and to shareholders of stock-based incentive plans raises significant issues not encountered with cash-based compensation plans. These include the potential dilution of existing shareholders’ voting power, the transfer of equity out of the company resulting from the grant and execution of options at less than FMV and the authority to reprice or replace underwater options. Our stock option plan analysis model seeks to allow reasonable levels of flexibility for a company yet still protect shareholders from the negative impact of excessive stock compensation. Acknowledging that small mid-capital corporations often rely more heavily on stock option plans as their main source of executive compensation and may not be able to compete with their large capital competitors with cash compensation, we provide slightly more flexibility for those companies.

B. Employee Stock Option / Purchase Plans

DWS’s policy is to vote “For” employee stock purchase plans (“ESPPs”) when the plan complies with Internal Revenue Code Section 423, allowing non-Management employees to purchase stock at 85% of FMV.

DWS’s policy is to vote “For” employee stock option plans (“ESOPs”) provided they meet the standards for stock option plans in general. However, when computing dilution and transfer of equity, ESOPs are considered independently from executive and Director Option plans.

Rationale: ESOPs and ESPPs encourage rank-and-file employees to acquire an ownership stake in the companies they work for and have been shown to promote employee loyalty and improve productivity.

C. Golden Parachutes

DWS’s policy is to vote “For” proposals to require shareholder approval of golden parachutes and for proposals that would limit golden parachutes to no more than three times base compensation. DWS’s policy is to vote on a case-by-case basis regarding more restrictive shareholder proposals to limit golden parachutes.

Rationale: In setting a reasonable limitation, DWS considers that an effective parachute should be less attractive than continued employment and that the IRS has opined that amounts greater than three times annual salary, are excessive.

D. Proposals to Limit Benefits or Executive Compensation

DWS’s policy is to vote “Against”:

1. Proposals to limit benefits, pensions or compensation; and

2. Proposals that request or require disclosure of executive compensation greater than the disclosure required by Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) regulations.

Rationale: Levels of compensation and benefits are generally considered to be day-to-day operations of the company, and are best left unrestricted by arbitrary limitations proposed by shareholders.

E. Shareholder Proposals Concerning “Pay for Superior Performance”

DWS’s policy is to address pay for superior performance proposals on a case-by-case basis, subject to review by the GPVSC as set forth in DWS’s Proxy Voting Policy and Guidelines, based on recommendation by ISS and in consideration of the following factors: What aspects of the company’s annual and long-term equity incentive programs are performance driven? If the annual and long-term equity incentive programs are performance driven, are the performance criteria and

hurdle rates disclosed to shareholders or are they benchmarked against a disclosed peer group? Can shareholders assess the correlation between pay and performance based on the current disclosure? What type of industry and stage of business cycle does the company belong to?

These proposals generally include the following principles: Set compensation targets for the plan’s annual and long-term incentive pay components at or below the peer

group median; Deliver a majority of the plan’s target long-term compensation through performance-vested, not simply time-

vested, equity awards;

. 282

Page 310: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Provide the strategic rationale and relative weightings of the financial and non-financial performance metrics or criteria used in the annual and performance-vested long-term incentive components of the plan; Establish performance targets for each plan financial metric relative to the performance of the company’s peer

companies; Limit payment under the annual and performance-vested long-term incentive components of the plan to when the

company’s performance on its selected financial performance metrics exceeds peer group median performance.

Rationale: While DWS agrees that compensation issues are better left to the discretion of Management, there remains the need to monitor for excessive and problematic compensation practices on a case-by-case basis. If, after a review of the ISS metrics, DWS is comfortable with ISS’s applying this calculation DWS will vote according to ISS recommendation.

F. Executive Compensation Advisory

DWS’s policy is to support management or shareholder proposals to propose an advisory resolution seeking to ratify the compensation of the company’s named executive officers (“NEOs”) on an annual basis “say on pay”).

Rationale: DWS believes that controls exist within senior Management and corporate compensation committees, ensuring fair compensation to executives. However, an annual advisory vote represents a good opportunity for shareholders to have a transparent and clear exchange of views with the company of the executive compensation structures.

G. Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation

DWS’s policy is to vote on a case-by-case basis on ballot items related to executive pay and practices, as well as certain aspects of outside director compensation, including recommendations by ISS where applicable, subject to review by the GPVSC as set forth in DWS’s Proxy Voting Policy and Guidelines.

DWS’s policy is to vote against Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation (Management Say-on-Pay—MSOP) if: There is a significant misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay for performance); The company maintains significant problematic pay practices; The board exhibits a significant level of poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders.

Primary Evaluation Factors for Executive Pay

Pay-for-Performance Evaluation

DWS will consider the pay-for-performance analysis conducted annually by an independent third party, currently ISS, to identify strong or satisfactory alignment between pay and performance over a sustained period. With respect to companies in the Russell 3000 or Russell 3000E Indices, DWS considers the following based on ISS’ analysis:

1. Peer Group Alignment:

� The degree of alignment between the company’s annualized TSR rank and the CEO’s annualized total pay rank within a peer group, each measured over a three-year period.

� The multiple of the CEO’s total pay relative to the peer group median.

2. Absolute Alignment – the absolute alignment between the trend in CEO pay and company TSR over the prior five fiscal years – i.e., the difference between the trend in annual pay changes and the trend in annualized TSR during the period.

If the above analysis demonstrates significant unsatisfactory long-term pay-for-performance alignment or, in the case of companies outside the Russell indices, misaligned pay and performance are otherwise suggested, DWS may consider any of the following qualitative factors as relevant to evaluating how various pay elements may work to encourage or to undermine long-term value creation and alignment with shareholder interests: The ratio of performance- to time-based equity awards; The overall ratio of performance-based compensation; The completeness of disclosure and rigor of performance goals; The company’s peer group benchmarking practices; Actual results of financial/operational metrics, such as growth in revenue, profit, cash flow, etc., both absolute and

relative to peers; Special circumstances related to, for example, a new CEO in the prior FY or anomalous equity grant practices (e.g.,

bi-annual awards); Realizable pay compared to grant pay; and

. 283

Page 311: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Any other factors deemed relevant.

Where it deems necessary, DWS will also take into account the following additional factors: Systems that entitle the company to recover any sums already paid where necessary (e.g. claw-back system).

Deviations are possible wherever the company provides a reasonable explanation why a claw-back was not implemented.

Problematic Pay Practices

DWS’s policy is to defer to ISS’ recommendation regarding executive compensation practices that contravene the global pay principles considered by ISS in evaluating executive pay and practices, including: Problematic practices related to non-performance-based compensation elements; Incentives that may motivate excessive risk-taking; and Options Backdating.

Problematic Pay Practices related to Non-Performance-Based Compensation Elements

DWS’s policy is, in general, to evaluate pay elements that are not directly based on performance on a case-by-case considering the context of a company’s overall pay program and demonstrated pay-for-performance philosophy. DWS will defer to ISS’ analysis of specific pay practices that have been identified as potentially problematic and may lead to negative recommendations if they are deemed to be inappropriate or unjustified relative to executive pay best practices. The list below highlights the problematic practices that carry significant weight in DWS’s overall consideration and may result in adverse vote recommendations: Repricing or replacing of underwater stock options/SARS without prior shareholder approval (including cash

buyouts and voluntary surrender of underwater options); Excessive perquisites or tax gross-ups, including any gross-up related to a secular trust or restricted stock vesting; New or extended agreements that provide for:

· CIC payments exceeding 3 times base salary and average/target/most recent bonus;

· CIC severance payments without involuntary job loss or substantial diminution of duties (“single” or “modified single” triggers);

· CIC payments with excise tax gross-ups (including “modified” gross-ups); Insufficient executive compensation disclosure by externally- managed issuers (EMIs) such that a reasonable

assessment of pay programs and practices applicable to the EMI’s executives is not possible.

Incentives that may Motivate Excessive Risk-Taking Multi-year guaranteed bonuses; A single or common performance metric used for short- and long-term plans; Lucrative severance packages; High pay opportunities relative to industry peers; Disproportionate supplemental pensions; or Mega annual equity grants that provide unlimited upside with no downside risk.

Factors that potentially mitigate the impact of risky incentives include rigorous claw-back provisions and robust stock ownership/holding guidelines.

Options Backdating

DWS’s policy is to examine the following factors case-by-case to allow for distinctions to be made between “sloppy” plan administration versus deliberate action or fraud: Reason and motive for the options backdating issue, such as inadvertent vs. deliberate grant date changes; Duration of options backdating; Size of restatement due to options backdating; Corrective actions taken by the board or compensation committee, such as cancelling or re-pricing backdated

options, the recouping of option gains on backdated grants; and Adoption of a grant policy that prohibits backdating, and creates a fixed grant schedule or window period for

equity grants in the future.

DWS may rely on ISS’s analysis of the foregoing and may defer to ISS’s recommendation subject to review by the GPVSC.

. 284

Page 312: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Rationale: While DWS agrees that compensation issues are better left to the discretion of Management, there remains a need to take action on this nonbinding proposal if excessive or problematic compensation practices exist.

H. Frequency of Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation

DWS’s policy is to vote “For” annual advisory votes on compensation, which provide the most consistent and clear communication channel for shareholder concerns about companies’ executive pay programs.

Rationale: DWS believes that annual advisory vote gives shareholders the opportunity to express any compensation concerns to the Executive Compensation proposal which is an advisory voting.

V. Anti-Takeover Related Issues

A. Shareholder Rights Plans (“Poison Pills”)

DWS’s policy is to vote “For” proposals to require shareholder ratification of poison pills or that request Boards to redeem poison pills, and to vote “Against” the adoption of poison pills if they are submitted for shareholder ratification.

Rationale: Poison pills are the most prevalent form of corporate takeover defenses and can be (and usually are) adopted without shareholder review or consent. The potential cost of poison pills to shareholders during an attempted takeover outweighs the benefits.

B. Reincorporation

DWS’s policy is to examine reincorporation proposals on a case-by-case basis. The voting decision is based on:

1. Differences in state law between the existing state of incorporation and the proposed state of incorporation; and

2. Differences between the existing and the proposed charter / bylaws / articles of incorporation and their effect on shareholder rights.

If changes resulting from the proposed reincorporation violate the corporate governance principles set forth in these guidelines, the reincorporation will be deemed contrary to shareholder’s interests and a vote cast “against.”

Rationale: Reincorporations can be properly analyzed only by looking at the advantages and disadvantages to their shareholders. Care must be taken that anti-takeover protection is not the sole or primary result of a proposed change.

C. Fair-Price Proposals

DWS’s policy is to vote “For” Management fair-price proposals, provided that:

1. The proposal applies only to two-tier offers;

2. The proposal sets an objective fair-price test based on the highest price that the acquirer has paid for a company’s shares;

3. The supermajority requirement for bids that fail the fair-price test is no higher than two-thirds of the outstanding shares; and

4. The proposal contains no other anti-takeover provisions or provisions that restrict shareholders rights.

A vote is cast “For” shareholder proposals that would modify or repeal existing fair-price requirements that do not meet these standards.

Rationale: While fair price provisions may be used as anti-takeover devices, if adequate provisions are included, they provide some protection to shareholders who have some say in their application and the ability to reject those protections if desired.

D. Exemption from State Takeover Laws

DWS’s policy is to vote “For” shareholder proposals to opt out of state takeover laws and to vote “Against” Management proposals requesting to opt out of state takeover laws.

Rationale: Control share statutes, enacted at the state level, may harm long-term share value by entrenching Management. They also unfairly deny certain shares their inherent voting rights.

E. Non-Financial Effects of Takeover Bids

Policy is to vote “Against” shareholder proposals to require consideration of non-financial effects of merger or acquisition proposals.

. 285

Page 313: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Rationale: Non-financial effects may often be subjective and are secondary to DWS’s stated purpose of acting in its client’s best economic interest.

VI. Mergers & Acquisitions

Evaluation of mergers, acquisitions and other special corporate transactions (i.e., takeovers, spin-offs, sales of assets, reorganizations, restructurings, and recapitalizations) are performed on a case-by-case basis, including consideration of ISS’s analysis and recommendations where applicable, subject to review by the GPVSC. AM’s policy is to review and evaluate the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including: Valuation - Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? While the

fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, emphasis is placed on the offer premium, market reaction and strategic rationale. Market reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction should cause

closer scrutiny of a deal. Strategic rationale - Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue

synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

Negotiations and process - Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm’s-length? Was the process fair and equitable? A fair process helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Significant negotiation “wins” can also signify the deal makers’ competency. The comprehensiveness of the sales process (e.g., full auction, partial auction, no auction) can also affect shareholder value. Conflicts of interest - Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as

compared to non-insider shareholders? As the result of potential conflicts, the directors and officers of the company may be more likely to vote to approve a merger than if they did not hold these interests. Consider whether these interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger. The CIC figure presented in the “ISS Transaction Summary” section of this report is an aggregate figure that can in certain cases be a misleading indicator of the true value transfer from shareholders to insiders. Where such figure appears to be excessive, analyze the underlying assumptions to determine whether a potential conflict exists. Governance - Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance

profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

Additional resources including portfolio management and research analysts may be considered as set forth in DWS’s policies and procedures.

VII. Environmental, Social, and Governance Issues

Environmental, social, and governance issues (“ESG”) are becoming increasingly important to corporate success. We incorporate ESG considerations into both our investment decisions and our proxy voting decisions – particularly if the financial performance of the company could be impacted. Companies or states that seriously contravene internationally accepted ethical principles will be subject to heightened scrutiny.

A. Principles for Responsible Investment

DWS policy is to actively engage with companies on ESG issues and participate in ESG initiatives. In this context, DWS: (a) votes “For” increased disclosure on ESG issues; (b) is willing to participate in the development of policy, regulation, and standard setting (such as promoting and protecting shareholder rights); (c) could support shareholder initiatives and also file shareholder resolutions with long term ESG considerations and improved ESG disclosure, when applicable; (d) could support standardized ESG reporting and issues to be integrated within annual financial reports; and (e) on a case-by-case basis, on other votes related to ESG issues.

Rationale: ESG issues can affect the performance of investment portfolios (to varying degrees across companies, sectors, regions, asset classes, and through time).

B. ESG Issues

DWS’s policy will also consider the Coalition for Environmentally Responsible Economies (“CERES”) recommendation on Environmental matters contained in the CERES Principles and the recommendations on social and sustainability issues not specifically addressed elsewhere in these Guidelines. DWS may consider ISS to identify shareholder proposals addressing CERES Principles and may have proxies voted in accordance with ISS’ predetermined voting guidelines on CERES Principles. DWS’s policy is to generally vote for social and environmental shareholder proposals that

. 286

Page 314: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

promote good corporate citizens while enhancing long-term shareholder and stakeholder value. DWS’s policy is to vote for disclosure reports that seek additional information particularly when it appears companies have not adequately addressed shareholders’ social, workforce, and environmental concerns. In determining vote recommendations on shareholder social, workforce, and environmental proposals, DWS will consider the recommendation of ISS along with various other factors including: Whether the proposal itself is well framed and reasonable; Whether adoption of the proposal would have either a positive or negative impact on the company’s short-term or

long-term share value; Whether the company’s analysis and voting recommendation to shareholders is persuasive; The degree to which the company’s stated position on the issues could affect its reputation or sales, or leave it

vulnerable to boycott or selective purchasing; Whether the subject of the proposal is best left to the discretion of the board; Whether the issues presented in the proposal are best dealt with through legislation, government regulation, or

company-specific action; The company’s approach compared with its peers or any industry standard practices for addressing the issue(s)

raised by the proposal; Whether the company has already responded in an appropriate or sufficient manner to the issue(s) raised in the

proposal; If the proposal requests increased disclosure or greater transparency, whether or not sufficient information is

publically available to shareholders and whether it would be unduly burdensome for the company to compile and avail the requested information to shareholders in a more comprehensive or amalgamated fashion; Whether implementation of the proposal would achieve the objectives sought in the proposal.

In general, DWS’s policy supports proposals that request the company to furnish information helpful to shareholders in evaluating the company’s operations, based on ISS’ analysis and recommendation. In order to be able to intelligently monitor their investments shareholders often need information best provided by the company in which they have invested. Requests to report such information will merit support. Requests to establish special committees of the board to address broad corporate policy and provide forums for ongoing dialogue on issues including, but not limited to shareholder relations, the environment, human rights, occupational health and safety, and executive compensation, will generally be supported, particularly when they appear to offer a potentially effective method for enhancing shareholder value. DWS’s policy is to closely evaluate proposals that ask the company to cease certain actions that the proponent believes are harmful to society or some segment of society with special attention to the company’s legal and ethical obligations, its ability to remain profitable, and potential negative publicity if the company fails to honor the request. DWS’s policy supports shareholder proposals that improve the company’s public image, and reduce exposure to liabilities.

Rationale: DWS supports CERES and as such generally considers the CERES recommendation, but will vote on a case-by-case basis.

VIII. Miscellaneous Items

A. Ratification of Auditors

DWS’s policy is to vote “For”: (a) the Management recommended selection of auditors; and (b) proposals to require shareholder approval of auditors.

Rationale: Absent evidence that auditors have not performed their duties adequately, support for Management’s nomination is warranted.

B. Limitation of Non-Audit Services Provided by Independent Auditor

DWS’s policy is to support proposals limiting non-audit fees to 50% of the aggregate annual fees earned by the firm retained as a company’s independent auditor.

Rationale: In the wake of financial reporting problems and alleged audit failures at a number of companies, DWS supports the general principle that companies should retain separate firms for audit and consulting services to avoid potential conflicts of interest. However, given the protections afforded

by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (which requires Audit Committee pre-approval for non-audit services and prohibits auditors from providing specific types of services), and the fact that some non-audit services are legitimate audit-related services, complete separation of audit and consulting fees may not be warranted. A reasonable limitation is appropriate to help ensure auditor independence and it is reasonable to expect that audit fees exceed non-audit fees

. 287

Page 315: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

C. Audit Firm Rotation

DWS’s policy is to vote against proposals seeking audit firm rotation, unless there are relevant audit-related issues.

Rationale: Because the Sarbanes-Oxley Act mandates that the lead audit partner be switched every five years, DWS believes that rotation of the actual audit firm would be costly and disruptive, unless DWS believes there are significant audit-related issues.

Where it deems necessary, on audit-related agenda items, DWS will also consider voting “Against”, taking into account the following additional factors:

1. The name of the audit firm is not disclosed.

2. No breakdown of audit/non-audit fees is provided.

3. Non-audit fees exceed standard audit and audit-related fees, unless ISS highlights a special justification such as IPOs, M&A or restructuring (this guideline applies only to companies on the country’s main index).

4. Auditors are changed without explanation.

D. Transaction of Other Business

DWS’s policy is to vote “Against” transaction of other business proposals.

Rationale: This is a routine item to allow shareholders to raise other issues and discuss them at the meeting. As the nature of these issues may not be disclosed prior to the meeting, we recommend a vote against these proposals. This protects shareholders voting by proxy (and not physically present at a meeting) from having action taken at the meeting that they did not receive proper notification of or sufficient opportunity to consider.

E. Motions to Adjourn the Meeting

DWS’s Policy is to vote “Against” proposals to adjourn the meeting.

Rationale: Management may seek authority to adjourn the meeting if a favorable outcome is not secured. Shareholders should already have had enough information to make a decision. Once votes have been cast, there is no justification for Management to continue spending time and money to press shareholders for support.

F. Bundled Proposals

DWS’s policy is to vote against bundled proposals if any bundled issue would require a vote against it if proposed individually.

Rationale: Shareholders should not be forced to “take the good with the bad” in cases where the proposals could reasonably have been submitted separately.

G. Change of Company Name

DWS’s policy is to support Management on proposals to change the company name.

Rationale: This is generally considered a business decision for a company.

H. Proposals Related to the Annual Meeting

DWS’s Policy is to vote “For” Management for proposals related to the conduct of the annual meeting (meeting time, place, etc.)

Rationale: These are considered routine administrative proposals.

I. Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred from Candidate Nomination

DWS’s policy is to follow Management’s recommended vote on shareholder proposals related to the amending of company bylaws to provide for the reimbursement of reasonable expenses incurred in connection with nominating one or more candidates in a contested election of Directors to the corporation’s Board of Directors.

Rationale: Corporations should not be liable for costs associated with shareholder proposals for Directors.

J. Investment Company Proxies

Proxies solicited by investment companies are voted in accordance with the recommendations of an independent third party, currently ISS. However, regarding investment companies for which DWS or an affiliate serves as investment adviser or principal underwriter, such proxies are voted in the same proportion as the vote of all other shareholders. Proxies

. 288

Page 316: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

solicited by master funds from feeder funds will be voted in accordance with applicable provisions of Section 12 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“Investment Company Act”).

Investment companies, particularly closed-end investment companies, are different from traditional operating companies. These differences may call for differences in voting positions on the same matter. For example, DWS could vote “For” staggered Boards of closed-end investment companies, although DWS generally votes “Against” staggered Boards for operating companies. Further, the manner in which DWS votes investment company proxies may differ from proposals for which a DWS-advised investment company solicits proxies from its shareholders. As reflected in the Guidelines, proxies solicited by closed-end (and open-end) investment companies are voted in accordance with the pre-determined guidelines of an independent third-party.

Subject to participation agreements with certain Exchange Traded Funds (“ETF”) issuers that have received exemptive orders from the US Securities and Exchange Commission allowing investing DWS Funds to exceed the limits set forth in Section 12(d)(1)(A) and (B) of the Investment Company Act, DWS will echo vote proxies for ETFs in which Deutsche Bank holds more than 25% of outstanding voting shares globally when required to do so by participation agreements and SEC orders.

Note: With respect to the DWS Central Cash Management Government Fund (registered under the Investment Company Act), the Fund is not required to engage in echo voting and the investment adviser will use these Guidelines, and may determine, with respect to the DWS Central Cash Management Government Fund, to vote contrary to the positions in the Guidelines, consistent with the Fund’s best interest.

The above guidelines pertain to issuers organized in the United States and Canada. Proxies solicited by other issuers are voted in accordance with international guidelines or the recommendation of ISS and in accordance with applicable law and regulation.

IX. International Proxy Voting Guidelines With Application For Holdings Incorporated Outside the United States and Canada

A. Election of Directors

Where it deems necessary, DWS will also take into account the following additional factors: A combined CEO/Chairman role without a lead Independent Director in place would trigger a vote “Against” the

CEO/Chairman.It is essential that the board have a lead independent director, who should have approval over information flow to the board, meeting agendas and meeting schedules to ensure a structure that provides an appropriate balance between the powers of the CEO and those of the independent directors.

Attendance at Board meetings not disclosed on an individual basis in the annual report or on the company’s website and neither is the reported overall attendance above 90 %. An individual candidate has attended fewer than 75 % of the board and audit / risk committee meetings in a given year without a satisfactory explanation for his / her absence disclosed in a clear and comprehensible form in the relevant proxy filings. Satisfactory explanation will be understood as any health issues or family incidents. These would trigger a vote “Against” the election of the corresponding directors. DWS will vote with an “Against” if the election of a candidate results in a direct transition from executive (incl. the

CEO) to non-executive directorship (i.e. without a cooling off of minimum two years). In especially warranted cases, executive directors with a long and proven track record can become non-executive directors if this change is in line with the national best practice for corporate governance. A former executive director who is nominated for a membership on the non-executive board when two or more

former executive directors already serve on the same board would result in a vote “Against” the former executive, as the board cannot be regarded as independent anymore.

Relevant committees in place and their majority independent. If the main committees are not majority independent, this could trigger a vote “Abstain” on the Chairman of the board and if the Chairman is not up for election, “Abstain” on the non-independent committee members. The management of Environmental Social and Governance (ESG) controversies around company will be analysed on

a case-by-case basis based on relevant internationally recognized E, S or G principles (e.g. the UN Global Compact Principles and OECD Guidelines for Multinationals). Under extraordinary circumstances, DWS will vote against the election of directors or the entire board if there were material failures of governance, stewardship, risk oversight, or fiduciary responsibilities identified as a result of the controversies around the company. When the director election lengthens the term of office, DWS will consider voting “Against” this election.*

In the absence of an annual election, we are generally supportive of staggered boards as the perpetual renewal of an appropriate proportion of the board members secures an active succession planning. In cases where the annual

. 289

Page 317: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

(re-)election is established, DWS would oppose proposals that would lengthen the term of office (i.e. from annual election to terms of two/three years or more).

*Note – This guideline would not pertain to closed-end or open-end funds.

B. Remuneration (Variable Pay)

Executive remuneration for Management Board

Where it deems necessary, DWS will also take into account the following additional factors: Systems that entitle the company to recover any sums already paid (e.g. claw-back-system). Deviations are possible

wherever the company provides a reasonable explanation why a claw-back was not implemented.

DWS’s policy is to vote “For” Management Board remuneration that is transparent and linked to results.

Rationale: Executive compensation should motivate Management and align the interests of Management with the shareholders. The focus should be on criteria that prevent excessive remuneration; but enable the company to hire and retain first-class professionals.

Shareholder interests are normally best served when Management is remunerated to optimise long-term returns. Criteria should include suitable measurements like return on capital employed or economic value added.

Interests should generally also be correctly aligned when Management own shares in the company – even more so if these shares represent a substantial portion of their own wealth.

Its disclosure shall differentiate between fixed pay, variable (performance related) pay, and long-term incentives, including stock option plans with valuation ranges as well as pension and any other significant arrangements.

Executive remuneration for Supervisory Board

DWS’s policy is to vote “For” remuneration for Supervisory Board that is at least 50% in fixed form.

Rationale: It would normally be preferable if performance linked compensation were not based on dividend payments, but linked to suitable result based parameters. Consulting and procurement services should also be published in the company report.

C. Long-Term Incentive Plans

DWS’s policy is to vote “For” long-term incentive plans for members of a Management Board that reward for above average company performance.

Rationale: Incentive plans will normally be supported if they:

1. Directly align the interests of members of Management Boards with those of shareholders;

2. Establish challenging performance criteria to reward only above average performance;

3. Measure performance by total shareholder return in relation to the market or a range of comparable companies;

4. Are long-term in nature and encourage long-term ownership of the shares once exercised through minimum holding periods; and

5. Do not allow a repricing of the exercise price in stock option plans.

D. Proposals to Restrict Supervisory Board Members Service on Multiple Boards

DWS’s policy is to vote “For” proposals to restrict a Supervisory Board Member from serving on more than five Supervisory Boards.

Rationale: We consider a strong, independent, and knowledgeable Supervisory Board as important counter-balance to executive Management to ensure that the interests of shareholders are fully reflected by the company.

Full information should be disclosed in the annual reports and accounts to allow all shareholders to judge the success of the Supervisory Board controlling their company.

Supervisory Board Members must have sufficient time to ensure that shareholders’ interests are represented adequately.

Note: A Director’s service on multiple closed-end fund Boards within a fund complex are treated as service on a single Board for the purpose of the proxy voting guidelines.

E. Establishment of a Remuneration Committee

DWS’s policy is to vote “For” proposals that require the establishment of a Remuneration Committee.

. 290

Page 318: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Rationale: Corporations should disclose in each annual report or proxy statement their policies on remuneration. Essential details regarding executive remuneration including share options, long-term incentive plans and bonuses, should be disclosed in the annual report, so that investors can judge whether corporate pay policies and practices meet the standard.

The Remuneration Committee shall not comprise any Board members and should be sensitive to the wider scene on executive pay. It should ensure that performance-based elements of executive pay are designed to align the interests of shareholders.

F. Management Board Election and Motion

DWS’s policy is to vote “Against”:

1. The election of Board members with positions on either Remuneration or Audit Committees;

2. The election of Supervisory Board members with too many Supervisory Board mandates; and

3. “Automatic” election of former Board members into the Supervisory Board.

Rationale: Management as an entity, and each of its members, are responsible for all actions of the company, and are – subject to applicable laws and regulations – accountable to the shareholders as a whole for their actions.

Sufficient information should be disclosed in the annual company report and account to allow shareholders to judge the success of the company.

G. Large Block Issuance

For the UK market the following applies:

Generally vote for a resolution to authorise the issuance of equity, unless: The issuance authority exceeds 33 percent of the issued share capital. Assuming it is no more than 33 percent, a

further 33 percent of the issued share capital may also be applied to a fully pre-emptive rights issue taking the acceptable aggregate authority to 66 percent

Where it deems necessary, DWS will also consider voting “Against”, taking into account the following additional factors: The combined equity issuance of all equity instruments with pre-emptive rights exceeds 50 percent of the

outstanding share capital or the prevailing maximum threshold as stipulated by best practice rules for corporate governance in the respective country. Exceeding either of the two thresholds will be judged on a CASE-BY- CASE basis, provided that the subscription rights are actively tradable in the market. The cumulative equity issuances without subscription rights (historical and across instruments) exceed the maximum

level specified in a respective country’s best practices for corporate governance or 30 percent% of the company’s nominal capital.

H. Share Repurchases

Where it deems necessary, DWS will also analyse on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, if the maximum offer/price premium exceeds 10 percent and if the share repurchase program exceeds a maximum of 10 percent of issued share capital.

Rationale: Buybacks are generally considered beneficial to shareholders because they tend to increase returns to the remaining shareholders. However, if the maximum offer premium exceeds 10 percent and the program itself exceeds 10 percent of issued capital, this could indicate potential risks for the shareholders in the longer term.

I. Use of Net Profits

Where it deems necessary, DWS will also consider voting “Against”, taking into account the following factors:

1. The dividend payout ratio has been below 20% for two consecutive years despite a limited availability of profitable growth opportunities, and management has not given/provided adequate reasons for this decision.

2. The payout ratio exceeds 100 % of the distributable profits without appropriate reason (the company pays a dividend which affects its book value).

J. Amendments of the Articles

Where it deems necessary, DWS will consider to generally to vote “Against” if the vote is an article amendment that would lengthen the term of office for directors over 3 years.

. 291

Page 319: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

K. Related Party Transactions

DWS will analyse related party transactions on a CASE-BY-CASE basis and will additionally consider ISS recommendations.

L. Auditor

Where it deems necessary, on audit-related agenda items, DWS will also consider voting “Against”, taking into account the following additional factors:

1. The name of the audit firm is not disclosed.

2. No breakdown of audit/non-audit fees is provided.

3. Non-audit fees exceed standard audit and audit-related- fees, unless ISS highlights a special justification such as IPOs, M&A or restructuring (this guideline applies only to companies on the country`s main index).

4. Auditors are changed without explanation.

5. The same lead audit partner has been appointed for more than five years.

6. Consequently, when the company does not publish the name of its lead auditor and the duration for which she / he has been previously appointed. (Markets in which the regulatory requirement for lead partner rotation is maximum five years are exempt from this guideline).

X. Proxy Voting Guidelines With Application For Holdings Incorporated In Japan

With reference to our policy on board composition in Japan, we expect companies, which define the role of the board to have a supervisory function instead of an executive function, to have at least two

outside directors and strongly encourage them to ensure that at least 1/3 of the members in their boards are considered independent.

With reference to our policy of defining independence, outlined earlier in this document, in Japan as significant shareholders we will consider those who are in the top ten shareholders, even if their holding represents a share of less than 10%, mainly due to the market practice in Japan for business partners to own a certain percentage of each other’s shares as cross shareholders. With reference to our policy on the separation of the CEO and chairman roles and responsibilities, we strongly encourage our Japanese investees to disclose the member, who chairs the board as well as the member, who is considered to chair the company, the so called “Kaicho”, if these roles are separated. We also expect and foster our investees in Japan to establish the relevant formal committees- nomination, remuneration and audit.

Rationale: We acknowledge what has been achieved in the last couple of years in the corporate governance developments in Japan and support the progress, which has been made in that regard, in particular with the introduction of the Corporate Governance and Stewardship codes. We aspire to be in a constructive dialogue with our investees and to act as their steering partner to drive further developments in the corporate governance area. However, we foster our investees in Japan to strive to have more independent boards generally, as we believe board independence is crucial for the further development of corporate governance in Japan.

. 292

Page 320: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Effective Date: February 1, 2019PROPRIETARYPROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURESDIMENSIONAL FUND ADVISORS LPDIMENSIONAL FUND ADVISORS LTD.DFA AUSTRALIA LIMITEDDIMENSIONAL FUND ADVISORS PTE. LTD.DIMENSIONAL JAPAN LTD.Introduction

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (“Dimensional”) is an investment adviser registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”). Dimensional is the parent or indirect parent company of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (“DFAL”), DFA Australia Limited (“DFAA”), Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd. (“DFAP”), Dimensional Japan Ltd. (“DFAJ”) and Dimensional Ireland Limited (“DIL”) (Dimensional, DFAL, DFAA, DFAP, DFAJ and DIL are collectively referred to as the “Advisors”). DFAL and DFAA are also registered as investment advisers under the Advisers Act.

The Advisors provide investment advisory or subadvisory services to various types of clients, including registered funds, unregistered commingled funds, defined benefit plans, defined contribution plans, private and public pension funds, foundations, endowment funds and other types of investors. These clients frequently give the Advisors the authority and discretion to vote proxies relating to the underlying securities beneficially held by such clients. Also, a client may, at times, ask an Advisor to share its proxy voting policies, procedures, and guidelines without the client delegating full voting discretion to the Advisor. Depending on the client, an Advisor’s duties may include making decisions regarding whether and how to vote proxies as part of an investment manager’s fiduciary duty under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”).

The following Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (the “Policy”) address the Advisors’ objectives for voting proxies received by the Advisors on behalf of client accounts or funds to the extent that relationships with such clients are subject to the Advisers Act or ERISA or the clients are registered investment companies under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “40 Act”), including The DFA Investment Trust Company, DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc., Dimensional Investment Group Inc. and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund (together, the “Dimensional Investment Companies”). The Advisors believe that this Policy is reasonably designed to meet their goal of seeking to vote (or refrain from voting) proxies in a manner consistent with applicable legal standards and in the best interests of clients, as understood by the Advisors at the time of the vote.

Exhibit A to this Policy includes a summary of the Advisors’ current Proxy Voting Guidelines and will change from time to time (the “Guidelines”). The Investment Committee of Dimensional has determined that, in general, voting proxies pursuant to the Guidelines should be in the best interests of clients. Therefore, an Advisor will usually instruct voting of proxies in accordance with the Guidelines. The Guidelines provide a framework for analysis and decision making, but do not address all potential issues. In order to be able to address all the relevant facts and circumstances related to a proxy vote, the Advisors reserve the right to instruct votes counter to the Guidelines if, after a review of the matter, an Advisor believes that a client’s best interests would be served by such a vote. In such circumstance, the analysis will be documented in writing and periodically presented to the Committee (as hereinafter defined). To the extent that the Guidelines do not cover potential voting issues, an Advisor may consider the spirit of the Guidelines and instruct the vote on such issues in a manner that the Advisor believes would be in the best interests of the client.

The Advisors may take social concerns into account when voting proxies for socially screened portfolios and accounts and may take environmental concerns into account when voting proxies for sustainability screened portfolios and accounts, as further described in the Guidelines. The Advisors may also take social or environmental concerns into account when voting proxies for other portfolios and accounts that do not have social or sustainability screens if the Advisors believe that a social or environmental issue may have material economic ramifications for shareholders, also as further described in the Guidelines.

The Advisors have retained certain third party proxy service providers (“Proxy Advisory Firms”) to provide information on shareholder meeting dates and proxy materials, translate proxy materials printed in a foreign language, provide research on proxy proposals, operationally process votes in accordance with the Guidelines on behalf of the clients for whom the Advisors have proxy voting responsibility, and provide reports concerning the proxies voted (“Proxy Voting Services”). Although the Advisors retain third-party service providers for proxy issues, the Advisors remain responsible for proxy voting decisions. The Advisors use commercially reasonable efforts to oversee any directed delegation to Proxy Advisory Firms, upon which the Advisors rely to carry out the Proxy Voting Services. In the event that the Guidelines are not implemented precisely as the Advisors intend because of the actions or omissions of any Proxy Advisory Firms, custodians

. 293

Page 321: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

or sub-custodians or other agents, or any such persons experience any irregularities (e.g., misvotes or missed votes), then such instances will not necessarily be deemed by the Advisors as a breach of this Policy.

Prior to the selection of any new Proxy Advisory Firms and annually thereafter or more frequently if deemed necessary by Dimensional, the Corporate Governance Committee (as defined below) will consider whether the Proxy Advisory Firm: (i) has the capacity and competency to adequately analyze proxy issues and (ii) can make its recommendations in an impartial manner and in consideration of the best interests of the Advisors’ clients. Such considerations may include some or all of the following: (i) periodic sampling of votes cast by the Proxy Advisory Firm to review that the Guidelines adopted by the Advisors are being followed, (ii) onsite visits to the Proxy Advisory Firm office and/or discussions with the Proxy Advisory Firm to determine whether the Proxy Advisory Firm continues to have the capacity and competency to carry out its proxy obligations to the Advisors, (iii) a review of the Proxy Advisory Firm’s policies and procedures, with a particular focus on those relating to identifying and addressing conflicts of interest and monitoring that current and accurate information is used in creating recommendations, (iv) requesting the Proxy Advisory Firm to notify the Advisors if there is a change in the Proxy Advisory Firm’s material policies and procedures, particularly with respect to conflicts, or material business practices (e.g., entering or exiting new lines of business), and reviewing any such change, and (v) in case of an error made by the Proxy Advisory Firm, discussing the error with the Proxy Advisory Firm and determining whether appropriate corrective and preventive action is being taken.

Procedures for Voting Proxies

The Investment Committee at Dimensional is generally responsible for overseeing each Advisor’s proxy voting process. The Investment Committee has formed a Corporate Governance Committee (the “Corporate Governance Committee” or the “Committee”) composed of certain officers, directors and other personnel of the Advisors and has delegated to its members authority to (i) oversee the voting of proxies and the Proxy Advisory Firms, (ii) make determinations as to how to instruct the vote on certain specific proxies, (iii) verify ongoing compliance with this Policy and (iv) review this Policy from time to time and recommend changes to the Investment Committee. The Committee may designate one or more of its members to oversee specific, ongoing compliance with respect to this Policy and may designate personnel of each Advisor to instruct the vote on proxies on behalf of an Advisor’s clients, such as authorized traders of the Advisors (collectively, “Authorized Persons”). The Committee may recommend changes to this Policy to seek to act in a manner consistent with the best interests of the clients.

Generally, the Advisors analyze relevant proxy materials on behalf of their clients and seek to instruct the vote (or refrain from voting) proxies in accordance with this Policy and the Guidelines. Therefore, an Advisor typically will not instruct votes differently for different clients unless a client has expressly directed the Advisor to vote differently for such client’s account. In the case of separate accounts, where an Advisor has contractually agreed to follow a client’s individualized proxy voting guidelines, the Advisor will seek to instruct such vote on the client’s proxies pursuant to the client’s guidelines.

Each Advisor seeks to vote (or refrain from voting) proxies for its clients in a manner that the Advisor determines is in the best interests of its clients and which seeks to maximize the value of the client’s investments. When voting (or electing to refrain from voting) proxies for clients subject to ERISA, each Advisor shall seek to consider those factors that may affect the value of the ERISA client’s investment and not subordinate the interests of the client’s participants and beneficiaries on their retirement income to unrelated objectives. In some cases, the Advisor may determine that it is in the best interests of clients to refrain from exercising the clients’ proxy voting rights. The Advisor may determine that voting is not in the best interests of a client and refrain from voting if the costs, including the opportunity costs, of voting would, in the view of the Advisor, exceed the expected benefits of voting to the client. For securities on loan, the Advisor will balance the revenue-producing value of loans against the difficult-to-assess value of casting votes. It is the Advisors’ belief that the expected value of casting a vote generally will be less than the securities lending income, either because the votes will not have significant economic consequences or because the outcome of the vote would not be affected by an Advisor recalling loaned securities for voting. Each Advisor does intend to recall securities on loan if, based upon information in the Advisor’s possession, it determines that voting the securities is likely to materially affect the value of a client’s investment and that it is in the client’s best interests to do so.

In cases where an Advisor does not receive a solicitation or enough information within a sufficient time (as reasonably determined by the Advisor) prior to the proxy-voting deadline, the Advisor or its service provider may be unable to vote.

Generally, the Advisors do not intend to invest to seek to change or influence control of a company and do not intend to engage in shareholder activism with respect to a pending vote. If an issuer’s management, shareholders or proxy solicitors contact an Advisor with respect to a pending vote, a member of the Committee (or its delegee) may listen to such party and discuss this Policy with such party.

. 294

Page 322: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

International Proxy Voting

While the Advisors utilize the Policy and Guidelines for both their international and domestic portfolios and clients, there are some significant differences between voting U.S. company proxies and voting non-U.S. company proxies. For U.S. companies, it is usually relatively easy to vote proxies, as the proxies are typically received automatically and may be voted by mail or electronically. In most cases, the officers of a U.S. company soliciting a proxy act as proxies for the company’s shareholders.

With respect to non-U.S. companies, however, it is typically both difficult and costly to vote proxies due to local regulations, customs or other requirements or restrictions, and such circumstances and expected costs may outweigh any anticipated economic benefit of voting. The major difficulties and costs may include: (i) appointing a proxy; (ii) obtaining reliable information about the time and location of a meeting; (iii) obtaining relevant information about voting procedures for foreign shareholders; (iv) restrictions on trading securities that are subject to proxy votes (share-blocking periods); (v) arranging for a proxy to vote locally in person; (vi) fees charged by custody banks for providing certain services with regard to voting proxies; and (vii) foregone income from securities lending programs. The Advisors do not intend to vote proxies of non-U.S. companies if they determine that the expected costs of voting outweigh any anticipated economic benefit to the client of voting1. The Advisors intend to make their determination on whether to vote proxies of non-U.S. companies on a client by client basis, and generally seek to implement uniform voting procedures for all proxies of companies in each country. The Advisors periodically review voting logistics, including costs and other voting difficulties, on a client by client and country by country basis, in order to determine if there have been any material changes that would affect the Advisors’ determinations and procedures2. In the event an Advisor is made aware of and believes that an issue to be voted is likely to materially affect the economic value of a portfolio, that its client’s vote is reasonably likely to influence the ultimate outcome of the contest, and that the expected benefits to the client of voting the proxies exceed the expected costs, the Advisor will seek to make reasonable efforts to vote such proxies.

Conflicts of Interest

Occasions may arise where an Authorized Person, the Committee, an Advisor, or an affiliated person of an Advisor may have a conflict of interest in connection with the proxy voting process. A conflict of interest may exist, for example, if an Advisor is actively soliciting investment advisory business from the company soliciting the proxy. However, proxies that the Advisors receive on behalf of their clients generally will be voted in accordance with the predetermined Guidelines. Therefore, proxies voted typically should not be affected by any conflicts of interest.

In the limited instances where (i) an Authorized Person is considering voting a proxy contrary to the Guidelines (or in cases for which the Guidelines do not prescribe a particular vote and the proposed vote is contrary to the recommendation of Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc., a Proxy Advisory Firm (“ISS”)), and (ii) the Authorized Person believes a potential conflict of interest exists, the Authorized Person will disclose the potential conflict to a member of the Committee. Such disclosure will describe the proposal to be voted upon and disclose any potential conflict of interest including but not limited to any potential personal conflict of interest (e.g., familial relationship with company management) the Authorized Person may have relating to the proxy vote, in which case the Authorized Person will remove himself or herself from the proxy voting process.

If the Committee member has actual knowledge of a conflict of interest and recommends a vote contrary to the Guidelines (or in the case where the Guidelines do not prescribe a particular vote and the proposed vote is contrary to the recommendation of ISS), the Committee member will bring the vote to the Committee, which will (a) determine how the vote should be cast, keeping in mind the principle of preserving shareholder value or (b) determine to abstain from voting, unless abstaining would be materially adverse to the Client’s interest. To the extent the Committee makes a determination regarding how to vote or to abstain for a proxy on behalf of a Dimensional Investment Company in the circumstances described in this paragraph, the Advisor will report annually on such determinations to the respective Board of Directors/Trustees of the Dimensional Investment Company.

Availability of Proxy Voting Information and Recordkeeping

Each Advisor will inform those clients for which it has voting authority how to obtain information from the Advisor about how it voted with respect to client securities. The Advisor will provide those clients with a summary of its proxy voting guidelines, process and policies and will inform the clients how they can obtain a copy of the complete Policy upon request. If an Advisor is registered under the Advisers Act, the Advisor will also include such information described in the preceding two sentences in Part 2A of its Form ADV.

. 295

Page 323: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Recordkeeping

The Advisors will also keep records of the following items: (i) their proxy voting guidelines, policies and procedures; (ii) proxy statements received regarding client securities (unless such statements are available on the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval (EDGAR) system); (iii) records of votes they cast on behalf of clients, which may be maintained by a Proxy Advisory Firm if it undertakes to provide copies of those records promptly upon request; (iv) records of written client requests for proxy voting information and an Advisor’s responses (whether a client’s request was oral or in writing); (v) any documents prepared by an Advisor that were material to making a decision how to vote, or that memorialized the basis for the decision; (vi) a record of any testing conducted on any Proxy Advisory Firm’s votes; and (vii) a copy of each version of the Proxy Advisory Firm’s policies and procedures provided to the Advisors. The Advisors will maintain these records in an easily accessible place for at least six years from the end of the fiscal year during which the last entry was made on such records. For the first two years, each Advisor will store such records at one of its principal offices.

Disclosure

Dimensional shall disclose in the statements of additional information of the Dimensional Investment Companies a summary of procedures which Dimensional uses to determine how to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities of the Dimensional Investment Companies. The disclosure will include a description of the procedures used when a vote presents a conflict of interest between shareholders and Dimensional, DFA Securities LLC (“DFAS”) or an affiliate of Dimensional or DFAS.

The semi-annual reports of the Dimensional Investment Companies shall indicate that the procedures are available: (i) by calling Dimensional collect; or (ii) on the SEC’s website. If a request for the procedures is received, the requested description must be sent within three business days by a prompt method of delivery.

Dimensional, on behalf of each Dimensional Investment Company it advises, shall file its proxy voting record with the SEC on Form N-PX no later than August 31 of each year, for the twelve-month period ending June 30 of the current year. Such filings shall contain all information required to be disclosed on Form N-PX.1As the SEC has stated, “There may even be times when refraining from voting a proxy is in the client’s best interest, such as when the adviser determines that the cost of voting the proxy exceeds the expected benefit to the client…For example, casting a vote on a foreign security may involve additional costs such as hiring a translator or traveling to the foreign country to vote the security in person.” See Proxy Voting by Investment Advisers, Release No. IA-2106 (Jan. 31, 2003). Additionally, the Department of Labor has stated that it “recognizes that in some special cases voting proxies may involve out of the ordinary costs or unusual requirements, for example in the case of voting proxies on shares of certain foreign corporations. Thus, in such cases, a fiduciary should consider whether the plan’s vote, either by itself or together with the votes of other shareholders, is expected to have an effect on the value of the plan’s investment that warrants the additional cost of voting.” See Preamble to Department of Labor Interpretive Bulletin 2016-1, 81 FR 95883 (December 29, 2016).2If a client does not share with its Advisor information regarding the cost of voting proxies for certain non-US companies or in certain countries so that the Advisor can perform a cost benefit analysis, the Advisor will decide whether to vote proxies considering only the information on difficulties and costs that it has available.

. 296

Page 324: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

EXHIBIT APROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

General Approach to Corporate Governance and Proxy VotingWhen voting proxies, Dimensional seeks to act in the interests of the funds and accounts we manage. We seek to maximize shareholder value subject to the standards of the relevant legal and regulatory regimes, listing requirements, regional stewardship codes, and any social and sustainability guidelines of specific funds or accounts. Dimensional will evaluate management and shareholder proposals on a case-by-case basis.

We expect the members of a portfolio company’s board to act in the interests of their shareholders. Each portfolio company’s board should implement policies and adopt practices that align the interests of the board and management with those of its shareholders. Since a board’s main responsibility is to oversee management and to manage and mitigate risk, it is important that board members have the experience and skills to carry out that responsibility.This document outlines Dimensional’s global approach to key proxy voting issues and highlights particular considerations in specific markets.§§

Global Evaluation Framework

Uncontested Director Elections§

Dimensional may vote against individual directors, committee members, or the full board of a portfolio company in the following situations:1. There are problematic audit-related practices;2. There are problematic compensation practices or persistent pay for performance misalignment;3. There are problematic anti-takeover provisions;4. There have been material failures of governance, risk oversight, or fiduciary responsibilities;5. The board has failed to adequately respond to shareholder concerns;6. The board has demonstrated a lack of accountability to shareholders.

Dimensional also considers the following when voting on directors:1. Board independence2. Director attendance3. Director capacity to serve4. Board composition

Contested Director Elections§

In the case of contested board elections at portfolio companies, Dimensional takes a case-by-case approach. With the goal of maximizing shareholder value, we consider the qualifications of the nominees, the likelihood that each side can accomplish their stated plans, the company’s corporate governance practices, and the incumbent board’s history of responsiveness to shareholders.

Auditors§

Dimensional will typically support the ratification of auditors unless there are concerns with the auditor’s independence, the accuracy of the auditor’s report, the level of non-audit fees, or if lack of disclosure makes it difficult for us to assess these factors.

Anti-Takeover Provisions§

We believe that the market for corporate control, which often results in acquisitions which generally increase shareholder value, should be able to function without undue restrictions. Takeover defenses such as poison pills can lead to entrenchment of management and reduced accountability at the board level.

Related-Party Transactions§

Related-party transactions have played a significant role in several high-profile corporate scandals and failures. We believe related party transactions should be minimized. When such transactions are determined to be fair to the company and its shareholders in accordance with the portfolio company’s policies and governing law, should be thoroughly disclosed in public filings.

Equity Compensation§

Dimensional supports the adoption of equity plans that align the interests of the portfolio company board, management, and company employees with those of shareholders.

. 297

Page 325: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Dimensional will evaluate equity compensation plans on a case-by-case basis, taking into account the potential dilution to shareholders, the portfolio company’s historical use of equity, and the particular plan features.

Executive Compensation§

Dimensional supports compensation for executives that is clearly linked to the portfolio company’s performance. Compensation should be designed to attract, retain and appropriately motivate and serve as a means to align the interests of executives with those of shareholders. To the extent that compensation is clearly excessive and not aligned with the portfolio company’s performance or other factors, Dimensional would not support such compensation.

Therefore, Dimensional reviews proposals seeking approval of a portfolio company’s executive compensation plan closely, taking into account the quantum of pay, company performance, and the structure of the plan.

Director Compensation§

Dimensional will support director compensation that is reasonable in both size and composition relative to industry and market norms.

Mergers & Acquisitions (M&A)§Dimensional’s primary consideration in evaluating mergers and acquisitions is maximizing shareholder value. Given that we believe market prices reflect future expected cash flows, an important consideration is the price reaction to the announcement, and the extent to which the deal represents a premium to the pre-announcement price. Dimensional will also consider the strategic rationale, potential conflicts of interest, and the possibility of competing offers.

Dimensional may vote against deals where there are concerns with the acquisition process or where there appear to be significant conflicts of interest.

Capitalization§

Dimensional will vote case-by-case on proposals related to share issuances, taking into account the purpose for which the shares will be used, the risk to shareholders of not approving the request, and the dilution to existing shareholders.

Dimensional opposes the creation of dual-class share structures with unequal voting rights and will vote against proposals to create or continue dual-class capital structures.

Shareholder Proposals§

When evaluating shareholder proposals, Dimensional considers the most important factor to be whether adoption of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value.

Dimensional will also consider the potential cost to the portfolio company, the portfolio company’s current handling of the issue (both on an absolute basis and relative to peers), and whether the issue would be better addressed through legislation or government regulation.

Dimensional’s Approach to Environmental and Social Issues

Dimensional believes that portfolio company boards are best positioned to address environmental & social (E&S) issues within their duties. We may communicate with portfolio companies to better understand the alignment of the interests of boards and management with those of shareholders on these topics. If a portfolio company is unresponsive to material E&S risks which may have economic ramifications for shareholders, Dimensional may support shareholder proposals and may also vote against or withhold voting from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board.For sustainability-focused funds, Dimensional may support shareholder proposals aimed at enhancing the disclosure around certain environmental issues. In limited circumstances, Dimensional may support proposals requesting companies take specific steps to address material risks from environmental issues. For socially-focused funds, Dimensional may support shareholder proposals aimed at enhancing the disclosure around certain social issues. In limited circumstances, Dimensional may support proposals requesting companies take specific steps to address material risks from social issues.§§

Proxy Voting Principles for the United States

Uncontested Director Elections§

Shareholders elect the board of a portfolio company to represent their interests and oversee management and expect portfolio company boards to adopt policies and practices that align the interests of the board and management with those of shareholders and limit the potential for conflicts of interest

One of the most important measures aimed at ensuring that portfolio company shareholders’ interests are represented is an independent board of directors, made up of individuals with the diversity of backgrounds, experiences, and skill-sets

. 298

Page 326: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

needed to effectively oversee management and manage risk. We expect portfolio company boards to be majority independent and key committees to be fully independent.

Dimensional may vote against individual directors, committee members, or the full board of a portfolio company in the following situations:1. Problematic audit-related practices;2. Problematic compensation practices or persistent pay for performance misalignment;3. Problematic anti-takeover provisions;4. Material failures of governance, risk oversight, or fiduciary responsibilities;5. Failure to adequately respond to shareholder concerns;6. Lack of accountability to shareholders.

Dimensional also considers the following when voting on directors at portfolio companies:1. Director attendance - Board members should attend at least 75% of meetings.2. Director commitments - Board members should ensure that they have the capacity to fulfill the requirements of

each board membership.

Contested Director Elections§

In the case of contested board elections at portfolio companies, Dimensional takes a case-by-case approach. With the goal of maximizing shareholder value, we consider the qualifications of the nominees, the likelihood that each side can accomplish their stated plans, the portfolio company’s corporate governance practices, and the incumbent board’s history of responsiveness to shareholders.

Classified Boards§

We believe that shareholders should be given the right to vote on the entire slate of directors on an annual basis. Therefore, we encourage portfolio company boards to conduct annual elections for all sitting directors.

Dimensional will generally support proposals to declassify existing boards at portfolio companies, and will oppose efforts by portfolio companies to adopt classified board structures, in which only part of the board is elected each year.

CEO/Chair§

Dimensional believes that the portfolio company boards are best placed to determine whether the separation of roles is appropriate and will generally vote with management on shareholder proposals requiring that the chairman’s position be filled by an independent director.

However, at portfolio companies with a combined CEO/Chair, Dimensional expects the board to appoint a lead independent director with specific responsibilities, including the setting of meeting agendas, to seek to ensure the board is able to act independently.

Board Size§

Dimensional generally believes that portfolio company boards are best positioned to determine an appropriate size, and therefore will generally defer to the board in setting its size. However, Dimensional will oppose proposals to alter board structure or size in the context of a fight for control of the company or the board.

Age/Term Limits§

Dimensional believes it is the responsibility of a portfolio company’s Nominating Committee to ensure that the company’s board of directors is composed of individuals with the skills needed to effectively oversee management and will generally oppose proposals seeking to impose age or term limits for directors.

That said, portfolio companies should clearly disclose their director evaluation and board refreshment policies in their proxy.

Poison Pills§

Dimensional generally opposes poison pills. As a result, we may vote against the adoption of a pill and all directors that put a pill in place without first obtaining shareholder approval. Votes against directors may extend beyond the company that adopted the pill, to all boards the directors serve on. In considering a poison pill for approval, we may take into account the existence of ‘qualified offer’ and other shareholder-friendly provisions.

For pills designed to protect net operating losses, we may take into consideration a variety of factors, including but not limited to the size of the available operating losses and the likelihood that they will be utilized to offset gains.

Cumulative Voting§

Under cumulative voting, each shareholder is entitled to the number of his or her shares multiplied by the number of

. 299

Page 327: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

directors to be elected. Shareholders have the flexibility to allocate their votes among directors in the proportion they see fit, including casting all their votes for one director. This is particularly impactful in the election of dissident candidates to the board in the event of a proxy contest.

Dimensional will typically support proposals that provide for cumulative voting and against proposals to eliminate cumulative voting unless the portfolio company has demonstrated that there are adequate safeguards in place, such as proxy access and majority voting.

Majority Voting§

For the election of directors, companies may adopt either a majority or plurality vote standard. In a plurality vote standard, the directors with the most votes are elected. If the number of directors up for election is equal to the number of board seats, each director only needs to receive one vote in order to be elected. In a majority vote standard, in order to be elected, a director must receive the support of a majority of shares voted or present at the meeting.

Dimensional supports a majority (rather than plurality) voting standard for uncontested director elections. The majority vote standard should be accompanied by a director resignation policy to address failed elections.

To account for contested director elections, portfolio companies with a majority vote standard should include a carve-out for plurality voting in situations where there are more nominees than seats.

Supermajority Vote Requirements§

Dimensional believes that the affirmative vote of a majority of shareholders should be sufficient to approve items such as bylaw amendments and mergers. Dimensional will vote against proposals seeking to implement a supermajority vote requirement and for proposals seeking the adoption of a majority vote standard.

Dimensional will vote against incumbent directors at portfolio companies that place substantial restrictions on shareholders’ ability to amend bylaws.

Right to Call Meetings and Act by Written Consent§

Dimensional will generally support the right of shareholders to call special meetings of a portfolio company board (if they own 25% of shares outstanding) and take action by written consent.

Proxy Access§

Dimensional will typically support management and shareholder proposals for proxy access that allow a shareholder (or group of shareholders) holding three percent of voting power for three years to nominate up to 25 percent of a portfolio company board. Dimensional will typically vote against proposals that are more restrictive than these guidelines.

Amend Bylaws/Charters§

Dimensional believes that shareholders should have the right to amend a company’s bylaws. Dimensional will vote against incumbent directors at portfolio companies that place substantial restrictions on shareholders’ ability to amend bylaws.

Exclusive Forum§

Dimensional is generally supportive of management proposals to adopt an exclusive forum for shareholder litigation.

Auditors§

Dimensional will typically support the ratification of auditors unless there are concerns with the auditor’s independence, the accuracy of the auditor’s report, the level of non-audit fees, or if lack of disclosure makes it difficult to assess these factors.

In addition to voting against the ratification of the auditors, Dimensional may also vote against Audit Committee members in instances of fraud, material weakness, or significant financial restatements.

Stock-Based Compensation Plans§

Dimensional supports the adoption of equity plans that align the interests of portfolio company board, management, and company employees with those of shareholders.

Dimensional will evaluate equity compensation plans on a case-by-case basis, taking into account the potential dilution to shareholders, the company’s historical use of equity, and the particular plan features.

Dimensional will typically vote against plans that have features that have a negative impact on shareholders. Such features include single-trigger or discretionary vesting, an overly broad definition of change in control, a lack of minimum vesting periods for grants, and the ability to reprice shares without shareholder approval.

Dimensional may also vote against equity plans if problematic equity grant practices have contributed to a pay for performance misalignment.

. 300

Page 328: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Employee Stock Purchase Plans§

Dimensional will generally support qualified employee stock purchase plans (as defined by Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code), provided that the purchase price is no less than 85 percent of market value, the number of shares reserved for the plan is no more than ten percent of outstanding shares, and the offering period is no more than 27 months.

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans§

Dimensional will generally support shareholder proposals that ask the company to put to shareholder vote extraordinary benefits such as credit for years of service not actually worked, preferential benefit formulas, or accelerated vesting of pension benefits contained in supplemental executive retirement plan (SERP).

Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation (Say on Pay)§Dimensional supports reasonable compensation for executives that is clearly linked to the company’s performance. Compensation should serve as a means to align the interests of executives with those of shareholders. To the extent that compensation is excessive, it represents a transfer to management of shareholder wealth. Therefore, Dimensional reviews proposals seeking approval of a company’s executive compensation plan closely, taking into account the quantum of pay, company performance, and the structure of the plan.

Certain practices, such as: multi-year guaranteed bonuses excessive severance agreements (particularly those that vest without involuntary job loss or diminution of duties or

those with excise-tax gross-ups) single, or the same, metrics used for both short-term and long-term executive compensation plans

may encourage excessive risk-taking by executives and are generally opposed by Dimensional.

At portfolio companies that have a history of problematic pay practices or excessive compensation, Dimensional will consider the company’s responsiveness to shareholders’ concerns and may vote against members of the compensation committee if these concerns have not been addressed.

Frequency of Say on Pay§

Executive compensation in the United States in typically composed of three parts: 1) base salary; 2) cash bonuses based on annual performance (short-term incentive awards); 3) and equity awards based on performance over a multi-year period (long-term incentive awards).

Dimensional supports triennial say on pay because it allows for a longer-term assessment of whether compensation was adequately linked to company performance. This is particularly important in situations where a company makes significant changes to their long-term incentive awards, as the effectiveness of such changes in aligning pay and performance cannot be determined in a single year.

If there are serious concerns about a company’s compensation plan in a year where the plan is not on the ballot, Dimensional may vote against members of the Compensation Committee.

Clawback Provisions§

Dimensional typically supports clawback provisions in executive compensation plans as a way to mitigate risk of excessive risk taking by executives.

Executive Severance Agreements (Golden Parachutes)§Dimensional analyzes golden parachute proposals on a case-by-case basis.

Dimensional expects payments to be reasonable on both an absolute basis and relative to the value of the transaction. Dimensional will typically vote against agreements with cash severance of more than 3x salary and bonus.

Dimensional expects vesting of equity to be contingent on both a change in control and a subsequent involuntary termination of the employee (“double-trigger change in control”).

Remuneration of Directors§

Dimensional will support director compensation that is reasonable in both size and composition relative to industry and market norms.

Mergers and Acquisitions (M&A)§Dimensional’s primary consideration in evaluating mergers and acquisitions is maximizing shareholder value. Given that we believe market prices reflect future expected cash flows, an important consideration is the price reaction to the announcement, and the extent to which the deal represents a premium to the pre-announcement price. Dimensional will also consider the strategic rationale, potential conflicts of interest, and the possibility of competing offers.

. 301

Page 329: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Dimensional may vote against deals where there are concerns with the acquisition process or where there appear to be significant conflicts of interest.

Reincorporation§

Dimensional will evaluate reincorporation proposals on a case-by-case basis.

Dimensional may vote against reincorporations if the move would result in a substantial diminution of shareholder rights.

Increase Authorized Shares§

Dimensional will vote case-by-case on proposals seeking to increase common or preferred stock, taking into account the purpose for which the shares will be used and the risk to shareholders of not approving the request.

Dimensional will typically vote against requests for common or preferred stock issuances that are excessively dilutive relative to common market practice.

Dimensional will typically vote against proposals at portfolio companies with multiple share classes to increase the number of shares of the class with superior voting rights.

Blank Check Preferred Stock§

Blank check preferred stock is stock that can be issued at the discretion of the board, with the voting, conversion, distribution, and other rights determined by the board at the time of issue. Therefore, blank check preferred stock can potentially serve as means to entrench management and prevent takeovers.

To mitigate concerns regarding what we believe is the inappropriate use of blank check preferred stock, Dimensional expects portfolio companies seeking approval for blank preferred stock to clearly state that the shares will not be used for anti-takeover purposes.

Dual Classes of Stock§

Dual class share structures are generally seen as detrimental to shareholder rights, as they are accompanied by unequal voting rights. Dimensional believes in the principle of one share, one vote.

Dimensional opposes the creation of dual-class share structures with unequal voting rights and will vote against proposals to create or continue dual-class capital structures.

Dimensional will vote against directors at portfolio companies that adopt a dual-class structure without shareholder approval after the company’s IPO. Implementation of a dual-class structure prior to or in connection with an IPO may not per se warrant a vote against directors but will be considered on a case-by-case basis.

Shareholder Proposals§

When evaluating shareholder proposals, including proposals on environmental and social issues, Dimensional considers the most important factor to be whether adoption of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value.

Dimensional will also consider the potential cost to the portfolio company, the portfolio company’s current handling of the issue (both on an absolute basis and relative to peers), and whether the issue would be better addressed through legislation or government regulation.

Director Election Guidelines for Europe, the Middle East, and Africa (EMEA)Dimensional will leverage its global framework when evaluating EMEA portfolio companies, but will apply the following market-specific considerations when voting on directors.

United Kingdom§

Dimensional expects portfolio companies to follow the requirements of the UK Corporate Governance Code with regards to board and committee composition.

France§

All portfolio company boards should be at least one-third independent; for non-controlled companies, at least half of board members (excluding those appointed pursuant to French law) should be independent.

Executives should not serve on audit and remuneration committees. Dimensional will vote against executives who serve on these committees.

Dimensional prefers the role of chairman and CEO to be separated; however, Dimensional may support a combined role if the board has a lead independent director with specific responsibilities, including the setting of meeting agendas.

Dimensional will typically vote against the election of censors, but may consider providing support if the censor is to serve on an interim basis.

. 302

Page 330: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Germany§

All portfolio company boards should be at least one-third independent; for non-controlled companies, at least half of board members (excluding employee-elected representatives) should be independent.

Absent exceptional circumstances, Dimensional expects the role of chairman and CEO to be separated and will vote against the election of a director to serve in a combined role. Dimensional will generally also vote against the appointment of a former CEO as Chairman.

Switzerland§

For all companies, boards should be at least one-third independent; for non-controlled companies, at least half of board members should be independent.

Executives should not serve on audit and remuneration committees. Dimensional will vote against executives who serve on these committees. Additionally, Dimensional expects these committees to be majority independent and will vote against non-independent nominees if their election would result in the committee being less than majority independent.

Dimensional expects the role of chairman and CEO to be separated and will generally vote against the election of a director to serve in a combined role.

South Africa§

Dimensional expects portfolio companies to follow the recommendations of the King Report On Corporate Governance (King Code IV) with regards to board and committee composition.

Proxy Voting Principles for Australia

Uncontested Director Elections§

Shareholders elect the board of a portfolio company to represent their interests and oversee management and expect portfolio company boards to adopt policies and practices that align the interests of the board and management with those of shareholders and limit the potential for conflicts of interest.

One of the most important measures aimed at ensuring that portfolio company shareholders’ interests are represented is an independent board of directors, made up of individuals with the diversity of backgrounds, experiences, and skill-sets needed to effectively oversee management and manage risk. We expect portfolio company boards to be majority independent.

Dimensional believes that key audit and remuneration committees should be composed of independent directors. Dimensional will vote against executive directors, other than the CEO, who serve on the audit committee or who serve on the remuneration committee if the remuneration committee is not majority independent.

CEO/Chair§

If a portfolio company’s board chair is not independent, the board should have a lead independent director with specific responsibilities, including the setting of meeting agendas. Dimensional may vote against executive board chairs if such measures are absent.

Auditors§

Australian law does not require the annual ratification of auditors; therefore, concerns with a portfolio company’s audit practices will be reflected in votes against members of the audit committee.

Dimensional may vote against audit committee members if there are concerns with the auditor’s independence, the accuracy of the auditor’s report, the level of non-audit fees, or if lack of disclosure makes it difficult to assess these factors.

Dimensional may also vote against audit committee members in instances of fraud or material failures in oversight of audit functions.

Share Issuances§

Dimensional will evaluate requests for share issuances on a case-by-case basis, taking into account factors such as the impact on current shareholders and the rationale for the request.

When voting on approval of prior share distributions, Dimensional will generally support prior issuances that conform to the dilution guidelines set out in ASX Listing Rule 7.1.

Share Repurchase§

Dimensional will evaluate requests for share repurchases on a case-by-case basis, taking into account factors such as the impact on current shareholders, the rationale for the request, and the company’s history of repurchases. Dimensional expects repurchases to be made in arms-length transactions using independent third-parties.

. 303

Page 331: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Dimensional may vote against plans that do not include limitations on the company’s ability to use the plan to repurchase shares from third parties at a premium and limitations on the use of share purchases as an anti-takeover device.

Constitution Amendments§

Dimensional will evaluate requests for amendments to a portfolio company’s constitution on a case-by-case basis. The primary consideration will be the impact on the rights of shareholders.

Non-Executive Director Compensation§

Dimensional will support non-executive director remuneration that is reasonable in both size and composition relative to industry and market norms.

Dimensional will vote against components of non-executive director remuneration that are likely to impair a director’s independence, such as options or performance-based remuneration.

Equity Plans§

Dimensional supports the adoption of equity plans that align the interests of the portfolio company board, management, and company employees with those of shareholders.

Companies should clearly disclose components of the plan, including vesting periods and performance hurdles.

Dimensional may vote against plans that are exceedingly dilutive to existing shareholders. Plans that permit retesting or repricing will generally be viewed unfavorably.

Proxy Voting Principles for Japan

Uncontested Director Elections§

Shareholders elect the board of a portfolio company to represent their interests and oversee management and expect portfolio company boards to adopt policies and practices that align the interests of the board and management with those of shareholders and limit the potential for conflicts of interest.

One of the most important measures aimed at ensuring that portfolio company shareholders’ interests are represented is an independent board of directors, made up of individuals with the diversity of backgrounds, experiences, and skill-sets needed to effectively oversee management and manage risk.

At portfolio companies with a three-committee structure, Dimensional expects at least one-third of the board to be outsiders. Ideally, the board should be majority independent.

At portfolio companies with an audit committee structure, Dimensional expects at least one third of the board to be outsiders. Ideally, the audit committee should be entirely independent; at minimum, any outside directors who serve on the committee should be independent.

At portfolio companies with a statutory auditor structure, Dimensional expects the board to include at least two outside directors. At portfolio companies with a statutory auditor structure that have a controlling shareholder, at least two directors should be independent outsiders.

Statutory Auditors§

Statutory auditors are responsible for effectively overseeing management and ensuring that decisions made are in the best interest of shareholders. Dimensional may vote against statutory auditors who are remiss in their responsibilities.

When voting on outside statutory auditors, Dimensional expects nominees to be independent and to have the capacity to fulfill the requirements of their role as evidenced by attendance at meetings of the board of directors or board of statutory auditors.

Director and Statutory Auditor Compensation§

Dimensional will support compensation for portfolio company directors and statutory auditors that is reasonable in both size and composition relative to industry and market norms.

When requesting an increase to the level of director fees, Dimensional expects portfolio companies to provide a specific reason for the increase. Dimensional will support an increase of director fees if it is in conjunction with the introduction of performance-based compensation, or where the ceiling for performance-based compensation is being increased. Dimensional will not support an increase in director fees if there is evidence that the directors have been remiss in effectively overseeing management or ensuring that decisions made are in the best interest of shareholders.

Dimensional will typically support an increase to the statutory auditor compensation ceiling unless there is evidence that the statutory auditors have been remiss in effectively overseeing management or ensuring that decisions made are in the best interest of shareholders.

. 304

Page 332: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Dimensional will support the granting of annual bonuses to portfolio company directors and statutory auditors unless there is evidence the board or the statutory auditors have been remiss in effectively overseeing management or ensuring that decisions made are in the best interest of shareholders.

Dimensional generally supports the granting of retirement benefits to portfolio company insiders, so long as the individual payments, and aggregate amount of such payments, is disclosed.

Dimensional will vote against the granting of retirement bonuses if there is evidence the portfolio company board or statutory auditors have been remiss in effectively overseeing management or ensuring that decisions made are in the best interest of shareholders.

Equity Based Compensation§

Dimensional supports the adoption of equity plans that align the interests of the portfolio company board, management, and company employees with those of shareholders.

Dimensional will typically support stock option plans to portfolio company executives and employees if total dilution from the proposed plans and previous plans exceeds 5 percent for mature companies or 10 percent for growth companies.

Dimensional will vote against stock plans if upper limit of options that can be issued per year is not disclosed.

For deep-discounted stock option plans, Dimensional typically expects portfolio companies to disclose specific performance hurdles.

Capital Allocation§

Dimensional will typically support well-justified dividend payouts that do not negatively impact the company’s overall financial health.

Share Repurchase§

Dimensional is typically supportive of portfolio company boards having discretion over share repurchases absent concerns with the company’s balance sheet management, capital efficiency, buyback and dividend payout history, board composition, or shareholding structure.

Dimensional will typically support proposed repurchases that do not have a negative impact on shareholder value.

For repurchases of more than 10 percent of issue share capital, Dimensional expects the company to provide a robust explanation for the request.

Shareholder Rights Plans§

We believe the market for corporate control, which can result in acquisitions that are accretive to shareholders, should be able to function without undue restrictions. Takeover defenses such as poison pills can lead to entrenchment and reduced accountability at the board level.

Indemnification and Limitations on Liability§

Dimensional generally supports limitations on liability for directors and statutory auditors in ordinary circumstances.

Limit Legal Liability of External Auditors§

Dimensional generally opposes limitations on the liability of external auditors.

Increase in Authorized Capital§Dimensional will typically support requests for increases of less than 100 percent of currently authorized capital, so long as the increase does not leave the company with less than 30 percent of the proposed authorized capital outstanding.

For increases that exceed these guidelines, Dimensional expects portfolio companies to provide a robust explanation for the increase.

Dimensional will not support requests for increases that will be used as an anti-takeover device.

Expansion of Business Activities§

For well performing portfolio companies seeking to expand their business into enterprises related to their core business, Dimensional will typically support management requests to amend the company’s articles to expand the company’s business activities.

. 305

Page 333: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

GW&K INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLCPROXY VOTINGDecember 2018INTRODUCTION

As a SEC-registered investment adviser and fiduciary to its clients, GW&K has implemented its Proxy Voting Policy to establish internal controls and procedures governing the firm’s review and voting of proxies on behalf of client accounts. To assist in the process, GW&K leverages recognized third party service providers to facilitate the firm’s proxy voting process.

I. Proxy Guidelines and Proxy Voting Agent

GW&K has adopted proxy voting guidelines developed by Glass Lewis & Co., an independent third-party service provider, which provides recommendations on ballot items for securities held in client accounts. Proxies are voted on behalf of GW&K’s clients (who have delegated proxy voting authority) in accordance with those guidelines. GW&K reserves the right to cast votes contrary to Glass Lewis guidelines if it deems it necessary and in the best interest of its clients.

GW&K has contracted with Broadridge Financial Solutions (“Broadridge”), an independent third party service provider, to act as proxy voting agent and to provide proxy voting services, including:

1) Conduct in-depth proxy research;

2) Process and vote proxies in connection with securities held by GW&K’s clients;

3) Maintain appropriate records of proxy statements, research, and recommendations;

4) Maintain appropriate records of proxy votes cast on behalf of GW&K’s clients;

5) Complete other proxy related administrative functions.

II. Responsibility and Oversight

GW&K is responsible for maintaining and administering these policies and procedures. GW&K will:

1) Annually review the adequacy of these policies and procedures as well as the effectiveness of its proxy voting agent;

2) Annually review Glass Lewis & Co’s proxy voting guidelines to ensure they are appropriately designed to meet the best interests of GW&K clients;

3) Provide clients, upon written request, these proxy voting policy and procedures, and information about how proxies were voted on their behalf;

4) Conduct regular reconciliations with client’s custodian banks to confirm the appropriate number of votes cast on behalf of clients when GW&K has been delegated proxy voting authority;

5) Conduct a periodic review, no less often than annually, of proxy voting records to ensure that proxies are voted in accordance with adopted guidelines; and

6) Annually review proxy voting records to ensure that records of proxy statements, research, recommendations, and proxy votes are properly maintained by its proxy voting agent.

III. Conflicts of Interest

In adopting Glass Lewis & Co’s proxy voting guidelines, GW&K seeks to remove potential conflicts of interest that could otherwise potentially influence the proxy voting process. In situations where Broadridge and/or Glass Lewis has a potential conflict of interest with respect to a proxy it is overseeing on behalf of GW&K’s clients, Broadridge and/or Glass Lewis is obligated to fully or partially abstain from voting the ballot as applicable and notify GW&K. GW&K’s Proxy Committee will provide the voting recommendation after discussion with applicable GW&K Portfolio Managers and a review of the measures involved. Similarly, in instances where GW&K becomes aware of a potential conflict of interest pertaining to a proxy vote for a security held in the client’s account, or where a client otherwise makes a request pertaining a specific proxy vote, GW&K’s Portfolio Management will provide the voting recommendation after reviewing relevant facts and circumstances.

Voting of Measures Outside of or Contrary to Glass Lewis & Co. Recommendations

In instances when a proxy ballot item does not fall within the Glass Lewis guidelines or where GW&K determines that voting in accordance with the Glass Lewis recommendation is not advisable or consistent with GW&K’s fiduciary duty,

. 306

Page 334: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

GW&K’s portfolio managers, with the support of GW&K’s Legal & Compliance team and other personnel, will review the relevant facts and circumstances and determine how to vote the particular proxy ballot item.

IV. Disclosure

Clients may obtain Glass Lewis & Co’s proxy voting guidelines or information about how GW&K voted proxies for securities held in their account by submitting a written request to:

Proxy Policy Administrator§GW&K Investment Management§222 Berkeley Street, 15th Floor§Boston, Massachusetts 02116

V. Recordkeeping

GW&K will maintain the following records in accordance with regulatory requirements:

1) These policies and procedures (including any applicable amendments) which shall be made available to clients upon request;

2) Proxy statements, research, recommendations, and records of each vote;

3) Client written requests for proxy voting information and applicable responses by GW&K.

VI. Oversight and Documentation

Proxy Committee

GW&K has established a Proxy Voting Committee to oversee the firm’s proxy voting process, including the firm’s Proxy Voting Policy, the firm’s service providers and the proxy voting guidelines. In addition, the Committee would address any potential conflicts of interest that are identified by GW&K with respect to voting any specific proxy ballot item. The Committee is comprised of GW&K’s Chief Compliance Officer, General Counsel, managers of GW&K’s Investment Operations and Client Services Departments, members of the Legal & Compliance Team, as well as certain GW&K Portfolio Managers. The Committee meets annually, and more frequently as needed.

GW&K’s Legal & Compliance Department is responsible for periodically assessing firm compliance with this policy and the effectiveness of its implementation.

. 307

Page 335: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

JENNISON ASSOCIATESPROXY VOTINGPOLICY AND PROCEDURESAPRIL 30, 2018

I. Policy

Jennison (or the “Company”) has adopted the following policy and related procedures to guide the voting of proxies in a manner that is consistent with Jennison’s fiduciary duties and the requirements of Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act.

In the absence of any written delegation or when proxy voting authority has been delegated in writing to Jennison by clients, Jennison will exercise this voting authority in each client’s best interests. The Company will not consider its own interests, or those of any affiliates, when voting proxies.

Unless otherwise specified by a client, “best interest” means the client’s best economic interest over the long term, as determined by Jennison’s portfolio managers and analysts (“Investment Professionals”) covering the issuer. Secondary consideration may be given to the public and social value of each issue, but absent specific client instructions, long term economic interests will be the primary basis for voting.

Jennison will disclose information about its proxy voting policies and procedures to clients, and will provide a copy of these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures upon request. The Company will also inform clients how they may obtain information about the votes cast on their behalf.

II. Procedures

Proxy Voting Guidelines

Jennison has adopted proxy voting guidelines (“Guidelines”) with respect to certain recurring issues. When Jennison is responsible for voting proxies, Jennison considers these guidelines except when Jennison accepts custom guidelines.

The Guidelines are reviewed as necessary by the Company’s Proxy Voting Committee and Investment Professionals, and are revised when a change is appropriate. The Proxy Team maintains the Guidelines and distributes copies to the Investment Professionals following any change. The Guidelines are meant to convey Jennison’s general approach to voting decisions on certain issues. Nevertheless, Investment Professionals are responsible for reviewing all proposals related to fundamental strategies individually and making final decisions based on the merits of each voting opportunity.

If an Investment Professional believes that Jennison should vote in a way that is different from the Guidelines, the Proxy Team is notified. In certain circumstances, an Investment Professional may conclude that different clients should vote in different ways, or that it is in the best interests of some or all clients to abstain from voting.

The Proxy Team is responsible for maintaining Investment Professionals’ reasons for deviating from the Guidelines.

Client-Specific Voting Mandates

Any client’s specific voting instructions must be communicated or confirmed by the client in writing, either through a provision in the investment advisory contract or through other written correspondence. Such instructions may call for Jennison to vote the client’s securities according to the client’s own voting guidelines, or may indicate that the Company is not responsible for voting the client’s proxies.

The Proxy Team reviews client specific voting instructions and approves operational implementation, and certain instructions may only be implemented on a best efforts basis. The Proxy Team is responsible for communicating such instructions to the third party vendor.

Use of a Third Party Voting Service

Jennison has engaged an independent third party proxy voting vendor that provides research and analytical services, operational implementation and recordkeeping and reporting services. The proxy voting vendor will cast votes in accordance with the Company’s Guidelines, unless instructed otherwise by the Investment Professionals.

Identifying and Addressing Potential Material Conflicts of Interest

There may be instances where Jennison’s interests conflict materially, or appear to conflict materially, with the interests of clients in connection with a proxy vote (a “Material Conflict”). Examples of potential Material Conflicts include, but are not limited to:

• Jennison managing the pension plan of the issuer.§• Jennison or its affiliates have a material business relationship with the issuer.§• Jennison investment professionals who are related to a person who is senior management or a director at a public

. 308

Page 336: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

company.§• Jennison has a material investment in a security that the investment professional who is responsible for voting that security’s proxy also holds the same security personally.§§

If an Investment Professional or any other employee perceives a Material Conflict, he or she must promptly report the matter to the Chief Compliance Officer.

When a potential conflict has been identified, the Proxy Team will work with the Investment Professional covering the issuer to complete a Proxy Voting for Conflicts Documentation Form.

The Proxy Team is responsible for retaining completed Proxy Voting for Conflicts Documentation Forms.

If the Proxy Voting Committee determines that a Material Conflict is present and if the Investment Professional is recommending a vote that deviates from the Guidelines or there is no specific recommended Guideline vote and decisions are made on a case-by-case basis, then the voting decision must be reviewed and approved by the Investment Professional’s supervisor and the Proxy Committee prior to casting the vote.

Jennison will not abstain from voting a proxy for the purpose of avoiding a Material Conflict.

Quantitatively Derived Holdings and the Jennison Managed Accounts

In voting proxies for non-fundamental strategies such as quantitatively derived holdings and Jennison Managed Accounts (i.e. “wrap”) where the securities are not held elsewhere in the firm, proxies will be voted utilizing the Guidelines. Additionally, in those circumstances where no specific Guidelines exist, the Company will consider the recommendations of the proxy voting vendor.

International Holdings

Jennison will exercise opportunities to vote on international holdings on a best efforts basis. Such votes will be cast based on the same principles that govern domestic holdings.

In some countries casting a proxy vote can adversely affect a client, such as countries that restrict stock sales around the time of the proxy vote by requiring “share blocking” as part of the voting process. The Investment Professional covering the issuer will weigh the expected benefits of voting proxies on international holdings against any anticipated costs or limitations, such as those associated with share blocking. Jennison may abstain from voting if it anticipates that the costs or limitations associated with voting outweigh the benefits.

Securities Lending

Jennison may be unable to vote proxies when the underlying securities have been lent out pursuant to a client’s securities lending program. The Company does not know when securities are on loan and are therefore not available to be voted. In rare circumstances, Investment Professionals may ask the Proxy Team to work with the client’s custodian to recall the shares so that Jennison can vote. Efforts to recall loaned securities are not always effective since such requests must be submitted prior to the record date for the upcoming proxy vote; therefore voting shares on loan is on a best efforts basis. In determining whether to call back securities that are out on loan, the Investment Professional will consider whether the benefit to the client in voting the matter outweighs the benefit to the client in keeping the security out on loan.

Disclosure to Advisory Clients

Jennison will provide a copy of these Policies and Procedures and the Guidelines to any client upon request. The Company will also provide any client with information about how Jennison has voted that client’s proxies upon request. Any such requests should be forwarded to the Proxy Team, which is responsible for responding, and for documenting the correspondence.

Compliance Reporting for Investment Companies

Upon request, the Proxy Team will provide to each investment company board of directors or trustees for which Jennison acts as sub-adviser reporting needed to satisfy their regulatory and board requirements, including, but not limited to, information required for Form NP-X.

III. Internal Controls

Supervisory Review

The Proxy Team periodically notifies each Investment Professional’s supervisor of any Guideline overrides authorized by that Investment Professional. The supervisor reviews the overrides to confirm that they appear to have been made based on clients’ best interests, and that they were not influenced by any Material Conflict or other considerations.

. 309

Page 337: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

The Proxy Voting Committee

The Proxy Voting Committee consists of representatives from Operations, Operational Risk, Legal, and Compliance. It meets at least quarterly, and has the following responsibilities:

• Review potential Material Conflicts and decide whether a material conflict is present, and needs to be addressed according to these policies and procedures.§• Review the Guidelines in consultation with the Investment Professionals and make revisions as appropriate.§• Review these Policies and Procedures annually for accuracy and effectiveness, and recommend and adopt any necessary changes.§• Review all Guideline overrides.§• Review quarterly voting metrics and analysis published by the Proxy Team.§• Review the performance of the proxy voting vendor and determine whether Jennison should continue to retain their services.

Equity Trade Management Oversight Council (“ETMOC”)

The ETMOC reviews all Guideline overrides on a quarterly basis to ensure proper override procedures were followed. The ETMOC also reviews any changes to the Guidelines. The ETMOC is comprised of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Investment Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Compliance Officer, Head of Equity Trading and the Head of Growth Equity, Head of Investment Services and the Head of Alternative Investment Services.

IV. Escalating Concerns

Any concerns about aspects of the policy that lack specific escalation guidance may be reported to the reporting employee’s supervisor, the Chief Compliance Officer, Chief Legal Officer, Chief Risk Officer, Chief Ethics Officer, Chief Operating Officer or Chief Executive Officer. Alternatively Jennison has an Ethics Reporting Hotline phone number and email address that enable employees to raise concerns anonymously. Information about the Ethics Reporting Hotline phone number and email address can be found on the Jennison intranet’s “Ethics” web page.

V. Discipline and Sanctions

All Jennison employees are responsible for understanding and complying with the policies and procedures outlined in this policy. The procedures described in this policy are intended to ensure that Jennison and its employees act in full compliance with the law. Violations of this policy and related procedures will be communicated to your supervisor and to senior management through Jennison’s Compliance Council, and may lead to disciplinary action.

. 310

Page 338: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

PIMCO PROXY VOTING POLICYEffective Date: August 2003Last Reviewed Date: November 2017Policy

The proxy voting policy (“the policy”) is intended to foster PIMCO’s compliance with its fiduciary obligations and applicable law; the policy applies to any voting or consent rights with respect to securities held in accounts over which PIMCO has discretionary voting authority.1

PIMCO will vote proxies2 in accordance with this policy and the relevant procedures related to proxy voting for each of its clients unless expressly directed by a client in writing to refrain from voting that client’s proxies. PIMCO’s authority to vote proxies on behalf of its clients results from its advisory contracts, comparable documents or by an overall delegation of discretionary authority over its client’s assets.

A. General Policy Statement

The Policy is designed in a manner reasonably expected to ensure that voting and consent rights are exercised in the best interests of PIMCO’s clients. As a general matter, when PIMCO has proxy voting authority, PIMCO has a fiduciary obligation to monitor corporate events and to take appropriate action on client proxies that come to its attention.

When considering client proxies, PIMCO may determine not to vote a proxy if it believes that: (1) the effect on the client’s economic interests or the value of the portfolio holding is insignificant in relation to the client’s account; (2) the cost of voting the proxy outweighs the possible benefit to the client, including, without limitation, situations where a jurisdiction imposes share blocking restrictions which may affect the ability of the portfolio manager (“PM”) to effect trades in the related security; (3) not taking action or affirmatively filing an abstention is in the best interest of the client account; or (4) the Legal and Compliance department has determined that it is consistent with PIMCO’s fiduciary obligations not to vote.

B. Conflicts of Interest

1. Identification of Material Conflicts of Interest

When PIMCO has discretion over voting and consent rights it has a fiduciary obligation to take appropriate action on all proxies in good faith and in the best interests of the client. Potential conflicts of interest, however, may, or can appear to interfere with PIMCO’s ability to evaluate proxies in accordance with this fiduciary standard. Actual or potential conflicts of interest when PIMCO votes client proxies could arise in many ways, such as (i) if PIMCO has a material business relationship with the issuer to which the proxy relates; (ii) if an analyst assigned to recommend how to vote a proxy or a PM responsible for voting proxies has a material personal3 or business relationship with the issuer; (iii) if PIMCO clients have divergent interests in the proxy vote; and (iv) if the PM voting a proxy becomes aware of a material business relationship between the issuer and a PIMCO Affiliate prior to voting.

Each PM/ analyst has a duty to disclose to the Legal and Compliance department any known potential, actual or apparent material conflict of interest relevant to a proxy vote prior to voting (whether the proxy will be voted by the ISP or PIMCO). If no potential, actual or apparent material conflict of interest is identified by, or disclosed to, the Legal and Compliance department, the proxy may be voted by the responsible PM/ analyst in good faith and in the best interests of the client.

PIMCO seeks to prevent conflicts of interest from interfering with its voting of client proxies by identifying such conflicts and resolving them as described in this policy.

2. Resolution of Potential/ Identified Conflicts of Interest

Equity Securities.4 PIMCO has retained an independent Industry Service Provider (“ISP”)5 to provide research and voting recommendations for proxies relating to equity securities in accordance with the ISP’s guidelines. By following the guidelines of an independent third party, PIMCO seeks to mitigate potential conflicts of interest PIMCO may have with respect to proxies covered by the ISP.

PIMCO will follow the recommendations of the ISP unless: (i) the ISP does not provide a voting recommendation; or (ii) a PM decides to override the ISP’s voting recommendation. In either such case as described above, the Legal and Compliance department will review the proxy to determine whether a material conflict of interest, or the appearance of one, exists. When the ISP exercises its discretion to not provide a voting recommendation, the relevant PM/ analyst may make a determination regarding how the proxy will be voted by completing the required documentation.

Fixed Income Securities. Fixed income securities can be processed as proxy ballots or corporate action-consents at the discretion of the issuer/ custodian. When processed as proxy voting ballots, the ISP generally does not provide a voting

. 311

Page 339: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

recommendation and their role is limited to election processing and recordkeeping. When processed as corporate action-consents, the Legal and Compliance department will review all election forms to determine whether a conflict of interest, or the appearance of one, exists with respect to the PM’s consent election. PIMCO’s Credit Research and Portfolio Management Groups are responsible for issuing recommendations on how to vote proxy ballots and corporate action-consents (collectively referred to herein as proxies) with respect to fixed income securities.

Conflicting Client Interests. Where the conflict at issue has arisen because PIMCO clients have divergent interests, the applicable PM (or another PM) may vote the proxy as follows:

£ If the conflict exists between the accounts of one or more PMs on the one hand, and accounts of one or more different PMs on the other, each PM (if the conflict does not also exist among the PM’s accounts) will vote on behalf of his or her accounts in such accounts’ best interests.

£ If the conflict exists among the accounts of a PM, the PM shall vote the proxies in the best interest of the relevant client and should be prepared to respond to inquiries regarding proxy decisions. PM’s have the discretion to escalate questions regarding divergent interests to the head of the PM’s desk, Operations or the Legal and Compliance department as necessary.

Affiliated Fund Considerations

PIMCO-Affiliated Fund Shares Covered by ISP. The ISP may make voting recommendations for proxies relating to PIMCO-affiliated fund shares in accordance with the ISP guidelines. PIMCO may determine to resolve a conflict of interest with respect to a PIMCO-managed separate account, fund or other collective investment vehicle holding such PIMCO-affiliated fund shares by following the recommendation of the ISP. When the ISP publishes a voting recommendation with respect to PIMCO-Affiliated Funds, PIMCO may elect to override the ISP.

PIMCO-Affiliated Fund Shares Not Covered by ISP. In certain circumstances, conflicts of interest with respect to the voting of proxies may also arise when PIMCO-managed separate accounts (including wrap program accounts advised or managed in whole or in part by PIMCO and other wrap program accounts for which PIMCO has proxy voting authority), funds or other collective investment vehicles are shareholders of PIMCO-affiliated funds that are the subject of proxies. PIMCO will vote client proxies relating to a PIMCO-affiliated fund in accordance with the offering or other disclosure documents or any applicable contract for the PIMCO-managed separate account, fund or other investment vehicle holding shares of the PIMCO-affiliated fund. Where such documents are silent on the issue, PIMCO will vote client proxies relating to a PIMCO-affiliated fund by “echoing” or “mirroring” the vote of the other shareholders in the underlying funds, or by applying other appropriate methods in the policy.

Confidentiality. To reduce the occurrence of actual or apparent conflicts of interest, PIMCO and PIMCO’s agents are prohibited from disclosing information regarding PIMCO’s voting intentions to any affiliate other than PIMCO-named affiliates.

3. Escalation of Conflicts of Interest

Direct Resolution by the Proxy Working Group. PIMCO may leverage a Working Group to assist in the evaluation and resolution of potential conflicts of interest. When a conflict is brought to the Working Group for direct resolution, the Working Group will seek to mitigate the actual or apparent conflict in the best interest of clients. In considering the manner in which to mitigate a conflict of interest, the Working Group may take into account various factors, including: The extent and nature of the actual or apparent conflict of interest; If the client is a fund, whether it has an independent body (such as a board of directors) that is willing to give

direction to PIMCO; The nature of the relationship of the issuer with the PM / analyst or PIMCO (if any); Whether there has been any attempt to directly or indirectly influence PIMCO’s voting decision or actions; and Whether the direction of the proposed vote would appear to benefit the PM/ analyst, PIMCO, a related party or

another PIMCO client.§§

The Working Group Protocol. To facilitate the efficient resolution of conflicts of interest, the Working Group may establish a protocol (the “Working Group Protocol”) that directs the methods of resolution for specific types of conflicts, provided that such methods are consistent with this policy. Generally, once a protocol has been established for a certain type of conflict all conflicts of that type will be resolved pursuant to the protocol.§§

PIMCO Conflicts Committee. The Working Group in its discretion may escalate potential conflicts of interest to the firm wide Conflicts Committee for review on an as needed basis.§The Legal and Compliance department will record the manner in which each such conflict is resolved.§

. 312

Page 340: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

§

C. Delegation of Proxy Voting Authority§

Sub-Adviser Engagement. As an investment manager, PIMCO may exercise its discretion to engage a Sub-Adviser to provide portfolio management services to certain Funds. Consistent with its management responsibilities, the Sub-Adviser will assume the authority for voting proxies on behalf of PIMCO for these Funds. Sub-Advisers may utilize third parties to perform certain services related to their portfolio management responsibilities. As a fiduciary, PIMCO will maintain oversight of the investment management responsibilities performed by the Sub-Adviser and contracted third parties.§§

D. Reporting and Disclosure Requirements and the Availability of Proxy Voting Records6§

For each U.S. registered investment company (“fund”) that PIMCO sponsors and manages, PIMCO will ensure that the proxy voting record for the twelve-month period ending June 30 is properly reported on Form N-PX which is filed with the SEC no later than August 31 of each year. PIMCO will also ensure that each fund states in its Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) (or, with respect to Private Account Portfolio Series of PIMCO Funds (“PAPS Portfolios”), the Offering Memorandum Supplement) and its annual and semiannual report to shareholders that information concerning how the fund voted proxies relating to its portfolio securities for the most recent twelve-month period ending June 30 is available without charge through the fund’s website and on the SEC’s website, as required by Form N-1A (for open-end funds) or Form N-2 (for closed-end funds). PIMCO’s Funds Business Group is responsible for ensuring that this information is posted on each fund’s website in accordance with the foregoing disclosure. PIMCO will ensure that proper disclosure is made in each fund’s SAI (or, with respect to the PAPS Portfolios, the Offering Memorandum Supplement) and annual and semiannual reports describing (or, in the case of annual and semiannual reports, regarding the availability of a description of) the policies and procedures used to determine how to vote proxies relating to such fund’s portfolio securities, also as required by Form N-1A (for open-end funds) and Form N-2 (for closed-end funds). PIMCO will also ensure that proper disclosure is made in each closed-end fund’s Form N-CSR filing for an annual report describing the policies and procedures used to determine how to vote proxies relating to such fund’s portfolio securities, as required by Form N-CSR.§§

Except to the extent required by applicable law (including with respect to the filing of any Form N-PX) or otherwise approved by PIMCO, PIMCO will not disclose to third parties how it voted a proxy on behalf of a client. However, upon request from an appropriately authorized individual, PIMCO will disclose to its clients or the entity delegating the voting authority to PIMCO for such clients (e.g., trustees or consultants retained by the client), how PIMCO voted such client’s proxy. In addition, PIMCO provides its clients with a copy of these Policies and Procedures or a concise summary of these Policies and Procedures: (i) in Part 2 of Form ADV; (ii) together with a periodic account statement in a separate mailing; or (iii) any other means as determined by PIMCO. The summary will state that these Policies and Procedures are available upon request and will inform clients that information about how PIMCO voted that client’s proxies is available upon request.§§

E. Records§

PIMCO or its agent (e.g., IMS West or the ISP) maintains proxy voting records as required by applicable rules. The records maintained by PIMCO include: (1) a copy of all proxy voting policies and procedures; (2) a copy of any document created by PIMCO that was material to making a decision on how to vote proxies on behalf of a client or that memorializes the basis for that decision; (3) a copy of each written client request for proxy voting records and any written response from PIMCO to any (written or oral) client request for such records; and (4) any documentation related to an identified material conflict of interest. Additionally, PIMCO or its agent (if the agent has undertaken to provide a copy to PIMCO upon request) maintains:§§

(1) proxy statements (or other disclosures accompanying requests for client consent) received regarding client securities (which may be satisfied in the U.S. by relying on obtaining a copy of a proxy statement from the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval (EDGAR) system); and (2) a record of each vote cast by PIMCO on behalf of a client.§§

Proxy voting books and records are maintained by PIMCO or its agent in an easily accessible place for a period of five years from the end of the fiscal year during which the last entry was made on such record, the first two years in the offices of PIMCO or its agent.

1Voting or consent rights shall not include matters which are primarily decisions to buy or sell investments, such as tender offers, exchange offers, conversions, put options, redemptions, and Dutch auctions.

. 313

Page 341: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

2 Proxies generally describe corporate action-consent rights (relative to fixed income securities) and proxy voting ballots (relative to fixed income or equity securities) as determined by the issuer or custodian.3 Personal relationships include employee and immediate family member interests with an issuer.4 The term “equity securities” means common and preferred stock, including common and preferred shares issued by investment companies; it does not include debt securities convertible into equity securities.5 The ISP for Equity Securities proxy voting is Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”), Inc., 1177 Avenue of the Americas , 2nd Floor, New York, NY 10036.6 For each Canadian mutual fund under NI 81-102 (“fund”) that PIMCO Canada sponsors and manages, PIMCO will ensure that the proxy voting record for the twelve-month period ending June 30 is properly disclosed on the PIMCO Canada website no later than August 31 of each year.

. 314

Page 342: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

REDWOOD INVESTMENTS, LLCPROXY VOTINGJUNE 13, 2018Law and Policy

This statement sets forth the current policies and procedures of the Firm with regard to the voting of proxies over which the Firm has investment responsibility. These policies and procedures are available to the Firm’s Clients upon request.

The Firm acts in a fiduciary capacity with respect to each of its Clients and, therefore, the Firm must act to maximize the value of the accounts it manages. Each proxy proposal may be reviewed on a case-by-case basis by a member of the Firm’s portfolio management team. It is Firm policy generally to vote against any management proposals that the Firm believes could prevent companies from realizing their maximum market value, or would insulate companies and/or management, from accountability to shareholders or prudent regulatory compliance. For example, the Firm will generally vote against any proposal that attempts to limit shareholder democracy, such as increased indemnification protections for directors or officers, or unequal voting rights, in a way that could restrict the ability of the shareholders to realize the value of their investment. The Firm will generally support proposals aimed at effectuating standard and necessary aspects of business operations, which will not typically have a significant effect on the value of the investment, such as name changes, elections of directors and employee stock purchase or ownership plans.

A record of all proxy decisions will be retained and available for inspection by Clients at any time in accordance with the procedures listed below.

Conflicts of Interest. The Firm must act as a fiduciary when voting proxies on behalf of its Clients. In that regard, the Firm will seek to avoid possible conflict of interest in connection with proxy voting as follows:

Where the Firm identifies a potential conflict of interest (such as if the Firm or an Employee is affiliated or associated with the issuer or the Firm holds the issuer’s securities on a proprietary basis), the Firm will initially determine whether such potential conflict is material. Where the Firm determines there is a potential for a material conflict of interest regarding a proxy, the Firm will take one or some of the following steps: (i) inform the Client of the material conflict and the Firm’s voting decision; (ii) discuss the proxy vote with the Client; (iii) fully disclose the material facts regarding the conflict and seek the Client’s consent to vote the proxy as intended; and/or (iv) seek the recommendations of an independent third party. The Firm will document the steps it took to evidence that the proxy vote or abstention was in the best interest of the Client and not the product of any material conflict. Such documentation will be maintained in accordance with required recordkeeping procedures. See Recordkeeping above.

Disclosure of Policies and Procedures. The Firm will provide a summary of these policies and procedures in its Form ADV, Part 2 (or in a separate disclosure) to be furnished to Clients. The Firm will further provide a copy of these policies and procedures to any Client upon request. In addition, the Firm will inform its Clients how they can obtain further proxy voting information about their own proxies.

Disclosure of Voting Record. Upon a request from a Client, the Firm will furnish to such Client its proxy voting record with respect to such Client’s securities.

ERISA Considerations. ERISA prohibits fiduciaries from acting on behalf of a plan in situations in which the fiduciary is subject to a conflict of interest. Thus, if the Firm determines that it has a conflict of interest with respect to the voting of proxies, the Firm must either seek the Client’s informed direction or retain an independent person to direct the Firm how to vote the proxy in the best interests of the ERISA account.

Procedures

Receipt of Proxy Materials. Prior to January 1, 2008, the Firm received proxy materials from issuers, custodians or broker-dealers through the mail in hard copy form with respect to any securities held in Client accounts. Subsequent to January 1, 2008, the Firm has outsourced the records administration and actual proxy voting process to a third party service provider.

Voting Decisions. The portfolio manager(s) has (have) responsibility for reviewing proxy materials and deciding how to vote on each issue or initiative for the securities he or she trades. The portfolio manager(s) has (have) responsibility for reviewing the proxy voting process of the third-party service provider. This process and Redwood’s proxy policy is reviewed annually. Records of proxies voted for the Firm’s clients are reviewed on a quarterly basis.

Recusal from Voting. Any Employee who has a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in any issue presented for voting, or any relationship with the issuer, must so inform the Chief Compliance Officer and recuse him or herself from decisions on how proxies with respect to that issuer are voted.

. 315

Page 343: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Record of Votes Cast. For proxies voted before January 1, 2008, physical copies of all proxy votes are kept on file or scanned to the firm’s server and stored electronically. For proxies voted after January 1, 2008, the records are maintained by the third party service provider.

Client Requests for Votes. If a Client requests that their proxies be voted in a specific way on a specific issue, they may contact Redwood, and the CCO will ensure that the proxy is voted consistent with the Client’s request.

Client Requests for Voting Record. Clients may request information concerning how their proxies were voted. The portfolio manager or a member of the portfolio management team will notify the Chief Compliance Officer if he or she receives such request and will respond to such requests showing how Client shares were voted on particular issues. The Chief Compliance Officer will maintain a copy of all such requests and responses.

. 316

Page 344: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

TEMPLETON INVESTMENT COUNSEL, LLCPROXY VOTING POLICIES & PROCEDURESMARCH 2019An SEC Compliance Rule Policy and Procedures*

* Rule 38a-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“1940 Act”) and Rule 206(4)-7 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”) (together the “Compliance Rule”) require registered investment companies and registered investment advisers to, among other things, adopt and implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violations of the federal securities laws (“Compliance Rule Policies and Procedures”).

RESPONSIBILITY OF THE INVESTMENT MANAGER TO VOTE PROXIES

Templeton Investment Counsel, LLC (hereinafter the “Investment Manager”) has delegated its administrative duties with respect to voting proxies for securities to the Proxy Group within Franklin Templeton Companies, LLC (the “Proxy Group”), a wholly- owned subsidiary of Franklin Resources, Inc. Franklin Templeton Companies, LLC provides a variety of general corporate services to its affiliates, including, but not limited to, legal and compliance activities. Proxy duties consist of analyzing proxy statements of issuers whose stock is owned by any client (including both investment companies and any separate accounts managed by the Investment Manager) that has either delegated proxy voting administrative responsibility to the Investment Manager or has asked for information and/or recommendations on the issues to be voted.

The Proxy Group will process proxy votes on behalf of, and the Investment Manager votes proxies solely in the best interests of, separate account clients, the Investment Manager-managed investment company shareholders, or shareholders of funds that have appointed Franklin Templeton International Services S.à.r.l. (“FTIS S.à.r.l.”) as the Management Company, provided such funds or clients have properly delegated such responsibility in writing, or, where employee benefit plan assets subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, are involved (“ERISA accounts”), in the best interests of the plan participants and beneficiaries (collectively, “Advisory Clients”), unless (i) the power to vote has been specifically retained by the named fiduciary in the documents in which the named fiduciary appointed the Investment Manager or (ii) the documents otherwise expressly prohibit the Investment Manager from voting proxies. The Investment Manager recognizes that the exercise of voting rights on securities held by ERISA plans for which the Investment Manager has voting responsibility is a fiduciary duty that must be exercised with care, skill, prudence and diligence. The Investment Manager will inform Advisory Clients that have not delegated the voting responsibility but that have requested voting advice about the Investment Manager’s views on such proxy votes. The Proxy Group also provides these services to other advisory affiliates of the Investment Manager.

The Investment Manager has adopted and implemented Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (“Proxy Policies”) that it believes are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of Advisory Clients in accordance with its fiduciary duties and rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. To the extent that the Investment Manager has a subadvisory agreement with an affiliated investment manager (the “Affiliated Subadviser”) with respect to a particular Advisory Client, the Investment Manager may delegate proxy voting responsibility to the Affiliated Subadviser. The Investment Manager’s Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures are substantially similar to those of its affiliated investment managers. The Investment Manager may also delegate proxy voting responsibility to a Non-Affiliated Subadviser in certain limited situations as disclosed to fund shareholders (e.g., where an Investment Manager to a pooled investment vehicle has engaged an unaffiliated Subadviser to manage all or a portion of the assets).

HOW THE INVESTMENT MANAGER VOTES PROXIES

Fiduciary Considerations

All proxies received by the Proxy Group will be voted based upon the Investment Manager’s instructions and/or policies. To assist it in analyzing proxies of equity securities, the Investment Manager subscribes to Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. (“ISS”), an unaffiliated third party corporate governance research service that provides in-depth analyses of shareholder meeting agendas and vote recommendations. This includes access to the ISS benchmark policy recommendations and custom sustainability recommendations the Investment Manager developed with ISS, which reflect what the Investment Manager believes to be good corporate governance and behavior. In addition, the Investment Manager subscribes to ISS’s Proxy Voting Service and Vote Disclosure Service. These services include receipt of proxy ballots, custodian bank relations, account maintenance, vote execution, ballot reconciliation, vote record maintenance, comprehensive reporting capabilities, and vote disclosure services. Also, the Investment Manager subscribes to Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC (“Glass Lewis”), an unaffiliated third party analytical research firm, to receive analyses and vote recommendations on the shareholder meetings of publicly held U.S. companies, as well as a limited subscription to its international research. Also, the Investment Manager has a supplemental subscription to Egan-Jones Proxy Services (“Egan-Jones”), an unaffiliated third party proxy advisory firm, to receive analyses and vote recommendations. Although analyses provided by ISS, Glass Lewis, Egan-Jones, and/or another independent third party

. 317

Page 345: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

proxy service provider (each a “Proxy Service”) are thoroughly reviewed and considered in making a final voting decision, the Investment Manager does not consider recommendations from a Proxy Service or any third party to be determinative of the Investment Manager’s ultimate decision. Rather, the Investment Manager exercises its independent judgment in making voting decisions. As a matter of policy, the officers, directors and employees of the Investment Manager and the Proxy Group will not be influenced by outside sources whose interests conflict with the interests of Advisory Clients.

For ease of reference, the Proxy Policies often refer to all Advisory Clients. However, our processes and practices seek to ensure that proxy voting decisions are suitable for individual Advisory Clients. For most proxy proposals, the Investment Manager’s evaluation should result in the same position being taken for all Advisory Clients. In some cases, however, the evaluation may result in an individual Advisory Client voting differently, depending upon the nature and objective of the fund or account, the composition of its portfolio and other factors.

For certain separate accounts and non-U.S. domiciled funds that follow a smart beta strategy, or are passively managed to track a particular securities index, the Investment Manager may review the ISS and Glass Lewis Proxy Voting Guidelines and determine to instruct the Proxy Group to generally vote proxies consistent with the recommendations of ISS or Glass Lewis rather than analyze each individual proxy vote due to the volume of securities held in such strategies.

Conflicts of Interest

All conflicts of interest will be resolved in the best interests of the Advisory Clients. The Investment Manager is an affiliate of a large, diverse financial services firm with many affiliates and makes its best efforts to avoid conflicts of interest. However, conflicts of interest can arise in situations where:1. The issuer is a client1 of the Investment Manager or its affiliates;2. The issuer is a vendor whose products or services are material or significant to the business of the Investment

Manager or its affiliates;2

3. The issuer is an entity participating to a material extent in the distribution of proprietary investment products advised, administered or sponsored by the Investment Manager or its affiliates (e.g., a broker, dealer or bank);3

4. The issuer is a significant executing broker dealer;4

5. An Access Person5 of the Investment Manager or its affiliates also serves as a director or officer of the issuer;6. A director or trustee of Franklin Resources, Inc. or any of its subsidiaries or of a Franklin Templeton investment

product, or an immediate family member6 of such director or trustee, also serves as an officer or director of the issuer; or

7. The issuer is Franklin Resources, Inc. or any of its proprietary investment products that are offered to the public as a direct investment.

Nonetheless, even though a potential conflict of interest may exist: (1) the Investment Manager may vote in opposition to the recommendations of an issuer’s management even if contrary to the recommendations of a third party proxy voting research provider; (2) if management has made no recommendations, the Proxy Group may defer to the voting instructions of the Investment Manager; and (3) with respect to shares held by Franklin Resources, Inc. or its affiliates for their own corporate accounts, such shares may be voted without regard to these conflict procedures.

Material conflicts of interest are identified by the Proxy Group based upon analyses of client, distributor, broker dealer, and vendor lists, information periodically gathered from directors and officers, and information derived from other sources, including public filings. The Proxy Group gathers and analyzes this information on a best efforts basis, as much of this information is provided directly by individuals and groups other than the Proxy Group, and the Proxy Group relies on the accuracy of the information it receives from such parties.

In situations where a material conflict of interest is identified between the Investment Manager or one of its affiliates and an issuer, the Proxy Group may vote consistent with the voting recommendation of a Proxy Service or send the proxy directly to the relevant Advisory Clients with the Investment Manager’s recommendation regarding the vote for approval.

Where the Proxy Group refers a matter to an Advisory Client, it may rely upon the instructions of a representative of the Advisory Client, such as the board of directors or trustees, a committee of the board, or an appointed delegate in the case of a U. S. registered investment company, a conducting officer in the case of a fund that has appointed FTIS S.à.r.l as its Management Company, the Independent Review Committee for Canadian investment funds, or a plan administrator in the case of an employee benefit plan. The Proxy Group may determine to vote all shares held by Advisory Clients of the Investment Manager and affiliated Investment Managers in accordance with the instructions of one or more of the Advisory Clients.

The Investment Manager may also decide whether to vote proxies for securities deemed to present conflicts of interest that are sold following a record date, but before a shareholder meeting date. The Investment Manager may consider . 318

Page 346: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

various factors in deciding whether to vote such proxies, including the Investment Manager’s long-term view of the issuer’s securities for investment, or it may defer the decision to vote to the applicable Advisory Client. The Investment Manager also may be unable to vote, or choose not to vote, a proxy for securities deemed to present a conflict of interest for any of the reasons outlined in the first paragraph of the section of these policies entitled “Proxy Procedures.”

Where a material conflict of interest has been identified, but the items on which the Investment Manager’s vote recommendations differ from a Proxy Service relate specifically to (1) shareholder proposals regarding social or environmental issues, (2) “Other Business” without describing the matters that might be considered, or (3) items the Investment Manager wishes to vote in opposition to the recommendations of an issuer’s management, the Proxy Group may defer to the vote recommendations of the Investment Manager rather than sending the proxy directly to the relevant Advisory Clients for approval.

To avoid certain potential conflicts of interest, the Investment Manager will employ echo voting or pass-through voting, if possible, in the following instances: (1) when a Franklin Templeton U.S. registered investment company invests in an underlying fund in reliance on any one of Sections 12(d)(1)(F), or (G) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (“1940 Act”), the rules thereunder, or pursuant to a U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) exemptive order thereunder; (2) when a Franklin Templeton U.S. registered investment company invests uninvested cash in affiliated money market funds pursuant to the rules under the 1940 Act or any exemptive orders thereunder (“cash sweep arrangement”); or (3) when required pursuant to the fund’s governing documents or applicable law. Echo voting means that the Investment Manager will vote the shares in the same proportion as the vote of all of the other holders of the fund’s shares. With respect to instances when a Franklin Templeton U.S. registered investment company invests in an underlying fund in reliance on any one of Sections 12(d)(1)(F) or (G) of the 1940 Act, the rules thereunder, or pursuant to an SEC exemptive order thereunder, and there are no other unaffiliated shareholders also invested in the underlying fund, the Investment Manager will vote in accordance with the recommendation of such investment company’s board of trustees or directors. In addition, to avoid certain potential conflicts of interest, and where required under a fund’s governing documents or applicable law, the Investment Manager will employ pass-through voting when a Franklin Templeton U.S. registered investment company invests in an underlying fund in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(E) of the 1940 Act, the rules thereunder, or pursuant to an SEC exemptive order thereunder. In “pass-through voting,” a feeder fund will solicit voting instructions from its shareholders as to how to vote on the master fund’s proposals.

In addition, with respect to an open-ended collective investment scheme formed as a Société d’Investissement à capital variable (SICAV), in accordance with Luxembourg law, if one sub-fund (the “Acquirer”) has invested in another sub-fund of the SICAV (the “Target”), then the voting rights attached to the shares of the Target will be suspended for voting purposes as long as they are held by the Acquirer. Similarly, in accordance with Canadian law, Canadian mutual funds that are invested in another proprietary mutual fund are prohibited from voting the units of the underlying fund.

Weight Given Management Recommendations

One of the primary factors the Investment Manager considers when determining the desirability of investing in a particular company is the quality and depth of that company’s management. Accordingly, the recommendation of management on any issue is a factor that the Investment Manager considers in determining how proxies should be voted. However, the Investment Manager does not consider recommendations from management to be determinative of the Investment Manager’s ultimate decision. As a matter of practice, the votes with respect to most issues are cast in accordance with the position of the company’s management. Each issue, however, is considered on its own merits, and the Investment Manager will not support the position of a company’s management in any situation where it determines that the ratification of management’s position would adversely affect the investment merits of owning that company’s shares.

Engagement with Issuers

The Investment Manager believes that engagement with issuers is important to good corporate governance and to assist in making proxy voting decisions. The Investment Manager may engage with issuers to discuss specific ballot items to be voted on in advance of an annual or special meeting to obtain further information or clarification on the proposals. The Investment Manager may also engage with management on a range of environmental, social or corporate governance issues throughout the year.

THE PROXY GROUP

The Proxy Group is part of the Franklin Templeton Companies, LLC Legal Department and is overseen by legal counsel. Full- time staff members and support staff (which includes individuals that are employees of affiliates of Franklin Templeton Companies, LLC) are devoted to proxy voting administration and oversight and providing support and assistance where needed. On a daily basis, the Proxy Group will review each proxy upon receipt as well as any agendas, materials and recommendations that they receive from a Proxy Service or other sources. The Proxy Group maintains a log

. 319

Page 347: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

of all shareholder meetings that are scheduled for companies whose securities are held by the Investment Manager’s managed funds and accounts. For each shareholder meeting, a member of the Proxy Group will consult with the research analyst that follows the security and provide the analyst with the agenda, analyses of one or more Proxy Services, recommendations and any other information provided to the Proxy Group. Except in situations identified as presenting material conflicts of interest, the Investment Manager’s research analyst and relevant portfolio manager(s) are responsible for making the final voting decision based on their review of the agenda, analyses of one or more Proxy Services, proxy statements, their knowledge of the company and any other information publicly available.

In situations where the Investment Manager has not responded with vote recommendations to the Proxy Group by the deadline date, the Proxy Group may vote consistent with the vote recommendations of a Proxy Service. Except in cases where the Proxy Group is voting consistent with the voting recommendation of a Proxy Service, the Proxy Group must obtain voting instructions from the Investment Manager’s research analyst, relevant portfolio manager(s), legal counsel and/or the Advisory Client prior to submitting the vote. In the event that an account holds a security that the Investment Manager did not purchase on its behalf, and the Investment Manager does not normally consider the security as a potential investment for other accounts, the Proxy Group may vote consistent with the voting recommendations of a Proxy Service or take no action on the meeting.

GENERAL PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

The Investment Manager has adopted general guidelines for voting proxies as summarized below. In keeping with its fiduciary obligations to its Advisory Clients, the Investment Manager reviews all proposals, even those that may be considered to be routine matters. Although these guidelines are to be followed as a general policy, in all cases each proxy and proposal (including both management and shareholder proposals) will be considered based on the relevant facts and circumstances on a case-by- case basis. The Investment Manager may deviate from the general policies and procedures when it determines that the particular facts and circumstances warrant such deviation to protect the best interests of the Advisory Clients. These guidelines cannot provide an exhaustive list of all the issues that may arise nor can the Investment Manager anticipate all future situations.Corporate governance issues are diverse and continually evolving and the Investment Manager devotes significant time and resources to monitor these changes.

THE INVESTMENT MANAGER’S PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PRINCIPLES

The Investment Manager’s proxy voting positions have been developed based on years of experience with proxy voting and corporate governance issues. These principles have been reviewed by various members of the Investment Manager’s organization, including portfolio management, legal counsel, and the Investment Manager’s officers. Potential changes to the proxy voting policies are considered on an annual basis, and the Board of Directors of Franklin Templeton’s U.S.-registered investment companies will approve the proxy voting policies and procedures annually.

The following guidelines reflect what the Investment Manager believes to be good corporate governance and behavior:

Board of Directors: The election of directors and an independent board are key to good corporate governance. Directors are expected to be competent individuals and they should be accountable and responsive to shareholders. The Investment Manager supports an independent, diverse board of directors, and prefers that key committees such as audit, nominating, and compensation committees be comprised of independent directors. The Investment Manager supports boards with strong risk management oversight. The Investment Manager will generally vote against management efforts to classify a board and will generally support proposals to declassify the board of directors. The Investment Manager will consider withholding votes from directors who have attended less than 75% of meetings without a valid reason. While generally in favor of separating Chairman and CEO positions, the Investment Manager will review this issue on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration other factors including the company’s corporate governance guidelines and performance. The Investment Manager evaluates proposals to restore or provide for cumulative voting on a case-by-case basis and considers such factors as corporate governance provisions as well as relative performance. The Investment Manager generally will support non-binding shareholder proposals to require a majority vote standard for the election of directors; however, if these proposals are binding, the Investment Manager will give careful review on a case-by-case basis of the potential ramifications of such implementation.

In the event of a contested election, the Investment Manager will review a number of factors in making a decision including management’s track record, the company’s financial performance, qualifications of candidates on both slates, and the strategic plan of the dissidents and/or shareholder nominees.

Ratification of Auditors: The Investment Manager will closely scrutinize the independence, role, and performance of auditors. On a case-by-case basis, The Investment Manager will examine proposals relating to non-audit relationships and non-audit fees. The Investment Manager will also consider, on a case-by-case basis, proposals to rotate auditors, and will vote against the ratification of auditors when there is clear and compelling evidence of a lack of independence, accounting irregularities or negligence attributable to the auditors. The Investment Manager may also consider whether

. 320

Page 348: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

the ratification of auditors has been approved by an appropriate audit committee that meets applicable composition and independence requirements.

Management & Director Compensation: A company’s equity-based compensation plan should be in alignment with the shareholders’ long-term interests. The Investment Manager believes that executive compensation should be directly linked to the performance of the company. The Investment Manager evaluates plans on a case-by-case basis by considering several factors to determine whether the plan is fair and reasonable. The Investment Manager reviews the ISS quantitative model utilized to assess such plans and/or the Glass Lewis evaluation of the plan. The Investment Manager will generally oppose plans that have the potential to be excessively dilutive, and will almost always oppose plans that are structured to allow the repricing of underwater options, or plans that have an automatic share replenishment “evergreen” feature. The Investment Manager will generally support employee stock option plans in which the purchase price is at least 85% of fair market value, and when potential dilution is 10% or less.

Severance compensation arrangements will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis, although the Investment Manager will generally oppose “golden parachutes” that are considered excessive. The Investment Manager will normally support proposals that require that a percentage of directors’ compensation be in the form of common stock, as it aligns their interests with those of the shareholders.

The Investment Manager will review non-binding say-on-pay proposals on a case-by-case basis, and will generally vote in favor of such proposals unless compensation is misaligned with performance and/or shareholders’ interests, the company has not provided reasonably clear disclosure regarding its compensation practices, or there are concerns with the company’s remuneration practices.

Anti-Takeover Mechanisms and Related Issues: The Investment Manager generally opposes anti-takeover measures since they tend to reduce shareholder rights. However, as with all proxy issues, the Investment Manager conducts an independent review of each anti-takeover proposal. On occasion, the Investment Manager may vote with management when the research analyst has concluded that the proposal is not onerous and would not harm Advisory Clients’ interests as stockholders. The Investment Manager generally supports proposals that require shareholder rights plans (“poison pills”) to be subject to a shareholder vote. The Investment Manager will closely evaluate shareholder rights’ plans on a case-by-case basis to determine whether or not they warrant support. The Investment Manager will generally vote against any proposal to issue stock that has unequal or subordinate voting rights. In addition, the Investment Manager generally opposes any supermajority voting requirements as well as the payment of “greenmail.” The Investment Manager usually supports “fair price” provisions and confidential voting. The Investment Manager will review a company’s proposal to reincorporate to a different state or country on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration financial benefits such as tax treatment as well as comparing corporate governance provisions and general business laws that may result from the change in domicile.

Changes to Capital Structure: The Investment Manager realizes that a company’s financing decisions have a significant impact on its shareholders, particularly when they involve the issuance of additional shares of common or preferred stock or the assumption of additional debt. The Investment Manager will carefully review, on a case-by-case basis, proposals by companies to increase authorized shares and the purpose for the increase. The Investment Manager will generally not vote in favor of dual- class capital structures to increase the number of authorized shares where that class of stock would have superior voting rights. The Investment Manager will generally vote in favor of the issuance of preferred stock in cases where the company specifies the voting, dividend, conversion and other rights of such stock and the terms of the preferred stock issuance are deemed reasonable. The Investment Manager will review proposals seeking preemptive rights on a case-by-case basis.

Mergers and Corporate Restructuring: Mergers and acquisitions will be subject to careful review by the research analyst to determine whether they would be beneficial to shareholders. The Investment Manager will analyze various economic and strategic factors in making the final decision on a merger or acquisition. Corporate restructuring proposals are also subject to a thorough examination on a case-by-case basis.

Environmental and Social Issues: The Investment Manager considers environmental and social issues alongside traditional financial measures to provide a more comprehensive view of the value, risk and return potential of an investment. Companies may face significant financial, legal and reputational risks resulting from poor environmental and social practices, or negligent oversight of environmental or social issues. Franklin Templeton’s “Responsible Investment Principles and Policies” describes the Investment Manager’s approach to consideration of environmental, social and governance issues within the Investment Manager’s processes and ownership practices.

The Investment Manager will review shareholder proposals on a case-by-case basis and may support those that serve to enhance value or mitigate risk, are drafted appropriately, and do not disrupt the course of business or require a disproportionate or inappropriate use of company resources. In the Investment Manager’s experience, those companies

. 321

Page 349: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

that are managed well are often effective in dealing with the relevant environmental and social issues that pertain to their business. As such, the Investment Manager will generally give management discretion with regard to environmental and social issues. However, in cases where management and the board have not demonstrated adequate efforts to mitigate material environmental or social risks, have engaged in inappropriate or illegal conduct, or have failed to adequately address current or emergent risks that threaten shareholder value, the Investment Manager may choose to support well-crafted shareholder proposals that serve to promote or protect shareholder value. This may include seeking appropriate disclosure regarding material environmental and social issues.

The Investment Manager will consider supporting a shareholder proposal seeking disclosure and greater board oversight of lobbying and corporate political contributions if the Investment Manager believes that there is evidence of inadequate oversight by the company’s board, if the company’s current disclosure is significantly deficient, or if the disclosure is notably lacking in comparison to the company’s peers.

Governance Matters: The Investment Manager generally supports the right of shareholders to call special meetings and act by written consent. However, the Investment Manager will review such shareholder proposals on a case-by-case basis in an effort to ensure that such proposals do not disrupt the course of business or require a disproportionate or inappropriate use of company resources.

Proxy Access: In cases where the Investment Manager is satisfied with company performance and the responsiveness of management, it will generally vote against shareholder proxy access proposals not supported by management. In other instances, the Investment Manager will consider such proposals on a case-by-case basis, taking into account factors such as the size of the company, ownership thresholds and holding periods, nomination limits (e.g., number of candidates that can be nominated), the intentions of the shareholder proponent, and shareholder base.

Global Corporate Governance: The Investment Manager manages investments in countries worldwide. Many of the tenets discussed above are applied to the Investment Manager’s proxy voting decisions for international investments. However, the Investment Manager must be flexible in these worldwide markets. Principles of good corporate governance may vary by country, given the constraints of a country’s laws and acceptable practices in the markets. As a result, it is on occasion difficult to apply a consistent set of governance practices to all issuers. As experienced money managers, the Investment Manager’s analysts are skilled in understanding the complexities of the regions in which they specialize and are trained to analyze proxy issues germane to their regions.

PROXY PROCEDURES

The Proxy Group is fully cognizant of its responsibility to process proxies and maintain proxy records pursuant to SEC and Canadian Securities Administrators (“CSA”) rules and regulations. In addition, the Investment Manager understands its fiduciary duty to vote proxies and that proxy voting decisions may affect the value of shareholdings. Therefore, the Investment Manager will generally attempt to process every proxy it receives for all domestic and foreign securities. However, there may be situations in which the Investment Manager may be unable to successfully vote a proxy, or may choose not to vote a proxy, such as where: (i) a proxy ballot was not received from the custodian bank; (ii) a meeting notice was received too late; (iii) there are fees imposed upon the exercise of a vote and it is determined that such fees outweigh the benefit of voting; (iv) there are legal encumbrances to voting, including blocking restrictions in certain markets that preclude the ability to dispose of a security if the Investment Manager votes a proxy or where the Investment Manager is prohibited from voting by applicable law, economic or other sanctions, or other regulatory or market requirements, including but not limited to, effective Powers of Attorney; (v) additional documentation or the disclosure of beneficial owner details is required; (vi) the Investment Manager held shares on the record date but has sold them prior to the meeting date; (vii) a proxy voting service is not offered by the custodian in the market; (viii) due to either system error or human error, the Investment Manager’s intended vote is not correctly submitted; (ix) the Investment Manager believes it is not in the best interest of the Advisory Client to vote the proxy for any other reason not enumerated herein; or (x) a security is subject to a securities lending or similar program that has transferred legal title to the security to another person.

In some non-U.S. jurisdictions, even if the Investment Manager uses reasonable efforts to vote a proxy on behalf of its Advisory Clients, such vote or proxy may be rejected because of (a) operational or procedural issues experienced by one or more third parties involved in voting proxies in such jurisdictions; (b) changes in the process or agenda for the meeting by the issuer for which the Investment Manager does not have sufficient notice; or (c) the exercise by the issuer of its discretion to reject the vote of the Investment Manager. In addition, despite the best efforts of the Proxy Group and its agents, there may be situations where the Investment Manager’s votes are not received, or properly tabulated, by an issuer or the issuer’s agent.

The Investment Manager or its affiliates may, on behalf of one or more of the proprietary registered investment companies advised by the Investment Manager or its affiliates, determine to use its best efforts to recall any security on

. 322

Page 350: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

loan where the Investment Manager or its affiliates (a) learn of a vote on a material event that may affect a security on loan and (b) determine that it is in the best interests of such proprietary registered investment companies to recall the security for voting purposes. The Investment Manager will not generally make such efforts on behalf of other Advisory Clients, or notify such Advisory Clients or their custodians that the Investment Manager or its affiliates has learned of such a vote.

There may be instances in certain non-U.S. markets where split voting is not allowed. Split voting occurs when a position held within an account is voted in accordance with two differing instructions. Some markets and/or issuers only allow voting on an entire position and do not accept split voting. In certain cases, when more than one Franklin Templeton Investment Manager has accounts holding shares of an issuer that are held in an omnibus structure, the Proxy Group will seek direction from an appropriate representative of the Advisory Client with multiple Investment Managers (such as a conducting officer of the Management Company in the case of a SICAV), or the Proxy Group will submit the vote based on the voting instructions provided by the Investment Manager with accounts holding the greatest number of shares of the security within the omnibus structure.

The Investment Manager may vote against an agenda item where no further information is provided, particularly in non-U.S. markets. For example, if “Other Business” is listed on the agenda with no further information included in the proxy materials, the Investment Manager may vote against the item as no information has been provided prior to the meeting in order to make an informed decision. The Investment Manager may also enter a “withhold” vote on the election of certain directors from time to time based on individual situations, particularly where the Investment Manager is not in favor of electing a director and there is no provision for voting against such director.

If several issues are bundled together in a single voting item, the Investment Manager will assess the total benefit to shareholders and the extent that such issues should be subject to separate voting proposals.

The following describes the standard procedures that are to be followed with respect to carrying out the Investment Manager’s proxy policy:

1. The Proxy Group will identify all Advisory Clients, maintain a list of those clients, and indicate those Advisory Clients who have delegated proxy voting authority in writing to the Investment Manager. The Proxy Group will periodically review and update this list. If the agreement with an Advisory Client permits the Advisory Client to provide instructions to the Investment Manager regarding how to vote the client’s shares, the Investment Manager will make a best-efforts attempt to vote per the Advisory Client’s instructions.

2. All relevant information in the proxy materials received (e.g., the record date of the meeting) will be recorded promptly by the Proxy Group in a database to maintain control over such materials.

3. The Proxy Group will review and compile information on each proxy upon receipt of any agendas, materials, reports, recommendations from a Proxy Service, or other information. The Proxy Group will then forward (or otherwise make available) this information to the appropriate research analyst for review and voting instructions.

4. In determining how to vote, the Investment Manager’s analysts and relevant portfolio manager(s) will consider the General Proxy Voting Guidelines set forth above, their in-depth knowledge of the company, any readily available information and research about the company and its agenda items, and the recommendations of a Proxy Service.§

5. The Proxy Group is responsible for maintaining the documentation that supports the Investment Manager’s voting decision. Such documentation may include, but is not limited to, any information provided by a Proxy Service and, with respect to an issuer that presents a potential conflict of interest, any board or audit committee memoranda describing the position it has taken. Additionally, the Proxy Group may include documentation obtained from the research analyst, portfolio manager and/or legal counsel; however, the relevant research analyst may, but is not required to, maintain additional documentation that was used or created as part of the analysis to reach a voting decision, such as certain financial statements of an issuer, press releases, or notes from discussions with an issuer’s management.

6. After the proxy is completed but before it is returned to the issuer and/or its agent, the Proxy Group may review those situations including special or unique documentation to determine that the appropriate documentation has been created, including conflict of interest screening.

7. The Proxy Group will make every effort to submit the Investment Manager’s vote on all proxies to ISS by the cut-off date. However, in certain foreign jurisdictions or instances where the Proxy Group did not receive sufficient notice of the meeting, the Proxy Group will use its best efforts to send the voting instructions to ISS in time for the vote to be processed.

. 323

Page 351: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

8. With respect to proprietary products, the Proxy Group will file Powers of Attorney in all jurisdictions that require such documentation on a best efforts basis; the Proxy Group does not have authority to file Powers of Attorney on behalf of other Advisory Clients. On occasion, the Investment Manager may wish to attend and vote at a shareholder meeting in person. In such cases, the Proxy Group will use its best efforts to facilitate the attendance of the designated Franklin Templeton employee by coordinating with the relevant custodian bank.

9. The Proxy Group prepares reports for each separate account client that has requested a record of votes cast. The report specifies the proxy issues that have been voted for the Advisory Client during the requested period and the position taken with respect to each issue. The Proxy Group sends one copy to the Advisory Client, retains a copy in the Proxy Group’s files and forwards a copy to either the appropriate portfolio manager or the client service representative. While many Advisory Clients prefer quarterly or annual reports, the Proxy Group will provide reports for any timeframe requested by an Advisory Client.

10. If the Franklin Templeton Services, LLC Global Trade Services learns of a vote that may affect a security on loan from a proprietary registered investment company, Global Trade Services will notify the Investment Manager. If the Investment Manager decides that the vote is material and it would be in the best interests of shareholders to recall the security, the Investment Manager will advise Global Trade Services to contact the lending agent in an effort to retrieve the security. If so requested by the Investment Manager, Global Trade Services shall use its best efforts to recall any security on loan and will use other practicable and legally enforceable means to ensure that the Investment Manager is able to fulfill its fiduciary duty to vote proxies for proprietary registered investment companies with respect to such loaned securities. However, there can be no guarantee that the securities can be retrieved for such purposes. Global Trade Services will advise the Proxy Group of all recalled securities. Many Advisory Clients have entered into securities lending arrangements with agent lenders to generate additional revenue. Under normal circumstances, the Investment Manager will not make efforts to recall any security on loan for voting purposes on behalf of other Advisory Clients, or notify such clients or their custodians that the Investment Manager or its affiliates have learned of such a vote.

11. The Proxy Group participates in Franklin Templeton Investment’s Business Continuity and Disaster Preparedness programs. The Proxy Group will conduct disaster recovery testing on a periodic basis in an effort to ensure continued operations of the Proxy Group in the event of a disaster. Should the Proxy Group not be fully operational, then the Proxy Group may instruct ISS to vote all meetings immediately due per the recommendations of the appropriate third-party proxy voting service provider.

12. The Proxy Group, in conjunction with Legal Staff responsible for coordinating Fund disclosure, on a timely basis, will file all required Form N-PXs, with respect to proprietary U.S. registered investment companies, disclose that each U.S.-registered fund’s proxy voting record is available on the Franklin Templeton web site, and will make available the information disclosed in each fund’s Form N-PX as soon as is reasonably practicable after filing Form N-PX with the SEC. The Proxy Group will work with Legal Staff in other jurisdictions, as needed, to help support required proxy voting disclosure in such markets.

13. The Proxy Group, in conjunction with Legal Staff responsible for coordinating Fund disclosure, will ensure that all required disclosure about proxy voting of the proprietary U.S. registered investment companies is made in such clients’ disclosure documents.

14. The Proxy Group is subject to periodic review by Internal Audit and compliance groups.

15. The Investment Manager will review the guidelines of each Proxy Service, with special emphasis on the factors they use with respect to proxy voting recommendations.

16. The Proxy Group will update the proxy voting policies and procedures as necessary for review and approval by legal, compliance, investment officers, and/or other relevant staff.17. The Proxy Group will familiarize itself with the procedures of ISS that govern the transmission of proxy voting information from the Proxy Group to ISS and periodically review how well this process is functioning. The Proxy Group, in conjunction with the compliance department, will conduct periodic due diligence reviews of each Proxy Service via on-site visits or by written questionnaires. As part of the periodic due diligence process, the Investment Manager assesses the adequacy and quality of each Proxy Service’s staffing and personnel to ensure each Proxy Service has the capacity and competency to adequately analyze proxy issues and the ability to make proxy voting recommendations based on material accurate information. In the event the Investment Manager discovers an error in the research or voting recommendations provided by a Proxy Service, it will take reasonable steps to investigate the error and seek to determine whether the Proxy Service is taking reasonable steps to reduce similar errors in the future. In addition, the Investment Manager assesses the robustness of Proxy Service’s policies regarding (1) ensuring proxy voting recommendations are based on current and accurate information, and (2) identifying and

. 324

Page 352: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

addressing any conflicts of interest. To the extent enhanced disclosure of conflicts is required of Proxy Services, the Proxy Group will seek to ensure that each Proxy Service complies with such disclosure obligations and review the conflicts disclosed. The Investment Manager also considers the independence of each Proxy Service on an on-going basis.

18. The Proxy Group will investigate, or cause others to investigate, any and all instances where these Procedures have been violated or there is evidence that they are not being followed. Based upon the findings of these investigations, the Proxy Group, if practicable, will recommend amendments to these Procedures to minimize the likelihood of the reoccurrence of non-compliance.

19. At least annually, the Proxy Group will verify that:

a. A sampling of proxies received by Franklin Templeton Investments has been voted in a manner consistent with the Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures;§b. A sampling of proxies received by Franklin Templeton Investments has been voted in accordance with the instructions of the Investment Manager;§c. Adequate disclosure has been made to clients and fund shareholders about the procedures and how proxies were voted in markets where such disclosures are required by law or regulation; and§

d. Timely filings were made with applicable regulators, as required by law or regulation, related to proxy voting.

The Proxy Group is responsible for maintaining appropriate proxy voting records. Such records will include, but are not limited to, a copy of all materials returned to the issuer and/or its agent, the documentation described above, listings of proxies voted by issuer and by client, each written client request for proxy voting policies/records and the Investment Manager’s written response to any client request for such records, and any other relevant information. The Proxy Group may use an outside service such as ISS to support this recordkeeping function. All records will be retained in either hard copy or electronic format for at least five years, the first two of which will be on-site. Advisory Clients may request copies of their proxy voting records by calling the Proxy Group collect at 1-954-527-7678, or by sending a written request to: Franklin Templeton Companies, LLC, 300 S.E. 2nd Street, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33301, Attention: Proxy Group. The Investment Manager does not disclose to third parties (other than ISS) the proxy voting records of its Advisory Clients, except to the extent such disclosure is required by applicable law or regulation or court order. Advisory Clients may review the Investment Manager’s proxy voting policies and procedures on-line at www.franklintempleton.com and may request additional copies by calling the number above. For U.S. proprietary registered investment companies, an annual proxy voting record for the period ending June 30 of each year will be posted to www.franklintempleton.com no later than August 31 of each year. For proprietary Canadian mutual fund products, an annual proxy voting record for the period ending June 30 of each year will be posted to www.franklintempleton.ca no later than August 31 of each year. The Proxy Group will periodically review the web site posting and update the posting when necessary. In addition, the Proxy Group is responsible for ensuring that the proxy voting policies, procedures and records of the Investment Manager are available as required by law and is responsible for overseeing the filing of such U.S. registered investment company voting records with the SEC.

PROCEDURES FOR MEETINGS INVOLVING FIXED INCOME SECURITIES

From time to time, certain custodians may process events for fixed income securities through their proxy voting channels rather than corporate action channels for administrative convenience. In such cases, the Proxy Group will receive ballots for such events on the ISS voting platform. The Proxy Group will solicit voting instructions from the Investment Manager for each account or fund involved. If the Proxy Group does not receive voting instructions from the Investment Manager, the Proxy Group will take no action on the event. The Investment Manager may be unable to vote a proxy for a fixed income security, or may choose not to vote a proxy, for the reasons described under the section entitled “Proxy Procedures.”

In the rare instance where there is a vote for a privately held issuer, the decision will generally be made by the relevant portfolio managers or research analysts.

The Proxy Group will monitor such meetings involving fixed income securities or privately held issuers for conflicts of interest in accordance with these procedures. If a fixed income or privately held issuer is flagged as a potential conflict of interest, the Investment Manager may nonetheless vote as it deems in the best interests of its Advisory Clients. The Investment Manager will report such decisions on an annual basis to Advisory Clients as may be required.1 For purposes of this section, a “client” does not include underlying investors in a collective investment trust, Canadian pooled fund, or other pooled investment vehicle managed by the Investment Manager or its affiliates. Sponsors of funds sub-advised by the Investment Manager or its affiliates will be considered a “client.”

. 325

Page 353: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

2 The top 50 vendors will be considered to present a potential conflict of interest.3 The top 40 distributors (based on aggregate gross sales) will be considered to present a potential conflict of interest. In addition, any insurance company that has entered into a participation agreement with a Franklin Templeton entity to distribute the Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust or other variable products will be considered to present a potential conflict of interest.4 The top 40 executing broker-dealers (based on gross brokerage commissions and client commissions) will be considered to present a potential conflict of interest.5 “Access Person” shall have the meaning provided under the current Code of Ethics of Franklin Resources, Inc.6 The term “immediate family member” means a person’s spouse; child residing in the person’s household (including step and adoptive children); and any dependent of the person, as defined in Section 152 of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 152).

. 326

Page 354: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

TEMPLETON GLOBAL ADVISORS LIMITEDMARCH 2019PROXY VOTING POLICIES & PROCEDURESAn SEC Compliance Rule Policy and Procedures*

* Rule 38a-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“1940 Act”) and Rule 206(4)-7 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”) (together the “Compliance Rule”) require registered investment companies and registered investment advisers to, among other things, adopt and implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violations of the federal securities laws (“Compliance Rule Policies and Procedures”).

RESPONSIBILITY OF THE INVESTMENT MANAGER TO VOTE PROXIES

Templeton Global Advisors Limited (hereinafter the “Investment Manager”) has delegated its administrative duties with respect to voting proxies for securities to the Proxy Group within Franklin Templeton Companies, LLC (the “Proxy Group”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Franklin Resources, Inc. Franklin Templeton Companies, LLC provides a variety of general corporate services to its affiliates, including, but not limited to, legal and compliance activities. Proxy duties consist of analyzing proxy statements of issuers whose stock is owned by any client (including both investment companies and any separate accounts managed by the Investment Manager) that has either delegated proxy voting administrative responsibility to the Investment Manager or has asked for information and/or recommendations on the issues to be voted.

The Proxy Group will process proxy votes on behalf of, and the Investment Manager votes proxies solely in the best interests of, separate account clients, the Investment Manager-managed investment company shareholders, or shareholders of funds that have appointed Franklin Templeton International Services S.à.r.l. (“FTIS S.à.r.l.”) as the Management Company, provided such funds or clients have properly delegated such responsibility in writing, or, where employee benefit plan assets subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, are involved (“ERISA accounts”), in the best interests of the plan participants and beneficiaries (collectively, “Advisory Clients”), unless (i) the power to vote has been specifically retained by the named fiduciary in the documents in which the named fiduciary appointed the Investment Manager or (ii) the documents otherwise expressly prohibit the Investment Manager from voting proxies. The Investment Manager recognizes that the exercise of voting rights on securities held by ERISA plans for which the Investment Manager has voting responsibility is a fiduciary duty that must be exercised with care, skill, prudence and diligence. The Investment Manager will inform Advisory Clients that have not delegated the voting responsibility but that have requested voting advice about the Investment Manager’s views on such proxy votes. The Proxy Group also provides these services to other advisory affiliates of the Investment Manager.

The Investment Manager has adopted and implemented Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (“Proxy Policies”) that it believes are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of Advisory Clients in accordance with its fiduciary duties and rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. To the extent that the Investment Manager has a subadvisory agreement with an affiliated investment manager (the “Affiliated Subadviser”) with respect to a particular Advisory Client, the Investment Manager may delegate proxy voting responsibility to the Affiliated Subadviser. The Investment Manager’s Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures are substantially similar to those of its affiliated investment managers. The Investment Manager may also delegate proxy voting responsibility to a Non-Affiliated Subadviser in certain limited situations as disclosed to fund shareholders (e.g., where an Investment Manager to a pooled investment vehicle has engaged an unaffiliated Subadviser to manage all or a portion of the assets).

HOW THE INVESTMENT MANAGER VOTES PROXIES

Fiduciary Considerations

All proxies received by the Proxy Group will be voted based upon the Investment Manager’s instructions and/or policies. To assist it in analyzing proxies of equity securities, the Investment Manager subscribes to Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. (“ISS”), an unaffiliated third party corporate governance research service that provides in-depth analyses of shareholder meeting agendas and vote recommendations. This includes access to the ISS benchmark policy recommendations and custom sustainability recommendations the Investment Manager developed with ISS, which reflect what the Investment Manager believes to be good corporate governance and behavior. In addition, the Investment Manager subscribes to ISS’s Proxy Voting Service and Vote Disclosure Service. These services include receipt of proxy ballots, custodian bank relations, account maintenance, vote execution, ballot reconciliation, vote record maintenance, comprehensive reporting capabilities, and vote disclosure services. Also, the Investment Manager subscribes to Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC (“Glass Lewis”), an unaffiliated third party analytical research firm, to receive analyses and vote recommendations on the shareholder meetings of publicly held U.S. companies, as well as a limited subscription to its international research. Also, the Investment Manager has a supplemental subscription to Egan-Jones Proxy Services (“Egan-Jones”), an unaffiliated third party proxy advisory firm, to receive analyses and vote recommendations. Although analyses provided by ISS, Glass Lewis, Egan-Jones, and/or another independent third party

. 327

Page 355: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

proxy service provider (each a “Proxy Service”) are thoroughly reviewed and considered in making a final voting decision, the Investment Manager does not consider recommendations from a Proxy Service or any third party to be determinative of the Investment Manager’s ultimate decision. Rather, the Investment Manager exercises its independent judgment in making voting decisions. As a matter of policy, the officers, directors and employees of the Investment Manager and the Proxy Group will not be influenced by outside sources whose interests conflict with the interests of Advisory Clients.

For ease of reference, the Proxy Policies often refer to all Advisory Clients. However, our processes and practices seek to ensure that proxy voting decisions are suitable for individual Advisory Clients. For most proxy proposals, the Investment Manager’s evaluation should result in the same position being taken for all Advisory Clients. In some cases, however, the evaluation may result in an individual Advisory Client voting differently, depending upon the nature and objective of the fund or account, the composition of its portfolio and other factors.

For certain separate accounts and non-U.S. domiciled funds that follow a smart beta strategy, or are passively managed to track a particular securities index, the Investment Manager may review the ISS and Glass Lewis Proxy Voting Guidelines and determine to instruct the Proxy Group to generally vote proxies consistent with the recommendations of ISS or Glass Lewis rather than analyze each individual proxy vote due to the volume of securities held in such strategies.

Conflicts of Interest

All conflicts of interest will be resolved in the best interests of the Advisory Clients. The Investment Manager is an affiliate of a large, diverse financial services firm with many affiliates and makes its best efforts to avoid conflicts of interest. However, conflicts of interest can arise in situations where:1. The issuer is a client1 of the Investment Manager or its affiliates;2. The issuer is a vendor whose products or services are material or significant to the business of the Investment

Manager or its affiliates;2

3. The issuer is an entity participating to a material extent in the distribution of proprietary investment products advised, administered or sponsored by the Investment Manager or its affiliates (e.g., a broker, dealer or bank);3

4. The issuer is a significant executing broker dealer;4

5. An Access Person5 of the Investment Manager or its affiliates also serves as a director or officer of the issuer;6. A director or trustee of Franklin Resources, Inc. or any of its subsidiaries or of a Franklin Templeton investment

product, or an immediate family member6 of such director or trustee, also serves as an officer or director of the issuer; or

7. The issuer is Franklin Resources, Inc. or any of its proprietary investment products that are offered to the public as a direct investment.

Nonetheless, even though a potential conflict of interest may exist: (1) the Investment Manager may vote in opposition to the recommendations of an issuer’s management even if contrary to the recommendations of a third party proxy voting research provider; (2) if management has made no recommendations, the Proxy Group may defer to the voting instructions of the Investment Manager; and (3) with respect to shares held by Franklin Resources, Inc. or its affiliates for their own corporate accounts, such shares may be voted without regard to these conflict procedures.

Material conflicts of interest are identified by the Proxy Group based upon analyses of client, distributor, broker dealer, and vendor lists, information periodically gathered from directors and officers, and information derived from other sources, including public filings. The Proxy Group gathers and analyzes this information on a best efforts basis, as much of this information is provided directly by individuals and groups other than the Proxy Group, and the Proxy Group relies on the accuracy of the information it receives from such parties.

In situations where a material conflict of interest is identified between the Investment Manager or one of its affiliates and an issuer, the Proxy Group may vote consistent with the voting recommendation of a Proxy Service or send the proxy directly to the relevant Advisory Clients with the Investment Manager’s recommendation regarding the vote for approval.

Where the Proxy Group refers a matter to an Advisory Client, it may rely upon the instructions of a representative of the Advisory Client, such as the board of directors or trustees, a committee of the board, or an appointed delegate in the case of a U. S. registered investment company, a conducting officer in the case of a fund that has appointed FTIS S.à.r.l as its Management Company, the Independent Review Committee for Canadian investment funds, or a plan administrator in the case of an employee benefit plan. The Proxy Group may determine to vote all shares held by Advisory Clients of the Investment Manager and affiliated Investment Managers in accordance with the instructions of one or more of the Advisory Clients.

The Investment Manager may also decide whether to vote proxies for securities deemed to present conflicts of interest that are sold following a record date, but before a shareholder meeting date. The Investment Manager may consider . 328

Page 356: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

various factors in deciding whether to vote such proxies, including the Investment Manager’s long-term view of the issuer’s securities for investment, or it may defer the decision to vote to the applicable Advisory Client. The Investment Manager also may be unable to vote, or choose not to vote, a proxy for securities deemed to present a conflict of interest for any of the reasons outlined in the first paragraph of the section of these policies entitled “Proxy Procedures.”

Where a material conflict of interest has been identified, but the items on which the Investment Manager’s vote recommendations differ from a Proxy Service relate specifically to (1) shareholder proposals regarding social or environmental issues, (2) “Other Business” without describing the matters that might be considered, or (3) items the Investment Manager wishes to vote in opposition to the recommendations of an issuer’s management, the Proxy Group may defer to the vote recommendations of the Investment Manager rather than sending the proxy directly to the relevant Advisory Clients for approval.

To avoid certain potential conflicts of interest, the Investment Manager will employ echo voting or pass-through voting, if possible, in the following instances: (1) when a Franklin Templeton U.S. registered investment company invests in an underlying fund in reliance on any one of Sections 12(d)(1)(F), or (G) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (“1940 Act”), the rules thereunder, or pursuant to a U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) exemptive order thereunder; (2) when a Franklin Templeton U.S. registered investment company invests uninvested cash in affiliated money market funds pursuant to the rules under the 1940 Act or any exemptive orders thereunder (“cash sweep arrangement”); or (3) when required pursuant to the fund’s governing documents or applicable law. Echo voting means that the Investment Manager will vote the shares in the same proportion as the vote of all of the other holders of the fund’s shares. With respect to instances when a Franklin Templeton U.S. registered investment company invests in an underlying fund in reliance on any one of Sections 12(d)(1)(F) or (G) of the 1940 Act, the rules thereunder, or pursuant to an SEC exemptive order thereunder, and there are no other unaffiliated shareholders also invested in the underlying fund, the Investment Manager will vote in accordance with the recommendation of such investment company’s board of trustees or directors. In addition, to avoid certain potential conflicts of interest, and where required under a fund’s governing documents or applicable law, the Investment Manager will employ pass-through voting when a Franklin Templeton U.S. registered investment company invests in an underlying fund in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(E) of the 1940 Act, the rules thereunder, or pursuant to an SEC exemptive order thereunder. In “pass-through voting,” a feeder fund will solicit voting instructions from its shareholders as to how to vote on the master fund’s proposals.

In addition, with respect to an open-ended collective investment scheme formed as a Société d’Investissement à capital variable (SICAV), in accordance with Luxembourg law, if one sub-fund (the “Acquirer”) has invested in another sub-fund of the SICAV (the “Target”), then the voting rights attached to the shares of the Target will be suspended for voting purposes as long as they are held by the Acquirer. Similarly, in accordance with Canadian law, Canadian mutual funds that are invested in another proprietary mutual fund are prohibited from voting the units of the underlying fund.

Weight Given Management Recommendations

One of the primary factors the Investment Manager considers when determining the desirability of investing in a particular company is the quality and depth of that company’s management. Accordingly, the recommendation of management on any issue is a factor that the Investment Manager considers in determining how proxies should be voted. However, the Investment Manager does not consider recommendations from management to be determinative of the Investment Manager’s ultimate decision. As a matter of practice, the votes with respect to most issues are cast in accordance with the position of the company’s management. Each issue, however, is considered on its own merits, and the Investment Manager will not support the position of a company’s management in any situation where it determines that the ratification of management’s position would adversely affect the investment merits of owning that company’s shares.

Engagement with Issuers

The Investment Manager believes that engagement with issuers is important to good corporate governance and to assist in making proxy voting decisions. The Investment Manager may engage with issuers to discuss specific ballot items to be voted on in advance of an annual or special meeting to obtain further information or clarification on the proposals. The Investment Manager may also engage with management on a range of environmental, social or corporate governance issues throughout the year.

THE PROXY GROUP

The Proxy Group is part of the Franklin Templeton Companies, LLC Legal Department and is overseen by legal counsel. Full- time staff members and support staff (which includes individuals that are employees of affiliates of Franklin Templeton Companies, LLC) are devoted to proxy voting administration and oversight and providing support and assistance where needed. On a daily basis, the Proxy Group will review each proxy upon receipt as well as any agendas, materials and recommendations that they receive from a Proxy Service or other sources. The Proxy Group maintains a log

. 329

Page 357: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

of all shareholder meetings that are scheduled for companies whose securities are held by the Investment Manager’s managed funds and accounts. For each shareholder meeting, a member of the Proxy Group will consult with the research analyst that follows the security and provide the analyst with the agenda, analyses of one or more Proxy Services, recommendations and any other information provided to the Proxy Group. Except in situations identified as presenting material conflicts of interest, the Investment Manager’s research analyst and relevant portfolio manager(s) are responsible for making the final voting decision based on their review of the agenda, analyses of one or more Proxy Services, proxy statements, their knowledge of the company and any other information publicly available.

In situations where the Investment Manager has not responded with vote recommendations to the Proxy Group by the deadline date, the Proxy Group may vote consistent with the vote recommendations of a Proxy Service. Except in cases where the Proxy Group is voting consistent with the voting recommendation of a Proxy Service, the Proxy Group must obtain voting instructions from the Investment Manager’s research analyst, relevant portfolio manager(s), legal counsel and/or the Advisory Client prior to submitting the vote. In the event that an account holds a security that the Investment Manager did not purchase on its behalf, and the Investment Manager does not normally consider the security as a potential investment for other accounts, the Proxy Group may vote consistent with the voting recommendations of a Proxy Service or take no action on the meeting.

GENERAL PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

The Investment Manager has adopted general guidelines for voting proxies as summarized below. In keeping with its fiduciary obligations to its Advisory Clients, the Investment Manager reviews all proposals, even those that may be considered to be routine matters. Although these guidelines are to be followed as a general policy, in all cases each proxy and proposal (including both management and shareholder proposals) will be considered based on the relevant facts and circumstances on a case-by- case basis. The Investment Manager may deviate from the general policies and procedures when it determines that the particular facts and circumstances warrant such deviation to protect the best interests of the Advisory Clients. These guidelines cannot provide an exhaustive list of all the issues that may arise nor can the Investment Manager anticipate all future situations.Corporate governance issues are diverse and continually evolving and the Investment Manager devotes significant time and resources to monitor these changes.

THE INVESTMENT MANAGER’S PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PRINCIPLES

The Investment Manager’s proxy voting positions have been developed based on years of experience with proxy voting and corporate governance issues. These principles have been reviewed by various members of the Investment Manager’s organization, including portfolio management, legal counsel, and the Investment Manager’s officers. Potential changes to the proxy voting policies are considered on an annual basis, and the Board of Directors of Franklin Templeton’s U.S.-registered investment companies will approve the proxy voting policies and procedures annually.

The following guidelines reflect what the Investment Manager believes to be good corporate governance and behavior:

Board of Directors: The election of directors and an independent board are key to good corporate governance. Directors are expected to be competent individuals and they should be accountable and responsive to shareholders. The Investment Manager supports an independent, diverse board of directors, and prefers that key committees such as audit, nominating, and compensation committees be comprised of independent directors. The Investment Manager supports boards with strong risk management oversight. The Investment Manager will generally vote against management efforts to classify a board and will generally support proposals to declassify the board of directors. The Investment Manager will consider withholding votes from directors who have attended less than 75% of meetings without a valid reason. While generally in favor of separating Chairman and CEO positions, the Investment Manager will review this issue on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration other factors including the company’s corporate governance guidelines and performance. The Investment Manager evaluates proposals to restore or provide for cumulative voting on a case-by-case basis and considers such factors as corporate governance provisions as well as relative performance. The Investment Manager generally will support non-binding shareholder proposals to require a majority vote standard for the election of directors; however, if these proposals are binding, the Investment Manager will give careful review on a case-by-case basis of the potential ramifications of such implementation.

In the event of a contested election, the Investment Manager will review a number of factors in making a decision including management’s track record, the company’s financial performance, qualifications of candidates on both slates, and the strategic plan of the dissidents and/or shareholder nominees.

Ratification of Auditors: The Investment Manager will closely scrutinize the independence, role, and performance of auditors. On a case-by-case basis, The Investment Manager will examine proposals relating to non-audit relationships and non-audit fees. The Investment Manager will also consider, on a case-by-case basis, proposals to rotate auditors, and will vote against the ratification of auditors when there is clear and compelling evidence of a lack of independence, accounting irregularities or negligence attributable to the auditors. The Investment Manager may also consider whether

. 330

Page 358: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

the ratification of auditors has been approved by an appropriate audit committee that meets applicable composition and independence requirements.

Management & Director Compensation: A company’s equity-based compensation plan should be in alignment with the shareholders’ long-term interests. The Investment Manager believes that executive compensation should be directly linked to the performance of the company. The Investment Manager evaluates plans on a case-by-case basis by considering several factors to determine whether the plan is fair and reasonable. The Investment Manager reviews the ISS quantitative model utilized to assess such plans and/or the Glass Lewis evaluation of the plan. The Investment Manager will generally oppose plans that have the potential to be excessively dilutive, and will almost always oppose plans that are structured to allow the repricing of underwater options, or plans that have an automatic share replenishment “evergreen” feature. The Investment Manager will generally support employee stock option plans in which the purchase price is at least 85% of fair market value, and when potential dilution is 10% or less.

Severance compensation arrangements will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis, although the Investment Manager will generally oppose “golden parachutes” that are considered excessive. The Investment Manager will normally support proposals that require that a percentage of directors’ compensation be in the form of common stock, as it aligns their interests with those of the shareholders.

The Investment Manager will review non-binding say-on-pay proposals on a case-by-case basis, and will generally vote in favor of such proposals unless compensation is misaligned with performance and/or shareholders’ interests, the company has not provided reasonably clear disclosure regarding its compensation practices, or there are concerns with the company’s remuneration practices.

Anti-Takeover Mechanisms and Related Issues: The Investment Manager generally opposes anti-takeover measures since they tend to reduce shareholder rights. However, as with all proxy issues, the Investment Manager conducts an independent review of each anti-takeover proposal. On occasion, the Investment Manager may vote with management when the research analyst has concluded that the proposal is not onerous and would not harm Advisory Clients’ interests as stockholders. The Investment Manager generally supports proposals that require shareholder rights plans (“poison pills”) to be subject to a shareholder vote. The Investment Manager will closely evaluate shareholder rights’ plans on a case-by-case basis to determine whether or not they warrant support. The Investment Manager will generally vote against any proposal to issue stock that has unequal or subordinate voting rights. In addition, the Investment Manager generally opposes any supermajority voting requirements as well as the payment of “greenmail.” The Investment Manager usually supports “fair price” provisions and confidential voting. The Investment Manager will review a company’s proposal to reincorporate to a different state or country on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration financial benefits such as tax treatment as well as comparing corporate governance provisions and general business laws that may result from the change in domicile.

Changes to Capital Structure: The Investment Manager realizes that a company’s financing decisions have a significant impact on its shareholders, particularly when they involve the issuance of additional shares of common or preferred stock or the assumption of additional debt. The Investment Manager will carefully review, on a case-by-case basis, proposals by companies to increase authorized shares and the purpose for the increase. The Investment Manager will generally not vote in favor of dual- class capital structures to increase the number of authorized shares where that class of stock would have superior voting rights. The Investment Manager will generally vote in favor of the issuance of preferred stock in cases where the company specifies the voting, dividend, conversion and other rights of such stock and the terms of the preferred stock issuance are deemed reasonable. The Investment Manager will review proposals seeking preemptive rights on a case-by-case basis.

Mergers and Corporate Restructuring: Mergers and acquisitions will be subject to careful review by the research analyst to determine whether they would be beneficial to shareholders. The Investment Manager will analyze various economic and strategic factors in making the final decision on a merger or acquisition. Corporate restructuring proposals are also subject to a thorough examination on a case-by-case basis.

Environmental and Social Issues: The Investment Manager considers environmental and social issues alongside traditional financial measures to provide a more comprehensive view of the value, risk and return potential of an investment. Companies may face significant financial, legal and reputational risks resulting from poor environmental and social practices, or negligent oversight of environmental or social issues. Franklin Templeton’s “Responsible Investment Principles and Policies” describes the Investment Manager’s approach to consideration of environmental, social and governance issues within the Investment Manager’s processes and ownership practices.

The Investment Manager will review shareholder proposals on a case-by-case basis and may support those that serve to enhance value or mitigate risk, are drafted appropriately, and do not disrupt the course of business or require a disproportionate or inappropriate use of company resources. In the Investment Manager’s experience, those companies

. 331

Page 359: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

that are managed well are often effective in dealing with the relevant environmental and social issues that pertain to their business. As such, the Investment Manager will generally give management discretion with regard to environmental and social issues. However, in cases where management and the board have not demonstrated adequate efforts to mitigate material environmental or social risks, have engaged in inappropriate or illegal conduct, or have failed to adequately address current or emergent risks that threaten shareholder value, the Investment Manager may choose to support well-crafted shareholder proposals that serve to promote or protect shareholder value. This may include seeking appropriate disclosure regarding material environmental and social issues.

The Investment Manager will consider supporting a shareholder proposal seeking disclosure and greater board oversight of lobbying and corporate political contributions if the Investment Manager believes that there is evidence of inadequate oversight by the company’s board, if the company’s current disclosure is significantly deficient, or if the disclosure is notably lacking in comparison to the company’s peers.

Governance Matters: The Investment Manager generally supports the right of shareholders to call special meetings and act by written consent. However, the Investment Manager will review such shareholder proposals on a case-by-case basis in an effort to ensure that such proposals do not disrupt the course of business or require a disproportionate or inappropriate use of company resources.

Proxy Access: In cases where the Investment Manager is satisfied with company performance and the responsiveness of management, it will generally vote against shareholder proxy access proposals not supported by management. In other instances, the Investment Manager will consider such proposals on a case-by-case basis, taking into account factors such as the size of the company, ownership thresholds and holding periods, nomination limits (e.g., number of candidates that can be nominated), the intentions of the shareholder proponent, and shareholder base.

Global Corporate Governance: The Investment Manager manages investments in countries worldwide. Many of the tenets discussed above are applied to the Investment Manager’s proxy voting decisions for international investments. However, the Investment Manager must be flexible in these worldwide markets. Principles of good corporate governance may vary by country, given the constraints of a country’s laws and acceptable practices in the markets. As a result, it is on occasion difficult to apply a consistent set of governance practices to all issuers. As experienced money managers, the Investment Manager’s analysts are skilled in understanding the complexities of the regions in which they specialize and are trained to analyze proxy issues germane to their regions.

PROXY PROCEDURES

The Proxy Group is fully cognizant of its responsibility to process proxies and maintain proxy records pursuant to SEC and Canadian Securities Administrators (“CSA”) rules and regulations. In addition, the Investment Manager understands its fiduciary duty to vote proxies and that proxy voting decisions may affect the value of shareholdings. Therefore, the Investment Manager will generally attempt to process every proxy it receives for all domestic and foreign securities. However, there may be situations in which the Investment Manager may be unable to successfully vote a proxy, or may choose not to vote a proxy, such as where: (i) a proxy ballot was not received from the custodian bank; (ii) a meeting notice was received too late; (iii) there are fees imposed upon the exercise of a vote and it is determined that such fees outweigh the benefit of voting; (iv) there are legal encumbrances to voting, including blocking restrictions in certain markets that preclude the ability to dispose of a security if the Investment Manager votes a proxy or where the Investment Manager is prohibited from voting by applicable law, economic or other sanctions, or other regulatory or market requirements, including but not limited to, effective Powers of Attorney; (v) additional documentation or the disclosure of beneficial owner details is required; (vi) the Investment Manager held shares on the record date but has sold them prior to the meeting date; (vii) a proxy voting service is not offered by the custodian in the market; (viii) due to either system error or human error, the Investment Manager’s intended vote is not correctly submitted; (ix) the Investment Manager believes it is not in the best interest of the Advisory Client to vote the proxy for any other reason not enumerated herein; or (x) a security is subject to a securities lending or similar program that has transferred legal title to the security to another person.

In some non-U.S. jurisdictions, even if the Investment Manager uses reasonable efforts to vote a proxy on behalf of its Advisory Clients, such vote or proxy may be rejected because of (a) operational or procedural issues experienced by one or more third parties involved in voting proxies in such jurisdictions; (b) changes in the process or agenda for the meeting by the issuer for which the Investment Manager does not have sufficient notice; or (c) the exercise by the issuer of its discretion to reject the vote of the Investment Manager. In addition, despite the best efforts of the Proxy Group and its agents, there may be situations where the Investment Manager’s votes are not received, or properly tabulated, by an issuer or the issuer’s agent.

The Investment Manager or its affiliates may, on behalf of one or more of the proprietary registered investment companies advised by the Investment Manager or its affiliates, determine to use its best efforts to recall any security on

. 332

Page 360: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

loan where the Investment Manager or its affiliates (a) learn of a vote on a material event that may affect a security on loan and (b) determine that it is in the best interests of such proprietary registered investment companies to recall the security for voting purposes. The Investment Manager will not generally make such efforts on behalf of other Advisory Clients, or notify such Advisory Clients or their custodians that the Investment Manager or its affiliates has learned of such a vote.

There may be instances in certain non-U.S. markets where split voting is not allowed. Split voting occurs when a position held within an account is voted in accordance with two differing instructions. Some markets and/or issuers only allow voting on an entire position and do not accept split voting. In certain cases, when more than one Franklin Templeton Investment Manager has accounts holding shares of an issuer that are held in an omnibus structure, the Proxy Group will seek direction from an appropriate representative of the Advisory Client with multiple Investment Managers (such as a conducting officer of the Management Company in the case of a SICAV), or the Proxy Group will submit the vote based on the voting instructions provided by the Investment Manager with accounts holding the greatest number of shares of the security within the omnibus structure.

The Investment Manager may vote against an agenda item where no further information is provided, particularly in non-U.S. markets. For example, if “Other Business” is listed on the agenda with no further information included in the proxy materials, the Investment Manager may vote against the item as no information has been provided prior to the meeting in order to make an informed decision. The Investment Manager may also enter a “withhold” vote on the election of certain directors from time to time based on individual situations, particularly where the Investment Manager is not in favor of electing a director and there is no provision for voting against such director.

If several issues are bundled together in a single voting item, the Investment Manager will assess the total benefit to shareholders and the extent that such issues should be subject to separate voting proposals.

The following describes the standard procedures that are to be followed with respect to carrying out the Investment Manager’s proxy policy:

1. The Proxy Group will identify all Advisory Clients, maintain a list of those clients, and indicate those Advisory Clients who have delegated proxy voting authority in writing to the Investment Manager. The Proxy Group will periodically review and update this list. If the agreement with an Advisory Client permits the Advisory Client to provide instructions to the Investment Manager regarding how to vote the client’s shares, the Investment Manager will make a best-efforts attempt to vote per the Advisory Client’s instructions.

2. All relevant information in the proxy materials received (e.g., the record date of the meeting) will be recorded promptly by the Proxy Group in a database to maintain control over such materials.

3. The Proxy Group will review and compile information on each proxy upon receipt of any agendas, materials, reports, recommendations from a Proxy Service, or other information. The Proxy Group will then forward (or otherwise make available) this information to the appropriate research analyst for review and voting instructions.

4. In determining how to vote, the Investment Manager’s analysts and relevant portfolio manager(s) will consider the General Proxy Voting Guidelines set forth above, their in-depth knowledge of the company, any readily available information and research about the company and its agenda items, and the recommendations of a Proxy Service.§

5. The Proxy Group is responsible for maintaining the documentation that supports the Investment Manager’s voting decision. Such documentation may include, but is not limited to, any information provided by a Proxy Service and, with respect to an issuer that presents a potential conflict of interest, any board or audit committee memoranda describing the position it has taken. Additionally, the Proxy Group may include documentation obtained from the research analyst, portfolio manager and/or legal counsel; however, the relevant research analyst may, but is not required to, maintain additional documentation that was used or created as part of the analysis to reach a voting decision, such as certain financial statements of an issuer, press releases, or notes from discussions with an issuer’s management.

6. After the proxy is completed but before it is returned to the issuer and/or its agent, the Proxy Group may review those situations including special or unique documentation to determine that the appropriate documentation has been created, including conflict of interest screening.

7. The Proxy Group will make every effort to submit the Investment Manager’s vote on all proxies to ISS by the cut-off date. However, in certain foreign jurisdictions or instances where the Proxy Group did not receive sufficient notice of the meeting, the Proxy Group will use its best efforts to send the voting instructions to ISS in time for the vote to be processed.

. 333

Page 361: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

8. With respect to proprietary products, the Proxy Group will file Powers of Attorney in all jurisdictions that require such documentation on a best efforts basis; the Proxy Group does not have authority to file Powers of Attorney on behalf of other Advisory Clients. On occasion, the Investment Manager may wish to attend and vote at a shareholder meeting in person. In such cases, the Proxy Group will use its best efforts to facilitate the attendance of the designated Franklin Templeton employee by coordinating with the relevant custodian bank.

9. The Proxy Group prepares reports for each separate account client that has requested a record of votes cast. The report specifies the proxy issues that have been voted for the Advisory Client during the requested period and the position taken with respect to each issue. The Proxy Group sends one copy to the Advisory Client, retains a copy in the Proxy Group’s files and forwards a copy to either the appropriate portfolio manager or the client service representative. While many Advisory Clients prefer quarterly or annual reports, the Proxy Group will provide reports for any timeframe requested by an Advisory Client.

10. If the Franklin Templeton Services, LLC Global Trade Services learns of a vote that may affect a security on loan from a proprietary registered investment company, Global Trade Services will notify the Investment Manager. If the Investment Manager decides that the vote is material and it would be in the best interests of shareholders to recall the security, the Investment Manager will advise Global Trade Services to contact the lending agent in an effort to retrieve the security. If so requested by the Investment Manager, Global Trade Services shall use its best efforts to recall any security on loan and will use other practicable and legally enforceable means to ensure that the Investment Manager is able to fulfill its fiduciary duty to vote proxies for proprietary registered investment companies with respect to such loaned securities. However, there can be no guarantee that the securities can be retrieved for such purposes. Global Trade Services will advise the Proxy Group of all recalled securities. Many Advisory Clients have entered into securities lending arrangements with agent lenders to generate additional revenue. Under normal circumstances, the Investment Manager will not make efforts to recall any security on loan for voting purposes on behalf of other Advisory Clients, or notify such clients or their custodians that the Investment Manager or its affiliates have learned of such a vote.

11. The Proxy Group participates in Franklin Templeton Investment’s Business Continuity and Disaster Preparedness programs. The Proxy Group will conduct disaster recovery testing on a periodic basis in an effort to ensure continued operations of the Proxy Group in the event of a disaster. Should the Proxy Group not be fully operational, then the Proxy Group may instruct ISS to vote all meetings immediately due per the recommendations of the appropriate third-party proxy voting service provider.

12. The Proxy Group, in conjunction with Legal Staff responsible for coordinating Fund disclosure, on a timely basis, will file all required Form N-PXs, with respect to proprietary U.S. registered investment companies, disclose that each U.S.-registered fund’s proxy voting record is available on the Franklin Templeton web site, and will make available the information disclosed in each fund’s Form N-PX as soon as is reasonably practicable after filing Form N-PX with the SEC. The Proxy Group will work with Legal Staff in other jurisdictions, as needed, to help support required proxy voting disclosure in such markets.

13. The Proxy Group, in conjunction with Legal Staff responsible for coordinating Fund disclosure, will ensure that all required disclosure about proxy voting of the proprietary U.S. registered investment companies is made in such clients’ disclosure documents.

14. The Proxy Group is subject to periodic review by Internal Audit and compliance groups.

15. The Investment Manager will review the guidelines of each Proxy Service, with special emphasis on the factors they use with respect to proxy voting recommendations.

16. The Proxy Group will update the proxy voting policies and procedures as necessary for review and approval by legal, compliance, investment officers, and/or other relevant staff.17. The Proxy Group will familiarize itself with the procedures of ISS that govern the transmission of proxy voting information from the Proxy Group to ISS and periodically review how well this process is functioning. The Proxy Group, in conjunction with the compliance department, will conduct periodic due diligence reviews of each Proxy Service via on-site visits or by written questionnaires. As part of the periodic due diligence process, the Investment Manager assesses the adequacy and quality of each Proxy Service’s staffing and personnel to ensure each Proxy Service has the capacity and competency to adequately analyze proxy issues and the ability to make proxy voting recommendations based on material accurate information. In the event the Investment Manager discovers an error in the research or voting recommendations provided by a Proxy Service, it will take reasonable steps to investigate the error and seek to determine whether the Proxy Service is taking reasonable steps to reduce similar errors in the future. In addition, the Investment Manager assesses the robustness of Proxy Service’s policies regarding (1) ensuring proxy voting recommendations are based on current and accurate information, and (2) identifying and

. 334

Page 362: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

addressing any conflicts of interest. To the extent enhanced disclosure of conflicts is required of Proxy Services, the Proxy Group will seek to ensure that each Proxy Service complies with such disclosure obligations and review the conflicts disclosed. The Investment Manager also considers the independence of each Proxy Service on an on-going basis.

18. The Proxy Group will investigate, or cause others to investigate, any and all instances where these Procedures have been violated or there is evidence that they are not being followed. Based upon the findings of these investigations, the Proxy Group, if practicable, will recommend amendments to these Procedures to minimize the likelihood of the reoccurrence of non-compliance.

19. At least annually, the Proxy Group will verify that:

a. A sampling of proxies received by Franklin Templeton Investments has been voted in a manner consistent with the Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures;§b. A sampling of proxies received by Franklin Templeton Investments has been voted in accordance with the instructions of the Investment Manager;§c. Adequate disclosure has been made to clients and fund shareholders about the procedures and how proxies were voted in markets where such disclosures are required by law or regulation; and§

d. Timely filings were made with applicable regulators, as required by law or regulation, related to proxy voting.

The Proxy Group is responsible for maintaining appropriate proxy voting records. Such records will include, but are not limited to, a copy of all materials returned to the issuer and/or its agent, the documentation described above, listings of proxies voted by issuer and by client, each written client request for proxy voting policies/records and the Investment Manager’s written response to any client request for such records, and any other relevant information. The Proxy Group may use an outside service such as ISS to support this recordkeeping function. All records will be retained in either hard copy or electronic format for at least five years, the first two of which will be on-site. Advisory Clients may request copies of their proxy voting records by calling the Proxy Group collect at 1-954-527-7678, or by sending a written request to: Franklin Templeton Companies, LLC, 300 S.E. 2nd Street, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33301, Attention: Proxy Group. The Investment Manager does not disclose to third parties (other than ISS) the proxy voting records of its Advisory Clients, except to the extent such disclosure is required by applicable law or regulation or court order. Advisory Clients may review the Investment Manager’s proxy voting policies and procedures on-line at www.franklintempleton.com and may request additional copies by calling the number above. For U.S. proprietary registered investment companies, an annual proxy voting record for the period ending June 30 of each year will be posted to www.franklintempleton.com no later than August 31 of each year. For proprietary Canadian mutual fund products, an annual proxy voting record for the period ending June 30 of each year will be posted to www.franklintempleton.ca no later than August 31 of each year. The Proxy Group will periodically review the web site posting and update the posting when necessary. In addition, the Proxy Group is responsible for ensuring that the proxy voting policies, procedures and records of the Investment Manager are available as required by law and is responsible for overseeing the filing of such U.S. registered investment company voting records with the SEC.

PROCEDURES FOR MEETINGS INVOLVING FIXED INCOME SECURITIES

From time to time, certain custodians may process events for fixed income securities through their proxy voting channels rather than corporate action channels for administrative convenience. In such cases, the Proxy Group will receive ballots for such events on the ISS voting platform. The Proxy Group will solicit voting instructions from the Investment Manager for each account or fund involved. If the Proxy Group does not receive voting instructions from the Investment Manager, the Proxy Group will take no action on the event. The Investment Manager may be unable to vote a proxy for a fixed income security, or may choose not to vote a proxy, for the reasons described under the section entitled “Proxy Procedures.”

In the rare instance where there is a vote for a privately held issuer, the decision will generally be made by the relevant portfolio managers or research analysts.

The Proxy Group will monitor such meetings involving fixed income securities or privately held issuers for conflicts of interest in accordance with these procedures. If a fixed income or privately held issuer is flagged as a potential conflict of interest, the Investment Manager may nonetheless vote as it deems in the best interests of its Advisory Clients. The Investment Manager will report such decisions on an annual basis to Advisory Clients as may be required.1For purposes of this section, a “client” does not include underlying investors in a collective investment trust, Canadian pooled fund, or other pooled investment vehicle managed by the Investment Manager or its affiliates. Sponsors of funds sub-advised by the Investment Manager or its affiliates will be considered a “client.”

. 335

Page 363: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

2 The top 50 vendors will be considered to present a potential conflict of interest.3 The top 40 distributors (based on aggregate gross sales) will be considered to present a potential conflict of interest. In addition, any insurance company that has entered into a participation agreement with a Franklin Templeton entity to distribute the Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust or other variable products will be considered to present a potential conflict of interest.4 The top 40 executing broker-dealers (based on gross brokerage commissions and client commissions) will be considered to present a potential conflict of interest.5 “Access Person” shall have the meaning provided under the current Code of Ethics of Franklin Resources, Inc.6 The term “immediate family member” means a person’s spouse; child residing in the person’s household (including step and adoptive children); and any dependent of the person, as defined in Section 152 of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 152).

. 336

Page 364: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC. AND ITS INVESTMENT ADVISER AFFILIATESPROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURESFebruary 2019

RESPONSIBILITY TO VOTE PROXIES

T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc., and its affiliated investment advisers (collectively, “T. Rowe Price”) recognize and adhere to the principle that one of the privileges of owning stock in a company is the right to vote in the election of the company’s directors and on matters affecting certain important aspects of the company’s structure and operations that are submitted to shareholder vote. The U.S.-registered investment companies which T. Rowe Price sponsors and serves as investment adviser (the “Price Funds”) as well as other investment advisory clients have delegated to T. Rowe Price certain proxy voting powers. As an investment adviser, T. Rowe Price has a fiduciary responsibility to such clients when exercising its voting authority with respect to securities held in their portfolios. T. Rowe Price reserves the right to decline to vote proxies in accordance with client-specific voting guidelines.

T. Rowe Price has adopted these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (“Policies and Procedures”) for the purpose of establishing formal policies and procedures for performing and documenting its fiduciary duty with regard to the voting of client proxies. This document is updated annually.

Fiduciary Considerations. It is the policy of T. Rowe Price that decisions with respect to proxy issues will be made in light of the anticipated impact of the issue on the desirability of investing in the portfolio company from the viewpoint of the particular client or Price Fund. Proxies are voted solely in the interests of the client, Price Fund shareholders or, where employee benefit plan assets are involved, in the interests of plan participants and beneficiaries. Our intent has always been to vote proxies, where possible to do so, in a manner consistent with our fiduciary obligations and responsibilities. Practicalities and costs involved with international investing may make it impossible at times, and at other times disadvantageous, to vote proxies in every instance.

Other Considerations. One of the primary factors T. Rowe Price considers when determining the desirability of investing in a particular company is the quality and depth of its management. We recognize that a company’s management is entrusted with the day-to-day operations of the company, as well as its long-term direction and strategic planning, subject to the oversight of the company’s board of directors. Accordingly, our proxy voting guidelines are not intended to substitute our judgment for management’s with respect to the company’s day-to-day operations. Rather, our proxy voting guidelines are designed to promote accountability of a company’s management and board of directors to its shareholders; to align the interests of management with those of shareholders; and to encourage companies to adopt best practices in terms of their corporate governance and disclosure. In addition to our proxy voting guidelines, we rely on a company’s public filings, its board recommendations, its track record, country-specific best practices codes, our research providers and – most importantly – our investment professionals’ views in making voting decisions.

ADMINISTRATION OF POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

Proxy Committee. T. Rowe Price’s Proxy Committee (“Proxy Committee”) is responsible for establishing positions with respect to corporate governance and other proxy issues. Certain delegated members of the Proxy Committee also review questions and respond to inquiries from clients and mutual fund shareholders pertaining to proxy issues. While the Proxy Committee sets voting guidelines and serves as a resource for T. Rowe Price portfolio management, it does not have proxy voting authority for any Price Fund or client. Rather, this responsibility is held by the Chairperson of the Price Fund’s Investment Advisory Committee or client’s portfolio manager.

Proxy Services Group. The Proxy Services Group is responsible for administering the proxy voting process as set forth in the Policies and Procedures.

Head of Corporate Governance. Our Head of Corporate Governance is responsible for reviewing the proxy agendas for all upcoming meetings and making company-specific recommendations to our global industry analysts and portfolio managers with regard to the voting decisions in their portfolios.

HOW PROXIES ARE REVIEWED, PROCESSED AND VOTED

In order to facilitate the proxy voting process, T. Rowe Price has retained Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”) as an expert in the proxy voting and corporate governance area. ISS specializes in providing a variety of fiduciary-level proxy advisory and voting services. These services include custom vote recommendations, research, vote execution, and reporting. In order to reflect T. Rowe Price’s issue-by-issue voting guidelines as approved each year by the Proxy Committee, ISS maintains and implements a custom voting policy for the Price Funds and other client accounts.

. 337

Page 365: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Meeting Notification

T. Rowe Price utilizes ISS’ voting agent services to notify us of upcoming shareholder meetings for portfolio companies held in client accounts and to transmit votes to the various custodian banks of our clients. ISS tracks and reconciles T. Rowe Price holdings against incoming proxy ballots. If ballots do not arrive on time, ISS procures them from the appropriate custodian or proxy distribution agent. Meeting and record date information is updated daily and transmitted to T. Rowe Price through ProxyExchange, an ISS application.

Vote Determination

Each day, ISS delivers into T. Rowe Price’s customized ProxyExchange environment a comprehensive summary of upcoming meetings, proxy proposals, publications discussing key proxy voting issues, and custom vote recommendations to assist us with proxy research and processing. The final authority and responsibility for proxy voting decisions remains with T. Rowe Price. Decisions with respect to proxy matters are made primarily in light of the anticipated impact of the issue on the desirability of investing in the company from the perspective of our clients.

Portfolio managers may execute their responsibility to vote proxies in different ways. Some have decided to vote their proxies generally in line with the guidelines as set by the Proxy Committee. Others review vote recommendations and approve them before the votes are cast. In all cases, portfolio managers receive current reports summarizing all proxy votes in their client accounts. Portfolio managers who vote their proxies inconsistent with T. Rowe Price guidelines are required to document the rationale for their votes. The Proxy Services Group is responsible for maintaining this documentation and assuring that it adequately reflects the basis for any vote which is contrary to our proxy voting guidelines.

T. Rowe Price Voting Policies

Specific proxy voting guidelines have been adopted by the Proxy Committee for all regularly occurring categories of management and shareholder proposals. A detailed set of proxy voting guidelines is available on the T. Rowe Price website, www.troweprice.com. The following is a summary of our guidelines on the most significant proxy voting topics:

Election of Directors – For U.S. companies, T. Rowe Price generally supports slates with a majority of independent directors. However, T. Rowe Price may vote against outside directors who do not meet our criteria relating to their independence, particularly when they serve on key board committees, such as compensation and nominating committees, for which we believe that all directors should be independent. Outside of the U.S., we expect companies to adhere to the minimum independence standard established by regional corporate governance codes. At a minimum, however, we believe boards in all regions should include a blend of executive and non-executive members, and we are likely to vote against senior executives at companies with insufficient representation by independent directors. We also vote against directors who are unable to dedicate sufficient time to their board duties due to their commitments to other boards. We may vote against certain directors who have served on company boards where we believe there has been a gross failure in governance or oversight. In certain markets, a lack of diversity on the board may cause us to oppose the members of the board’s Nominating Committee. Additionally, we may vote against compensation committee members who approve excessive executive compensation or severance arrangements. We support efforts to elect all board members annually because boards with staggered terms lessen directors’ accountability to shareholders and act as deterrents to takeover proposals. To strengthen boards’ accountability, T. Rowe Price supports proposals calling for a majority vote threshold for the election of directors and we may withhold votes from an entire board if they fail to implement shareholder proposals that receive majority support.

Anti-Takeover, Capital Structure and Corporate Governance Issues – T. Rowe Price generally opposes anti-takeover measures since they adversely impact shareholder rights and limit the ability of shareholders to act on potential value-enhancing transactions. Such anti-takeover mechanisms include classified boards, supermajority voting requirements, dual share classes, and poison pills. When voting on capital structure proposals, T. Rowe Price will consider the dilutive impact to shareholders and the effect on shareholder rights.

Executive Compensation Issues – T. Rowe Price’s goal is to assure that a company’s equity-based compensation plan is aligned with shareholders’ long-term interests. We evaluate plans on a case-by-case basis, using a number of factors, including dilution to shareholders, problematic plan features, burn rate, and the equity compensation mix. Plans that are constructed to effectively and fairly align executives’ and shareholders’ incentives generally earn our approval. Conversely, we oppose compensation packages that provide what we view as excessive awards to few senior executives or contain the potential for excessive dilution relative to the company’s peers. We also may oppose equity plans at any company where we deem the overall compensation practices to be problematic. We generally oppose efforts to reprice options in the event of a decline in value of the underlying stock unless such plans appropriately balance shareholder and employee interests. For companies with particularly egregious pay practices such as excessive severance packages,

. 338

Page 366: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

executives with outsized pledged/hedged stock positions, executive perks, and bonuses that are not adequately linked to performance, we may vote against compensation committee members. We analyze management proposals requesting ratification of a company’s executive compensation practices (“Say-on-Pay” proposals) on a case-by-case basis, using a screen that assesses the long-term linkage between executive compensation and company performance as well as the presence of objectionable structural features in compensation plans. With respect to the frequency in which companies should seek advisory votes on compensation, in most cases we believe shareholders should be offered the opportunity to vote annually. Finally, we may oppose compensation committee members or even the entire board if we have cast votes against a company’s “Say-on-Pay” vote in consecutive years.

Mergers and Acquisitions – T. Rowe Price considers takeover offers, mergers, and other extraordinary corporate transactions on a case-by-case basis to determine if they are beneficial to shareholders’ current and future earnings stream and to ensure that our Price Funds and clients are receiving fair consideration for their securities. We oppose a high proportion of proposals for the ratification of executive severance packages (“Say on Golden Parachute” proposals) in conjunction with merger transactions if we conclude these arrangements reduce the alignment of executives’ incentives with shareholders’ interests.

Corporate Social Responsibility Issues – Vote recommendations for corporate responsibility issues are generated by the Head of Corporate Governance in consultation with the T. Rowe Price Responsible Investment team. T. Rowe Price generally votes with a company’s management on social, environmental, and corporate responsibility proposals unless the issue has substantial investment implications for the company’s business or operations which have not been adequately addressed by management. T. Rowe Price supports well-targeted shareholder proposals on environmental and other public policy issues that are particularly relevant to a company’s businesses.

Global Portfolio Companies – ISS applies a two-tier approach to determining and applying global proxy voting policies. The first tier establishes baseline policy guidelines for the most fundamental issues, which span the corporate governance spectrum without regard to a company’s domicile. The second tier takes into account various idiosyncrasies of different countries, making allowances for standard market practices, as long as they do not violate the fundamental goals of good corporate governance. The goal is to enhance shareholder value through effective use of the shareholder franchise, recognizing that application of policies developed for U.S. corporate governance issues are not appropriate for all markets. The Proxy Committee has reviewed ISS’ general global policies and has developed custom international proxy voting guidelines based on those recommendations, regional codes of corporate governance, and our own views as investors in these markets.

Fixed Income and Passively Managed Strategies – Proxy voting for our fixed income and indexed portfolios is administered by the Proxy Services Group using T. Rowe Price’s guidelines as set by the Proxy Committee. Indexed strategies generally vote in line with the T. Rowe Price guidelines. Fixed income strategies generally follow the proxy vote determinations on security holdings held by our equity accounts unless the matter is specific to a particular fixed income security such as consents, restructurings, or reorganization proposals.

Shareblocking – Shareblocking is the practice in certain foreign countries of “freezing” shares for trading purposes in order to vote proxies relating to those shares. In markets where shareblocking applies, the custodian or sub-custodian automatically freezes shares prior to a shareholder meeting once a proxy has been voted. T. Rowe Price’s policy is generally to refrain from voting shares in shareblocking countries unless the matter has compelling economic consequences that outweigh the loss of liquidity in the blocked shares.

Securities on Loan – The Price Funds and our institutional clients may participate in securities lending programs to generate income. Generally, the voting rights pass with the securities on loan; however, lending agreements give the lender the right to terminate the loan and pull back the loaned shares provided sufficient notice is given to the custodian bank in advance of the applicable deadline. T. Rowe Price’s policy is generally not to vote securities on loan unless we determine there is a material voting event that could affect the value of the loaned securities. In this event, we have the discretion to pull back the loaned securities in order to cast a vote at an upcoming shareholder meeting. A monthly monitoring process is in place to review securities on loan and how they may affect proxy voting.

Monitoring and Resolving Conflicts of Interest

The Proxy Committee is also responsible for monitoring and resolving potential material conflicts between the interests of T. Rowe Price and those of its clients with respect to proxy voting. We have adopted safeguards to ensure that our proxy voting is not influenced by interests other than those of our fund shareholders. While membership on the Proxy Committee is diverse, it does not include individuals whose primary duties relate to client relationship management,marketing, or sales. Since T. Rowe Price’s voting guidelines are predetermined by the Proxy Committee, application of the guidelines by fund portfolio managers to vote fund proxies should in most instances adequately address any potential conflicts of interest. However, consistent with the terms of the Policies and Procedures, which

. 339

Page 367: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

allow portfolio managers to vote proxies opposite our general voting guidelines, the Proxy Committee regularly reviews all such proxy votes that are inconsistent with the proxy voting guidelines to determine whether the portfolio manager’s voting rationale appears reasonable. The Proxy Committee also assesses whether any business or other material relationships between T. Rowe Price and a portfolio company (unrelated to the ownership of the portfolio company’s securities) could have influenced an inconsistent vote on that company’s proxy. Issues raising potential conflicts of interest are referred to designated members of the Proxy Committee for immediate resolution prior to the time T. Rowe Price casts its vote.

With respect to personal conflicts of interest, T. Rowe Price’s Code of Ethics and Conduct requires all employees to avoid placing themselves in a “compromising position” in which their interests may conflict with those of our clients and restrict their ability to engage in certain outside business activities. Portfolio managers or Proxy Committee members with a personal conflict of interest regarding a particular proxy vote must recuse themselves and not participate in the voting decisions with respect to that proxy.

Specific Conflict of Interest Situations - Voting of T. Rowe Price Group, Inc. common stock (sym: TROW) by certain T. Rowe Price Index Funds will be done in all instances in accordance with T. Rowe Price policy, and votes inconsistent with policy will not be permitted. In the event that there is no previously established guideline for a specific voting issue appearing on the T. Rowe Price Group proxy, the Price Funds will abstain on that voting item. In addition, T. Rowe Price has voting authority for proxies of the holdings of certain Price Funds that invest in other Price Funds. In cases where the underlying fund of an investing Price Fund, including a fund-of-funds, holds a proxy vote, T. Rowe Price will mirror vote the fund shares held by the upper-tier fund in the same proportion as the votes cast by the shareholders of the underlying funds (other than the T. Rowe Price Reserve Investment Funds).

Limitations on Voting Proxies of Banks

T. Rowe Price has obtained relief from the U.S. Federal Reserve Board (the “FRB Relief”) which permits, subject to a number of conditions, T. Rowe Price to acquire in the aggregate on behalf of its clients, 10% or more of the total voting stock of a bank, bank holding company, savings and loan holding company or savings association (each a “Bank”), not to exceed a 15% aggregate beneficial ownership maximum in such Bank. One such condition affects the manner in which T. Rowe Price will vote its clients’ shares of a Bank in excess of 10% of the Bank’s total voting stock (“Excess Shares”). The FRB Relief requires that T. Rowe Price use its best efforts to vote the Excess Shares in the same proportion as all other shares voted, a practice generally referred to as “mirror voting,” or in the event that such efforts to mirror vote are unsuccessful, Excess Shares will not be voted. With respect to a shareholder vote for a Bank of which T. Rowe Price has aggregate beneficial ownership of greater than 10% on behalf of its clients, T. Rowe Price will determine which of its clients’ shares are Excess Shares on a pro rata basis across all of its clients’ portfolios for which T. Rowe Price has the power to vote proxies.

REPORTING, RECORD RETENTION AND OVERSIGHT

The Proxy Committee, and certain personnel under the direction of the Proxy Committee, perform the following oversight and assurance functions, among others, over T. Rowe Price’s proxy voting: (1) periodically samples proxy votes to ensure that they were cast in compliance with T. Rowe Price’s proxy voting guidelines; (2) reviews, no less frequently than annually, the adequacy of the Policies and Procedures to make sure that they have been implemented effectively, including whether they continue to be reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interests of our clients; (3) performs due diligence on whether a retained proxy advisory firm has the capacity and competency to adequately analyze proxy issues, including the adequacy and quality of the proxy advisory firm’s staffing and personnel and its policies; and (4) oversees any retained proxy advisory firms and their procedures regarding their capabilities to (i) produce proxy research that is based on current and accurate information and (ii) identify and address any conflicts of interest and any other considerations that we believe would be appropriate in considering the nature and quality of the services provided by the proxy advisory firm.

T. Rowe Price will furnish Vote Summary Reports, upon request, to its institutional clients that have delegated proxy voting authority. The report specifies the portfolio companies, meeting dates, proxy proposals, and votes which have been cast for the client during the period and the position taken with respect to each issue. Reports normally cover quarterly or annual periods and are provided to such clients upon request.

T. Rowe Price retains proxy solicitation materials, memoranda regarding votes cast in opposition to the position of a company’s management, and documentation on shares voted differently. In addition, any document which is material to a proxy voting decision such as the T. Rowe Price proxy voting guidelines, Proxy Committee meeting materials, and other internal research relating to voting decisions are maintained in accordance with applicable requirements.

. 340

Page 368: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

WELLINGTON MANAGEMENTGLOBAL PROXY POLICY AND PROCEDURESJANUARY 1, 2018Introduction

Wellington Management has adopted and implemented policies and procedures that it believes are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best economic interests of clients for whom it exercises proxy-voting discretion.

Wellington Management’s Proxy Voting Guidelines (the “Guidelines”) set forth broad guidelines and positions on common proxy issues that Wellington Management uses in voting on proxies. In addition, Wellington Management also considers each proposal in the context of the issuer, industry and country or countries in which the issuer’s business is conducted. The Guidelines are not rigid rules and the merits of a particular proposal may cause Wellington Management to enter a vote that differs from the Guidelines.

Statement of Policy

Wellington Management:

1) Votes client proxies for which clients have affirmatively delegated proxy-voting authority, in writing, unless it determines that it is in the best interest of one or more clients to refrain from voting a given proxy.§2) Votes all proxies in the best interests of the client for whom it is voting, i.e., to maximize economic value.§3) Identifies and resolves all material proxy-related conflicts of interest between the firm and its clients in the best interests of the client.

Responsibility and Oversight

The Investment Research Group (“Investment Research”) monitors regulatory requirements with respect to proxy voting and works with the firm’s Legal and Compliance Group and the Corporate Governance Committee to develop practices that implement those requirements. Investment Research also acts as a resource for portfolio managers and research analysts on proxy matters as needed. Day-to-day administration of the proxy voting process is the responsibility of Investment Research. The Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for oversight of the implementation of the Global Proxy Policy and Procedures, review and approval of the Guidelines and for providing advice and guidance on specific proxy votes for individual issuers.

Procedures

Use of Third-Party Voting Agent

Wellington Management uses the services of a third-party voting agent to manage the administrative aspects of proxy voting. The voting agent processes proxies for client accounts, casts votes based on the Guidelines and maintains records of proxies voted.

Receipt of Proxy

If a client requests that Wellington Management votes proxies on its behalf, the client must instruct its custodian bank to deliver all relevant voting material to Wellington Management or its voting agent.

Reconciliation

Each public security proxy received by electronic means is matched to the securities eligible to be voted and a reminder is sent to any custodian or trustee that has not forwarded the proxies as due. Although proxies received for private securities, as well as those received in non-electronic format, are voted as received, Wellington Management is not able to reconcile these proxies to holdings, nor does it notify custodians of non-receipt.

Research

In addition to proprietary investment research undertaken by Wellington Management investment professionals, Investment Research conducts proxy research internally, and uses the resources of a number of external sources to keep abreast of developments in corporate governance and of current practices of specific companies.

Proxy Voting

Following the reconciliation process, each proxy is compared against the Guidelines, and handled as follows: Generally, issues for which explicit proxy voting guidance is provided in the Guidelines (i.e., “For”, “Against”,

“Abstain”) are reviewed by Investment Research and voted in accordance with the Guidelines.

. 341

Page 369: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Issues identified as “case-by-case” in the Guidelines are further reviewed by Investment Research. In certain circumstances, further input is needed, so the issues are forwarded to the relevant research analyst and/or portfolio manager(s) for their input. Absent a material conflict of interest, the portfolio manager has the authority to decide the final vote. Different

portfolio managers holding the same securities may arrive at different voting conclusions for their clients’ proxies.

Wellington Management reviews regularly the voting record to ensure that proxies are voted in accordance with these Global Proxy Policy and Procedures and the Guidelines; and ensures that documentation and reports, for clients and for internal purposes, relating to the voting of proxies are promptly and properly prepared and disseminated.

Material Conflict of Interest Identification and Resolution Processes

Wellington Management’s broadly diversified client base and functional lines of responsibility serve to minimize the number of, but not prevent, material conflicts of interest it faces in voting proxies. Annually, the Corporate Governance Committee sets standards for identifying material conflicts based on client, vendor, and lender relationships, and publishes those standards to individuals involved in the proxy voting process. In addition, the Corporate Governance Committee encourages all personnel to contact Investment Research about apparent conflicts of interest, even if the apparent conflict does not meet the published materiality criteria. Apparent conflicts are reviewed by designated members of the Corporate Governance Committee to determine if there is a conflict and if so whether the conflict is material.

If a proxy is identified as presenting a material conflict of interest, the matter must be reviewed by designated members of the Corporate Governance Committee, who will resolve the conflict and direct the vote. In certain circumstances, the designated members may determine that the full Corporate Governance Committee should convene.

Other Considerations

In certain instances, Wellington Management may be unable to vote or may determine not to vote a proxy on behalf of one or more clients. While not exhaustive, the following are potential instances in which a proxy vote might not be entered.

Securities Lending

In general, Wellington Management does not know when securities have been lent out pursuant to a client’s securities lending program and are therefore unavailable to be voted. Efforts to recall loaned securities are not always effective, but, in rare circumstances, Wellington Management may recommend that a client attempt to have its custodian recall the security to permit voting of related proxies.

Share Blocking and Re-registration

Certain countries impose trading restrictions or requirements regarding re-registration of securities held in omnibus accounts in order for shareholders to vote a proxy. The potential impact of such requirements is evaluated when determining whether to vote such proxies.

Lack of Adequate Information, Untimely Receipt of Proxy Materials, or Excessive Costs

Wellington Management may abstain from voting a proxy when the proxy statement or other available information is inadequate to allow for an informed vote, when the proxy materials are not delivered in a timely fashion or when, in Wellington Management’s judgment, the costs exceed the expected benefits to clients (such as when powers of attorney or consularization are required).

Additional Information

Wellington Management maintains records related to proxies pursuant to Rule 204-2 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”), the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), and other applicable laws.

Wellington Management provides clients with a copy of its Global Proxy Policy and Procedures, including the Guidelines, upon written request. In addition, Wellington Management will make specific client information relating to proxy voting available to a client upon reasonable written request.

Dated: 1 January 2018

. 342

Page 370: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

WELLS FARGO ASSET MANAGEMENT1

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURESEFFECTIVE AS OF JANUARY 1, 2019Wells Fargo Asset Management (“WFAM”) Stewardship§

As fiduciaries, we are committed to effective stewardship of the assets we manage on behalf of our clients. To us, good stewardship reflects responsible, active ownership and includes both engaging with investee companies and voting proxies in a manner that we believe will maximize the long-term value of our investments.

Scope of Policies and Procedures. These Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (“Policies and Procedures”) are used to determine how to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities held in client accounts managed by WFAM. With respect to client accounts of Funds Management, this includes, among others, Wells Fargo Funds Trust, Wells Fargo Master Trust, Wells Fargo Variable Trust, Wells Fargo Global Dividend Opportunity Fund, Wells Fargo Income Opportunities Fund, Wells Fargo Multi-Sector Income Fund, Wells Fargo Utilities and High Income Fund (the “Trusts”). It also includes Wells Fargo (Lux) Worldwide Fund and Worldwide Alternative Fund SICAV-SIF, both domiciled in Luxembourg (the “Luxembourg Funds”). Aside from the investment funds managed by Funds Management, WFAM also offers medium term note programs, managed for issuers of such notes domiciled in Luxembourg. Hereafter, all series of the Trusts, and all such Trusts not having separate series, and all sub-funds of the Luxembourg Fund, as well as the MTN issuers, are referred to as the “Investment Products”). In addition, these Policies and Procedures are used to determine how to vote proxies for the assets managed on behalf of WFAM’s other clients. Not all clients delegate proxy-voting authority to WFAM, however, and WFAM will not vote proxies, or provide advice to clients on how to vote proxies in the absence of specific delegation of authority, a pre-existing contractual agreement, or an obligation under the applicable law (e.g., securities that are held in an investment advisory account for which WFAM exercises no investment discretion are not voted by WFAM).

Luxembourg Products. These Policies and Procedures have been established, implemented and maintained, as they apply to WFAML, in accordance with Article 23 of CSSF Regulation No. 10-4 and the CSSF Circular 18/698. WFAML has delegated the portfolio management of the Luxembourg Fund it manages to WFAM and delegated the responsibility for exercising voting rights in conjunction with such delegation; as such, these Policies and Procedures shall apply to the portfolio management of the Fund. The respective portfolio management may also delegate the responsibility for exercising voting rights to another company with the prior consent of WFAML. Responsibility for exercising voting rights has also been delegated to WFAM with respect to the Worldwide Alternative Fund SICAV-SIF and to ECM with respect to the MTN issuers.

Voting Philosophy. WFAM, comprised of investment advisers registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and WFAML, has adopted these Policies and Procedures to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interests of clients and Investment Product investors, without regard to any relationship that any affiliated person of WFAM or the Investment Product (or an affiliated person of such affiliated person) may have with the issuer. WFAM exercises its voting responsibility as a fiduciary with the goal of maximizing value to clients consistent with governing laws and the investment policies of each client. While securities are not purchased to exercise control or to seek to effect corporate change through share ownership activism, WFAM supports sound corporate governance practices at companies in which client assets are invested. WFAM has established an appropriate strategy determining when and how the voting rights related to the instruments held in portfolios managed are exercised, so that these rights are exclusively reserved to the relevant Investment Product and its investors.

Proxy Administrator§The proxy voting process is administered by WellsCap’s Operations Department (“Proxy Administrator”), who reports to WFAM’s Chief Operations Officer. The Proxy Administrator is responsible for administering and overseeing the proxy voting process to ensure the implementation of the Policies and Procedures, including regular operational reviews, typically conducted on a weekly basis. The Proxy Administrator monitors third party voting of proxies to ensure it is being done in a timely and responsible manner, including review of scheduled vendor reports. The Proxy Administrator in conjunction with the Proxy Committee reviews the continuing appropriateness of the Policies and Procedures set forth herein, and recommends revisions as necessary.

Third Party Proxy Voting Vendor. WFAM has retained a third-party proxy voting service, Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. (“ISS”), to assist in the implementation of certain proxy voting-related functions including: 1.) Providing research on proxy matters 2.) Providing technology to facilitate the sharing of research and discussions related to proxy votes 3.) Vote proxies in accordance with WFAM’s guidelines 4.) Handle administrative and reporting items 5.) Maintain records of proxy statements received in connection with proxy votes and provide copies/analyses upon request. Except in instances where clients have retained voting authority, WFAM retains the responsibility for proxy voting decisions.

. 343

Page 371: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Proxy Committee and Sub-Committees. The WFAM Proxy Committee shall be responsible for overseeing the proxy voting process to ensure its implementation in conformance with these Policies and Procedures. The WFAM Proxy Committee shall coordinate with Wells Fargo Asset Management Risk and Compliance to monitor ISS, the proxy voting agent currently retained by WFAM, to determine that ISS is accurately applying the Policies and Procedures as set forth herein and operates as an independent proxy voting agent. WFAM’s ISS Vendor Oversight process includes an assessment of ISS’ Policy and Procedures (“P&P”), including conflict controls and monitoring, receipt and review of routine performance-related reporting by ISS to WFAM and periodic onsite due diligence meetings. Due diligence meetings typically include: meetings with key staff, P&P related presentations and discussions, technology-related demonstrations and assessments, and some sample testing, if appropriate. The WFAM Proxy Committee shall review the continuing appropriateness of the Policies and Procedures set forth herein. The WFAM Proxy Committee may delegate certain powers and responsibilities to sub-committees consisting of a “Proxy Voting Sub-Committee” and a “Proxy Governance Sub-Committee.”

Proxy Voting Sub-Committee. Among other delegated matters, the Proxy Voting Sub-Committee, in accordance with these Policies and Procedures, reviews and votes on routine proxy proposals that it considers under these Policies and Procedures in a timely manner. If necessary, the Proxy Voting Sub-Committee escalates issues to the Proxy Governance Sub-Committee that are determined to be material by the Proxy Voting Sub-Committee or otherwise in accordance with these Policies and Procedures. The Proxy Voting Sub-Committee coordinates with Wells Fargo Asset Management Risk and Compliance to review the performance and independence of ISS in exercising its proxy voting responsibilities.

Proxy Governance Sub-Committee. The Proxy Governance Sub-Committee reviews and, in accordance with these Policies and Procedures, votes on issues that have been escalated from the Proxy Voting Sub-Committee. Members of the Proxy Governance Sub-Committee also oversee the implementation of WFAM Proxy Committee recommendations for the respective functional areas in WFAM that they represent.

Meetings; Committee Actions. The WFAM Proxy Committee shall convene or act through written consent, including through the use of electronic systems of record, of a majority of WFAM Proxy Committee members as needed and when discretionary voting determinations need to be considered. Any sub-committee of the WFAM Proxy Committee shall have the authority on matters delegated to it to act by vote or written consent, including through the use of electronic systems of record, of a majority of the sub-committee members available at that time. The WFAM Proxy Committee shall also meet at least annually (each calendar year and within 15 months of the last meeting) to review the Policies and Procedures.

Membership. Members are selected based on subject matter expertise for the specific deliverables the committee is required to complete. The voting members of the Proxy Committee are identified in the WFAM Proxy Charter. Changes to the membership of the Proxy Committee will be made only with approval of the WFAM Proxy Committee. Upon departure from Wells Fargo Asset Management, a member’s position on the WFAM Proxy Committee will automatically terminate.

Voting Procedures. Unless otherwise required by applicable law2, proxies will be voted in accordance with the following steps and in the following order of consideration:

1. First, any voting items related to WFAM “Top-of-House” voting principles (as described below under the heading “WFAM Proxy Voting Principles/Guidelines”) will generally be voted in accordance with a custom voting policy with ISS (“Custom Policy”) designed to implement the WFAM’s Top-of-House voting principles.3

2. Second, any voting items for meetings deemed of “high importance”4 (e.g., proxy contests, mergers and acquisitions, capitalization proposals and anti-takeover proposals) where ISS opposes management recommendations will be referred to the Portfolio Management teams for recommendation or the Proxy Voting Sub-Committee (or escalated to the Proxy Governance Sub-Committee) for case-by-case review and vote determination.

3. Third, with respect to any voting items where ISS Sustainability Voting Guidelines5 provide a different recommendation than ISS Standard Voting Guidelines, the following steps are taken:

a. The WFAM Portfolio Risk Management and Analytics team (the “PRMA team”) evaluates the matter for materiality and any other relevant considerations.

b. If the PRMA team recommends further review, the voting item is then referred to the Portfolio Management teams for recommendation or the Proxy Voting Sub-Committee (or escalated to the Proxy Governance Sub-Committee) for case-by-case review and vote determination.

c. If the PRMA team does not recommend further review, the matter is voted in accordance with ISS Standard Voting Guidelines.

. 344

Page 372: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

4. Fourth, any remaining proposals are voted in accordance with ISS Standard Voting Guidelines.6

Commitment to the Principles of Responsible Investment. As a signatory to the Principles for Responsible Investment, WFAM has integrated certain environmental, social, and governance factors into its investment processes, which includes the proxy process. As described under Voting Procedures above, WFAM considers ISS’s Sustainability Voting Guidelines as a point of reference in certain cases deemed to be material to a company’s long-term shareholder value.

Voting Discretion. In all cases, the Proxy Committee (and any sub-committee thereof) will exercise its voting discretion in accordance with the voting philosophy of these Policies and Procedures. In cases where a proxy item is forwarded by ISS to the Proxy Committee or a sub-committee thereof, the Proxy Committee or its sub-committee may be assisted in its voting decision through receipt of: (i) independent research and voting recommendations provided by ISS or other independent sources; (ii) input from the investment sub-adviser responsible for purchasing the security; and (iii) information provided by company management and shareholder groups.

Portfolio Manager and Sub-Adviser Input. The WFAM Proxy Committee may consult with portfolio management teams and Fund sub-advisers on specific proxy voting issues as it deems appropriate. In addition, portfolio management teams or Fund sub-advisers may proactively make recommendations to the Proxy Committee regarding any proxy voting issue. In this regard, the process takes into consideration expressed views of portfolio management teams and Fund sub-advisers given their deep knowledge of investee companies. For any proxy vote, portfolio management teams and Investment Product advisers and sub-advisers may make a case to vote against the ISS or Proxy Committee’s recommendation (which is described under Voting Procedures above). Any portfolio management team’s or Investment Product adviser’s or sub-adviser’s opinion should be documented in a brief write-up for consideration by the Proxy Voting Committee who will determine, or escalate to the Proxy Governance Committee, the final voting decision.

Consistent Voting. Proxies will be voted consistently on the same matter when securities of an issuer are held by WFAM multiple client accounts unless there are special circumstances such as, for example, proposals concerning corporate actions such as mergers, tender offers, and acquisitions or as reasonably necessary to implement specified proxy voting guidelines as established by a client (e.g. Taft Hartley ISS Guidelines or custom proxy guidelines).

WFAM Top-of-House Proxy Voting Principles/Guidelines. The following reflects WFAM’s Top-of-House Voting Principles in effect as of the date of these Policies and Procedures. WFAM has put in place a custom voting policy with ISS to implement these voting principles.

Boards of Directors. We believe that Boards of Directors should have strong, independent leadership and should adopt structures and practices that enhance their effectiveness. We believe it is the responsibility of the Board of Directors to create, enhance, and protect shareholder value. We recognize that the optimal board size and governance structure can vary by company size, industry, region of operations, and circumstances specific to the company.

• We generally vote for the election of Directors in uncontested elections. We reserve the right to vote on a case-by-case basis when directors fail to meet their duties as a board member, such as failing to act in the best economic interest of shareholders; failing to maintain independent audit, compensation, nominating committees; and failing to attend at least 75% of meetings, etc.

• We generally vote for an independent board that has a majority of outside directors who are not affiliated with the top executives and have minimal or no business dealings with the company to avoid potential conflicts of interests.

• Generally speaking, we believe Directors should sit on no more than 4 public boards at any given time. Directors serving on an excessive number of boards could result in time constraints and an inability to fulfill their duties.

• We generally support adopting a declassified board structure for public operating and holding companies. We reserve the right to vote on a case-by-case basis when companies have certain long-term business commitments.

• We generally support annual election of directors of public operating and holding companies. We reserve the right to vote on a case-by-case basis when companies have certain long-term business commitments.

Fund Voting Reporting Coordination. Voting decisions made by the WFAM Proxy Committee on behalf of the Trusts and their series will be reported to ISS to ensure that votes are registered in a timely manner and included in Form N-PX reporting.

Practical Limitations to Proxy Voting. While WFAM uses its reasonable best efforts to vote proxies, in certain circumstances, it may be impractical or impossible for WFAM to vote proxies (e.g., limited value or unjustifiable costs).

Securities on Loan. As a general matter, securities on loan will not be recalled to facilitate proxy voting (in which case the borrower of the security shall be entitled to vote the proxy). However, as it relates to portfolio holdings of the Investment Products, if the WFAM Proxy Committee is aware of an item in time to recall the security and has determined in good faith that the importance of the matter to be voted upon outweighs the loss in lending revenue that would result from

. 345

Page 373: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

recalling the security (e.g., if there is a controversial upcoming merger or acquisition, or some other significant matter), the security will be recalled for voting.

Share Blocking. Proxy voting in certain countries requires ‘share blocking’. Shareholders wishing to vote their proxies must deposit their shares with a designated depositary before the date of the meeting. Consequently, the shares may not be sold in the period preceding the proxy vote. Absent compelling reasons, WFAM believes that the benefit derived from voting these shares is outweighed by the burden of limited trading. Therefore, if share blocking is required in certain markets, WFAM will not participate and refrain from voting proxies for those clients impacted by share blocking.

Conflicts of Interest. WFAM may have a conflict of interest regarding a proxy to be voted upon if, for example, WFAM or its affiliates have other relationships with the issuer of the proxy. In most instances, conflicts of interest are avoided through a strict and objective application of the voting guidelines. However, when the Proxy Administrator is aware of a material conflict of interest regarding a matter that would otherwise require a vote by the Proxy Committee or that, in the determination of the Proxy Committee, otherwise warrants the taking of additional steps to mitigate the conflict, the Proxy Committee or the Proxy Administrator shall address the material conflict by using any of the following methods:

1. Instructing ISS to vote in accordance with the recommendation ISS makes to its clients;

2. With respect to any matters involving a portfolio holding of any Investment Product(s), disclosing the conflict to the Board of the relevant Investment Product(s) and obtaining its consent before voting with respect to shares held by the Investment Product(s);

3. With respect to any matters involving a portfolio holding of any Investment Product(s), submitting the matter to the Board of the relevant Investment Product(s) to exercise its authority to vote on such matter with respect to shares held by the relevant Investment Product(s);

4. Engaging an independent fiduciary who will direct the Proxy Committee how to vote on such matter following consultation with the Board of the relevant Investment Product(s) if the conflict pertains to a matter involving a portfolio holding of any Investment Product(s);

5. Consulting with outside legal counsel for guidance on resolution of the conflict of interest;

6. Erecting information barriers around the person or persons making voting decisions following consultation with the Board of any Investment Product(s) if the conflict pertains to a matter involving a portfolio holding of the relevant Investment Product(s);

7. Voting in proportion to other shareholders (“mirror voting”) following consultation with the Board of any Investment Product(s) if the conflict pertains to a matter involving a portfolio holding of the relevant Investment Product(s); or

8. Voting in other ways that are consistent with WFAM’s obligation to vote in the best interests of its clients and the investors in the Investment Products.

The Proxy Committee will not permit its votes to be influenced by any conflict of interest that exists for any other affiliated person of WFAM (such as a sub-adviser or principal underwriter) or any affiliated persons of such affiliated persons and the Proxy Committee will vote all such matters without regard to the conflict.

Vendor Oversight: The WFAM Proxy Administrator monitors the ISS proxy process against specific criteria in order to identify potential issues relating to account reconciliation, unknown and rejected ballot reviews, upcoming proxy reviews, share reconciliation oversight, etc.

III. Other Provisions

Policy Review and Ad Hoc Meetings

The Proxy Governance Committee meets at least annually to review this Policy and consider any appropriate changes. Meetings may be convened more frequently (for example, to discuss a specific proxy agenda or proposal) as requested by the Manager of Proxy Administration, any member of the Proxy Committee, or WFAM’s Chief Compliance Officer. The Proxy Committee includes representation from Portfolio Management, Operations, Portfolio Risk Management and Analytics and, in a non-voting consultative capacity, Compliance.

Records Retention

The WFAM Proxy Administrator will maintain the following records relating to the implementation of the Policies and Procedures: A copy of these proxy voting policies and procedures; Proxy statements received for client securities (which will be satisfied by relying on ISS);

. 346

Page 374: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Records of votes cast on behalf of Investment Products and separate account clients (which ISS maintains on behalf of WFAM); Records of each written client request for proxy voting records and WFAM’s written response to any client request

(written or oral) for such records; and Any documents prepared by WFAM or ISS that were material to making a proxy voting decision.

Such proxy voting books and records shall be maintained at an office of WFAM in an easily accessible place for a period of six years.

Disclosure of Policies and Procedures

WFAM will disclose to its separate clients a summary description of its proxy voting policy and procedures via mail. A summary of the proxy voting policy and procedures will be disclosed in the registration statements for the open-end Trusts, and on the Wells Fargo (Lux) Worldwide Fund and Wells Fargo Funds websites.

WFAM will also provide to clients proxy statements and any records as to how WFAM voted proxies on behalf its client upon request. Clients may contact their relationship manager for assistance, or call WFAM at 1-800-259-3305 or by e-mail at [email protected] to request a record of proxies voted on their behalf.

WFAM will publish high-level proxy voting statistics in periodic reports. However, except as otherwise required by law, WFAM has a general policy of not disclosing to any issuer specific or third party how its separate account client proxies are voted.

Approved by the Proxy Committee: December, 20181Includes Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“WellsCap”) and Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), Wells Fargo Asset Management Luxembourg (“WFAML”) and ECM Asset Management Limited (“ECM”). WFAML is a Luxembourg management company authorized to manage undertakings for collective investment in transferable securities (“UCITS”) by the Luxembourg Commission de Surveillance du Secteur Financier (“CSSF”) pursuant to chapter 15 of the Law of 17 December 2010 relating to undertakings for collective investment, as may be amended from time to time transposing the Directive 2014/91/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 July 2014 on the coordination of laws, regulations and administrative provisions relating to UCITS, as may be amended from time to time. Additionally, WFAML is authorized to provide discretionary portfolio management services and investment advice services.2Where provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”) specify the manner in which items for any third party registered investment companies (e.g., mutual funds, exchange-traded funds and closed-end funds) and business development companies (as defined in Section 2(a)(48) of the 1940 Act) (“Third Party Fund Holding Voting Matters”) held by the Trusts or series thereof, WFAM shall vote the Third Party Fund Holding Voting Matter on behalf of the Trusts or series thereof accordingly.3The WFAM Proxy Committee may determine that additional review of a Top-of-House voting matter is warranted. For example, voting matters for declassified boards or annual election of directors of public operating and holding companies that have certain long-term business commitments (e.g., developing proprietary technology; or having an important strategic alliance in place) may warrant referral to the Proxy Voting Sub-Committee (or escalation to the Proxy Governance Sub-Committee) for case-by-case review and vote determination.4The term “high importance” is defined as those items designated Proxy Level 6, 5, or 4 by ISS, which include proxy contests, mergers, capitalization proposals and anti-takeover defenses.5ISS’s Sustainability Voting Guidelines seeks to promote support for recognized global governing bodies encouraging sustainable business practices advocating for stewardship of environment, fair labor practices, non-discrimination, and the protection of human rights.6The voting of proxies for Taft Hartley clients may incorporate the use of ISS’s Taft Hartley voting guidelines.

. 347

Page 375: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

WESTERN ASSETPROXY VOTINGAPRIL 1, 2016BACKGROUND§

An investment adviser is required to adopt and implement policies and procedures that we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, in accordance with fiduciary duties and SEC Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”). The authority to vote the proxies of our clients is established through investment management agreements or comparable documents. In addition to SEC requirements governing advisers, long-standing fiduciary standards and responsibilities have been established for ERISA accounts. Unless a manager of ERISA assets has been expressly precluded from voting proxies, the Department of Labor has determined that the responsibility for these votes lies with the investment manager.

POLICY§

As a fixed income only manager, the occasion to vote proxies is very rare. However, the Firm has adopted and implemented policies and procedures that we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, in accordance with our fiduciary duties and SEC Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”). In addition to SEC requirements governing advisers, our proxy voting policies reflect the long-standing fiduciary standards and responsibilities for ERISA accounts. Unless a manager of ERISA assets has been expressly precluded from voting proxies, the Department of Labor has determined that the responsibility for these votes lies with the Investment Manager.

While the guidelines included in the procedures are intended to provide a benchmark for voting standards, each vote is ultimately cast on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration the Firm’s contractual obligations to our clients and all other relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the vote (such that these guidelines may be overridden to the extent the Firm deems appropriate).

In exercising its voting authority, Western Asset will not consult or enter into agreements with officers, directors or employees of Legg Mason Inc. or any of its affiliates (other than Western Asset affiliated companies) regarding the voting of any securities owned by its clients.

PROCEDURE

Responsibility and Oversight§

The Western Asset Legal and Compliance Department (“Compliance Department”) is responsible for administering and overseeing the proxy voting process. The gathering of proxies is coordinated through the Corporate Actions area of Investment Support (“Corporate Actions”). Research analysts and portfolio managers are responsible for determining appropriate voting positions on each proxy utilizing any applicable guidelines contained in these procedures.

Client Authority§

The Investment Management Agreement for each client is reviewed at account start-up for proxy voting instructions. If an agreement is silent on proxy voting, but contains an overall delegation of discretionary authority or if the account represents assets of an ERISA plan, Western Asset will assume responsibility for proxy voting. The Legal and Compliance Department maintains a matrix of proxy voting authority.

Proxy Gathering§

Registered owners of record, client custodians, client banks and trustees (“Proxy Recipients”) that receive proxy materials on behalf of clients should forward them to Corporate Actions. Proxy Recipients for new clients (or, if Western Asset becomes aware that the applicable Proxy Recipient for an existing client has changed, the Proxy Recipient for the existing client) are notified at start-up of appropriate routing to Corporate Actions of proxy materials received and reminded of their responsibility to forward all proxy materials on a timely basis. If Western Asset personnel other than Corporate Actions receive proxy materials, they should promptly forward the materials to Corporate Actions.

Proxy Voting§

Once proxy materials are received by Corporate Actions, they are forwarded to the Legal and Compliance Department for coordination and the following actions:§§

a. Proxies are reviewed to determine accounts impacted.§b. Impacted accounts are checked to confirm Western Asset voting authority.§c. Legal and Compliance Department staff reviews proxy issues to determine any material conflicts of interest. (See conflicts of interest section of these procedures for further information on determining material conflicts of interest.)§d. If a material conflict of interest exists, (i) to the extent reasonably practicable and permitted by applicable law, the

. 348

Page 376: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

client is promptly notified, the conflict is disclosed and Western Asset obtains the client’s proxy voting instructions, and (ii) to the extent that it is not reasonably practicable or permitted by applicable law to notify the client and obtain such instructions (e.g., the client is a mutual fund or other commingled vehicle or is an ERISA plan client), Western Asset seeks voting instructions from an independent third party.§e. Legal and Compliance Department staff provides proxy material to the appropriate research analyst or portfolio manager to obtain their recommended vote. Research analysts and portfolio managers determine votes on a case-by-case basis taking into account the voting guidelines contained in these procedures. For avoidance of doubt, depending on the best interest of each individual client, Western Asset may vote the same proxy differently for different clients. The analyst’s or portfolio manager’s basis for their decision is documented and maintained by the Legal and Compliance Department.§f. Legal and Compliance Department staff votes the proxy pursuant to the instructions received in (d) or (e) and returns the voted proxy as indicated in the proxy materials.

Timing§

Western Asset personnel act in such a manner to ensure that, absent special circumstances, the proxy gathering and proxy voting steps noted above can be completed before the applicable deadline for returning proxy votes.

Recordkeeping§

Western Asset maintains records of proxies voted pursuant to Section 204-2 of the Advisers Act and ERISA DOL Bulletin 94-2. These records include:§a. A copy of Western Asset’s policies and procedures.§b. Copies of proxy statements received regarding client securities.§c. A copy of any document created by Western Asset that was material to making a decision how to vote proxies.§d. Each written client request for proxy voting records and Western Asset’s written response to both verbal and written client requests.§e. A proxy log including:§1. Issuer name;§2. Exchange ticker symbol of the issuer’s shares to be voted;§3. Committee on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures (“CUSIP”) number for the shares to be voted;§4. A brief identification of the matter voted on;§5. Whether the matter was proposed by the issuer or by a shareholder of the issuer;§6. Whether a vote was cast on the matter;§7. A record of how the vote was cast; and§

8. Whether the vote was cast for or against the recommendation of the issuer’s management team.

Records are maintained in an easily accessible place for five years, the first two in Western Asset’s offices.

Disclosure§

Western Asset’s proxy policies are described in the firm’s Part 2A of Form ADV. Clients will be provided a copy of these policies and procedures upon request. In addition, upon request, clients may receive reports on how their proxies have been voted.

Conflicts of Interest

All proxies are reviewed by the Legal and Compliance Department for material conflicts of interest. Issues to be reviewed include, but are not limited to:

1. Whether Western (or, to the extent required to be considered by applicable law, its affiliates) manages assets for the company or an employee group of the company or otherwise has an interest in the company;

2. Whether Western or an officer or director of Western or the applicable portfolio manager or analyst responsible for recommending the proxy vote (together, “Voting Persons”) is a close relative of or has a personal or business relationship with an executive, director or person who is a candidate for director of the company or is a participant in a proxy contest; and

3. Whether there is any other business or personal relationship where a Voting Person has a personal interest in the outcome of the matter before shareholders.

Voting Guidelines

Western Asset’s substantive voting decisions turn on the particular facts and circumstances of each proxy vote and are evaluated by the designated research analyst or portfolio manager. The examples outlined below are meant as guidelines to aid in the decision making process.

. 349

Page 377: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

Guidelines are grouped according to the types of proposals generally presented to shareholders. Part I deals with proposals which have been approved and are recommended by a company’s board of directors; Part II deals with proposals submitted by shareholders for inclusion in proxy statements; Part III addresses issues relating to voting shares of investment companies; and Part IV addresses unique considerations pertaining to foreign issuers.

I. Board Approved Proposals

The vast majority of matters presented to shareholders for a vote involve proposals made by a company itself that have been approved and recommended by its board of directors. In view of the enhanced corporate governance practices currently being implemented in public companies, Western Asset generally votes in support of decisions reached by independent boards of directors. More specific guidelines related to certain board-approved proposals are as follows:

1. Matters relating to the Board of Directors

Western Asset votes proxies for the election of the company’s nominees for directors and for board-approved proposals on other matters relating to the board of directors with the following exceptions:

a. Votes are withheld for the entire board of directors if the board does not have a majority of independent directors or the board does not have nominating, audit and compensation committees composed solely of independent directors.

b. Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who is considered an independent director by the company and who has received compensation from the company other than for service as a director.

c. Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who attends less than 75% of board and committee meetings without valid reasons for absences.

d. Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis in contested elections of directors.

2. Matters relating to Executive Compensation

Western Asset generally favors compensation programs that relate executive compensation to a company’s long-term performance. Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals relating to executive compensation, except as follows:

a. Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for stock option plans that will result in a minimal annual dilution.

b. Western Asset votes against stock option plans or proposals that permit replacing or repricing of underwater options.

c. Western Asset votes against stock option plans that permit issuance of options with an exercise price below the stock’s current market price.

d. Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for employee stock purchase plans that limit the discount for shares purchased under the plan to no more than 15% of their market value, have an offering period of 27 months or less and result in dilution of 10% or less.

3. Matters relating to Capitalization

The management of a company’s capital structure involves a number of important issues, including cash flows, financing needs and market conditions that are unique to the circumstances of each company. As a result, Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals involving changes to a company’s capitalization except where Western Asset is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors.

a. Western Asset votes for proposals relating to the authorization of additional common stock.

b. Western Asset votes for proposals to effect stock splits (excluding reverse stock splits).

c. Western Asset votes for proposals authorizing share repurchase programs.

4. Matters relating to Acquisitions, Mergers, Reorganizations and Other Transactions

Western Asset votes these issues on a case-by-case basis on board-approved transactions.

5. Matters relating to Anti-Takeover Measures

Western Asset votes against board-approved proposals to adopt anti-takeover measures except as follows:

a. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to ratify or approve shareholder rights plans.

b. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to adopt fair price provisions.

. 350

Page 378: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

6. Other Business Matters

Western Asset votes for board-approved proposals approving such routine business matters such as changing the company’s name, ratifying the appointment of auditors and procedural matters relating to the shareholder meeting.

a. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to amend a company’s charter or bylaws.

b. Western Asset votes against authorization to transact other unidentified, substantive business at the meeting.

II. Shareholder Proposals

SEC regulations permit shareholders to submit proposals for inclusion in a company’s proxy statement. These proposals generally seek to change some aspect of a company’s corporate governance structure or to change some aspect of its business operations. Western Asset votes in accordance with the recommendation of the company’s board of directors on all shareholder proposals, except as follows:1. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals to require shareholder approval of shareholder rights plans.2. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that are consistent with Western Asset’s proxy voting guidelines for

board-approved proposals.

Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on other shareholder proposals where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors.§§

III. Voting Shares of Investment Companies

Western Asset may utilize shares of open or closed-end investment companies to implement its investment strategies. Shareholder votes for investment companies that fall within the categories listed in Parts I and II above are voted in accordance with those guidelines.1. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to changes in the investment objectives of an

investment company taking into account the original intent of the fund and the role the fund plays in the clients’ portfolios.

2. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis all proposals that would result in increases in expenses (e.g., proposals to adopt 12b-1 plans, alter investment advisory arrangements or approve fund mergers) taking into account comparable expenses for similar funds and the services to be provided.

IV. Voting Shares of Foreign Issuers

In the event Western Asset is required to vote on securities held in non-U.S. issuers – i.e. issuers that are incorporated under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction and that are not listed on a U.S. securities exchange or the NASDAQ stock market, the following guidelines are used, which are premised on the existence of a sound corporate governance and disclosure framework. These guidelines, however, may not be appropriate under some circumstances for foreign issuers and therefore apply only where applicable.1. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals calling for a majority of the directors to be independent of

management.2. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals seeking to increase the independence of board nominating, audit

and compensation committees.3. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that implement corporate governance standards similar to those

established under U.S. federal law and the listing requirements of U.S. stock exchanges, and that do not otherwise violate the laws of the jurisdiction under which the company is incorporated.

4. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to (1) the issuance of common stock in excess of 20% of a company’s outstanding common stock where shareholders do not have preemptive rights, or (2) the issuance of common stock in excess of 100% of a company’s outstanding common stock where shareholders have preemptive rights.§

RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS

For accounts subject to ERISA, as well as other Retirement Accounts, Western Asset is presumed to have the responsibility to vote proxies for the client. The Department of Labor (“DOL”) has issued a bulletin that states that investment managers have the responsibility to vote proxies on behalf of Retirement Accounts unless the authority to vote proxies has been specifically reserved to another named fiduciary. Furthermore, unless Western Asset is expressly precluded from voting the proxies, the DOL has determined that the responsibility remains with the investment manager.

In order to comply with the DOL’s position, Western Asset will be presumed to have the obligation to vote proxies for its Retirement Accounts unless Western Asset has obtained a specific written instruction indicating that: (a) the right to vote

. 351

Page 379: JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II …...Supplement dated April 27, 2020 to the current Statement of Additional Information (the SAI), as may be supplemented Effective

proxies has been reserved to a named fiduciary of the client, and (b) Western Asset is precluded from voting proxies on behalf of the client. If Western Asset does not receive such an instruction, Western Asset will be responsible for voting proxies in the best interests of the Retirement Account client and in accordance with any proxy voting guidelines provided by the client.§§

Updated: April 1, 2016

. 352


Recommended